#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-12-08 14:50-0200\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:668
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:670
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:678
msgid ""
"<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> "
"<year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> "
"<year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> "
"<year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> "
"<year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> "
"<year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <year>2017</year> <year>2018</year> "
"<holder>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</holder>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:708
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:710
msgid ""
"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:717
msgid ""
"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
"lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:723
msgid ""
"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:732
msgid ""
"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS "
"IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, "
"THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR "
"PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT "
"BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:749
msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:751
msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:753
msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:755
msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:757
msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:759
msgid ""
"Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered "
"trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States "
"and/or other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:763
msgid ""
"Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, "
"Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. "
"and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:768
msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:770
msgid ""
"Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered "
"trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and "
"other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:774
msgid ""
"IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of "
"International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other "
"countries, or both."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:778
msgid ""
"IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical "
"and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:781
msgid ""
"Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, "
"and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its "
"subsidiaries in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:785
msgid ""
"Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks "
"of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other "
"countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:788
msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:790
msgid ""
"LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or "
"registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:793
msgid ""
"Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows "
"NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation "
"in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:797
msgid ""
"Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The "
"Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other "
"countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:801
msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:803
msgid ""
"RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of "
"RealNetworks, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:806
msgid ""
"Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in "
"the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:809
msgid ""
"Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, "
"Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or "
"registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and "
"other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:814
msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:816
msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:818
msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:820
msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:822
msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:824
msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:826
msgid ""
"Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish "
"their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in "
"this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the "
"designations have been followed by the <quote>™</quote> or the <quote>®</"
"quote> symbol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:835
msgid ""
"Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use "
"of <emphasis>FreeBSD 11.2-RELEASE</emphasis>. This book is the result of "
"ongoing work by many individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those "
"interested in helping to update and expand this document should send email "
"to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:843
msgid ""
"The latest version of this book is available from the <link xlink:href="
"\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD web site</link>. Previous versions can "
"be obtained from <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">https://"
"docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>. The book can be downloaded in a variety of "
"formats and compression options from the <link xlink:href=\"https://download."
"freebsd.org/ftp/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP server</link> or one of the numerous "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">mirror sites</link>. Printed copies can be "
"purchased at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/\">FreeBSD "
"Mall</link>. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other documents "
"on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">search page</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:864
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience
#: book.translate.xml:866
msgid "Intended Audience"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:869
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides "
"the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the "
"concepts and conventions that underpin <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark>. Working through this section requires little more than the "
"desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are "
"introduced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:876
msgid ""
"Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the "
"Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to "
"FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you "
"do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of "
"each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:883
msgid ""
"For a list of additional sources of information, please see <xref linkend="
"\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3
#: book.translate.xml:886
msgid "Changes from the Third Edition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:889
msgid ""
"The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort "
"of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are "
"some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was "
"published in 2004:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:896
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> has been added with information about the "
"powerful DTrace performance analysis tool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:901
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> has been added with information about non-"
"native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:907
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> has been added to cover the new auditing "
"capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:912
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> has been added with information about "
"installing FreeBSD on virtualization software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:918
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> has been added to cover installation of "
"FreeBSD using the new installation utility, <application>bsdinstall</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2
#: book.translate.xml:924
msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:927
msgid ""
"The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition "
"grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate volumes."
" The following are the major changes in this new edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:935
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> has been expanded with new information "
"about the ACPI power and resource management, the <command>cron</command> "
"system utility, and more kernel tuning options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:942
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"security\"/> has been expanded with new information about "
"virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), "
"and security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:948
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what "
"MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:954
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been expanded with new information about USB "
"storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network "
"backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:961
msgid ""
"A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:965
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded with new information about using "
"alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, "
"<application>fetchmail</application>, <application>procmail</application>, "
"and other advanced topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:973
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> is all new with this edition. This "
"chapter includes information about setting up the <application>Apache HTTP "
"Server</application>, <application>ftpd</application>, and setting up a "
"server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients with <application>Samba</"
"application>. Some sections from <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> "
"were moved here to improve the presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:983
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> has been expanded with new "
"information about using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</"
"trademark> devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and "
"Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:990
msgid ""
"A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions "
"of technical terms used throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:996
msgid ""
"A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures "
"throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes
#: book.translate.xml:1001
msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1004
msgid ""
"The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were "
"the major changes in this edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1012
msgid "A complete Index has been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1016
msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1021
msgid ""
"A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary "
"of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to "
"know."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1027
msgid ""
"The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: <quote>Getting "
"Started</quote>, <quote>System Administration</quote>, and "
"<quote>Appendices</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1034
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
"information about processes, daemons, and signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1040
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
"information about binary package management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1046
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on "
"using modern desktop technologies such as <application>KDE</application> and "
"<application>GNOME</application> on <trademark>XFree86</trademark> 4.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1053
msgid "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> has been expanded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1057
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been written from what used to be two separate "
"chapters on <quote>Disks</quote> and <quote>Backups</quote>. We feel that "
"the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A "
"section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1066
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> has been completely reorganized and updated "
"for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1071
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> has been substantially updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Many new sections have been added to <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1080
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded to include more information about "
"configuring <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1086
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> has been expanded to include information about "
"installing <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></"
"application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">SAP</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1093
msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1098
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1102
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview
#: book.translate.xml:1108
msgid "Organization of This Book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1110
msgid ""
"This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, "
"<emphasis>Getting Started</emphasis>, covers the installation and basic "
"usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters "
"in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second "
"section, <emphasis>Common Tasks</emphasis>, covers some frequently used "
"features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read "
"out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes "
"what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. "
"This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of "
"interest. The third section, <emphasis>System Administration</emphasis>, "
"covers administration topics. The fourth section, <emphasis>Network "
"Communication</emphasis>, covers networking and server topics. The fifth "
"section contains appendices of reference information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1135
msgid ""
"Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD "
"Project, its goals and development model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9."
"<replaceable>x</replaceable> and later using <application>bsdinstall</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1155
msgid ""
"Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. "
"If you are familiar with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"or another flavor of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> then "
"you can probably skip this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1166
msgid ""
"Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's "
"innovative <quote>Ports Collection</quote> and standard binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1176
msgid ""
"Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in "
"particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as "
"<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and "
"productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1198
msgid ""
"Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also "
"describes some sample audio and video applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1208
msgid ""
"Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed "
"instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1218
msgid ""
"Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner "
"pages, printer accounting, and initial setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1228
msgid ""
"Describes the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation "
"instructions for many popular <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> applications such as <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a "
"FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various "
"configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1253
msgid ""
"Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process "
"with configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1262
msgid ""
"Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system "
"secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the "
"traditional chroot support of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1281
msgid ""
"Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can "
"be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1291
msgid ""
"Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, "
"configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1301
msgid ""
"Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This "
"includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed "
"disks, and network filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1312
msgid ""
"Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various "
"supported RAID levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1321
msgid ""
"Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File "
"System from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1330
msgid ""
"Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1339
msgid ""
"Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both "
"system and application level localization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1349
msgid ""
"Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and "
"FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a "
"development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may "
"take to update their system to the latest security release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1362
msgid ""
"Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from <trademark>Sun</"
"trademark> in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, "
"by performing real time system analysis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1375
msgid ""
"Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both "
"dial in and dial out connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1385
msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1394
msgid ""
"Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple "
"configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: "
"<application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1405
msgid ""
"Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up "
"your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, "
"network information system server, or time synchronization server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1416
msgid ""
"Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides "
"detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls "
"available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection "
"with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless "
"networking, <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>, ATM, "
"IPv6, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1439
msgid ""
"Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well "
"as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1449
msgid ""
"This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a "
"more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that "
"are referenced in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1460
msgid ""
"Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and "
"engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1470
msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv
#: book.translate.xml:1476
msgid "Conventions used in this book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1479
msgid ""
"To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are "
"followed throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic
#: book.translate.xml:1482
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1486
msgid "<emphasis>Italic</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1489
msgid ""
"An <emphasis>italic</emphasis> font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized "
"text, and the first usage of technical terms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1496
msgid "<literal>Monospace</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1499
msgid ""
"A <literal>monospaced</literal> font is used for error messages, commands, "
"environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, "
"device names, variables, and code fragments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1507
msgid "<application>Bold</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1510
msgid ""
"A <keycap>bold</keycap> font is used for applications, commands, and keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands
#: book.translate.xml:1517
msgid "User Input"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1520
msgid ""
"Keys are shown in <keycap>bold</keycap> to stand out from other text. Key "
"combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with "
"`<literal>+</literal>' between the keys, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1525
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
"<keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1531
msgid ""
"Meaning the user should type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</"
"keycap>, and <keycap>Del</keycap> keys at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, "
"for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1538
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>X</keycap> </"
"keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>S</"
"keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Would mean that the user is expected to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and "
"<keycap>X</keycap> keys simultaneously and then to type the <keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap> and <keycap>S</keycap> keys simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples
#: book.translate.xml:1553
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1555
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> indicate a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> command. Unless otherwise noted, "
"these commands may be executed from a <quote>Command Prompt</quote> window "
"in a modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1563
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <prompt>#</prompt> indicate a command that must be "
"invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> to type the command, or login as your normal "
"account and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to gain superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1569
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1571
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <prompt>%</prompt> indicate a command that should be "
"invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax "
"is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements
#: book.translate.xml:1578
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1580
msgid ""
"The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people "
"around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted "
"complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1585
msgid ""
"Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying "
"authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, "
"BSDi (subsequently acquired by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver."
"com\">Wind River Systems</link>) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation "
"Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the "
"publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). "
"Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of "
"improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional "
"chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second "
"printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link>, paid "
"several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third "
"printed edition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:1604
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1607
msgid ""
"This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to "
"FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1612
msgid "Introduce FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1616
msgid "Guide readers through the installation process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1620
msgid ""
"Teach <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> basics and "
"fundamentals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1624
msgid ""
"Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1629
msgid ""
"Introduce X, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> windowing "
"system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users "
"more productive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1635
msgid ""
"The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so "
"that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1649 book.translate.xml:23626 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:1652 book.translate.xml:2755
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by </"
"contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1664 book.translate.xml:2810 book.translate.xml:5442
#: book.translate.xml:8826 book.translate.xml:10562 book.translate.xml:12788
#: book.translate.xml:13778 book.translate.xml:15400 book.translate.xml:17882
#: book.translate.xml:19147 book.translate.xml:22625 book.translate.xml:23538
#: book.translate.xml:27634 book.translate.xml:29239 book.translate.xml:31007
#: book.translate.xml:31741 book.translate.xml:35405 book.translate.xml:41363
#: book.translate.xml:41563 book.translate.xml:43254 book.translate.xml:44294
#: book.translate.xml:45942 book.translate.xml:46286 book.translate.xml:46701
#: book.translate.xml:48895 book.translate.xml:50563 book.translate.xml:52476
#: book.translate.xml:56975 book.translate.xml:60662
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various "
"aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development "
"model, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1670 book.translate.xml:2879 book.translate.xml:5449
#: book.translate.xml:8838 book.translate.xml:10583 book.translate.xml:15413
#: book.translate.xml:17908 book.translate.xml:19161 book.translate.xml:23551
#: book.translate.xml:27706 book.translate.xml:29266 book.translate.xml:31031
#: book.translate.xml:31749 book.translate.xml:35431 book.translate.xml:41394
#: book.translate.xml:41571 book.translate.xml:44306 book.translate.xml:45980
#: book.translate.xml:46355 book.translate.xml:46712 book.translate.xml:48906
#: book.translate.xml:50574 book.translate.xml:57030 book.translate.xml:60667
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1674
msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1679
msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1683
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1687
msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1692
msgid "And of course: where the name <quote>FreeBSD</quote> comes from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1699
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1701 book.translate.xml:1792
msgid "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1703
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is an Open Source, standards-compliant Unix-like operating system "
"for x86 (both 32 and 64 bit), <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</"
"trademark>, AArch64, <trademark class=\"registered\">RISC-V</trademark>, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark>, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">POWER</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</"
"trademark>, and Sun <trademark class=\"registered\">UltraSPARC</trademark> "
"computers. It provides all the features that are nowadays taken for granted, "
"such as preemptive multitasking, memory protection, virtual memory, multi-"
"user facilities, SMP support, all the Open Source development tools for "
"different languages and frameworks, and desktop features centered around X "
"Window System, KDE, or GNOME. Its particular strengths are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1716
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Liberal Open Source license</emphasis>, which grants you rights to "
"freely modify and extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open "
"Source projects and closed products without imposing restrictions typical to "
"copyleft licenses, as well as avoiding potential license incompatibility "
"problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1727
msgid "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1726
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Strong TCP/IP networking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> - FreeBSD "
"implements industry standard protocols with ever increasing performance and "
"scalability. This makes it a good match in both server, and routing/"
"firewalling roles - and indeed many companies and vendors use it precisely "
"for that purpose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1737
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Fully integrated OpenZFS support</emphasis>, including root-on-"
"ZFS, ZFS Boot Environments, fault management, administrative delegation, "
"support for jails, FreeBSD specific documentation, and system installer "
"support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1745
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Extensive security features</emphasis>, from the Mandatory Access "
"Control framework to Capsicum capability and sandbox mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1751
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages</emphasis> for all supported "
"architectures, and the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build your "
"own, customized ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1758
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Documentation</emphasis> - in addition to Handbook and books from "
"different authors that cover topics ranging from system administration to "
"kernel internals, there are also the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> pages, not only for "
"userspace daemons, utilities, and configuration files, but also for kernel "
"driver APIs (section 9) and individual drivers (section 4)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1768
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Simple and consistent repository structure and build system</"
"emphasis> - FreeBSD uses a single repository for all of its components, both "
"kernel and userspace. This, along with an unified and easy to customize "
"build system and a well thought out development process makes it easy to "
"integrate FreeBSD with build infrastructure for your own product."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1778
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Staying true to Unix philosophy</emphasis>, preferring "
"composability instead of monolithic <quote>all in one</quote> daemons with "
"hardcoded behavior."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1784 book.translate.xml:17887
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1784
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <emphasis>Binary compatibility</emphasis> with Linux, which "
"makes it possible to run many Linux binaries without the need for "
"virtualisation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1795
msgid "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1792
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer "
"Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of "
"California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD "
"systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the "
"FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of man-hours into extending the "
"functionality and fine-tuning the system for maximum performance and "
"reliability in real-life load situations. FreeBSD offers performance and "
"reliability on par with other Open Source and commercial offerings, combined "
"with cutting-edge features not available anywhere else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1809
msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1811
msgid ""
"The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your "
"own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory "
"control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be "
"done with a commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
"product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! "
"FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality "
"applications developed by research centers and universities around the "
"world, often available at little to no cost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1821
msgid ""
"Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the "
"system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special "
"applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating "
"systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some "
"of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1831
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Services:</emphasis> The robust TCP/IP networking built "
"into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services "
"such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1838
msgid "Web servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1842
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1846 book.translate.xml:56966
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1849 book.translate.xml:60132
msgid "<primary>NAT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</"
"quote>) gateways"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1856
msgid "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1856
msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1863
msgid "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1867 book.translate.xml:50565
msgid "<primary>email</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1862
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Email servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1874
msgid "And more..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1880
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Education:</emphasis> Are you a student of computer science or a "
"related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about "
"operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, "
"under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely "
"available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly "
"useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get "
"<emphasis>other</emphasis> work done!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1892
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Research:</emphasis> With source code for the entire system "
"available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating "
"systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely "
"available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on "
"ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing "
"agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1904 book.translate.xml:61015
msgid "<primary>router</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1906
msgid "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1903
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Networking:</emphasis> Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name "
"server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal "
"network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into "
"an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1917
msgid "<primary>embedded</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1915
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Embedded:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build "
"embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</"
"trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> "
"platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and "
"the permissive <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/faq/introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD license</link> "
"FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, "
"firewalls, and other devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1930
msgid "<primary>X Window System</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1933 book.translate.xml:11984
msgid "<primary>GNOME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1936 book.translate.xml:12069
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1929
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>Desktop:</"
"emphasis> FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution "
"using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many "
"open-source desktop environments, including the standard <application>GNOME</"
"application> and <application>KDE</application> graphical user interfaces. "
"FreeBSD can even boot <quote>diskless</quote> from a central server, making "
"individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1955
msgid "<primary>Compiler</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1952
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Software Development:</emphasis> The basic FreeBSD system comes "
"with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:"
"indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages "
"are also available through the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1964
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on "
"either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see <xref linkend=\"mirrors\"/> for more "
"information about obtaining FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1971
msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1973
msgid ""
"<primary>users</primary> <secondary>large sites running FreeBSD</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1978
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has been known for its web serving capabilities - sites that run on "
"FreeBSD include <link xlink:href=\"https://news.ycombinator.com/\">Hacker "
"News</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.netcraft.com/\">Netcraft</link>, "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.163.com/\">NetEase</link>, <link xlink:href="
"\"https://signup.netflix.com/openconnect\">Netflix</link>, <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.sina.com/\">Sina</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.co."
"jp/\">Sony Japan</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.rambler.ru/"
"\">Rambler</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.yahoo.com/\">Yahoo!</link>, "
"and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.yandex.ru/\">Yandex</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1991
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and "
"permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many "
"commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the "
"world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2001 book.translate.xml:55647
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2000
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing "
"infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in "
"the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2011
msgid "<primary>Apple</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2010
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file "
"system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements "
"borrowed from FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2021
msgid "<primary>Cisco</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2020
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD "
"kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2029
msgid "<primary>Citrix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2028
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, "
"content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network "
"access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2039
msgid "<primary>Isilon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2038
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.emc.com/isilon\">Dell EMC Isilon</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. "
"The extremely liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their "
"intellectual property throughout the kernel and focus on building their "
"product instead of an operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2051
msgid "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2049
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:indexterm-"
"1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of its "
"reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued "
"development."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2060
msgid "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2059
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:indexterm-"
"1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on FreeBSD. In "
"addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages development of "
"the open source projects TrueOS and FreeNAS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2070
msgid "<primary>Juniper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2069
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear "
"(including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based "
"on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic "
"relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. "
"Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the "
"complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the "
"future."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2085
msgid "<primary>McAfee</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2084
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including "
"Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2094
msgid "<primary>NetApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2093
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In "
"addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD "
"licensed hypervisor, bhyve."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2104
msgid "<primary>Netflix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its "
"customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to "
"the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. "
"Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% "
"of all Internet traffic in North America."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2117
msgid "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2116
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance real-time "
"network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy "
"control products."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2127
msgid "<primary>Sony</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The "
"PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2135
msgid "<primary>Sophos</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2134
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans "
"inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for "
"malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2147
msgid "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2145
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run "
"FreeBSD and OpenZFS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2155
msgid "<primary>Stormshield</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2154
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.stormshield.eu\">Stormshield</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - Stormshield Network Security appliances are based on a "
"hardened version of FreeBSD. The BSD license allows them to integrate their "
"own intellectual property with the system while returning a great deal of "
"interesting development to the community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2168
msgid "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2166
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local "
"cable provider's headend and is responsible for injecting local weather "
"forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2179
msgid "<primary>Verisign</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2178
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain "
"registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a "
"number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure "
"there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2192
msgid "<primary>Voxer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2191
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. "
"Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior "
"documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly "
"environment. In addition to critical features like <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2206
msgid "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2205
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 "
"million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then "
"proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2218
msgid "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2216
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, "
"control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their "
"systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including "
"ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2230
msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2237
msgid "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on "
"standard PC hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2246
msgid "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2245
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server "
"appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management "
"of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, "
"AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD "
"jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2258
msgid "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2257
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome "
"desktop environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2266
msgid "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2265
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A "
"toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2274
msgid "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2273
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2282
msgid "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2281
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based "
"firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features "
"available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It "
"brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of "
"open and verifiable sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2294
msgid "<primary>TrueOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2293
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.trueos.org\">TrueOS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical "
"utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease "
"the transition of Windows and OS X users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2304
msgid "<primary>pfSense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2303
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and "
"extensive IPv6 support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2313
msgid "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2312
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. "
"Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2321
msgid ""
"Wikipedia also maintains a <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">list of products based on FreeBSD</link>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2328
msgid "About the FreeBSD Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2330
msgid ""
"The following section provides some background information on the project, "
"including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the "
"project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2335
msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2337
msgid "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2338
msgid "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2339
msgid "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2340
msgid "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2341
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2346
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as "
"an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 "
"coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2351 book.translate.xml:2391
msgid "<primary>386BSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2352
msgid ""
"The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order "
"to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not "
"capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 "
"or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2358
msgid "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2359
msgid ""
"386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point "
"suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the "
"patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided "
"to assist Bill by providing this interim <quote>cleanup</quote> snapshot. "
"Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to "
"withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what "
"would be done instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2369
msgid "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2370
msgid "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2372
msgid ""
"The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's "
"support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. "
"The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current "
"users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps "
"even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye "
"toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates "
"without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported "
"the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide "
"the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. "
"Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what "
"was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that "
"FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2388
msgid "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2389 book.translate.xml:2404
msgid "<primary>Net/2</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2390 book.translate.xml:2403
msgid "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2392 book.translate.xml:8793
msgid "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2394
msgid ""
"The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, "
"released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/"
"2</quote>) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also provided by "
"386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly reasonable success "
"for a first offering, and they followed it with the highly successful "
"FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2402
msgid "<primary>Novell</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2405
msgid "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2406
msgid ""
"Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon "
"as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the "
"legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was "
"U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were <quote>encumbered</"
"quote> code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from "
"AT&amp;T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's "
"<quote>blessing</quote> that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally "
"released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would "
"be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was "
"given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based "
"product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last "
"release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2423
msgid ""
"FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself "
"from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The "
"<quote>Lite</quote> releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had "
"removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable "
"running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the "
"Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November "
"of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to "
"the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, "
"the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust "
"and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2437
msgid ""
"Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving "
"the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2441
msgid ""
"For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-"
"CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made "
"available from <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/"
"snapshots/\">the snapshot server</link> as work progresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2449
msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2452
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2462
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2466
msgid ""
"The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used "
"for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant "
"investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little "
"financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to "
"insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost <quote>mission</quote> "
"is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that "
"the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible "
"benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free "
"Software and one that we enthusiastically support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2478
msgid "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2481
msgid "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2484
msgid "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2485
msgid ""
"That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public "
"License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly "
"more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather "
"than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve "
"in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software "
"submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable "
"option to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2497
msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2500
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2510
msgid ""
"<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2515
msgid ""
"The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being "
"literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the "
"world, as can be seen from our <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">list of contributors</"
"link>. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of "
"contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the "
"lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more "
"closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD "
"technical discussions mailing list</link>. The <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements "
"mailing list</link> is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD "
"users aware of major areas of work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2528
msgid ""
"Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, "
"whether working independently or in close cooperation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2534
msgid "The SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2538
msgid "<primary>CVS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2542
msgid "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2546
msgid "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2551 book.translate.xml:45362 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Subversion</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2555
msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2559
msgid "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
"indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree "
"for FreeBSD was maintained by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/"
"\">CVS</link> (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code "
"control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using <link xlink:href="
"\"http://subversion.tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion). The switch was "
"deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by <application>CVS</"
"application> were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source "
"tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and "
"Ports Collection repositories also moved from <application>CVS</application> "
"to <application>SVN</application> in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. "
"Please refer to the <link linkend=\"synching\">Synchronizing your source "
"tree</link> section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD "
"<literal>src/</literal> repository and <link linkend=\"ports-using\">Using "
"the Ports Collection</link> for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2586
msgid "The committers list<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2590
msgid "<primary>committers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2589
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>committers</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who "
"have <emphasis>write</emphasis> access to the Subversion tree, and are "
"authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term "
"<quote>committer</quote> comes from <command>commit</command>, the source "
"control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). "
"Anyone can submit a bug to the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/"
"submit/\">Bug Database</link>. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD "
"mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an "
"issue is actually a bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2606
msgid "The FreeBSD core team<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2610
msgid "<primary>core team</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2609
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>FreeBSD core team</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> would be "
"equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. "
"The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, "
"is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated "
"and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the "
"functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members "
"as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of "
"committer candidates in July 2018. Elections are held every 2 years."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2625
msgid ""
"Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when "
"it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project "
"financially, so <quote>commitment</quote> should also not be misconstrued as "
"meaning <quote>guaranteed support.</quote> The <quote>board of directors</"
"quote> analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to "
"say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD "
"against their better judgement!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2640
msgid "Outside contributors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2643
msgid ""
"Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the "
"users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost "
"constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-"
"centralized development is to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical "
"discussions mailing list</link> where such things are discussed. See <xref "
"linkend=\"eresources\"/> for more information about the various FreeBSD "
"mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2654
msgid "<primary>contributors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2652
msgid ""
"<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"contributors/article.html\">The FreeBSD Contributors List</link></citetitle> "
"<_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by "
"contributing something back to FreeBSD today?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2659
msgid ""
"Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a "
"more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD Project web site</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2667
msgid ""
"In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric "
"circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the "
"<emphasis>users</emphasis> of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of "
"tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our "
"desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent "
"<link linkend=\"ports\">application programs</link> that the users can "
"easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2677
msgid ""
"All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the "
"same dedication its current people have to its continued success!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2683
msgid "Third Party Programs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2685
msgid ""
"In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software "
"collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. At the time of "
"this writing, there were over 24,000 ports! The list of ports ranges from "
"http servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in between."
" The entire Ports Collection requires approximately 500 MB. To compile a "
"port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, "
"type <command>make install</command>, and let the system do the rest. The "
"full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically "
"so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. Almost every "
"port is also provided as a pre-compiled <quote>package</quote>, which can be "
"installed with a simple command (<command>pkg install</command>) by those "
"who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. More information on "
"packages and ports can be found in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2706
msgid "Additional Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2708
msgid ""
"All supported FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer to install "
"additional documentation under <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</"
"filename> during the initial system setup. Documentation may also be "
"installed at any later time using packages as described in <xref linkend="
"\"doc-ports-install-package\"/>. You may view the locally installed manuals "
"with any HTML capable browser using the following URLs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2720
msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2723
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/"
"index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</"
"filename></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2728
msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index."
"html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2736
msgid ""
"You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at <uri "
"xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2752
msgid "Installing FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2780
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated for bsdinstall by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2789
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2798
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated for root-on-ZFS by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2812
msgid "<primary>installation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2814
msgid ""
"There are several different ways of getting FreeBSD to run, depending on the "
"environment. Those are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2819
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine images, to download and import on a virtual environment of "
"choice. These can be downloaded from the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"freebsd.org/where.html\">Download FreeBSD</link> page. There are images for "
"KVM (<quote>qcow2</quote>), VMWare (<quote>vmdk</quote>), Hyper-V "
"(<quote>vhd</quote>), and raw device images that are universally supported. "
"These are not installation images, but rather the preconfigured "
"(<quote>already installed</quote>) instances, ready to run and perform post-"
"installation tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2832
msgid ""
"Virtual Machine images available at Amazon's <link xlink:href=\"https://aws."
"amazon.com/mp/solutions/freebsd/\">AWS Marketplace</link>, <link xlink:href="
"\"https://azuremarketplace.microsoft.com/en-us/marketplace/apps?search="
"freebsd&amp;page=1\">Microsoft Azure Marketplace</link>, and <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://console.cloud.google.com/launcher/details/freebsd-cloud/"
"freebsd-11\">Google Cloud Platform</link>, to run on their respective "
"hosting services. For more information on deploying FreeBSD on Azure please "
"consult the relevant chapter in the <link xlink:href=\"https://docs."
"microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/freebsd-intro-on-"
"azure\">Azure Documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2842
msgid ""
"SD card images, for embedded systems such as Raspberry Pi or BeagleBone "
"Black. These can be downloaded from the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"freebsd.org/where.html\">Download FreeBSD</link> page. These files must be "
"uncompressed and written as a raw image to an SD card, from which the board "
"will then boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2851
msgid ""
"Installation images, to install FreeBSD on a hard drive for the usual "
"desktop, laptop, or server systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2857
msgid ""
"The rest of this chapter describes the fourth case, explaining how to "
"install FreeBSD using the text-based installation program named "
"<application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2862
msgid ""
"In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for "
"the <trademark>i386</trademark> and <acronym>AMD64</acronym> architectures. "
"Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. "
"There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, "
"so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal "
"instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2871
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be "
"interested in <application>pc-sysinstall</application>, the installer used "
"by the TrueOS Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop "
"(TrueOS) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the TrueOS Users "
"Handbook for details (<link xlink:href=\"https://www.trueos.org/handbook/"
"trueos.html\">https://www.trueos.org/handbook/trueos.html</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2883
msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2888
msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2892
msgid "How to start <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2897
msgid ""
"The questions <application>bsdinstall</application> will ask, what they "
"mean, and how to answer them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2902
msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2906
msgid ""
"How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2911 book.translate.xml:10612 book.translate.xml:13841
#: book.translate.xml:17932 book.translate.xml:19194 book.translate.xml:23611
#: book.translate.xml:29302 book.translate.xml:31049 book.translate.xml:31801
#: book.translate.xml:35456 book.translate.xml:41412 book.translate.xml:41601
#: book.translate.xml:43314 book.translate.xml:44337 book.translate.xml:45997
#: book.translate.xml:46730 book.translate.xml:48932 book.translate.xml:50638
#: book.translate.xml:57058 book.translate.xml:60709
msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2915
msgid ""
"Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to "
"be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2923
msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2925
msgid ""
"The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware "
"architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">FreeBSD Release "
"Information</link> page. The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where."
"html\">FreeBSD download page</link> also has recommendations for choosing "
"the correct image for different architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2932
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 96 MB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory "
"and disk space are really only suitable for custom applications like "
"embedded appliances. General-purpose desktop systems need more resources. 2-"
"4 GB RAM and at least 8 GB hard drive space is a good starting point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2940
msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2945
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2947
msgid ""
"This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most "
"modern systems. <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> calls it "
"<acronym>Intel64</acronym>. Other manufacturers sometimes call it "
"<acronym>x86-64</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2952
msgid ""
"Examples of amd64 compatible processors include: <trademark>AMD Athlon</"
"trademark>64, <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, multi-core <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark>, and "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</"
"trademark> 2 and later processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2960
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2962
msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2965
msgid ""
"Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are "
"supported. All <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors "
"486 or higher are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2969
msgid ""
"FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (<acronym>PAE</"
"acronym>) support on <acronym>CPU</acronym>s with this feature. A kernel "
"with the <acronym>PAE</acronym> feature enabled will detect memory above "
"4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. However, using <acronym>PAE</"
"acronym> places constraints on device drivers and other features of FreeBSD. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2981
msgid "ia64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2983
msgid ""
"Currently supported processors are the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> and the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX, and <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> E8870. Both Uniprocessor "
"(<acronym>UP</acronym>) and Symmetric Multi-processor (<acronym>SMP</"
"acronym>) configurations are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2993
msgid "powerpc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2995
msgid ""
"All New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> systems with "
"built-in <acronym>USB</acronym> are supported. <acronym>SMP</acronym> is "
"supported on machines with multiple <acronym>CPU</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3000
msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3006
msgid "sparc64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3008
msgid ""
"Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">FreeBSD/sparc64 Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3012
msgid ""
"<acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on all systems with more than 1 "
"processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a "
"disk with another operating system at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3022
msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3024
msgid ""
"Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware "
"requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be "
"downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check "
"that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this "
"checklist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3033
msgid "Back Up Important Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3035
msgid ""
"Before installing any operating system, <emphasis>always</emphasis> backup "
"all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being "
"installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> drive, another system on the network, or an online "
"backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make "
"sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the "
"system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3047
msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3049
msgid ""
"If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be "
"skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, "
"decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3054
msgid ""
"In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple "
"partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional "
"<firstterm>Master Boot Record</firstterm> (<acronym>MBR</acronym>) holds a "
"partition table defining up to four <firstterm>primary partitions</"
"firstterm>. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition "
"<firstterm>slices</firstterm>. One of these primary partitions can be made "
"into an <firstterm>extended partition</firstterm> containing multiple "
"<firstterm>logical partitions</firstterm>. The <firstterm>GUID Partition "
"Table</firstterm> (<acronym>GPT</acronym>) is a newer and simpler method of "
"partitioning a disk. Common <acronym>GPT</acronym> implementations allow up "
"to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3072
msgid ""
"Some older operating systems, like <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> XP, are not compatible with the <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition "
"scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3079
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition. If all of the primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions are "
"already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without "
"deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing "
"partition and create a new partition using the freed space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3087
msgid ""
"A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>. <application>GParted Live</"
"application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd."
"php\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) is a free live "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> which includes the <application>GParted</application> "
"partition editor. <application>GParted</application> is also included with "
"many other Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3097
msgid ""
"When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for "
"creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong "
"partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity "
"of the backup before modifying disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3104
msgid ""
"Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to "
"install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use "
"virtualization (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) which allows multiple "
"operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk "
"partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3113
msgid "Collect Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3115
msgid ""
"Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to "
"download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will "
"offer to setup the system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3120
msgid ""
"If the network has a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, it can be used to "
"provide automatic network configuration. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not "
"available, the following network information for the system must be obtained "
"from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:3128
msgid "Required Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:3131 book.translate.xml:53692
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3135
msgid "Subnet mask"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3139
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address of default gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3144
msgid "Domain name of the network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3148
msgid ""
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the network's <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3155
msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3157
msgid ""
"Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD "
"is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very "
"rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems "
"are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (<link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/11.2R/errata.html\">https://www.freebsd."
"org/releases/11.2R/errata.html</link>) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the "
"errata before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might "
"affect the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3167
msgid ""
"Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release "
"information section of the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">https://www.freebsd.org/releases/"
"index.html</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3174
msgid "Prepare the Installation Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3176
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within "
"another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, "
"burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (<acronym>CD</"
"acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym>, or <acronym>USB</acronym>), and boot the "
"system to install from the inserted media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3183
msgid ""
"FreeBSD installation files are available at <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download\">www.freebsd.org/where."
"html#download</link>. Each installation file's name includes the release "
"version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to "
"install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, "
"download <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso</filename>, burn this "
"file to a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, and boot the system with the <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym> inserted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3192
msgid ""
"Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary "
"depending on computer architecture and media type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi
#: book.translate.xml:3196
msgid ""
"Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with "
"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names "
"of these files include the string <filename>uefi</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3202
msgid "File types:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3206
msgid ""
"<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: This is the smallest installation file as "
"it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required "
"during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to "
"complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3216
msgid ""
"<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned "
"to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3224
msgid ""
"<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a "
"set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some "
"applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without "
"requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> using a <acronym>DVD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3235
msgid ""
"<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed "
"to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be "
"burned to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick using the instructions below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3243
msgid ""
"<literal>-mini-memstick.img</literal>: Like <literal>-bootonly.iso</"
"literal>, does not include installation files, but downloads them as needed. "
"A working internet connection is required during installation. Write this "
"file to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick as shown in <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-usb\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3252
msgid ""
"After downloading the image file, download <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</"
"filename> from the same directory. Calculate a <firstterm>checksum</"
"firstterm> for the image file. FreeBSD provides "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for this, used as <command>sha256 <replaceable>imagefilename</"
"replaceable></command>. Other operating systems have similar programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3260
msgid ""
"Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in <filename>CHECKSUM."
"SHA256</filename>. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not "
"match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3266
msgid "Writing an Image File to <acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3268
msgid ""
"The <filename>*.img</filename> file is an <emphasis>image</emphasis> of the "
"complete contents of a memory stick. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> be "
"copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available "
"for writing the <filename>*.img</filename> to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick."
" This section describes two of these utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3277
msgid ""
"Before proceeding, back up any important data on the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3283
msgid "Using <command>dd</command> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3287
msgid ""
"This example uses <filename>/dev/da0</filename> as the target device where "
"the image will be written. Be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis> that the "
"correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the "
"specified target device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3295
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command-line utility is available on BSD, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> systems. To burn the image using "
"<command>dd</command>, insert the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick and determine "
"its device name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file "
"and the device name for the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This example burns "
"the amd64 installation image to the first <acronym>USB</acronym> device on "
"an existing FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3306
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=<replaceable>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-"
"memstick.img</replaceable> of=/dev/<replaceable>da0</replaceable> bs=1M conv="
"sync</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3308
msgid ""
"If this command fails, verify that the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick is not "
"mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some "
"operating systems might require this command to be run with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Systems like <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3319
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3322
msgid ""
"Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the "
"specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3328
msgid ""
"Obtaining <application>Image Writer for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark></application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3331
msgid ""
"<application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></application> is a free application that can correctly write an "
"image file to a memory stick. Download it from <uri xlink:href=\"https://"
"sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager/\">https://sourceforge.net/projects/"
"win32diskimager/</uri> and extract it into a folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3339
msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3341
msgid ""
"Double-click the <application>Win32DiskImager</application> icon to start "
"the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under "
"<computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> is the drive with the memory stick. "
"Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory stick."
" Click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to accept the image file name. Verify "
"that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick are open "
"in other windows. When everything is ready, click <guibutton>[ Write ]</"
"guibutton> to write the image file to the memory stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3356
msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3362
msgid "Starting the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3365
msgid ""
"By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before "
"the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Your changes will now be written to disk.  If you\n"
"have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n"
"be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n"
"commit your changes?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3373
msgid ""
"The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a "
"concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off "
"before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3380
msgid ""
"This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media "
"which was prepared using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"installation-media\"/>. When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> stick before turning on the computer. When booting "
"from <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, turn on the computer "
"and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system "
"to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3391
msgid "Booting on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3393
msgid ""
"These architectures provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu for selecting the "
"boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for "
"selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Typically, the key is either <keycap>F10</keycap>, "
"<keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap>, or <keycap>Escape</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3404
msgid ""
"If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD "
"installer, then either:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3409
msgid ""
"The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. "
"Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3415
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-"
"check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3421
msgid ""
"This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this "
"case, the <application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) can be used to boot the "
"system from the selected media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3431
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3433
msgid ""
"On most machines, holding <keycap>C</keycap> on the keyboard during boot "
"will boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym>. Otherwise, hold <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</"
"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</"
"keycap> </keycombo> on non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> "
"keyboards. At the <prompt>0 &gt;</prompt> prompt, enter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3449
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3453
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3455
msgid ""
"Most <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> systems are set up "
"to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> requires a break into the <acronym>PROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3459
msgid ""
"To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The "
"message depends on the model, but should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3463
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n"
"Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.\n"
"OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n"
"Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3468
msgid ""
"If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press <keycombo "
"action=\"simul\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> or "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></"
"keycombo> on the keyboard, or send a <command>BREAK</command> over the "
"serial console. When using <application>tip</application> or "
"<application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> will issue a BREAK. The "
"<acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt will be <prompt>ok</prompt> on systems with "
"one <acronym>CPU</acronym> and <prompt>ok {0} </prompt> on <acronym>SMP</"
"acronym> systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3480
msgid ""
"At this point, place the <acronym>CD</acronym> into the drive and type "
"<command>boot cdrom</command> from the <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3486
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3488
msgid ""
"Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the "
"following will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3492
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3496
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3501
msgid ""
"By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting "
"into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before "
"booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the "
"selections, press <keycap>Space</keycap>. To select an option, press its "
"highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3511
msgid ""
"<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>: This will continue the FreeBSD boot "
"process. If the boot timer has been paused, press <keycap>1</keycap>, upper- "
"or lower-case <keycap>B</keycap>, or <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3519
msgid ""
"<literal>Boot Single User</literal>: This mode can be used to fix an "
"existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-"
"singleuser\"/>. Press <keycap>2</keycap> or the upper- or lower-case "
"<keycap>S</keycap> to enter this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3527
msgid ""
"<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>: This will boot the system into a "
"repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This "
"prompt is described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Press <keycap>3</"
"keycap> or <keycap>Esc</keycap> to boot into this prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3536
msgid "<literal>Reboot</literal>: Reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3540
msgid ""
"<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>: Opens the menu shown in, and "
"described under, <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3546
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3550
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3555
msgid ""
"The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be "
"used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options "
"back to their defaults."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3560
msgid ""
"The next section is used to toggle the available options to <literal>On</"
"literal> or <literal>Off</literal> by pressing the option's highlighted "
"number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for "
"these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using "
"this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3569
msgid ""
"<literal>ACPI Support</literal>: If the system hangs during boot, try "
"toggling this option to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3575
msgid ""
"<literal>Safe Mode</literal>: If the system still hangs during boot even "
"with <literal>ACPI Support</literal> set to <literal>Off</literal>, try "
"setting this option to <literal>On</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3582
msgid ""
"<literal>Single User</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> "
"to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-"
"singleuser\"/>. Once the problem is fixed, set it back to <literal>Off</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3590
msgid ""
"<literal>Verbose</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to "
"see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when "
"troubleshooting a piece of hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3597
msgid ""
"After making the needed selections, press <keycap>1</keycap> or "
"<keycap>Backspace</keycap> to return to the main boot menu, then press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot "
"messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and "
"loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu "
"shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3606
msgid "Welcome Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3610
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3615
msgid ""
"Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select the default of "
"<guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> to enter the installer. The rest of this "
"chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or "
"left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The "
"<guibutton>[ Shell ]</guibutton> can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in "
"order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before installation."
" The <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option can be used to try out "
"FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in <xref linkend="
"\"using-live-cd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:3628
msgid ""
"To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the "
"upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> and then <keycap>Enter</keycap> to "
"access a shell. At the shell prompt, type <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"command> and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When "
"finished, type <command>exit</command> to return to the welcome menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3641
msgid "Using <application>bsdinstall</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3643
msgid ""
"This section shows the order of the <application>bsdinstall</application> "
"menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is "
"installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then "
"<keycap>Space</keycap> to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, "
"press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection and move onto the next "
"screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3652
msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3654
msgid ""
"Depending on the system console being used, <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> may initially display the menu shown in <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3659
msgid "Keymap Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3663
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3668
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> with "
"<guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> selected, which will display the menu shown "
"in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>. To instead use the default "
"layout, use the arrow key to select <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> and press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to skip this menu screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3677
msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3681
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3686
msgid ""
"When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select "
"the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached "
"to the system. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3692
msgid ""
"Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will exit this menu and use the default keymap."
" If the choice of keymap is not clear, <guimenuitem>United States of America "
"ISO-8859-1</guimenuitem> is also a safe option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3698
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full "
"selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, "
"when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the "
"user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3705
msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3709
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3717 book.translate.xml:3724
msgid "Setting the Hostname"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3719
msgid ""
"The next <application>bsdinstall</application> menu is used to set the "
"hostname for the newly installed system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3728
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3733
msgid ""
"Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-"
"qualified hostname, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3."
"example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3738 book.translate.xml:3744
msgid "Selecting Components to Install"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3740
msgid ""
"Next, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to select optional "
"components to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3748
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3753
msgid ""
"Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use "
"of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and "
"userland, collectively known as the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>, are "
"always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components "
"may not appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3762
msgid ""
"<literal>doc</literal> - Additional documentation, mostly of historical "
"interest, to install into <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. The "
"documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed "
"later using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-"
"documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3770
msgid ""
"<literal>games</literal> - Several traditional <acronym>BSD</acronym> games, "
"including <application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</"
"application>, and others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3777
msgid ""
"<literal>lib32</literal> - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit "
"applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3783
msgid ""
"<literal>ports</literal> - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of "
"files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-"
"party software packages. <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> discusses how to use the "
"Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3790
msgid ""
"The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this "
"option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3799
msgid ""
"<literal>src</literal> - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the "
"kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of "
"applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or "
"some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing "
"FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and "
"recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3812 book.translate.xml:3823
msgid "Installing from the Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3814
msgid ""
"The menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> only "
"appears when installing from a <filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> as this installation media does not hold copies of the "
"installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a "
"network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be "
"first configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3827
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3832
msgid ""
"To configure the network connection, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> and follow "
"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>. Once "
"the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the "
"same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being installed."
" Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to the target "
"computer, reducing installation time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3841
msgid "Choosing a Mirror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3845
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3850
msgid ""
"Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on "
"the local installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3856
msgid "Allocating Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3858
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The "
"options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3863
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3867
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3873
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3877
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3882
msgid ""
"<literal>Guided</literal> partitioning automatically sets up the disk "
"partitions, <literal>Manual</literal> partitioning allows advanced users to "
"create customized partitions from menu options, and <literal>Shell</literal> "
"opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions "
"using command-line utilities like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <literal>ZFS</"
"literal> partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an "
"optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for <firstterm>boot "
"environments</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3893
msgid ""
"This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. "
"It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3898
msgid "Designing the Partition Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3900
msgid "<primary>partition layout</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3901
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3904
msgid "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3907
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3911
msgid ""
"When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster "
"from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file "
"systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger "
"partitions like <filename>/usr</filename> should be placed toward the inner "
"parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order "
"similar to: <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, and "
"<filename>/usr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3921
msgid ""
"The size of the <filename>/var</filename> partition reflects the intended "
"machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and "
"printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes "
"depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On "
"average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk "
"space in <filename>/var</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3931
msgid ""
"Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. "
"When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy "
"of the packages under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Large software "
"packages, like <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache "
"OpenOffice</application> or <application>LibreOffice</application> may be "
"tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under <filename>/var/"
"tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3942
msgid ""
"The <filename>/usr</filename> partition holds many of the files which "
"support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source "
"code. At least 2 gigabytes of space is recommended for this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3947
msgid ""
"When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running "
"out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3951
msgid "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3954
msgid "<primary>swap partition</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3958
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of "
"physical memory (<acronym>RAM</acronym>). Systems with minimal <acronym>RAM</"
"acronym> may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can "
"lead to inefficiencies in the <acronym>VM</acronym> page scanning code and "
"might create issues later if more memory is added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3966
msgid ""
"On larger systems with multiple <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks or multiple "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> disks operating on different controllers, it is "
"recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The "
"swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle "
"arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest "
"swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow "
"the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are "
"fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a "
"runaway program before being forced to reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3979
msgid ""
"By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller "
"write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. "
"Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the partitions where it occurs the "
"most. While <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the larger partitions may "
"be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a "
"significant performance improvement over moving <filename>/var</filename> to "
"the edge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3992
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3994
msgid ""
"When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If "
"multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3999
msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4003
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4008
msgid ""
"Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the "
"entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If "
"<guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton> is chosen, a general partition layout "
"filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting "
"<guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> creates a partition layout from the "
"unused space on the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4018
msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4022
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4027
msgid ""
"After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets "
"the needs of the installation. Selecting <guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> "
"will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing "
"<guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> will recreate the automatic FreeBSD "
"partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. "
"When the partitioning is correct, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> "
"to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4038
msgid "Review Created Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4042
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4049
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4051
msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4054 book.translate.xml:4069 book.translate.xml:4140
msgid "Manually Create Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4058
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4063
msgid ""
"Highlight the installation drive (<filename>ada0</filename> in this example) "
"and select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> to display a menu of available "
"partition schemes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4073
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4078
msgid ""
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 "
"computers. Older computers that are not compatible with <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> should use <acronym>MBR</acronym>. The other partition schemes are "
"generally used for uncommon or older computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:4085
msgid "Partitioning Schemes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4090
msgid "Abbreviation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4091 book.translate.xml:7049 book.translate.xml:8387
#: book.translate.xml:11851 book.translate.xml:22934 book.translate.xml:23113
#: book.translate.xml:27223 book.translate.xml:31203 book.translate.xml:43349
#: book.translate.xml:45522 book.translate.xml:53034 book.translate.xml:53541
#: book.translate.xml:54300 book.translate.xml:54341 book.translate.xml:65140
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4097 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4098
msgid ""
"Apple Partition Map, used by <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</"
"trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4102 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4103
msgid ""
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> label without an <acronym>MBR</acronym>, sometimes "
"called <firstterm>dangerously dedicated mode</firstterm> as non-"
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> disk utilities may not recognize it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4111
msgid "GPT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4112
msgid ""
"GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4116
msgid "MBR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4117
msgid ""
"Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4121
msgid "PC98"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4122
msgid ""
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (<link xlink:href="
"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4127
msgid "VTOC8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4128
msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4135
msgid ""
"After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select "
"<guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> again to create the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4144
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4149
msgid ""
"A standard FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> installation uses at least three "
"partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4154
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - Holds the FreeBSD boot code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4159
msgid ""
"<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - A FreeBSD <acronym>UFS</acronym> file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4164
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4169
msgid ""
"Another partition type worth noting is <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>, used "
"for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file "
"system (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>). Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for descriptions of the available <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4175
msgid ""
"Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a "
"traditional layout with separate partitions for <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
"filename>. See <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> for an "
"example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4182
msgid ""
"The <literal>Size</literal> may be entered with common abbreviations: "
"<emphasis>K</emphasis> for kilobytes, <emphasis>M</emphasis> for megabytes, "
"or <emphasis>G</emphasis> for gigabytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4188
msgid ""
"Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition "
"sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with "
"either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that "
"are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every "
"partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the "
"<emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> partition should be no larger than 512K "
"due to current boot code limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4199
msgid ""
"A <literal>Mountpoint</literal> is needed if the partition will contain a "
"file system. If only a single <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition will be "
"created, the mountpoint should be <filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4204
msgid ""
"The <literal>Label</literal> is a name by which the partition will be known. "
"Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different "
"controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to "
"labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> labels appear in <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename> when "
"a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label "
"capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in <filename>/"
"dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4217
msgid ""
"Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical "
"labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be "
"added to the label. For instance, use <literal>labroot</literal> or "
"<literal>rootfslab</literal> for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> root partition "
"on the computer named <literal>lab</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4227
msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4230
msgid ""
"For a traditional partition layout where the <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
"filename> directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, "
"create a <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning scheme, then create the "
"partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target disk."
" If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or <filename>/"
"var</filename> partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are prefixed with "
"<literal>ex</literal> for <quote>example</quote>, but readers should use "
"other unique label values as described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4243
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD's <filename>gptboot</filename> expects the first "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> partition to be the <filename>/</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4251
msgid "Partition Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4252
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4253
msgid "Mountpoint"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4254
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4260
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4261
msgid "<literal>512K</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4265 book.translate.xml:4279 book.translate.xml:4286
#: book.translate.xml:4293
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4266 book.translate.xml:4280
msgid "<literal>2G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4267 book.translate.xml:7054
msgid "<filename>/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4268
msgid "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4272
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4273
msgid "<literal>4G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4275
msgid "<literal>exswap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4281
msgid "<filename>/var</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4282
msgid "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4287
msgid "<literal>1G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4288
msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4289
msgid "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4294
msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4296
msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4297
msgid "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4304
msgid ""
"After the custom partitions have been created, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</"
"guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4310
msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4312
msgid ""
"Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in "
"FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and "
"will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically "
"create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the "
"added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able "
"to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage "
"space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally "
"employ <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption as described in <xref linkend="
"\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/>. If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted "
"boot pool containing the <filename>/boot</filename> directory is created. It "
"holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap "
"partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space "
"is used for the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4331
msgid ""
"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu offers a number of "
"options to control the creation of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4336
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Partitioning Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4340
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4345
msgid ""
"Select <keycap>T</keycap> to configure the <literal>Pool Type</literal> and "
"the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> installer currently only supports the creation of a single top "
"level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> to create the pool."
" The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including stripe "
"(not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least usable "
"space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the "
"concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). While selecting the "
"pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with "
"advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the "
"optimal number of disks for each configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4362
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4366
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4371
msgid ""
"Once a <literal>Pool Type</literal> has been selected, a list of available "
"disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to "
"make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough "
"disks are selected. If not, select <guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</"
"guibutton> to return to the list of disks, or <guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</"
"guibutton> to change the pool type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4381
msgid "Disk Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4385
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4391
msgid "Invalid Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4395
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4400
msgid ""
"If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached "
"after the installer was started, select <guibutton>- Rescan Devices</"
"guibutton> to repopulate the list of available disks. To avoid accidentally "
"erasing the wrong disk, the <guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton> menu can be "
"used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various other "
"information such as the device model number and serial number, if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4411
msgid "Analyzing a Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4415
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4420
msgid ""
"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu also allows the user to "
"enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, "
"switch between <acronym>GPT</acronym> (recommended) and <acronym>MBR</"
"acronym> partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once "
"all options have been set to the desired values, select the "
"<guibutton>&gt;&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton> option at the top of the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4430
msgid ""
"If <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption was enabled, the installer will "
"prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4435
msgid "Disk Encryption Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4439
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4444
msgid ""
"The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the "
"selected drives are destroyed to create the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4449
msgid "Last Chance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4453
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4458
msgid "The installation then proceeds normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4463
msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4465
msgid ""
"When creating advanced installations, the <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> partitioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility "
"required. Advanced users can select the <guibutton>Shell</guibutton> option "
"from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create "
"the file system(s), populate <filename>/tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename>, "
"and mount the file systems under <filename>/mnt</filename>. Once this is "
"done, type <command>exit</command> to return to <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4480
msgid "Committing to the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4482
msgid ""
"Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to "
"make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes "
"need to be made, select <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> to return to the "
"main partitioning menu. <guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> will "
"exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4492
msgid "Final Confirmation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4496
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4501
msgid ""
"To instead start the actual installation, select <guibutton>[ Commit ]</"
"guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4505
msgid ""
"Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, "
"installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will "
"indicate the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4509
msgid ""
"First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the "
"partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected "
"components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4514
msgid "Fetching Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4518
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4523
msgid ""
"Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they "
"have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation "
"media:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4528
msgid "Verifying Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4532
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4537
msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4541
msgid "Extracting Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4545
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4550
msgid ""
"Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, "
"<application>bsdinstall</application> displays the first post-installation "
"configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described "
"in the next section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4558
msgid "Post-Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4560
msgid ""
"Once FreeBSD is installed, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt "
"to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. "
"This section describes these configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4566
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted, <command>bsdconfig</command> provides a menu-"
"driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4573 book.translate.xml:4584
msgid "Setting the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4577
msgid ""
"First, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password must be "
"set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not "
"displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be "
"entered again. This helps prevent typing errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4588
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4595
msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4597
msgid ""
"Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. "
"Select the interface to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4601
msgid ""
"The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was "
"previously configured as part of a <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4607
msgid "Choose a Network Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4611
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4616
msgid ""
"If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the "
"menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>. If a "
"wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for "
"wireless access points:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4622
msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4626
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4631
msgid ""
"Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</"
"acronym>), a short, unique name given to each network. <acronym>SSIDs</"
"acronym> found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the "
"encryption types available for that network. If the desired <acronym>SSID</"
"acronym> does not appear in the list, select <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</"
"guibutton> to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, "
"check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer "
"closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4643
msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4647
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4652
msgid ""
"Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected "
"wireless network. <acronym>WPA2</acronym> encryption is strongly recommended "
"as older encryption types, like <acronym>WEP</acronym>, offer little "
"security. If the network uses <acronym>WPA2</acronym>, input the password, "
"also known as the Pre-Shared Key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>). For security "
"reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4662
msgid "WPA2 Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4666
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4671
msgid ""
"Next, choose whether or not an <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address should be "
"configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4676
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4680
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4685
msgid ""
"There are two methods of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> configuration. "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> will automatically configure the network interface "
"correctly and should be used if the network provides a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input "
"manually as a static configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4693
msgid ""
"Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, obtain the information "
"listed in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> from "
"the network administrator or Internet service provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4700
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</"
"guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface."
" The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and obtains the addressing information for "
"the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4708
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4713
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4718
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, select "
"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
"in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4723
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Static Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4727
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4734
msgid ""
"<literal>IP Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address assigned "
"to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by "
"another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4741
msgid "<literal>Subnet Mask</literal> - The subnet mask for the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4746
msgid ""
"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the "
"network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4752
msgid ""
"The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym>. If <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is available and "
"desired, choose <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to select it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4758
msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4762
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4767
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> also has two methods of configuration. StateLess "
"Address AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) will automatically "
"request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf."
"org/html/rfc4862</link> for more information. Static configuration requires "
"manual entry of network information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4775
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is available, select "
"<guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure "
"the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so "
"as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4782
msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4786
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4791
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is not available, select "
"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
"in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4796
msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4800
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4807
msgid ""
"<literal>IPv6 Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address "
"assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use "
"by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4814
msgid ""
"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address of "
"the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4820
msgid ""
"The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name "
"System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) resolver, which converts hostnames to and "
"from network addresses. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> or <acronym>SLAAC</"
"acronym> was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the "
"<literal>Resolver Configuration</literal> values may already be filled in. "
"Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the <literal>Search</"
"literal> field. <literal>DNS #1</literal> and <literal>DNS #2</literal> are "
"the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and/or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses of the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. At least one <acronym>DNS</acronym> server "
"is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4834
msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4838
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4845
msgid "Setting the Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4847
msgid ""
"The next menu asks if the system clock uses <acronym>UTC</acronym> or local "
"time. When in doubt, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to choose the more "
"commonly-used local time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4853
msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4857
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4862
msgid ""
"The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by "
"selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time "
"zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, "
"such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions "
"properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4869
msgid ""
"The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of "
"the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical "
"location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4874
msgid "Select a Region"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4878
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4883
msgid ""
"The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4887
msgid "Select a Country"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4891
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4896
msgid ""
"Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press <keycap>Enter</"
"keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4900
msgid "Select a Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4904
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4909
msgid ""
"The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4913
msgid "Confirm Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4917
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4922
msgid ""
"Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue with the post-installation configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4928
msgid "Enabling Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4930
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started "
"whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start "
"the services that are needed for the system to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4936
msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4940
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4945
msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4950
msgid ""
"<literal>sshd</literal> - The Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) daemon "
"is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only "
"enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4958
msgid ""
"<literal>moused</literal> - Enable this service if the mouse will be used "
"from the command-line system console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4964
msgid ""
"<literal>ntpd</literal> - The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) "
"daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is "
"a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos, or "
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4972
msgid ""
"<literal>powerd</literal> - System power control utility for power control "
"and energy saving."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4979 book.translate.xml:4987
msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4981
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be "
"enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the "
"system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4991
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4998
msgid "Add Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5000
msgid ""
"The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended "
"to login to the system using a user account rather than as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. When logged in as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>, there are essentially no limits or "
"protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and "
"more secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5007
msgid "Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to add new users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5011
msgid "Add User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5015
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5020
msgid ""
"Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. "
"The example shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> creates the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5024
msgid "Enter User Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5028
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5033
msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5037
msgid ""
"<literal>Username</literal> - The name the user will enter to log in. A "
"common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with "
"the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The "
"username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5046
msgid ""
"<literal>Full name</literal> - The user's full name. This can contain spaces "
"and is used as a description for the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5052
msgid ""
"<literal>Uid</literal> - User <acronym>ID</acronym>. Typically, this is left "
"blank so the system will assign a value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5058
msgid ""
"<literal>Login group</literal> - The user's group. Typically this is left "
"blank to accept the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5063
msgid ""
"<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> into other groups?</literal> "
"- Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user "
"needs administrative access, type <literal>wheel</literal> here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5071
msgid "<literal>Login class</literal> - Typically left blank for the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5076
msgid ""
"<literal>Shell</literal> - Type in one of the listed values to set the "
"interactive shell for the user. Refer to <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> for more "
"information about shells."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5083
msgid ""
"<literal>Home directory</literal> - The user's home directory. The default "
"is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5088
msgid ""
"<literal>Home directory permissions</literal> - Permissions on the user's "
"home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5094
msgid ""
"<literal>Use password-based authentication?</literal> - Typically "
"<literal>yes</literal> so that the user is prompted to input their password "
"at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5100
msgid ""
"<literal>Use an empty password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
"as it is insecure to have a blank password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5106
msgid ""
"<literal>Use a random password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
"so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5112
msgid ""
"<literal>Enter password</literal> - The password for this user. Characters "
"typed will not show on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5118
msgid ""
"<literal>Enter password again</literal> - The password must be typed again "
"for verification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5123
msgid ""
"<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</literal> - Typically "
"<literal>no</literal> so that the user can login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5129
msgid ""
"After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was "
"made, enter <literal>no</literal> and try again. If everything is correct, "
"enter <literal>yes</literal> to create the new user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5135
msgid "Exit User and Group Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5139
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5144
msgid ""
"If there are more users to add, answer the <literal>Add another user?</"
"literal> question with <literal>yes</literal>. Enter <literal>no</literal> "
"to finish adding users and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5149
msgid ""
"For more information on adding users and user management, see <xref linkend="
"\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5154 book.translate.xml:5160
msgid "Final Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5156
msgid ""
"After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is "
"provided to modify settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5164
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5169
msgid ""
"Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before "
"completing the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5174
msgid ""
"<literal>Add User</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"addusers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5178
msgid ""
"<literal>Root Password</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"post-root\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5182
msgid ""
"<literal>Hostname</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"hostname\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5186
msgid ""
"<literal>Network</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-"
"network-dev\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5190
msgid ""
"<literal>Services</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"sysconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5194
msgid ""
"<literal>Time Zone</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"timezone\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5198
msgid ""
"<literal>Handbook</literal> - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5203
msgid ""
"After any final configuration is complete, select <guibutton>Exit</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5207 book.translate.xml:11437
msgid "Manual Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5211
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' md5="
"'__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5216
msgid ""
"<application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt if there are any "
"additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new "
"system. Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to exit to a shell within the "
"new system or <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to proceed to the last step of "
"the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5225
msgid "Complete the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5229
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5234
msgid ""
"If further configuration or special setup is needed, select "
"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> to boot the install media into Live "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5239
msgid ""
"If the installation is complete, select <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> to "
"reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to "
"remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5245
msgid ""
"As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system "
"finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the <prompt>login:</"
"prompt> prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid "
"logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/> for instructions on how to become the "
"superuser when administrative access is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5254
msgid ""
"The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing "
"<keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The "
"<keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap>, and arrow keys can be used to "
"scroll back through the messages. When finished, press <keycap>Scroll-Lock</"
"keycap> again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review "
"these messages once the system has been up for some time, type <command>less "
"/var/run/dmesg.boot</command> from a command prompt. Press <keycap>q</"
"keycap> to return to the command line after viewing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5266
msgid ""
"If <application>sshd</application> was enabled in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"config-serv\"/>, the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will "
"generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> and <acronym>DSA</acronym> keys. "
"Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be "
"displayed, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5272
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n"
"|    o..          |\n"
"|   o . .         |\n"
"|  .   o          |\n"
"|       o         |\n"
"|    o   S        |\n"
"|   + + o         |\n"
"|o . + *          |\n"
"|o+ ..+ .         |\n"
"|==o..o+E         |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n"
"|       ..     . .|\n"
"|      o  .   . + |\n"
"|     . ..   . E .|\n"
"|    . .  o o . . |\n"
"|     +  S = .    |\n"
"|    +  . = o     |\n"
"|     +  . * .    |\n"
"|    . .  o .     |\n"
"|      .o. .      |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Starting sshd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5308
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> for more information about fingerprints "
"and <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5311
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information about installing and configuring a "
"graphical window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5315
msgid ""
"Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from "
"damage. <emphasis>Do not turn off the power before the system has been "
"properly shut down!</emphasis> If the user is a member of the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, become the superuser by typing "
"<command>su</command> at the command line and entering the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> password. Then, type <command>shutdown -p "
"now</command> and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware "
"supports it, turn itself off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5328 book.translate.xml:12392 book.translate.xml:15017
#: book.translate.xml:20188 book.translate.xml:35340 book.translate.xml:36110
#: book.translate.xml:48043 book.translate.xml:51289 book.translate.xml:61155
#: book.translate.xml:62815 book.translate.xml:63538
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5330
msgid "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5334
msgid ""
"This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common "
"problems people have reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5338
msgid ""
"Check the Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/"
"index.html\">https://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) document "
"for the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the "
"hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom "
"kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> to add "
"support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are "
"in their factory default configuration in terms of <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> addresses, and <acronym>DMA</acronym> channels. If "
"the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can "
"tell FreeBSD where to find things."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5352
msgid ""
"Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the "
"firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. "
"Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. "
"Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and "
"upgrade information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5359
msgid ""
"Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a "
"critical update. The upgrade process <emphasis>can</emphasis> go wrong, "
"leaving the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> incomplete and the computer inoperative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5367
msgid ""
"If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves "
"strangely during install, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be the culprit. "
"FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system <acronym>ACPI</acronym> service on "
"the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is "
"detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver and within system motherboards and "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> firmware. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled by "
"setting the <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled</literal> hint in the third stage "
"boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5379
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5381
msgid ""
"This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add "
"<literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> to the file <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>. More information about the boot loader can be found "
"in <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5388
msgid "Using the Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5390
msgid ""
"The welcome menu of <application>bsdinstall</application>, shown in <xref "
"linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>, provides a <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</"
"guibutton> option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether "
"FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the "
"features before installing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5397
msgid ""
"The following points should be noted before using the "
"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5402
msgid ""
"To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and the password is blank."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5408
msgid ""
"As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be "
"significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5414
msgid ""
"This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:5439
msgid "FreeBSD Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5444
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD "
"operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are "
"encouraged to read through this chapter carefully."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5453
msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5457
msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5462
msgid ""
"How <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file permissions and "
"FreeBSD file flags work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5467
msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5471
msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5475
msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5479
msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5483
msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5488
msgid "How to use basic text editors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5492
msgid "What devices and device nodes are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5496
msgid "How to read manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5502
msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5504
msgid "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5507 book.translate.xml:47334
msgid "<primary>terminals</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5510 book.translate.xml:23163
msgid "<primary>console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5514
msgid ""
"Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical "
"environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login "
"prompt, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5519
#, no-wrap
msgid "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
"\n"
"login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5523
msgid ""
"The first line contains some information about the system. The "
"<literal>amd64</literal> indicates that the system in this example is "
"running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is <systemitem>pc3.example."
"org</systemitem>, and <filename>ttyv0</filename> indicates that this is the "
"<quote>system console</quote>. The second line is the login prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5531
msgid ""
"Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish "
"between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log "
"into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every "
"user has a unique name <quote>username</quote> and a personal "
"<quote>password</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5538
msgid ""
"To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during "
"system installation, as described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/"
">, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Then enter the password associated with "
"the username and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The password is <emphasis>not "
"echoed</emphasis> for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5546
msgid ""
"Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (<acronym>MOTD</"
"acronym>) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the "
"shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a "
"<literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal>, or <literal>%</literal> "
"character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD "
"system console and ready to try the available commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5556
msgid "Virtual Consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5558
msgid ""
"While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user "
"working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will "
"typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system "
"messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These "
"messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, "
"making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5567
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for "
"inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell "
"and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides "
"the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time "
"in a graphical environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5574
msgid ""
"The key combinations <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
"keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></"
"keycombo> have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual "
"consoles. Use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> "
"to switch to the system console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>), "
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to access the "
"first virtual console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> to access the second virtual console "
"(<filename>ttyv2</filename>), and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5590
msgid ""
"When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen "
"output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and "
"keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs "
"that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user "
"switches to a different virtual console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5597
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more technical "
"description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5602
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this "
"section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5606
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
"#\n"
"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"# Virtual terminals\n"
"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5620
msgid ""
"To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) at "
"the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to "
"reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a "
"<literal>#</literal> in front of the last four lines representing virtual "
"consoles <filename>ttyv5</filename> through <filename>ttyv8</filename>. "
"<emphasis>Do not</emphasis> comment out the line for the system console "
"<filename>ttyv0</filename>. Note that the last virtual console "
"(<filename>ttyv8</filename>) is used to access the graphical environment if "
"<application>Xorg</application> has been installed and configured as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5634
msgid ""
"For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available "
"options for the virtual consoles, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5640
msgid "Single User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5642
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as <quote>Boot Single "
"User</quote>. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a "
"special mode known as <quote>single user mode</quote>. This mode is "
"typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is not "
"known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are "
"not available. However, full <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> access to the system is available, and by default, the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is not needed. For "
"these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this "
"mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to "
"consider when securing a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5658
msgid ""
"The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root "
"password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown  off  secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5667
msgid ""
"By default, the status is set to <literal>secure</literal>. This assumes "
"that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it "
"is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to "
"<literal>insecure</literal>, the assumption is that the environment itself "
"is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is "
"changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, FreeBSD will prompt for the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when a user "
"selects to boot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5679
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Be careful when changing this setting to <literal>insecure</"
"literal></emphasis>! If the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but "
"may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5689
msgid "Changing Console Video Modes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5691
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, "
"1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To "
"use a different video mode load the <literal>VESA</literal> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5696
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5698
msgid ""
"To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To get a list of supported video modes issue the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5702
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5704
msgid ""
"The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the "
"hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5709
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5711
msgid ""
"If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by "
"adding it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5715
#, no-wrap
msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5732
msgid "Users and Basic Account Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5734
msgid ""
"FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While "
"only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one "
"time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To "
"use the system, each user should have their own user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5740
msgid "This chapter describes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5744
msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5749
msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5753
msgid ""
"How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed "
"to access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5759
msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5765
msgid "Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5767
msgid ""
"Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all "
"processes are run by users, user and account management is important."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5771
msgid ""
"There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and "
"the superuser account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5775
msgid "System Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5777
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5782
msgid ""
"System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. "
"The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they "
"could act without restriction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5787
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class="
"\"username\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5791
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class="
"\"username\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5796
msgid ""
"Examples of system accounts are <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</"
"systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">news</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5803
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class="
"\"username\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5808
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> is the generic "
"unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>, the more files and processes that "
"user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user "
"becomes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5817
msgid "User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5819
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5824
msgid ""
"User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the "
"system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. "
"This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents "
"users from clobbering the settings of other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5830
msgid ""
"Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the "
"system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and "
"language settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5835
msgid ""
"Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated "
"with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5840
msgid "User name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5843
msgid ""
"The user name is typed at the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt. Each user must "
"have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user "
"names which are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is recommended to "
"use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in "
"order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5855
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5858
msgid "Each account has an associated password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5863
msgid "User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5866
msgid ""
"The User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
"the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be "
"specified will first convert it to the <acronym>UID</acronym>. It is "
"recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause "
"compatibility issues with some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5877
msgid "Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5880
msgid ""
"The Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
"the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for "
"controlling access to resources based on a user's <acronym>GID</acronym> "
"rather than their <acronym>UID</acronym>. This can significantly reduce the "
"size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than "
"one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs "
"may break some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5894
msgid "Login class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5897
msgid ""
"Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide "
"additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login "
"classes are discussed further in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5906
msgid "Password change time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5909
msgid ""
"By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be "
"enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their "
"passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5918
msgid "Account expiration time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5921
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that "
"need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the "
"account expiry date using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. After the expiry time "
"has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although "
"the account's directories and files will remain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5932
msgid "User's full name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5935
msgid ""
"The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not "
"necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this "
"information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 "
"characters long."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5944
msgid "Home directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5947
msgid ""
"The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is "
"the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is "
"to put all user home directories under <filename><replaceable>/home/"
"username</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/"
"username</replaceable></filename>. Each user stores their personal files and "
"subdirectories in their own home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5958
msgid "User shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5961
msgid ""
"The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the "
"system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will "
"have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5972
msgid "The Superuser Account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5974
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5979
msgid ""
"The superuser account, usually called <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. "
"For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and "
"receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5986
msgid ""
"The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and "
"misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User "
"accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is "
"recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when "
"a command requires extra privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5994
msgid ""
"Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since "
"an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5998
msgid ""
"There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, this is highly discouraged."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6003
msgid ""
"Instead, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to become the superuser. If <literal>-</literal> "
"is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root "
"user's environment. The user running this command must be in the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group or else the command will fail. "
"The user must also know the password for the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6013
msgid ""
"In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run "
"<command>make install</command> as this step requires superuser privilege. "
"Once the command completes, the user types <command>exit</command> to leave "
"the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6021
msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6032
msgid ""
"The built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> framework works well for single systems or small "
"networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install "
"the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides "
"activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can "
"run which commands as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6043
msgid "Managing Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6045
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6050
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. "
"The most common commands are summarized in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"utilities\"/>, followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page "
"for each utility for more details and usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6057
msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6065 book.translate.xml:57389 book.translate.xml:60921
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6066 book.translate.xml:16933 book.translate.xml:17087
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6071
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6072
msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6077
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6078
msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6083
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6084
msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6089
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6090
msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6095
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6096
msgid ""
"A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6104
msgid "<command>adduser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6106
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6110 book.translate.xml:43534
msgid "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6113
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6116
msgid "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6120
msgid ""
"The recommended program for adding new users is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When a new user is added, this program "
"automatically updates <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies "
"in the default configuration files from <filename>/usr/share/skel</"
"filename>, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This "
"utility must be run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6130
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is interactive and walks through the steps "
"for creating a new user account. As seen in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"adduser\"/>, either input the required information or press <keycap>Return</"
"keycap> to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this "
"example, the user has been invited into the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, allowing them to become the "
"superuser with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When finished, the utility will prompt to either "
"create another user or to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6142
msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser</userinput>\n"
"Username: <userinput>jru</userinput>\n"
"Full name: <userinput>J. Random User</userinput>\n"
"Uid (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Login group [jru]:\n"
"Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: <userinput>wheel</"
"userinput>\n"
"Login class [default]:\n"
"Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: <userinput>zsh</userinput>\n"
"Home directory [/home/jru]:\n"
"Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n"
"Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Enter password:\n"
"Enter password again:\n"
"Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n"
"Username   : jru\n"
"Password   : ****\n"
"Full Name  : J. Random User\n"
"Uid        : 1001\n"
"Class      :\n"
"Groups     : jru wheel\n"
"Home       : /home/jru\n"
"Shell      : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Locked     : no\n"
"OK? (yes/no): <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n"
"Add another user? (yes/no): <userinput>no</userinput>\n"
"Goodbye!\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6177
msgid ""
"Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the "
"password when creating the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6184
msgid "<command>rmuser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6186
msgid "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6189
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6194
msgid ""
"To completely remove a user from the system, run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6200
msgid ""
"Removes the user's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry, if one exists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6205
msgid ""
"Removes any <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> jobs belonging to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6210
msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6214
msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6219
msgid ""
"Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6224
msgid ""
"Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from <filename>/var/"
"mail</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6229
msgid ""
"Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such "
"as <filename>/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6235
msgid ""
"Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename>. If a group becomes empty and the group name "
"is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-"
"user unique groups created by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6244
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is "
"almost always an indication of massive destruction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6248
msgid ""
"By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6252
msgid "<command>rmuser</command> Interactive Account Removal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
"Matching password entry:\n"
"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6266
msgid "<command>chpass</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6268
msgid "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6272
msgid ""
"Any user can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to change their "
"default shell and personal information associated with their user account. "
"The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information "
"for any user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6277
msgid ""
"When passed no options, aside from an optional username, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> displays an editor containing user information. When the user "
"exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6283
msgid ""
"This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, "
"unless the utility is run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6288
msgid ""
"In <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/>, the superuser has typed "
"<command>chpass jru</command> and is now viewing the fields that can be "
"changed for this user. If <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> "
"runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and "
"available for editing. This is shown in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"chpass-ru\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6297
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6300
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Login: jru\n"
"Password: *\n"
"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
"Change [month day year]:\n"
"Expire [month day year]:\n"
"Class:\n"
"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6318
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Regular User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6331
msgid ""
"The commands <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> are links to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> support is automatic, specifying the <literal>yp</literal> before "
"the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in <xref "
"linkend=\"network-servers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6341
msgid "<command>passwd</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6343
msgid "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6346
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6351
msgid ""
"Any user can easily change their password using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command "
"will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be "
"set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6357
msgid "Changing Your Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"Old password:\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6368
msgid ""
"The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when "
"running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When this utility is run as the superuser, it "
"will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to "
"be changed when a user cannot remember the original password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6376
msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6388
msgid ""
"As with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a link to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, so <acronym>NIS</acronym> works with either command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6395
msgid "<command>pw</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6397 book.translate.xml:43557
msgid "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6401
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and "
"groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> has a very powerful set of command line options that make it "
"suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more "
"complicated than the other commands presented in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6412
msgid "Managing Groups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6414
msgid "<primary>groups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6417
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6420
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6425
msgid ""
"A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and "
"<acronym>GID</acronym>. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the <acronym>UID</"
"acronym> of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine "
"what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the <acronym>GID</"
"acronym> of a user or process usually means the first group in the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6432
msgid ""
"The group name to <acronym>GID</acronym> mapping is listed in <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited fields."
" The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted password, "
"the third the <acronym>GID</acronym>, and the fourth the comma-delimited "
"list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6440
msgid ""
"The superuser can modify <filename>/etc/group</filename> using a text editor."
" Alternatively, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to add and edit groups. For example, "
"to add a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> "
"and then confirm that it exists:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6447
msgid ""
"Adding a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6454
msgid ""
"In this example, <literal>1100</literal> is the <acronym>GID</acronym> of "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>. Right now, <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> has no members. This command will "
"add <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> as a member of "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6463
msgid ""
"Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6466
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6471
msgid ""
"The argument to <option>-M</option> is a comma-delimited list of users to be "
"added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. "
"To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) "
"the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the "
"user will not show up as a member when using <option>groupshow</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, but will show up when the information is queried via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or a similar tool. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add a user "
"to a group, it only manipulates <filename>/etc/group</filename> and does not "
"attempt to read additional data from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6485
msgid ""
"Adding a New Member to a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6492
msgid ""
"In this example, the argument to <option>-m</option> is a comma-delimited "
"list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, "
"these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in "
"the group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6499
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to Determine Group Membership"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6501
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6505
msgid ""
"In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> is a member "
"of the groups <systemitem class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6510
msgid ""
"For more information about this command and the format of <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6517
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6519
msgid "<primary>UNIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6523
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions "
"and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these "
"permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure "
"that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to "
"improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other "
"users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6531
msgid ""
"This section discusses the traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access "
"control, refer to <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6535
msgid ""
"In <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, basic permissions are "
"assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access "
"types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and "
"others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be "
"represented as the letters <literal>r</literal>, <literal>w</literal>, and "
"<literal>x</literal>. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each "
"permission is either on or off (<literal>0</literal>). When represented as a "
"number, the order is always read as <literal>rwx</literal>, where "
"<literal>r</literal> has an on value of <literal>4</literal>, <literal>w</"
"literal> has an on value of <literal>2</literal> and <literal>x</literal> "
"has an on value of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6550
msgid ""
"Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When "
"reading the <quote>Directory Listing</quote> column, a <literal>-</literal> "
"is used to represent a permission that is set to off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6555
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6558
msgid "<primary>file permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6563
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6568
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6569
msgid "Permission"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6570
msgid "Directory Listing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6576
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6577
msgid "No read, no write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6578
msgid "<literal>---</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6582 book.translate.xml:47032 book.translate.xml:47054
#: book.translate.xml:47144
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6583
msgid "No read, no write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6584
msgid "<literal>--x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6588 book.translate.xml:46924 book.translate.xml:46934
#: book.translate.xml:47006 book.translate.xml:47016 book.translate.xml:47096
#: book.translate.xml:47098
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6589
msgid "No read, write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6590
msgid "<literal>-w-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6594 book.translate.xml:46926 book.translate.xml:46932
#: book.translate.xml:47008 book.translate.xml:47014 book.translate.xml:47104
#: book.translate.xml:47106
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6595
msgid "No read, write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6596
msgid "<literal>-wx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6600 book.translate.xml:46940 book.translate.xml:46950
#: book.translate.xml:47022 book.translate.xml:47030 book.translate.xml:47048
#: book.translate.xml:47056 book.translate.xml:47112 book.translate.xml:47120
#: book.translate.xml:47162
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6601
msgid "Read, no write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6602
msgid "<literal>r--</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6606 book.translate.xml:46942 book.translate.xml:46948
#: book.translate.xml:47038 book.translate.xml:47040 book.translate.xml:47128
#: book.translate.xml:47154
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6607
msgid "Read, no write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6608
msgid "<literal>r-x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6612 book.translate.xml:46958 book.translate.xml:46972
#: book.translate.xml:47024 book.translate.xml:47046 book.translate.xml:47114
#: book.translate.xml:47136
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6613
msgid "Read, write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6614
msgid "<literal>rw-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6618 book.translate.xml:46916 book.translate.xml:46918
#: book.translate.xml:47062 book.translate.xml:47072 book.translate.xml:47130
#: book.translate.xml:47152
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6619
msgid "Read, write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6620
msgid "<literal>rwx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6626
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6629
msgid "<primary>directories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6633
msgid ""
"Use the <option>-l</option> argument to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view a long "
"directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's "
"permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a "
"<command>ls -l</command> in an arbitrary directory may show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6639
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
"total 530\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6645
msgid ""
"The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this "
"file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, "
"or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the <literal>-</"
"literal> indicates a regular file. The next three characters, <literal>rw-</"
"literal> in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. "
"The next three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for "
"the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, <literal>r--"
"</literal>, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means "
"that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set "
"so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, "
"and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table "
"above, the permissions for this file would be <literal>644</literal>, where "
"each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6662
msgid ""
"How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most "
"hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. "
"These special device files are stored in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6667
msgid ""
"Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute "
"permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different "
"meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means "
"it is possible to change into that directory using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This also means that it is possible to access the files "
"within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6676
msgid ""
"In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on "
"the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is "
"necessary to have write <emphasis>and</emphasis> execute permissions to the "
"directory containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6682
msgid ""
"There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special "
"circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more "
"information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6689
msgid "Symbolic Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:6692 book.translate.xml:6827 book.translate.xml:6878
#: book.translate.xml:19214 book.translate.xml:19321 book.translate.xml:19499
#: book.translate.xml:20618 book.translate.xml:21137 book.translate.xml:23386
#: book.translate.xml:33823 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6702
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6707
msgid ""
"Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign "
"permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of "
"(who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6717 book.translate.xml:23112
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6718
msgid "Letter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6719
msgid "Represents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6725 book.translate.xml:6731 book.translate.xml:6737
#: book.translate.xml:6743
msgid "(who)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6726
msgid "u"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6727
msgid "User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6732
msgid "g"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6733
msgid "Group owner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6738
msgid "o"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6739
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6744
msgid "a"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6745
msgid "All (<quote>world</quote>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6749 book.translate.xml:6755 book.translate.xml:6761
msgid "(action)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6750 book.translate.xml:31374 book.translate.xml:39163
msgid "+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6751
msgid "Adding permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6756 book.translate.xml:31379 book.translate.xml:39168
msgid "-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6757
msgid "Removing permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6762
msgid "="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6763
msgid "Explicitly set permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6767 book.translate.xml:6773 book.translate.xml:6779
#: book.translate.xml:6785 book.translate.xml:6791
msgid "(permissions)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6768
msgid "r"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6769
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6774
msgid "w"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6775
msgid "Write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6780
msgid "x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6781
msgid "Execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6786
msgid "t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6787
msgid "Sticky bit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6792
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6793
msgid "Set UID or GID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6799
msgid ""
"These values are used with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with letters "
"instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other "
"users from accessing <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6804
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= FILE</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6806
msgid ""
"A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to "
"a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group "
"and <quote>world</quote> write permission on <replaceable>FILE</"
"replaceable>, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>FILE</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6824
msgid "FreeBSD File Flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6837
msgid ""
"In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of <quote>file "
"flags</quote>. These flags add an additional level of security and control "
"over files, but not directories. With file flags, even <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> can be prevented from removing or altering "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6844
msgid ""
"File flags are modified using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to "
"enable the system undeletable flag on the file <filename>file1</filename>, "
"issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6849
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6851
msgid ""
"To disable the system undeletable flag, put a <quote>no</quote> in front of "
"the <option>sunlink</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6855
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6857
msgid ""
"To view the flags of a file, use <option>-lo</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6862
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6864
msgid ""
"Several file flags may only be added or removed by the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user. In other cases, the file owner may set "
"its file flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6873
msgid ""
"The <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and "
"<literal>sticky</literal> Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6888
msgid ""
"Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific "
"settings that all administrators should know about. They are the "
"<literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</"
"literal> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6894
msgid ""
"These settings are important for some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to "
"normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID "
"and effective user ID must be noted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6899
msgid ""
"The real user ID is the <acronym>UID</acronym> who owns or starts the "
"process. The effective <acronym>UID</acronym> is the user ID the process "
"runs as. As an example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs with the real "
"user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the "
"password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. This allows users to change their "
"passwords without seeing a <errorname>Permission Denied</errorname> error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6909
msgid ""
"The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the "
"number four (4) as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6913
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6915
msgid ""
"The permissions on <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></"
"filename> now look like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6919
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6921
msgid ""
"Note that a <literal>s</literal> is now part of the permission set "
"designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows "
"utilities which need elevated permissions, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6927
msgid ""
"The <literal>nosuid</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option will cause such "
"binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not "
"completely reliable as a <literal>nosuid</literal> wrapper may be able to "
"circumvent it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6934
msgid ""
"To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type <command>passwd</"
"command> as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the "
"process table and look at the user information for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6940
msgid "In terminal A:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6942
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6945
msgid "In terminal B:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6947
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6952
msgid ""
"Although <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is run as a normal user, it is using the effective "
"<acronym>UID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6956
msgid ""
"The <literal>setgid</literal> permission performs the same function as the "
"<literal>setuid</literal> permission; except that it alters the group "
"settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will "
"be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the "
"user who started the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6963
msgid ""
"To set the <literal>setgid</literal> permission on a file, provide "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> with a leading two (2):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6966
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6968
msgid ""
"In the following listing, notice that the <literal>s</literal> is now in the "
"field designated for the group permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6972
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6975
msgid ""
"In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable "
"file, it will not run with a different <acronym>EUID</acronym> or effective "
"user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system calls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6982
msgid ""
"The <literal>setuid</literal> and <literal>setgid</literal> permission bits "
"may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third "
"special permission, the <literal>sticky bit</literal>, can strengthen the "
"security of a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6988
msgid ""
"When the <literal>sticky bit</literal> is set on a directory, it allows file "
"deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in "
"public directories, such as <filename>/tmp</filename>, by users who do not "
"own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a "
"one (1):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6995
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6997
msgid ""
"The <literal>sticky bit</literal> permission will display as a <literal>t</"
"literal> at the very end of the permission set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7001
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7003
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7009
msgid "Directory Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7011
msgid "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7015
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall "
"understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, "
"<quote>/</quote>. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and "
"it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for "
"multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for "
"other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7024
msgid ""
"A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted "
"onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further "
"described in <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/>. Standard mount points "
"include <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/"
"tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename>, and <filename>/cdrom/</"
"filename>. These directories are usually referenced to entries in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. This file is a table of various file systems and mount "
"points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename> are mounted automatically at boot time from the script "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> unless their entry includes <option>noauto</option>. Details "
"can be found in <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7039
msgid ""
"A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The following table provides a brief overview of the most "
"common directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:7048 book.translate.xml:10908
msgid "Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7055
msgid "Root directory of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7059
msgid "<filename>/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7060
msgid ""
"User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7065
msgid "<filename>/boot/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7066
msgid ""
"Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7071
msgid "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7072
msgid ""
"Default boot configuration files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7077
msgid "<filename>/dev/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7078
msgid ""
"Device nodes. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7083
msgid "<filename>/etc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7084
msgid "System configuration files and scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7088
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7089
msgid ""
"Default system configuration files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7094
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7095
msgid ""
"Configuration files for mail transport agents such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7100
msgid "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7101
msgid ""
"Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7107
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7108
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7112
msgid "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7113
msgid ""
"Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount "
"point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7118
msgid "<filename>/proc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7119
msgid ""
"Process file system. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7124
msgid "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7125
msgid ""
"Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7130
msgid "<filename>/root/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7131
msgid ""
"Home directory for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7137
msgid "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7138
msgid ""
"System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user "
"and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7144
msgid "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7145
msgid ""
"Temporary files which are usually <emphasis>not</emphasis> preserved across "
"a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at <filename>/"
"tmp</filename>. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7155
msgid "<filename>/usr/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7156
msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7161
msgid "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7162
msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7167
msgid "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7168
msgid "Standard C include files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7172
msgid "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7173
msgid "Archive libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7178
msgid "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7179
msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7183
msgid "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7184
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7189
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7190
msgid ""
"Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for "
"the FreeBSD ports framework. Within <filename>/usr/local</filename>, the "
"general layout sketched out by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <filename>/usr</"
"filename> should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is "
"directly under <filename>/usr/local</filename> rather than under <filename>/"
"usr/local/share</filename>, and the ports documentation is in "
"<filename>share/doc/<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7203
msgid "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7204
msgid ""
"Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the <filename>/usr/"
"src</filename> tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7210
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7211
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7215
msgid "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7216
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7221
msgid "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7222
msgid "Architecture-independent files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7226
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7227
msgid "BSD and/or local source files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7231
msgid "<filename>/var/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7232
msgid ""
"Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based "
"file system is sometimes mounted at <filename>/var</filename>. This can be "
"automated using the varmfs-related variables in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7243
msgid "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7244
msgid "Miscellaneous system log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7248
msgid "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7249
msgid "User mailbox files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7253
msgid "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7254
msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7259
msgid "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7260
msgid ""
"Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless "
"<filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7267
msgid "<filename>/var/yp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7268
msgid "NIS maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7276
msgid "Disk Organization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7278
msgid ""
"The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the "
"filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that <filename>readme."
"txt</filename> and <filename>README.TXT</filename> are two separate files. "
"FreeBSD does not use the extension of a file to determine whether the file "
"is a program, document, or some other form of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7285
msgid ""
"Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it may "
"contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other "
"directories, allowing a hierarchy of directories within one another in order "
"to organize data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7291
msgid ""
"Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, "
"followed by a forward slash, <literal>/</literal>, followed by any other "
"directory names that are necessary. For example, if the directory "
"<filename>foo</filename> contains a directory <filename>bar</filename> which "
"contains the file <filename>readme.txt</filename>, the full name, or "
"<firstterm>path</firstterm>, to the file is <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</"
"filename>. Note that this is different from <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to "
"separate file and directory names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or "
"other drive names in the path. For example, one would not type <filename>c:"
"\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt</filename> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7306
msgid ""
"Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system contains "
"exactly one directory at the very top level, called the <firstterm>root "
"directory</firstterm> for that file system. This root directory can contain "
"other directories. One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file "
"system</firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is "
"<firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how "
"many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of "
"the same disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7317
msgid ""
"Consider three file systems, called <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</"
"literal>, and <literal>C</literal>. Each file system has one root directory, "
"which contains two other directories, called <literal>A1</literal>, "
"<literal>A2</literal> (and likewise <literal>B1</literal>, <literal>B2</"
"literal> and <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7324
msgid ""
"Call <literal>A</literal> the root file system. If "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to view the contents of this directory, it will show "
"two subdirectories, <literal>A1</literal> and <literal>A2</literal>. The "
"directory tree looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7332
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7336
#, no-wrap
msgid " /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7344
msgid ""
"A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. When "
"mounting file system <literal>B</literal> on to the directory <literal>A1</"
"literal>, the root directory of <literal>B</literal> replaces <literal>A1</"
"literal>, and the directories in <literal>B</literal> appear accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7353
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- B1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- B2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7369
msgid ""
"Any files that are in the <literal>B1</literal> or <literal>B2</literal> "
"directories can be reached with the path <filename>/A1/B1</filename> or "
"<filename>/A1/B2</filename> as necessary. Any files that were in <filename>/"
"A1</filename> have been temporarily hidden. They will reappear if "
"<literal>B</literal> is <firstterm>unmounted</firstterm> from <literal>A</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7378
msgid ""
"If <literal>B</literal> had been mounted on <literal>A2</literal> then the "
"diagram would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7384
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7388
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7400
msgid ""
"and the paths would be <filename>/A2/B1</filename> and <filename>/A2/B2</"
"filename> respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7405
msgid ""
"File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last "
"example, the <literal>C</literal> file system could be mounted on top of the "
"<literal>B1</literal> directory in the <literal>B</literal> file system, "
"leading to this arrangement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7413
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     +--- C1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     `--- C2\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7433
msgid ""
"Or <literal>C</literal> could be mounted directly on to the <literal>A</"
"literal> file system, under the <literal>A1</literal> directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7439
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- C1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- C2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7459
msgid ""
"It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to "
"create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one "
"advantage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7464
msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7467
msgid ""
"Different file systems can have different <firstterm>mount options</"
"firstterm>. For example, the root file system can be mounted read-only, "
"making it impossible for users to inadvertently delete or edit a critical "
"file. Separating user-writable file systems, such as <filename>/home</"
"filename>, from other file systems allows them to be mounted "
"<firstterm>nosuid</firstterm>. This option prevents the <firstterm>suid</"
"firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits on executables stored on the "
"file system from taking effect, possibly improving security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7481
msgid ""
"FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, "
"depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that "
"contains many small files that are written frequently will have a different "
"optimization to one that contains fewer, larger files. By having one big "
"file system this optimization breaks down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7490
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at "
"a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By "
"splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system "
"will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7500
msgid "Benefit of a Single File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7503
msgid ""
"File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install "
"FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to "
"make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing "
"up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the "
"backed up data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:7511
msgid ""
"FreeBSD features the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, which makes "
"it possible to increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this "
"limitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7518
msgid ""
"File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same "
"meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partition), because of FreeBSD's "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> heritage. Each partition is "
"identified by a letter from <literal>a</literal> through to <literal>h</"
"literal>. Each partition can contain only one file system, which means that "
"file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the "
"file system hierarchy, or the letter of the partition they are contained in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7528
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also uses disk space for <firstterm>swap space</firstterm> to "
"provide <firstterm>virtual memory</firstterm>. This allows your computer to "
"behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD "
"runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being "
"used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) "
"when it needs it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7537
msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7547
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7548
msgid "Convention"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7554
msgid "<literal>a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7555
msgid "Normally contains the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7559
msgid "<literal>b</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7560
msgid "Normally contains swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7564
msgid "<literal>c</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7565
msgid ""
"Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that "
"need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on "
"the <literal>c</literal> partition. A file system would not normally be "
"created on this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7573
msgid "<literal>d</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7574
msgid ""
"Partition <literal>d</literal> used to have a special meaning associated "
"with it, although that is now gone and <literal>d</literal> may work as any "
"normal partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7583
msgid ""
"Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> as partitions, which are numbered from 1 "
"to 4. These are then divided into partitions, which contain file systems, "
"and are labeled using letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7588
msgid "<primary>slices</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7591 book.translate.xml:31844 book.translate.xml:31940
msgid "<primary>partitions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7594
msgid "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7598
msgid ""
"Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an <literal>s</literal>, "
"starting at 1. So <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> is the first "
"slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only be four physical slices on a "
"disk, but there can be logical slices inside physical slices of the "
"appropriate type. These extended slices are numbered starting at 5, so "
"<quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> is the first extended slice on "
"the first SATA disk. These devices are used by file systems that expect to "
"occupy a slice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7608
msgid ""
"Slices, <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> physical drives, and other "
"drives contain <firstterm>partitions</firstterm>, which are represented as "
"letters from <literal>a</literal> to <literal>h</literal>. This letter is "
"appended to the device name, so <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is "
"the <literal>a</literal> partition on the first <literal>da</literal> drive, "
"which is <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote>. <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</"
"emphasis></quote> is the fifth partition in the third slice of the second "
"SATA disk drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7621
msgid ""
"Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a "
"code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which "
"disk it is. Unlike slices, disk numbering starts at 0. Common codes are "
"listed in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7627
msgid ""
"When referring to a partition, include the disk name, <literal>s</literal>, "
"the slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <xref "
"linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7632
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> shows a conceptual model of a "
"disk layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7635
msgid ""
"When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within "
"the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each "
"partition, and decide where each file system will be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7641
msgid "Disk Device Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7649
msgid "Drive Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7650
msgid "Drive Device Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7656
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7658
msgid "<literal>ada</literal> or <literal>ad</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7663
msgid ""
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
"devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7665
msgid "<literal>da</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7669
msgid ""
"<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
"drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7671
msgid "<literal>cd</literal> or <literal>acd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7676
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7678
msgid "<literal>cd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7682
msgid "Floppy drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7683
msgid "<literal>fd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7687
msgid "Assorted non-standard <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7689
msgid ""
"<literal>mcd</literal> for Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> and "
"<literal>scd</literal> for Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7695
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7696
msgid "<literal>sa</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7700
msgid "<acronym>IDE</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7701
msgid "<literal>ast</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7705
msgid "RAID drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7706
msgid ""
"Examples include <literal>aacd</literal> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID, <literal>mlxd</literal> and "
"<literal>mlyd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</"
"trademark>, <literal>amrd</literal> for AMI <trademark class="
"\"registered\">MegaRAID</trademark>, <literal>idad</literal> for Compaq "
"Smart RAID, <literal>twed</literal> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">3ware</trademark> RAID."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7718
msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7727
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7728 book.translate.xml:61583
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7734
msgid "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7735
msgid ""
"The first partition (<literal>a</literal>) on the first slice (<literal>s1</"
"literal>) on the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk (<literal>ada0</"
"literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7742
msgid "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7743
msgid ""
"The fifth partition (<literal>e</literal>) on the second slice (<literal>s2</"
"literal>) on the second SCSI disk (<literal>da1</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7753
msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7755
msgid ""
"This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk "
"attached to the system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains "
"an 80 GB slice and a 170 GB slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</"
"trademark> partitions). The first slice contains a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NTFS</acronym> file system, "
"<filename>C:</filename>, and the second slice contains a FreeBSD "
"installation. This example FreeBSD installation has four data partitions and "
"a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7765
msgid ""
"The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition <literal>a</literal> "
"is used for the root file system, <literal>d</literal> for <filename>/var/</"
"filename>, <literal>e</literal> for <filename>/tmp/</filename>, and "
"<literal>f</literal> for <filename>/usr/</filename>. Partition letter "
"<literal>c</literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for "
"ordinary partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7775
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7782
msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7784
msgid ""
"The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at "
"<filename>/</filename>. <filename>/dev</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
"filename>, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, "
"which may have their own branches, such as <filename>/usr/local</filename>, "
"and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7793
msgid "<primary>root file system</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7797
msgid ""
"There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate "
"file systems. <filename>/var</filename> contains the directories "
"<filename>log/</filename>, <filename>spool/</filename>, and various types of "
"temporary files, and as such, may get filled up. Filling up the root file "
"system is not a good idea, so splitting <filename>/var</filename> from "
"<filename>/</filename> is often favorable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7808
msgid ""
"Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file "
"systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are "
"separate virtual disks, such as Network File System mounts, described in "
"<xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, or CDROM drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7815
msgid "The <filename>fstab</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7817
msgid ""
"<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7822
msgid ""
"During the boot process (<xref linkend=\"boot\"/>), file systems listed in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are automatically mounted except for the "
"entries containing <option>noauto</option>. This file contains entries in "
"the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7828
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     "
"<replaceable>passno</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7832
msgid "<literal>device</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7834
msgid ""
"An existing device name as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7840
msgid "<literal>mount-point</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7843
msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7849
msgid "<literal>fstype</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7852
msgid ""
"The file system type to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD "
"file system is <literal>ufs</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7859
msgid "<literal>options</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7862
msgid ""
"Either <option>rw</option> for read-write file systems, or <option>ro</"
"option> for read-only file systems, followed by any other options that may "
"be needed. A common option is <option>noauto</option> for file systems not "
"normally mounted during the boot sequence. Other options are listed in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7873
msgid "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7876
msgid ""
"Used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine which file systems require dumping. "
"If the field is missing, a value of zero is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7883
msgid "<literal>passno</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7886
msgid ""
"Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems "
"that should be skipped should have their <literal>passno</literal> set to "
"zero. The root file system needs to be checked before everything else and "
"should have its <literal>passno</literal> set to one. The other file systems "
"should be set to values greater than one. If more than one file system has "
"the same <literal>passno</literal>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to check "
"file systems in parallel if possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7900
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the format of <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> and its options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7905
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7907
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7912
msgid ""
"File systems are mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The most basic syntax "
"is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7916
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7919
msgid ""
"This command provides many options which are described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, The most commonly used options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7923
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7926 book.translate.xml:23119
msgid "<option>-a</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7929
msgid ""
"Mount all the file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, except "
"those marked as <quote>noauto</quote>, excluded by the <option>-t</option> "
"flag, or those that are already mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7938
msgid "<option>-d</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7942
msgid ""
"Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is useful "
"in conjunction with the <option>-v</option> flag to determine what "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is actually trying to do."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7950 book.translate.xml:26241
msgid "<option>-f</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7953
msgid ""
"Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of "
"write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write "
"to read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7961
msgid "<option>-r</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7964
msgid ""
"Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using <option>-o ro</"
"option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7970
msgid "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7974
msgid ""
"Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given "
"type, if <option>-a</option> is included. <quote>ufs</quote> is the default "
"file system type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7982
msgid "<option>-u</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7985
msgid "Update mount options on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7990 book.translate.xml:23136
msgid "<option>-v</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7993
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7998
msgid "<option>-w</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8001
msgid "Mount the file system read-write."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8006
msgid ""
"The following options can be passed to <option>-o</option> as a comma-"
"separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8011
msgid "nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8014
msgid ""
"Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a "
"useful security option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8023
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8025
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8030
msgid ""
"To unmount a file system use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command takes "
"one parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, <option>-a</option> or "
"<option>-A</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8034
msgid ""
"All forms take <option>-f</option> to force unmounting, and <option>-v</"
"option> for verbosity. Be warned that <option>-f</option> is not generally a "
"good idea as it might crash the computer or damage data on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8039
msgid ""
"To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed "
"after <option>-t</option>, use <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>. "
"Note that <option>-A</option> does not attempt to unmount the root file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8048
msgid "Processes and Daemons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8050
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any one "
"time is called a <firstterm>process</firstterm>. Every running command "
"starts at least one new process and there are a number of system processes "
"that are run by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8056
msgid ""
"Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a <firstterm>process "
"ID</firstterm> (<acronym>PID</acronym>). Similar to files, each process has "
"one owner and group, and the owner and group permissions are used to "
"determine which files and devices the process can open. Most processes also "
"have a parent process that started them. For example, the shell is a "
"process, and any command started in the shell is a process which has the "
"shell as its parent process. The exception is a special process called "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> which is always the first process to start at boot time and "
"which always has a <acronym>PID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8068
msgid ""
"Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and "
"disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web "
"server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are "
"another example of this type of application. These types of programs are "
"known as <firstterm>daemons</firstterm>. The term daemon comes from Greek "
"mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which "
"invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-"
"looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8079
msgid ""
"There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a "
"trailing <quote>d</quote>. For example, <application>BIND</application> is "
"the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is "
"<command>named</command>. The <application>Apache</application> web server "
"program is <command>httpd</command> and the line printer spooling daemon is "
"<command>lpd</command>. This is only a naming convention. For example, the "
"main mail daemon for the <application>Sendmail</application> application is "
"<command>sendmail</command>, and not <literal>maild</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8093
msgid "Viewing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8095
msgid ""
"To see the processes running on the system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display a static "
"list of the currently running processes, their <acronym>PID</acronym>s, how "
"much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To display all the running processes and update the display "
"every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8103
msgid ""
"By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> only shows the commands that are running and owned "
"by the user. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8111
msgid ""
"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is organized into a number of columns. The "
"<literal>PID</literal> column displays the process ID. <acronym>PID</"
"acronym>s are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back "
"to the beginning. However, a <acronym>PID</acronym> is not reassigned if it "
"is already in use. The <literal>TT</literal> column shows the tty the "
"program is running on and <literal>STAT</literal> shows the program's state. "
"<literal>TIME</literal> is the amount of time the program has been running "
"on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was "
"started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen "
"before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, <literal>COMMAND</"
"literal> is the command that was used to start the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8126
msgid ""
"A number of different options are available to change the information that "
"is displayed. One of the most useful sets is <literal>auxww</literal>, where "
"<option>a</option> displays information about all the running processes of "
"all users, <option>u</option> displays the username and memory usage of the "
"process' owner, <option>x</option> displays information about daemon "
"processes, and <option>ww</option> causes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to display the full "
"command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too "
"long to fit on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8137
msgid ""
"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:"
"03  10:21:46\n"
"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
"\n"
"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% "
"kdeinit4\n"
" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% "
"kdeinit4\n"
" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% "
"kdeinit4\n"
" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice."
"bin\n"
" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% "
"kdeinit4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8160
msgid ""
"The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six "
"lines) shows the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the last process to run, the "
"system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the "
"system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other "
"figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much "
"memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is "
"spending in different CPU states. If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system "
"module has been loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much "
"data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8172
msgid ""
"Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to "
"the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, such as the <acronym>PID</acronym>, username, "
"amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. "
"This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident size."
" Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the resident "
"size is how much it is actually using now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8182
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> automatically updates the display every two seconds. A "
"different interval can be specified with <option>-s</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8188
msgid "Killing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8190
msgid ""
"One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a "
"<firstterm>signal</firstterm> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are a number of "
"different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described "
"in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a "
"process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result "
"in a permission denied error. The exception is the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user, who can send signals to anyone's "
"processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8200
msgid ""
"The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application "
"is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, "
"FreeBSD will send the process the <quote>Segmentation Violation</quote> "
"signal (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>). If an application has been written to "
"use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be alerted after a period of time "
"has elapsed, it will be sent the <quote>Alarm</quote> signal "
"(<literal>SIGALRM</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8210
msgid ""
"Two signals can be used to stop a process: <literal>SIGTERM</literal> and "
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal>. <literal>SIGTERM</literal> is the polite way to "
"kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it "
"may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. "
"In some cases, a process may ignore <literal>SIGTERM</literal> if it is in "
"the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:8222
msgid ""
"There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the "
"process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the "
"network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be "
"<quote>uninterruptible</quote>. Eventually the process will time out, "
"typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process "
"will be killed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8219
msgid ""
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a "
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> to a process will usually stop that process there "
"and then. <_:footnote-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8231
msgid ""
"Other commonly used signals are <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</"
"literal>, and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal>. Since these are general purpose "
"signals, different applications will respond differently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8236
msgid ""
"For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web "
"server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting "
"<command>httpd</command> would result in a brief outage period on the web "
"server. Instead, send the daemon the <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Be "
"aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the "
"documentation for the daemon to determine if <literal>SIGHUP</literal> will "
"achieve the desired results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:8247
msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:8249
msgid ""
"This example shows how to send a signal to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a "
"<literal>SIGHUP</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8256
msgid ""
"Find the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the process to send the signal to using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. In this example, the <acronym>PID</acronym> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is 198:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
"198  inetd -wW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8266
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to send the signal. Because "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is owned by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8277
msgid ""
"Like most <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> commands, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is "
"sent to a process not owned by that user, the message <errorname>kill: "
"<replaceable>PID</replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname> will be "
"displayed. Mistyping the <acronym>PID</acronym> will either send the signal "
"to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the "
"signal to a <acronym>PID</acronym> that is not currently in use, resulting "
"in the error <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such "
"process</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:8290
msgid "Why Use <command>/bin/kill</command>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8292
msgid ""
"Many shells provide <command>kill</command> as a built in command, meaning "
"that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running <filename>/"
"bin/kill</filename>. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax "
"for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all "
"of them, it can be simpler to specify <command>/bin/kill</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8304
msgid ""
"When sending other signals, substitute <literal>TERM</literal> or "
"<literal>KILL</literal> with the name of the signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:8309
msgid ""
"Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <acronym>PID</acronym> 1, is special. Running <command>/bin/"
"kill -s KILL 1</command> is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the "
"system. <emphasis>Always</emphasis> double check the arguments to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> <emphasis>before</emphasis> pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8321
msgid "Shells"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8323
msgid "<primary>shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8326
msgid "<primary>command line</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8330
msgid ""
"A <firstterm>shell</firstterm> provides a command line interface for "
"interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the "
"input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to "
"help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command "
"line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with "
"several shells, including the Bourne shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>) and the extended C "
"shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection, such as <command>zsh</command> and <command>bash</command>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8341
msgid ""
"The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might "
"feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> user "
"might prefer <command>bash</command>. Each shell has unique properties that "
"may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is "
"why there is a choice of which shell to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8348
msgid ""
"One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the "
"first few letters of a command or filename and presses <keycap>Tab</keycap>, "
"the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files "
"called <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename>. To "
"delete <filename>foobar</filename>, the user might type <command>rm foo</"
"command> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the filename."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8357
msgid ""
"But the shell only shows <command>rm foo</command>. It was unable to "
"complete the filename because both <filename>foobar</filename> and "
"<filename>football</filename> start with <literal>foo</literal>. Some shells "
"sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user "
"must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a "
"<literal>t</literal> and pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> again is enough to "
"let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8367
msgid "<primary>environment variables</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8371
msgid ""
"Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. "
"Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's "
"environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the "
"shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. <xref linkend="
"\"shell-env-vars\"/> provides a list of common environment variables and "
"their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in "
"uppercase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:8381
msgid "Common Environment Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8386 book.translate.xml:22933
msgid "Variable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8393
msgid "<envar>USER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8394
msgid "Current logged in user's name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8398
msgid "<envar>PATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8399
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8404
msgid "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8405
msgid ""
"Network name of the <application>Xorg</application> display to connect to, "
"if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8411
msgid "<envar>SHELL</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8412
msgid "The current shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8416
msgid "<envar>TERM</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8418
msgid ""
"The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities "
"of the terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8423
msgid "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8425
msgid ""
"Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal "
"functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8430
msgid "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8431
msgid "Type of operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8435
msgid "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8436
msgid "The system's CPU architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8440
msgid "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8441
msgid "The user's preferred text editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8445
msgid "<envar>PAGER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8446
msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8451
msgid "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8452
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8459
msgid "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8463
msgid ""
"How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>setenv</"
"command> to set environment variables. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <command>bash</"
"command>, use <command>export</command> to set the current environment "
"variables. This example sets the default <envar>EDITOR</envar> to <filename>/"
"usr/local/bin/emacs</filename> for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8474
msgid "The equivalent command for <command>bash</command> would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8479
msgid ""
"To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type "
"a <literal>$</literal> character in front of its name on the command line. "
"For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> displays the current "
"<envar>$TERM</envar> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8485
msgid ""
"Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special "
"representations of data. The most common meta-character is <literal>*</"
"literal>, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-"
"characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, "
"<command>echo *</command> is equivalent to <command>ls</command> because the "
"shell takes all the files that match <literal>*</literal> and <command>echo</"
"command> lists them on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8495
msgid ""
"To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from "
"the shell by starting it with a backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). For "
"example, <command>echo $TERM</command> prints the terminal setting whereas "
"<command>echo \\$TERM</command> literally prints the string <literal>$TERM</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8503
msgid "Changing the Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8505
msgid ""
"The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use "
"<command>chsh</command>. Running this command will open the editor that is "
"configured in the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable, which by "
"default is set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Change the "
"<literal>Shell:</literal> line to the full path of the new shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8512
msgid ""
"Alternately, use <command>chsh -s</command> which will set the specified "
"shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to "
"<command>bash</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8516
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8519
msgid ""
"The new shell <emphasis>must</emphasis> be present in <filename>/etc/shells</"
"filename>. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>, it should be automatically added to "
"this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path "
"with the path of the shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8526
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</"
"replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8528
msgid ""
"Then, rerun <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:8534
msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:8537 book.translate.xml:30989 book.translate.xml:35394
#: book.translate.xml:35474 book.translate.xml:37083 book.translate.xml:44364
#: book.translate.xml:54680 book.translate.xml:55896
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8547
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> shell is not just a "
"command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to "
"execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain "
"commands together to improve the final command output. When this "
"functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an "
"environment that can maximize efficiency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8555
msgid ""
"Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a "
"command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8562
msgid ""
"The directory contents will now be listed in <filename>directory_listing."
"txt</filename>. Some commands can be used to read input, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To sort this listing, redirect the input:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8569
msgid ""
"The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input "
"into another file, one could redirect the output of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> by mixing the direction:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted."
"txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8575
msgid ""
"In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection "
"using file descriptors. Every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> system has file descriptors, which include standard input "
"(stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has "
"a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that "
"provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error "
"would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three "
"are considered <acronym>I/O</acronym> based file descriptors and sometimes "
"considered streams."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8586
msgid ""
"Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to "
"be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. "
"Another method of redirection is the pipe operator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8591
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe operator, "
"<quote>|</quote> allows the output of one command to be directly passed or "
"directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of "
"a command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8599
msgid ""
"In that example, the contents of <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> "
"will be sorted and the output passed to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows the user "
"to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling "
"off the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8608
msgid "Text Editors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8610
msgid "<primary>text editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8613 book.translate.xml:8649
msgid "<primary>editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8617
msgid ""
"Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, "
"it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with "
"a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8622
msgid "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8625
msgid ""
"<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8630
msgid ""
"A simple editor to learn is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which stands for easy "
"editor. To start this editor, type <command>ee <replaceable>filename</"
"replaceable></command> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is the name "
"of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for "
"manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. "
"The caret (<literal>^</literal>) represents <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, so "
"<literal>^e</literal> expands to <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>. To leave "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>, then choose the <quote>leave "
"editor</quote> option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any "
"changes if the file has been modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8646
msgid "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8652
msgid "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8656
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as part of the base system. Other editors, like "
"<package>editors/emacs</package> and <package>editors/vim</package>, are "
"part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality "
"at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful "
"editor such as <application>vim</application> or <application>Emacs</"
"application> can save more time in the long run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8666
msgid ""
"Many applications which modify files or require typed input will "
"automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the "
"<envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable as described in <xref linkend="
"\"shells\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8673
msgid "Devices and Device Nodes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8675
msgid ""
"A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, "
"including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD "
"boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A "
"copy of the boot messages are saved to <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8682
msgid ""
"Each device has a device name and number. For example, <filename>ada0</"
"filename> is the first SATA hard drive, while <filename>kbd0</filename> "
"represents the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8687
msgid ""
"Most devices in FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device "
"nodes, which are located in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8693
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8695
msgid "<primary>manual pages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8699
msgid ""
"The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual "
"pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference "
"manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals "
"can be viewed using <command>man</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8707
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>command</replaceable> is the name of the command to learn "
"about. For example, to learn more about <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8711
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8713
msgid ""
"Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In "
"FreeBSD, the following sections are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8719
msgid "User commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8723
msgid "System calls and error numbers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8727
msgid "Functions in the C libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8731
msgid "Device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8735
msgid "File formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8739
msgid "Games and other diversions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8743
msgid "Miscellaneous information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8747
msgid "System maintenance and operation commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8751
msgid "System kernel interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8755
msgid ""
"In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the "
"online manual. For example, there is a <command>chmod</command> user command "
"and a <function>chmod()</function> system call. To tell "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> which section to display, specify the section number:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8761
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8763
msgid ""
"This will display the manual page for the user command "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. References to a particular section of the online manual are "
"traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> refers to the user command and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> refers to the system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8769
msgid ""
"If the name of the manual page is unknown, use <command>man -k</command> to "
"search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8773
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8775
msgid ""
"This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword <quote>mail</"
"quote> in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8779
msgid ""
"To read the descriptions for all of the commands in <filename>/usr/bin</"
"filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8785 book.translate.xml:49649
msgid "or"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8787
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8791
msgid "GNU Info Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8797
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free "
"Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may "
"include hypertext documents called <literal>info</literal> files. These can "
"be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or, if "
"<package>editors/emacs</package> is installed, the info mode of "
"<application>emacs</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8805
msgid ""
"To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8807
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8809
msgid ""
"For a brief introduction, type <literal>h</literal>. For a quick command "
"reference, type <literal>?</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8823
msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8828
msgid "<primary>ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8829
msgid "<primary>packages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8830
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the "
"base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies "
"for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for "
"installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built binaries."
" Either method may be used to install software from local media or from the "
"network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8842
msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8846
msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8851
msgid "How to manage binary packages using <application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8856
msgid ""
"How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8861
msgid ""
"How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8866
msgid "What to do if a software installation fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8872
msgid "Overview of Software Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8874
msgid ""
"The typical steps for installing third-party software on a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8879
msgid ""
"Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code "
"format or as a binary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8884
msgid ""
"Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a "
"tarball compressed with a program such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>xz</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8891
msgid ""
"Locate the documentation in <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</"
"filename> or some file in a <filename>doc/</filename> subdirectory and read "
"up on how to install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8898
msgid ""
"If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may "
"involve editing a <filename>Makefile</filename> or running a "
"<command>configure</command> script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8905
msgid "Test and install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8909
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD <emphasis>port</emphasis> is a collection of files designed to "
"automate the process of compiling an application from source code. The files "
"that comprise a port contain all the necessary information to automatically "
"download, extract, patch, compile, and install the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8916
msgid ""
"If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the "
"source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8920
msgid ""
"However, over <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index."
"html\">24,000</link> third-party applications have already been ported to "
"FreeBSD. When feasible, these applications are made available for download "
"as pre-compiled <emphasis>packages</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8925
msgid ""
"Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8929
msgid ""
"Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is "
"used to install an application and a dependent library is not already "
"installed, the library will automatically be installed first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8934
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an "
"application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package "
"can be manipulated with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> commands, such as "
"<command>pkg install</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8940
msgid ""
"While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their "
"own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for "
"installing a particular application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:8946
msgid "Package Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8949
msgid ""
"A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed "
"tarball containing the source code for the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8955
msgid ""
"Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as "
"<application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application>, or "
"<application>GNOME</application>, this can be important on a slow system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8963
msgid ""
"Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in "
"compiling software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:8969
msgid "Port Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8972
msgid ""
"Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have "
"to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can "
"change the compilation options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8979
msgid ""
"Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are "
"installed. For example, <application>Apache</application> can be configured "
"with a wide variety of different built-in options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8984
msgid ""
"In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to "
"specify certain settings. For example, <application>Ghostscript</"
"application> is available as a <filename>ghostscript</filename> package and "
"a <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> package, depending on whether or "
"not <application>Xorg</application> is installed. Creating multiple packages "
"rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two "
"different compile-time options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8996
msgid ""
"The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such "
"software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the "
"end-user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9002
msgid ""
"Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through "
"source code in order to look for potential problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9008
msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9013
msgid ""
"To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD ports mailing "
"list</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9017
msgid ""
"Before installing any application, check <link xlink:href=\"https://vuxml."
"freebsd.org/\"/> for security issues related to the application or type "
"<command>pkg audit -F</command> to check all installed applications for "
"known vulnerabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9023
msgid ""
"The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to "
"install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9029
msgid "Finding Software"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9031
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are "
"a number of ways to find software to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9037
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the "
"available applications, at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index."
"html\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</link>. The ports can be searched by "
"application name or by software category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9044
msgid "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9046
msgid ""
"Dan Langille maintains <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/"
"\">FreshPorts.org</link> which provides a comprehensive search utility and "
"also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered "
"users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated "
"email when their watched ports are updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9055
msgid "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9057
msgid ""
"If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a "
"site like <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</"
"link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://www.github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> then "
"check back at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index."
"html\">FreeBSD site</link> to see if the application has been ported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9065
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search
#: book.translate.xml:9070
msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9086
msgid ""
"Package names include the version number and, in the case of ports based on "
"python, the version number of the version of python the package was built "
"with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In the case of "
"<application>Subversion</application>, there are different versions "
"available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the "
"statically linked version of <application>Subversion</application>. When "
"indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application "
"by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the "
"<command>pkg search</command> with <option>-o</option> to list the origin of "
"each package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"devel/git-subversion\n"
"java/java-subversion\n"
"devel/p5-subversion\n"
"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
"devel/py-subversion\n"
"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
"devel/subversion16\n"
"devel/subversion17\n"
"devel/subversion\n"
"devel/subversion-book\n"
"devel/subversion-static"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9113
msgid ""
"Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, "
"or any other field in the repository database is also supported by "
"<command>pkg search</command>. After installing <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</"
"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package>, see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9122
msgid ""
"If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to "
"query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port "
"is in, type <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>, "
"where <replaceable>file</replaceable> is the program to be installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9129
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9132
msgid ""
"Alternately, an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> statement can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9135
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9138
msgid ""
"Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the "
"<filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9144
msgid ""
"Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in "
"search mechanism. To use the search feature, <application>cd</application> "
"to <filename>/usr/ports</filename> then run <command>make search name="
"program-name</command> where <replaceable>program-name</replaceable> is the "
"name of the software. For example, to search for <command>lsof</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
"Index:  sysutils\n"
"B-deps:\n"
"R-deps: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9164
msgid ""
"The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message "
"indicates that the <filename>INDEX</filename> is required, run <command>make "
"fetchindex</command> to download the current index file. With the "
"<filename>INDEX</filename> present, <command>make search</command> will be "
"able to perform the requested search."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9173
msgid "The <quote>Path:</quote> line indicates where to find the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9176
msgid ""
"To receive less information, use the <command>quicksearch</command> feature:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9185
msgid ""
"For more in-depth searching, use <command>make search key="
"<replaceable>string</replaceable></command> or <command>make quicksearch key="
"<replaceable>string</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>string</"
"replaceable> is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, "
"descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a "
"particular subject when the name of the program is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9196
msgid "search"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9197
msgid "quicksearch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9196
msgid ""
"When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is "
"case-insensitive. Searching for <quote>LSOF</quote> will yield the same "
"results as searching for <quote>lsof</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9206
msgid "Using <application>pkg</application> for Binary Package Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9209
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> is the next generation replacement for the "
"traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that "
"make dealing with binary packages faster and easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9214
msgid ""
"For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD "
"mirrors, managing packages with <application>pkg</application> can be "
"sufficient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9218
msgid ""
"However, for those sites building from source or using their own "
"repositories, a separate <link linkend=\"ports-upgrading-tools\">port "
"management tool</link> will be needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9222
msgid ""
"Since <application>pkg</application> only works with binary packages, it is "
"not a replacement for such tools. Those tools can be used to install "
"software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while "
"<application>pkg</application> installs only binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9231
msgid "Getting Started with <application>pkg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9234
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and "
"install <application>pkg</application> and its manual pages. This utility is "
"designed to work with versions of FreeBSD starting with 10.<replaceable>X</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9241
msgid ""
"Not all FreeBSD versions and architectures support this bootstrap process. "
"The current list is at <link xlink:href=\"https://pkg.freebsd.org/\"/>. For "
"other cases, <application>pkg</application> must instead be installed from "
"the Ports Collection or as a binary package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9250
msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9252
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9254
msgid ""
"You must have a working Internet connection for the bootstrap process to "
"succeed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9257
msgid "Otherwise, to install the port, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9259
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9263
msgid ""
"When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older pkg_* "
"tools, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new "
"tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once <application>pkg</"
"application> has been installed, the package database must be converted from "
"the traditional format to the new format by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9271
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9273
msgid ""
"This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any "
"third-party software installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9278
msgid ""
"This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to "
"the <application>pkg</application> format, the traditional <literal>pkg_*</"
"literal> tools should no longer be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9285
msgid ""
"The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are "
"converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. "
"However, a list of software that was not successfully converted is shown "
"after <command>pkg2ng</command> finishes. These applications must be "
"manually reinstalled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9293
msgid ""
"To ensure that the Ports Collection registers new software with "
"<application>pkg</application> instead of the traditional packages database, "
"FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> require this "
"line in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9299
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITH_PKGNG=	yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9301
msgid ""
"By default, <application>pkg</application> uses the binary packages from the "
"FreeBSD package mirrors (the <emphasis>repository</emphasis>). For "
"information about building a custom package repository, see <xref linkend="
"\"ports-poudriere\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9308
msgid ""
"Additional <application>pkg</application> configuration options are "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9311
msgid ""
"Usage information for <application>pkg</application> is available in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page or by running <command>pkg</command> without "
"additional arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9315
msgid ""
"Each <application>pkg</application> command argument is documented in a "
"command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for <command>pkg "
"install</command>, for example, run either of these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9320
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9322
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9324
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks "
"which can be performed using <application>pkg</application>. Each "
"demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a "
"command's help or man page for details and more examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9333
msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9335
msgid ""
"Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by "
"running <command>pkg info</command> which, when run without any switches, "
"will list the package version for either all installed packages or the "
"specified package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9341
msgid ""
"For example, to see which version of <application>pkg</application> is "
"installed, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9344
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9349
msgid "Installing and Removing Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9351
msgid ""
"To install a binary package use the following command, where "
"<replaceable>packagename</replaceable> is the name of the package to install:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9357
msgid ""
"This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software "
"to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to "
"install <application>curl</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps "
"00m01s\n"
"\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps "
"00m00s\n"
"\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
"\n"
"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
"\n"
"0 B to be downloaded\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Checking integrity... done\n"
"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
"Cleaning up cache files...Done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9384
msgid ""
"The new package and any additional packages that were installed as "
"dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9388
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1	The root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
"curl-7.31.0_1	Non-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) "
"servers\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_6	New generation package manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9393
msgid ""
"Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with <command>pkg delete</"
"command>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
"\n"
"	curl-7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9408
msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9410
msgid ""
"Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9413
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9415
msgid ""
"This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the "
"repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9421
msgid "Auditing Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9423
msgid ""
"Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party "
"applications. To address this, <application>pkg</application> includes a "
"built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known "
"vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9430 book.translate.xml:26671
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9434
msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9436
msgid ""
"Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer "
"required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be "
"automatically detected and removed using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9441
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
"	ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
"\n"
"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9452
msgid "Restoring the Package Database"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9454
msgid ""
"Unlike the traditional package management system, <application>pkg</"
"application> includes its own package database backup mechanism. This "
"functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9460
msgid ""
"To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set "
"<literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal> in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9466
msgid ""
"To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the "
"following command replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with "
"the location of the backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9474
msgid ""
"If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed "
"prior to being restored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9478
msgid ""
"To run a manual backup of the <application>pkg</application> database, run "
"the following command, replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> "
"with a suitable file name and location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9483
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9487
msgid "Removing Stale Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9489
msgid ""
"By default, <application>pkg</application> stores binary packages in a cache "
"directory defined by <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar> in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only copies of the latest installed packages are "
"kept. Older versions of <application>pkg</application> kept all previous "
"packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9496
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9498
msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9500
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9504
msgid "Modifying Package Metadata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9506
msgid ""
"Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version "
"number changes. To address this, <application>pkg</application> has a built-"
"in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if "
"<package>lang/php5</package> is renamed to <package>lang/php53</package> so "
"that <package>lang/php5</package> can now represent version <literal>5.4</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9515
msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9520
msgid ""
"As another example, to update <package>lang/ruby18</package> to "
"<package>lang/ruby19</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9524
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9526
msgid ""
"As a final example, to change the origin of the <filename>libglut</filename> "
"shared libraries from <package>graphics/libglut</package> to "
"<package>graphics/freeglut</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9534
msgid ""
"When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that "
"are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a "
"reinstallation of dependent packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9539
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/"
"freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9545
msgid "Using the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9547
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection is a set of <filename>Makefiles</filename>, patches, "
"and description files. Each set of these files is used to compile and "
"install an individual application on FreeBSD, and is called a "
"<emphasis>port</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9553
msgid ""
"By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of "
"<filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9556
msgid ""
"Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection "
"must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of "
"FreeBSD, use one of the following methods to install it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9562
msgid "Portsnap Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9564
msgid ""
"The base system of FreeBSD includes <application>Portsnap</application>. "
"This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection "
"and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a "
"FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports "
"Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9573
msgid ""
"To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into <filename>/"
"var/db/portsnap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9577
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9581
msgid ""
"When running <application>Portsnap</application> for the first time, extract "
"the snapshot into <filename>/usr/ports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9585
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9589
msgid ""
"After the first use of <application>Portsnap</application> has been "
"completed as shown above, <filename>/usr/ports</filename> can be updated as "
"needed by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9597
msgid ""
"When using <literal>fetch</literal>, the <literal>extract</literal> or the "
"<literal>update</literal> operation may be run consecutively, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9601
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9606
msgid "Subversion Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9608
msgid ""
"If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be "
"maintained, <application>Subversion</application> can be used to obtain the "
"Ports Collection. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/subversion-primer.html\">the Subversion "
"Primer</link> for a detailed description of <application>Subversion</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9616
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> must be installed before it can be "
"used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already "
"present, install <application>Subversion</application> like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9621 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9624
msgid ""
"If the ports tree is not available, or <application>pkg</application> is "
"being used to manage packages, <application>Subversion</application> can be "
"installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9629 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9634
msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9636 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/"
"head /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9640
msgid ""
"As needed, update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> after the initial "
"<application>Subversion</application> checkout:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9644 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9648
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside "
"each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each "
"application subdirectory contains a set of files that tells FreeBSD how to "
"compile and install that program, called a <emphasis>ports skeleton</"
"emphasis>. Each port skeleton includes these files and directories:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9658
msgid ""
"<filename>Makefile</filename>: contains statements that specify how the "
"application should be compiled and where its components should be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9664
msgid ""
"<filename>distinfo</filename>: contains the names and checksums of the files "
"that must be downloaded to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9670
msgid ""
"<filename>files/</filename>: this directory contains any patches needed for "
"the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also "
"contain other files used to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9677
msgid ""
"<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: provides a more detailed description of the "
"program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9682
msgid ""
"<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: a list of all the files that will be "
"installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove "
"upon deinstallation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9689
msgid ""
"Some ports include <filename>pkg-message</filename> or other files to handle "
"special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in "
"general, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-"
"1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9694
msgid ""
"The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a "
"<filename>distfile</filename>. The extract portion of building a port will "
"automatically save the downloaded source to <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9700
msgid "Installing Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9702
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9707
msgid ""
"This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to "
"install or remove software. The detailed description of available "
"<command>make</command> targets and environment variables is available in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9713
msgid ""
"Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as "
"described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party "
"software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first "
"check <link xlink:href=\"https://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for known security "
"issues related to the port. Alternately, run <command>pkg audit -F</command> "
"before installing a new port. This command can be configured to "
"automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability "
"database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9727
msgid ""
"Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also "
"requires superuser privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9730
msgid ""
"To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be "
"installed, then type <command>make install</command> at the prompt. Messages "
"will indicate the progress:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/"
"distfiles/.\n"
"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/"
"lsof/.\n"
"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
"...\n"
"[extraction output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[configure output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[compilation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[installation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
"      increased privileges.\n"
"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9768
msgid ""
"Since <command>lsof</command> is a program that runs with increased "
"privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the "
"installation is complete, the prompt will be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9773
msgid ""
"Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the "
"directories listed in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable, to speed "
"up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the "
"<command>tcsh</command> shell should type <command>rehash</command> so that "
"a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use "
"<command>hash -r</command> instead for the <command>sh</command> shell. "
"Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9784
msgid ""
"During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all "
"the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves "
"disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the "
"newer version of the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9795
msgid ""
"To save this extra step, instead use <command>make install clean</command> "
"when compiling the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9800
msgid "Customizing Ports Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9802
msgid ""
"Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable "
"application components, provide security options, or allow for other "
"customizations. Examples include <package>www/firefox</package>, "
"<package>security/gpgme</package>, and <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</"
"package>. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable "
"options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default "
"behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this "
"and do all of the configuration in one batch, run <command>make config-"
"recursive</command> within the port skeleton. Then, run <command>make "
"install [clean]</command> to compile and install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9818
msgid "config-recursive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9820
msgid "all-depends-list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9817
msgid ""
"When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered "
"by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run <command>make "
"config-recursive</command> until all dependent ports options have been "
"defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all "
"dependency options have been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9828
msgid ""
"There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to "
"add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method "
"is to <command>cd</command> into the directory containing the port and type "
"<command>make config</command>. Another option is to use <command>make "
"showconfig</command>. Another option is to execute <command>make rmconfig</"
"command> which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. "
"All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9840
msgid ""
"The ports system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to download the source "
"files, which supports various environment variables. The "
"<envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar>, and "
"<envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD "
"system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the complete list of supported variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9848
msgid ""
"For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, "
"<command>make fetch</command> can be run within <filename>/usr/ports</"
"filename>, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as <filename>/"
"usr/ports/net</filename>, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if "
"a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports "
"skeleton will <emphasis>not</emphasis> fetch the distfiles of ports from "
"another category. Instead, use <command>make fetch-recursive</command> to "
"also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9860
msgid ""
"In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles "
"repository, the <varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> variable can be used to "
"override the download locations specified in the <filename>Makefile</"
"filename>. When using, specify the alternate location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</"
"replaceable> fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9870
msgid ""
"The <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> and <varname>PREFIX</varname> variables "
"can override the default working and target directories. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports "
"install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9876
msgid ""
"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> and "
"install everything under <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9882
msgid ""
"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/ports</filename> and install it in "
"<filename>/usr/home/example/local</filename>. And:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local "
"install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9888
msgid "will combine the two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9890
msgid ""
"These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page "
"for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9897
msgid "Removing Installed Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9899
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9904
msgid ""
"Installed ports can be uninstalled using <command>pkg delete</command>. "
"Examples for using this command can be found in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9908
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>make deinstall</command> can be run in the port's "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
"\n"
"	lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"\n"
"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9922
msgid ""
"It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the "
"port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be "
"displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be "
"better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9931
msgid "Upgrading Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9933
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9938
msgid ""
"Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports "
"Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be "
"upgraded and how to perform the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9943
msgid ""
"To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that "
"the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating "
"command described in either <xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> "
"or <xref linkend=\"ports-using-subversion-method\"/>. On FreeBSD 10 and "
"later, or if the system has been converted to <application>pkg</"
"application>, the following command will list the installed ports which are "
"out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9952
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9954
msgid ""
"For FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and lower, the following command "
"will list the installed ports that are out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9958
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9961
msgid ""
"Before attempting an upgrade, read <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> "
"from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were "
"upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and "
"additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a "
"port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of "
"configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make "
"note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading "
"and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9976
msgid "Tools to Upgrade and Manage Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9978
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading-tools</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9983
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual "
"upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9987
msgid ""
"Historically, most installations used either <application>Portmaster</"
"application> or <application>Portupgrade</application>. <application>Synth</"
"application> is a newer alternative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9994
msgid ""
"The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system "
"administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using "
"any of these tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10003
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using <application>Portmaster</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10006
msgid "<primary>portmaster</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10010
msgid ""
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> is a very small utility for "
"upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with "
"the FreeBSD base system without depending on other ports or databases. To "
"install this utility as a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10021
msgid ""
"<application>Portmaster</application> defines four categories of ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10026
msgid ""
"Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10031
msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10036
msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10041
msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10046
msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10070
msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10073
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10076
msgid ""
"By default, <application>Portmaster</application> makes a backup package "
"before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is "
"successful, <application>Portmaster</application> deletes the backup. Using "
"<option>-b</option> instructs <application>Portmaster</application> not to "
"automatically delete the backup. Adding <option>-i</option> starts "
"<application>Portmaster</application> in interactive mode, prompting for "
"confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. "
"Read through the manual page for <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details regarding their usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10090
msgid ""
"If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add <option>-f</"
"option> to upgrade and rebuild all ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10094 book.translate.xml:44805
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10096
msgid ""
"<application>Portmaster</application> can also be used to install new ports "
"on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the "
"new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the "
"Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10104
msgid ""
"More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> may be found "
"in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10110
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10112
msgid "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10116
msgid ""
"<package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> is another utility that can be "
"used to upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used "
"to manage ports. However, it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10125
msgid ""
"Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan "
"the list of installed ports using <command>pkgdb -F</command> and to fix all "
"the inconsistencies it reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10130
msgid ""
"To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use "
"<command>portupgrade -a</command>. Alternately, include <option>-i</option> "
"to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10135
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10137
msgid ""
"To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use "
"<command>portupgrade <replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>. It is "
"very important to include <option>-R</option> to first upgrade all the ports "
"required by the given application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10143
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10145
msgid ""
"If <option>-P</option> is included, <application>Portupgrade</application> "
"searches for available packages in the local directories listed in "
"<envar>PKG_PATH</envar>. If none are available locally, it then fetches "
"packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched "
"remotely, <application>Portupgrade</application> will use ports. To avoid "
"using ports entirely, specify <option>-PP</option>. This last set of options "
"tells <application>Portupgrade</application> to abort if no packages are "
"available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10158
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10160
msgid ""
"To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if <option>-P</option> is "
"specified, without building or installing anything, use <option>-F</option>. "
"For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the "
"manual page for <command>portupgrade</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10166
msgid ""
"More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> may be "
"found in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10174
msgid "Ports and Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10176
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10181
msgid ""
"Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building "
"and installing a port, running <command>make clean</command> within the "
"ports skeleton will clean up the temporary <filename>work</filename> "
"directory. If <application>Portmaster</application> is used to install a "
"port, it will automatically remove this directory unless <option>-K</option> "
"is specified. If <application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this "
"command will remove all <filename>work</filename> directories found within "
"the local copy of the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10192
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10194
msgid ""
"In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in <filename>/usr/"
"ports/distfiles</filename> over time. To use <application>Portupgrade</"
"application> to delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by "
"any ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10200
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10202
msgid ""
"<application>Portupgrade</application> can remove all distfiles not "
"referenced by any port currently installed on the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10206
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10208
msgid "If <application>Portmaster</application> is installed, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10211
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10213
msgid ""
"By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a "
"distfile should be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10216
msgid ""
"In addition to these commands, <package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</package> "
"automates the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10224
msgid "Building Packages with <application>Poudriere</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10227
msgid ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> is a <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed "
"utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to "
"set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build "
"packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which "
"it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 "
"system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the "
"official mirrors. These packages are usable by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and other package management tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10238
msgid ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> is installed using the <package role="
"\"port\">ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> package or port. The installation "
"includes a sample configuration file <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf."
"sample</filename>. Copy this file to <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere."
"conf</filename>. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10246
msgid ""
"While <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is not required on the system running "
"<application>poudriere</application>, it is beneficial. When <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is used, <varname>ZPOOL</varname> must be specified in <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> and <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> "
"should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> "
"enables the use of <package role=\"port\">devel/ccache</package> to cache "
"compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be "
"convenient to put <application>poudriere</application> datasets in an "
"isolated tree mounted at <filename>/poudriere</filename>. Defaults for the "
"other configuration values are adequate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10260
msgid ""
"The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds "
"will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym> or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, the "
"compilation jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error "
"messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10267
msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10269
msgid ""
"After configuration, initialize <application>poudriere</application> so that "
"it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify "
"a name for the jail using <option>-j</option> and the FreeBSD version with "
"<option>-v</option>. On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can "
"be set with <option>-a</option> to either <literal>i386</literal> or "
"<literal>amd64</literal>. The default is the architecture shown by "
"<command>uname</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</"
"replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps "
"00m42s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps "
"01m14s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps "
"00m01s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps "
"00m12s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10296
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps "
"00m57s\n"
"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
"done.\n"
"Applying patches...\n"
"done.\n"
"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
"\n"
"[...]\n"
"\n"
"Building new INDEX files... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10326
msgid ""
"On a single computer, <application>poudriere</application> can build ports "
"with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port "
"trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called "
"<emphasis>sets</emphasis>. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details after <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</"
"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> is installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10335
msgid ""
"The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-"
"specific <filename>make.conf</filename> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"poudriere.d</filename>. The filename in this example is created by combining "
"the jail name, port name, and set name: <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</filename>. The system <filename>make."
"conf</filename> and this new file are combined at build time to create the "
"<filename>make.conf</filename> used by the build jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10345
msgid ""
"Packages to be built are entered in <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation</replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10348
#, no-wrap
msgid "editors/emacs\n"
"devel/git\n"
"ports-mgmt/pkg\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10353
msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</"
"replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z "
"<replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10358
msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</"
"replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z "
"<replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10363
msgid ""
"While running, pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo> displays the current state of the build."
" <application>Poudriere</application> also builds files in <filename>/"
"poudriere/logs/bulk/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename> that can "
"be used with a web server to display build information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10370
msgid ""
"After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from "
"the <application>poudriere</application> repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10374
msgid ""
"For more information on using <application>poudriere</application>, see "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the main web site, "
"<link xlink:href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10379
msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10382
msgid ""
"While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the "
"official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official "
"repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and "
"disables the official configuration file. Create <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> that contains the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10390
#, no-wrap
msgid "FreeBSD: {\n"
"	enabled: no\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10394
msgid ""
"Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines "
"via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for instance:"
" <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/<replaceable>10amd64</"
"replaceable></filename>, where <filename><replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></"
"filename> is the name of the build."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10401
msgid ""
"If the URL to the package repository is: <literal>http://pkg.example.com/"
"10amd64</literal>, then the repository configuration file in <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> would look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"custom: {\n"
"	url: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
"	enabled: yes,\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10415
msgid "Post-Installation Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10417
msgid ""
"Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or "
"port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration "
"after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help "
"determine what was installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10425
msgid ""
"Most applications install at least one default configuration file in "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>. In cases where an application has a "
"large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold "
"them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a "
"suffix such as <filename>.sample</filename>. The configuration files should "
"be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample "
"file, first copy it without the <filename>.sample</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10438
msgid ""
"Applications which provide documentation will install it into <filename>/usr/"
"local/share/doc</filename> and many applications also install manual pages. "
"This documentation should be consulted before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10445
msgid ""
"Some applications run services which must be added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> before starting the application. These applications usually "
"install a startup script in <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>. See "
"<link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-services\">Starting Services</link> "
"for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10453
msgid ""
"By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, "
"nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This "
"decision is left to the individual system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10462
msgid ""
"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> should run <command>rehash</command> to rebuild "
"the known binary list in the shells <envar>PATH</envar>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10468
msgid ""
"Use <command>pkg info</command> to determine which files, man pages, and "
"binaries were installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10476
msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10478
msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10483
msgid ""
"Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">Problem Report database</link>. If so, "
"implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10490
msgid ""
"Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type <command>make maintainer</"
"command> in the ports skeleton or read the port's <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the "
"<literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> line from the port's <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> and the output leading up to the error in the email to the "
"maintainer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10500
msgid ""
"Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group "
"maintainer represented by a <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/article.html\">mailing list</link>. "
"Many, but not all, of these addresses look like <email role="
"\"nolink\">freebsd-<replaceable>listname</replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. "
"Please take this into account when sending an email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10507
msgid ""
"In particular, ports maintained by <email role=\"nolink\">ports@FreeBSD.org</"
"email> are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and "
"support come from the general community who subscribe to that mailing list. "
"More volunteers are always needed!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10515
msgid ""
"If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report "
"using the instructions in <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">Writing FreeBSD Problem "
"Reports</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10522
msgid ""
"Fix it! The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> includes detailed "
"information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional "
"broken port or even submit your own!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10529
msgid ""
"Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:10559
msgid "The X Window System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10564
msgid ""
"An installation of FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application> does "
"not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes "
"how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>, which provides "
"the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It "
"then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window "
"manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10573
msgid ""
"Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the "
"<application>Xorg</application> and offers a choice of window managers "
"during installation should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.trueos."
"org/\"/> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10580
msgid ""
"For more information on the video hardware that <application>Xorg</"
"application> supports, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x."
"org</link> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10587
msgid ""
"The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10592
msgid "How to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10597
msgid ""
"How to install and configure several window managers and desktop "
"environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10602
msgid ""
"How to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts in "
"<application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10607
msgid ""
"How to set up your system for graphical logins (<application>XDM</"
"application>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10616
msgid ""
"Know how to install additional third-party software as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10623
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10625
msgid ""
"While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various "
"components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic "
"knowledge of these components can be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10632
msgid "X server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10635
msgid ""
"X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a "
"<quote>client-server</quote> model. In this model, the <quote>X server</"
"quote> runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse "
"attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the "
"display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or "
"output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This "
"confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what "
"they expect. They expect the <quote>X server</quote> to be the big powerful "
"machine down the hall, and the <quote>X client</quote> to be the machine on "
"their desk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10652
msgid "X client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10655
msgid ""
"Each X application, such as <application>XTerm</application> or "
"<application>Firefox</application>, is a <quote>client</quote>. A client "
"sends messages to the server such as <quote>Please draw a window at these "
"coordinates</quote>, and the server sends back messages such as <quote>The "
"user just clicked on the OK button</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10664
msgid ""
"In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients "
"commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server "
"on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful "
"system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server "
"takes place over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10674
msgid "window manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10677
msgid ""
"X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them "
"around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between "
"windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not "
"they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this "
"responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.xwinman.org/\">dozens of window managers</link> "
"available. Each window manager provides a different look and feel: some "
"support virtual desktops, some allow customized keystrokes to manage the "
"desktop, some have a <quote>Start</quote> button, and some are themeable, "
"allowing a complete change of the desktop's look-and-feel. Window managers "
"are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10693
msgid ""
"Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect "
"configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for "
"most configuration tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10701
msgid "desktop environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10704
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> are "
"considered to be desktop environments as they include an entire suite of "
"applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may include office "
"suites, web browsers, and games."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10713
msgid "focus policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10716
msgid ""
"The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy "
"provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving "
"keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently "
"active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10722
msgid ""
"One focus policy is called <quote>click-to-focus</quote>. In this model, a "
"window becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the <quote>focus-"
"follows-mouse</quote> policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has "
"focus and the focus is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse "
"is over the root window, then this window is focused. In the <quote>sloppy-"
"focus</quote> model, if the mouse is moved over the root window, the most "
"recently used window still has the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only "
"changed when the cursor enters a new window, and not when exiting the "
"current window. In the <quote>click-to-focus</quote> policy, the active "
"window is selected by mouse click. The window may then be raised and appear "
"in front of all other windows. All keystrokes will now be directed to this "
"window, even if the cursor is moved to another window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10740
msgid ""
"Different window managers support different focus models. All of them "
"support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other policies."
" Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine which focus "
"models are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10749
msgid "widgets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10752
msgid ""
"Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be "
"clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, "
"radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used "
"to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget toolkits, "
"including Qt, used by <application>KDE</application>, and GTK+, used by "
"<application>GNOME</application>. As a result, applications will have a "
"different look and feel, depending upon which widget toolkit was used to "
"create the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10769
msgid "Installing <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10771
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <application>Xorg</application> can be installed as a package or "
"port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10774
msgid ""
"The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for "
"customization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10777
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xorg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10779
msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10784
msgid ""
"Either of these installations results in the complete <application>Xorg</"
"application> system being installed. Binary packages are the best option for "
"most users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10788
msgid ""
"A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is "
"available in <package>x11/xorg-minimal</package>. Most of the documents, "
"libraries, and applications will not be installed. Some applications require "
"these additional components to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10796
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:10799
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10808
msgid "<primary>Xorg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10809
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10812 book.translate.xml:16736 book.translate.xml:45397
#: book.translate.xml:61363
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10814
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> supports most common video cards, keyboards, "
"and pointing devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:10818
msgid ""
"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do "
"not require any manual configuration. Do not create <filename>xorg.conf</"
"filename> or run a <option>-configure</option> step unless automatic "
"configuration fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10827
msgid ""
"If <application>Xorg</application> has been used on this computer before, "
"move or remove any existing configuration files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10831
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf."
"localetc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10836
msgid ""
"Add the user who will run <application>Xorg</application> to the "
"<literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group to enable 3D "
"acceleration when available. To add user <replaceable>jru</replaceable> to "
"whichever group is available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10844
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>jru</"
"replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10848
msgid ""
"The <acronym>TWM</acronym> window manager is included by default. It is "
"started when <application>Xorg</application> starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10852
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>startx</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10856
msgid ""
"On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> before switching back to the text console will work properly. "
"See <xref linkend=\"x-config-kms\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10865
msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10867
msgid ""
"Access to <filename>/dev/dri</filename> is needed to allow 3D acceleration "
"on video cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X "
"to either the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group. "
"Here, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add user <replaceable>slurms</"
"replaceable> to the <literal>video</literal> group, or to the "
"<literal>wheel</literal> group if there is no <literal>video</literal> group:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>slurms</"
"replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10881
msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (<acronym>KMS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10883
msgid ""
"When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen "
"resolution for X, it must set the video output <emphasis>mode</emphasis>. "
"Recent versions of <acronym>Xorg</acronym> use a system inside the kernel to "
"do these mode changes more efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which is not aware of the <acronym>KMS</acronym> system. The "
"end result is that after closing X, the system console is blank, even though "
"it is still working. The newer <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> console avoids this "
"problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10894
msgid ""
"Add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to enable "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10897
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.vty=vt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10901 book.translate.xml:20868 book.translate.xml:31414
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10903
msgid ""
"Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually create "
"configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10910
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> looks in several directories for "
"configuration files. <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/</filename> is the "
"recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps "
"keep application files separate from operating system files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10917
msgid ""
"Storing configuration files in the legacy <filename>/etc/X11/</filename> "
"still works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD "
"files and is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10924
msgid "Single or Multiple Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10926
msgid ""
"It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting "
"than the traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. These files are "
"stored in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory of the main "
"configuration file directory. The full path is typically <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10934
msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10937
msgid ""
"The traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename> still works, but is "
"neither as clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the <filename>xorg."
"conf.d/</filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10945
msgid "Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10947
msgid ""
"Because of changes made in recent versions of FreeBSD, it is now possible to "
"use graphics drivers provided by the Ports framework or as packages. As "
"such, users can use one of the following drivers available from "
"<package>graphics/drm-kmod</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10955
msgid "Intel KMS driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10956
msgid "Radeon KMS driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10957
msgid "AMD KMS driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10960
msgid ""
"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most Intel KMS driver graphics cards "
"provided by Intel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10963
msgid "Driver name: <literal>i915kms</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10965
msgid ""
"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most older Radeon KMS driver graphics "
"cards provided by AMD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10968
msgid "Driver name: <literal>radeonkms</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10970
msgid ""
"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most newer AMD KMS driver graphics "
"cards provided by AMD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10973
msgid "Driver name: <literal>amdgpu</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10975
msgid ""
"For reference, please see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/> or <link xlink:href=\"https://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/> for a list of "
"supported GPUs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10982
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10985
msgid ""
"3D acceleration is supported on most <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), "
"including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10990
msgid "Driver name: <literal>intel</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10992
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10997
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11000
msgid ""
"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the "
"HD6000 series."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11003
msgid "Driver name: <literal>radeon</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11005
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11010
msgid "NVIDIA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11013
msgid ""
"Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the <filename>x11</filename> "
"category of the Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video "
"card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11018
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11023
msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11026
msgid ""
"Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those "
"built into the chipset or processor. <emphasis>Optimus</emphasis> combines "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> and NVIDIA hardware. "
"<emphasis>Switchable Graphics</emphasis> or <emphasis>Hybrid Graphics</"
"emphasis> are a combination of an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processor and "
"an <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon <acronym>GPU</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11035
msgid ""
"Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and "
"<application>Xorg</application> on FreeBSD is not able to drive all versions "
"of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11039
msgid ""
"Some computers provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> option to disable one of "
"the graphics adapters or select a <emphasis>discrete</emphasis> mode which "
"can be used with one of the standard video card drivers. For example, it is "
"sometimes possible to disable the NVIDIA <acronym>GPU</acronym> in an "
"Optimus system. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> video "
"can then be used with an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11048
msgid ""
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings depend on the model of computer. In some "
"situations, both <acronym>GPU</acronym>s can be left enabled, but creating a "
"configuration file that only uses the main <acronym>GPU</acronym> in the "
"<literal>Device</literal> section is enough to make such a system functional."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11059
msgid "Other Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11062
msgid ""
"Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the <filename>x11-"
"drivers</filename> directory of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11066
msgid ""
"Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with "
"the <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package> driver. This driver is "
"installed by <package>x11/xorg</package>. It can also be installed manually "
"as <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package>. <application>Xorg</"
"application> attempts to use this driver when a specific driver is not found "
"for the video card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11076
msgid ""
"<package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb</package> is a similar nonspecialized "
"video driver that works on many <acronym>UEFI</acronym> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11083
msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11086
msgid ""
"To set the <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver in a "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11090
msgid ""
"Select <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Video Driver in a "
"File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11092
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11094
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Card0\"\n"
"	Driver     \"intel\"\n"
"	# BusID    \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11100
msgid ""
"If more than one video card is present, the <literal>BusID</literal> "
"identifier can be uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of "
"video card bus <acronym>ID</acronym>s can be displayed with <command>pciconf "
"-lv | grep -B3 display</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11108
msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11112
msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11114
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11116
#, no-wrap
msgid "Section \"Device\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Card0\"\n"
"	Driver     \"radeon\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11122
msgid "To set the <acronym>VESA</acronym> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11126
msgid "Select <acronym>VESA</acronym> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11129
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11131
#, no-wrap
msgid "Section \"Device\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Card0\"\n"
"	Driver     \"vesa\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11137
msgid ""
"To set the <literal>scfb</literal> driver for use with a <acronym>UEFI</"
"acronym> or <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11141
msgid "Select <literal>scfb</literal> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11144
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11146
#, no-wrap
msgid "Section \"Device\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Card0\"\n"
"	Driver     \"scfb\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11157
msgid "Monitors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11159
msgid ""
"Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data "
"standard (<acronym>EDID</acronym>). <application>Xorg</application> uses "
"<acronym>EDID</acronym> to communicate with the monitor and detect the "
"supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the most "
"appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11167
msgid ""
"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the "
"desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been "
"started with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11174
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11177
msgid ""
"Run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> without any parameters "
"to see a list of video outputs and detected monitor modes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11180
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis "
"y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n"
"   1920x1200     59.95*+\n"
"   1600x1200     60.00\n"
"   1280x1024     85.02    75.02    60.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      85.00    75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       75.00    60.32\n"
"   640x480       75.00    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11196
msgid ""
"This shows that the <literal>DVI-0</literal> output is being used to display "
"a screen resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. "
"Monitors are not attached to the <literal>DisplayPort-0</literal> and "
"<literal>HDMI-0</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11203
msgid ""
"Any of the other display modes can be selected with <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. For example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11209
msgid ""
"A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for "
"a video projector."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11212
msgid ""
"The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the "
"name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver "
"calls <literal>HDMI-1</literal>, another might call <literal>HDMI1</literal>."
" So the first step is to run <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to list all the available outputs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) "
"344mm x 193mm\n"
"   1366x768      60.04*+\n"
"   1024x768      60.00\n"
"   800x600       60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       59.94\n"
"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"   1280x1024     60.02 +  75.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       72.19    75.00    60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       75.00    72.81    66.67    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11239
msgid ""
"Four outputs were found: the built-in panel <literal>LVDS1</literal>, and "
"external <literal>VGA1</literal>, <literal>HDMI1</literal>, and "
"<literal>DP1</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11244
msgid ""
"The projector has been connected to the <literal>VGA1</literal> output. "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is now used to set "
"that output to the native resolution of the projector and add the additional "
"space to the right side of the desktop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11252
msgid ""
"<literal>--auto</literal> chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected "
"by <acronym>EDID</acronym>. If the resolution is not correctly detected, a "
"fixed value can be given with <literal>--mode</literal> instead of the "
"<literal>--auto</literal> statement. For example, most projectors can be "
"used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with <literal>--mode 1024x768</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11261
msgid ""
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is often run from "
"<filename>.xinitrc</filename> to set the appropriate mode when X starts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11268
msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11271
msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11275
msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11277
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"	Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"	SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"	Modes      \"1024x768\"\n"
"	EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11288
msgid ""
"The few monitors that do not have <acronym>EDID</acronym> can be configured "
"by setting <literal>HorizSync</literal> and <literal>VertRefresh</literal> "
"to the range of frequencies supported by the monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11295
msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11297
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"	Identifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"	HorizSync    30-83   # kHz\n"
"	VertRefresh  50-76   # Hz\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11311
msgid "Input Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11314
msgid "Keyboards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11318
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11321
msgid ""
"The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a "
"<emphasis>layout</emphasis>. Layouts and other adjustable parameters are "
"listed in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xkeyboard-config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11326
msgid ""
"A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set "
"the <literal>XkbLayout</literal> and <literal>XkbVariant</literal> options "
"in an <literal>InputClass</literal>. This will be applied to all input "
"devices that match the class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11333
msgid ""
"This example selects a French keyboard layout with the <literal>oss</"
"literal> variant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11337
msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11339
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section	\"InputClass\"\n"
"	Identifier	\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"	Driver		\"keyboard\"\n"
"	MatchIsKeyboard	\"on\"\n"
"	Option		\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n"
"	Option		\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11351
msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11353
msgid ""
"Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through "
"these layouts by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
"<keycap>Shift</keycap> </keycombo>. <package>x11/xxkb</package> or "
"<package>x11/sbxkb</package> can be used for improved layout switching "
"control and current layout indicators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11364
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section	\"InputClass\"\n"
"	Identifier	\"All Keyboards\"\n"
"	MatchIsKeyboard	\"yes\"\n"
"	Option		\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11376
msgid "Closing <application>Xorg</application> From the Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11380
msgid ""
"X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key combination "
"is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some applications."
" Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard <literal>InputDevice</"
"literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11388
msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11390
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11392
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section	\"InputClass\"\n"
"	Identifier	\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"	Driver		\"keyboard\"\n"
"	MatchIsKeyboard	\"on\"\n"
"	Option		\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11405
msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11407
msgid ""
"Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>mousedrv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11412
msgid "Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11415
msgid ""
"The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse "
"<literal>InputDevice</literal> section of <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. To "
"set the number of buttons to 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11421
msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11423
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11425
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"	Identifier  \"Mouse0\"\n"
"	Option      \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11439
msgid ""
"In some cases, <application>Xorg</application> autoconfiguration does not "
"work with particular hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For "
"these cases, a custom configuration file can be created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:11445
msgid ""
"Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary manual "
"configuration can prevent proper operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11450
msgid ""
"A configuration file can be generated by <application>Xorg</application> "
"based on the detected hardware. This file is often a useful starting point "
"for custom configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11455
msgid "Generating an <filename>xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11457
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -configure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11459
msgid ""
"The configuration file is saved to <filename>/root/xorg.conf.new</filename>. "
"Make any changes desired, then test that file with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11463
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11465
msgid ""
"After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split "
"into smaller files in the normal location, <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:11483
msgid "Using Fonts in <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11486
msgid "Type1 Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11488
msgid ""
"The default fonts that ship with <application>Xorg</application> are less "
"than ideal for typical desktop publishing applications. Large presentation "
"fonts show up jagged and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost "
"completely unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality "
"Type1 (<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>) fonts "
"available which can be readily used with <application>Xorg</application>. "
"For instance, the URW font collection (<package>x11-fonts/urwfonts</"
"package>) includes high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (<trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Times Roman</trademark>, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Helvetica</trademark>, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Palatino</trademark> and others). The Freefonts collection "
"(<package>x11-fonts/freefonts</package>) includes many more fonts, but most "
"of them are intended for use in graphics software such as the "
"<application>Gimp</application>, and are not complete enough to serve as "
"screen fonts. In addition, <application>Xorg</application> can be configured "
"to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts with a "
"minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>X</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page or <xref linkend=\"truetype\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11507
msgid ""
"To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the "
"following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11510
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install urwfonts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11512
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11515
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11518
msgid ""
"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server "
"detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration "
"file (<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>), which reads:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11523
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11525
msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11531
msgid ""
"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is "
"added to the startup file (<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> for a normal "
"<command>startx</command> session, or <filename>~/.xsession</filename> when "
"logging in through a graphical login manager like <application>XDM</"
"application>). A third way is to use the new <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/"
"local.conf</filename> as demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"antialias\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11543
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11545
msgid "<primary>TrueType Fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11548
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>TrueType</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11553
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> has built in support for rendering "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. There are two "
"different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module is "
"used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font "
"rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following "
"line to the <literal>\"Module\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11561
#, no-wrap
msgid "Load  \"freetype\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11563
msgid ""
"Now make a directory for the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</"
"trademark> fonts (for example, <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</"
"filename>) and copy all of the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</"
"trademark> fonts into this directory. Keep in mind that <trademark class="
"\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts cannot be directly taken from an "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark>; they must be in <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</"
"trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> format for "
"use by <application>Xorg</application>. Once the files have been copied into "
"this directory, use <application>mkfontdir</application> to create a "
"<filename>fonts.dir</filename>, so that the X font renderer knows that these "
"new files have been installed. <command>mkfontdir</command> can be installed "
"as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11577
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11579
msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11585
msgid ""
"Now add the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> directory "
"to the font path. This is just the same as described in <xref linkend="
"\"type1\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11588
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11591
msgid ""
"or add a <literal>FontPath</literal> line to <filename>xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11594
msgid ""
"Now <application>Gimp</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application>, and all of the other X applications should now recognize the "
"installed <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. "
"Extremely small fonts (as with text in a high resolution display on a web "
"page) and extremely large fonts (within <application><trademark>StarOffice</"
"trademark></application>) will look much better now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11615
msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11617
msgid "<primary>anti-aliased fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11620
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>anti-aliased</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11625
msgid ""
"All fonts in <application>Xorg</application> that are found in <filename>/"
"usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> and <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are "
"automatically made available for anti-aliasing to Xft-aware applications. "
"Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including <application>KDE</"
"application>, <application>GNOME</application>, and <application>Firefox</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11634
msgid ""
"To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing "
"properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>. Several advanced features of the Xft "
"font system can be tuned using this file; this section describes only some "
"simple possibilities. For more details, please see <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>fonts-conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11643
msgid "<primary>XML</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11645
msgid ""
"This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make "
"sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML header "
"followed by a DOCTYPE definition, and then the <literal>&lt;fontconfig&gt;</"
"literal> tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\"?&gt;\n"
"      &lt;!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;fontconfig&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11655
msgid ""
"As previously stated, all fonts in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</"
"filename> as well as <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are already made "
"available to Xft-aware applications. To add another directory outside of "
"these two directory trees, add a line like this to <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"fonts/local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11663
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;dir&gt;/path/to/my/fonts&lt;/dir&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11665
msgid ""
"After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the "
"font caches:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11669
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fc-cache -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11671
msgid ""
"Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more "
"readable and removes <quote>staircases</quote> from large text, but can "
"cause eyestrain if applied to normal text. To exclude font sizes smaller "
"than 14 point from anti-aliasing, include these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"        &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"	&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11695
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>spacing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11700
msgid ""
"Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-"
"aliasing. This seems to be an issue with <application>KDE</application>, in "
"particular. One possible fix is to force the spacing for such fonts to be "
"100. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"	&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"	   &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"	       &lt;string&gt;fixed&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	   &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	   &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"	       &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	   &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"	&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;string&gt;console&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"		&lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11723
msgid ""
"(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as <literal>\"mono\"</"
"literal>), and then add:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;int&gt;100&lt;/int&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	 &lt;/match&gt;      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11735
msgid ""
"Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. "
"Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. "
"At worst, it may cause applications to crash. To avoid this, consider adding "
"the following to <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11741
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;string&gt;Helvetica&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;string&gt;sans-serif&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	 &lt;/match&gt;        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11750
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>local.conf</filename>, make certain to end the file "
"with the <literal>&lt;/fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag. Not doing this will "
"cause changes to be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11755
msgid ""
"Users can add personalized settings by creating their own <filename>~/."
"config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</filename>. This file uses the same "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> format described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11760
msgid "<primary>LCD screen</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11761
msgid "<primary>Fonts</primary> <secondary>LCD screen</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11764
msgid ""
"One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This "
"basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components "
"separately to improve the horizontal resolution; the results can be dramatic."
" To enable this, add the line somewhere in <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11771
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"	 &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;const&gt;unknown&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"		 &lt;const&gt;rgb&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"	     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"	 &lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:11781
msgid ""
"Depending on the sort of display, <literal>rgb</literal> may need to be "
"changed to <literal>bgr</literal>, <literal>vrgb</literal> or <literal>vbgr</"
"literal>: experiment and see which works best."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11792
msgid "The X Display Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11795
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Seth</firstname> <surname>Kingsley</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11805
msgid "<primary>X Display Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11806
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> provides an X Display Manager, "
"<application>XDM</application>, which can be used for login session "
"management. <application>XDM</application> provides a graphical interface "
"for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering "
"authorization information such as a login and password combination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11813
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on FreeBSD. "
"Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login manager. Refer "
"to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-gnome\"/> for instructions on how to configure the "
"GNOME Display Manager and <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-kde\"/> for instructions on "
"how to configure the KDE Display Manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11820
msgid "Configuring <application>XDM</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11822
msgid ""
"To install <application>XDM</application>, use the <package>x11/xdm</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <application>XDM</application> can "
"be configured to run when the machine boots up by editing this entry in "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11828
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyv8   \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11830
msgid ""
"Change the <literal>off</literal> to <literal>on</literal> and save the edit."
" The <literal>ttyv8</literal> in this entry indicates that <application>XDM</"
"application> will run on the ninth virtual terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11835
msgid ""
"The <application>XDM</application> configuration directory is located in "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm</filename>. This directory contains several "
"files used to change the behavior and appearance of <application>XDM</"
"application>, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the "
"desktop when <application>XDM</application> is running. <xref linkend=\"xdm-"
"config-files\"/> summarizes the function of each of these files. The exact "
"syntax and usage of these files is described in <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:11845
msgid "XDM Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11850
msgid "File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11857
msgid "<filename>Xaccess</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11858
msgid ""
"The protocol for connecting to <application>XDM</application> is called the "
"X Display Manager Connection Protocol (<acronym>XDMCP</acronym>) This file "
"is a client authorization ruleset for controlling <acronym>XDMCP</acronym> "
"connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any "
"remote clients to connect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11868
msgid "<filename>Xresources</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11869
msgid ""
"This file controls the look and feel of the <application>XDM</application> "
"display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple "
"rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the "
"top in a large font and <quote>Login:</quote> and <quote>Password:</quote> "
"prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file "
"described in the <application>Xorg</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11882
msgid "<filename>Xservers</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11883
msgid ""
"The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login "
"choices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11888
msgid "<filename>Xsession</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11889
msgid ""
"Default session script for logins which is run by <application>XDM</"
"application> after a user has logged in. This points to a customized session "
"script in <filename>~/.xsession</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11896
msgid "<filename>Xsetup_</filename>*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11897
msgid ""
"Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or "
"login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named "
"<filename>Xsetup_*</filename>, where <literal>*</literal> is the local "
"display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the "
"background such as <command>xconsole</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11908
msgid "<filename>xdm-config</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11909
msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11914
msgid "<filename>xdm-errors</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11915
msgid ""
"Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that "
"<application>XDM</application> is trying to start hangs, look at this file "
"for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's "
"<filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> on a per-session basis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11924
msgid "<filename>xdm-pid</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11925
msgid ""
"The running process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <application>XDM</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11934
msgid "Configuring Remote Access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11936
msgid ""
"By default, only users on the same system can login using <application>XDM</"
"application>. To enable users on other systems to connect to the display "
"server, edit the access control rules and enable the connection listener."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11941
msgid ""
"To configure <application>XDM</application> to listen for any remote "
"connection, comment out the <literal>DisplayManager.requestPort</literal> "
"line in <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm/xdm-config</filename> by putting a "
"<literal>!</literal> in front of it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n"
"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n"
"DisplayManager.requestPort:     0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11951
msgid ""
"Save the edits and restart <application>XDM</application>. To restrict "
"remote access, look at the example entries in <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/"
"xdm/Xaccess</filename> and refer to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11960
msgid "Desktop Environments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11963
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Valentino</firstname> <surname>Vaschetto</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11974
msgid ""
"This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on "
"a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window "
"manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop "
"environments are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of "
"the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11982
msgid "GNOME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11985
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> is a user-friendly desktop environment. It "
"includes a panel for starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, "
"a set of tools and applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy "
"for applications to cooperate and be consistent with each other. More "
"information regarding <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome\">https://www."
"FreeBSD.org/gnome</link>. That web site contains additional documentation "
"about installing, configuring, and managing <application>GNOME</application> "
"on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11996
msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12001
msgid ""
"To instead build <application>GNOME</application> from ports, use the "
"following command. <application>GNOME</application> is a large application "
"and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12010
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be "
"mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file "
"system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12015 book.translate.xml:12104
#, no-wrap
msgid "proc           /proc       procfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12017
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and "
"<application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. "
"These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of "
"<application>GNOME</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12025 book.translate.xml:12114
#, no-wrap
msgid "dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12028
msgid ""
"After installation, configure <application>Xorg</application> to start "
"<application>GNOME</application>. The easiest way to do this is to enable "
"the GNOME Display Manager, <application>GDM</application>, which is "
"installed as part of the <application>GNOME</application> package or port. "
"It can be enabled by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12037
#, no-wrap
msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12039
msgid ""
"It is often desirable to also start all <application>GNOME</application> "
"services. To achieve this, add a second line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12043
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12045
msgid ""
"<application>GDM</application> will start automatically when the system "
"boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12048
msgid ""
"A second method for starting <application>GNOME</application> is to type "
"<command>startx</command> from the command-line after configuring "
"<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. If this file already exists, replace the "
"line that starts the current window manager with one that starts <filename>/"
"usr/local/bin/gnome-session</filename>. If this file does not exist, create "
"it with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12057
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" "
"&gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12059
msgid ""
"A third method is to use <application>XDM</application> as the display "
"manager. In this case, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" "
"&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12067
msgid "KDE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12071
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> is another easy-to-use desktop environment. "
"This desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and "
"feel, a standardized menu and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, "
"internationalization, and a centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration."
" More information on <application>KDE</application> can be found at <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.kde.org/\">http://www.kde.org/</link>. For FreeBSD-"
"specific information, consult <link xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/"
"\">http://freebsd.kde.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12080
msgid "To install the <application>KDE</application> package, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12083
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12085
msgid ""
"To instead build the <application>KDE</application> port, use the following "
"command. Installing the port will provide a menu for selecting which "
"components to install. <application>KDE</application> is a large application "
"and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12094
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary> <secondary>display manager</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12099
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be "
"mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file "
"system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12106
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and "
"<application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. "
"These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of "
"<application>KDE</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12117
msgid ""
"The installation of <application>KDE</application> includes the KDE Display "
"Manager, <application>KDM</application>. To enable this display manager, add "
"this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12123
#, no-wrap
msgid "kdm4_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12125
msgid ""
"A second method for launching <application>KDE</application> is to type "
"<command>startx</command> from the command line. For this to work, the "
"following line is needed in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12131
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12133
msgid ""
"A third method for starting <application>KDE</application> is through "
"<application>XDM</application>. To do so, create an executable <filename>~/."
"xsession</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" &gt; ~/."
"xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12140
msgid ""
"Once <application>KDE</application> is started, refer to its built-in help "
"system for more information on how to use its various menus and applications."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12146
msgid "Xfce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12148
msgid ""
"<application>Xfce</application> is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ "
"toolkit used by <application>GNOME</application>. However, it is more "
"lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is "
"fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, applets, and application "
"launchers, provides a file manager and sound manager, and is themeable. "
"Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is ideal for older or slower "
"machines with memory limitations. More information on <application>Xfce</"
"application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xfce.org/\">http:/"
"/www.xfce.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12159
msgid "To install the <application>Xfce</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12162
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xfce</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12164
msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12169
msgid ""
"<application>Xfce</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> for a "
"message bus. This application is automatically installed as dependency of "
"<application>Xfce</application>. Enable it in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> so it will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12176
#, no-wrap
msgid "dbus_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12178
msgid ""
"Unlike <application>GNOME</application> or <application>KDE</application>, "
"<application>Xfce</application> does not provide its own login manager. In "
"order to start <application>Xfce</application> from the command line by "
"typing <command>startx</command>, first create <filename>~/.xinitrc</"
"filename> with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" "
"&gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12188
msgid ""
"An alternate method is to use <application>XDM</application>. To configure "
"this method, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" "
"&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12197
msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12199
msgid ""
"One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D "
"effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12202
msgid ""
"Installing the <application>Compiz Fusion</application> package is easy, but "
"configuring it requires a few steps that are not described in the port's "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12207
msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12209
msgid ""
"Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-"
"based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good performance."
" Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and continue with the "
"<filename>xorg.conf</filename> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12215
msgid ""
"To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/x.html#idp59950544\">FAQ "
"question on the subject</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12218
msgid ""
"Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is "
"as simple as installing any other package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12222
msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/nvidia-driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12226
msgid ""
"The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system "
"startup. Add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12230
#, no-wrap
msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12233
msgid ""
"To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel by issuing a "
"command like <command>kldload nvidia</command>, however it has been noted "
"that the some versions of <application>Xorg</application> will not function "
"properly if the driver is not loaded at boot time. After editing <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>, a reboot is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12242
msgid ""
"With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single "
"line in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> to enable the proprietary driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12246
msgid "Find the following line in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12249
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nv\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12251
msgid "and change it to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12253
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nvidia\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12255
msgid ""
"Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. "
"Everything should work as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12260
msgid "Configuring xorg.conf for Desktop Effects"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12262
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, <filename>/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf</filename> needs to be modified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12266
msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12269
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Extensions\"\n"
"    Option         \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12273
msgid ""
"Locate the <quote>Screen</quote> section which should look similar to the "
"one below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12276
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"    Identifier     \"Screen0\"\n"
"    Device         \"Card0\"\n"
"    Monitor        \"Monitor0\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12282
msgid ""
"and add the following two lines (after <quote>Monitor</quote> will do):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12285
#, no-wrap
msgid "DefaultDepth    24\n"
"Option         \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12288
msgid ""
"Locate the <quote>Subsection</quote> that refers to the screen resolution "
"that you wish to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the "
"section that follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any "
"subsection, you may add the relevant entry by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12294
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12299
msgid ""
"A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above "
"subsection to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Depth       24\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12308
msgid ""
"Finally, confirm that the <quote>glx</quote> and <quote>extmod</quote> "
"modules are loaded in the <quote>Module</quote> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Module\"\n"
"    Load           \"extmod\"\n"
"    Load           \"glx\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12317
msgid ""
"The preceding can be done automatically with <package>x11/nvidia-xconfig</"
"package> by running (as root):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --composite</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --depth=24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12327
msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12329
msgid ""
"Installing <application>Compiz Fusion</application> is as simple as any "
"other package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12334
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a "
"terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-"
"hints ccp &amp;</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>emerald --replace &amp;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12341
msgid ""
"Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g. "
"<application>Metacity</application> if you are using <application>GNOME</"
"application>) is replaced by <application>Compiz Fusion</application>. "
"<application>Emerald</application> takes care of the window decorations (i.e."
" close, minimize, maximize buttons, title bars and so on)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12349
msgid ""
"You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup "
"automatically (e.g. by adding to <quote>Sessions</quote> in a "
"<application>GNOME</application> desktop):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#! /bin/sh\n"
"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;\n"
"emerald --replace &amp;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12358
msgid ""
"Save this in your home directory as, for example, <filename>start-compiz</"
"filename> and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12362
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/start-compiz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12364
msgid ""
"Then use the GUI to add it to <guimenuitem>Startup Programs</guimenuitem> "
"(located in <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</"
"guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Sessions</guimenuitem> on a <application>GNOME</"
"application> desktop)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12371
msgid ""
"To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute "
"(again as a normal user) the <application>Compiz Config Settings Manager</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12375
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ccsm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12378
msgid ""
"In <application>GNOME</application>, this can also be found in the "
"<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12383
msgid ""
"If you have selected <quote>gconf support</quote> during the build, you will "
"also be able to view these settings using <command>gconf-editor</command> "
"under <literal>apps/compiz</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12394
msgid ""
"If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before "
"proceeding. In recent <application>Xorg</application> versions, the "
"<literal>InputDevice</literal> sections in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> "
"are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To restore the old "
"behavior, add the following line to the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> or "
"<literal>ServerFlags</literal> section of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12403
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12405
msgid ""
"Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any "
"other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12410
msgid ""
"As previously explained the <application>hald</application> daemon will, by "
"default, automatically detect your keyboard. There are chances that your "
"keyboard layout or model will not be correct, desktop environments like "
"<application>GNOME</application>, <application>KDE</application> or "
"<application>Xfce</application> provide tools to configure the keyboard. "
"However, it is possible to set the keyboard properties directly either with "
"the help of the <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>setxkbmap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility or with a "
"<application>hald</application>'s configuration rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12422
msgid ""
"For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french "
"layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for "
"<application>hald</application> called <filename>x11-input.fdi</filename> "
"and saved in the <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy</filename> "
"directory. This file should contain the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12430
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\"&gt;\n"
"	  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\"&gt;pc102&lt;/"
"merge&gt;\n"
"	  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\"&gt;fr&lt;/"
"merge&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12440
msgid ""
"If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines "
"regarding the keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12443
msgid ""
"You will have to reboot your machine to force <application>hald</"
"application> to read this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12446
msgid ""
"It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script "
"with this command line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12451
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst</filename> lists the "
"various keyboard, layouts and options available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12456
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application> tuning</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12459
msgid ""
"The <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file may now be tuned "
"to taste. Open the file in a text editor such as <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>emacs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If the monitor is an "
"older or unusual model that does not support autodetection of sync "
"frequencies, those settings can be added to <filename>xorg.conf.new</"
"filename> under the <literal>\"Monitor\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"	Identifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"	VendorName   \"Monitor Vendor\"\n"
"	ModelName    \"Monitor Model\"\n"
"	HorizSync    30-107\n"
"	VertRefresh  48-120\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12475
msgid ""
"Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of "
"these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support "
"autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by "
"the manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12481
msgid ""
"X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xset</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> program controls the "
"time-outs and can force standby, suspend, or off modes. If you wish to "
"enable DPMS features for your monitor, you must add the following line to "
"the monitor section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12487
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option       \"DPMS\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12489
msgid "<primary><filename>xorg.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12493
msgid ""
"While the <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file is still "
"open in an editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. "
"This is defined in the <literal>\"Screen\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12498
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"	Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"	Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"	DefaultDepth 24\n"
"	SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"		Viewport  0 0\n"
"		Depth     24\n"
"		Modes     \"1024x768\"\n"
"	EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12510
msgid ""
"The <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> keyword describes the color depth to run "
"at by default. This can be overridden with the <option>-depth</option> "
"command line switch to <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>Modes</"
"literal> keyword describes the resolution to run at for the given color "
"depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as defined by the "
"target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the default color "
"depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the accepted "
"resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12521
msgid ""
"Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given "
"above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12525
msgid ""
"One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are "
"the <application>Xorg</application> log files, which contain information on "
"each device that the <application>Xorg</application> server attaches to. "
"<application>Xorg</application> log file names are in the format of "
"<filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>. The exact name of the log can vary "
"from <filename>Xorg.0.log</filename> to <filename>Xorg.8.log</filename> and "
"so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12537
msgid ""
"If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common "
"location where <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can find it. This is "
"typically <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> or <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12542
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12544
msgid ""
"The <application>Xorg</application> configuration process is now complete. "
"<application>Xorg</application> may be now started with the <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>startx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. The <application>Xorg</application> "
"server may also be started with the use of <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12551
msgid ""
"Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"<literal>i810</literal> Graphics Chipsets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12554
msgid "<primary>Intel i810 graphic chipset</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12558
msgid ""
"Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> i810 "
"integrated chipsets requires the <filename>agpgart</filename> AGP "
"programming interface for <application>Xorg</application> to drive the card. "
"See the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12564
msgid ""
"This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. "
"Note on systems without the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver compiled in the "
"kernel, trying to load the module with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. This "
"driver has to be in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or "
"using <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12573
msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12575
msgid "<primary>widescreen flatpanel configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12579
msgid ""
"This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts "
"to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working "
"configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in "
"getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12586
msgid ""
"Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats "
"support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. "
"Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12593
msgid "2560x1600"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12597
msgid "1920x1200"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12601
msgid "1680x1050"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12605
msgid "1440x900"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12609
msgid "1280x800"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12613
msgid ""
"At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a "
"possible <literal>Mode</literal> in the <literal>Section \"Screen\"</"
"literal> as such:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12617
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"DefaultDepth 24\n"
"SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"	Viewport  0 0\n"
"	Depth     24\n"
"	Modes     \"1680x1050\"\n"
"EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12629
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> is smart enough to pull the resolution "
"information from the widescreen via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the "
"monitor can handle as far as frequencies and resolutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12634
msgid ""
"If those <literal>ModeLines</literal> do not exist in the drivers, one might "
"need to give <application>Xorg</application> a little hint. Using <filename>/"
"var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename> one can extract enough information to manually "
"create a <literal>ModeLine</literal> that will work. Simply look for "
"information resembling this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12642
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n"
"(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz   Image Size:  433 x 271 mm\n"
"(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680  h_sync: 1784  h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 "
"h_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050  v_sync: 1053  v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 "
"v_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48  V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30  H max: 94 kHz, "
"PixClock max 170 MHz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12648
msgid ""
"This information is called EDID information. Creating a <literal>ModeLine</"
"literal> from this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct "
"order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12652
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ModeLine &lt;name&gt; &lt;clock&gt; &lt;4 horiz. timings&gt; &lt;4 vert. "
"timings&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12654
msgid ""
"So that the <literal>ModeLine</literal> in <literal>Section \"Monitor\"</"
"literal> for this example would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"Identifier      \"Monitor1\"\n"
"VendorName      \"Bigname\"\n"
"ModelName       \"BestModel\"\n"
"ModeLine        \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n"
"Option          \"DPMS\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12666
msgid ""
"Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new "
"widescreen monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12671
msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12676
msgid ""
"I have installed <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, and after running "
"the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons."
" What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12684
msgid ""
"You are probably missing a setting in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename>. Review this file carefully and check especially the "
"<literal>DefaultDepth</literal> and <literal>AddARGBGLXVisuals</literal> "
"directives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12695
msgid ""
"When I run the command to start <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, "
"the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12702
msgid ""
"If you check <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>, you will probably "
"find error messages during the X startup. The most common would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in "
"your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module.  "
"If\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     reinstalling the NVIDIA driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12713
msgid ""
"This is usually the case when you upgrade <application>Xorg</application>. "
"You will need to reinstall the <package>x11/nvidia-driver</package> package "
"so glx is built again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:12727
msgid "Common Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12730
msgid ""
"Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the book discusses some "
"frequently used features of FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12736
msgid ""
"Introduce popular and useful desktop applications: browsers, productivity "
"tools, document viewers, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12742
msgid "Introduce a number of multimedia tools available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12747
msgid ""
"Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD kernel to enable extra "
"functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12752
msgid ""
"Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop and network-connected "
"printer setups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12757
msgid "Show how to run Linux applications on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12762
msgid ""
"Some of these chapters recommend prior reading, and this is noted in the "
"synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:12785
msgid "Desktop Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12790
msgid ""
"While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it "
"is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over 24,000 "
"applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a "
"customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This "
"chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including "
"web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial "
"software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12800
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather "
"than configuring one from scratch should refer to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.trueos.org/\">trueos.org website.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12807
msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12811
msgid ""
"Install additional software using packages or ports as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12816
msgid "Install X and a window manager as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12821
msgid ""
"For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12826
msgid "Browsers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12828
msgid "<primary>browsers</primary> <secondary>web</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12833
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/www.html\">www</link> category of "
"the Ports Collection contains many browsers which can be installed as a "
"package or compiled from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12839
msgid ""
"The <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> "
"desktop environments include their own HTML browser. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"x11-wm\"/> for more information on how to set up these complete desktops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12845
msgid ""
"Some lightweight browsers include <package>www/dillo2</package>, "
"<package>www/links</package>, and <package>www/w3m</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12849
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers "
"and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile "
"from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12858 book.translate.xml:13085 book.translate.xml:13395
#: book.translate.xml:13619
msgid "Application Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12859 book.translate.xml:13086 book.translate.xml:13396
#: book.translate.xml:13620
msgid "Resources Needed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12860 book.translate.xml:13087 book.translate.xml:13397
#: book.translate.xml:13621
msgid "Installation from Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12861 book.translate.xml:17048 book.translate.xml:65141
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12867
msgid "<application>Firefox</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12868 book.translate.xml:12883 book.translate.xml:12891
msgid "medium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12869 book.translate.xml:12884 book.translate.xml:12892
#: book.translate.xml:13096 book.translate.xml:13111 book.translate.xml:13118
#: book.translate.xml:13435 book.translate.xml:13630 book.translate.xml:13637
#: book.translate.xml:13644
msgid "heavy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12870
msgid ""
"FreeBSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and localized "
"versions are available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12875
msgid "<application>Opera</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12876 book.translate.xml:12877 book.translate.xml:13095
#: book.translate.xml:13102 book.translate.xml:13103 book.translate.xml:13110
#: book.translate.xml:13405 book.translate.xml:13406 book.translate.xml:13412
#: book.translate.xml:13413 book.translate.xml:13419 book.translate.xml:13420
#: book.translate.xml:13427 book.translate.xml:13428 book.translate.xml:13434
#: book.translate.xml:13629 book.translate.xml:13636 book.translate.xml:13643
msgid "light"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12878
msgid ""
"FreeBSD and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> versions are "
"available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12882
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12885
msgid "Requires <application>KDE</application> libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12890
msgid "<application>Chromium</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12893
msgid "Requires <application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12900
msgid "Firefox"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12902
msgid "<primary><application>Firefox</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12906
msgid ""
"<application>Firefox</application> is an open source browser that features a "
"standards-compliant HTML display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, "
"extensions, improved security, and more. <application>Firefox</application> "
"is based on the <application>Mozilla</application> codebase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12913
msgid ""
"To install the package of the latest release version of "
"<application>Firefox</application>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12916
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12918
msgid ""
"To instead install <application>Firefox</application> Extended Support "
"Release (ESR) version, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12921
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox-esr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12923
msgid ""
"Localized versions are available in <package>www/firefox-i18n</package> and "
"<package>www/firefox-esr-i18n</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12927
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of "
"<application>Firefox</application> from source code. This example builds "
"<package>www/firefox</package>, where <literal>firefox</literal> can be "
"replaced with the ESR or localized version to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12934
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/firefox</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12939
msgid "Opera"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12941
msgid "<primary><application>Opera</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12945
msgid ""
"<application>Opera</application> is a full-featured and standards-compliant "
"browser which is still lightweight and fast. It comes with a built-in mail "
"and news reader, an IRC client, an RSS/Atom feeds reader, and more. It is "
"available as a native FreeBSD version and as a version that runs under "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12952
msgid ""
"This command installs the package of the FreeBSD version of "
"<application>Opera</application>. Replace <literal>opera</literal> with "
"<literal>linux-opera</literal> to instead install the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12957
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install opera</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12959
msgid ""
"Alternately, install either version through the Ports Collection. This "
"example compiles the native version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12965
msgid ""
"To install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version, "
"substitute <literal>linux-opera</literal> in place of <literal>opera</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12969
msgid ""
"To install <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin support, first compile the "
"<package role=\"port\">www/linux-flashplayer</package> port. Licensing "
"restrictions prevent making a package available. Then install <package role="
"\"port\">www/opera-linuxplugins</package>. This example compiles both "
"applications from ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/linux-flashplayer</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12980
msgid ""
"Once installed, check the presence of the plugin by starting the browser, "
"entering <literal>opera:plugins</literal> in the location bar and pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list should appear with all the currently "
"available plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12986
msgid ""
"To add the <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin, "
"follow install <package role=\"port\">java/icedtea-web</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12992
msgid "Konqueror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12994
msgid "<primary><application>Konqueror</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12998
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> is more than a web browser as it is "
"also a file manager and a multimedia viewer. It is included in the "
"<package>x11/kde4-baseapps</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13003
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> supports WebKit as well as its own "
"KHTML. WebKit is a rendering engine used by many modern browsers including "
"Chromium. To use WebKit with <application>Konqueror</application> on "
"FreeBSD, install the <package>www/kwebkitpart</package> package or port. "
"This example installs the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13010
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kwebkitpart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13012
msgid "To install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13014
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13017
msgid ""
"To enable WebKit within <application>Konqueror</application>, click "
"<quote>Settings</quote>, <quote>Configure Konqueror</quote>. In the "
"<quote>General</quote> settings page, click the drop-down menu next to "
"<quote>Default web browser engine</quote> and change <quote>KHTML</quote> to "
"<quote>WebKit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13025
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> also supports <application><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application>. A <quote>How To</"
"quote> guide for getting <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</"
"trademark></application> support on <application>Konqueror</application> is "
"available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash."
"php\">http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13032
msgid "Chromium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13034
msgid "<primary><application>Chromium</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13038
msgid ""
"<application>Chromium</application> is an open source browser project that "
"aims to build a safer, faster, and more stable web browsing experience. "
"<application>Chromium</application> features tabbed browsing, popup "
"blocking, extensions, and much more. <application>Chromium</application> is "
"the open source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13046
msgid ""
"<application>Chromium</application> can be installed as a package by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13049
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install chromium</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13051
msgid ""
"Alternatively, <application>Chromium</application> can be compiled from "
"source using the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13054
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/chromium</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13058
msgid ""
"The executable for <application>Chromium</application> is <filename>/usr/"
"local/bin/chrome</filename>, not <filename>/usr/local/bin/chromium</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13066
msgid "Productivity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13068
msgid ""
"When it comes to productivity, users often look for an office suite or an "
"easy-to-use word processor. While some <link linkend=\"x11-wm\">desktop "
"environments</link> like <application>KDE</application> provide an office "
"suite, there is no default productivity package. Several office suites and "
"graphical word processors are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the "
"installed window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13076
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity "
"software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to "
"compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13088 book.translate.xml:13398 book.translate.xml:13622
msgid "Major Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13094
msgid "<application>Calligra</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13097 book.translate.xml:13436 book.translate.xml:13645
msgid "<application>KDE</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13101
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13104 book.translate.xml:13421
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application> or <application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13109
msgid "<application>The Gimp</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13112 book.translate.xml:13429
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13116
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13119 book.translate.xml:13127
msgid "huge"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13120
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> and "
"<application>Mozilla</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13125
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13126
msgid "somewhat heavy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13128
msgid ""
"<application>Gtk+</application>, or <application>KDE</application>/ "
"<application>GNOME</application>, or <application><trademark>JDK</"
"trademark></application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13138
msgid "Calligra"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13140
msgid "<primary><application>Calligra</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13143
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>Calligra</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13148
msgid ""
"The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed "
"separately from <application>KDE</application>. <application>Calligra</"
"application> includes standard components that can be found in other office "
"suites. <application>Words</application> is the word processor, "
"<application>Sheets</application> is the spreadsheet program, "
"<application>Stage</application> manages slide presentations, and "
"<application>Karbon</application> is used to draw graphical documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13159
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <package>editors/calligra</package> can be installed as a "
"package or a port. To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13163
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install calligra</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13165
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13168
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13173
msgid "AbiWord"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13175
msgid "<primary><application>AbiWord</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13179
msgid ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> is a free word processing program similar "
"in look and feel to <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> Word</application>. It is fast, contains many features, and is "
"user-friendly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13184
msgid ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> can import or export many file formats, "
"including some proprietary ones like <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <filename>.rtf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13188
msgid "To install the <application>AbiWord</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13191
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install abiword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13193
msgid ""
"If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports "
"Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13201
msgid "The GIMP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13203
msgid "<primary><application>The GIMP</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13207
msgid ""
"For image authoring or picture retouching, <application>The GIMP</"
"application> provides a sophisticated image manipulation program. It can be "
"used as a simple paint program or as a quality photo retouching suite. It "
"supports a large number of plugins and features a scripting interface. "
"<application>The GIMP</application> can read and write a wide range of file "
"formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13216
msgid "To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13218
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gimp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13220
msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13225
msgid ""
"The graphics category (<link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/"
"graphics.html\">freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html</link>) of the Ports "
"Collection contains several <application>GIMP</application>-related plugins, "
"help files, and user manuals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13233
msgid "Apache OpenOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13235
msgid "<primary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13240
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> </secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13247
msgid ""
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is an open source office suite "
"which is developed under the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's "
"Incubator. It includes all of the applications found in a complete office "
"productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and "
"drawing program. Its user interface is similar to other office suites, and "
"it can import and export in various popular file formats. It is available in "
"a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended "
"to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13258
msgid ""
"The word processor of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> uses a "
"native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The "
"spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with "
"external databases. <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is stable "
"and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X. More information about <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://openoffice.org/"
"\">openoffice.org</link>. For FreeBSD specific information refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/\">porting.openoffice.org/"
"freebsd/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13269
msgid "To install the <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13272
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install apache-openoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13274
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch "
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13277
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>openoffice-<replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13279
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable> is the version number of the "
"installed version of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>. The first "
"time <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> launches, some questions "
"will be asked and a <filename>.openoffice.org</filename> folder will be "
"created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13287
msgid ""
"If the desired <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package is not "
"available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a "
"lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13292
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13296
msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make LOCALIZED_LANG="
"<replaceable>your_language</replaceable> install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13301
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>your_language</replaceable> with the correct language "
"ISO-code. A list of supported language codes is available in <filename>files/"
"Makefile.localized</filename>, located in the port's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13311
msgid "LibreOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13313
msgid "<primary><application>LibreOffice</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13316
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>LibreOffice</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13321
msgid ""
"<application>LibreOffice</application> is a free software office suite "
"developed by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.documentfoundation.org/"
"\">documentfoundation.org</link>. It is compatible with other major office "
"suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a rebranded fork of "
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> and includes applications found "
"in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, "
"presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a "
"tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a "
"number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to "
"interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13334
msgid ""
"The word processor of <application>LibreOffice</application> uses a native "
"XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet "
"program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external "
"databases. <application>LibreOffice</application> is stable and runs "
"natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about "
"<application>LibreOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.libreoffice.org/\">libreoffice.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13344
msgid ""
"To install the English version of the <application>LibreOffice</application> "
"package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13347
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13349
msgid ""
"The editors category (<link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/"
"editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports "
"Collection contains several localizations for <application>LibreOffice</"
"application>. When installing a localized package, replace "
"<literal>libreoffice</literal> with the name of the localized package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13355
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed, type the following command to run "
"<application>LibreOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13358
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13360
msgid ""
"During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a <filename>."
"libreoffice</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13364
msgid ""
"If the desired <application>LibreOffice</application> package is not "
"available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a "
"lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile. This example compiles "
"the English version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13370
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13374
msgid ""
"To build a localized version, <command>cd</command> into the port directory "
"of the desired language. Supported languages can be found in the editors "
"category (<link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors."
"html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13384
msgid "Document Viewers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13386
msgid ""
"Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and the viewers they "
"require may not be available in the base system. This section demonstrates "
"how to install the following document viewers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13404
msgid "<application>Xpdf</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13407
msgid "<application>FreeType</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13411 book.translate.xml:13476
msgid "<application>gv</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13414
msgid "<application>Xaw3d</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13418
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13426
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13433
msgid "<application>Okular</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13443
msgid "Xpdf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13445
msgid "<primary><application>Xpdf</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13448 book.translate.xml:13481 book.translate.xml:13547
msgid "<primary>PDF</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13453
msgid ""
"For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, <application>Xpdf</"
"application> provides a light-weight and efficient viewer which requires few "
"resources. It uses the standard X fonts and does not require any additional "
"toolkits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13459
msgid "To install the <application>Xpdf</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13462
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xpdf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13464 book.translate.xml:13534 book.translate.xml:13679
#: book.translate.xml:13713 book.translate.xml:13746
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13470
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, launch <command>xpdf</command> and use "
"the right mouse button to activate the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13478
msgid "<primary><application>gv</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13485
msgid "<primary>PostScript</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13490
msgid ""
"<application>gv</application> is a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> and PDF viewer. It is based on "
"<application>ghostview</application>, but has a nicer look as it is based on "
"the <application>Xaw3d</application> widget toolkit. <application>gv</"
"application> has many configurable features, such as orientation, paper "
"size, scale, and anti-aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with "
"either the keyboard or the mouse."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13499
msgid "To install <application>gv</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13502
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13504 book.translate.xml:13566 book.translate.xml:13596
msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13507
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/print/gv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13512
msgid "Geeqie"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13514
msgid "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13518
msgid ""
"<application>Geeqie</application> is a fork from the unmaintained "
"<application>GQView</application> project, in an effort to move development "
"forward and integrate the existing patches. <application>Geeqie</"
"application> is an image manager which supports viewing a file with a single "
"click, launching an external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also "
"features a slideshow mode and some basic file operations, making it easy to "
"manage image collections and to find duplicate files. <application>Geeqie</"
"application> supports full screen viewing and internationalization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13529
msgid "To install the <application>Geeqie</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13532
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install geeqie</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13537
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13542
msgid "ePDFView"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13544
msgid "<primary><application>ePDFView</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13552
msgid ""
"<application>ePDFView</application> is a lightweight <acronym>PDF</acronym> "
"document viewer that only uses the <application>Gtk+</application> and "
"<application>Poppler</application> libraries. It is currently under "
"development, but already opens most <acronym>PDF</acronym> files (even "
"encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support for printing using "
"<application>CUPS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13561
msgid "To install <application>ePDFView</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13564
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install epdfview</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13574
msgid "Okular"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13576
msgid "<primary><application>Okular</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13579
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PDF</acronym></primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13584
msgid ""
"<application>Okular</application> is a universal document viewer based on "
"<application>KPDF</application> for <application>KDE</application>. It can "
"open many document formats, including <acronym>PDF</acronym>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>, DjVu, <acronym>CHM</acronym>, "
"<acronym>XPS</acronym>, and ePub."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13591
msgid "To install <application>Okular</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13594
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install okular</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13599
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13605
msgid "Finance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13607
msgid ""
"For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-"
"to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread "
"file formats, such as the formats used by <application>Quicken</application> "
"and <application>Excel</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13613
msgid "This section covers these programs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13628
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13631 book.translate.xml:13638
msgid "<application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13635
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13642
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13652
msgid "GnuCash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13654
msgid "<primary><application>GnuCash</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13658
msgid ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> is part of the <application>GNOME</"
"application> effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, applications to "
"end-users. <application>GnuCash</application> can be used to keep track of "
"income and expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive "
"interface while remaining professional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13666
msgid ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> provides a smart register, a hierarchical "
"system of accounts, and many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion "
"methods. It can split a single transaction into several more detailed pieces."
" <application>GnuCash</application> can import and merge "
"<application>Quicken</application> QIF files. It also handles most "
"international date and currency formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13674
msgid "To install the <application>GnuCash</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13677
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnucash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13682
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13687
msgid "Gnumeric"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13689
msgid "<primary><application>Gnumeric</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13692
msgid ""
"<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13697
msgid ""
"<application>Gnumeric</application> is a spreadsheet program developed by "
"the <application>GNOME</application> community. It features convenient "
"automatic guessing of user input according to the cell format with an "
"autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a number of "
"popular formats, including <application>Excel</application>, "
"<application>Lotus 1-2-3</application>, and <application>Quattro Pro</"
"application>. It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of "
"the usual cell formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13708
msgid "To install <application>Gnumeric</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13711
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnumeric</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13721
msgid "KMyMoney"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13723
msgid "<primary><application>KMyMoney</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13725
msgid ""
"<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13730
msgid ""
"<application>KMyMoney</application> is a personal finance application "
"created by the <application>KDE</application> community. "
"<application>KMyMoney</application> aims to provide the important features "
"found in commercial personal finance manager applications. It also "
"highlights ease-of-use and proper double-entry accounting among its features."
" <application>KMyMoney</application> imports from standard "
"<application>Quicken</application> QIF files, tracks investments, handles "
"multiple currencies, and provides a wealth of reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13741
msgid "To install <application>KMyMoney</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13744
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kmymoney-kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13764
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13767
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Edited by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13780
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high "
"fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record "
"and play back audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (<acronym>MP3</acronym>), "
"Waveform Audio File (<acronym>WAV</acronym>), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. "
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications for editing recorded "
"audio, adding sound effects, and controlling attached MIDI devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13789
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>s. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains applications to encode, "
"convert, and playback various video media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13794
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV "
"tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the "
"applications which are available for using these devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13799
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13803
msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13807
msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13811
msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13815
msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13819
msgid ""
"Play <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <filename>.mpg</filename>, and <filename>.avi</"
"filename> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13824
msgid ""
"Rip <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> content into files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13829
msgid "Configure a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13833
msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13837
msgid "Configure an image scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13844
msgid ""
"Know how to install applications as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13851
msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13854
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Moses</firstname> <surname>Moore</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13864
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13874
msgid "<primary>PCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13875
msgid "<primary>sound cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13876
msgid ""
"Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card "
"and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. Check "
"the supported audio devices list of the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"FreeBSD.org/releases/11.2R/hardware.html\">Hardware Notes</link> to see if "
"the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it uses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13883
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13888
msgid ""
"In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The "
"easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example loads the driver for a built-in "
"audio chipset based on the Intel specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13894
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_hda</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13896
msgid ""
"To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. The line for this driver is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13900
#, no-wrap
msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13902
msgid ""
"Other available sound modules are listed in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader."
"conf</filename>. When unsure which driver to use, load the "
"<filename>snd_driver</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13907
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13909
msgid ""
"This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and "
"can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also "
"possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13915
msgid ""
"To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the "
"<filename>snd_driver</filename> metadriver, type <command>cat /dev/sndstat</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13920
msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13922
msgid ""
"This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for "
"the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a "
"kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13926
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the "
"audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13930
#, no-wrap
msgid "device sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13932
msgid ""
"Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-"
"in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, "
"use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13937
#, no-wrap
msgid "device snd_hda"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13939
msgid ""
"Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for "
"the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13942
msgid ""
"Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the "
"card to be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. During the boot "
"process, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> reads this file and passes the settings to the "
"kernel. For example, an old Creative <trademark class="
"\"registered\">SoundBlaster</trademark> 16 ISA non-PnP card will use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver in conjunction with <literal>snd_sb16</"
"literal>. For this card, the following lines must be added to the kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13952
#, no-wrap
msgid "device snd_sbc\n"
"device snd_sb16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13955
msgid ""
"If the card uses the <literal>0x220</literal> I/O port and IRQ <literal>5</"
"literal>, these lines must also be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13965
msgid ""
"The syntax used in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sound</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the manual page for the driver of the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13969
msgid ""
"The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other "
"settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13976
msgid "Testing Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13978
msgid ""
"After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the "
"sound card should be detected. To confirm, run <command>dmesg | grep pcm</"
"command>. This example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 "
"chipset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13983
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 5 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 6 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on "
"hdaa1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13987
msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /dev/sndstat</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n"
"Installed devices:\n"
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; (play/rec) default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13997
msgid ""
"The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no <filename>pcm</"
"filename> devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver "
"was loaded or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common "
"problems and their solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14003
msgid ""
"If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> drive is properly connected "
"to the sound card, one can insert an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the "
"drive and play it with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:14012
msgid ""
"Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s have specialized encodings which means that "
"they should not be mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14017
msgid ""
"Various applications, such as <package>audio/workman</package>, provide a "
"friendlier interface. The <package>audio/mpg123</package> port can be "
"installed to listen to MP3 audio files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14022
msgid ""
"Another quick way to test the card is to send data to <filename>/dev/dsp</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14025
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat <replaceable>filename</replaceable> &gt; /"
"dev/dsp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14027
msgid ""
"where <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename> can be any "
"type of file. This command should produce some noise, confirming that the "
"sound card is working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14033
msgid ""
"The <filename>/dev/dsp*</filename> device nodes will be created "
"automatically as needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not "
"appear in the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14041
msgid "Troubleshooting Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14043
msgid "<primary>device nodes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14044
msgid "<primary>I/O port</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14045
msgid "<primary>IRQ</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14046
msgid "<primary>DSP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14048
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"multimedia-sound-common-error-messages\"/> lists some common "
"error messages and their solutions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:14052
msgid "Common Error Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14057
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14058
msgid "Solution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14064
msgid "<errorname>sb_dspwr(XX) timed out</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14066
msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14071
msgid "<errorname>bad irq XX</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14072
msgid ""
"The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are "
"the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14078
msgid "<errorname>xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14080
msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14085
msgid "<errorname>xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14087
msgid ""
"Type <command>fstat | grep dsp</command> to check if another application is "
"holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are <application>esound</"
"application> and <application>KDE</application>'s sound support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14098
msgid ""
"Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with "
"<acronym>HDMI</acronym>. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before "
"the sound card meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default "
"playback device. To check if this is the case, run <application>dmesg</"
"application> and look for <literal>pcm</literal>. The output looks something "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"pcm0: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 0 nid 1 on "
"hdac0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 1 nid 1 on "
"hdac0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on "
"hdac0\n"
"pcm3: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 3 nid 1 on "
"hdac0\n"
"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n"
"pcm4: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm5: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm6: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm7: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14125
msgid ""
"In this example, the graphics card (<literal>NVidia</literal>) has been "
"enumerated before the sound card (<literal>Realtek ALC889</literal>). To use "
"the sound card as the default playback device, change <varname>hw.snd."
"default_unit</varname> to the unit that should be used for playback:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14132
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>n</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14134
msgid ""
"where <literal>n</literal> is the number of the sound device to use. In this "
"example, it should be <literal>4</literal>. Make this change permanent by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14140
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14145
msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14148
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Munish</firstname> <surname>Chopra</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14158
msgid ""
"It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to "
"play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses <quote>Virtual Sound Channels</quote> to "
"multiplex the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14163
msgid ""
"Three <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> knobs are available for configuring virtual "
"channels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14170
msgid ""
"This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number "
"for everyday use. Both <varname>dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</varname> and "
"<varname>dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</varname> are configurable after a device "
"has been attached and represent the number of virtual channels "
"<filename>pcm0</filename> has for playback and recording. Since the "
"<filename>pcm</filename> module can be loaded independently of the hardware "
"drivers, <varname>hw.snd.maxautovchans</varname> indicates how many virtual "
"channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14183
msgid ""
"The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in "
"use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or "
"sound daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14188
msgid ""
"The correct <filename>pcm</filename> device will automatically be allocated "
"transparently to a program that requests <filename>/dev/dsp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14195
msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14198
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14208
msgid ""
"The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the "
"source code of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. While sound "
"card mixer levels can be changed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mixer</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or third-party "
"applications and daemons, this is not a permanent solution. To instead set "
"default mixer values at the driver level, define the appropriate values in "
"<filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14217
#, no-wrap
msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14219
msgid ""
"This will set the volume channel to a default value of <literal>50</literal> "
"when the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14227
msgid "MP3 Audio"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14230 book.translate.xml:59052
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14240
msgid ""
"This section describes some <acronym>MP3</acronym> players available for "
"FreeBSD, how to rip audio <acronym>CD</acronym> tracks, and how to encode "
"and decode <acronym>MP3</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14246
msgid "MP3 Players"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14248
msgid ""
"A popular graphical <acronym>MP3</acronym> player is <application>Audacious</"
"application>. It supports <application>Winamp</application> skins and "
"additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic "
"equalizer, and more. Those familiar with <application>Winamp</application> "
"will find <application>Audacious</application> simple to use. On FreeBSD, "
"<application>Audacious</application> can be installed from the "
"<package>multimedia/audacious</package> port or package. Audacious is a "
"descendant of XMMS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14259
msgid ""
"The <package>audio/mpg123</package> package or port provides an alternative, "
"command-line <acronym>MP3</acronym> player. Once installed, specify the "
"<acronym>MP3</acronym> file to play on the command line. If the system has "
"multiple audio devices, the sound device can also be specified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 <replaceable>-a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-"
"GreatestHits.mp3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n"
"        version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n"
"        free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n"
"\n"
"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n"
"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14273
msgid ""
"Additional <acronym>MP3</acronym> players are available in the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14278
msgid "Ripping <acronym>CD</acronym> Audio Tracks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14280
msgid ""
"Before encoding a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>CD</acronym> track to "
"<acronym>MP3</acronym>, the audio data on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be "
"ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> Digital Audio (<acronym>CDDA</acronym>) data to <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14287
msgid ""
"The <command>cdda2wav</command> tool, which is installed with the "
"<package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> suite, can be used to rip audio "
"information from <acronym>CD</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14292
msgid ""
"With the audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive, the following command can "
"be issued as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to rip an "
"entire <acronym>CD</acronym> into individual, per track, <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14298
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -"
"B</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14300
msgid ""
"In this example, the <option>-D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable></option> "
"indicates the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> device <filename>0,1,0</filename> "
"containing the <acronym>CD</acronym> to rip. Use <command>cdrecord -scanbus</"
"command> to determine the correct device parameters for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14307
msgid ""
"To rip individual tracks, use <option>-t</option> to specify the track:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14310
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -"
"t 7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14312
msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14315
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -"
"t 1+7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14317
msgid ""
"To rip from an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> (<acronym>IDE</acronym>) "
"<acronym>CDROM</acronym> drive, specify the device name in place of the "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an "
"IDE drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>/dev/acd0 -t 7</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14325
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>dd</command> can be used to extract audio tracks on "
"<acronym>ATAPI</acronym> drives, as described in <xref linkend=\"duplicating-"
"audiocds\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14331
msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14333
msgid ""
"<application>Lame</application> is a popular <acronym>MP3</acronym> encoder "
"which can be installed from the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to "
"patent issues, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14338
msgid ""
"The following command will convert the ripped <acronym>WAV</acronym> file "
"<filename><replaceable>audio01.wav</replaceable></filename> to "
"<filename><replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lame -h -b <replaceable>128</replaceable> --tt "
"\"<replaceable>Foo Song Title</replaceable>\" --ta \"<replaceable>FooBar "
"Artist</replaceable>\" --tl \"<replaceable>FooBar Album</replaceable>\" \\\n"
"--ty \"<replaceable>2014</replaceable>\" --tc \"<replaceable>Ripped and "
"encoded by Foo</replaceable>\" --tg \"<replaceable>Genre</replaceable>\" "
"<replaceable>audio01.wav audio01.mp3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14346
msgid ""
"The specified 128 kbits is a standard <acronym>MP3</acronym> bitrate while "
"the 160 and 192 bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the "
"larger the size of the resulting <acronym>MP3</acronym>. The <option>-h</"
"option> turns on the <quote>higher quality but a little slower</quote> mode. "
"The options beginning with <option>--t</option> indicate <acronym>ID3</"
"acronym> tags, which usually contain song information, to be embedded within "
"the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file. Additional encoding options can be found in "
"the <application>lame</application> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14359
msgid ""
"In order to burn an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> from <acronym>MP3</"
"acronym>s, they must first be converted to a non-compressed file format. "
"<application>XMMS</application> can be used to convert to the <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> format, while <application>mpg123</application> can be used to "
"convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation (<acronym>PCM</acronym>) audio data "
"format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14367
msgid ""
"To convert <filename>audio01.mp3</filename> using <application>mpg123</"
"application>, specify the name of the <acronym>PCM</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14371
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 -s <replaceable>audio01.mp3</"
"replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>audio01.pcm</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14373
msgid ""
"To use <application>XMMS</application> to convert a <acronym>MP3</acronym> "
"to <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, use these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:14378
msgid ""
"Converting to <acronym>WAV</acronym> Format in <application>XMMS</"
"application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14382
msgid "Launch <application>XMMS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14386
msgid ""
"Right-click the window to bring up the <application>XMMS</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14391
msgid ""
"Select <literal>Preferences</literal> under <literal>Options</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14396
msgid "Change the Output Plugin to <quote>Disk Writer Plugin</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14401
msgid "Press <literal>Configure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14405
msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14410
msgid ""
"Load the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file into <application>XMMS</application> as "
"usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14416
msgid ""
"Press <literal>Play</literal>. The <application>XMMS</application> will "
"appear as if it is playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym>, but no music will be "
"heard. It is actually playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym> to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14424
msgid ""
"When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was "
"before in order to listen to <acronym>MP3</acronym>s again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14430
msgid ""
"Both the <acronym>WAV</acronym> and <acronym>PCM</acronym> formats can be "
"used with <application>cdrecord</application>. When using <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each "
"track. This sound is the header of the <acronym>WAV</acronym> file. The "
"<package>audio/sox</package> port or package can be used to remove the "
"header:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14438
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 "
"<replaceable>track.wav track.raw</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14440
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-cds\"/> for more information on using a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> burner in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14448
msgid "Video Playback"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14451
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14461
msgid ""
"Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the "
"video card. While <application>Xorg</application> supports a wide variety of "
"video cards, not all provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of "
"extensions supported by the <application>Xorg</application> server using the "
"card, run <command>xdpyinfo</command> while <application>Xorg</application> "
"is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14470
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various "
"players and options. Since some <acronym>DVD</acronym> applications look for "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> media in <filename>/dev/dvd</filename> by default, or "
"have this device name hardcoded in them, it might be useful to make a "
"symbolic link to the proper device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14477
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14479
msgid ""
"Due to the nature of <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, manually created "
"links will not persist after a system reboot. In order to recreate the "
"symbolic link automatically when the system boots, add the following line to "
"<filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14484
#, no-wrap
msgid "link cd0 dvd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14486
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> decryption invokes certain functions that require "
"write permission to the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14490
msgid ""
"To enhance the shared memory <application>Xorg</application> interface, it "
"is recommended to increase the values of these "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14495
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n"
"kern.ipc.shmall=32768"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14499
msgid "Determining Video Capabilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14501
msgid "<primary>XVideo</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14502
msgid "<primary>SDL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14503
msgid "<primary>DGA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14505
msgid ""
"There are several possible ways to display video under <application>Xorg</"
"application> and what works is largely hardware dependent. Each method "
"described below will have varying quality across different hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14510
msgid "Common video interfaces include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14514
msgid "<application>Xorg</application>: normal output using shared memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14519
msgid ""
"XVideo: an extension to the <application>Xorg</application> interface which "
"allows video to be directly displayed in drawable objects through a special "
"acceleration. This extension provides good quality playback even on low-end "
"machines. The next section describes how to determine if this extension is "
"running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14529
msgid ""
"<acronym>SDL</acronym>: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for "
"many operating systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed "
"which make efficient use of sound and graphics. <acronym>SDL</acronym> "
"provides a low-level abstraction to the hardware which can sometimes be more "
"efficient than the <application>Xorg</application> interface. On FreeBSD, "
"<acronym>SDL</acronym> can be installed using the <package>devel/sdl20</"
"package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14541
msgid ""
"<acronym>DGA</acronym>: the Direct Graphics Access is an <application>Xorg</"
"application> extension which allows a program to bypass the "
"<application>Xorg</application> server and directly alter the framebuffer. "
"Because it relies on a low level memory mapping, programs using it must be "
"run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>DGA</"
"acronym> extension can be tested and benchmarked using <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>dga</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. When <command>dga</command> is running, it changes the colors "
"of the display whenever a key is pressed. To quit, press <keycap>q</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14556
msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14561
msgid "XVideo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14563
msgid ""
"To check whether this extension is running, use <command>xvinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14566
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xvinfo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14568
msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14571
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"  screen #0\n"
"  Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n"
"    number of ports: 1\n"
"    port base: 43\n"
"    operations supported: PutImage\n"
"    supported visuals:\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x22\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x23\n"
"    number of attributes: 5\n"
"      \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n"
"      \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"      \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"    maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n"
"    Number of image formats: 7\n"
"      id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n"
"        guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n"
"        guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n"
"        guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n"
"        guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n"
"      id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n"
"        guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n"
"      id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n"
"        guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 6\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x0\n"
"        guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 0\n"
"        number of planes: 0\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 1\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14640
msgid ""
"The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every "
"implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14644
msgid "If the result instead looks like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14646
#, no-wrap
msgid "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"screen #0\n"
"no adaptors present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14650
msgid ""
"XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be "
"more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of "
"rendering video, depending on the video card and processor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14658
msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14660
msgid "<primary>video ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14661
msgid "<primary>video packages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14663
msgid ""
"This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection which can be used for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14668
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> and <application>MEncoder</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14671
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> is a command-line video player with an "
"optional graphical interface which aims to provide speed and flexibility. "
"Other graphical front-ends to <application>MPlayer</application> are "
"available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14677
msgid "<primary>MPlayer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14679
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>multimedia/mplayer</package> package or port. Several compile "
"options are available and a variety of hardware checks occur during the "
"build process. For these reasons, some users prefer to build the port rather "
"than install the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14686
msgid ""
"When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine "
"the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, "
"<application>MPlayer</application> will not be able to display that type of "
"video format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats."
" When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile "
"and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14695
msgid ""
"By default, the package or port will build the <command>mplayer</command> "
"command line utility and the <command>gmplayer</command> graphical utility. "
"To encode videos, compile the <package>multimedia/mencoder</package> port. "
"Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available for "
"<application>MEncoder</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14702
msgid ""
"The first time <application>MPlayer</application> is run, it will create "
"<filename>~/.mplayer</filename> in the user's home directory. This "
"subdirectory contains default versions of the user-specific configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14707
msgid ""
"This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a "
"complete description of its numerous options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14711
msgid ""
"To play the file <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></"
"filename>, specify the video interfaces with <option>-vo</option>, as seen "
"in the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv <replaceable>testfile.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo sdl <replaceable>testfile.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo x11 <replaceable>testfile.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14722
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo dga <replaceable>testfile.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14724
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' <replaceable>testfile."
"avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14726
msgid ""
"It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance "
"depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14730
msgid ""
"To play a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, replace <filename><replaceable>testfile."
"avi</replaceable></filename> with <option>dvd://<replaceable>N</replaceable> "
"-dvd-device <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable></option>, where "
"<replaceable>N</replaceable> is the title number to play and "
"<replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> is the device node for the <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>. For example, to play title 3 from <filename>/dev/dvd</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14739
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14742
msgid ""
"The default <acronym>DVD</acronym> device can be defined during the build of "
"the <application>MPlayer</application> port by including the "
"<varname>WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device</varname> option. By "
"default, the device is <filename>/dev/cd0</filename>. More details can be "
"found in the port's <filename>Makefile.options</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14752
msgid ""
"To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of "
"keybindings, run <command>mplayer -h</command> or read mplayer(1)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14756
msgid ""
"Additional playback options include <option>-fs -zoom</option>, which "
"engages fullscreen mode, and <option>-framedrop</option>, which helps "
"performance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14760
msgid ""
"Each user can add commonly used options to their <filename>~/.mplayer/"
"config</filename> like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14763
#, no-wrap
msgid "vo=xv\n"
"fs=yes\n"
"zoom=yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14767
msgid ""
"<command>mplayer</command> can be used to rip a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title "
"to a <filename>.vob</filename>. To dump the second title from a "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14772
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -"
"dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14774
msgid ""
"The output file, <filename>out.vob</filename>, will be in <acronym>MPEG</"
"acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14777
msgid ""
"Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> video should consult <link xlink:href=\"http:"
"//www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS</link> as it is technically "
"informative. This documentation should be considered as required reading "
"before submitting any bug reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14783
msgid "<primary>mencoder</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14787
msgid ""
"Before using <command>mencoder</command>, it is a good idea to become "
"familiar with the options described at <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder."
"html</link>. There are innumerable ways to improve quality, lower bitrate, "
"and change formats, and some of these options may make the difference "
"between good or bad performance. Improper combinations of command line "
"options can yield output files that are unplayable even by <command>mplayer</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14796
msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14798
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -"
"oac copy -ovc copy -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14800
msgid ""
"To rip to a file, use <option>-dumpfile</option> with <command>mplayer</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14803
msgid ""
"To convert <filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> to the "
"MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio encoding, first install the <package>audio/"
"lame</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not "
"available. Once installed, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -"
"oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n"
"	 -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o <replaceable>output.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14813
msgid ""
"This will produce output playable by applications such as <command>mplayer</"
"command> and <command>xine</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14817
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> can be replaced "
"with <option>dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</option> and run as <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to re-encode a <acronym>DVD</acronym> "
"title directly. Since it may take a few tries to get the desired result, it "
"is recommended to instead dump the title to a file and to work on the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14827
msgid "The <application>xine</application> Video Player"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14830
msgid ""
"<application>xine</application> is a video player with a reusable base "
"library and a modular executable which can be extended with plugins. It can "
"be installed using the <package>multimedia/xine</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14835
msgid ""
"In practice, <application>xine</application> requires either a fast CPU with "
"a fast video card, or support for the XVideo extension. The "
"<application>xine</application> video player performs best on XVideo "
"interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14840
msgid ""
"By default, the <application>xine</application> player starts a graphical "
"user interface. The menus can then be used to open a specific file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14844
msgid ""
"Alternatively, <application>xine</application> may be invoked from the "
"command line by specifying the name of the file to play:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14848
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xine -g -p <replaceable>mymovie.avi</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14850
msgid ""
"Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xine-project.org/faq\"> xine-project."
"org/faq</link> for more information and troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14856
msgid "The <application>Transcode</application> Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14859
msgid ""
"<application>Transcode</application> provides a suite of tools for re-"
"encoding video and audio files. <application>Transcode</application> can be "
"used to merge video files or repair broken files using command line tools "
"with stdin/stdout stream interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14865
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <application>Transcode</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>multimedia/transcode</package> package or port. Many users prefer "
"to compile the port as it provides a menu of compile options for specifying "
"the support and codecs to compile in. If an option is not selected, "
"<application>Transcode</application> will not be able to encode that format. "
"Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When "
"finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14876
msgid ""
"This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file "
"(PAL VCD):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>transcode -i <replaceable>input.avi</"
"replaceable> -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplex -f 1 -o <replaceable>output_vcd.mpg "
"output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14882
msgid ""
"The resulting <acronym>MPEG</acronym> file, "
"<filename><replaceable>output_vcd.mpg</replaceable></filename>, is ready to "
"be played with <application>MPlayer</application>. The file can be burned on "
"a <acronym>CD</acronym> media to create a video <acronym>CD</acronym> using "
"a utility such as <package>multimedia/vcdimager</package> or "
"<package>sysutils/cdrdao</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14891
msgid ""
"In addition to the manual page for <command>transcode</command>, refer to "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/"
"transcode\">transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode</link> for further information "
"and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14900
msgid "TV Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14903
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Original contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14913
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Enhanced and adapted by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14923
msgid "<primary>TV cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14927
msgid ""
"TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most "
"cards accept composite video via an <acronym>RCA</acronym> or S-video input "
"and some cards include a <acronym>FM</acronym> radio tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14932
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree Bt848/849/"
"878/879 video capture chip with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. This driver "
"supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. Before purchasing a TV card, "
"consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of supported tuners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14939
msgid "Loading the Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14941
msgid ""
"In order to use the card, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver must be loaded. "
"To automate this at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14945
#, no-wrap
msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14947
msgid ""
"Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a "
"custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14952
#, no-wrap
msgid "device	 bktr\n"
"device	iicbus\n"
"device	iicbb\n"
"device	smbus"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14957
msgid ""
"These additional devices are necessary as the card components are "
"interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14961
msgid ""
"To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV card "
"should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bktr0: &lt;BrookTree 848A&gt; mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10."
"0 on pci0\n"
"iicbb0: &lt;I2C bit-banging driver&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"iicbus0: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"iicbus1: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"smbus0: &lt;System Management Bus&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14972
msgid ""
"The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is "
"possible to override some of the detected parameters using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force "
"the tuner to a Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14979
#, no-wrap
msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14981
msgid ""
"or, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14983
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14985
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of the available "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> parameters and kernel options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14990
msgid "Useful Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14992
msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14997
msgid ""
"<package>multimedia/fxtv</package> provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/"
"video capture capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15002
msgid ""
"<package>multimedia/xawtv</package> is another TV application with similar "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15006
msgid ""
"<package>audio/xmradio</package> provides an application for using the FM "
"radio tuner of a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15012
msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15019
msgid ""
"If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video "
"capture chip and the tuner are supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and that the right configuration options were used. For more "
"support or to ask questions about supported TV cards, refer to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link> mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15028
msgid "MythTV"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15030
msgid ""
"MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (<acronym>PVR</"
"acronym>) application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup "
"MythTV on FreeBSD. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mythtv.org/wiki/"
"\">mythtv.org/wiki</link> for more information on how to use MythTV."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15035
msgid ""
"MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be "
"installed on the same system or on different machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15039
msgid ""
"The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the <package>multimedia/"
"mythtv-frontend</package> package or port. <application>Xorg</application> "
"must also be installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/"
">. Ideally, this system has a video card that supports X-Video Motion "
"Compensation (<acronym>XvMC</acronym>) and, optionally, a Linux Infrared "
"Remote Control (<acronym>LIRC</acronym>)-compatible remote."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15048
msgid ""
"To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the "
"<package>multimedia/mythtv</package> package or port. A <trademark>MySQL</"
"trademark> database server is also required and should automatically be "
"installed as a dependency. Optionally, this system should have a tuner card "
"and sufficient storage to hold recorded data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15056
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15058
msgid ""
"MythTV uses Video for Linux (<acronym>V4L</acronym>) to access video input "
"devices such as encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> DVB-S/C/T cards as they are well supported by the "
"<package>multimedia/webcamd</package> package or port which provides a "
"<acronym>V4L</acronym> userland application. Any Digital Video Broadcasting "
"(<acronym>DVB</acronym>) card supported by <application>webcamd</"
"application> should work with MythTV. A list of known working cards can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat\">wiki."
"freebsd.org/WebcamCompat</link>. Drivers are also available for Hauppauge "
"cards in the <package>multimedia/pvr250</package> and <package>multimedia/"
"pvrxxx</package> ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface "
"that does not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to "
"licensing restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must "
"be compiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15076
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC\">wiki.freebsd.org/"
"HTPC</link> page contains a list of all available <acronym>DVB</acronym> "
"drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15082
msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15084
msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15086
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mythtv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15088
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15090
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15093
msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mysql -uroot -p &lt; /usr/local/share/mythtv/"
"database/mc.sql</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15097
msgid "Then, configure the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15099
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mythtv-setup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15101
msgid "Finally, start the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc mythbackend_enable=yes</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mythbackend start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15110
msgid "Image Scanners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15113
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15123
msgid "<primary>image scanners</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15127
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by <application>SANE</"
"application> (Scanner Access Now Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection. <application>SANE</application> will also use some FreeBSD "
"device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15133
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports both <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"scanners. Depending upon the scanner interface, different device drivers are "
"required. Be sure the scanner is supported by <application>SANE</"
"application> prior to performing any configuration. Refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\"> http://www."
"sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> for more information "
"about supported scanners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15141
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by "
"FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use "
"<application>SANE</application> on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15147
msgid "Checking the Scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15149
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes the device drivers needed "
"to support <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Users with a custom kernel "
"should ensure that the following lines are present in the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15155
#, no-wrap
msgid "device usb\n"
"device uhci\n"
"device ohci\n"
"device ehci"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15160
msgid ""
"To determine if the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner is detected, plug it in "
"and use <command>dmesg</command> to determine whether the scanner appears in "
"the system message buffer. If it does, it should display a message similar "
"to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15166
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugen0.2: &lt;EPSON&gt; at usbus0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15168
msgid ""
"In this example, an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</"
"trademark> 1650 <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner was detected on <filename>/"
"dev/ugen0.2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15173
msgid ""
"If the scanner uses a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> interface, it is important to "
"know which <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controller board it will use. Depending "
"upon the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> chipset, a custom kernel configuration file "
"may be needed. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel supports the most "
"common <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controllers. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/"
"conf/NOTES</filename> to determine the correct line to add to a custom "
"kernel configuration file. In addition to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"adapter driver, the following lines are needed in a custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15185
#, no-wrap
msgid "device scbus\n"
"device pass"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15188
msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n"
"pass2: &lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt; Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n"
"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15195
msgid ""
"If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to "
"manually force detection by performing a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus scan "
"with <command>camcontrol</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol rescan all</userinput>\n"
"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15206
msgid ""
"The scanner should now appear in the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 "
"(pass0,da0)\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 "
"(pass1,da1)\n"
"&lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt;           at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n"
"&lt;PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00&gt;     at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 "
"(pass2,cd0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15215
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scsi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>camcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15220
msgid "<application>SANE</application> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15222
msgid ""
"The <application>SANE</application> system is split in two parts: the "
"backends (<package>graphics/sane-backends</package>) and the frontends "
"(<package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> or <package>graphics/xsane</"
"package>). The backends provide access to the scanner. Refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\">http://www."
"sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> to determine which "
"backend supports the scanner. The frontends provide the graphical scanning "
"interface. <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> installs "
"<application>xscanimage</application> while <package>graphics/xsane</"
"package> installs <application>xsane</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15235
msgid "To install the two parts from binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xsane sane-frontends</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15239
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15246
msgid ""
"After installing the <package>graphics/sane-backends</package> port or "
"package, use <command>sane-find-scanner</command> to check the scanner "
"detection by the <application>SANE</application> system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sane-find-scanner -q</userinput>\n"
"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15255
msgid ""
"The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node "
"used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model "
"may or may not appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15260
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to "
"sane-find-scanner(1) and sane(7) for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15265
msgid ""
"Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The "
"<application>SANE</application> backends include <command>scanimage</"
"command> which can be used to list the devices and perform an image "
"acquisition. Use <option>-L</option> to list the scanner devices. The first "
"example is for a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> scanner and the second is for a "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed "
"scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15278
msgid ""
"In this second example, <literal>'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2'</"
"literal> is the backend name (<literal>epson2</literal>) and <literal>/dev/"
"ugen0.2</literal> is the device node used by the scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15284
msgid ""
"If <command>scanimage</command> is unable to identify the scanner, this "
"message will appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n"
"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n"
"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n"
"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15294
msgid ""
"If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/sane.d/</filename> and define the scanner device used. For example, if "
"the undetected scanner model is an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON "
"Perfection</trademark> 1650 and it uses the <literal>epson2</literal> "
"backend, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf</filename>. When "
"editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In "
"this case, add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15304
#, no-wrap
msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15306
msgid ""
"Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right "
"backend name and the device node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15309
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed "
"scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15312
msgid ""
"Once <command>scanimage -L</command> sees the scanner, the configuration is "
"complete and the scanner is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15316
msgid ""
"While <command>scanimage</command> can be used to perform an image "
"acquisition from the command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical "
"interface to perform image scanning. The <package>graphics/sane-frontends</"
"package> package or port installs a simple but efficient graphical "
"interface, <application>xscanimage</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15323
msgid ""
"Alternately, <application>xsane</application>, which is installed with the "
"<package>graphics/xsane</package> package or port, is another popular "
"graphical scanning frontend. It offers advanced features such as various "
"scanning modes, color correction, and batch scans. Both of these "
"applications are usable as a <application>GIMP</application> plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15332
msgid "Scanner Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15334
msgid ""
"In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write "
"permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous example, "
"the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner uses the device node <filename>/dev/ugen0."
"2</filename> which is really a symlink to the real device node <filename>/"
"dev/usb/0.2.0</filename>. The symlink and the device node are owned, "
"respectively, by the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> groups. While adding "
"the user to these groups will allow access to the scanner, it is considered "
"insecure to add a user to <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>."
" A better solution is to create a group and make the scanner device "
"accessible to members of this group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15347
msgid ""
"This example creates a group called <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15349
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd usb</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15351
msgid ""
"Then, make the <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> symlink and the <filename>/"
"dev/usb/0.2.0</filename> device node accessible to the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">usb</systemitem> group with write permissions of "
"<literal>0660</literal> or <literal>0664</literal> by adding the following "
"lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[system=5]\n"
"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n"
"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15362
msgid ""
"Finally, add the users to <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</"
"replaceable></systemitem> in order to allow access to the scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod usb -m <replaceable>joe</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15367
msgid ""
"For more details refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:15397
msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15402
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building a custom kernel</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15407
msgid ""
"The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible "
"for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, "
"and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, it is "
"still occasionally necessary to configure and compile a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15417
msgid "When to build a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15421
msgid "How to take a hardware inventory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15425
msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15429
msgid ""
"How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15434
msgid "How to install the new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15438
msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15442
msgid ""
"All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be "
"executed as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15447
msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15449
msgid ""
"Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large "
"program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the "
"kernel's behavior, one had to compile and then reboot into a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15454
msgid ""
"Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in "
"modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as "
"necessary. This allows the running kernel to adapt immediately to new "
"hardware and for new functionality to be brought into the kernel. This is "
"known as a modular kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15461
msgid ""
"Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. "
"Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not "
"be made dynamically loadable. Some security environments prevent the loading "
"and unloading of kernel modules and require that only needed functionality "
"is statically compiled into the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15468
msgid ""
"Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. "
"This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD "
"system. Unlike the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, which must support a "
"wide range of hardware, a custom kernel can be stripped down to only provide "
"support for that computer's hardware. This has a number of benefits, such as:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15478
msgid ""
"Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the "
"system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15484
msgid ""
"Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by omitting unused features and device "
"drivers. This is important because the kernel code remains resident in "
"physical memory at all times, preventing that memory from being used by "
"applications. For this reason, a custom kernel is useful on a system with a "
"small amount of RAM."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15495
msgid ""
"Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices "
"which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15501
msgid ""
"Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there "
"is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15505
msgid ""
"Kernel modules exist in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename> and may be "
"dynamically loaded into the running kernel using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Most kernel drivers have a loadable module and "
"manual page. For example, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> wireless Ethernet "
"driver has the following information in its manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15511
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n"
"following line in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>:\n"
"\n"
"    if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15516
msgid ""
"Adding <literal>if_ath_load=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> will load this module dynamically at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15520
msgid ""
"In some cases, there is no associated module in <filename>/boot/kernel</"
"filename>. This is mostly true for certain subsystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15537
msgid "Finding the System Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15539
msgid ""
"Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform "
"an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the inventory "
"can be created from the other operating system. For example, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s <application>Device Manager</"
"application> contains information about installed devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15547
msgid ""
"Some versions of <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> have a "
"<application>System</application> icon which can be used to access "
"<application>Device Manager</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15552
msgid ""
"If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to determine the hardware that was found and listed during the "
"boot probe. Most device drivers on FreeBSD have a manual page which lists "
"the hardware supported by that driver. For example, the following lines "
"indicate that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>psm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver found a mouse:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"psm0: &lt;PS/2 Mouse&gt; irq 12 on atkbdc0\n"
"psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n"
"psm0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15564
msgid ""
"Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom "
"kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15567
msgid ""
"If the output of <command>dmesg</command> does not display the results of "
"the boot probe output, instead read the contents of <filename>/var/run/dmesg."
"boot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15571
msgid ""
"Another tool for finding hardware is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pciconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which provides more "
"verbose output. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pciconf -lv</userinput>\n"
"ath0@pci0:3:0:0:        class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev="
"0x01 hdr=0x00\n"
"    vendor     = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n"
"    device     = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n"
"    class      = network\n"
"    subclass   = ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15581
msgid ""
"This output shows that the <filename>ath</filename> driver located a "
"wireless Ethernet device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15584
msgid ""
"The <option>-k</option> flag of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to provide "
"useful information. For example, it can be used to display a list of manual "
"pages which contain a particular device brand or name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>Atheros</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"ath(4)                   - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n"
"ath_hal(4)               - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15593
msgid ""
"Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that "
"drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel "
"configuration is edited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15610 book.translate.xml:44424
msgid "The Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15612
msgid ""
"In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom "
"kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15616
msgid ""
"If <filename>/usr/src/</filename> does not exist or it is empty, source has "
"not been installed. Source can be installed using <application>Subversion</"
"application> and the instructions in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15621
msgid ""
"Once source is installed, review the contents of <filename>/usr/src/sys</"
"filename>. This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including "
"those which represent the following supported architectures: "
"<filename>amd64</filename>, <filename>i386</filename>, <filename>ia64</"
"filename>, <filename>powerpc</filename>, and <filename>sparc64</filename>. "
"Everything inside a particular architecture's directory deals with that "
"architecture only and the rest of the code is machine independent code "
"common to all platforms. Each supported architecture has a <filename>conf</"
"filename> subdirectory which contains the <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"kernel configuration file for that architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15635
msgid ""
"Do not make edits to <filename>GENERIC</filename>. Instead, copy the file to "
"a different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name "
"with all capital letters. When maintaining multiple FreeBSD machines with "
"different hardware, it is a good idea to name it after the machine's "
"hostname. This example creates a copy, named <filename>MYKERNEL</filename>, "
"of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> configuration file for the "
"<literal>amd64</literal> architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</"
"replaceable>/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC <replaceable>MYKERNEL</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15647
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></filename> can now be "
"customized with any <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text editor. The default editor "
"is <application>vi</application>, though an easier editor for beginners, "
"called <application>ee</application>, is also installed with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15654
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>NOTES</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15658
msgid "<primary>NOTES</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15659
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15664
msgid ""
"The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a "
"keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief "
"description. Any text after a <literal>#</literal> is considered a comment "
"and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a "
"<literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line representing that device "
"or subsystem. Do not add or remove a <literal>#</literal> for any line that "
"you do not understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:15675
msgid ""
"It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken "
"kernel. For example, if the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is removed from "
"the kernel configuration file, a system using <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk "
"drivers may not boot. When in doubt, just leave support in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15682
msgid ""
"In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional "
"descriptions are contained in <filename>NOTES</filename>, which can be found "
"in the same directory as <filename>GENERIC</filename> for that architecture. "
"For architecture independent options, refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/"
"NOTES</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15690
msgid ""
"When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy "
"to a location outside of <filename>/usr/src</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15694
msgid ""
"Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a "
"symbolic link to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15697
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /root/kernels</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15703
msgid ""
"An <literal>include</literal> directive is available for use in "
"configuration files. This allows another configuration file to be included "
"in the current one, making it easy to maintain small changes relative to an "
"existing file. If only a small number of additional options or drivers are "
"required, this allows a delta to be maintained with respect to "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include GENERIC\n"
"ident MYKERNEL\n"
"\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL\n"
"options         DUMMYNET\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n"
"options         IPDIVERT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15719
msgid ""
"Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences "
"from a <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. As upgrades are performed, new "
"features added to <filename>GENERIC</filename> will also be added to the "
"local kernel unless they are specifically prevented using "
"<literal>nooptions</literal> or <literal>nodevice</literal>. A comprehensive "
"list of configuration directives and their descriptions may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15729
msgid ""
"To build a file which contains all available options, run the following "
"command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</"
"replaceable>/conf &amp;&amp; make LINT</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16548
msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16550
msgid ""
"Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source "
"code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:16555
msgid "Building a Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16557
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building / installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16563
msgid "Change to this directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16565
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16569
msgid ""
"Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF="
"<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16576
msgid ""
"Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration "
"file. This command will copy the new kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel/"
"kernel</filename> and save the old kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel.old/"
"kernel</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF="
"<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16586
msgid ""
"Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, "
"refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-noboot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16591
msgid ""
"By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are rebuilt."
" To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit <filename>/"
"etc/make.conf</filename> before starting to build the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16596
msgid ""
"For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of "
"using the default of building all modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16600
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16602
msgid ""
"Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build "
"process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16605
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16607
msgid ""
"Additional variables are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16610
msgid "<primary><filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16616
msgid "If Something Goes Wrong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16618
msgid ""
"There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom "
"kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16623
msgid "<command>config</command> fails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16626
msgid ""
"If <command>config</command> fails, it will print the line number that is "
"incorrect. As an example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 "
"is typed correctly by comparing it to <filename>GENERIC</filename> or "
"<filename>NOTES</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16632
#, no-wrap
msgid "config: line 17: syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16637
msgid "<command>make</command> fails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16640
msgid ""
"If <command>make</command> fails, it is usually due to an error in the "
"kernel configuration file which is not severe enough for <command>config</"
"command> to catch. Review the configuration, and if the problem is not "
"apparent, send an email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</"
"link> which contains the kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16650
msgid "The kernel does not boot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16653
msgid ""
"If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! "
"Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from "
"incompatible kernels. Simply choose the kernel to boot from at the FreeBSD "
"boot loader. This can be accessed when the system boot menu appears by "
"selecting the <quote>Escape to a loader prompt</quote> option. At the "
"prompt, type <command>boot <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></command>, "
"or the name of any other kernel that is known to boot properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16665
msgid ""
"After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try "
"to build it again. One helpful resource is <filename>/var/log/messages</"
"filename> which records the kernel messages from every successful boot. "
"Also, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will print the kernel messages from the current "
"boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:16673
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, or some other kernel that is known to work, as "
"a different name that will not get erased on the next build. This is "
"important because every time a new kernel is installed, <filename>kernel."
"old</filename> is overwritten with the last installed kernel, which may or "
"may not be bootable. As soon as possible, move the working kernel by "
"renaming the directory containing the good kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16683
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/kernel <replaceable>/boot/kernel.bad</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/<replaceable>kernel.good</"
"replaceable> /boot/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16690
msgid ""
"The kernel works, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16693
msgid ""
"If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have "
"been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is "
"installed on a -RELEASE system, many system status commands like "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vmstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. To fix "
"this, <link linkend=\"makeworld\">recompile and install a world</link> built "
"with the same version of the source tree as the kernel. It is never a good "
"idea to use a different version of the kernel than the rest of the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:16718
msgid "Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:16721 book.translate.xml:28562
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:16730
msgid ""
"Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to "
"eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be delivered "
"to the printer, and must be in a form that the printer can understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16738
msgid ""
"Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of "
"printing plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. For printing to other types of "
"files, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16745
msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16748 book.translate.xml:17157
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16754
msgid ""
"As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, create <filename>/etc/"
"printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16758
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"	<replaceable>:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\</replaceable>  <co xml:id=\"printing-qs-co-"
"printcap\"/>\n"
"	:sh:\\\n"
"	:mx#0:\\\n"
"	:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"	:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16767
msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16770
msgid ""
"For a printer connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16773 book.translate.xml:17214
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16775
msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16778 book.translate.xml:17223
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=:rm=<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:rp=raw:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16780
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16789
msgid ""
"Enable <command>lpd</command> by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, "
"adding this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16792 book.translate.xml:17280
#, no-wrap
msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16794 book.translate.xml:17282
msgid "Start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>\n"
"Starting lpd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16801
msgid "Print a test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This "
"is the second line.\\n\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:16806
msgid ""
"If both lines do not start at the left border, but <quote>stairstep</quote> "
"instead, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters-stairstep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16811
msgid ""
"Text files can now be printed with <command>lpr</command>. Give the filename "
"on the command line, or pipe output directly into <command>lpr</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr textfile.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -lh | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16823
msgid "Printer Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16825
msgid ""
"Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small "
"desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> port. Older printers are connected to a parallel or "
"<quote>printer</quote> port. Some printers are directly connected to a "
"network, making it easy for multiple computers to share them. A few printers "
"use a rare serial port connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16833
msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:16838 book.translate.xml:17200
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16841
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> printers can be connected to any available "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> port on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16845
msgid ""
"When FreeBSD detects a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer, two device entries "
"are created: <filename>/dev/ulpt0</filename> and <filename>/dev/unlpt0</"
"filename>. Data sent to either device will be relayed to the printer. After "
"each print job, <filename>ulpt0</filename> resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"port. Resetting the port can cause problems with some printers, so the "
"<filename>unlpt0</filename> device is usually used instead. "
"<filename>unlpt0</filename> does not reset the USB port at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16860
msgid "Parallel (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16863
msgid ""
"The parallel port device is <filename>/dev/lpt0</filename>. This device "
"appears whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16868
msgid ""
"Vendors have largely moved away from these <quote>legacy</quote> ports, and "
"many computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a "
"parallel printer to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port. With such an adapter, the "
"printer can be treated as if it were actually a <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"printer. Devices called <emphasis>print servers</emphasis> can also be used "
"to connect parallel printers directly to a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16880
msgid "Serial (RS-232)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16883
msgid ""
"Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in "
"certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary "
"widely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16887
msgid ""
"For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is "
"<filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>. Serial "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> adapters can also be used, and these will appear as "
"<filename>/dev/cuaU<replaceable>0</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16894
msgid ""
"Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial "
"printer. The most important are <emphasis>baud rate</emphasis> or "
"<acronym>BPS</acronym> (Bits Per Second) and <emphasis>parity</emphasis>. "
"Values vary, but typical serial printers use a baud rate of 9600 and no "
"parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:16904 book.translate.xml:17218
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16907
msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16910
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of the printer must be known. If the "
"printer is assigned a dynamic address by <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> should be dynamically updated so that the host name "
"always has the correct <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Network printers are "
"often given static <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16918
msgid ""
"Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the <acronym>LPD</"
"acronym> protocol. A print queue name can also be specified. Some printers "
"process data differently depending on which queue is used. For example, a "
"<literal>raw</literal> queue prints the data unchanged, while the "
"<literal>text</literal> queue adds carriage returns to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16926
msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16935
msgid ""
"Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the "
"fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> is preferred for speed and simplicity. Parallel connections work "
"but have limitations on cable length and speed. Serial connections are more "
"difficult to configure. Cable wiring differs between models, and "
"communication parameters like baud rate and parity bits must add to the "
"complexity. Fortunately, serial printers are rare."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16948
msgid "Common Page Description Languages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16950
msgid ""
"Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can understand."
" These languages are called Page Description Languages, or <acronym>PDL</"
"acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16956
msgid "<acronym>ASCII</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16959
msgid ""
"Plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text is the simplest way to send data to a "
"printer. Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an "
"<literal>A</literal> in the data prints an <literal>A</literal> on the page. "
"Very little formatting is available. There is no way to select a font or "
"proportional spacing. The forced simplicity of plain <acronym>ASCII</"
"acronym> means that text can be printed straight from the computer with "
"little or no encoding or translation. The printed output corresponds "
"directly with what was sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16970
msgid ""
"Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. "
"This makes them more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16978
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16981
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> is almost the "
"opposite of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>. Rather than simple text, a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program is a set of instructions "
"that draw the final document. Different fonts and graphics can be used. "
"However, this power comes at a price. The program that draws the page must "
"be written. Usually this program is generated by application software, so "
"the process is invisible to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16990
msgid ""
"Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> compatibility as a cost-saving measure."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16996
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> (Printer Command Language)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16999
msgid ""
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> is an extension of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>, adding "
"escape sequences for formatting, font selection, and printing graphics. Many "
"printers provide <acronym>PCL5</acronym> support. Some support the newer "
"<acronym>PCL6</acronym> or <acronym>PCLXL</acronym>. These later versions "
"are supersets of <acronym>PCL5</acronym> and can provide faster printing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17011
msgid "Host-Based"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17014
msgid ""
"Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple "
"processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of printing "
"plain text. Instead, bitmaps of text and graphics are drawn by a driver on "
"the host computer and then sent to the printer. These are called "
"<emphasis>host-based</emphasis> printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17022
msgid ""
"Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through "
"proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the "
"most common operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17031
msgid ""
"Converting <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to Other "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17034
msgid ""
"Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> output. This table "
"shows the utilities available to convert that into other common "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>s:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:17040
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17045
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17047
msgid "Generated By"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17054
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17056 book.translate.xml:17064 book.translate.xml:17072
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17057
msgid ""
"<literal>-sDEVICE=ljet4</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=cljet5</"
"literal> for color"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17062
msgid "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17065
msgid ""
"<literal>-sDEVICE=pxlmono</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE="
"pxlcolor</literal> for color"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17071
msgid "<acronym>ESC/P2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17073
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=uniprint</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17077
msgid "<acronym>XQX</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17078
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/foo2zjs</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17089
msgid ""
"For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>. Printers that support <acronym>PCL</"
"acronym> are the next preferred. With <package role=\"port\">print/"
"ghostscript</package>, these printers can be used as if they understood "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> natively. Printers "
"that support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> directly almost always support direct printing of "
"plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17099
msgid ""
"Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. They "
"often can print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files. <package role="
"\"port\">print/ghostscript</package> supports the <acronym>PDL</acronym>s "
"used by some of these printers. However, printing an entire graphic-based "
"page on these printers is often very slow due to the large amount of data to "
"be transferred and printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17108
msgid ""
"Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used "
"at all because of proprietary <acronym>PDL</acronym>s. Avoid these printers "
"when possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17113
msgid ""
"Descriptions of many <acronym>PDL</acronym>s can be found at <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.undocprint.org/formats/page_description_languages\"/>. The "
"particular <acronym>PDL</acronym> used by various models of printers can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openprinting.org/printers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17121
msgid "Direct Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17123
msgid ""
"For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device "
"without any setup. For example, a file called <filename>sample.txt</"
"filename> can be sent to a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17128
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17130
msgid ""
"Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, "
"but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be used with them. To print the same file to a printer "
"with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of <replaceable>netlaser</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nc <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 9100 "
"&lt; sample.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17140
msgid "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (Line Printer Daemon)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17142
msgid ""
"Printing a file in the background is called <emphasis>spooling</emphasis>. A "
"spooler allows the user to continue with other programs on the computer "
"without waiting for the printer to slowly complete the print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17147
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a spooler called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Print jobs are "
"submitted with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17151 book.translate.xml:28651
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17153
msgid ""
"A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the "
"permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of "
"those files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17161
msgid ""
"Printers are defined in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. An entry for "
"each printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, "
"and various other settings. Create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with "
"these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\				<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-name\"/>\n"
"	:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\	<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-device\"/>\n"
"	:sh:\\			<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-header\"/>\n"
"	:mx#0:\\			<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-mx\"/>\n"
"	:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\	<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-sd\"/>\n"
"	:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:	<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-lf\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17176
msgid ""
"The name of this printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> sends print jobs to "
"the <literal>lp</literal> printer unless another printer is specified with "
"<option>-P</option>, so the default printer should be named <literal>lp</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17184
msgid ""
"The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the "
"appropriate one for the connection type shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17192
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17193
msgid "Device Entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17201
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17203
msgid ""
"This is the <emphasis>non-resetting</emphasis> <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"printer device. If problems are experienced, use <filename>ulpt0</filename> "
"instead, which resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port on each use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17213
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17220
msgid "For a printer supporting the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17225
msgid "For printers supporting port 9100 printing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17228
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=9100@<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17230
msgid ""
"For both types, replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with "
"the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17237
msgid "Serial"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17238
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17240
msgid ""
"These values are for a typical serial printer connected to a motherboard "
"serial port. The baud rate is 9600, and no parity is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17251
msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17256
msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17260
msgid ""
"The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its "
"own spooling directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17265
msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17270
msgid ""
"After creating <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chkprintcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to test it for errors:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17273
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chkprintcap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17275
msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17277
msgid ""
"Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17284
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17288
msgid ""
"Printing with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17290
msgid ""
"Documents are sent to the printer with <command>lpr</command>. A file to be "
"printed can be named on the command line or piped into <command>lpr</"
"command>. These two commands are equivalent, sending the contents of "
"<filename>doc.txt</filename> to the default printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17296
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr doc.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat doc.txt | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17299
msgid ""
"Printers can be selected with <option>-P</option>. To print to a printer "
"called <replaceable>laser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17303
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -Plaser doc.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17307
msgid "Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17309
msgid ""
"The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to "
"the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, "
"output will be printed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17314
msgid ""
"Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file "
"might not even be plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17317
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Filters</emphasis> allow files to be translated or processed. The "
"typical use is to translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form "
"that the printer can understand, like <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. Filters can "
"also be used to provide additional features, like adding page numbers or "
"highlighting source code to make it easier to read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17325
msgid ""
"The filters discussed here are <emphasis>input filters</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>text filters</emphasis>. These filters convert the incoming file "
"into different forms. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> before creating the files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17332
msgid ""
"Filters are specified in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with the "
"<literal>if=</literal> identifier. To use <filename>/usr/local/libexec/"
"lf2crlf</filename> as a filter, modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"	:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n"
"	:sh:\\\n"
"	:mx#0:\\\n"
"	:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"	:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\   <co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-filters-co-"
"if\"/>\n"
"	:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17348
msgid ""
"<literal>if=</literal> identifies the <emphasis>input filter</emphasis> that "
"will be used on incoming text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:17355
msgid ""
"The backslash <emphasis>line continuation</emphasis> characters at the end "
"of the lines in <filename>printcap</filename> entries reveal that an entry "
"for a printer is really just one long line with entries delimited by colon "
"characters. An earlier example can be rewritten as a single less-readable "
"line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:"
"lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17366
msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17368
msgid ""
"Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the "
"end of each line. These lines will <quote>stairstep</quote> on a standard "
"printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17372
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"A printed file looks\n"
"                    like the steps of a staircase\n"
"                                                 scattered by the wind"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17376
msgid ""
"A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and "
"newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after "
"each line. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> with these "
"contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17382
#, no-wrap
msgid "#!/bin/sh\n"
"CR=$'\\r'\n"
"/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17386 book.translate.xml:17421 book.translate.xml:17453
#: book.translate.xml:17507
msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17388
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17390 book.translate.xml:17425
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use the new filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17393
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17395
msgid ""
"Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns "
"will cause each line to start at the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17401
msgid ""
"Fancy Plain Text on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> "
"Printers with <package>print/enscript</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17404
msgid ""
"<acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>Enscript</application> converts plain "
"text files into nicely-formatted <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> for printing on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long lines, and provides "
"numerous other features to make printed text files easier to read. Depending "
"on the local paper size, install either <package role=\"port\">print/"
"enscript-letter</package> or <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-a4</"
"package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17415
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17418
#, no-wrap
msgid "#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17423
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17428
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17430
msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17434
msgid ""
"Printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17437
msgid ""
"Many programs produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> "
"documents. However, inexpensive printers often only understand plain text or "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym>. This filter converts <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before "
"sending them to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17443
msgid ""
"Install the Ghostscript <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> interpreter, <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>, "
"from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17447
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17450
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- "
"-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17457
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> input sent to this "
"script will be rendered and converted to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before being "
"sent on to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17461 book.translate.xml:17511
msgid ""
"Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use this new input filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17464
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17466
msgid ""
"Test the filter by sending a small <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17469
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 "
"scalefont setfont \\\n"
"72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17474
msgid "Smart Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17476
msgid ""
"A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the "
"correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two "
"characters of a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> file "
"are usually <literal>%!</literal>. A filter can detect those two characters. "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files can be sent on "
"to a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printer "
"unchanged. Text files can be converted to <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> with <application>Enscript</"
"application> as shown earlier. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/psif</"
"filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#  psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n"
"#\n"
"IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n"
"first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n"
"\n"
"case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n"
"%!)\n"
"    # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n"
"    echo \"$first_line\" &amp;&amp; cat &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"*)\n"
"    # otherwise, format with enscript\n"
"    ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - &amp;&amp; "
"exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17509
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17514
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17516
msgid ""
"Test the filter by printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> and plain text files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17521
msgid "Other Smart Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17523
msgid ""
"Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them "
"correctly is challenging. <package role=\"port\">print/apsfilter</package> "
"from the Ports Collection is a smart <quote>magic</quote> filter that "
"detects dozens of file types and automatically converts them to the "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym> understood by the printer. See <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.apsfilter.org\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17535
msgid "Multiple Queues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17537
msgid ""
"The entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are really definitions of "
"<emphasis>queues</emphasis>. There can be more than one queue for a single "
"printer. When combined with filters, multiple queues provide users more "
"control over how their jobs are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17543
msgid ""
"As an example, consider a networked <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> laser printer in an office. Most users "
"want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want to be able to print "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files directly. Two "
"entries can be created for the same printer in <filename>/etc/printcap</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"textprinter:\\\n"
"	:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"	:sh:\\\n"
"	:mx#0:\\\n"
"	:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n"
"	:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n"
"	:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n"
"\n"
"psprinter:\\\n"
"	:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"	:sh:\\\n"
"	:mx#0:\\\n"
"	:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n"
"	:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17564
msgid ""
"Documents sent to <literal>textprinter</literal> will be formatted by the "
"<filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> filter shown in an earlier "
"example. Advanced users can print <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files on <literal>psprinter</literal>, "
"where no filtering is done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17571
msgid ""
"This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all "
"kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, "
"one for ordinary single-sided printing, and one with a filter that sends the "
"command sequence to enable double-sided printing and then sends the incoming "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17580
msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17582
msgid ""
"Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control "
"printer operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17586
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17588
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other "
"users are not shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17591
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     0    (standard input)                      12792 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17598
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -a</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     1    (standard input)                      27320 bytes\n"
"\n"
"laser:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     287  (standard input)                      22443 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17612
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17614
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to "
"remove their own jobs. <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can "
"remove any or all jobs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17619
msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> -</"
"userinput>\n"
"dfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA004smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA004smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17629
msgid ""
"Remove a single job from a printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to find the "
"job number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17632
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq</userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     5    (standard input)                      12188 bytes\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"dfA005smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA005smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17641
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17643
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to check and modify printer status. <literal>lpc</"
"literal> is followed by a command and an optional printer name. "
"<literal>all</literal> can be used instead of a specific printer name, and "
"the command will be applied to all printers. Normal users can view status "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only <systemitem> class=\"username\"&gt;root</"
"systemitem> can use commands which modify printer status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17652
msgid "Show the status of all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17654
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpc status all</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	queuing is enabled\n"
"	printing is enabled\n"
"	1 entry in spool area\n"
"	printer idle\n"
"laser:\n"
"	queuing is enabled\n"
"	printing is enabled\n"
"	1 entry in spool area\n"
"	waiting for laser to come up"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17666
msgid ""
"Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs "
"again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc disable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	queuing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc enable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	queuing enabled"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17676
msgid ""
"Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17679
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc stop <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	printing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc start <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	printing enabled\n"
"	daemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17687
msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17689
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc restart <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	no daemon to abort\n"
"	printing enabled\n"
"	daemon restarted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17695
msgid ""
"Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the "
"problem to users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc down <replaceable>lp</replaceable> Repair "
"parts will arrive on Monday</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	printer and queuing disabled\n"
"	status message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17703
msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc up <replaceable>lp</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"	printing enabled\n"
"	daemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17710
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more commands and options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17715
msgid "Shared Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17717
msgid ""
"Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. "
"Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17722
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17724
msgid ""
"The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in <filename>/etc/"
"printcap</filename>. Additional names, or <emphasis>aliases</emphasis>, can "
"be added after that name. Aliases are separated from the name and each other "
"by vertical bars:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp|<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable>|<replaceable>salesprinter</"
"replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17732
msgid ""
"Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the "
"Sales department print to their printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>sales-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17738
msgid ""
"Users in the Repairs department print to <emphasis>their</emphasis> printer "
"with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17741
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>repairsprinter</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>repairs-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17743
msgid ""
"All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales department "
"grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed from the "
"shared printer entry and used as the name of a new printer. Users in both "
"departments continue to use the same commands, but the Sales documents are "
"sent to the new printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17752
msgid "Header Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17754
msgid ""
"It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of "
"pages produced by a busy shared printer. <emphasis>Header pages</emphasis> "
"were created to solve this problem. A header page with the user name and "
"document name is printed before each print job. These pages are also "
"sometimes called <emphasis>banner</emphasis> or <emphasis>separator</"
"emphasis> pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17762
msgid ""
"Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected "
"directly to the computer with a <acronym>USB</acronym>, parallel, or serial "
"cable, or is connected remotely over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17767
msgid ""
"Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the "
"<literal>:sh:\\</literal> (Suppress Header) line from the entry in "
"<filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. These header pages only use line feed "
"characters for new lines. Some printers will need the <filename>/usr/share/"
"examples/printing/hpif</filename> filter to prevent stairstepped text. The "
"filter configures <acronym>PCL</acronym> printers to print both carriage "
"returns and line feeds when a line feed is received."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17777
msgid ""
"Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. "
"Header page entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are ignored. "
"Settings are usually available from the printer front panel or a "
"configuration web page accessible with a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17788 book.translate.xml:22589
msgid "References"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17790
msgid ""
"Example files: <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/examples/printing/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17792
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual</emphasis>, <filename>/usr/"
"share/doc/smm/07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17796
msgid ""
"Manual pages: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17802
msgid "Other Printing Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17804
msgid ""
"Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17809
msgid ""
"<acronym>CUPS</acronym> (Common <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> Printing System)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17812
msgid ""
"<acronym>CUPS</acronym> is a popular printing system available on many "
"operating systems. Using <acronym>CUPS</acronym> on FreeBSD is documented in "
"a separate article:<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/cups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17819
msgid "HPLIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17821
msgid ""
"Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their "
"inkjet and laser printers. The port is <package role=\"port\">print/hplip</"
"package>. The main web page is at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource."
"com/hplip-web/index.html\"/>. The port handles all the installation details "
"on FreeBSD. Configuration information is shown at <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17830
msgid "LPRng"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17832
msgid ""
"<application>LPRng</application> was developed as an enhanced alternative to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The port is <package role=\"port\">sysutils/LPRng</package>. "
"For details and documentation, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www.lprng.com/"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:17850
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17853
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured and parts updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17864
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brian N.</firstname> <surname>Handy</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17872
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Rich</firstname> <surname>Murphey</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17884
msgid "<primary>Linux binary compatibility</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17892
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides binary compatibility with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, allowing users to install and run most "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries on a FreeBSD "
"system without having to first modify the binary. It has even been reported "
"that, in some situations, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binaries perform better on FreeBSD than they do on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17898
msgid ""
"However, some <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>-specific "
"operating system features are not supported under FreeBSD. For example, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries will not work on "
"FreeBSD if they overly use <trademark>i386</trademark> specific calls, such "
"as enabling virtual 8086 mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:17904
msgid ""
"Support for 64-bit binary compatibility with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> was added in FreeBSD 10.3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17912
msgid ""
"How to enable <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary "
"compatibility on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17917
msgid ""
"How to install additional <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17922
msgid ""
"How to install <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"applications on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17927
msgid ""
"The implementation details of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> compatibility in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17936
msgid ""
"Know how to install <link linkend=\"ports\">additional third-party software</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17944
msgid ""
"Configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary "
"Compatibility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17946
msgid "<primary>Ports Collection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17948
msgid ""
"By default, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries are "
"not installed and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary "
"compatibility is not enabled. <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> libraries can either be installed manually or from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17953
msgid ""
"Before attempting to build the port, load the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module, otherwise the build will "
"fail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17956
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17958
msgid "For 64-bit compatibility:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17960
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux64</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17962
msgid "To verify that the module is loaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kldstat</userinput>\n"
"      Id Refs Address    Size     Name\n"
"      1    2 0xc0100000 16bdb8   kernel\n"
"      7    1 0xc24db000 d000     linux.ko"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17969
msgid ""
"The <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package> package or port is the "
"easiest way to install a base set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> libraries and binaries on a FreeBSD system. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17974
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17976
msgid ""
"For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility to be "
"enabled at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17979
#, no-wrap
msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17981
msgid ""
"On 64-bit machines, <filename>/etc/rc.d/abi</filename> will automatically "
"load the module for 64-bit emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17984
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17989
msgid ""
"Since the Linux binary compatibility layer has gained support for running "
"both 32- and 64-bit Linux binaries (on 64-bit x86 hosts), it is no longer "
"possible to link the emulation functionality statically into a custom kernel."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17995
msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17997
msgid "<primary>shared libraries</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18001
msgid ""
"If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> application complains "
"about missing shared libraries after configuring <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility, determine which "
"shared libraries the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary needs and install them manually."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18006
msgid ""
"From a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system, "
"<command>ldd</command> can be used to determine which shared libraries the "
"application needs. For example, to check which shared libraries "
"<command>linuxdoom</command> needs, run this command from a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system that has <application>Doom</"
"application> installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldd linuxdoom</userinput>\n"
"libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =&gt; /lib/libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18018
msgid "<primary>symbolic links</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18022
msgid ""
"Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system into <filename>/"
"compat/linux</filename> on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, create symbolic "
"links to the names in the first column. This example will result in the "
"following files on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18029
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -&gt; libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -&gt; libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18036
msgid ""
"If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared library "
"already exists with a matching major revision number to the first column of "
"the <command>ldd</command> output, it does not need to be copied to the file "
"named in the last column, as the existing library should work. It is "
"advisable to copy the shared library if it is a newer version, though. The "
"old one can be removed, as long as the symbolic link points to the new one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18044
msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18047
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.27"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18050
msgid ""
"and <command>ldd</command> indicates that a binary requires a later version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18053
#, no-wrap
msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18055
msgid ""
"Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the "
"last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. "
"However, it is safe to replace the existing <filename>libc.so</filename> "
"with the newer version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18064
msgid ""
"Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries depend on only the first few "
"times that a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> program is "
"installed on FreeBSD. After a while, there will be a sufficient set of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries on the "
"system to be able to run newly installed <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries without any extra work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18073
msgid ""
"Installing <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> Binaries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18076
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary> <secondary>ELF binaries</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18081
msgid ""
"<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries sometimes require an extra step. When an "
"unbranded <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary is executed, it will generate an "
"error message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18085
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>./my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>\n"
"ELF binary type not known\n"
"Abort"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18089
msgid ""
"To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> binary and a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18093
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18095
msgid "<primary>GNU toolchain</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18099
msgid ""
"Since the GNU toolchain places the appropriate branding information into "
"<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries automatically, this step is usually not "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18105
msgid ""
"Installing a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym> Based Application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18108
msgid ""
"To install a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym>-based application, first install the <package>archivers/rpm4</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> can use this command to install a <filename>."
"rpm</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /compat/linux</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rpm2cpio &lt; /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | "
"cpio -id</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18118
msgid ""
"If necessary, <command>brandelf</command> the installed <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> binaries. Note that this will prevent a clean uninstall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18124
msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18126
msgid "If <acronym>DNS</acronym> does not work or this error appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18129
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n"
"\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18132
msgid "configure <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18135
#, no-wrap
msgid "order hosts, bind\n"
"multi on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18138
msgid ""
"This specifies that <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is searched first and "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is searched second. When <filename>/compat/linux/etc/"
"host.conf</filename> does not exist, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> applications use <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> and complain "
"about the incompatible FreeBSD syntax. Remove <literal>bind</literal> if a "
"name server is not configured using <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:18973 book.translate.xml:40145 book.translate.xml:51433
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18975
msgid ""
"This section describes how <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary compatibility works and is based on an email written to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat "
"mailing list</link> by Terry Lambert <email>tlambert@primenet.com</email> "
"(Message ID: <literal>&lt;199906020108.SAA07001@usr09.primenet.com&gt;</"
"literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18980
msgid "<primary>execution class loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18982
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has an abstraction called an <quote>execution class loader</quote>. "
"This is a wedge into the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18986
msgid ""
"Historically, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> loader "
"examined the magic number (generally the first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to "
"see if it was a binary known to the system, and if so, invoked the binary "
"loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18991
msgid ""
"If it was not the binary type for the system, the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> call returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start "
"executing it as shell commands. The assumption was a default of "
"<quote>whatever the current shell is</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18997
msgid ""
"Later, a hack was made for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to examine the first "
"two characters, and if they were <literal>:\\n</literal>, it invoked the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> shell instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19001
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback "
"to the <literal>#!</literal> loader for running shell interpreters or shell "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19005
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19009 book.translate.xml:53483
msgid "<primary>Solaris</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19013
msgid ""
"For the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</"
"acronym> support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. The ELF "
"loader looks for a specialized <emphasis>brand</emphasis>, which is a "
"comment section in the ELF image, and which is not present on SVR4/"
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark> ELF binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19019
msgid ""
"For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries to function, "
"they must be <emphasis>branded</emphasis> as type <literal>Linux</literal> "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19023
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux file</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19025
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary> <secondary>branding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19030
msgid ""
"When the ELF loader sees the <literal>Linux</literal> brand, the loader "
"replaces a pointer in the <literal>proc</literal> structure. All system "
"calls are indexed through this pointer. In addition, the process is flagged "
"for special handling of the trap vector for the signal trampoline code, and "
"several other (minor) fix-ups that are handled by the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19038
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call vector "
"contains, among other things, a list of <literal>sysent[]</literal> entries "
"whose addresses reside in the kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19042
msgid ""
"When a system call is called by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> binary, the trap code dereferences the system call function "
"pointer off the <literal>proc</literal> structure, and gets the <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, not the FreeBSD, system call entry "
"points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19047
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> mode dynamically "
"<emphasis>reroots</emphasis> lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to the "
"<option>union</option> option to file system mounts. First, an attempt is "
"made to lookup the file in <filename>/compat/linux/<replaceable>original-"
"path</replaceable></filename>. If that fails, the lookup is done in "
"<filename>/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. This makes "
"sure that binaries that require other binaries can run. For example, the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> toolchain can all run "
"under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</"
"acronym> support. It also means that the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries can load and execute FreeBSD "
"binaries, if there are no corresponding <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries present, and that a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>uname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command can be placed in the <filename>/compat/linux</"
"filename> directory tree to ensure that the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries cannot tell they are not running "
"on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19064
msgid ""
"In effect, there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various underlying functions that "
"implement all of the services provided by the kernel are identical to both "
"the FreeBSD system call table entries, and the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call table entries: file system "
"operations, virtual memory operations, signal delivery, and System V IPC. "
"The only difference is that FreeBSD binaries get the FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</"
"emphasis> functions, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binaries get the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"<emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions. The FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> "
"functions are statically linked into the kernel, and the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions can be "
"statically linked, or they can be accessed via a kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19077
msgid ""
"Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an <acronym>ABI</acronym> "
"implementation. It is sometimes called <quote><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation</quote> because the "
"implementation was done at a time when there was no other word to describe "
"what was going on. Saying that FreeBSD ran <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries was not true, since the code was "
"not compiled in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:19089
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19092
msgid ""
"The remaining chapters cover all aspects of FreeBSD system administration. "
"Each chapter starts by describing what will be learned as a result of "
"reading the chapter, and also details what the reader is expected to know "
"before tackling the material."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19098
msgid ""
"These chapters are designed to be read as the information is needed. They do "
"not need to be read in any particular order, nor must all of them be read "
"before beginning to use FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19113
msgid "Configuration and Tuning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19116
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19126
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a tutorial written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19136
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Matt</firstname> <surname>Dillon</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Also based on tuning(7) written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19149
msgid "<primary>system configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19152
msgid "<primary>system optimization</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19156
msgid ""
"One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This "
"chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some "
"of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19165
msgid ""
"The basics of <filename>rc.conf</filename> configuration and <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/rc.d</filename> startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19171
msgid "How to configure and test a network card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19175
msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19180
msgid ""
"How to use the various configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19185
msgid ""
"How to tune FreeBSD using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19189
msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19198 book.translate.xml:29306 book.translate.xml:31053
#: book.translate.xml:34885 book.translate.xml:46001
msgid ""
"Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD "
"basics (<xref linkend=\"basics\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19203
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation (<xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19211
msgid "Starting Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19224
msgid "<primary>services</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19228
msgid ""
"Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection "
"and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization. "
"Services, such as <package>mail/postfix</package> or <package>www/apache22</"
"package> are just two of the many software packages which may be started "
"during system initialization. This section explains the procedures available "
"for starting third party software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19237
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, most included services, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, are started through the system startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19241
msgid "Extended Application Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19243
msgid ""
"Now that FreeBSD includes <filename>rc.d</filename>, configuration of "
"application startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key "
"words discussed in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-rcd\"/>, applications can be "
"set to start after certain other services and extra flags can be passed "
"through <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in place of hard coded flags in "
"the startup script. A basic script may look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"# PROVIDE: utility\n"
"# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n"
"# KEYWORD: shutdown\n"
"\n"
". /etc/rc.subr\n"
"\n"
"name=utility\n"
"rcvar=utility_enable\n"
"\n"
"command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n"
"\n"
"load_rc_config $name\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n"
"# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n"
"#\n"
"utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n"
"pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n"
"\n"
"run_rc_command \"$1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19276
msgid ""
"This script will ensure that the provided <literal>utility</literal> will be "
"started after the <literal>DAEMON</literal> pseudo-service. It also provides "
"a method for setting and tracking the process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19282
msgid ""
"This application could then have the following line placed in <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19285
#, no-wrap
msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19287
msgid ""
"This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, "
"inclusion of the default functions provided in <filename>/etc/rc.subr</"
"filename>, compatibility with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and provides for "
"easier configuration via <filename>rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19295
msgid "Using Services to Start Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19297
msgid ""
"Other services can be started using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Working with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and its configuration is described in depth in <xref linkend="
"\"network-inetd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19302
msgid ""
"In some cases, it may make more sense to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to start system services. This approach has a number of "
"advantages as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> runs these processes as the owner of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows regular users to start and maintain "
"their own applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19309
msgid ""
"The <literal>@reboot</literal> feature of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be used in place "
"of the time specification. This causes the job to run when "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is started, normally during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19318
msgid ""
"Configuring <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19331
msgid "<primary>cron</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19336
msgid ""
"One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is <application>cron</"
"application>. This utility runs in the background and regularly checks "
"<filename>/etc/crontab</filename> for tasks to execute and searches "
"<filename>/var/cron/tabs</filename> for custom crontab files. These files "
"are used to schedule tasks which <application>cron</application> runs at the "
"specified times. Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known "
"as a <firstterm>cron job</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19346
msgid ""
"Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, "
"which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and "
"edited as needed. The format used by these files is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The format of the system crontab, <filename>/etc/"
"crontab</filename> includes a <literal>who</literal> column which does not "
"exist in user crontabs. In the system crontab, <application>cron</"
"application> runs the command as the user specified in this column. In a "
"user crontab, all commands run as the user who created the crontab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19357
msgid ""
"User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can also have a user "
"<filename>crontab</filename> which can be used to schedule tasks that do not "
"exist in the system <filename>crontab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19363
msgid ""
"Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n"
"#\n"
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"# <co xml:id=\"co-comments\"/>\n"
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin <co xml:id=\"co-env\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"#minute	hour	mday	month	wday	who	command <co xml:id=\"co-field-descr\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"*/5	*	*	*	*	root	/usr/libexec/atrun <co xml:id=\"co-main\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19379
msgid ""
"Lines that begin with the <literal>#</literal> character are comments. A "
"comment can be placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired "
"action is performed. Comments cannot be on the same line as a command or "
"else they will be interpreted as part of the command; they must be on a new "
"line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19388
msgid ""
"The equals (<literal>=</literal>) character is used to define any "
"environment settings. In this example, it is used to define the "
"<envar>SHELL</envar> and <envar>PATH</envar>. If the <envar>SHELL</envar> is "
"omitted, <application>cron</application> will use the default Bourne shell. "
"If the <envar>PATH</envar> is omitted, the full path must be given to the "
"command or script to run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19399
msgid ""
"This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: "
"<literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>mday</literal>, "
"<literal>month</literal>, <literal>wday</literal>, <literal>who</literal>, "
"and <literal>command</literal>. The <literal>minute</literal> field is the "
"time in minutes when the specified command will be run, the <literal>hour</"
"literal> is the hour when the specified command will be run, the "
"<literal>mday</literal> is the day of the month, <literal>month</literal> is "
"the month, and <literal>wday</literal> is the day of the week. These fields "
"must be numeric values, representing the twenty-four hour clock, or a "
"<literal>*</literal>, representing all values for that field. The "
"<literal>who</literal> field only exists in the system crontab and specifies "
"which user the command should be run as. The last field is the command to be "
"executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19418
msgid ""
"This entry defines the values for this cron job. The <literal>*/5</literal>, "
"followed by several more <literal>*</literal> characters, specifies that "
"<command>/usr/libexec/atrun</command> is invoked by <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> every five minutes of every hour, of every "
"day and day of the week, of every month."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19426
msgid ""
"Commands can include any number of switches. However, commands which extend "
"to multiple lines need to be broken with the backslash <quote>\\</quote> "
"continuation character."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19434
msgid "Creating a User Crontab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19436
msgid ""
"To create a user crontab, invoke <command>crontab</command> in editor mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19439
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -e</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19441
msgid ""
"This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first "
"time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user "
"creates a crontab, this command will open that file for editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19446
msgid ""
"It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to "
"set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in "
"the crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19450
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n"
"# Order of crontab fields\n"
"# minute	hour	mday	month	wday	command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19455
msgid ""
"Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to "
"run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script "
"every day at two in the afternoon. Since the path to the script is not "
"specified in <literal>PATH</literal>, the full path to the script is given:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19462
#, no-wrap
msgid "0	14	*	*	*	/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19465
msgid ""
"Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with "
"the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the "
"environment that would be used to run the above cron entry, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19470
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/"
"<replaceable>dru</replaceable> LOGNAME=<replaceable>dru</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19472
msgid ""
"The environment set by cron is discussed in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Checking that scripts operate correctly in a cron "
"environment is especially important if they include any commands that delete "
"files using wildcards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19478
msgid ""
"When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be "
"installed and <application>cron</application> will read the crontab and run "
"its cron jobs at their specified times. To list the cron jobs in a crontab, "
"use this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -l</userinput>\n"
"0	14	*	*	*	/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19487
msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19489
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -r</userinput>\n"
"remove crontab for dru? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19496
msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19509
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system of startup "
"scripts during system initialization and for managing services. The scripts "
"listed in <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename> provide basic services which can be "
"controlled with the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option>, and "
"<option>restart</option> options to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For instance, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be restarted with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19517
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19519
msgid ""
"This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services "
"will be started automatically at boot time as specified in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> at system startup, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19525
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19527
msgid ""
"If a <option>natd_enable=\"NO\"</option> line is already present, change the "
"<literal>NO</literal> to <literal>YES</literal>. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> scripts will automatically load any dependent services during "
"the next boot, as described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19533
msgid ""
"Since the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system is primarily intended to start and stop "
"services at system startup and shutdown time, the <option>start</option>, "
"<option>stop</option> and <option>restart</option> options will only perform "
"their action if the appropriate <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable "
"is set. For instance, <command>sshd restart</command> will only work if "
"<varname>sshd_enable</varname> is set to <option>YES</option> in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. To <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> or "
"<option>restart</option> a service regardless of the settings in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>, these commands should be prefixed with <quote>one</"
"quote>. For instance, to restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> regardless of the "
"current <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> setting, execute the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19549
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd onerestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19551
msgid ""
"To check if a service is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, run "
"the appropriate <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> script with <option>rcvar</option>. This example "
"checks to see if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is enabled in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19557
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd rcvar</userinput>\n"
"# sshd\n"
"#\n"
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"#   (default: \"\")"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:19564
msgid ""
"The <literal># sshd</literal> line is output from the above command, not a "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19569
msgid ""
"To determine whether or not a service is running, use <option>status</"
"option>. For instance, to verify that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>\n"
"sshd is running as pid 433."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19576
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is also possible to <option>reload</option> a service. "
"This attempts to send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service "
"to reload its configuration files. In most cases, this means sending the "
"service a <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Support for this feature is not "
"included for every service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19583
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system is used for network services and it also contributes to "
"most of the system initialization. For instance, when the <filename>/etc/rc."
"d/bgfsck</filename> script is executed, it prints out the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19589
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19591
msgid ""
"This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only "
"during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19594
msgid ""
"Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For "
"example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and other <acronym>RPC</acronym>-based services "
"may fail to start until after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> service has started. "
"To resolve this issue, information about dependencies and other meta-data is "
"included in the comments at the top of each startup script. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> program is used to parse these comments during "
"system initialization to determine the order in which system services should "
"be invoked to satisfy the dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19605
msgid ""
"The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is "
"required by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to <quote>enable</"
"quote> the startup script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19611
msgid "<literal>PROVIDE</literal>: Specifies the services this file provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19616
msgid ""
"The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. "
"They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19622
msgid ""
"<literal>REQUIRE</literal>: Lists services which are required for this "
"service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>after</"
"emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19629
msgid ""
"<literal>BEFORE</literal>: Lists services which depend on this service. The "
"script containing this key word will run <emphasis>before</emphasis> the "
"specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19636
msgid ""
"By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an "
"administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of "
"the scripts, without the need for <quote>runlevels</quote> used by some "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19642
msgid ""
"Additional information can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/rc-scripting\">this article</link> for instructions "
"on how to create custom <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19648
msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19650
msgid ""
"<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.conf</filename></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19655
msgid ""
"The principal location for system configuration information is <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. This file contains a wide range of configuration "
"information and it is read at system startup to configure the system. It "
"provides the configuration information for the <filename>rc*</filename> "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19662
msgid ""
"The entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> override the default "
"settings in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename>. The file containing "
"the default settings should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific "
"changes should be made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19669
msgid ""
"A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate "
"site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to "
"reduce administration overhead. The recommended approach is to place system-"
"specific configuration into <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename>. For "
"example, these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> apply to all "
"systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19678
#, no-wrap
msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"keyrate=\"fast\"\n"
"defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19682
msgid ""
"Whereas these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> apply to "
"this system only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19686
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19689
msgid ""
"Distribute <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to every system using an "
"application such as <application>rsync</application> or <application>puppet</"
"application>, while <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> remains unique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19696
msgid ""
"Upgrading the system will not overwrite <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, "
"so system configuration information will not be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19701
msgid ""
"Both <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</"
"filename> are parsed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows system "
"operators to create complex configuration scenarios. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information on this topic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19713
msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19716 book.translate.xml:32070 book.translate.xml:32367
#: book.translate.xml:32750
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19726 book.translate.xml:19939
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19731
msgid ""
"Adding and configuring a network interface card (<acronym>NIC</acronym>) is "
"a common task for any FreeBSD administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19736
msgid "Locating the Correct Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19738
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>driver</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19743
msgid ""
"First, determine the model of the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the chip it "
"uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of <acronym>NIC</acronym>s. Check the "
"Hardware Compatibility List for the FreeBSD release to see if the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19749
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported, determine the name of the "
"FreeBSD driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/"
"sys/conf/NOTES</filename> and <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</"
"replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> for the list of <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"drivers with some information about the supported chipsets. When in doubt, "
"read the manual page of the driver as it will provide more information about "
"the supported hardware and any known limitations of the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19759
msgid ""
"The drivers for common <acronym>NIC</acronym>s are already present in the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, meaning the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"should be probed during boot. The system's boot messages can be viewed by "
"typing <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and using the spacebar to "
"scroll through the text. In this example, two Ethernet <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>s using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver are present on "
"the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19768
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-"
"0xd38\n"
"000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus0: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc0\n"
"bmtphy0: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus0\n"
"bmtphy0:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"dc0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"dc1: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-"
"0xd30\n"
"000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus1: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc1\n"
"bmtphy1: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus1\n"
"bmtphy1:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"dc1: [ITHREAD]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19783
msgid ""
"If the driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is not present in "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, but a driver is available, the driver will "
"need to be loaded before the <acronym>NIC</acronym> can be configured and "
"used. This may be accomplished in one of two ways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19791
msgid ""
"The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To also automatically load the driver at boot "
"time, add the appropriate line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. "
"Not all <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers are available as modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19801
msgid ""
"Alternatively, statically compile support for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"into a custom kernel. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>, "
"<filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> "
"and the manual page of the driver to determine which line to add to the "
"custom kernel configuration file. For more information about recompiling the "
"kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. If the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym> was detected at boot, the kernel does not need to be recompiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:19814
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NDIS</"
"acronym> Drivers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19816
msgid "<primary><acronym>NDIS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19819
msgid "<primary>NDISulator</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19822
msgid ""
"<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers</"
"primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19825
msgid ""
"<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></primary> <secondary>device "
"drivers</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19829
msgid "<primary><acronym>KLD</acronym> (kernel loadable object)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19837
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics "
"for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such "
"information as trade secrets. Consequently, the developers of FreeBSD and "
"other operating systems are left with two choices: develop the drivers by a "
"long and pain-staking process of reverse engineering or using the existing "
"driver binaries available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19846
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides <quote>native</quote> support for the Network Driver "
"Interface Specification (<acronym>NDIS</acronym>). It includes "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to convert a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver into a format that can be used "
"on FreeBSD. Because the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver uses a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP binary, it only runs "
"on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64 systems. <acronym>PCI</acronym>, "
"CardBus, <acronym>PCMCIA</acronym>, and <acronym>USB</acronym> devices are "
"supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19856
msgid ""
"To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, three things are needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19860
msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19864
msgid ""
"A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver binary with "
"a <filename>.SYS</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19869
msgid ""
"A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver "
"configuration file with a <filename>.INF</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19874
msgid ""
"Download the <filename>.SYS</filename> and <filename>.INF</filename> files "
"for the specific <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Generally, these can be found on "
"the driver CD or at the vendor's website. The following examples use "
"<filename>W32DRIVER.SYS</filename> and <filename>W32DRIVER.INF</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19881
msgid ""
"The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, "
"use a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 32-bit driver. For "
"FreeBSD/amd64, a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 64-bit "
"driver is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19885
msgid ""
"The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel module. "
"As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ndisgen <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.INF</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19892
msgid ""
"This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it "
"requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. "
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to load the new module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19897
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload <replaceable>./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19899
msgid ""
"In addition to the generated kernel module, the <filename>ndis.ko</filename> "
"and <filename>if_ndis.ko</filename> modules must be loaded. This should "
"happen automatically when any module that depends on "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is loaded. If not, load them manually, using the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ndis</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_ndis</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19909
msgid ""
"The first command loads the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> miniport driver "
"wrapper and the second loads the generated <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19913
msgid ""
"Check <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to see if there were any load errors. If all went "
"well, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19917
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ndis0: &lt;Wireless-G PCI Adapter&gt; mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at "
"device 8.0 on pci1\n"
"ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n"
"ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n"
"ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n"
"ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19923
msgid ""
"From here, <filename>ndis0</filename> can be configured like any other "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19926
msgid ""
"To configure the system to load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> modules at boot time, "
"copy the generated module, <filename>W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</filename>, to "
"<filename>/boot/modules</filename>. Then, add the following line to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19932
#, no-wrap
msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19937
msgid "Configuring the Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19944
msgid ""
"Once the right driver is loaded for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>, the card "
"needs to be configured. It may have been configured at installation time by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19949
msgid ""
"To display the <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration, enter the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19952
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>\n"
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"        status: active\n"
"dc1: flags=8802&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n"
"        status: no carrier\n"
"lo0: flags=8049&lt;UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 16384\n"
"        options=3&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM&gt;\n"
"        inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n"
"        inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n"
"        inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n"
"        nd6 options=3&lt;PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19972
msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19977
msgid "<filename>dc0</filename>: The first Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19982
msgid "<filename>dc1</filename>: The second Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19987
msgid "<filename>lo0</filename>: The loopback device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19992
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is "
"detected at boot to name the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. For example, "
"<filename>sis2</filename> is the third <acronym>NIC</acronym> on the system "
"using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19999
msgid ""
"In this example, <filename>dc0</filename> is up and running. The key "
"indicators are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20004
msgid "<literal>UP</literal> means that the card is configured and ready."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20009
msgid ""
"The card has an Internet (<literal>inet</literal>) address, <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.3</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20014
msgid ""
"It has a valid subnet mask (<literal>netmask</literal>), where <systemitem "
"class=\"netmask\">0xffffff00</systemitem> is the same as <systemitem class="
"\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20021
msgid ""
"It has a valid broadcast address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1."
"255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20025
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the card (<literal>ether</literal>) is "
"<systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">00:a0:cc:da:da:da</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20030
msgid ""
"The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (<literal>media: "
"Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)</literal>). In this "
"example, <filename>dc1</filename> is configured to run with <literal>10baseT/"
"UTP</literal> media. For more information on available media types for a "
"driver, refer to its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20040
msgid ""
"The status of the link (<literal>status</literal>) is <literal>active</"
"literal>, indicating that the carrier signal is detected. For <filename>dc1</"
"filename>, the <literal>status: no carrier</literal> status is normal when "
"an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20049
msgid ""
"If the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> output had shown something similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20052
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"	options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"	ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"	media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"	status: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20058
msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20060
msgid ""
"The card must be configured as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. The <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration can be performed from "
"the command line with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> but will not persist "
"after a reboot unless the configuration is also added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is present on the LAN, "
"just add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20069
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20071
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>dc0</replaceable> with the correct value for the system."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20074
msgid ""
"The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <xref linkend="
"\"config-network-testing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20078
msgid ""
"If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) may be already present. Double check <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename> before adding any lines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20084
msgid ""
"In the case, there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>(s) have to be configured manually. Add a line for each "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> present on the system, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20089
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20092
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>dc0</filename> and <filename>dc1</filename> and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address information with the correct values for the "
"system. Refer to the man page for the driver, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about "
"the allowed options and the syntax of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20099
msgid ""
"If the network is not using <acronym>DNS</acronym>, edit <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the "
"hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more "
"information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/"
"share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20107
msgid ""
"If there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and access to the Internet is "
"needed, manually configure the default gateway and the nameserver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'defaultrouter="
"\"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable>\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</"
"replaceable>' &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20117
msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20119
msgid ""
"Once the necessary changes to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> are saved, a "
"reboot can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the "
"system restarts without any configuration errors. Alternatively, apply the "
"settings to the networking system with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20126 book.translate.xml:61428
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20129
msgid ""
"If a default gateway has been set in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, also "
"issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20133
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service routing restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20136
msgid ""
"Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20140
msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20142
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>testing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20147
msgid ""
"To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> the interface itself, and then "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> another machine on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.3</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.2</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20175
msgid ""
"To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. If there is no <acronym>DNS</acronym> server on the "
"network, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> must first be configured. To this "
"purpose, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, "
"if they are not already there. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20190
msgid ""
"<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20195
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple "
"things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services "
"properly configured? Is the firewall configured correctly? Is the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> supported by FreeBSD? Before sending a bug report, "
"always check the Hardware Notes, update the version of FreeBSD to the latest "
"STABLE version, check the mailing list archives, and search the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20204
msgid ""
"If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network "
"settings can cause slow connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20209
msgid ""
"Some users experience one or two <errorname>device timeout</errorname> "
"messages, which is normal for some cards. If they continue, or are "
"bothersome, determine if the device is conflicting with another device. "
"Double check the cable connections. Consider trying another card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20216
msgid ""
"To resolve <errorname>watchdog timeout</errorname> errors, first check the "
"network cable. Many cards require a <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot which "
"supports bus mastering. On some old motherboards, only one <acronym>PCI</"
"acronym> slot allows it, usually slot 0. Check the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"and the motherboard documentation to determine if that may be the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20225
msgid ""
"<errorname>No route to host</errorname> messages occur if the system is "
"unable to route a packet to the destination host. This can happen if no "
"default route is specified or if a cable is unplugged. Check the output of "
"<command>netstat -rn</command> and make sure there is a valid route to the "
"host. If there is not, read <xref linkend=\"network-routing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20233
msgid ""
"<errorname>ping: sendto: Permission denied</errorname> error messages are "
"often caused by a misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on "
"FreeBSD but no rules have been defined, the default policy is to deny all "
"traffic, even <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20240
msgid ""
"Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, "
"try setting the media selection mode from <literal>autoselect</literal> to "
"the correct media selection. While this works for most hardware, it may or "
"may not resolve the issue. Again, check all the network settings, and refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:20252
msgid "Virtual Hosts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20254
msgid "<primary>virtual hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20255
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> aliases</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20258
msgid ""
"A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to "
"the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network "
"addresses to a single interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20263
msgid ""
"A given network interface has one <quote>real</quote> address, and may have "
"any number of <quote>alias</quote> addresses. These aliases are normally "
"added by placing alias entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, as seen "
"in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20269
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20271
msgid ""
"Alias entries must start with <literal>alias<replaceable>0</replaceable></"
"literal> using a sequential number such as <literal>alias0</literal>, "
"<literal>alias1</literal>, and so on. The configuration process will stop at "
"the first missing number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20278
msgid ""
"The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, there "
"must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. Any "
"other addresses which fall within this network must have a netmask of all "
"<literal>1</literal>s, expressed as either <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255."
"255.255.255</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20286
msgid ""
"For example, consider the case where the <filename>fxp0</filename> interface "
"is connected to two networks: <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.0</"
"systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.16</systemitem> "
"with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.240</systemitem>."
" The system is to be configured to appear in the ranges <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.1</systemitem> through <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202."
"0.75.17</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</"
"systemitem>. Only the first address in a given network range should have a "
"real netmask. All the rest (<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.2</"
"systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> "
"and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.18</systemitem> through "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>) must be configured "
"with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20308
msgid ""
"The following <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entries configure the "
"adapter correctly for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20321
msgid ""
"A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address ranges. The first address will be given the indicated "
"subnet mask and the additional addresses will have a subnet mask of "
"<literal>255.255.255.255</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20327
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20332
msgid "Configuring System Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:20335
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Niclas</firstname> <surname>Zeising</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20345
msgid "<primary>system logging</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20348 book.translate.xml:56151
msgid "<primary>syslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20351
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20355
msgid ""
"Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system "
"administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect "
"hardware and software issues as well as application and system configuration "
"errors. This information also plays an important role in security auditing "
"and incident response. Most system daemons and applications will generate "
"log entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20363
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a system logger, <application>syslogd</application>, to "
"manage logging. By default, <application>syslogd</application> is started "
"when the system boots. This is controlled by the variable "
"<literal>syslogd_enable</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. "
"There are numerous application arguments that can be set using "
"<literal>syslogd_flags</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the available arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20374
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both "
"local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20379
msgid "Configuring Local Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20381
msgid "<primary>syslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20383
msgid ""
"The configuration file, <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, controls what "
"<application>syslogd</application> does with log entries as they are "
"received. There are several parameters to control the handling of incoming "
"events. The <firstterm>facility</firstterm> describes which subsystem "
"generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, and the "
"<firstterm>level</firstterm> describes the severity of the event that "
"occurred. This makes it possible to configure if and where a log message is "
"logged, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible to take "
"action depending on the application that sent the message, and in the case "
"of remote logging, the hostname of the machine generating the logging event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20398
msgid ""
"This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for "
"each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of the "
"selector field is <replaceable>facility.level</replaceable> which will match "
"log messages from <replaceable>facility</replaceable> at level "
"<replaceable>level</replaceable> or higher. It is also possible to add an "
"optional comparison flag before the level to specify more precisely what is "
"logged. Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are "
"separated with a semicolon (<literal>;</literal>). Using <literal>*</"
"literal> will match everything. The action field denotes where to send the "
"log message, such as to a file or remote log host. As an example, here is "
"the default <filename>syslog.conf</filename> from FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20413
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"#       Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n"
"#       other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n"
"#       separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n"
"#       may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n"
"#       Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n"
"*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit                /dev/console\n"
"*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err   /var/log/"
"messages\n"
"security.*                                      /var/log/security\n"
"auth.info;authpriv.info                         /var/log/auth.log\n"
"mail.info                                       /var/log/maillog\n"
"lpr.info                                        /var/log/lpd-errs\n"
"ftp.info                                        /var/log/xferlog\n"
"cron.*                                          /var/log/cron\n"
"!-devd\n"
"*.=debug                                        /var/log/debug.log\n"
"*.emerg                                         *\n"
"# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n"
"#console.info                                   /var/log/console.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n"
"# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n"
"#*.*                                            /var/log/all.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n"
"#*.*                                            @loghost\n"
"# uncomment these if you're running inn\n"
"# news.crit                                     /var/log/news/news.crit\n"
"# news.err                                      /var/log/news/news.err\n"
"# news.notice                                   /var/log/news/news.notice\n"
"# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n"
"# !devd\n"
"# *.&gt;=info\n"
"!ppp\n"
"*.*                                             /var/log/ppp.log\n"
"!*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20449
msgid "In this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20453
msgid ""
"Line 8 matches all messages with a level of <literal>err</literal> or "
"higher, as well as <literal>kern.warning</literal>, <literal>auth.notice</"
"literal> and <literal>mail.crit</literal>, and sends these log messages to "
"the console (<filename>/dev/console</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20463
msgid ""
"Line 12 matches all messages from the <literal>mail</literal> facility at "
"level <literal>info</literal> or above and logs the messages to <filename>/"
"var/log/maillog</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20470
msgid ""
"Line 17 uses a comparison flag (<literal>=</literal>) to only match messages "
"at level <literal>debug</literal> and logs them to <filename>/var/log/debug."
"log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20477
msgid ""
"Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules "
"following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the "
"messages generated by <application>ppp</application> are logged to "
"<filename>/var/log/ppp.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20485
msgid ""
"The available levels, in order from most to least critical are "
"<literal>emerg</literal>, <literal>alert</literal>, <literal>crit</literal>, "
"<literal>err</literal>, <literal>warning</literal>, <literal>notice</"
"literal>, <literal>info</literal>, and <literal>debug</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20492
msgid ""
"The facilities, in no particular order, are <literal>auth</literal>, "
"<literal>authpriv</literal>, <literal>console</literal>, <literal>cron</"
"literal>, <literal>daemon</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, <literal>kern</"
"literal>, <literal>lpr</literal>, <literal>mail</literal>, <literal>mark</"
"literal>, <literal>news</literal>, <literal>security</literal>, "
"<literal>syslog</literal>, <literal>user</literal>, <literal>uucp</literal>, "
"and <literal>local0</literal> through <literal>local7</literal>. Be aware "
"that other operating systems might have different facilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20504
msgid ""
"To log everything of level <literal>notice</literal> and higher to "
"<filename>/var/log/daemon.log</filename>, add the following entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20508
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"daemon.notice                                        /var/log/daemon.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20510
msgid ""
"For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For more information "
"about <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, its syntax, and more advanced "
"usage examples, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20518
msgid "Log Management and Rotation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20520
msgid "<primary>newsyslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20521
msgid "<primary>newsyslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20522
msgid "<primary>log rotation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20523
msgid "<primary>log management</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20525
msgid ""
"Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more "
"difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate "
"this. In FreeBSD, <application>newsyslog</application> is used to manage log "
"files. This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, "
"and optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files "
"are moved. The log files may be generated by <application>syslogd</"
"application> or by any other program which generates log files. While "
"<application>newsyslog</application> is normally run from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, it is not a system daemon. In the default configuration, it "
"runs every hour."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20538
msgid ""
"To know which actions to take, <application>newsyslog</application> reads "
"its configuration file, <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename>. This file "
"contains one line for each log file that <application>newsyslog</"
"application> manages. Each line states the file owner, permissions, when to "
"rotate that file, optional flags that affect log rotation, such as "
"compression, and programs to signal when the log is rotated. Here is the "
"default configuration in FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20548
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# configuration file for newsyslog\n"
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n"
"# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated.  This\n"
"# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n"
"# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf).  If there\n"
"# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n"
"# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n"
"#\n"
"# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n"
"#\n"
"# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n"
"# defaults.  In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n"
"# entries to 640 or 600.  For example, some sites will consider the\n"
"# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential.  In the\n"
"# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n"
"#\n"
"# logfilename          [owner:group]    mode count size when  flags [/"
"pid_file] [sig_num]\n"
"/var/log/all.log                        600  7     *    @T00  J\n"
"/var/log/amd.log                        644  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/auth.log                       600  7     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/console.log                    600  5     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/cron                           600  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/daily.log                      640  7     *    @T00  JN\n"
"/var/log/debug.log                      600  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/kerberos.log                   600  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/lpd-errs                       644  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/maillog                        640  7     *    @T00  JC\n"
"/var/log/messages                       644  5     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/monthly.log                    640  12    *    $M1D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/pflog                          600  3     100  *     JB    /var/run/"
"pflogd.pid\n"
"/var/log/ppp.log        root:network    640  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/devd.log                       644  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/security                       600  10    100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/sendmail.st                    640  10    *    168   B\n"
"/var/log/utx.log                        644  3     *    @01T05 B\n"
"/var/log/weekly.log                     640  5     1    $W6D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/xferlog                        600  7     100  *     JC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20588
msgid ""
"Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed "
"by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The "
"<literal>mode</literal> field sets the permissions on the log file and "
"<literal>count</literal> denotes how many rotated log files should be kept. "
"The <literal>size</literal> and <literal>when</literal> fields tell "
"<application>newsyslog</application> when to rotate the file. A log file is "
"rotated when either its size is larger than the <literal>size</literal> "
"field or when the time in the <literal>when</literal> field has passed. An "
"asterisk (<literal>*</literal>) means that this field is ignored. The "
"<replaceable>flags</replaceable> field gives further instructions, such as "
"how to compress the rotated file or to create the log file if it is missing. "
"The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID "
"(<acronym>PID</acronym>) file of a process and a signal number to send to "
"that process when the file is rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20606
msgid ""
"For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the "
"rotation time, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since "
"<application>newsyslog</application> is run from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, it cannot rotate files more often than it is scheduled to run "
"from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20615
msgid "Configuring Remote Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20628
msgid ""
"Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number "
"of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the "
"administrative burden of log file administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20633
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be "
"configured using <application>syslogd</application> and "
"<application>newsyslog</application>. This section demonstrates an example "
"configuration, where host <systemitem>A</systemitem>, named <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">logserv.example.com</systemitem>, will collect "
"logging information for the local network. Host <systemitem>B</systemitem>, "
"named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logclient.example.com</systemitem>, "
"will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20645
msgid "Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20647
msgid ""
"A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging "
"information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20653
msgid ""
"If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, "
"ensure that the firewall ruleset allows <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 514 for "
"both the clients and the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20660
msgid ""
"The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse "
"entries in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>. If the network does not have a "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server, create entries in each system's <filename>/"
"etc/hosts</filename>. Proper name resolution is required so that log entries "
"are not rejected by the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20670
msgid ""
"On the log server, edit <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> to specify the "
"name of the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be "
"used, and the name of the log to store the host's log entries. This example "
"adds the hostname of <systemitem>B</systemitem>, logs all facilities, and "
"stores the log entries in <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:20680
msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20682
#, no-wrap
msgid "+logclient.example.com\n"
"*.*     /var/log/logclient.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20686
msgid ""
"When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each "
"client. More information about the available facilities may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20690
msgid "Next, configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20693
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20696
msgid ""
"The first entry starts <application>syslogd</application> at system boot. "
"The second entry allows log entries from the specified client. The <option>-"
"v -v</option> increases the verbosity of logged messages. This is useful for "
"tweaking facilities as administrators are able to see what type of messages "
"are being logged under each facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20704
msgid ""
"Multiple <option>-a</option> options may be specified to allow logging from "
"multiple clients. <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and whole netblocks may "
"also be specified. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list of "
"possible options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20710
msgid "Finally, create the log file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20712
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/logclient.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20714
msgid ""
"At this point, <application>syslogd</application> should be restarted and "
"verified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pgrep syslog</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20720
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>PID</acronym> is returned, the server restarted successfully, "
"and client configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult "
"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename> for the error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20727
msgid "Log Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20729
msgid ""
"A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The "
"client also keeps a local copy of its own logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20733
msgid ""
"Once a logging server has been configured, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> on the logging client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20737
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20740
msgid ""
"The first entry enables <application>syslogd</application> on boot up. The "
"second entry prevents logs from being accepted by this client from other "
"hosts (<option>-s</option>) and increases the verbosity of logged messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20746
msgid ""
"Next, define the logging server in the client's <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</"
"filename>. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote "
"system, denoted by the <literal>@</literal> symbol, with the specified "
"hostname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20752
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*		@logserv.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20754
msgid ""
"After saving the edit, restart <application>syslogd</application> for the "
"changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20758 book.translate.xml:20802
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20760
msgid ""
"To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>logger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> on the client to send a message to <application>syslogd</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20764
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>logger \"<replaceable>Test message from "
"logclient</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20766
msgid ""
"This message should now exist both in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> "
"on the client and <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the log "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20773
msgid "Debugging Log Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20775
msgid ""
"If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most "
"likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo "
"in a configuration file. To isolate the cause, ensure that both the logging "
"server and the logging client are able to <command>ping</command> each other "
"using the hostname specified in their <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If "
"this fails, check the network cabling, the firewall ruleset, and the "
"hostname entries in the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server or <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> on both the logging server and clients. Repeat until the "
"<command>ping</command> is successful from both hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20789
msgid ""
"If the <command>ping</command> succeeds on both hosts but log messages are "
"still not being received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow "
"down the configuration issue. In the following example, <filename>/var/log/"
"logclient.log</filename> on the logging server is empty and <filename>/var/"
"log/messages</filename> on the logging client does not indicate a reason for "
"the failure. To increase debugging output, edit the <literal>syslogd_flags</"
"literal> entry on the logging server and issue a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20800
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20804
msgid ""
"Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console "
"immediately after the restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot "
"file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20816
msgid ""
"In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which "
"results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be "
"<literal>logclient</literal>, not <literal>logclien</literal>. Fix the typo, "
"issue a restart, and verify the results:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20822
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot "
"file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n"
"msg Dec 10 20:55:02 &lt;syslog.err&gt; logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting "
"on signal 2\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"accepted in rule 0.\n"
"logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 "
"trhodes: Test message 2\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20836
msgid ""
"At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the "
"correct file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20841 book.translate.xml:52907
msgid "Security Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20843
msgid ""
"As with any network service, security requirements should be considered "
"before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data "
"about services enabled on the local host, user accounts, and configuration "
"data. Network data sent from the client to the server will not be encrypted "
"or password protected. If a need for encryption exists, consider using "
"<package>security/stunnel</package>, which will transmit the logging data "
"over an encrypted tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20853
msgid ""
"Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or "
"after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional "
"insight into system configuration. Setting proper permissions on log files "
"is critical. The built-in log rotator, <application>newsyslog</application>, "
"supports setting permissions on newly created and rotated log files. Setting "
"log files to mode <literal>600</literal> should prevent unwanted access by "
"local users. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20871
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename> Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20874
msgid ""
"There are a number of directories in which configuration information is kept."
" These include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20884
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20885
msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20890
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20891
msgid "Default versions of system configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20896
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20897
msgid ""
"Extra <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration and other <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20902
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20903
msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20908
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20909
msgid ""
"Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application "
"subdirectories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20914
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20915
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> scripts for installed applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20920
msgid "<filename>/var/db</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20921
msgid ""
"Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package "
"database and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>locate</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20931
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20933
msgid "<primary>hostname</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20934 book.translate.xml:49560 book.translate.xml:50662
#: book.translate.xml:51548 book.translate.xml:55393
msgid "<primary>DNS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20937
msgid "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20939
msgid "<primary><filename>resolv.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20943
msgid ""
"How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>) is controlled by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20947
msgid "The most common entries to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20957
msgid "<literal>nameserver</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20958
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of a name server the resolver should query."
" The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20965
msgid "<literal>search</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20966
msgid ""
"Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain "
"of the local hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20972
msgid "<literal>domain</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20973
msgid "The local domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20979
msgid "A typical <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20982
#, no-wrap
msgid "search example.com\n"
"nameserver 147.11.1.11\n"
"nameserver 147.11.100.30"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20987
msgid ""
"Only one of the <literal>search</literal> and <literal>domain</literal> "
"options should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20991
msgid ""
"When using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> usually rewrites "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> with information received from the "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20998
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21000
msgid "<primary>hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21002
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is a simple text database which works in "
"conjunction with <acronym>DNS</acronym> and <acronym>NIS</acronym> to "
"provide host name to <acronym>IP</acronym> address mappings. Entries for "
"local computers connected via a <acronym>LAN</acronym> can be added to this "
"file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> server. Additionally, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> can be "
"used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query "
"external <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers for commonly accessed names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21015
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Host Database\n"
"#\n"
"# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n"
"# share this file.  Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n"
"# machine.\n"
"#\n"
"# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n"
"# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"::1			localhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"127.0.0.1		localhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"#\n"
"# Imaginary network.\n"
"#10.0.0.2		myname.my.domain myname\n"
"#10.0.0.3		myfriend.my.domain myfriend\n"
"#\n"
"# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n"
"# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n"
"#\n"
"#	10.0.0.0	-   10.255.255.255\n"
"#	172.16.0.0	-   172.31.255.255\n"
"#	192.168.0.0	-   192.168.255.255\n"
"#\n"
"# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n"
"# real official assigned numbers.  Do not try to invent your own network\n"
"# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n"
"# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n"
"#"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21048
msgid "The format of <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21051
#, no-wrap
msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21053
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21055
#, no-wrap
msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21057
msgid ""
"Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21063
msgid ""
"Tuning with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21065 book.translate.xml:21110
msgid "<primary>sysctl</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21066
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>with sysctl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21071
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This "
"includes many advanced options of the <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> stack and "
"virtual memory system that can dramatically improve performance for an "
"experienced system administrator. Over five hundred system variables can be "
"read and set using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21078
msgid ""
"At its core, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> serves two functions: "
"to read and to modify system settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21081
msgid "To view all readable variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21083
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21085
msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxproc</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxproc: 1044"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21090
msgid ""
"To set a particular variable, use the <replaceable>variable</replaceable>="
"<replaceable>value</replaceable> syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21094
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxfiles: 2088 -&gt; 5000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21097
msgid ""
"Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or "
"booleans, where a boolean is <literal>1</literal> for yes or <literal>0</"
"literal> for no."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21101
msgid ""
"To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctlconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21107
msgid "<filename>sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21109
msgid "<primary>sysctl.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21112
msgid ""
"The configuration file for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <filename>/etc/sysctl."
"conf</filename>, looks much like <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Values "
"are set in a <literal>variable=value</literal> form. The specified values "
"are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. Not all variables are "
"settable in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21119
msgid ""
"For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users "
"from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be "
"set in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21124
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n"
"kern.logsigexit=0\n"
"\n"
"# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n"
"# are being run under another UID.\n"
"security.bsd.see_other_uids=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:21134
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> Read-only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21147
msgid ""
"In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> values, which will require a reboot of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21151
msgid ""
"For instance, on some laptop models the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> device will not probe memory ranges and will fail "
"with errors similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cbb0: Could not map register memory\n"
"device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21158
msgid ""
"The fix requires the modification of a read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> setting. Add <option>hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1</"
"option> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> and reboot. Now "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> should work properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21167
msgid "Tuning Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21169
msgid ""
"The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options "
"which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical "
"parts, such as <acronym>SCSI</acronym> drives, will be the bottleneck "
"driving down the overall system performance. While a solution is to install "
"a drive without mechanical parts, such as a solid state drive, mechanical "
"drives are not going away anytime in the near future. When tuning disks, it "
"is advisable to utilize the features of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iostat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command to test various changes to the system. This command "
"will allow the user to obtain valuable information on system <acronym>IO</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21183
msgid "Sysctl Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21186
msgid "<varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21188
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21192
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable may be set to either <literal>0</literal> (off) or "
"<literal>1</literal> (on). It is set to <literal>1</literal> by default. "
"This variable controls how directories are cached by the system. Most "
"directories are small, using just a single fragment (typically 1 K) in the "
"file system and typically 512 bytes in the buffer cache. With this variable "
"turned off, the buffer cache will only cache a fixed number of directories, "
"even if the system has a huge amount of memory. When turned on, this "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> allows the buffer cache to use the <acronym>VM</acronym> page "
"cache to cache the directories, making all the memory available for caching "
"directories. However, the minimum in-core memory used to cache a directory "
"is the physical page size (typically 4 K) rather than 512  bytes. Keeping "
"this option enabled is recommended if the system is running any services "
"which manipulate large numbers of files. Such services can include web "
"caches, large mail systems, and news systems. Keeping this option on will "
"generally not reduce performance, even with the wasted memory, but one "
"should experiment to find out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21218
msgid "<varname>vfs.write_behind</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21220
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.write_behind</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21224
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.write_behind</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable defaults to "
"<literal>1</literal> (on). This tells the file system to issue media writes "
"as full clusters are collected, which typically occurs when writing large "
"sequential files. This avoids saturating the buffer cache with dirty buffers "
"when it would not benefit I/O performance. However, this may stall processes "
"and under certain circumstances should be turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21236
msgid "<varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21238
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21242
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable determines how much outstanding write I/O may be "
"queued to disk controllers system-wide at any given instance. The default is "
"usually sufficient, but on machines with many disks, try bumping it up to "
"four or five <emphasis>megabytes</emphasis>. Setting too high a value which "
"exceeds the buffer cache's write threshold can lead to bad clustering "
"performance. Do not set this value arbitrarily high as higher write values "
"may add latency to reads occurring at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21253
msgid ""
"There are various other buffer cache and <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache "
"related <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> values. Modifying these values is not recommended "
"as the <acronym>VM</acronym> system does a good job of automatically tuning "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21261
msgid "<varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21263
msgid "<primary><varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21267
msgid ""
"The <varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable is useful in large multi-user systems with many "
"active login users and lots of idle processes. Such systems tend to generate "
"continuous pressure on free memory reserves. Turning this feature on and "
"tweaking the swapout hysteresis (in idle seconds) via <varname>vm."
"swap_idle_threshold1</varname> and <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold2</"
"varname> depresses the priority of memory pages associated with idle "
"processes more quickly then the normal pageout algorithm. This gives a "
"helping hand to the pageout daemon. Only turn this option on if needed, "
"because the tradeoff is essentially pre-page memory sooner rather than later "
"which eats more swap and disk bandwidth. In a small system this option will "
"have a determinable effect, but in a large system that is already doing "
"moderate paging, this option allows the <acronym>VM</acronym> system to "
"stage whole processes into and out of memory easily."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21288
msgid "<varname>hw.ata.wc</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21290
msgid "<primary><varname>hw.ata.wc</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21294
msgid ""
"Turning off <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching reduces write bandwidth to "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, but may sometimes be necessary due to data "
"consistency issues introduced by hard drive vendors. The problem is that "
"some <acronym>IDE</acronym> drives lie about when a write completes. With "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching turned on, <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard "
"drives write data to disk out of order and will sometimes delay writing some "
"blocks indefinitely when under heavy disk load. A crash or power failure may "
"cause serious file system corruption. Check the default on the system by "
"observing the <varname>hw.ata.wc</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable. If <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching is turned "
"off, one can set this read-only variable to <literal>1</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> in order to enable it at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21312
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21316
msgid "<literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> (<varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21319
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21323
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><literal>SCSI DELAY</literal></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21328
msgid ""
"The <literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> kernel configuration option may be used to "
"reduce system boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be "
"responsible for <literal>15</literal> seconds of delay in the boot process. "
"Reducing it to <literal>5</literal> seconds usually works with modern drives."
" The <varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname> boot time tunable should be used."
" The tunable and kernel configuration option accept values in terms of "
"<emphasis>milliseconds</emphasis> and <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"<emphasis>seconds</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21344
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21346
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21347
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21349
msgid ""
"To fine-tune a file system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program has many "
"different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n enable /filesystem</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n disable /filesystem</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21356
msgid ""
"A file system cannot be modified with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> while it is mounted. A "
"good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, "
"in single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21360
msgid ""
"Soft Updates is recommended for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems as it "
"drastically improves meta-data performance, mainly file creation and "
"deletion, through the use of a memory cache. There are two downsides to Soft "
"Updates to be aware of. First, Soft Updates guarantee file system "
"consistency in the case of a crash, but could easily be several seconds or "
"even a minute behind updating the physical disk. If the system crashes, "
"unwritten data may be lost. Secondly, Soft Updates delay the freeing of file "
"system blocks. If the root file system is almost full, performing a major "
"update, such as <command>make installworld</command>, can cause the file "
"system to run out of space and the update to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21374
msgid "More Details About Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21376
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary> <secondary>details</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21381
msgid ""
"Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or directories."
" There are two traditional approaches to writing a file system's meta-data "
"back to disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21385
msgid ""
"Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates "
"synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change "
"was actually written to disk. The file data buffers (file contents) were "
"passed through the buffer cache and backed up to disk later on "
"asynchronously. The advantage of this implementation is that it operates "
"safely. If there is a failure during an update, meta-data is always in a "
"consistent state. A file is either created completely or not at all. If the "
"data blocks of a file did not find their way out of the buffer cache onto "
"the disk by the time of the crash, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this and "
"repairs the file system by setting the file length to <literal>0</literal>. "
"Additionally, the implementation is clear and simple. The disadvantage is "
"that meta-data changes are slow. For example, <command>rm -r</command> "
"touches all the files in a directory sequentially, but each directory change "
"will be written synchronously to the disk. This includes updates to the "
"directory itself, to the inode table, and possibly to indirect blocks "
"allocated by the file. Similar considerations apply for unrolling large "
"hierarchies using <command>tar -x</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21408
msgid ""
"The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the "
"default for a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system mounted with <command>mount "
"-o async</command>. Since all meta-data updates are also passed through the "
"buffer cache, they will be intermixed with the updates of the file content "
"data. The advantage of this implementation is there is no need to wait until "
"each meta-data update has been written to disk, so all operations which "
"cause huge amounts of meta-data updates work much faster than in the "
"synchronous case. This implementation is still clear and simple, so there is "
"a low risk for bugs creeping into the code. The disadvantage is that there "
"is no guarantee for a consistent state of the file system. If there is a "
"failure during an operation that updated large amounts of meta-data, like a "
"power failure or someone pressing the reset button, the file system will be "
"left in an unpredictable state. There is no opportunity to examine the state "
"of the file system when the system comes up again as the data blocks of a "
"file could already have been written to the disk while the updates of the "
"inode table or the associated directory were not. It is impossible to "
"implement a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which is able to clean up the resulting chaos "
"because the necessary information is not available on the disk. If the file "
"system has been damaged beyond repair, the only choice is to reformat it and "
"restore from backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21435
msgid ""
"The usual solution for this problem is to implement <emphasis>dirty region "
"logging</emphasis>, which is also referred to as <emphasis>journaling</"
"emphasis>. Meta-data updates are still written synchronously, but only into "
"a small region of the disk. Later on, they are moved to their proper "
"location. Because the logging area is a small, contiguous region on the "
"disk, there are no long distances for the disk heads to move, even during "
"heavy operations, so these operations are quicker than synchronous updates. "
"Additionally, the complexity of the implementation is limited, so the risk "
"of bugs being present is low. A disadvantage is that all meta-data is "
"written twice, once into the logging region and once to the proper location, "
"so performance <quote>pessimization</quote> might result. On the other hand, "
"in case of a crash, all pending meta-data operations can be either quickly "
"rolled back or completed from the logging area after the system comes up "
"again, resulting in a fast file system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21454
msgid ""
"Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley <acronym>FFS</acronym>, solved this "
"problem with Soft Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory "
"and written out to disk in a sorted sequence (<quote>ordered meta-data "
"updates</quote>). This has the effect that, in case of heavy meta-data "
"operations, later updates to an item <quote>catch</quote> the earlier ones "
"which are still in memory and have not already been written to disk. All "
"operations are generally performed in memory before the update is written to "
"disk and the data blocks are sorted according to their position so that they "
"will not be on the disk ahead of their meta-data. If the system crashes, an "
"implicit <quote>log rewind</quote> causes all operations which were not "
"written to the disk appear as if they never happened. A consistent file "
"system state is maintained that appears to be the one of 30 to 60 seconds "
"earlier. The algorithm used guarantees that all resources in use are marked "
"as such in their blocks and inodes. After a crash, the only resource "
"allocation error that occurs is that resources are marked as <quote>used</"
"quote> which are actually <quote>free</quote>. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> recognizes this situation, and frees the resources that are no "
"longer used. It is safe to ignore the dirty state of the file system after a "
"crash by forcibly mounting it with <command>mount -f</command>. In order to "
"free resources that may be unused, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> needs to be run at a "
"later time. This is the idea behind the <emphasis>background "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry></emphasis>: at system startup time, only a <emphasis>snapshot</"
"emphasis> of the file system is recorded and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is run afterwards. All file systems can then be mounted "
"<quote>dirty</quote>, so the system startup proceeds in multi-user mode. "
"Then, background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is scheduled for all "
"file systems where this is required, to free resources that may be unused. "
"File systems that do not use Soft Updates still need the usual foreground "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21492
msgid ""
"The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as "
"asynchronous updates and are faster than <emphasis>logging</emphasis>, which "
"has to write the meta-data twice. The disadvantages are the complexity of "
"the code, a higher memory consumption, and some idiosyncrasies. After a "
"crash, the state of the file system appears to be somewhat <quote>older</"
"quote>. In situations where the standard synchronous approach would have "
"caused some zero-length files to remain after the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, these files do not exist at all with Soft Updates because "
"neither the meta-data nor the file contents have been written to disk. Disk "
"space is not released until the updates have been written to disk, which may "
"take place some time after running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This may cause "
"problems when installing large amounts of data on a file system that does "
"not have enough free space to hold all the files twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21514
msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21516
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>kernel limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21522
msgid "File/Process Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21525
msgid "<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21527
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.maxfiles</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21531
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable can be raised "
"or lowered based upon system requirements. This variable indicates the "
"maximum number of file descriptors on the system. When the file descriptor "
"table is full, <errorname>file: table is full</errorname> will show up "
"repeatedly in the system message buffer, which can be viewed using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21539
msgid ""
"Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale "
"production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, "
"depending on the kind and number of services running concurrently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21544
msgid ""
"In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of <varname>kern.maxfiles</"
"varname> is derived from <option>maxusers</option> in the kernel "
"configuration file. <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> grows proportionally to "
"the value of <option>maxusers</option>. When compiling a custom kernel, "
"consider setting this kernel configuration option according to the use of "
"the system. From this number, the kernel is given most of its pre-defined "
"limits. Even though a production machine may not have 256 concurrent users, "
"the resources needed may be similar to a high-scale web server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21556
msgid ""
"The read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern."
"maxusers</varname> is automatically sized at boot based on the amount of "
"memory available in the system, and may be determined at run-time by "
"inspecting the value of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>. Some systems "
"require larger or smaller values of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> and "
"values of <literal>64</literal>, <literal>128</literal>, and <literal>256</"
"literal> are not uncommon. Going above <literal>256</literal> is not "
"recommended unless a huge number of file descriptors is needed. Many of the "
"tunable values set to their defaults by <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> may "
"be individually overridden at boot-time or run-time in <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <filename>/boot/"
"defaults/loader.conf</filename> for more details and some hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:21578
msgid ""
"The auto-tuning algorithm sets <literal>maxusers</literal> equal to the "
"amount of memory in the system, with a minimum of <literal>32</literal>, and "
"a maximum of <literal>384</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21575
msgid ""
"In older releases, the system will auto-tune <literal>maxusers</literal> if "
"it is set to <literal>0</literal>. <_:footnote-1/>. When setting this "
"option, set <literal>maxusers</literal> to at least <literal>4</literal>, "
"especially if the system runs <application>Xorg</application> or is used to "
"compile software. The most important table set by <literal>maxusers</"
"literal> is the maximum number of processes, which is set to <literal>20 + "
"16 * maxusers</literal>. If <literal>maxusers</literal> is set to "
"<literal>1</literal>, there can only be <literal>36</literal> simultaneous "
"processes, including the <literal>18</literal> or so that the system starts "
"up at boot time and the <literal>15</literal> or so used by "
"<application>Xorg</application>. Even a simple task like reading a manual "
"page will start up nine processes to filter, decompress, and view it. "
"Setting <literal>maxusers</literal> to <literal>64</literal> allows up to "
"<literal>1044</literal> simultaneous processes, which should be enough for "
"nearly all uses. If, however, the <errortype>proc table full</errortype> "
"error is displayed when trying to start another program, or a server is "
"running with a large number of simultaneous users, increase the number and "
"rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21607
msgid ""
"<literal>maxusers</literal> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> limit the number "
"of users which can log into the machine. It instead sets various table sizes "
"to reasonable values considering the maximum number of users on the system "
"and how many processes each user will be running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21617
msgid "<varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21619
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21623
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable limits the size of the listen queue for accepting new "
"<literal>TCP</literal> connections. The default value of <literal>128</"
"literal> is typically too low for robust handling of new connections on a "
"heavily loaded web server. For such environments, it is recommended to "
"increase this value to <literal>1024</literal> or higher. A service such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <application>Apache</application> may itself "
"limit the listen queue size, but will often have a directive in its "
"configuration file to adjust the queue size. Large listen queues do a better "
"job of avoiding Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21640
msgid "Network Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21642
msgid ""
"The <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel configuration option dictates the "
"amount of network Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server "
"with a low number of Mbufs will hinder performance. Each cluster represents "
"approximately 2 K of memory, so a value of <literal>1024</literal> "
"represents <literal>2</literal> megabytes of kernel memory reserved for "
"network buffers. A simple calculation can be done to figure out how many are "
"needed. A web server which maxes out at <literal>1000</literal> simultaneous "
"connections where each connection uses a 6 K receive and 16 K send buffer, "
"requires approximately 32 MB worth of network buffers to cover the web "
"server. A good rule of thumb is to multiply by <literal>2</literal>, so "
"2x32 MB / 2 KB = 64 MB / 2 kB = <literal>32768</literal>. Values between "
"<literal>4096</literal> and <literal>32768</literal> are recommended for "
"machines with greater amounts of memory. Never specify an arbitrarily high "
"value for this parameter as it could lead to a boot time crash. To observe "
"network cluster usage, use <option>-m</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21666
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.ipc.nmbclusters</varname> loader tunable should be used to "
"tune this at boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use "
"of the <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21672
msgid ""
"For busy servers that make extensive use of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system call, it may be necessary to increase the "
"number of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> buffers via the <literal>NSFBUFS</literal> kernel "
"configuration option or by setting its value in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). A common "
"indicator that this parameter needs to be adjusted is when processes are "
"seen in the <literal>sfbufa</literal> state. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.ipc.nsfbufs</varname> is read-only. "
"This parameter nominally scales with <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>, "
"however it may be necessary to tune accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:21686
msgid ""
"Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the non-blocking socket may result in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> call blocking until enough <literal>struct sf_buf</"
"literal>'s are made available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21694
msgid "<varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21696
msgid "<primary>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21700
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables control the port number ranges automatically bound "
"to <literal>TCP</literal> and <literal>UDP</literal> sockets. There are "
"three ranges: a low range, a default range, and a high range. Most network "
"programs use the default range which is controlled by <varname>net.inet.ip."
"portrange.first</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname>, "
"which default to <literal>1024</literal> and <literal>5000</literal>, "
"respectively. Bound port ranges are used for outgoing connections and it is "
"possible to run the system out of ports under certain circumstances. This "
"most commonly occurs when running a heavily loaded web proxy. The port range "
"is not an issue when running a server which handles mainly incoming "
"connections, such as a web server, or has a limited number of outgoing "
"connections, such as a mail relay. For situations where there is a shortage "
"of ports, it is recommended to increase <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</"
"varname> modestly. A value of <literal>10000</literal>, <literal>20000</"
"literal> or <literal>30000</literal> may be reasonable. Consider firewall "
"effects when changing the port range. Some firewalls may block large ranges "
"of ports, usually low-numbered ports, and expect systems to use higher "
"ranges of ports for outgoing connections. For this reason, it is not "
"recommended that the value of <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> "
"be lowered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21731
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21733
msgid ""
"<primary><literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product Limiting</primary> "
"<secondary><varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21739
msgid ""
"<literal>TCP</literal> bandwidth delay product limiting can be enabled by "
"setting the <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable to <literal>1</literal>. This instructs the system to "
"attempt to calculate the bandwidth delay product for each connection and "
"limit the amount of data queued to the network to just the amount required "
"to maintain optimum throughput."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21748
msgid ""
"This feature is useful when serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, high "
"speed <literal>WAN</literal> links, or any other link with a high bandwidth "
"delay product, especially when also using window scaling or when a large "
"send window has been configured. When enabling this option, also set "
"<varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.debug</varname> to <literal>0</literal> to "
"disable debugging. For production use, setting <varname>net.inet.tcp."
"inflight.min</varname> to at least <literal>6144</literal> may be beneficial."
" Setting high minimums may effectively disable bandwidth limiting, depending "
"on the link. The limiting feature reduces the amount of data built up in "
"intermediate route and switch packet queues and reduces the amount of data "
"built up in the local host's interface queue. With fewer queued packets, "
"interactive connections, especially over slow modems, will operate with "
"lower <emphasis>Round Trip Times</emphasis>. This feature only effects "
"server side data transmission such as uploading. It has no effect on data "
"reception or downloading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21768
msgid ""
"Adjusting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.stab</varname> is <emphasis>not</"
"emphasis> recommended. This parameter defaults to <literal>20</literal>, "
"representing 2 maximal packets added to the bandwidth delay product window "
"calculation. The additional window is required to stabilize the algorithm "
"and improve responsiveness to changing conditions, but it can also result in "
"higher <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> times over slow links, though still much lower "
"than without the inflight algorithm. In such cases, try reducing this "
"parameter to <literal>15</literal>, <literal>10</literal>, or <literal>5</"
"literal> and reducing <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to a "
"value such as <literal>3500</literal> to get the desired effect. Reducing "
"these parameters should be done as a last resort only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21787
msgid "Virtual Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21790
msgid "<varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21792
msgid ""
"A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing "
"the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. "
"Normally, this is handled by the operating system and does not need to be "
"changed. In some cases where disk I/O is a bottleneck and the system is "
"running out of vnodes, this setting needs to be increased. The amount of "
"inactive and free <acronym>RAM</acronym> will need to be taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21802
msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.numvnodes</userinput>\n"
"vfs.numvnodes: 91349"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21807
msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21809
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxvnodes</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxvnodes: 100000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21812
msgid ""
"If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing <varname>kern."
"maxvnodes</varname> by a value of <literal>1000</literal>. Keep an eye on "
"the number of <varname>vfs.numvnodes</varname>. If it climbs up to the "
"maximum again, <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> will need to be increased "
"further. Otherwise, a shift in memory usage as reported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> should be visible and more memory should be active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21825
msgid "Adding Swap Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21827
msgid ""
"Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two "
"methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new "
"hard drive, and creating a swap file on an existing partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21832
msgid ""
"For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why "
"it should be done, refer to <xref linkend=\"swap-encrypting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21836
msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21838
msgid ""
"Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a "
"partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is "
"explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> while <xref linkend="
"\"configtuning-initial\"/> discusses partition layouts and swap partition "
"size considerations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21843
msgid ""
"Use <command>swapon</command> to add a swap partition to the system. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21846
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:21849
msgid ""
"It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it "
"already contains data. Using <command>swapon</command> on a partition that "
"contains data will overwrite and destroy that data. Make sure that the "
"partition to be added as swap is really the intended partition before "
"running <command>swapon</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21857
msgid ""
"To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable>	none	swap	sw	0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21862
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for an explanation of the entries in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. More information about <command>swapon</command> can "
"be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21869
msgid "Creating a Swap File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21871
msgid ""
"These examples create a 64M swap file called <filename>/usr/swap0</filename> "
"instead of using a partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21875
msgid ""
"Using swap files requires that the module needed by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> has either been built into the kernel or has been loaded "
"before swap is enabled. See <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> for information "
"about building a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:21882
msgid ""
"Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21887
msgid "Create the swap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21889 book.translate.xml:21927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/usr/swap0</"
"replaceable> bs=1m count=<replaceable>64</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21893
msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21895 book.translate.xml:21934
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0600 <replaceable>/usr/swap0</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21899
msgid ""
"Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21902
#, no-wrap
msgid "md99	none	swap	sw,file=/usr/swap0,late	0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21904
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> device <filename>md99</filename> is used, leaving lower device "
"numbers available for interactive use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21910
msgid ""
"Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21913
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -aL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:21919
msgid ""
"Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21924
msgid "Create the swap file, <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21931
msgid "Set the proper permissions on <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21938
msgid "Enable the swap file in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21941
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"swapfile=\"<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable>\"   # Set to name of swap "
"file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21945
msgid ""
"Swap space will be added on system startup. To enable the swap file "
"immediately, specify a free memory device. Refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-"
"virtual\"/> for more information about memory devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21950
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f <replaceable>/usr/"
"swap0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable> &amp;&amp; swapon /dev/"
"md<replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:21959
msgid "Power and Resource Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:21962
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Hiten</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:21970 book.translate.xml:22450
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21979
msgid ""
"It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power "
"and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits "
"and to possibly provide an alert if the system temperature increases "
"unexpectedly. An early specification for providing power management was the "
"Advanced Power Management (<acronym>APM</acronym>) facility. <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> controls the power usage of a system based on its activity. "
"However, it was difficult and inflexible for operating systems to manage the "
"power usage and thermal properties of a system. The hardware was managed by "
"the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> and the user had limited configurability and "
"visibility into the power management settings. The <acronym>APM</acronym> "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> is supplied by the vendor and is specific to the "
"hardware platform. An <acronym>APM</acronym> driver in the operating system "
"mediates access to the <acronym>APM</acronym> Software Interface, which "
"allows management of power levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21998
msgid ""
"There are four major problems in <acronym>APM</acronym>. First, power "
"management is done by the vendor-specific <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, separate "
"from the operating system. For example, the user can set idle-time values "
"for a hard drive in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> so "
"that, when exceeded, the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> spins down the hard drive "
"without the consent of the operating system. Second, the <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> logic is embedded in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, and it operates "
"outside the scope of the operating system. This means that users can only "
"fix problems in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> by "
"flashing a new one into the <acronym>ROM</acronym>, which is a dangerous "
"procedure with the potential to leave the system in an unrecoverable state "
"if it fails. Third, <acronym>APM</acronym> is a vendor-specific technology, "
"meaning that there is a lot of duplication of efforts and bugs found in one "
"vendor's <acronym>BIOS</acronym> may not be solved in others. Lastly, the "
"<acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> did not have enough room to "
"implement a sophisticated power policy or one that can adapt well to the "
"purpose of the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22020
msgid ""
"The Plug and Play <acronym>BIOS</acronym> (<acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym>) was "
"unreliable in many situations. <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> is 16-bit "
"technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in order to "
"interface with <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> methods. FreeBSD provides an "
"<acronym>APM</acronym> driver as <acronym>APM</acronym> should still be used "
"for systems manufactured at or before the year 2000. The driver is "
"documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22030
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22034
msgid "<primary>APM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22038
msgid ""
"The successor to <acronym>APM</acronym> is the Advanced Configuration and "
"Power Interface (<acronym>ACPI</acronym>). <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is a "
"standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an interface for "
"hardware resources and power management. It is a key element in "
"<emphasis>Operating System-directed configuration and Power Management</"
"emphasis> as it provides more control and flexibility to the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22047
msgid ""
"This chapter demonstrates how to configure <acronym>ACPI</acronym> on "
"FreeBSD. It then offers some tips on how to debug <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"and how to submit a problem report containing debugging information so that "
"developers can diagnosis and fix <acronym>ACPI</acronym> issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22054
msgid "Configuring <acronym>ACPI</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22056
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is loaded by "
"default at system boot and should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be compiled into "
"the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded after boot because the system bus "
"uses it for various hardware interactions. However, if the system is "
"experiencing problems, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled altogether by "
"rebooting after setting <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or by setting this variable at the "
"loader prompt, as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22068
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> and <acronym>APM</acronym> cannot coexist and should "
"be used separately. The last one to load will terminate if the driver "
"notices the other is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22074
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with "
"<command>acpiconf</command>, the <option>-s</option> flag, and a number from "
"<literal>1</literal> to <literal>5</literal>. Most users only need "
"<literal>1</literal> (quick suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>) or "
"<literal>3</literal> (suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>). Option <literal>5</"
"literal> performs a soft-off which is the same as running <command>halt -p</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22084
msgid ""
"Other options are available using <command>sysctl</command>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>acpiconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22090
msgid "Common Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22092
msgid "<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22096
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> is present in all modern computers that conform to "
"the ia32 (x86), ia64 (Itanium), and amd64 (<acronym>AMD</acronym>) "
"architectures. The full standard has many features including <acronym>CPU</"
"acronym> performance management, power planes control, thermal zones, "
"various battery systems, embedded controllers, and bus enumeration. Most "
"systems implement less than the full standard. For instance, a desktop "
"system usually only implements bus enumeration while a laptop might have "
"cooling and battery management support as well. Laptops also have suspend "
"and resume, with their own associated complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22108
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-compliant system has various components. The "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> and chipset vendors provide various fixed tables, "
"such as <acronym>FADT</acronym>, in memory that specify things like the "
"<acronym>APIC</acronym> map (used for <acronym>SMP</acronym>), config "
"registers, and simple configuration values. Additionally, a bytecode table, "
"the Differentiated System Description Table <acronym>DSDT</acronym>, "
"specifies a tree-like name space of devices and methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22118
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an "
"interpreter for the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to "
"accept information from the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem. For FreeBSD, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> has provided an "
"interpreter (<acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym>) that is shared with <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and NetBSD. The path to the "
"<acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> source code is <filename>src/sys/contrib/dev/"
"acpica</filename>. The glue code that allows <acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> to "
"work on FreeBSD is in <filename>src/sys/dev/acpica/Osd</filename>. Finally, "
"drivers that implement various <acronym>ACPI</acronym> devices are found in "
"<filename>src/sys/dev/acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22131 book.translate.xml:22459 book.translate.xml:22514
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>problems</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22136
msgid ""
"For <acronym>ACPI</acronym> to work correctly, all the parts have to work "
"correctly. Here are some common problems, in order of frequency of "
"appearance, and some possible workarounds or fixes. If a fix does not "
"resolve the issue, refer to <xref linkend=\"ACPI-submitdebug\"/> for "
"instructions on how to submit a bug report."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22144
msgid "Mouse Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22146
msgid ""
"In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to "
"fail. A known work around is to add <literal>hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\"</"
"literal> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22153
msgid "Suspend/Resume"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22155
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> has three suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"(<acronym>STR</acronym>) states, <literal>S1</literal>-<literal>S3</"
"literal>, and one suspend to disk state (<acronym>STD</acronym>), called "
"<literal>S4</literal>. <acronym>STD</acronym> can be implemented in two "
"separate ways. The <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</acronym> is a "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>-assisted suspend to disk and <literal>S4</"
"literal><acronym>OS</acronym> is implemented entirely by the operating "
"system. The normal state the system is in when plugged in but not powered up "
"is <quote>soft off</quote> (<literal>S5</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22168
msgid ""
"Use <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command> to check for the suspend-related items."
" These example results are from a Thinkpad:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22172
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n"
"hw.acpi.s4bios: 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22175
msgid ""
"Use <command>acpiconf -s</command> to test <literal>S3</literal>, "
"<literal>S4</literal>, and <literal>S5</literal>. An <option>s4bios</option> "
"of one (<literal>1</literal>) indicates <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> support instead of <literal>S4</literal> operating system support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22182
msgid ""
"When testing suspend/resume, start with <literal>S1</literal>, if supported. "
"This state is most likely to work since it does not require much driver "
"support. No one has implemented <literal>S2</literal>, which is similar to "
"<literal>S1</literal>. Next, try <literal>S3</literal>. This is the deepest "
"<acronym>STR</acronym> state and requires a lot of driver support to "
"properly reinitialize the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22191
msgid ""
"A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not "
"save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory "
"properly. As a first attempt at debugging the problem, try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.bootverbose=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpiconf -s 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22200
msgid ""
"This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without "
"actually going into <literal>S3</literal> state. In some cases, problems "
"such as losing firmware state, device watchdog time out, and retrying "
"forever, can be captured with this method. Note that the system will not "
"really enter <literal>S3</literal> state, which means devices may not lose "
"power, and many will work fine even if suspend/resume methods are totally "
"missing, unlike real <literal>S3</literal> state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22210
msgid ""
"Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable "
"for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dcons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and kernel debugging skills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22215
msgid ""
"To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it "
"works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it "
"fails again. Typically, binary drivers like <filename>nvidia.ko</filename>, "
"display drivers, and <acronym>USB</acronym> will have the most problems "
"while Ethernet interfaces usually work fine. If drivers can be properly "
"loaded and unloaded, automate this by putting the appropriate commands in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.suspend</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.resume</filename>."
" Try setting <option>hw.acpi.reset_video</option> to <literal>1</literal> if "
"the display is messed up after resume. Try setting longer or shorter values "
"for <option>hw.acpi.sleep_delay</option> to see if that helps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22231
msgid ""
"Try loading a recent <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"distribution to see if suspend/resume works on the same hardware. If it "
"works on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, it is likely a "
"FreeBSD driver problem. Narrowing down which driver causes the problem will "
"assist developers in fixing the problem. Since the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"maintainers rarely maintain other drivers, such as sound or <acronym>ATA</"
"acronym>, any driver problems should also be posted to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-"
"current</link> list and mailed to the driver maintainer. Advanced users can "
"include debugging <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>s in a problematic "
"driver to track down where in its resume function it hangs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22243
msgid ""
"Finally, try disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and enabling <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> instead. If suspend/resume works with <acronym>APM</acronym>, stick "
"with <acronym>APM</acronym>, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It "
"took vendors a while to get <acronym>ACPI</acronym> support correct and "
"older hardware is more likely to have <acronym>BIOS</acronym> problems with "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22254
msgid "System Hangs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22256
msgid ""
"Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. "
"Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> "
"configures interrupts before correctness of the <acronym>APIC</acronym> "
"(<acronym>MADT</acronym>) table, and routing of the System Control Interrupt "
"(<acronym>SCI</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22263
msgid "<primary>interrupt storms</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22267
msgid ""
"Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the "
"output of <command>vmstat -i</command> and looking at the line that has "
"<literal>acpi0</literal>. If the counter is increasing at more than a couple "
"per second, there is an interrupt storm. If the system appears hung, try "
"breaking to <acronym>DDB</acronym> (<keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>ALT</keycap> <keycap>ESC</keycap> </keycombo> "
"on console) and type <literal>show interrupts</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22280
msgid "<primary>APIC</primary> <secondary>disabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22285
msgid ""
"When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling <acronym>APIC</acronym> "
"support with <literal>hint.apic.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22292
msgid "Panics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22294
msgid ""
"Panics are relatively rare for <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and are the top "
"priority to be fixed. The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce "
"the panic, if possible, and get a backtrace. Follow the advice for enabling "
"<literal>options DDB</literal> and setting up a serial console in <xref "
"linkend=\"serialconsole-ddb\"/> or setting up a dump partition. To get a "
"backtrace in <acronym>DDB</acronym>, use <literal>tr</literal>. When "
"handwriting the backtrace, get at least the last five and the top five lines "
"in the trace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22305
msgid ""
"Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"disabled. If that works, isolate the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem by "
"using various values of <option>debug.acpi.disable</option>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for some examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22313
msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22315
msgid ""
"First, try setting <literal>hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\"</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. This keeps <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"from disabling various events during the shutdown process. Some systems need "
"this value set to <literal>1</literal> (the default) for the same reason. "
"This usually fixes the problem of a system powering up spontaneously after a "
"suspend or poweroff."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22326
msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22328 book.translate.xml:22359
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>ASL</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22333
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. "
"This is usually manifested by kernel console messages like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22337
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] "
"\\\\\n"
"(Node 0xc3f6d160), AE_NOT_FOUND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22340
msgid ""
"Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> to the latest revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if "
"there are other problems, like the battery status is not working, these "
"messages are a good place to start looking for problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22350
msgid "Overriding the Default <acronym>AML</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22352
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> bytecode, known as <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"Machine Language (<acronym>AML</acronym>), is compiled from a source "
"language called <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language (<acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>). The <acronym>AML</acronym> is found in the table known as the "
"Differentiated System Description Table (<acronym>DSDT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22364
msgid ""
"The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"without any user intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for "
"common mistakes made by <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors. The <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> interpreter (<filename>acpi.sys</"
"filename> and <filename>acpiec.sys</filename>) does not strictly check for "
"adherence to the standard, and thus many <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors who "
"only test <acronym>ACPI</acronym> under <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> never fix their <acronym>ASL</acronym>. "
"FreeBSD developers continue to identify and document which non-standard "
"behavior is allowed by <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark>'s interpreter and replicate it so that FreeBSD can work without "
"forcing users to fix the <acronym>ASL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22379
msgid ""
"To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be "
"made of the system's <acronym>ASL</acronym>. To copy the system's "
"<acronym>ASL</acronym> to a specified file name, use <command>acpidump</"
"command> with <option>-t</option>, to show the contents of the fixed tables, "
"and <option>-d</option>, to disassemble the <acronym>AML</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22387
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -td &gt; <replaceable>my.asl</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22389
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>AML</acronym> versions assume the user is running <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>. To override this, set <literal>hw."
"acpi.osname=<replaceable>\"Windows 2009\"</replaceable></literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, using the most recent <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> version listed in the <acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22396
msgid ""
"Other workarounds may require <filename>my.asl</filename> to be customized. "
"If this file is edited, compile the new <acronym>ASL</acronym> using the "
"following command. Warnings can usually be ignored, but errors are bugs that "
"will usually prevent <acronym>ACPI</acronym> from working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22402
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iasl -f <replaceable>my.asl</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22404
msgid ""
"Including <option>-f</option> forces creation of the <acronym>AML</acronym>, "
"even if there are errors during compilation. Some errors, such as missing "
"return statements, are automatically worked around by the FreeBSD "
"interpreter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22410
msgid ""
"The default output filename for <command>iasl</command> is <filename>DSDT."
"aml</filename>. Load this file instead of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>'s "
"buggy copy, which is still present in flash memory, by editing <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22416
#, no-wrap
msgid "acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n"
"acpi_dsdt_name=\"/boot/DSDT.aml\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22419
msgid ""
"Be sure to copy <filename>DSDT.aml</filename> to <filename>/boot</filename>, "
"then reboot the system. If this fixes the problem, send a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> of the old and new <acronym>ASL</acronym> to <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</"
"link> so that developers can work around the buggy behavior in "
"<filename>acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22429
msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22432
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nate</firstname> <surname>Lawson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22442
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Schultz</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With contributions from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22464
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>debugging</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22469
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set "
"of subsystems and the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to "
"debug are specified as layers and are broken down into components "
"(<literal>ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS</literal>) and <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"hardware support (<literal>ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS</literal>). The verbosity of "
"debugging output is specified as the level and ranges from just report "
"errors (<literal>ACPI_LV_ERROR</literal>) to everything "
"(<literal>ACPI_LV_VERBOSE</literal>). The level is a bitmask so multiple "
"options can be set at once, separated by spaces. In practice, a serial "
"console should be used to log the output so it is not lost as the console "
"message buffer flushes. A full list of the individual layers and levels is "
"found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22485
msgid ""
"Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add "
"<literal>options ACPI_DEBUG</literal> to the custom kernel configuration "
"file if <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is compiled into the kernel. Add "
"<literal>ACPI_DEBUG=1</literal> to <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> to "
"enable it globally. If a module is used instead of a custom kernel, "
"recompile just the <filename>acpi.ko</filename> module as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi &amp;&amp; make "
"clean &amp;&amp; make ACPI_DEBUG=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22495
msgid ""
"Copy the compiled <filename>acpi.ko</filename> to <filename>/boot/kernel</"
"filename> and add the desired level and layer to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>. The entries in this example enable debug messages for all "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> components and hardware drivers and output error "
"messages at the least verbose level:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n"
"debug.acpi.level=\"ACPI_LV_ERROR\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22505
msgid ""
"If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a "
"suspend and then resume, do not modify <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>. Instead, use <command>sysctl</command> to specify the layer and "
"level after booting and preparing the system for the specific event. The "
"variables which can be set using <command>sysctl</command> are named the "
"same as the tunables in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22519
msgid ""
"Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-"
"acpi</link> so that it can be used by the FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"maintainers to identify the root cause of the problem and to develop a "
"solution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22525
msgid ""
"Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the "
"latest <acronym>BIOS</acronym> version is installed and, if available, the "
"embedded controller firmware version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22531
msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22536
msgid ""
"Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and "
"anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when "
"the bug began occurring if it is new."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22543
msgid ""
"The output of <command>dmesg</command> after running <command>boot -v</"
"command>, including any error messages generated by the bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22549
msgid ""
"The <command>dmesg</command> output from <command>boot -v</command> with "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> disabled, if disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> helps "
"to fix the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22556
msgid ""
"Output from <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command>. This lists which features the "
"system offers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22561
msgid ""
"The <acronym>URL</acronym> to a pasted version of the system's <acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> send the <acronym>ASL</acronym> "
"directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the "
"<acronym>ASL</acronym> by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22568
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -dt &gt; <replaceable>name</"
"replaceable>-<replaceable>system</replaceable>.asl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22570
msgid ""
"Substitute the login name for <replaceable>name</replaceable> and "
"manufacturer/model for <replaceable>system</replaceable>. For example, use "
"<filename>njl-FooCo6000.asl</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22577
msgid ""
"Most FreeBSD developers watch the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link>, "
"but one should submit problems to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> to be sure it is "
"seen. Be patient when waiting for a response. If the bug is not immediately "
"apparent, submit a bug report. When entering a <acronym>PR</acronym>, "
"include the same information as requested above. This helps developers to "
"track the problem and resolve it. Do not send a <acronym>PR</acronym> "
"without emailing <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> first as it is likely that the "
"problem has been reported before."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22591
msgid ""
"More information about <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be found in the following "
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22596
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Mailing List Archives (<uri xlink:href="
"\"https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/\">https://lists.freebsd."
"org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22601
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> 2.0 Specification (<uri xlink:href=\"http://acpi."
"info/spec.htm\">http://acpi.info/spec.htm</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22605
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi_thermal</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iasl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:22622
msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22627
msgid "<primary>booting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22628
msgid "<primary>bootstrap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22630
msgid ""
"The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is "
"referred to as <quote>the bootstrap process</quote>, or <quote>booting</"
"quote>. FreeBSD's boot process provides a great deal of flexibility in "
"customizing what happens when the system starts, including the ability to "
"select from different operating systems installed on the same computer, "
"different versions of the same operating system, or a different installed "
"kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22639
msgid ""
"This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It "
"demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything "
"that happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and "
"started <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This occurs when the text color of the boot "
"messages changes from bright white to grey."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22646
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22650
msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22655
msgid ""
"The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in "
"order to control the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22660
msgid "How to configure a customized boot splash screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22664
msgid "The basics of setting device hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22668
msgid ""
"How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a "
"FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22674
msgid ""
"This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and "
"amd64 systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:22680
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22682
msgid ""
"Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting "
"dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until "
"the operating system is started. This includes running programs from the "
"disk. If the computer can not run a program from the disk without the "
"operating system, and the operating system programs are on the disk, how is "
"the operating system started?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22690
msgid ""
"This problem parallels one in the book <citetitle>The Adventures of Baron "
"Munchausen</citetitle>. A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and "
"pulled himself out by grabbing his bootstraps and lifting. In the early days "
"of computing, the term <firstterm>bootstrap</firstterm> was applied to the "
"mechanism used to load the operating system. It has since become shortened "
"to <quote>booting</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22698
msgid "<primary><acronym>BIOS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22700
msgid ""
"<primary>Basic Input/Output System</primary><see><acronym>BIOS</acronym></"
"see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22703
msgid ""
"On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (<acronym>BIOS</acronym>) is "
"responsible for loading the operating system. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> "
"looks on the hard disk for the Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>), "
"which must be located in a specific place on the disk. The <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> has enough knowledge to load and run the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, "
"and assumes that the <acronym>MBR</acronym> can then carry out the rest of "
"the tasks involved in loading the operating system, possibly with the help "
"of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22715
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"standard, and the newer GUID Partition Table (<acronym>GPT</acronym>). "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning is often found on computers with the "
"Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (<acronym>UEFI</acronym>). However, "
"FreeBSD can boot from <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions even on machines "
"with only a legacy <acronym>BIOS</acronym> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gptboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Work is under way to provide direct "
"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22726 book.translate.xml:22782
msgid "<primary>Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22729 book.translate.xml:22780
msgid "<primary>Boot Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22731
msgid "<primary>Boot Loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22733
msgid ""
"The code within the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is typically referred to as a "
"<emphasis>boot manager</emphasis>, especially when it interacts with the "
"user. The boot manager usually has more code in the first track of the disk "
"or within the file system. Examples of boot managers include the standard "
"FreeBSD boot manager <application>boot0</application>, also called "
"<application>Boot Easy</application>, and <application>Grub</application>, "
"which is used by many <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22743
msgid ""
"If only one operating system is installed, the <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"searches for the first bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs "
"the code on that slice to load the remainder of the operating system. When "
"multiple operating systems are present, a different boot manager can be "
"installed to display a list of operating systems so the user can select one "
"to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22751
msgid ""
"The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. "
"The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state "
"and run the second stage. The second stage can do a little bit more, before "
"running the third stage. The third stage finishes the task of loading the "
"operating system. The work is split into three stages because the "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> puts limits on the size of the programs that can be "
"run at stages one and two. Chaining the tasks together allows FreeBSD to "
"provide a more flexible loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22762
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22763 book.translate.xml:23089
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22765
msgid ""
"The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize "
"them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes "
"control to the user process <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which makes sure the "
"disks are in a usable state, starts the user-level resource configuration "
"which mounts file systems, sets up network cards to communicate on the "
"network, and starts the processes which have been configured to run at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22774
msgid ""
"This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to "
"interact with the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22778
msgid "The Boot Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22785
msgid ""
"The boot manager code in the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is sometimes referred to "
"as <emphasis>stage zero</emphasis> of the boot process. By default, FreeBSD "
"uses the <application>boot0</application> boot manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22790
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MBR</acronym> installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on "
"<filename>/boot/boot0</filename>. The size and capability of "
"<application>boot0</application> is restricted to 446 bytes due to the slice "
"table and <literal>0x55AA</literal> identifier at the end of the "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym>. If <application>boot0</application> and multiple "
"operating systems are installed, a message similar to this example will be "
"displayed at boot time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22800
msgid "<filename>boot0</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22802
#, no-wrap
msgid "F1 Win\n"
"F2 FreeBSD\n"
"\n"
"Default: F2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22808
msgid ""
"Other operating systems will overwrite an existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> if "
"they are installed after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the "
"existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> with the FreeBSD <acronym>MBR</acronym>, use "
"the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 <replaceable>device</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22816
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is the boot disk, such as "
"<filename>ad0</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk, "
"<filename>ad2</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk on a "
"second <acronym>IDE</acronym> controller, or <filename>da0</filename> for "
"the first <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk. To create a custom configuration of "
"the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot0cfg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22827
msgid "Stage One and Stage Two"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22829
msgid ""
"Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on "
"the same area of the disk. Because of space constraints, they have been "
"split into two, but are always installed together. They are copied from the "
"combined <filename>/boot/boot</filename> by the FreeBSD installer or "
"<command>bsdlabel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22836
msgid ""
"These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the "
"boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where "
"<application>boot0</application>, or any other boot manager, expects to find "
"a program to run which will continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22842
msgid ""
"The first stage, <filename>boot1</filename>, is very simple, since it can "
"only be 512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD "
"<firstterm>bsdlabel</firstterm>, which stores information about the slice, "
"to find and execute <filename>boot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22848
msgid ""
"Stage two, <filename>boot2</filename>, is slightly more sophisticated, and "
"understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a "
"simple interface to choose the kernel or loader to run. It runs "
"<application>loader</application>, which is much more sophisticated and "
"provides a boot configuration file. If the boot process is interrupted at "
"stage two, the following interactive screen is displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22858
msgid "<filename>boot2</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22860 book.translate.xml:48739
#, no-wrap
msgid "&gt;&gt; FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n"
"Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader\n"
"boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22865
msgid ""
"To replace the installed <filename>boot1</filename> and <filename>boot2</"
"filename>, use <command>bsdlabel</command>, where <replaceable>diskslice</"
"replaceable> is the disk and slice to boot from, such as <filename>ad0s1</"
"filename> for the first slice on the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -B <replaceable>diskslice</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:22874
msgid ""
"If just the disk name is used, such as <filename>ad0</filename>, "
"<command>bsdlabel</command> will create the disk in <quote>dangerously "
"dedicated mode</quote>, without slices. This is probably not the desired "
"action, so double check the <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable> before "
"pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22885
msgid "Stage Three"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22887
msgid "<primary>boot-loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22889
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> is the final stage of the three-stage "
"bootstrap process. It is located on the file system, usually as <filename>/"
"boot/loader</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22894
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> is intended as an interactive method "
"for configuration, using a built-in command set, backed up by a more "
"powerful interpreter which has a more complex command set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22899
msgid ""
"During initialization, <application>loader</application> will probe for a "
"console and for disks, and figure out which disk it is booting from. It will "
"set variables accordingly, and an interpreter is started where user commands "
"can be passed from a script or interactively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22905
msgid "<primary>loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22906
msgid "<primary>loader configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22908
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> will then read <filename>/boot/loader."
"rc</filename>, which by default reads in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader."
"conf</filename> which sets reasonable defaults for variables and reads "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> for local changes to those variables. "
"<filename>loader.rc</filename> then acts on these variables, loading "
"whichever modules and kernel are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22917
msgid ""
"Finally, by default, <application>loader</application> issues a 10 second "
"wait for key presses, and boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If "
"interrupted, the user is presented with a prompt which understands the "
"command set, where the user may adjust variables, unload all modules, load "
"modules, and then finally boot or reboot. <xref linkend=\"boot-loader-"
"commands\"/> lists the most commonly used <application>loader</application> "
"commands. For a complete discussion of all available commands, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:22928
msgid "Loader Built-In Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22940
msgid "autoboot <replaceable>seconds</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22942
msgid ""
"Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, "
"in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22949
msgid ""
"boot <optional><replaceable>-options</replaceable></optional> "
"<optional><replaceable>kernelname</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22952
msgid ""
"Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or "
"kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable "
"after an <command>unload</command> has been issued. Otherwise, the "
"previously-loaded kernel will be used. If <emphasis>kernelname</emphasis> is "
"not qualified, it will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>/boot/modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22964
msgid "boot-conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22965
msgid ""
"Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified "
"variables, most commonly <envar>kernel</envar>. This only makes sense if "
"<command>unload</command> is used first, before changing some variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22973
msgid "help <optional><replaceable>topic</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22975
msgid ""
"Shows help messages read from <filename>/boot/loader.help</filename>. If the "
"topic given is <literal>index</literal>, the list of available topics is "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22982
msgid "include <replaceable>filename</replaceable> …"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22984
msgid ""
"Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error "
"immediately stops the <command>include</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22990
msgid ""
"load <optional>-t <replaceable>type</replaceable></optional> "
"<replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22993
msgid ""
"Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the "
"specified filename. Any arguments after <replaceable>filename</replaceable> "
"are passed to the file. If <emphasis>filename</emphasis> is not qualified, "
"it will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> and <emphasis>/"
"boot/modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23004
msgid ""
"ls <optional>-l</optional> <optional><replaceable>path</replaceable></"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23006
msgid ""
"Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the "
"path is not specified. If <option>-l</option> is specified, file sizes will "
"also be shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23013
msgid "lsdev <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23014
msgid ""
"Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If "
"<option>-v</option> is specified, more details are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23020
msgid "lsmod <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23021
msgid ""
"Displays loaded modules. If <option>-v</option> is specified, more details "
"are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23026
msgid "more <replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23027
msgid ""
"Displays the files specified, with a pause at each <varname>LINES</varname> "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23032
msgid "reboot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23033
msgid "Immediately reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23037
msgid ""
"set <replaceable>variable</replaceable>, set <replaceable>variable</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23039
msgid "Sets the specified environment variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23043
msgid "unload"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23044
msgid "Removes all loaded modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23052 book.translate.xml:23162
msgid "<primary>single-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23050
msgid ""
"Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel "
"in single-user mode <_:indexterm-1/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23055
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23057
msgid ""
"To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or "
"another, specified kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23060
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>load <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23063
msgid ""
"Use <filename>kernel.GENERIC</filename> to refer to the default kernel that "
"comes with an installation, or <filename>kernel.old</filename>, to refer to "
"the previously installed kernel before a system upgrade or before "
"configuring a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23069
msgid "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23072
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>set kernel=\"<replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>boot-conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23076
msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>load -t userconfig_script <replaceable>/boot/kernel.conf</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23080
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>boot interaction</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23087
msgid "Last Stage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23093
msgid ""
"Once the kernel is loaded by either <application>loader</application> or by "
"<application>boot2</application>, which bypasses <application>loader</"
"application>, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as "
"necessary. <xref linkend=\"boot-kernel\"/> lists the commonly used boot "
"flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on the other boot flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23101
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>bootflags</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:23107
msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23120
msgid ""
"During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23125
msgid "<option>-C</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23126
msgid "Boot the root file system from a <acronym>CDROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23131
msgid "<option>-s</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23132
msgid "Boot into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23137
msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23143
msgid ""
"Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which is located at <filename>/sbin/init</filename>, or the "
"program path specified in the <envar>init_path</envar> variable in "
"<command>loader</command>. This is the last stage of the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23150
msgid ""
"The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system "
"are consistent. If a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system is not, and "
"<command>fsck</command> cannot fix the inconsistencies, <application>init</"
"application> drops the system into single-user mode so that the system "
"administrator can resolve the problem directly. Otherwise, the system boots "
"into multi-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23160
msgid "Single-User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23165
msgid ""
"A user can specify this mode by booting with <option>-s</option> or by "
"setting the <envar>boot_single</envar> variable in <application>loader</"
"application>. It can also be reached by running <command>shutdown now</"
"command> from multi-user mode. Single-user mode begins with this message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23172
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23174
msgid ""
"If the user presses <keycap>Enter</keycap>, the system will enter the "
"default Bourne shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to "
"the shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23178
msgid ""
"Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due "
"to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It "
"can also be used to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> password when it is unknown. These actions are possible as the "
"single-user mode prompt gives full, local access to the system and its "
"configuration files. There is no networking in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23187
msgid ""
"While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security "
"risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any "
"user who can gain physical access to a system will have full control of that "
"system after booting into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23193
msgid ""
"If the system <literal>console</literal> is changed to <literal>insecure</"
"literal> in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, the system will first prompt for "
"the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password before "
"initiating single-user mode. This adds a measure of security while removing "
"the ability to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"password when it is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:23203
msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type    status          comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root "
"password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown off <replaceable>insecure</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23213
msgid ""
"An <literal>insecure</literal> console means that physical security to the "
"console is considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password may use single-"
"user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23220
msgid "Multi-User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23222
msgid "<primary>multi-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23224
msgid ""
"If <application>init</application> finds the file systems to be in order, or "
"once the user has finished their commands in single-user mode and has typed "
"<command>exit</command> to leave single-user mode, the system enters multi-"
"user mode, in which it starts the resource configuration of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23231
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23233
msgid ""
"The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from "
"<filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> and system-specific details from "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. It then proceeds to mount the system file "
"systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It starts up networking "
"services, miscellaneous system daemons, then the startup scripts of locally "
"installed packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23242
msgid ""
"To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and examine the scripts located in <filename>/etc/rc.d</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23257
msgid "Configuring Boot Time Splash Screens"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23260 book.translate.xml:56946
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Joseph J.</firstname> <surname>Barbish</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23270
msgid ""
"Typically when a FreeBSD system boots, it displays its progress as a series "
"of messages at the console. A boot splash screen creates an alternate boot "
"screen that hides all of the boot probe and service startup messages. A few "
"boot loader messages, including the boot options menu and a timed wait "
"countdown prompt, are displayed at boot time, even when the splash screen is "
"enabled. The display of the splash screen can be turned off by hitting any "
"key on the keyboard during the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23280
msgid ""
"There are two basic environments available in FreeBSD. The first is the "
"default legacy virtual console command line environment. After the system "
"finishes booting, a console login prompt is presented. The second "
"environment is a configured graphical environment. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"x11\"/> for more information on how to install and configure a graphical "
"display manager and a graphical login manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23288
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted, the splash screen defaults to being a screen "
"saver. After a time period of non-use, the splash screen will display and "
"will cycle through steps of changing intensity of the image, from bright to "
"very dark and over again. The configuration of the splash screen saver can "
"be overridden by adding a <literal>saver=</literal> line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>. Several built-in screen savers are available and "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>saver=</"
"literal> option only applies to virtual consoles and has no effect on "
"graphical display managers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23299
msgid ""
"Sample splash screen files can be downloaded from the gallery at <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://artwork.freebsdgr.org/node/3/\">http://artwork.freebsdgr.org</"
"link>. By installing the <package>sysutils/bsd-splash-changer</package> "
"package or port, a random splash image from a collection will display at "
"boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23305
msgid ""
"The splash screen function supports 256-colors in the bitmap (<filename>."
"bmp</filename>), ZSoft <acronym>PCX</acronym> (<filename>.pcx</filename>), "
"or TheDraw (<filename>.bin</filename>) formats. The <filename>.bmp</"
"filename>, <filename>.pcx</filename>, or <filename>.bin</filename> image has "
"to be placed on the root partition, for example in <filename>/boot</"
"filename>. The splash image files must have a resolution of 320 by 200 "
"pixels or less in order to work on standard <acronym>VGA</acronym> adapters. "
"For the default boot display resolution of 256-colors and 320 by 200 pixels "
"or less, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. "
"Replace <replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable> with the name of the bitmap "
"file to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_bmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23324
msgid "To use a <acronym>PCX</acronym> file instead of a bitmap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_pcx_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.pcx</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23331
msgid ""
"To instead use ASCII art in the <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/"
"wiki/TheDraw\">https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TheDraw</link> format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_txt=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bin</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23338
msgid ""
"To use larger images that fill the whole display screen, up to the maximum "
"resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels, the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module must "
"also be loaded during system boot. If using a custom kernel, ensure that the "
"custom kernel configuration file includes the <literal>VESA</literal> kernel "
"configuration option. To load the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module for the "
"splash screen, add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> "
"before the three lines mentioned in the above examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23348
#, no-wrap
msgid "vesa_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23350
msgid "Other interesting <filename>loader.conf</filename> options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23354
msgid "<literal>beastie_disable=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23357
msgid ""
"This will stop the boot options menu from being displayed, but the timed "
"wait count down prompt will still be present. Even with the display of the "
"boot options menu disabled, entering an option selection at the timed wait "
"count down prompt will enact the corresponding boot option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23366
msgid "<literal>loader_logo=\"beastie\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23369
msgid ""
"This will replace the default words <quote>FreeBSD</quote>, which are "
"displayed to the right of the boot options menu, with the colored beastie "
"logo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23377
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vga</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23383
msgid "Device Hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23396
msgid "<primary>device.hints</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23400
msgid ""
"During initial system startup, the boot <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> reads <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file stores kernel boot information known as "
"variables, sometimes referred to as <quote>device hints</quote>. These "
"<quote>device hints</quote> are used by device drivers for device "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23406
msgid ""
"Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as "
"demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Variables can be added "
"using <command>set</command>, removed with <command>unset</command>, and "
"viewed <command>show</command>. Variables set in <filename>/boot/device."
"hints</filename> can also be overridden. Device hints entered at the boot "
"loader are not permanent and will not be applied on the next reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23415
msgid ""
"Once the system is booted, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to dump "
"all of the variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23418
msgid ""
"The syntax for <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is one variable per "
"line, using the hash <quote>#</quote> as comment markers. Lines are "
"constructed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23423
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"<replaceable>value</replaceable>\"</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23425
msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23427
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>set hint.driver.unit.keyword=<replaceable>value</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23429
msgid ""
"where <literal>driver</literal> is the device driver name, <literal>unit</"
"literal> is the device driver unit number, and <literal>keyword</literal> is "
"the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23436
msgid ""
"<literal>at</literal>: specifies the bus which the device is attached to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23441
msgid ""
"<literal>port</literal>: specifies the start address of the <acronym>I/O</"
"acronym> to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23446
msgid ""
"<literal>irq</literal>: specifies the interrupt request number to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23451
msgid "<literal>drq</literal>: specifies the DMA channel number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23456
msgid ""
"<literal>maddr</literal>: specifies the physical memory address occupied by "
"the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23461
msgid "<literal>flags</literal>: sets various flag bits for the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23466
msgid ""
"<literal>disabled</literal>: if set to <literal>1</literal> the device is "
"disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23471
msgid ""
"Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, "
"viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer "
"to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:23478
msgid "Shutdown Sequence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23480
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23484
msgid ""
"Upon controlled shutdown using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will attempt to run the script <filename>/etc/rc.shutdown</"
"filename>, and then proceed to send all processes the <literal>TERM</"
"literal> signal, and subsequently the <literal>KILL</literal> signal to any "
"that do not terminate in a timely manner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23491
msgid ""
"To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support "
"power management, use <command>shutdown -p now</command> to turn the power "
"off immediately. To reboot a FreeBSD system, use <command>shutdown -r now</"
"command>. One must be <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> or a "
"member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> in order to "
"run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>halt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reboot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to their manual "
"pages and to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23503
msgid ""
"Modify group membership by referring to <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23507
msgid ""
"Power management requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be loaded as a "
"module or statically compiled into a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23522
msgid "Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23525
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23535
msgid "<primary>security</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23540
msgid ""
"Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire "
"industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been "
"authored about how to secure systems and networks, and as a user of FreeBSD, "
"understanding how to protect against attacks and intruders is a must."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23546
msgid ""
"In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The "
"FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third "
"party utilities may be added to enhance security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23555
msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23559
msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23563
msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23567
msgid ""
"How to configure <application>TCP Wrapper</application> for use with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23572
msgid "How to set up <application>Kerberos</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23577
msgid ""
"How to configure <acronym>IPsec</acronym> and create a <acronym>VPN</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23582
msgid ""
"How to configure and use <application>OpenSSH</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23587
msgid "How to use file system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23591
msgid ""
"How to use <application>pkg</application> to audit third party software "
"packages installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23597
msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23601
msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23606
msgid ""
"How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits "
"database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23615 book.translate.xml:57062
msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23619
msgid ""
"Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For "
"example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in <xref linkend=\"mac\"/> "
"and Internet firewalls are discussed in <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23628
msgid ""
"Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system "
"could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc "
"on an entire network. One of the core principles of information security is "
"the <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad, which stands for the Confidentiality, "
"Integrity, and Availability of information systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23636
msgid ""
"The <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad is a bedrock concept of computer security "
"as customers and users expect their data to be protected. For example, a "
"customer expects that their credit card information is securely stored "
"(confidentiality), that their orders are not changed behind the scenes "
"(integrity), and that they have access to their order information at all "
"times (availablility)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23644
msgid ""
"To provide <acronym>CIA</acronym>, security professionals apply a defense in "
"depth strategy. The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of "
"security to prevent one single layer failing and the entire security system "
"collapsing. For example, a system administrator cannot simply turn on a "
"firewall and consider the network or system secure. One must also audit "
"accounts, check the integrity of binaries, and ensure malicious tools are "
"not installed. To implement an effective security strategy, one must "
"understand threats and how to defend against them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23655
msgid ""
"What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not "
"limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without "
"permission from a remote location. Threats also include employees, malicious "
"software, unauthorized network devices, natural disasters, security "
"vulnerabilities, and even competing corporations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23662
msgid ""
"Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by "
"accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage "
"or former employees. As a user, it is important to prepare for and admit "
"when a mistake has led to a security breach and report possible issues to "
"the security team. As an administrator, it is important to know of the "
"threats and be prepared to mitigate them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23670
msgid ""
"When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing "
"the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network "
"layer so that it adheres to the system policy and the organization's "
"security procedures. Many organizations already have a security policy that "
"covers the configuration of technology devices. The policy should include "
"the security configuration of workstations, desktops, mobile devices, "
"phones, production servers, and development servers. In many cases, standard "
"operating procedures (<acronym>SOP</acronym>s) already exist. When in doubt, "
"ask the security team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23682
msgid ""
"The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security "
"configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter "
"describes some specific tools which can be used when implementing a security "
"policy on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23689
msgid "Preventing Logins"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23691
msgid ""
"In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure "
"that <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a strong password "
"and that this password is not shared. Disable any accounts that do not need "
"login access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23696
msgid ""
"To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock "
"the account. This example locks the <systemitem class=\"username\">toor</"
"systemitem> account:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23700
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw lock <replaceable>toor</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23702
msgid ""
"The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to "
"<filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>. Only the superuser can change the shell "
"for other users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin <replaceable>toor</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23708
msgid ""
"The <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> shell prevents the system from "
"assigning a shell to the user when they attempt to login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23714
msgid "Permitted Account Escalation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23716
msgid ""
"In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. "
"FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not "
"recommended, is a shared root password used by members of the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group. With this method, a user types "
"<command>su</command> and enters the password for <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> whenever superuser access is needed. The "
"user should then type <command>exit</command> to leave privileged access "
"after finishing the commands that required administrative access. To add a "
"user to this group, edit <filename>/etc/group</filename> and add the user to "
"the end of the <literal>wheel</literal> entry. The user must be separated by "
"a comma character with no space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23730
msgid ""
"The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to "
"install the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software "
"provides additional auditing, more fine-grained user control, and can be "
"configured to lock users into running only the specified privileged commands."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23737
msgid ""
"After installation, use <command>visudo</command> to edit <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/sudoers</filename>. This example creates a new <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">webadmin</systemitem> group, adds the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> account to that group, and configures that "
"group access to restart <package>apache24</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>visudo</userinput>\n"
"%webadmin ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service apache24 *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23750
msgid "Password Hashes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23752
msgid ""
"Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they "
"should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt "
"the version that is stored in the password database. FreeBSD supports the "
"<acronym>DES</acronym>, <acronym>MD5</acronym>, <acronym>SHA256</acronym>, "
"<acronym>SHA512</acronym>, and Blowfish hash algorithms in its "
"<function>crypt()</function> library. The default of <acronym>SHA512</"
"acronym> should not be changed to a less secure hashing algorithm, but can "
"be changed to the more secure Blowfish algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23764
msgid ""
"Blowfish is not part of <acronym>AES</acronym> and is not considered "
"compliant with any Federal Information Processing Standards (<acronym>FIPS</"
"acronym>). Its use may not be permitted in some environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23770
msgid ""
"To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the "
"superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. "
"Each hash starts with a symbol which indicates the type of hash mechanism "
"used to encrypt the password. If <acronym>DES</acronym> is used, there is no "
"beginning symbol. For <acronym>MD5</acronym>, the symbol is <literal>$</"
"literal>. For <acronym>SHA256</acronym> and <acronym>SHA512</acronym>, the "
"symbol is <literal>$6$</literal>. For Blowfish, the symbol is <literal>$2a$</"
"literal>. In this example, the password for <systemitem class="
"\"username\">dru</systemitem> is hashed using the default <acronym>SHA512</"
"acronym> algorithm as the hash starts with <literal>$6$</literal>. Note that "
"the encrypted hash, not the password itself, is stored in the password "
"database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23786
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep dru /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"dru:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta."
"8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:dru:/usr/home/dru:/bin/csh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23789
msgid ""
"The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the "
"user is in the <literal>default</literal> login class and the hash algorithm "
"is set with this line in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23794
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=sha512:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23796
msgid ""
"To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23799
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=blf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23801
msgid ""
"Then run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</command> as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>. Note that this change will not affect any "
"existing password hashes. This means that all passwords should be re-hashed "
"by asking users to run <command>passwd</command> in order to change their "
"password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23808
msgid ""
"For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of "
"two-factor authentication is <quote>something you have</quote>, such as a "
"key, and <quote>something you know</quote>, such as the passphrase for that "
"key. Since <application>OpenSSH</application> is part of the FreeBSD base "
"system, all network logins should be over an encrypted connection and use "
"key-based authentication instead of passwords. For more information, refer "
"to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>. Kerberos users may need to make additional "
"changes to implement <application>OpenSSH</application> in their network. "
"These changes are described in <xref linkend=\"kerberos5\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23822
msgid "Password Policy Enforcement"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23824
msgid ""
"Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental "
"aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, "
"and password complexity can be implemented using built-in Pluggable "
"Authentication Modules (<acronym>PAM</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23830
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password "
"length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the "
"<filename>pam_passwdqc.so</filename> module. This module is enforced when a "
"user changes their password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23836
msgid ""
"To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line "
"containing <literal>pam_passwdqc.so</literal> in <filename>/etc/pam.d/"
"passwd</filename>. Then, edit that line to match the password policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23842
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"password        requisite       pam_passwdqc.so         <replaceable>min="
"disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3</replaceable> enforce="
"users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23844
msgid ""
"This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The <literal>min</"
"literal> setting controls the minimum password length. It has five values "
"because this module defines five different types of passwords based on their "
"complexity. Complexity is defined by the type of characters that must exist "
"in a password, such as letters, numbers, symbols, and case. The types of "
"passwords are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam_passwdqc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In this example, the "
"first three types of passwords are disabled, meaning that passwords that "
"meet those complexity requirements will not be accepted, regardless of their "
"length. The <literal>12</literal> sets a minimum password policy of at least "
"twelve characters, if the password also contains characters with three types "
"of complexity. The <literal>10</literal> sets the password policy to also "
"allow passwords of at least ten characters, if the password contains "
"characters with four types of complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23861
msgid ""
"The <literal>similar</literal> setting denies passwords that are similar to "
"the user's previous password. The <literal>retry</literal> setting provides "
"a user with three opportunities to enter a new password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23866
msgid ""
"Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message "
"similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:\n"
"\n"
"You can now choose the new password.\n"
"A valid password should be a mix of upper and lower case letters,\n"
"digits and other characters.  You can use a 12 character long\n"
"password with characters from at least 3 of these 4 classes, or\n"
"a 10 character long password containing characters from all the\n"
"classes.  Characters that form a common pattern are discarded by\n"
"the check.\n"
"Alternatively, if no one else can see your terminal now, you can\n"
"pick this as your password: \"trait-useful&amp;knob\".\n"
"Enter new password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23884
msgid ""
"If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected "
"with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the "
"configured number of retries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23889
msgid ""
"Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To "
"set a password age time in FreeBSD, set <option>passwordtime</option> for "
"the user's login class in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. The "
"<literal>default</literal> login class contains an example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23896
#, no-wrap
msgid "#       :passwordtime=90d:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23898
msgid ""
"So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment "
"symbol (<literal>#</literal>), save the edit, and run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/"
"login.conf</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23903
msgid ""
"To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the "
"number of days to expiry and a username to <command>pw</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23907
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod -p <replaceable>30-apr-2015</"
"replaceable> -n <replaceable>trhodes</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23909
msgid ""
"As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and year. "
"For more information, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23915
msgid "Detecting Rootkits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23917
msgid ""
"A <firstterm>rootkit</firstterm> is any unauthorized software that attempts "
"to gain <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> access to a system. "
"Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up another avenue "
"of entry for an attacker. Realistically, once a system has been compromised "
"by a rootkit and an investigation has been performed, the system should be "
"reinstalled from scratch. There is tremendous risk that even the most "
"prudent security or systems engineer will miss something an attacker left "
"behind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23927
msgid ""
"A rootkit does do one thing useful for administrators: once detected, it is "
"a sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of "
"applications tend to be very well hidden. This section demonstrates a tool "
"that can be used to detect rootkits, <package>security/rkhunter</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23933
msgid ""
"After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using "
"the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will require "
"some manual pressing of <keycap>ENTER</keycap>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23938
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rkhunter -c</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23940
msgid ""
"After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the screen. "
"This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect files, "
"possible rootkits, and more. During the check, some generic security "
"warnings may be produced about hidden files, the <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> protocol selection, and known vulnerable versions of installed "
"software. These can be handled now or after a more detailed analysis has "
"been performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23950
msgid ""
"Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are "
"responsible for. Third-party tools like <application>rkhunter</application> "
"and <package>sysutils/lsof</package>, and native commands such as "
"<command>netstat</command> and <command>ps</command>, can show a great deal "
"of information on the system. Take notes on what is normal, ask questions "
"when something seems out of place, and be paranoid. While preventing a "
"compromise is ideal, detecting a compromise is a must."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23962
msgid "Binary Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23964
msgid ""
"Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides "
"the system administration and security teams information about system "
"changes. A software application that monitors the system for changes is "
"called an Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23970
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides native support for a basic <acronym>IDS</acronym> system. "
"While the nightly security emails will notify an administrator of changes, "
"the information is stored locally and there is a chance that a malicious "
"user could modify this information in order to hide their changes to the "
"system. As such, it is recommended to create a separate set of binary "
"signatures and store them on a read-only, root-owned directory or, "
"preferably, on a removable <acronym>USB</acronym> disk or remote "
"<application>rsync</application> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23981
msgid ""
"The built-in <command>mtree</command> utility can be used to generate a "
"specification of the contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, "
"is used to generate the specification and is required to check that the "
"specification has not changed. This makes it possible to determine if a file "
"or binary has been modified. Since the seed value is unknown by an attacker, "
"faking or checking the checksum values of files will be difficult to "
"impossible. The following example generates a set of <acronym>SHA256</"
"acronym> hashes, one for each system binary in <filename>/bin</filename>, "
"and saves those values to a hidden file in <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>'s home directory, <filename>/root/."
"bin_chksum_mtree</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23994
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</"
"replaceable> -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> "
"&gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23997
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> represents the seed. This "
"value should be remembered, but not shared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24001
msgid ""
"Viewing <filename>/root/.bin_cksum_mtree</filename> should yield output "
"similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#          user: root\n"
"#       machine: dreadnaught\n"
"#          tree: /bin\n"
"#          date: Mon Feb  3 10:19:53 2014\n"
"\n"
"# .\n"
"/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0555 nlink=1 flags=none\n"
".               type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=1024 \\\n"
"                time=1380277977.000000000\n"
"    \\133        nlink=2 size=11704 time=1380277977.000000000 \\\n"
"                cksum=484492447 \\\n"
"                sha256digest="
"6207490fbdb5ed1904441fbfa941279055c3e24d3a4049aeb45094596400662a\n"
"    cat         size=12096 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3909216944 \\\n"
"                sha256digest="
"65ea347b9418760b247ab10244f47a7ca2a569c9836d77f074e7a306900c1e69\n"
"    chflags     size=8168 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3949425175 \\\n"
"                sha256digest="
"c99eb6fc1c92cac335c08be004a0a5b4c24a0c0ef3712017b12c89a978b2dac3\n"
"    chio        size=18520 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2208263309 \\\n"
"                sha256digest="
"ddf7c8cb92a58750a675328345560d8cc7fe14fb3ccd3690c34954cbe69fc964\n"
"    chmod       size=8640 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2214429708 \\\n"
"                sha256digest="
"a435972263bf814ad8df082c0752aa2a7bdd8b74ff01431ccbd52ed1e490bbe7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24025
msgid ""
"The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and "
"the name of the user who created the specification are included in this "
"report. There is a checksum, size, time, and <acronym>SHA</acronym>256 "
"digest for each binary in the directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24031
msgid ""
"To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current "
"contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and "
"save the results to a file. This command requires the seed that was used to "
"generate the original specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</"
"replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/."
"bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/."
"bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24040
msgid ""
"This should produce the same checksum for <filename>/bin</filename> that was "
"produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to "
"the binaries in this directory, the <filename>/root/.bin_chksum_output</"
"filename> output file will be empty. To simulate a change, change the date "
"on <filename>/bin/cat</filename> using <command>touch</command> and run the "
"verification command again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24049
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /bin/cat</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</"
"replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/."
"bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/."
"bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>more /root/.bin_chksum_output</userinput>\n"
"cat changed\n"
"	modification time expected Fri Sep 27 06:32:55 2013 found Mon Feb  3 10:28:"
"43 2014"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24055
msgid ""
"It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain "
"binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing "
"sensitive data. Typically, specifications are created for <filename>/bin</"
"filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/bin</filename>, "
"<filename>/usr/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/local/bin</filename>, "
"<filename>/etc</filename>, and <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24065
msgid ""
"More advanced <acronym>IDS</acronym> systems exist, such as "
"<package>security/aide</package>. In most cases, <command>mtree</command> "
"provides the functionality administrators need. It is important to keep the "
"seed value and the checksum output hidden from malicious users. More "
"information about <command>mtree</command> can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24075
msgid "System Tuning for Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24077
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using <command>sysctl</"
"command>. A few of the security features which can be tuned to prevent "
"Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks will be covered in this "
"section. More information about using <command>sysctl</command>, including "
"how to temporarily change values and how to make the changes permanent after "
"testing, can be found in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24087
msgid ""
"Any time a setting is changed with <command>sysctl</command>, the chance to "
"cause undesired harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. "
"All changes should be monitored and, if possible, tried on a testing system "
"before being used on a production system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24095
msgid ""
"By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of <literal>-1</"
"literal>. This is called <quote>insecure mode</quote> because immutable file "
"flags may be turned off and all devices may be read from or written to. The "
"security level will remain at <literal>-1</literal> unless it is altered "
"through <command>sysctl</command> or by a setting in the startup scripts. "
"The security level may be increased during system startup by setting "
"<varname>kern_securelevel_enable</varname> to <literal>YES</literal> in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, and the value of "
"<varname>kern_securelevel</varname> to the desired security level. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on these settings and the available security levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24111
msgid ""
"Increasing the <varname>securelevel</varname> can break <application>Xorg</"
"application> and cause other issues. Be prepared to do some debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24116
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</varname> and <varname>net.inet.udp."
"blackhole</varname> settings can be used to drop incoming <acronym>SYN</"
"acronym> packets on closed ports without sending a return <acronym>RST</"
"acronym> response. The default behavior is to return an <acronym>RST</"
"acronym> to show a port is closed. Changing the default provides some level "
"of protection against ports scans, which are used to determine which "
"applications are running on a system. Set <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</"
"varname> to <literal>2</literal> and <varname>net.inet.udp.blackhole</"
"varname> to <literal>1</literal>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>blackhole</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about these settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24130
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip."
"redirect</varname> settings help prevent against <firstterm>redirect "
"attacks</firstterm>. A redirect attack is a type of <acronym>DoS</acronym> "
"which sends mass numbers of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type 5 packets. Since "
"these packets are not required, set <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</"
"varname> to <literal>1</literal> and set <varname>net.inet.ip.redirect</"
"varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24141
msgid ""
"Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable "
"addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable "
"addresses are normally not routable on purpose. To disable this feature, set "
"<varname>net.inet.ip.sourceroute</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip."
"accept_sourceroute</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24149
msgid ""
"When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a "
"subnet, an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request message is sent to the "
"broadcast address. However, there is no reason for an external host to "
"perform such an action. To reject all external broadcast requests, set "
"<varname>net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24157
msgid ""
"Some additional settings are documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:24163
msgid "One-time Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24165
msgid "<primary>one-time passwords</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24166
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>one-time passwords</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24171
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD includes support for One-time Passwords In Everything "
"(<acronym>OPIE</acronym>). <acronym>OPIE</acronym> is designed to prevent "
"replay attacks, in which an attacker discovers a user's password and uses it "
"to access a system. Since a password is only used once in <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>, a discovered password is of little use to an attacker. "
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses a secure hash and a challenge/response system "
"to manage passwords. The FreeBSD implementation uses the <acronym>MD5</"
"acronym> hash by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24182
msgid ""
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses three different types of passwords. The first "
"is the usual <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> or Kerberos "
"password. The second is the one-time password which is generated by "
"<command>opiekey</command>. The third type of password is the <quote>secret "
"password</quote> which is used to generate one-time passwords. The secret "
"password has nothing to do with, and should be different from, the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24190
msgid ""
"There are two other pieces of data that are important to <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>. One is the <quote>seed</quote> or <quote>key</quote>, consisting "
"of two letters and five digits. The other is the <quote>iteration count</"
"quote>, a number between 1 and 100. <acronym>OPIE</acronym> creates the one-"
"time password by concatenating the seed and the secret password, applying "
"the <acronym>MD5</acronym> hash as many times as specified by the iteration "
"count, and turning the result into six short English words which represent "
"the one-time password. The authentication system keeps track of the last one-"
"time password used, and the user is authenticated if the hash of the user-"
"provided password is equal to the previous password. Because a one-way hash "
"is used, it is impossible to generate future one-time passwords if a "
"successfully used password is captured. The iteration count is decremented "
"after each successful login to keep the user and the login program in sync. "
"When the iteration count gets down to <literal>1</literal>, <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym> must be reinitialized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24209
msgid ""
"There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or a "
"consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an iteration "
"count, a seed, and a secret password to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. In addition to initializing <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to change "
"passwords, iteration counts, or seeds. The relevant credential files in "
"<filename>/etc/opiekeys</filename> are examined by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which prints out the invoking user's current "
"iteration count and seed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24219
msgid ""
"This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how "
"to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. "
"The second is how to use <command>opiepasswd</command> over an insecure "
"connection. The third is how to log in over an insecure connection. The "
"fourth is how to generate a number of keys which can be written down or "
"printed out to use at insecure locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24228
msgid "Initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24230
msgid ""
"To initialize <acronym>OPIE</acronym> for the first time, run this command "
"from a secure location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd -c</userinput>\n"
"Adding unfurl:\n"
"Only use this method from the console; NEVER from remote. If you are using\n"
"telnet, xterm, or a dial-in, type ^C now or exit with no password.\n"
"Then run opiepasswd without the -c parameter.\n"
"Using MD5 to compute responses.\n"
"Enter new secret pass phrase:\n"
"Again new secret pass phrase:\n"
"\n"
"ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n"
"MOS MALL GOAT ARM AVID COED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24245
msgid ""
"The <option>-c</option> sets console mode which assumes that the command is "
"being run from a secure location, such as a computer under the user's "
"control or a <acronym>SSH</acronym> session to a computer under the user's "
"control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24251
msgid ""
"When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the "
"one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should "
"be different than the password which is associated with the user's login "
"account. It must be between 10 and 127 characters long. Remember this "
"password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24258
msgid ""
"The <literal>ID</literal> line lists the login name (<literal>unfurl</"
"literal>), default iteration count (<literal>499</literal>), and default "
"seed (<literal>to4268</literal>). When logging in, the system will remember "
"these parameters and display them, meaning that they do not have to be "
"memorized. The last line lists the generated one-time password which "
"corresponds to those parameters and the secret password. At the next login, "
"use this one-time password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24270
msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24272
msgid ""
"To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure "
"connection is needed to some place where <command>opiekey</command> can be "
"run. This might be a shell prompt on a trusted machine. An iteration count "
"is needed, where 100 is probably a good value, and the seed can either be "
"specified or the randomly-generated one used. On the insecure connection, "
"the machine being initialized, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24281
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Updating unfurl:\n"
"You need the response from an OTP generator.\n"
"Old secret pass phrase:\n"
"	otp-md5 498 to4268 ext\n"
"	Response: GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT\n"
"New secret pass phrase:\n"
"	otp-md5 499 to4269\n"
"	Response: LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY\n"
"\n"
"ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n"
"LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24295
msgid ""
"To accept the default seed, press <keycap>Return</keycap>. Before entering "
"an access password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same "
"parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24299 book.translate.xml:24347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey 498 to4268</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase:\n"
"GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24305
msgid ""
"Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time "
"password over to the relevant program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24311
msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24313
msgid ""
"After initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym> and logging in, a prompt like "
"this will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24316
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet example.com</userinput>\n"
"Trying 10.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to example.com\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"\n"
"FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n"
"\n"
"login: <userinput>&lt;username&gt;</userinput>\n"
"otp-md5 498 gr4269 ext\n"
"Password: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24327
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OPIE</acronym> prompts provides a useful feature. If "
"<keycap>Return</keycap> is pressed at the password prompt, the prompt will "
"turn echo on and display what is typed. This can be useful when attempting "
"to type in a password by hand from a printout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24333
msgid "<primary>MS-DOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24334
msgid "<primary>Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24335
msgid "<primary>MacOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24337
msgid ""
"At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. "
"This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are versions of this command for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> and FreeBSD. This command needs the "
"iteration count and the seed as command line options. Use cut-and-paste from "
"the login prompt on the machine being logged in to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24345
msgid "On the trusted system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24353
msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24358
msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24360
msgid ""
"Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In "
"this case, it is possible to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to generate a number "
"of one-time passwords beforehand. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase: <userinput>&lt;secret password&gt;</userinput>\n"
"26: JOAN BORE FOSS DES NAY QUIT\n"
"27: LATE BIAS SLAY FOLK MUCH TRIG\n"
"28: SALT TIN ANTI LOON NEAL USE\n"
"29: RIO ODIN GO BYE FURY TIC\n"
"30: GREW JIVE SAN GIRD BOIL PHI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24375
msgid ""
"The <option>-n 5</option> requests five keys in sequence, and <option>30</"
"option> specifies what the last iteration number should be. Note that these "
"are printed out in <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> order of use. The really "
"paranoid might want to write the results down by hand; otherwise, print the "
"list. Each line shows both the iteration count and the one-time password. "
"Scratch off the passwords as they are used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24386
msgid ""
"Restricting Use of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
"Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24388
msgid ""
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> can restrict the use of <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords based on the IP address of a login "
"session. The relevant file is <filename>/etc/opieaccess</filename>, which is "
"present by default. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieaccess</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on this file and which security considerations to be aware of when using it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24395
msgid "Here is a sample <filename>opieaccess</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24397
#, no-wrap
msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24399
msgid ""
"This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to "
"spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24403
msgid ""
"If no rules in <filename>opieaccess</filename> are matched, the default is "
"to deny non-<acronym>OPIE</acronym> logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24411
msgid "TCP Wrapper"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24414 book.translate.xml:25259 book.translate.xml:29233
#: book.translate.xml:41357 book.translate.xml:45936
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24419 book.translate.xml:54203
msgid "<primary>TCP Wrapper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24421
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> is a host-based access control system "
"which extends the abilities of <xref linkend=\"network-inetd\"/>. It can be "
"configured to provide logging support, return messages, and connection "
"restrictions for the server daemons under the control of <application>inetd</"
"application>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about <application>TCP Wrapper</application> and its features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24429
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> should not be considered a "
"replacement for a properly configured firewall. Instead, <application>TCP "
"Wrapper</application> should be used in conjunction with a firewall and "
"other security enhancements in order to provide another layer of protection "
"in the implementation of a security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24437
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24439
msgid ""
"To enable <application>TCP Wrapper</application> in FreeBSD, add the "
"following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24443
#, no-wrap
msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"inetd_flags=\"-Ww\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24446
msgid "Then, properly configure <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24450
msgid ""
"Unlike other implementations of <application>TCP Wrapper</application>, the "
"use of <filename>hosts.deny</filename> is deprecated in FreeBSD. All "
"configuration options should be placed in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24457
msgid ""
"In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either "
"permit or block, depending on the options in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</"
"filename>. The default configuration in FreeBSD is to allow all connections "
"to the daemons started with <application>inetd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24463
msgid ""
"Basic configuration usually takes the form of <literal>daemon : address : "
"action</literal>, where <literal>daemon</literal> is the daemon which "
"<application>inetd</application> started, <literal>address</literal> is a "
"valid hostname, <acronym>IP</acronym> address, or an IPv6 address enclosed "
"in brackets ([ ]), and <literal>action</literal> is either <literal>allow</"
"literal> or <literal>deny</literal>. <application>TCP Wrapper</application> "
"uses a first rule match semantic, meaning that the configuration file is "
"scanned from the beginning for a matching rule. When a match is found, the "
"rule is applied and the search process stops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24476
msgid ""
"For example, to allow <acronym>POP</acronym>3 connections via the "
"<package>mail/qpopper</package> daemon, the following lines should be "
"appended to <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24481
#, no-wrap
msgid "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n"
"qpopper : ALL : allow"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24484
msgid ""
"Whenever this file is edited, restart <application>inetd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24487 book.translate.xml:34153
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24491 book.translate.xml:49558
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24493
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> provides advanced options to allow "
"more control over the way connections are handled. In some cases, it may be "
"appropriate to return a comment to certain hosts or daemon connections. In "
"other cases, a log entry should be recorded or an email sent to the "
"administrator. Other situations may require the use of a service for local "
"connections only. This is all possible through the use of configuration "
"options known as wildcards, expansion characters, and external command "
"execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24503
msgid ""
"Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a "
"reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that connection."
" That action is possible with <option>twist</option>. When a connection "
"attempt is made, <option>twist</option> executes a shell command or script. "
"An example exists in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24511
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n"
"ALL : ALL \\\n"
"	: severity auth.info \\\n"
"	: twist /bin/echo \"You are not welcome to use %d from %h.\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24516
msgid ""
"In this example, the message <quote>You are not allowed to use "
"<replaceable>daemon name</replaceable> from <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable>.</quote> will be returned for any daemon not configured in "
"<filename>hosts.allow</filename>. This is useful for sending a reply back to "
"the connection initiator right after the established connection is dropped. "
"Any message returned <emphasis>must</emphasis> be wrapped in quote "
"(<literal>\"</literal>) characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24527
msgid ""
"It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an "
"attacker floods these daemons with connection requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24532
msgid ""
"Another possibility is to use <option>spawn</option>. Like <option>twist</"
"option>, <option>spawn</option> implicitly denies the connection and may be "
"used to run external shell commands or scripts. Unlike <option>twist</"
"option>, <option>spawn</option> will not send a reply back to the host who "
"established the connection. For example, consider the following "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n"
"ALL : .example.com \\\n"
"	: spawn (/bin/echo %a from %h attempted to access %d &gt;&gt; \\\n"
"	  /var/log/connections.log) \\\n"
"	: deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24546
msgid ""
"This will deny all connection attempts from <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">*.example.com</systemitem> and log the hostname, "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address, and the daemon to which access was attempted "
"to <filename>/var/log/connections.log</filename>. This example uses the "
"substitution characters <literal>%a</literal> and <literal>%h</literal>. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24554
msgid ""
"To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, use <literal>ALL</literal>. Another wildcard is <literal>PARANOID</"
"literal> which may be used to match any host which provides an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address that may be forged because the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address differs from its resolved hostname. In this example, all connection "
"requests to <application>Sendmail</application> which have an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address that varies from its hostname will be denied:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n"
"sendmail : PARANOID : deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:24568
msgid ""
"Using the <literal>PARANOID</literal> wildcard will result in denied "
"connections if the client or server has a broken <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24573
msgid ""
"To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24577
msgid ""
"When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for "
"that daemon are commented out in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24586
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24589
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tillman</firstname> <surname>Hodgson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24599
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Murray</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24609
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication protocol "
"which was originally created by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology "
"(<acronym>MIT</acronym>) as a way to securely provide authentication across "
"a potentially hostile network. The <application>Kerberos</application> "
"protocol uses strong cryptography so that both a client and server can prove "
"their identity without sending any unencrypted secrets over the network. "
"<application>Kerberos</application> can be described as an identity-"
"verifying proxy system and as a trusted third-party authentication system. "
"After a user authenticates with <application>Kerberos</application>, their "
"communications can be encrypted to assure privacy and data integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24623
msgid ""
"The only function of <application>Kerberos</application> is to provide the "
"secure authentication of users and servers on the network. It does not "
"provide authorization or auditing functions. It is recommended that "
"<application>Kerberos</application> be used with other security methods "
"which provide authorization and audit services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24630
msgid ""
"The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in <acronym>RFC</"
"acronym> 4120. Several free implementations of this protocol are available, "
"covering a wide range of operating systems. <acronym>MIT</acronym> continues "
"to develop their <application>Kerberos</application> package. It is commonly "
"used in the <acronym>US</acronym> as a cryptography product, and has "
"historically been subject to <acronym>US</acronym> export regulations. In "
"FreeBSD, <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application> is "
"available as the <package>security/krb5</package> package or port. The "
"Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> implementation was explicitly "
"developed outside of the <acronym>US</acronym> to avoid export regulations. "
"The Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> distribution is included in "
"the base FreeBSD installation, and another distribution with more "
"configurable options is available as <package>security/heimdal</package> in "
"the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24649
msgid ""
"In <application>Kerberos</application> users and services are identified as "
"<quote>principals</quote> which are contained within an administrative "
"grouping, called a <quote>realm</quote>. A typical user principal would be "
"of the form <literal><replaceable>user</replaceable>@<replaceable>REALM</"
"replaceable></literal> (realms are traditionally uppercase)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24657
msgid ""
"This section provides a guide on how to set up <application>Kerberos</"
"application> using the Heimdal distribution included in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24661
msgid ""
"For purposes of demonstrating a <application>Kerberos</application> "
"installation, the name spaces will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24667
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DNS</acronym> domain (zone) will be <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24672
msgid ""
"The <application>Kerberos</application> realm will be <literal>EXAMPLE.ORG</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24678
msgid ""
"Use real domain names when setting up <application>Kerberos</application>, "
"even if it will run internally. This avoids <acronym>DNS</acronym> problems "
"and assures inter-operation with other <application>Kerberos</application> "
"realms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24686
msgid "Setting up a Heimdal <acronym>KDC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24688
msgid ""
"<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>Key Distribution Center</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24693
msgid ""
"The Key Distribution Center (<acronym>KDC</acronym>) is the centralized "
"authentication service that <application>Kerberos</application> provides, "
"the <quote>trusted third party</quote> of the system. It is the computer "
"that issues <application>Kerberos</application> tickets, which are used for "
"clients to authenticate to servers. Because the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is "
"considered trusted by all other computers in the <application>Kerberos</"
"application> realm, it has heightened security concerns. Direct access to "
"the KDC should be limited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24705
msgid ""
"While running a <acronym>KDC</acronym> requires few computing resources, a "
"dedicated machine acting only as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> is recommended for "
"security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24710
msgid ""
"To begin setting up a <acronym>KDC</acronym>, add these lines to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24713
#, no-wrap
msgid "kdc_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24716
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24719
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"    default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[realms]\n"
"    <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable> = {\n"
"	kdc = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"	admin_server = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"    }\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24729
msgid ""
"In this example, the <acronym>KDC</acronym> will use the fully-qualified "
"hostname <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">kerberos.example.org</"
"systemitem>. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24734
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> can also use the <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"to locate KDCs, instead of a <literal>[realms]</literal> section in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. For large organizations that have their "
"own <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers, the above example could be trimmed to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24741
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"      default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24746
msgid ""
"With the following lines being included in the <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> zone file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24750
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_kerberos._udp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</"
"replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</"
"replaceable>.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp       IN  SRV     01 00 464 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</"
"replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp  IN  SRV     01 00 749 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</"
"replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos           IN  TXT     <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24757
msgid ""
"In order for clients to be able to find the <application>Kerberos</"
"application> services, they <emphasis>must</emphasis> have either a fully "
"configured <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> or a minimally configured "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> <emphasis>and</emphasis> a properly "
"configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24766
msgid ""
"Next, create the <application>Kerberos</application> database which contains "
"the keys of all principals (users and hosts) encrypted with a master "
"password. It is not required to remember this password as it will be stored "
"in <filename>/var/heimdal/m-key</filename>; it would be reasonable to use a "
"45-character random password for this purpose. To create the master key, run "
"<command>kstash</command> and enter a password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24775
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kstash</userinput>\n"
"Master key: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Master key: "
"<userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24779
msgid ""
"Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. "
"The <application>Kerberos</application> administrative tool "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be used on the KDC in a mode that operates directly on the "
"database, without using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> network service, as "
"<command>kadmin -l</command>. This resolves the chicken-and-egg problem of "
"trying to connect to the database before it is created. At the "
"<command>kadmin</command> prompt, use <command>init</command> to create the "
"realm's initial database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin -l</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>init <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24794
msgid ""
"Lastly, while still in <command>kadmin</command>, create the first principal "
"using <command>add</command>. Stick to the default options for the principal "
"for now, as these can be changed later with <command>modify</command>. Type "
"<literal>?</literal> at the prompt to see the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>add <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24808
msgid ""
"Next, start the <acronym>KDC</acronym> services by running <command>service "
"kdc start</command> and <command>service kadmind start</command>. While "
"there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is "
"possible to confirm that the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is functioning by "
"obtaining a ticket for the principal that was just created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kinit <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24819
msgid ""
"Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using <command>klist</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24822
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>klist</userinput>\n"
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n"
"	Principal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n"
"\n"
"  Issued                Expires               Principal\n"
"Aug 27 15:37:58 2013  Aug 28 01:37:58 2013  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24829
msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24832
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kdestroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24836
msgid "Configuring a Server to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24839
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>enabling services</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24844
msgid ""
"The first step in configuring a server to use <application>Kerberos</"
"application> authentication is to ensure that it has the correct "
"configuration in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. The version from the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> can be used as-is, or it can be regenerated on the "
"new system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24851
msgid ""
"Next, create <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> on the server. This is "
"the main part of <quote>Kerberizing</quote> a service — it corresponds to "
"generating a secret shared between the service and the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym>. The secret is a cryptographic key, stored in a <quote>keytab</"
"quote>. The keytab contains the server's host key, which allows it and the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> to verify each others' identity. It must be "
"transmitted to the server in a secure fashion, as the security of the server "
"can be broken if the key is made public. Typically, the <filename>keytab</"
"filename> is generated on an administrator's trusted machine using "
"<command>kadmin</command>, then securely transferred to the server, e.g., "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>; it can also be created directly on the server if "
"that is consistent with the desired security policy. It is very important "
"that the keytab is transmitted to the server in a secure fashion: if the key "
"is known by some other party, that party can impersonate any user to the "
"server! Using <command>kadmin</command> on the server directly is "
"convenient, because the entry for the host principal in the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> database is also created using <command>kadmin</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24874
msgid ""
"Of course, <command>kadmin</command> is a kerberized service; a "
"<application>Kerberos</application> ticket is needed to authenticate to the "
"network service, but to ensure that the user running <command>kadmin</"
"command> is actually present (and their session has not been hijacked), "
"<command>kadmin</command> will prompt for the password to get a fresh ticket."
" The principal authenticating to the kadmin service must be permitted to use "
"the <command>kadmin</command> interface, as specified in <filename>kadmind."
"acl</filename>. See the section titled <quote>Remote administration</quote> "
"in <command>info heimdal</command> for details on designing access control "
"lists. Instead of enabling remote <command>kadmin</command> access, the "
"administrator could securely connect to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> via the "
"local console or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and perform "
"administration locally using <command>kadmin -l</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24891
msgid ""
"After installing <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>, use <command>add --"
"random-key</command> in <command>kadmin</command>. This adds the server's "
"host principal to the database, but does not extract a copy of the host "
"principal key to a keytab. To generate the keytab, use <command>ext</"
"command> to extract the server's host principal key to its own keytab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org</userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Principal expiration time [never]:\n"
"Password expiration time [never]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab <replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24909
msgid ""
"Note that <command>ext_keytab</command> stores the extracted key in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> by default. This is good when being "
"run on the server being kerberized, but the <command>--keytab "
"<replaceable>path/to/file</replaceable></command> argument should be used "
"when the keytab is being extracted elsewhere:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24917
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab "
"<replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24921
msgid ""
"The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or a removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab "
"name to avoid inserting unneeded keys into the system's keytab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24926
msgid ""
"At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> using its shared key, stored in <filename>krb5.keytab</filename>. "
"It is now ready for the <application>Kerberos</application>-using services "
"to be enabled. One of the most common such services is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which supports <application>Kerberos</application> via the "
"<acronym>GSS-API</acronym>. In <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, "
"add the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24937
#, no-wrap
msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24939
msgid ""
"After making this change, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be restarted for "
"the new configuration to take effect: <command>service sshd restart</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24945
msgid "Configuring a Client to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24948
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>configure clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24953
msgid ""
"As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in <filename>/"
"etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it "
"as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24957
msgid ""
"Test the client by using <command>kinit</command>, <command>klist</command>, "
"and <command>kdestroy</command> from the client to obtain, show, and then "
"delete a ticket for an existing principal. <application>Kerberos</"
"application> applications should also be able to connect to "
"<application>Kerberos</application> enabled servers. If that does not work "
"but obtaining a ticket does, the problem is likely with the server and not "
"with the client or the <acronym>KDC</acronym>. In the case of kerberized "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <acronym>GSS-API</acronym> is disabled by default, so test "
"using <command>ssh -o GSSAPIAuthentication=yes <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24971
msgid ""
"When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as "
"<command>tcpdump</command> to confirm that no sensitive information is sent "
"in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24975
msgid ""
"Various <application>Kerberos</application> client applications are "
"available. With the advent of a bridge so that applications using "
"<acronym>SASL</acronym> for authentication can use <acronym>GSS-API</"
"acronym> mechanisms as well, large classes of client applications can use "
"<application>Kerberos</application> for authentication, from Jabber clients "
"to <acronym>IMAP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24983
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5login</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24987
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5users</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24991
msgid ""
"Users within a realm typically have their <application>Kerberos</"
"application> principal mapped to a local user account. Occasionally, one "
"needs to grant access to a local user account to someone who does not have a "
"matching <application>Kerberos</application> principal. For example, "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG</systemitem> may need "
"access to the local user account <systemitem class="
"\"username\">webdevelopers</systemitem>. Other principals may also need "
"access to that local account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25000
msgid ""
"The <filename>.k5login</filename> and <filename>.k5users</filename> files, "
"placed in a user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For "
"example, if the following <filename>.k5login</filename> is placed in the "
"home directory of <systemitem class=\"username\">webdevelopers</systemitem>, "
"both principals listed will have access to that account without requiring a "
"shared password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25008
#, no-wrap
msgid "tillman@example.org\n"
"jdoe@example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25011
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ksu</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about <filename>.k5users</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25016
msgid "<acronym>MIT</acronym> Differences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25018
msgid ""
"The major difference between the <acronym>MIT</acronym> and Heimdal "
"implementations is that <command>kadmin</command> has a different, but "
"equivalent, set of commands and uses a different protocol. If the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> is <acronym>MIT</acronym>, the Heimdal version of "
"<command>kadmin</command> cannot be used to administer the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> remotely, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25026
msgid ""
"Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to "
"accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\">http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/</link> "
"is recommended. Be careful of path issues: the <acronym>MIT</acronym> port "
"installs into <filename>/usr/local/</filename> by default, and the FreeBSD "
"system applications run instead of the <acronym>MIT</acronym> versions if "
"<envar>PATH</envar> lists the system directories first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25036
msgid ""
"When using MIT Kerberos as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> on FreeBSD, the "
"following edits should also be made to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25040
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kerberos5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n"
"kadmind5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/kadmind\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_flags=\"\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind5_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25048
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25051
msgid ""
"When configuring and troubleshooting <application>Kerberos</application>, "
"keep the following points in mind:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25057
msgid ""
"When using either Heimdal or <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</"
"application> from ports, ensure that the <envar>PATH</envar> lists the "
"port's versions of the client applications before the system versions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25064
msgid ""
"If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, "
"authentication may fail. <xref linkend=\"network-ntp\"/> describes how to "
"synchronize clocks using <acronym>NTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25071
msgid ""
"If the hostname is changed, the <systemitem class=\"username\">host/</"
"systemitem> principal must be changed and the keytab updated. This also "
"applies to special keytab entries like the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">HTTP/</systemitem> principal used for Apache's <package>www/"
"mod_auth_kerb</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25078
msgid ""
"All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> or, at a minimum, exist in <filename>/etc/hosts</"
"filename>. CNAMEs will work, but the A and PTR records must be correct and "
"in place. The error message for unresolvable hosts is not intuitive: "
"<errorname>Kerberos5 refuses authentication because Read req failed: Key "
"table entry not found</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25089
msgid ""
"Some operating systems that act as clients to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> do "
"not set the permissions for <command>ksu</command> to be setuid <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. This means that <command>ksu</command> "
"does not work. This is a permissions problem, not a <acronym>KDC</acronym> "
"error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25098
msgid ""
"With <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application>, to allow a "
"principal to have a ticket life longer than the default lifetime of ten "
"hours, use <command>modify_principal</command> at the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> prompt to change the <literal>maxlife</literal> of both the "
"principal in question and the <systemitem class=\"username\">krbtgt</"
"systemitem> principal. The principal can then use <command>kinit -l</"
"command> to request a ticket with a longer lifetime."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25112
msgid ""
"When running a packet sniffer on the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to aid in "
"troubleshooting while running <command>kinit</command> from a workstation, "
"the Ticket Granting Ticket (<acronym>TGT</acronym>) is sent immediately, "
"even before the password is typed. This is because the "
"<application>Kerberos</application> server freely transmits a <acronym>TGT</"
"acronym> to any unauthorized request. However, every <acronym>TGT</acronym> "
"is encrypted in a key derived from the user's password. When a user types "
"their password, it is not sent to the <acronym>KDC</acronym>, it is instead "
"used to decrypt the <acronym>TGT</acronym> that <command>kinit</command> "
"already obtained. If the decryption process results in a valid ticket with a "
"valid time stamp, the user has valid <application>Kerberos</application> "
"credentials. These credentials include a session key for establishing secure "
"communications with the <application>Kerberos</application> server in the "
"future, as well as the actual <acronym>TGT</acronym>, which is encrypted "
"with the <application>Kerberos</application> server's own key. This second "
"layer of encryption allows the <application>Kerberos</application> server to "
"verify the authenticity of each <acronym>TGT</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25139
msgid ""
"Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has "
"a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine "
"hours, the user cache will have an expired host principal and the ticket "
"cache will not work as expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25147
msgid ""
"When setting up <filename>krb5.dict</filename> to prevent specific bad "
"passwords from being used as described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, remember that it only applies to principals that "
"have a password policy assigned to them. The format used in <filename>krb5."
"dict</filename> is one string per line. Creating a symbolic link to "
"<filename>/usr/share/dict/words</filename> might be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25161
msgid "Mitigating <application>Kerberos</application> Limitations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25164
msgid ""
"<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>limitations and shortcomings</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25169
msgid ""
"Since <application>Kerberos</application> is an all or nothing approach, "
"every service enabled on the network must either be modified to work with "
"<application>Kerberos</application> or be otherwise secured against network "
"attacks. This is to prevent user credentials from being stolen and re-used. "
"An example is when <application>Kerberos</application> is enabled on all "
"remote shells but the non-Kerberized <acronym>POP3</acronym> mail server "
"sends passwords in plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25179
msgid ""
"The <acronym>KDC</acronym> is a single point of failure. By design, the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> must be as secure as its master password database. "
"The <acronym>KDC</acronym> should have absolutely no other services running "
"on it and should be physically secure. The danger is high because "
"<application>Kerberos</application> stores all passwords encrypted with the "
"same master key which is stored as a file on the <acronym>KDC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25188
msgid ""
"A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master "
"key is only used to encrypt the <application>Kerberos</application> database "
"and as a seed for the random number generator. As long as access to the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> is secure, an attacker cannot do much with the master "
"key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25195
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is unavailable, network services are unusable "
"as authentication cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single "
"master <acronym>KDC</acronym> and one or more slaves, and with careful "
"implementation of secondary or fall-back authentication using <acronym>PAM</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25202
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> allows users, hosts and services to "
"authenticate between themselves. It does not have a mechanism to "
"authenticate the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to the users, hosts, or services. "
"This means that a trojanned <command>kinit</command> could record all user "
"names and passwords. File system integrity checking tools like "
"<package>security/tripwire</package> can alleviate this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25213
msgid "Resources and Further Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25215
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>external resources</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25222
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble."
"html\"> The <application>Kerberos</application> FAQ</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25228
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html\">Designing "
"an Authentication System: a Dialog in Four Scenes</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25234
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt?number=4120\">RFC "
"4120, The <application>Kerberos</application> Network Authentication Service "
"(V5)</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25240
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\"><acronym>MIT</acronym> "
"<application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25246
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pdc.kth.se/heimdal/\">Heimdal "
"<application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25256
msgid "OpenSSL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25264
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSL</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25269
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSL</application> is an open source implementation of the "
"<acronym>SSL</acronym> and <acronym>TLS</acronym> protocols. It provides an "
"encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications layer, "
"allowing it to be intertwined with many network applications and services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25276
msgid ""
"The version of <application>OpenSSL</application> included in FreeBSD "
"supports the Secure Sockets Layer v2/v3 (SSLv2/SSLv3) and Transport Layer "
"Security v1 (TLSv1) network security protocols and can be used as a general "
"cryptographic library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25282
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSL</application> is often used to encrypt authentication "
"of mail clients and to secure web based transactions such as credit card "
"payments. Some ports, such as <package>www/apache24</package> and "
"<package>databases/postgresql91-server</package>, include a compile option "
"for building with <application>OpenSSL</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25290
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides two versions of <application>OpenSSL</application>: one in "
"the base system and one in the Ports Collection. Users can choose which "
"version to use by default for other ports using the following knobs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25297
msgid ""
"WITH_OPENSSL_PORT: when set, the port will use <application>OpenSSL</"
"application> from the <package>security/openssl</package> port, even if the "
"version in the base system is up to date or newer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25304
msgid ""
"WITH_OPENSSL_BASE: when set, the port will compile against "
"<application>OpenSSL</application> provided by the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25310
msgid ""
"Another common use of <application>OpenSSL</application> is to provide "
"certificates for use with software applications. Certificates can be used to "
"verify the credentials of a company or individual. If a certificate has not "
"been signed by an external <firstterm>Certificate Authority</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>CA</acronym>), such as <link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign."
"com\">http://www.verisign.com</link>, the application that uses the "
"certificate will produce a warning. There is a cost associated with "
"obtaining a signed certificate and using a signed certificate is not "
"mandatory as certificates can be self-signed. However, using an external "
"authority will prevent warnings and can put users at ease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25323
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD "
"system. Refer to <xref linkend=\"ldap-config\"/> for an example of how to "
"create a <acronym>CA</acronym> for signing one's own certificates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25328
msgid ""
"For more information about <acronym>SSL</acronym>, read the free <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://www.feistyduck.com/books/openssl-cookbook/\">OpenSSL "
"Cookbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25333
msgid "Generating Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25335
msgid ""
"<primary>OpenSSL</primary> <secondary>certificate generation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25340
msgid ""
"To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external <acronym>CA</"
"acronym>, issue the following command and input the information requested at "
"the prompts. This input information will be written to the certificate. At "
"the <literal>Common Name</literal> prompt, input the fully qualified name "
"for the system that will use the certificate. If this name does not match "
"the server, the application verifying the certificate will issue a warning "
"to the user, rendering the verification provided by the certificate as "
"useless."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25350
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout "
"cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048</userinput>\n"
"Generating a 2048 bit RSA private key\n"
"..................+++\n"
".............................................................+++\n"
"writing new private key to 'cert.key'\n"
"-----\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:"
"<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems "
"Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example."
"org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n"
"to be sent with your certificate request\n"
"A challenge password []:\n"
"An optional company name []:<userinput><replaceable>Another Name</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25376
msgid ""
"Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, "
"are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>openssl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25381
msgid ""
"This command will create two files in the current directory. The certificate "
"request, <filename>req.pem</filename>, can be sent to a <acronym>CA</"
"acronym> who will validate the entered credentials, sign the request, and "
"return the signed certificate. The second file, <filename>cert.key</"
"filename>, is the private key for the certificate and should be stored in a "
"secure location. If this falls in the hands of others, it can be used to "
"impersonate the user or the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25392
msgid ""
"Alternately, if a signature from a <acronym>CA</acronym> is not required, a "
"self-signed certificate can be created. First, generate the <acronym>RSA</"
"acronym> key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key "
"2048</userinput>\n"
"0 semi-random bytes loaded\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n"
".............................................+++\n"
"............................................................................."
"....................................+++\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25403
msgid ""
"Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts "
"for creating a certificate:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key "
"-out cert.crt -sha256</userinput>\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:"
"<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems "
"Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:"
"<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25422
msgid ""
"This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file "
"<filename>cert.key</filename>, and the certificate itself, <filename>cert."
"crt</filename>. These should be placed in a directory, preferably under "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/</filename>, which is readable only by <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. Permissions of <literal>0700</literal> are "
"appropriate for these files and can be set using <command>chmod</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25433
msgid "Using Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25435
msgid ""
"One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the "
"<application>Sendmail</application> mail server in order to prevent the use "
"of clear text authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:25440
msgid ""
"Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a "
"local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the "
"software for more information on certificate installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25446
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed "
"certificate for <application>Sendmail</application> automatically. To enable "
"this, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_create=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_cn=\"<replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25456
msgid ""
"This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, <filename>/etc/"
"mail/certs/host.cert</filename>, a signing key, <filename>/etc/mail/certs/"
"host.key</filename>, and a <acronym>CA</acronym> certificate, <filename>/etc/"
"mail/certs/cacert.pem</filename>. The certificate will use the "
"<literal>Common Name</literal> specified in <option>sendmail_cert_cn</"
"option>. After saving the edits, restart <application>Sendmail</application>:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25465
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25467
msgid ""
"If all went well, there will be no error messages in <filename>/var/log/"
"maillog</filename>. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's "
"listening port using <command>telnet</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>telnet <replaceable>example.com</replaceable> "
"25</userinput>\n"
"Trying 192.0.34.166...\n"
"Connected to example.com.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 example.com ESMTP Sendmail 8.14.7/8.14.7; Fri, 18 Apr 2014 11:50:32 -"
"0400 (EDT)\n"
"<userinput>ehlo <replaceable>example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"250-example.com Hello example.com [192.0.34.166], pleased to meet you\n"
"250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES\n"
"250-PIPELINING\n"
"250-8BITMIME\n"
"250-SIZE\n"
"250-DSN\n"
"250-ETRN\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-DELIVERBY\n"
"250 HELP\n"
"<userinput>quit</userinput>\n"
"221 2.0.0 example.com closing connection\n"
"Connection closed by foreign host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25493
msgid ""
"If the <literal>STARTTLS</literal> line appears in the output, everything is "
"working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25500
msgid "<acronym>VPN</acronym> over <acronym>IPsec</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25510
#, no-wrap
msgid "\n"
"	      <email>nik@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"	    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25504
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25525
#, no-wrap
msgid "\n"
"	      <email>hmp@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"	    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25519
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Hiten M.</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25534
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25538
msgid ""
"Internet Protocol Security (<acronym>IPsec</acronym>) is a set of protocols "
"which sit on top of the Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) layer. It "
"allows two or more hosts to communicate in a secure manner by authenticating "
"and encrypting each <acronym>IP</acronym> packet of a communication session. "
"The FreeBSD <acronym>IPsec</acronym> network stack is based on the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www.kame.net/</link> "
"implementation and supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25548
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>ESP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25553
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>AH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25558
msgid "<acronym>IPsec</acronym> is comprised of the following sub-protocols:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25563
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Encapsulated Security Payload (<acronym>ESP</acronym>)</emphasis>: "
"this protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet data from third "
"party interference by encrypting the contents using symmetric cryptography "
"algorithms such as Blowfish and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25572
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Authentication Header (<acronym>AH</acronym>)</emphasis>: this "
"protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet header from third party "
"interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic checksum and hashing "
"the <acronym>IP </acronym> packet header fields with a secure hashing "
"function. This is then followed by an additional header that contains the "
"hash, to allow the information in the packet to be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25584
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP Payload Compression Protocol (<acronym>IPComp</acronym></"
"emphasis>): this protocol tries to increase communication performance by "
"compressing the <acronym>IP </acronym> payload in order to reduce the amount "
"of data sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25592
msgid ""
"These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25595
msgid "<primary><acronym>VPN</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25599
msgid "<primary>virtual private network</primary> <see>VPN</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25604
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPsec</acronym> supports two modes of operation. The first mode, "
"<firstterm>Transport Mode</firstterm>, protects communications between two "
"hosts. The second mode, <firstterm>Tunnel Mode</firstterm>, is used to build "
"virtual tunnels, commonly known as Virtual Private Networks (<acronym>VPN</"
"acronym>s). Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipsec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for detailed "
"information on the <acronym>IPsec</acronym> subsystem in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25613
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPsec</acronym> support is enabled by default on FreeBSD 11 and "
"later. For previous versions of FreeBSD, add these options to a custom "
"kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25618
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25623
#, no-wrap
msgid "options   IPSEC        #IP security\n"
"device    crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25626
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC_DEBUG</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25631
msgid ""
"If <acronym>IPsec</acronym> debugging support is desired, the following "
"kernel option should also be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25634
#, no-wrap
msgid "options   IPSEC_DEBUG  #debug for IP security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25636
msgid ""
"This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an "
"<acronym>IPsec</acronym> <acronym>VPN</acronym> between a home network and a "
"corporate network. In the example scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25643
msgid ""
"Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25648
msgid ""
"The gateway on each network has at least one external <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">172.16.5.4</"
"systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.12</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25657
msgid ""
"The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. However, the address space must not collide."
" For example, both networks cannot use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192."
"168.1.x</systemitem>. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym>'s internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.246.38.1</systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s "
"internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10."
"0.0.5</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25670
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>VPN</acronym> on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25679
#, no-wrap
msgid "\n"
"		<email>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"	      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25673
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25688
msgid ""
"To begin, <package>security/ipsec-tools</package> must be installed from the "
"Ports Collection. This software provides a number of applications which "
"support the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25692
msgid ""
"The next requirement is to create two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gif</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> pseudo-devices which "
"will be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate "
"properly. As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run the "
"following commands, replacing <replaceable>internal</replaceable> and "
"<replaceable>external</replaceable> with the real IP addresses of the "
"internal and external interfaces of the two gateways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25700
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 <replaceable>internal1 "
"internal2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 tunnel <replaceable>external1 "
"external2</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25704
msgid ""
"Verify the setup on each gateway, using <command>ifconfig</command>. Here is "
"the output from Gateway 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 172.16.5.4 --&gt; 192.168.1.12\n"
"inet6 fe80::2e0:81ff:fe02:5881%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x6\n"
"inet 10.246.38.1 --&gt; 10.0.0.5 netmask 0xffffff00"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25713
msgid "Here is the output from Gateway 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 192.168.1.12 --&gt; 172.16.5.4\n"
"inet 10.0.0.5 --&gt; 10.246.38.1 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"inet6 fe80::250:bfff:fe3a:c1f%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25720
msgid ""
"Once complete, both internal <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses should be "
"reachable using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25723
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"priv-net# ping 10.0.0.5\n"
"PING 10.0.0.5 (10.0.0.5): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=42.786 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=19.255 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=20.440 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.036 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.5 ping statistics ---\n"
"4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 19.255/25.879/42.786/9.782 ms\n"
"\n"
"corp-net# ping 10.246.38.1\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.1): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=28.106 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=42.917 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=127.525 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=119.896 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=154.524 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.1 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 28.106/94.594/154.524/49.814 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25744
msgid ""
"As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive <acronym>ICMP</"
"acronym> packets from the privately configured addresses. Next, both "
"gateways must be told how to route packets in order to correctly send "
"traffic from either network. The following commands will achieve this goal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add <replaceable>10.0.0.0 10.0.0."
"5 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"corp-net<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add net <replaceable>10.0.0.0: "
"gateway 10.0.0.5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"priv-net<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add <replaceable>10.246.38.0 10."
"246.38.1 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"priv-net<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add host <replaceable>10.246.38."
"0: gateway 10.246.38.1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25756
msgid ""
"At this point, internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as "
"well as from machines behind the gateways. Again, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to confirm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# ping 10.0.0.8\n"
"PING 10.0.0.8 (10.0.0.8): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=0 ttl=63 time=92.391 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=21.870 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=198.022 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=22.241 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=4 ttl=63 time=174.705 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.8 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.870/101.846/198.022/74.001 ms\n"
"\n"
"priv-net# ping 10.246.38.107\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.107): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=53.491 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=23.395 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=23.865 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.145 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=36.708 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.107 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.145/31.721/53.491/12.179 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25782
msgid ""
"Setting up the tunnels is the easy part. Configuring a secure link is a more "
"in depth process. The following configuration uses pre-shared (<acronym>PSK</"
"acronym>) <acronym>RSA</acronym> keys. Other than the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses, the <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf</filename> on "
"both gateways will be identical and look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"path    pre_shared_key  \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-"
"shared key file\n"
"log     debug;	#log verbosity setting: set to 'notify' when testing and "
"debugging is complete\n"
"\n"
"padding	# options are not to be changed\n"
"{\n"
"        maximum_length  20;\n"
"        randomize       off;\n"
"        strict_check    off;\n"
"        exclusive_tail  off;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"timer	# timing options. change as needed\n"
"{\n"
"        counter         5;\n"
"        interval        20 sec;\n"
"        persend         1;\n"
"#       natt_keepalive  15 sec;\n"
"        phase1          30 sec;\n"
"        phase2          15 sec;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"listen	# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n"
"{\n"
"        isakmp          172.16.5.4 [500];\n"
"        isakmp_natt     172.16.5.4 [4500];\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"remote  192.168.1.12 [500]\n"
"{\n"
"        exchange_mode   main,aggressive;\n"
"        doi             ipsec_doi;\n"
"        situation       identity_only;\n"
"        my_identifier   address 172.16.5.4;\n"
"        peers_identifier        address 192.168.1.12;\n"
"        lifetime        time 8 hour;\n"
"        passive         off;\n"
"        proposal_check  obey;\n"
"#       nat_traversal   off;\n"
"        generate_policy off;\n"
"\n"
"                        proposal {\n"
"                                encryption_algorithm    blowfish;\n"
"                                hash_algorithm          md5;\n"
"                                authentication_method   pre_shared_key;\n"
"                                lifetime time           30 sec;\n"
"                                dh_group                1;\n"
"                        }\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"sainfo  (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)	# address "
"$network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or "
"esp)\n"
"{								# $network must be the two internal networks you are joining.\n"
"        pfs_group       1;\n"
"        lifetime        time    36000 sec;\n"
"        encryption_algorithm    blowfish,3des;\n"
"        authentication_algorithm        hmac_md5,hmac_sha1;\n"
"        compression_algorithm   deflate;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25848
msgid ""
"For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for "
"<filename>racoon.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25851
msgid ""
"The Security Policy Database (<acronym>SPD</acronym>) needs to be configured "
"so that FreeBSD and <application>racoon</application> are able to encrypt "
"and decrypt network traffic between the hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25856
msgid ""
"This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the "
"corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and "
"should be saved as <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25861
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"flush;\n"
"spdflush;\n"
"# To the home network\n"
"spdadd 10.246.38.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 any -P out ipsec esp/tunnel/172.16.5.4-192."
"168.1.12/use;\n"
"spdadd 10.0.0.0/24 10.246.38.0/24 any -P in ipsec esp/tunnel/192.168.1.12-"
"172.16.5.4/use;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25867
msgid ""
"Once in place, <application>racoon</application> may be started on both "
"gateways using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/"
"racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25872
msgid "The output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n"
"Foreground mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:47: INFO: begin Identity Protection mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:48: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:55: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:04: INFO: ISAKMP-SA established 172.16.5.4[500]-192.168.1."
"12[500] spi:623b9b3bd2492452:7deab82d54ff704a\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:05: INFO: initiate new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5."
"4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-"
"&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=28496098(0x1b2d0e2)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-"
"&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=47784998(0x2d92426)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:13: INFO: respond new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192."
"168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-"
"&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=124397467(0x76a279b)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-"
"&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=175852902(0xa7b4d66)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25887
msgid ""
"To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to view network traffic using the following "
"command. Replace <literal>em0</literal> with the network interface card as "
"required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25893
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i em0 host <replaceable>172.16.5.4 "
"and dst 192.168.1.12</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25895
msgid ""
"Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there is "
"an issue and debugging the returned data will be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com:"
" ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n"
"01:47:33.022442 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com:"
" ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xb)\n"
"01:47:34.024218 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com:"
" ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xc)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25903
msgid ""
"At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the "
"same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To "
"allow traffic to flow between them, rules need to be added to pass packets. "
"For the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> firewall, add the following lines to the firewall "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25910
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00202 allow log ah from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00203 allow log ipencap from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00204 allow log udp from any 500 to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:25916
msgid ""
"The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25920
msgid ""
"For users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the following rules "
"should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass in quick on gif0 from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass out quick on gif0 from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25934
msgid ""
"Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the <acronym>VPN</"
"acronym> during system initialization, add the following lines to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipsec_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/setkey\"\n"
"ipsec_file=\"/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf\" # allows setting up spd "
"policies on boot\n"
"racoon_enable=\"yes\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25947
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25950
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Chern</firstname><surname>Lee</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25956
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25957
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25962
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> is a set of network connectivity tools "
"used to provide secure access to remote machines. Additionally, <acronym>TCP/"
"IP</acronym> connections can be tunneled or forwarded securely through "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> connections. <application>OpenSSH</application> "
"encrypts all traffic to effectively eliminate eavesdropping, connection "
"hijacking, and other network-level attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25971
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> is maintained by the OpenBSD project and "
"is installed by default in FreeBSD. It is compatible with both <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> version 1 and 2 protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25976
msgid ""
"When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers "
"anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password "
"information or data transferred during the session. <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> offers a variety of authentication and encryption methods to "
"prevent this from happening. More information about <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> is available from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openssh.com/"
"\">http://www.openssh.com/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25984
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to "
"securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD "
"system. It then describes how to configure a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server "
"on a FreeBSD system. More information is available in the man pages "
"mentioned in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25992
msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25994
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25999
msgid ""
"To log into a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, use <command>ssh</command> and "
"specify a username that exists on that server and the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address or hostname of the server. If this is the first time a connection "
"has been made to the specified server, the user will be prompted to first "
"verify the server's fingerprint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26006
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ssh <replaceable>user@example.com</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n"
"ECDSA key fingerprint is 25:cc:73:b5:b3:96:75:3d:56:19:49:d2:5c:1f:91:3b.\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? <userinput>yes</"
"userinput>\n"
"Permanently added 'example.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts.\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>user_password</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26013
msgid ""
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the "
"authenticity of the server when the client connects. When the user accepts "
"the key's fingerprint by typing <literal>yes</literal> when connecting for "
"the first time, a copy of the key is saved to <filename>.ssh/known_hosts</"
"filename> in the user's home directory. Future attempts to login are "
"verified against the saved key and <command>ssh</command> will display an "
"alert if the server's key does not match the saved key. If this occurs, the "
"user should first verify why the key has changed before continuing with the "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26025
msgid ""
"By default, recent versions of <application>OpenSSH</application> only "
"accept <acronym>SSH</acronym>v2 connections. By default, the client will use "
"version 2 if possible and will fall back to version 1 if the server does not "
"support version 2. To force <command>ssh</command> to only use the specified "
"protocol, include <option>-1</option> or <option>-2</option>. Additional "
"options are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26034
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>secure copy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26038
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26042
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to securely copy a file to or from a remote "
"machine. This example copies <filename>COPYRIGHT</filename> on the remote "
"system to a file of the same name in the current directory of the local "
"system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scp <replaceable>user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT "
"COPYRIGHT</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>*******</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"COPYRIGHT            100% |*****************************|  4735\n"
"00:00\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26054
msgid ""
"Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key "
"is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26058
msgid ""
"The arguments passed to <command>scp</command> are similar to <command>cp</"
"command>. The file or files to copy is the first argument and the "
"destination to copy to is the second. Since the file is fetched over the "
"network, one or more of the file arguments takes the form <option>user@host:"
"&lt;path_to_remote_file&gt;</option>. Be aware when copying directories "
"recursively that <command>scp</command> uses <option>-r</option>, whereas "
"<command>cp</command> uses <option>-R</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26068
msgid ""
"To open an interactive session for copying files, use <command>sftp</"
"command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of "
"available commands while in an <command>sftp</command> session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26074
msgid "Key-based Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26076
msgid ""
"Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the "
"remote machine using keys. To generate <acronym>RSA</acronym> authentication "
"keys, use <command>ssh-keygen</command>. To generate a public and private "
"key pair, specify the type of key and follow the prompts. It is recommended "
"to protect the keys with a memorable, but hard to guess passphrase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26085
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh-keygen -t rsa</userinput>\n"
"Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n"
"Enter file in which to save the key (/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa):\n"
"Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase):  <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-keygen-"
"passphrase1\"/>\n"
"Enter same passphrase again:                 <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-keygen-"
"passphrase2\"/>\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"SHA256:54Xm9Uvtv6H4NOo6yjP/YCfODryvUU7yWHzMqeXwhq8 user@host.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+---[RSA 2048]----+\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|        . o..    |\n"
"|       .S*+*o    |\n"
"|      . O=Oo . . |\n"
"|       = Oo= oo..|\n"
"|      .oB.* +.oo.|\n"
"|       =OE**.o..=|\n"
"+----[SHA256]-----+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26109
msgid "Type a passphrase here. It can contain spaces and symbols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26114
msgid "Retype the passphrase to verify it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26119
msgid ""
"The private key is stored in <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa</filename> and the "
"public key is stored in <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>. The "
"<emphasis>public</emphasis> key must be copied to <filename>~/.ssh/"
"authorized_keys</filename> on the remote machine for key-based "
"authentication to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:26130
msgid ""
"Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without "
"a passphrase. This is <emphasis>dangerous</emphasis> behavior. An "
"administrator can verify that a key pair is protected by a passphrase by "
"viewing the private key manually. If the private key file contains the word "
"<literal>ENCRYPTED</literal>, the key owner is using a passphrase. In "
"addition, to better secure end users, <literal>from</literal> may be placed "
"in the public key file. For example, adding <literal>from=\"192.168.10.5\"</"
"literal> in front of the <literal>ssh-rsa</literal> prefix will only allow "
"that specific user to log in from that <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26146
msgid ""
"The options and files vary with different versions of <application>OpenSSH</"
"application>. To avoid problems, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-"
"keygen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26150
msgid ""
"If a passphrase is used, the user is prompted for the passphrase each time a "
"connection is made to the server. To load <acronym>SSH</acronym> keys into "
"memory and remove the need to type the passphrase each time, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-agent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-add</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26156
msgid ""
"Authentication is handled by <command>ssh-agent</command>, using the private "
"keys that are loaded into it. <command>ssh-agent</command> can be used to "
"launch another application like a shell or a window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26162
msgid ""
"To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in a shell, start it with a shell as an "
"argument. Add the identity by running <command>ssh-add</command> and "
"entering the passphrase for the private key. The user will then be able to "
"<command>ssh</command> to any host that has the corresponding public key "
"installed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26170
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh-agent <replaceable>csh</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh-add</userinput>\n"
"Enter passphrase for key '/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa':  <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-"
"agent-passphrase\"/>\n"
"Identity added: /usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa (/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa)\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26178
msgid "Enter the passphrase for the key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26182
msgid ""
"To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in <application>Xorg</application>, add "
"an entry for it in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. This provides the "
"<command>ssh-agent</command> services to all programs launched in "
"<application>Xorg</application>. An example <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> "
"might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26189
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec ssh-agent <replaceable>startxfce4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26191
msgid ""
"This launches <command>ssh-agent</command>, which in turn launches "
"<application>XFCE</application>, every time <application>Xorg</application> "
"starts. Once <application>Xorg</application> has been restarted so that the "
"changes can take effect, run <command>ssh-add</command> to load all of the "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26200
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym> Tunneling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26202
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>tunneling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26207
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> has the ability to create a tunnel to "
"encapsulate another protocol in an encrypted session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26211
msgid ""
"The following command tells <command>ssh</command> to create a tunnel for "
"<application>telnet</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5023:localhost:23 "
"user@foo.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26218
msgid "This example uses the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26222
msgid "<option>-2</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26225
msgid ""
"Forces <command>ssh</command> to use version 2 to connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26231
msgid "<option>-N</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26234
msgid ""
"Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, <command>ssh</command> "
"initiates a normal session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26244
msgid "Forces <command>ssh</command> to run in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26250
msgid "<option>-L</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26253
msgid ""
"Indicates a local tunnel in <replaceable>localport:remotehost:remoteport</"
"replaceable> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26260
msgid "<option>user@foo.example.com</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26263
msgid ""
"The login name to use on the specified remote <acronym>SSH</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26269
msgid ""
"An <acronym>SSH</acronym> tunnel works by creating a listen socket on "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on the specified <literal>localport</"
"literal>. It then forwards any connections received on <literal>localport</"
"literal> via the <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the specified "
"<literal>remotehost:remoteport</literal>. In the example, port "
"<literal>5023</literal> on the client is forwarded to port <literal>23</"
"literal> on the remote machine. Since port 23 is used by "
"<application>telnet</application>, this creates an encrypted "
"<application>telnet</application> session through an <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26281
msgid ""
"This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure <acronym>TCP</"
"acronym> protocols such as <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, <acronym>POP3</acronym>, "
"and <acronym>FTP</acronym>, as seen in the following examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26288
msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for <acronym>SMTP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26291
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5025:localhost:25 "
"user@mailserver.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@mailserver.example.com's password: <userinput>*****</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet localhost 5025</userinput>\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 mailserver.example.com ESMTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26299
msgid ""
"This can be used in conjunction with <command>ssh-keygen</command> and "
"additional user accounts to create a more seamless <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"tunneling environment. Keys can be used in place of typing a password, and "
"the tunnels can be run as a separate user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26308
msgid "Secure Access of a <acronym>POP3</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26311
msgid ""
"In this example, there is an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server that accepts "
"connections from the outside. On the same network resides a mail server "
"running a <acronym>POP3</acronym> server. To check email in a secure manner, "
"create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"server and tunnel through to the mail server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>2110:mail.example."
"com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@ssh-server.example.com's password: <userinput>******</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26322
msgid ""
"Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send "
"<acronym>POP3</acronym> requests to <systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on "
"port 2110. This connection will be forwarded securely across the tunnel to "
"<systemitem>mail.example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26330
msgid "Bypassing a Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26332
msgid ""
"Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, a "
"firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to only "
"allow <acronym>SSH</acronym> and web surfing. This prevents access to any "
"other service which uses a port other than 22 or 80."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26340
msgid ""
"The solution is to create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to a machine "
"outside of the network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired "
"service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26344
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>8888:music."
"example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: <userinput>*******</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26347
msgid ""
"In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem> port 8888, which will be forwarded over "
"to <systemitem>music.example.com</systemitem> on port 8000, successfully "
"bypassing the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26357
msgid "Enabling the SSH Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26359
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>enabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26364
msgid ""
"In addition to providing built-in <acronym>SSH</acronym> client utilities, a "
"FreeBSD system can be configured as an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, "
"accepting connections from other <acronym>SSH</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26369
msgid ""
"To see if <application>sshd</application> is operating, use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26372
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26374
msgid ""
"If the service is not running, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26377
#, no-wrap
msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26379
msgid ""
"This will start <application>sshd</application>, the daemon program for "
"<application>OpenSSH</application>, the next time the system boots. To start "
"it now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26383
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26385
msgid ""
"The first time <application>sshd</application> starts on a FreeBSD system, "
"the system's host keys will be automatically created and the fingerprint "
"will be displayed on the console. Provide users with the fingerprint so that "
"they can verify it the first time they connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26391
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available options when starting "
"<application>sshd</application> and a more complete discussion about "
"authentication, the login process, and the various configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26396
msgid ""
"At this point, the <application>sshd</application> should be available to "
"all users with a username and password on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26402
msgid "SSH Server Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26404
msgid ""
"While <application>sshd</application> is the most widely used remote "
"administration facility for FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are "
"common to any system exposed to public networks. Several additional "
"parameters are available to prevent the success of these attacks and will be "
"described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26411
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> server and from where using the <literal>AllowUsers</literal> "
"keyword in the <application>OpenSSH</application> server configuration file. "
"For example, to only allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"to log in from <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.32</systemitem>, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26419
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26421
msgid ""
"To allow <systemitem class=\"username\">admin</systemitem> to log in from "
"anywhere, list that user without specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26425
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26427
msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26430
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26432
msgid ""
"After making changes to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, tell "
"<application>sshd</application> to reload its configuration file by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26437
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26440
msgid ""
"When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to "
"log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be "
"locked out. Also, the keywords used in the <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> server configuration file are case-sensitive. If the keyword is "
"not spelled correctly, including its case, it will be ignored. Always test "
"changes to this file to make sure that the edits are working as expected. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> to verify the spelling "
"and use of the available keywords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26452
msgid ""
"In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the "
"use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key "
"pair through the use of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-keygen</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and send the "
"administrator the public key. This key file will be placed in the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> as described above in the client "
"section. To force the users to use keys only, the following option may be "
"configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26461
#, no-wrap
msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:26464
msgid ""
"Do not confuse <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> with <filename>/etc/"
"ssh/ssh_config</filename> (note the extra <literal>d</literal> in the first "
"filename). The first file configures the server and the second file "
"configures the client. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh_config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a listing of the "
"available client settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26476
msgid "Access Control Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:26479 book.translate.xml:26624 book.translate.xml:26700
#: book.translate.xml:27020 book.translate.xml:27085 book.translate.xml:27439
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26484
msgid "<primary>ACL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26488
msgid ""
"Access Control Lists (<acronym>ACL</acronym>s) extend the standard "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> permission model in a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e compatible way. This "
"permits an administrator to take advantage of a more fine-grained "
"permissions model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26493
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym> support for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems. Users who prefer "
"to compile a custom kernel must include the following option in their custom "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26499
#, no-wrap
msgid "options UFS_ACL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26501
msgid ""
"If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when "
"attempting to mount a file system with <acronym>ACL</acronym> support. "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s rely on extended attributes which are natively "
"supported in <acronym>UFS2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26507
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to enable <acronym>ACL</acronym> support and "
"provides some usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26512
msgid "Enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym> Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26514
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, "
"<option>acls</option>, which may be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
" The mount-time flag can also be automatically set in a persistent manner "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to modify a superblock <acronym>ACL</acronym>s "
"flag in the file system header. In general, it is preferred to use the "
"superblock flag for several reasons:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26524
msgid ""
"The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using <option>mount -u</"
"option> as it requires a complete <command>umount</command> and fresh "
"<command>mount</command>. This means that <acronym>ACL</acronym>s cannot be "
"enabled on the root file system after boot. It also means that <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym> support on a file system cannot be changed while the system is in "
"use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26535
msgid ""
"Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled, even if there is not an <filename>fstab</"
"filename> entry or if the devices re-order. This prevents accidental "
"mounting of the file system without <acronym>ACL</acronym> support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26545
msgid ""
"It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym>s enabled because nasty things can happen if <acronym>ACL</acronym>s "
"are enabled, then disabled, then re-enabled without flushing the extended "
"attributes. In general, once <acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled on a file "
"system, they should not be disabled, as the resulting file protections may "
"not be compatible with those intended by the users of the system, and re-"
"enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym>s may re-attach the previous <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym>s to files that have since had their permissions changed, resulting "
"in unpredictable behavior."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26559
msgid ""
"File systems with <acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled will show a plus "
"(<literal>+</literal>) sign in their permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"drwx------  2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 23 10:57 directory1\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 22 10:20 directory2\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:57 directory3\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  2 robert  robert  512 Nov 10 11:54 public_html"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26569
msgid ""
"In this example, <filename>directory1</filename>, <filename>directory2</"
"filename>, and <filename>directory3</filename> are all taking advantage of "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s, whereas <filename>public_html</filename> is not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26577
msgid "Using <acronym>ACL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26579
msgid ""
"File system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s can be viewed using <command>getfacl</"
"command>. For instance, to view the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on "
"<filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>getfacl test</userinput>\n"
"	#file:test\n"
"	#owner:1001\n"
"	#group:1001\n"
"	user::rw-\n"
"	group::r--\n"
"	other::r--"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26592
msgid ""
"To change the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on this file, use "
"<command>setfacl</command>. To remove all of the currently defined "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s from a file or file system, include <option>-k</"
"option>. However, the preferred method is to use <option>-b</option> as it "
"leaves the basic fields required for <acronym>ACL</acronym>s to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26599
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -k test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26601
msgid ""
"To modify the default <acronym>ACL</acronym> entries, use <option>-m</"
"option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26604
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- "
"test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26606
msgid ""
"In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by "
"the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns "
"the options listed. If a user or group is added which does not exist on the "
"system, an <errorname>Invalid argument</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26613
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getfacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about the options available for these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26621
msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26629
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26633
msgid ""
"In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how "
"vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion "
"increases as third party utilities are installed and configured for "
"virtually any operating system available today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26639
msgid ""
"Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD releases "
"advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party utility is "
"beyond the FreeBSD Project's capability. There is a way to mitigate third "
"party vulnerabilities and warn administrators of known security issues. A "
"FreeBSD add on utility known as <application>pkg</application> includes "
"options explicitly for this purpose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26648
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> polls a database for security issues. The "
"database is updated and maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports "
"developers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26652
msgid ""
"Please refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/handbook/pkgng-intro.html\">instructions</link> for installing "
"<application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26656
msgid ""
"Installation provides <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files "
"for maintaining the <application>pkg</application> audit database, and "
"provides a programmatic method of keeping it updated. This functionality is "
"enabled if <literal>daily_status_security_pkgaudit_enable</literal> is set "
"to <literal>YES</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Ensure that daily "
"security run emails, which are sent to <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>'s email account, are being read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26666
msgid ""
"After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports "
"Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database "
"and view known vulnerabilities of installed packages by invoking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26673
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> displays messages any published "
"vulnerabilities in installed packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26676
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n"
"Type of problem: cups-base -- HPGL buffer overflow vulnerability.\n"
"Reference: &lt;https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/portaudit/40a3bca2-6809-11d9-"
"a9e7-0001020eed82.html&gt;\n"
"\n"
"1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n"
"\n"
"You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26684
msgid ""
"By pointing a web browser to the displayed <acronym>URL</acronym>, an "
"administrator may obtain more information about the vulnerability. This will "
"include the versions affected, by FreeBSD port version, along with other web "
"sites which may contain security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26690
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> is a powerful utility and is extremely useful "
"when coupled with <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26697
msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26705
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Security Advisories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26709
msgid ""
"Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a "
"security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life "
"(<acronym>EoL</acronym>) date for each FreeBSD release and to provide "
"security updates for supported releases which have not yet reached their "
"<acronym>EoL</acronym>. More information about the FreeBSD security team and "
"the supported releases is available on the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security\">FreeBSD security page</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26719
msgid ""
"One task of the security team is to respond to reported security "
"vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is "
"confirmed, the security team verifies the steps necessary to fix the "
"vulnerability and updates the source code with the fix. It then publishes "
"the details as a <quote>Security Advisory</quote>. Security advisories are "
"published on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security/advisories."
"html\">FreeBSD website</link> and mailed to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">freebsd-"
"security-notifications</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security\">freebsd-security</link>, and <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">freebsd-"
"announce</link> mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26730
msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26734
msgid "Format of a Security Advisory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26736
msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26738
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"============================================================================="
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n"
"Hash: SHA512\n"
"\n"
"============================================================================="
"\n"
"FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind                                       Security "
"Advisory\n"
"                                                          The FreeBSD "
"Project\n"
"\n"
"Topic:          BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n"
"\n"
"Category:       contrib\n"
"Module:         bind\n"
"Announced:      2014-01-14\n"
"Credits:        ISC\n"
"Affects:        FreeBSD 8.x and FreeBSD 9.x\n"
"Corrected:      2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/9, 9.2-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.2, 9.2-RELEASE-p3)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.1, 9.1-RELEASE-p10)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/8, 8.4-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.4, 8.4-RELEASE-p7)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.3, 8.3-RELEASE-p14)\n"
"CVE Name:       CVE-2014-0591\n"
"\n"
"For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n"
"including descriptions of the fields above, security branches, and the\n"
"following sections, please visit &lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"I.   Background\n"
"\n"
"BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n"
"The named(8) daemon is an Internet Domain Name Server.\n"
"\n"
"II.  Problem Description\n"
"\n"
"Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n"
"crash with an \"INSIST\" failure in name.c when processing queries "
"possessing\n"
"certain properties.  This issue only affects authoritative nameservers with\n"
"at least one NSEC3-signed zone.  Recursive-only servers are not at risk.\n"
"\n"
"III. Impact\n"
"\n"
"An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n"
"to crash, resulting in a denial of service.\n"
"\n"
"IV.  Workaround\n"
"\n"
"No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS "
"service\n"
"with at least one NSEC3-signed zone using named(8) are not vulnerable.\n"
"\n"
"V.   Solution\n"
"\n"
"Perform one of the following:\n"
"\n"
"1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n"
"release / security branch (releng) dated after the correction date.\n"
"\n"
"2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n"
"\n"
"The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n"
"FreeBSD release branches.\n"
"\n"
"a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n"
"detached PGP signature using your PGP utility.\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"b) Execute the following commands as root:\n"
"\n"
"# cd /usr/src\n"
"# patch &lt; /path/to/patch\n"
"\n"
"Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n"
"described in &lt;URL:https://www.FreeBSD.org/handbook/makeworld.html&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n"
"\n"
"3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n"
"\n"
"Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n"
"platforms can be updated via the freebsd-update(8) utility:\n"
"\n"
"# freebsd-update fetch\n"
"# freebsd-update install\n"
"\n"
"VI.  Correction details\n"
"\n"
"The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n"
"affected branch.\n"
"\n"
"Branch/path                                                      Revision\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"stable/8/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/8.3/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/8.4/                                                       r260647\n"
"stable/9/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/9.1/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/9.2/                                                       r260647\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"\n"
"To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n"
"following command, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number, on a\n"
"machine with Subversion installed:\n"
"\n"
"# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n"
"\n"
"Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&amp;revision="
"NNNNNN&gt;\n"
"\n"
"VII. References\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591&gt;\n"
"\n"
"The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n"
"&lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/advisories/FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind.asc&gt;\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n"
"\n"
"iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n"
"ZSQP5EGWx/lramNf9566iKxOrLRMq/h3XWcC4goVd+gZFrvITJSVOWSa7ntDQ7TO\n"
"XcinfRZ/iyiJbs/Rg2wLHc/t5oVSyeouyccqODYFbOwOlk35JjOTMUG1YcX+Zasg\n"
"ax8RV+7Zt1QSBkMlOz/myBLXUjlTZ3Xg2FXVsfFQW5/g2CjuHpRSFx1bVNX6ysoG\n"
"9DT58EQcYxIS8WfkHRbbXKh9I1nSfZ7/Hky/kTafRdRMrjAgbqFgHkYTYsBZeav5\n"
"fYWKGQRJulYfeZQ90yMTvlpF42DjCC3uJYamJnwDIu8OhS1WRBI8fQfr9DRzmRua\n"
"OK3BK9hUiScDZOJB6OqeVzUTfe7MAA4/UwrDtTYQ+PqAenv1PK8DZqwXyxA9ThHb\n"
"zKO3OwuKOVHJnKvpOcr+eNwo7jbnHlis0oBksj/mrq2P9m2ueF9gzCiq5Ri5Syag\n"
"Wssb1HUoMGwqU0roS8+pRpNC8YgsWpsttvUWSZ8u6Vj/FLeHpiV3mYXPVMaKRhVm\n"
"067BA2uj4Th1JKtGleox+Em0R7OFbCc/9aWC67wiqI6KRyit9pYiF3npph+7D5Eq\n"
"7zPsUdDd+qc+UTiLp3liCRp5w6484wWdhZO6wRtmUgxGjNkxFoNnX8CitzF8AaqO\n"
"UWWemqWuz3lAZuORQ9KX\n"
"=OQzQ\n"
"-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26880
msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26884
msgid ""
"Each security advisory is signed by the <acronym>PGP</acronym> key of the "
"Security Officer. The public key for the Security Officer can be verified at "
"<xref linkend=\"pgpkeys\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26891
msgid ""
"The name of the security advisory always begins with <literal>FreeBSD-SA-</"
"literal> (for FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit "
"format (<literal>14:</literal>), followed by the advisory number for that "
"year (<literal>04.</literal>), followed by the name of the affected "
"application or subsystem (<literal>bind</literal>). The advisory shown here "
"is the fourth advisory for 2014 and it affects <application>BIND</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26903
msgid "The <literal>Topic</literal> field summarizes the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26908
msgid ""
"The <literal>Category</literal> refers to the affected part of the system "
"which may be one of <literal>core</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal>, or "
"<literal>ports</literal>. The <literal>core</literal> category means that "
"the vulnerability affects a core component of the FreeBSD operating system. "
"The <literal>contrib</literal> category means that the vulnerability affects "
"software included with FreeBSD, such as <application>BIND</application>. The "
"<literal>ports</literal> category indicates that the vulnerability affects "
"software available through the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26923
msgid ""
"The <literal>Module</literal> field refers to the component location. In "
"this example, the <literal>bind</literal> module is affected; therefore, "
"this vulnerability affects an application installed with the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26931
msgid ""
"The <literal>Announced</literal> field reflects the date the security "
"advisory was published. This means that the security team has verified that "
"the problem exists and that a patch has been committed to the FreeBSD source "
"code repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26939
msgid ""
"The <literal>Credits</literal> field gives credit to the individual or "
"organization who noticed the vulnerability and reported it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26945
msgid ""
"The <literal>Affects</literal> field explains which releases of FreeBSD are "
"affected by this vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26951
msgid ""
"The <literal>Corrected</literal> field indicates the date, time, time "
"offset, and releases that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows "
"each branch for which the fix has been merged, and the version number of the "
"corresponding release from that branch. The release identifier itself "
"includes the version number and, if appropriate, the patch level. The patch "
"level is the letter <literal>p</literal> followed by a number, indicating "
"the sequence number of the patch, allowing users to track which patches have "
"already been applied to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26965
msgid ""
"The <literal>CVE Name</literal> field lists the advisory number, if one "
"exists, in the public <link xlink:href=\"http://cve.mitre.org\">cve.mitre."
"org</link> security vulnerabilities database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26971
msgid ""
"The <literal>Background</literal> field provides a description of the "
"affected module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26976
msgid ""
"The <literal>Problem Description</literal> field explains the vulnerability. "
"This can include information about the flawed code and how the utility could "
"be maliciously used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26983
msgid ""
"The <literal>Impact</literal> field describes what type of impact the "
"problem could have on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26988
msgid ""
"The <literal>Workaround</literal> field indicates if a workaround is "
"available to system administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26994
msgid ""
"The <literal>Solution</literal> field provides the instructions for patching "
"the affected system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for "
"getting a system patched and working securely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27001
msgid ""
"The <literal>Correction Details</literal> field displays each affected "
"Subversion branch with the revision number that contains the corrected code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27007
msgid ""
"The <literal>References</literal> field offers sources of additional "
"information regarding the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27017
msgid "Process Accounting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27025
msgid "<primary>Process Accounting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27029
msgid ""
"Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep "
"track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for "
"system monitoring, and minimally track a user's commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27034
msgid ""
"Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the "
"positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. A "
"negative is the amount of logs generated by process accounting, and the disk "
"space they may require. This section walks an administrator through the "
"basics of process accounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27042
msgid ""
"If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to <xref linkend=\"audit\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27047
msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27049
msgid ""
"Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27052
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>accton /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc accounting_enable=yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27057
msgid ""
"Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym> statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs "
"are in a non-human readable format which can be viewed using <command>sa</"
"command>. If issued without any options, <command>sa</command> prints "
"information relating to the number of per-user calls, the total elapsed time "
"in minutes, total <acronym>CPU</acronym> and user time in minutes, and the "
"average number of <acronym>I/O</acronym> operations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the list of available options which control the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27068
msgid ""
"To display the commands issued by users, use <command>lastcomm</command>. "
"For example, this command prints out all usage of <command>ls</command> by "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> on the <literal>ttyp1</"
"literal> terminal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27073
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27075
msgid ""
"Many other useful options exist and are explained in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lastcomm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acct</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27082
msgid "Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27090
msgid "<primary>Resource limits</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27094
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of "
"system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of disk "
"space available to users. Quotas are discussed in <xref linkend=\"quotas\"/>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27099
msgid "<primary>quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27102
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>quotas</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27106 book.translate.xml:33933
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27110
msgid ""
"Limits to other resources, such as <acronym>CPU</acronym> and memory, can be "
"set using either a flat file or a command to configure a resource limits "
"database. The traditional method defines login classes by editing <filename>/"
"etc/login.conf</filename>. While this method is still supported, any changes "
"require a multi-step process of editing this file, rebuilding the resource "
"database, making necessary changes to <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename>, and rebuilding the password database. This can become time "
"consuming, depending upon the number of users to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27122
msgid ""
"<command>rctl</command> can be used to provide a more fine-grained method "
"for controlling resource limits. This command supports more than user limits "
"as it can also be used to set resource constraints on processes and jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27127
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning "
"with the traditional method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27131
msgid "Configuring Login Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27133
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27136
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>limiting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27140
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/login.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27144
msgid ""
"In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to "
"a login class are defined in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. Each user "
"account can be assigned to a login class, where <literal>default</literal> "
"is the default login class. Each login class has a set of login capabilities "
"associated with it. A login capability is a <literal><replaceable>name</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> pair, where "
"<replaceable>name</replaceable> is a well-known identifier and "
"<replaceable>value</replaceable> is an arbitrary string which is processed "
"accordingly depending on the <replaceable>name</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27158
msgid ""
"Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, the <filename>/etc/"
"login.conf.db</filename> must be updated by executing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27162 book.translate.xml:30675 book.translate.xml:43514
#: book.translate.xml:54663
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27165
msgid ""
"Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. "
"First, for every limit, there is a <firstterm>soft</firstterm> and "
"<firstterm>hard</firstterm> limit. A soft limit may be adjusted by the user "
"or application, but may not be set higher than the hard limit. The hard "
"limit may be lowered by the user, but can only be raised by the superuser. "
"Second, most resource limits apply per process to a specific user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27174
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"resource-limits\"/> lists the most commonly used resource "
"limits. All of the available resource limits and capabilities are described "
"in detail in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27179
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>coredumpsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27183
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>cputime</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27187
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>filesize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27191
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>maxproc</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27195
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memorylocked</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27199
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memoryuse</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27203
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>openfiles</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27207
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>sbsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27211
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>stacksize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:27217
msgid "Login Class Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27222
msgid "Resource Limit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27229
msgid "coredumpsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27230
msgid ""
"The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate "
"to other limits on disk usage, such as <literal>filesize</literal> or disk "
"quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk "
"space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not "
"delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space "
"should a large program crash."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27242
msgid "cputime"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27243
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of <acronym>CPU</acronym> time a user's process may "
"consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit "
"on <acronym>CPU</acronym> <emphasis>time</emphasis> consumed, not the "
"percentage of the <acronym>CPU</acronym> as displayed in some of the fields "
"generated by <command>top</command> and <command>ps</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27254
msgid "filesize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27255
msgid ""
"The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (<xref "
"linkend=\"quotas\"/>), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the "
"set of all files a user owns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27262
msgid "maxproc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27263
msgid ""
"The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. "
"This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by "
"<varname>kern.maxproc</varname>. Setting this limit too small may hinder a "
"user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start "
"lots of processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27273
msgid "memorylocked"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27274
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main "
"memory using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mlock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Some system-critical programs, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, "
"they do not contribute to disk thrashing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27283
msgid "memoryuse"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27284
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It "
"includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for "
"restricting memory consumption, but is a good start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27292
msgid "openfiles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27293
msgid ""
"The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are "
"used to represent sockets and <acronym>IPC</acronym> channels, so be careful "
"not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by "
"<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27302
msgid "sbsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27303
msgid ""
"The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be "
"generally used to limit network communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27309
msgid "stacksize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27310
msgid ""
"The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit "
"the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction "
"with other limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27319
msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27324
msgid ""
"Processes started at system startup by <filename>/etc/rc</filename> are "
"assigned to the <literal>daemon</literal> login class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27330
msgid ""
"Although the default <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is a good source "
"of reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every "
"system. Setting a limit too high may open the system up to abuse, while "
"setting it too low may put a strain on productivity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27339
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> takes a lot of resources and encourages "
"users to run more programs simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27345
msgid ""
"Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For "
"example, setting <varname>openfiles</varname> to <literal>50</literal> means "
"that each process the user runs may open up to <literal>50</literal> files. "
"The total amount of files a user may open is the value of "
"<literal>openfiles</literal> multiplied by the value of <literal>maxproc</"
"literal>. This also applies to memory consumption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27356
msgid ""
"For further information on resource limits and login classes and "
"capabilities in general, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cap_mkdb</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27363
msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27365
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.racct.enable</varname> tunable must be set to a non-zero "
"value. Custom kernels require specific configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27369
#, no-wrap
msgid "options         RACCT\n"
"options         RCTL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27372
msgid ""
"Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, <command>rctl</command> "
"may be used to set rules for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27376
msgid ""
"Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, "
"resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27380
#, no-wrap
msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27382
msgid ""
"In this rule, the subject is <literal>user</literal>, the subject-id is "
"<literal>trhodes</literal>, the resource, <literal>maxproc</literal>, is the "
"maximum number of processes, and the action is <literal>deny</literal>, "
"which blocks any new processes from being created. This means that the user, "
"<literal>trhodes</literal>, will be constrained to no greater than "
"<literal>10</literal> processes. Other possible actions include logging to "
"the console, passing a notification to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or sending a sigterm "
"to the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27393
msgid ""
"Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained to "
"<literal>10</literal> processes, this example will prevent the user from "
"performing other tasks after logging in and executing a <command>screen</"
"command> session. Once a resource limit has been hit, an error will be "
"printed, as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man test</userinput>\n"
"    /usr/bin/man: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable\n"
"eval: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27404
msgid ""
"As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. "
"This rule could be written as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27409
msgid ""
"Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to <filename>/etc/"
"rctl.conf</filename>. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. "
"For example, the previous rule could be added as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27414
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n"
"jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27417
msgid ""
"To remove a rule, use <command>rctl</command> to remove it from the list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27422
msgid ""
"A method for removing all rules is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. However, if removing all rules for a single user is required, "
"this command may be issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27426
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27428
msgid ""
"Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control "
"over various <literal>subjects</literal>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to learn about them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27436
msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27444
msgid "<primary>Security</primary> <secondary>Sudo</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27449
msgid ""
"System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions "
"to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members "
"are provided access to a FreeBSD system to perform their specific tasks "
"opens up unique challenges to every administrator. These team members only "
"need a subset of access beyond normal end user levels; however, they almost "
"always tell management they are unable to perform their tasks without "
"superuser access. Thankfully, there is no reason to provide such access to "
"end users because tools exist to manage this exact requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27460
msgid ""
"Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to "
"authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another "
"problem arises once authorized users have access to the system resources. In "
"many cases, some users may need access to application startup scripts, or a "
"team of administrators need to maintain the system. Traditionally, the "
"standard users and groups, file permissions, and even the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command would manage this access. And as applications required "
"more access, as more users needed to use system resources, a better solution "
"was required. The most used application is currently <application>Sudo</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27472
msgid ""
"<application>Sudo</application> allows administrators to configure more "
"rigid access to system commands and provide for some advanced logging "
"features. As a tool, it is available from the Ports Collection as <package "
"role=\"port\">security/sudo</package> or by use of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility. To use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> tool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27479
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install sudo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27481
msgid ""
"After the installation is complete, the installed <command>visudo</command> "
"will open the configuration file with a text editor. Using <command>visudo</"
"command> is highly recommended as it comes with a built in syntax checker to "
"verify there are no errors before the file is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27487
msgid ""
"The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for "
"extensive configuration. In the following example, web application "
"maintainer, user1, needs to start, stop, and restart the web application "
"known as <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>. To grant this user "
"permission to perform these tasks, add this line to the end of <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27496
#, no-wrap
msgid "user1   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27498
msgid ""
"The user may now start <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> using this "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27501
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sudo /usr/sbin/service "
"<replaceable>webservice</replaceable> start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27503
msgid ""
"While this configuration allows a single user access to the "
"<application>webservice</application> service; however, in most "
"organizations, there is an entire web team in charge of managing the service."
" A single line can also give access to an entire group. These steps will "
"create a web group, add a user to this group, and allow all members of the "
"group to manage the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27511
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27513
msgid ""
"Using the same <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> command, the user is added to the webteam group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27516
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27518
msgid ""
"Finally, this line in <filename>/usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename> allows any "
"member of the webteam group to manage <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27523
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27525
msgid ""
"Unlike <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>Sudo</application> only requires the "
"end user password. This adds an advantage where users will not need shared "
"passwords, a finding in most security audits and just bad all the way around."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27530
msgid ""
"Users permitted to run applications with <application>Sudo</application> "
"only enter their own passwords. This is more secure and gives better control "
"than <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, where the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> password is entered and the user acquires all <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27539
msgid ""
"Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor "
"authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to "
"enter. <application>Sudo</application> provides for these cases with the "
"<literal>NOPASSWD</literal> variable. Adding it to the configuration above "
"will allow all members of the <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> group to "
"manage the service without the password requirement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27547
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27551
msgid "Logging Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27553
msgid ""
"An advantage to implementing <application>Sudo</application> is the ability "
"to enable session logging. Using the built in log mechanisms and the "
"included <application>sudoreplay</application> command, all commands "
"initiated through <application>Sudo</application> are logged for later "
"verification. To enable this feature, add a default log directory entry, "
"this example uses a user variable. Several other log filename conventions "
"exist, consult the manual page for <application>sudoreplay</application> for "
"additional information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27565
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27568
msgid ""
"This directory will be created automatically after the logging is configured."
" It is best to let the system create directory with default permissions just "
"to be safe. In addition, this entry will also log administrators who use the "
"<application>sudoreplay</application> command. To change this behavior, read "
"and uncomment the logging options inside <filename>sudoers</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27577
msgid ""
"Once this directive has been added to the <filename>sudoers</filename> file, "
"any user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the "
"example shown, the updated <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> entry would "
"have the following additional changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service "
"webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27585
msgid ""
"From this point on, all <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> members altering "
"the status of the <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> application will be "
"logged. The list of previous and current sessions can be displayed with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27591
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27593
msgid ""
"In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the <literal>TSID=</"
"literal> entry, and pass that to <application>sudoreplay</application> with "
"no other options to replay the session at normal speed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27598
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay user1/00/00/02</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:27601
msgid ""
"While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and "
"leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a "
"daily check through an intrusion detection system (<acronym>IDS</acronym>) "
"or similar software so that other administrators are alerted to manual "
"alterations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27609
msgid ""
"The <command>sudoreplay</command> is extremely extendable. Consult the "
"documentation for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27623
msgid "Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:27626
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Matteo</firstname><surname>Riondato</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27631
msgid "<primary>jails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27636
msgid ""
"Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been "
"developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often "
"enhance the way systems are installed, configured, and maintained. One of "
"the tools which can be used to enhance the security of a FreeBSD system is "
"<firstterm>jails</firstterm>. Jails have been available since FreeBSD 4.X "
"and continue to be enhanced in their usefulness, performance, reliability, "
"and security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27645
msgid ""
"Jails build upon the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> concept, which is used "
"to change the root directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe "
"environment, separate from the rest of the system. Processes created in the "
"chrooted environment can not access files or resources outside of it. For "
"that reason, compromising a service running in a chrooted environment should "
"not allow the attacker to compromise the entire system. However, a chroot "
"has several limitations. It is suited to easy tasks which do not require "
"much flexibility or complex, advanced features. Over time, many ways have "
"been found to escape from a chrooted environment, making it a less than "
"ideal solution for securing services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27658
msgid ""
"Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in "
"several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only "
"limited in the part of the file system they can access. The rest of the "
"system resources, system users, running processes, and the networking "
"subsystem are shared by the chrooted processes and the processes of the host "
"system. Jails expand this model by virtualizing access to the file system, "
"the set of users, and the networking subsystem. More fine-grained controls "
"are available for tuning the access of a jailed environment. Jails can be "
"considered as a type of operating system-level virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27670
msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27674
msgid ""
"A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once "
"inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this "
"subtree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27680
msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27684
msgid ""
"An <acronym>IP</acronym> address: which is assigned to the jail. The "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of a jail is often an alias address for an "
"existing network interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27691
msgid ""
"A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path "
"is relative to the root directory of the jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27697
msgid ""
"Jails have their own set of users and their own <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> account which are limited to the jail "
"environment. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account of "
"a jail is not allowed to perform operations to the system outside of the "
"associated jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27702
msgid ""
"This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for "
"managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system "
"administrators, and advanced users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27710
msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27715
msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27719
msgid ""
"The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27725
msgid ""
"Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is "
"not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several "
"ways in which an unprivileged user outside the jail can cooperate with a "
"privileged user inside the jail to obtain elevated privileges in the host "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27732
msgid ""
"Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not "
"accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general rule, "
"untrusted users with privileged access to a jail should not be given access "
"to the host environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27741
msgid "Terms Related to Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27743
msgid ""
"To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to "
"jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, "
"the following terms are used further in this chapter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27750
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27752
msgid ""
"Utility, which uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> FreeBSD system call to "
"change the root directory of a process and all its descendants."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27759
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (environment)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27761
msgid ""
"The environment of processes running in a <quote>chroot</quote>. This "
"includes resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, "
"user and group IDs which are available, network interfaces and other IPC "
"mechanisms, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27770
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27772
msgid ""
"The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within "
"a jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27778
msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27780
msgid ""
"The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to "
"all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside "
"of and inside a jail environment. One of the important differences of the "
"host system from a jail is that the limitations which apply to superuser "
"processes inside a jail are not enforced for processes of the host system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27792
msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27794
msgid ""
"A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by "
"a FreeBSD jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27802
msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27804
msgid ""
"Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: "
"<quote>complete</quote> jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and "
"<quote>service</quote> jails, dedicated to one application or service, "
"possibly running with privileges. This is only a conceptual division and the "
"process of building a jail is not affected by it. When creating a "
"<quote>complete</quote> jail there are two options for the source of the "
"userland: use prebuilt binaries (such as those supplied on an install media) "
"or build from source."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27814
msgid ""
"To install the userland from installation media, first create the root "
"directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the <varname>DESTDIR</"
"varname> variable to the proper location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27819
msgid "Start a shell and define <varname>DESTDIR</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27821
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export DESTDIR=<replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27824
msgid ""
"Mount the install media as covered in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when using the install "
"ISO:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` "
"/mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27829
msgid ""
"Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the "
"declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, "
"but a complete install can be performed when preferred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27834
msgid "To install just the base system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -xf /mnt/usr/freebsd-dist/base.txz -C "
"$DESTDIR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27838
msgid "To install everything except the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for set in base ports; do tar -xf /mnt/usr/"
"freebsd-dist/$set.txz -C $DESTDIR ; done</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27842
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page explains the procedure for building a "
"jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setenv D <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p $D</userinput>      <co xml:id="
"\"jailpath\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>  <co xml:id="
"\"jailbuildworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co "
"xml:id=\"jailinstallworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co "
"xml:id=\"jaildistrib\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t devfs devfs $D/dev</userinput>   <co "
"xml:id=\"jaildevfs\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27855
msgid ""
"Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where "
"the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A "
"good choice can be <filename>/usr/jail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></"
"filename>, where <replaceable>jailname</replaceable> is the hostname "
"identifying the jail. Usually, <filename>/usr/</filename> has enough space "
"for the jail file system, which for <quote>complete</quote> jails is, "
"essentially, a replication of every file present in a default installation "
"of the FreeBSD base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27868
msgid ""
"If you have already rebuilt your userland using <command>make world</"
"command> or <command>make buildworld</command>, you can skip this step and "
"install your existing userland into the new jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27875
msgid ""
"This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical "
"location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual "
"pages and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:27882
msgid "distribution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27882
msgid ""
"The <_:buildtarget-1/> target for <application>make</application> installs "
"every needed configuration file. In simple words, it installs every "
"installable file of <filename>/usr/src/etc/</filename> to the <filename>/"
"etc</filename> directory of the jail environment: <filename>$D/etc/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27893
msgid ""
"Mounting the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> file system inside a jail is not required. On the "
"other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one "
"device, depending on the purpose of the given application. It is very "
"important to control access to devices from inside a jail, as improper "
"settings could permit an attacker to do nasty things in the jail. Control "
"over <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is managed through rulesets which are described in "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27905
msgid ""
"Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility takes four "
"mandatory arguments which are described in the <xref linkend=\"jails-"
"synopsis\"/>. Other arguments may be specified too, e.g., to run the jailed "
"process with the credentials of a specific user. The "
"<option><replaceable>command</replaceable></option> argument depends on the "
"type of the jail; for a <emphasis>virtual system</emphasis>, <filename>/etc/"
"rc</filename> is a good choice, since it will replicate the startup sequence "
"of a real FreeBSD system. For a <emphasis>service</emphasis> jail, it "
"depends on the service or application that will run within the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27918
msgid ""
"Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD <filename>rc</filename> "
"mechanism provides an easy way to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27924
msgid "Configure jail parameters in <filename>jail.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>www</replaceable> {\n"
"    host.hostname = <replaceable>www.example.org</replaceable>;           # "
"Hostname\n"
"    ip4.addr = <replaceable>192.168.0.10</replaceable>;                   # "
"IP address of the jail\n"
"    path =\"<replaceable>/usr/jail/www</replaceable>\";                     "
"# Path to the jail\n"
"    devfs_ruleset = \"<replaceable>www_ruleset</replaceable>\";             "
"# devfs ruleset\n"
"    mount.devfs;                               # Mount devfs inside the jail\n"
"    exec.start = \"/bin/sh /etc/rc\";            # Start command\n"
"    exec.stop = \"/bin/sh /etc/rc.shutdown\";    # Stop command\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27936
msgid "Configure jails to start at boot time in <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27939
#, no-wrap
msgid "jail_enable=\"YES\"   # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27941
msgid ""
"The default startup of jails configured in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, will run the "
"<filename>/etc/rc</filename> script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a "
"complete virtual system. For service jails, the default startup command of "
"the jail should be changed, by setting the <varname>exec.start</varname> "
"option appropriately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27950
msgid ""
"For a full list of available options, please see the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27956
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an "
"entry for it exists in <filename>jail.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start <replaceable>www</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop <replaceable>www</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27963
msgid ""
"Jails can be shut down with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to identify the jail's <varname>JID</varname>, then use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to run the shutdown script in that jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.0.10    www                           /usr/jail/www\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>3</replaceable> /etc/rc."
"shutdown</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27972
msgid ""
"More information about this can be found in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27977
msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27979
msgid ""
"There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of "
"combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level "
"applications. This section presents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27986
msgid ""
"Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security "
"restrictions implemented by a jail installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27992
msgid ""
"Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available "
"through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall "
"jail-based solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28000
msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28002
msgid ""
"Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for "
"organizing all the relevant options: the <varname>security.jail.*</varname> "
"hierarchy of FreeBSD kernel options. Here is a list of the main jail-related "
"sysctls, complete with their default value. Names should be self-"
"explanatory, but for more information about them, please refer to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28014
msgid "<varname>security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28019
msgid "<varname>security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28024
msgid "<varname>security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28029
msgid "<varname>security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28034
msgid "<varname>security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28039
msgid "<varname>security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28044
msgid "<varname>security.jail.jailed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28048
msgid ""
"These variables can be used by the system administrator of the "
"<emphasis>host system</emphasis> to add or remove some of the limitations "
"imposed by default on the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user. Note that there are some limitations which cannot be removed. The "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is not allowed to "
"mount or unmount file systems from within a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> inside a "
"jail may not load or unload <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> rulesets, set firewall "
"rules, or do many other administrative tasks which require modifications of "
"in-kernel data, such as setting the <varname>securelevel</varname> of the "
"kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28060
msgid ""
"The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing "
"information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run "
"administrative commands. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> commands are part of the base FreeBSD system, and can be used "
"to perform the following simple tasks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28068
msgid ""
"Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier "
"(<acronym>JID</acronym>), <acronym>IP</acronym> address, hostname and path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28074
msgid ""
"Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the "
"jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is "
"especially useful when the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user wants to cleanly shut down a jail. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility can also be used to start a shell in a jail to do "
"administration in it; for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28082
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>1</replaceable> tcsh</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28088
msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28091
msgid ""
"Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the "
"most complete and useful is <package>sysutils/ezjail</package>. It is a set "
"of scripts that contribute to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> management. Please "
"refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/jails-ezjail.html\">the handbook section on <application>ezjail</"
"application></link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28101
msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28103
msgid ""
"Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting "
"to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default "
"behavior in FreeBSD is to disallow the use of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> in a jail which prevents the replacement of some "
"files. It is possible to change this behavior but it is recommended to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to maintain jails instead. Use <option>-b</option> "
"to specify the path of the jail to be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28112
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/"
"jail</replaceable> fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/"
"jail</replaceable> install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28119
msgid "Updating Multiple Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28122 book.translate.xml:34428 book.translate.xml:34763
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28131
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Simon</firstname> <surname>L. B. Nielsen</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based upon an idea presented by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28140
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ken</firstname> <surname>Tom</surname> </personname> "
"<contrib>And an article written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28150
msgid ""
"The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail "
"has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time "
"consuming and tedious if a lot of jails are created and manually updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28155
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing "
"as much as is possible between jails using read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> mounts, so that updating is simpler. This makes it "
"more attractive to put single services, such as <acronym>HTTP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>, and <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, into individual jails. "
"Additionally, it provides a simple way to add, remove, and upgrade jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:28165
msgid ""
"Simpler solutions exist, such as <application>ezjail</application>, which "
"provides an easier method of administering FreeBSD jails but is less "
"versatile than this setup. <application>ezjail</application> is covered in "
"more detail in <xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28172
msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28176
msgid ""
"Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require "
"running a full installworld on each and every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28182
msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28187
msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28191
msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28195
msgid ""
"Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of "
"compromise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28200
msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28204
msgid ""
"This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted "
"into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a "
"separate physical disc, a partition, or a vnode backed memory device. This "
"example uses read-write <application>nullfs</application> mounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28210
msgid "The file system layout is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28214
msgid "The jails are based under the <filename>/home</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28219
msgid ""
"Each jail will be mounted under the <filename>/home/j</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28224
msgid ""
"The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails "
"is <filename>/home/j/mroot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28230
msgid ""
"A blank directory will be created for each jail under the <filename>/home/j</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28235
msgid ""
"Each jail will have a <filename>/s</filename> directory that will be linked "
"to the read-write portion of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28241
msgid ""
"Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon <filename>/"
"home/j/skel</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28246
msgid ""
"The read-write portion of each jail will be created in <filename>/home/js</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28254
msgid "Creating the Template"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28256
msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28259
msgid ""
"It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -"
"RELEASE branch using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. "
"Additionally, this template uses the <package>sysutils/cpdup</package> "
"package or port and <application>portsnap</application> will be used to "
"download the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28267
msgid ""
"First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will "
"contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the "
"FreeBSD source tree and install the read-only file system to the jail "
"template:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28279
msgid ""
"Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD "
"source tree, which is required for <application>mergemaster</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap -p /home/j/mroot/usr/ports fetch "
"extract</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src /home/j/mroot/usr/src</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28290
msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/"
"skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv etc /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv usr/local /home/j/skel/usr-local</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv tmp /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv var /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv root /home/j/skel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28302
msgid ""
"Use <application>mergemaster</application> to install missing configuration "
"files. Then, remove the extra directories that <application>mergemaster</"
"application> creates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -"
"D /home/j/skel -i</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R bin boot lib libexec mnt proc rescue "
"sbin sys usr dev</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28313
msgid ""
"Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure "
"that the symlinks are created in the correct <filename>s/</filename> "
"locations as the creation of directories in the wrong locations will cause "
"the installation to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../../s/distfiles usr/ports/distfiles</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28332
msgid ""
"As a last step, create a generic <filename>/home/j/skel/etc/make.conf</"
"filename> containing this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28336
#, no-wrap
msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?=  /s/portbuild"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28338
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember "
"that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path "
"for <literal>WRKDIRPREFIX</literal> allows builds to be done in the read-"
"write portion of every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28348
msgid "Creating Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28350
msgid ""
"The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example demonstrates the creation of "
"3 jails: <literal>NS</literal>, <literal>MAIL</literal> and <literal>WWW</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28357
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, so that the read-"
"only template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in "
"the respective jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/ns     nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/mail   nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/www    nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/js/ns     /home/j/ns/s   nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/mail   /home/j/mail/s nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/www    /home/j/www/s  nullfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28369
msgid ""
"To prevent <application>fsck</application> from checking "
"<application>nullfs</application> mounts during boot and <application>dump</"
"application> from backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the "
"last two columns are both set to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28378
msgid "Configure the jails in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_set_hostname_allow=\"NO\"\n"
"jail_list=\"ns mail www\"\n"
"jail_ns_hostname=\"ns.example.org\"\n"
"jail_ns_ip=\"192.168.3.17\"\n"
"jail_ns_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/ns\"\n"
"jail_ns_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_mail_hostname=\"mail.example.org\"\n"
"jail_mail_ip=\"192.168.3.18\"\n"
"jail_mail_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/mail\"\n"
"jail_mail_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\"\n"
"jail_www_ip=\"62.123.43.14\"\n"
"jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/www\"\n"
"jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28397
msgid ""
"The <varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable "
"is set to <filename>/usr/home</filename> instead of <filename>/home</"
"filename> because the physical path of <filename>/home</filename> on a "
"default FreeBSD installation is <filename>/usr/home</filename>. The "
"<varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable "
"must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to a path which includes a symbolic "
"link, otherwise the jails will refuse to start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28411
msgid ""
"Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28414
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28418
msgid ""
"Install the read-write template into each jail using <package>sysutils/"
"cpdup</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28425
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/js</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28432
msgid ""
"In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the "
"required file systems for each jail, and then start them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28436 book.translate.xml:28545
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28441
msgid ""
"The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, "
"use <command>jls</command>. Its output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.3.17    ns.example.org                /home/j/ns\n"
"     2  192.168.3.18    mail.example.org              /home/j/mail\n"
"     1  62.123.43.14    www.example.org               /home/j/www"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28451
msgid ""
"At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, "
"or configure daemons. The <literal>JID</literal> column indicates the jail "
"identification number of each running jail. Use the following command to "
"perform administrative tasks in the jail whose <acronym>JID</acronym> is "
"<literal>3</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28458
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec 3 tcsh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28462
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28464
msgid ""
"The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails "
"while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to the "
"older version should a problem occur."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28471
msgid ""
"The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary "
"read-only template in <filename>/home/j/mroot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot2</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28482 book.translate.xml:28693
msgid "installworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28482
msgid ""
"The <_:buildtarget-1/> creates a few unnecessary directories, which should "
"be removed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28486
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R 0 var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R etc var root usr/local tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28491
msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28494
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28504
msgid "Next, stop the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28506
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28510
msgid ""
"Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to "
"the read-only system (<filename>/s</filename>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28517
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28526
msgid ""
"Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This "
"will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should "
"something go wrong. The naming convention used here corresponds to when a "
"new read-only file system has been created. Move the original FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection over to the new file system to save some space and inodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot mroot.20060601</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot2 mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot.20060601/usr/ports mroot/usr</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28541
msgid ""
"At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining "
"task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28550
msgid ""
"Use <command>jls</command> to check if the jails started correctly. Run "
"<command>mergemaster</command> in each jail to update the configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28558
msgid "Managing Jails with <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28571
msgid ""
"Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-"
"prone. Dirk Engling's <application>ezjail</application> automates and "
"greatly simplifies many jail tasks. A <emphasis>basejail</emphasis> is "
"created as a template. Additional jails use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to share many of the basejail directories without "
"using additional disk space. Each additional jail takes only a few megabytes "
"of disk space before applications are installed. Upgrading the copy of the "
"userland in the basejail automatically upgrades all of the other jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28582
msgid ""
"Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the "
"<application>ezjail</application> web site, <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28586
msgid "Installing <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28588
msgid ""
"Installing <application>ezjail</application> consists of adding a loopback "
"interface for use in jails, installing the port or package, and enabling the "
"service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28594
msgid ""
"To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface "
"<literal>lo0</literal>, a second loopback interface is created by adding an "
"entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28599 book.translate.xml:29088
#, no-wrap
msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28601
msgid ""
"The second loopback interface <literal>lo1</literal> will be created when "
"the system starts. It can also be created manually without a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28605 book.translate.xml:29092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif cloneup</userinput>\n"
"Created clone interfaces: lo1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28608
msgid ""
"Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface "
"without interfering with the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28612
msgid ""
"Inside a jail, access to the loopback address <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> is redirected to the first <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback correspond "
"with the new <literal>lo1</literal> interface, that interface must be "
"specified first in the list of interfaces and <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses given when creating a new jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28621
msgid ""
"Give each jail a unique loopback address in the <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.0</systemitem><systemitem class=\"netmask\">/8</"
"systemitem> netblock."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28626
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">sysutils/ezjail</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28634
msgid ""
"Enable <application>ezjail</application> by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28637
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28641
msgid ""
"The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started "
"immediately for the current session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28645
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ezjail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28653
msgid ""
"With <application>ezjail</application> installed, the basejail directory "
"structure can be created and populated. This step is only needed once on the "
"jail host computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28658
msgid ""
"In both of these examples, <option>-p</option> causes the ports tree to be "
"retrieved with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> into the basejail. "
"That single copy of the ports directory will be shared by all the jails. "
"Using a separate copy of the ports directory for jails isolates them from "
"the host. The <application>ezjail</application> <acronym>FAQ</acronym> "
"explains in more detail: <link xlink:href=\"http://erdgeist.org/arts/"
"software/ezjail/#FAQ\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28670
msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28672
msgid ""
"For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host "
"computer, use <command>install</command>. For example, on a host computer "
"running FreeBSD 10-STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD -10 will be "
"installed in the jail):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28679
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin install -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28683
msgid "To Populate the Jail with <command>installworld</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28687 book.translate.xml:45657 book.translate.xml:45724
msgid "buildworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28686
msgid ""
"The basejail can be installed from binaries created by <_:buildtarget-1/> on "
"the host with <command>ezjail-admin update</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28691
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail "
"directories are created. Then <_:buildtarget-1/> is executed, installing the "
"host's <filename>/usr/obj</filename> into the basejail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28698
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28700
msgid ""
"The host's <filename>/usr/src</filename> is used by default. A different "
"source directory on the host can be specified with <option>-s</option> and a "
"path, or set with <varname>ezjail_sourcetree</varname> in <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/ezjail.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28711
msgid ""
"The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded "
"distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these "
"files are stored in <filename>/var/ports/distfiles</filename> within each "
"jail. <filename>/var/ports</filename> inside each jail is also used as a "
"work directory when building ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28720
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol is used by default to download packages "
"for the installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can "
"prevent or interfere with <acronym>FTP</acronym> transfers. The "
"<acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol works differently and avoids these problems."
" It can be chosen by specifying a full <acronym>URL</acronym> for a "
"particular download mirror in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28729
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://<replaceable>ftp.FreeBSD.org</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28731
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\"/> for a list of sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28737
msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28739
msgid ""
"New jails are created with <command>ezjail-admin create</command>. In these "
"examples, the <literal>lo1</literal> loopback interface is used as described "
"above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:28745
msgid "Create and Start a New Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28748
msgid ""
"Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces "
"to use, along with their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. In this example, "
"the jail is named <literal>dnsjail</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create <replaceable>dnsjail</"
"replaceable> '<replaceable>lo1|127.0.1.1</replaceable>,<replaceable>em0</"
"replaceable>|<replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28756
msgid ""
"Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network services, "
"most notably <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <emphasis>raw network sockets</emphasis>. In "
"jails, raw network sockets are disabled by default for security. Services "
"that require them will not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28763
msgid ""
"Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network "
"monitoring applications often use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to check the "
"availability of other computers. When raw network sockets are actually "
"needed in a jail, they can be enabled by editing the <application>ezjail</"
"application> configuration file for the individual jail, <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/ezjail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename>. Modify the "
"<literal>parameters</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28774
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"export jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_parameters=\"allow."
"raw_sockets=1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28776
msgid ""
"Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually "
"require them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28782
msgid "Start the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28784
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start <replaceable>dnsjail</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28788
msgid "Use a console on the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28794
msgid ""
"The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. Typical "
"settings added at this point include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28800
msgid "Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28804
msgid ""
"Connect to the jail and set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user's password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28816
msgid "Time Zone Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28818
msgid ""
"The jail's time zone can be set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tzsetup</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To avoid spurious "
"error messages, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adjkerntz</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry in <filename>/"
"etc/crontab</filename> can be commented or removed. This job attempts to "
"update the computer's hardware clock with time zone changes, but jails are "
"not allowed to access that hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28827
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28829
msgid ""
"Enter domain name server lines in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> works in the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28835
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28837
msgid ""
"Change the address and add the jail name to the <literal>localhost</literal> "
"entries in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28843
msgid "Configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28845
msgid ""
"Enter configuration settings in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This is "
"much like configuring a full computer. The host name and <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address are not set here. Those values are already provided by the "
"jail configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28854
msgid ""
"With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created "
"can be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28858
msgid ""
"Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For "
"example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages <package role="
"\"port\">net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package> and <package role=\"port\">net-"
"mgmt/monitoring-plugins</package> have a <literal>JAIL</literal> option "
"which must be enabled for them to work correctly inside a jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28869
msgid "Updating Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:28872
msgid "Updating the Operating System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28874
msgid ""
"Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, "
"updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either "
"source or binary updates can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28879
msgid ""
"To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, "
"use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28882
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -b</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28884
msgid ""
"If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the "
"basejail with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28887
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28889
msgid ""
"Binary updates use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These updates have "
"the same limitations as if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> were being run "
"directly. The most important one is that only -RELEASE versions of FreeBSD "
"are available with this method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28895
msgid ""
"Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD "
"on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28899
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -u</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28901
msgid ""
"To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-upgrade\"/>. Once the host has "
"been upgraded and rebooted, the basejail can then be upgraded. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> has no way of determining which version is "
"currently installed in the basejail, so the original version must be "
"specified. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>file</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine the "
"original version in the basejail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh</userinput>\n"
"/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 "
"(FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28912
msgid ""
"Now use this information to perform the upgrade from <literal>9.3-RELEASE</"
"literal> to the current version of the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28916
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -U -s <replaceable>9.3-"
"RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28918
msgid ""
"After updating the basejail, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be run to update "
"each jail's configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28921
msgid ""
"How to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> depends on the purpose "
"and trustworthiness of a jail. If a jail's services or users are not "
"trusted, then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> should only be run "
"from within that jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:28927
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on Untrusted Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28929
msgid ""
"Delete the link from the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename> into the "
"basejail and create a new <filename>/usr/src</filename> in the jail as a "
"mountpoint. Mount the host computer's <filename>/usr/src</filename> read-"
"only on the jail's new <filename>/usr/src</filename> mountpoint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</"
"replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</"
"replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nullfs -o ro /usr/src /usr/jails/"
"<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28940
msgid "Get a console in the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>jailname</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28944
msgid ""
"Inside the jail, run <command>mergemaster</command>. Then exit the jail "
"console:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28951
msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</"
"replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:28959
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on Trusted Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28961
msgid ""
"If the users and services in a jail are trusted, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be run from the host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/"
"<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:28969
msgid "Updating Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28971
msgid ""
"The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that "
"copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28975
msgid ""
"The basejail ports tree is updated with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28978
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -P</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28983
msgid "Controlling Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:28986
msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28988
msgid ""
"<application>ezjail</application> automatically starts jails when the "
"computer is started. Jails can be manually stopped and restarted with "
"<command>stop</command> and <command>start</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28993
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>sambajail</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: sambajail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28996
msgid ""
"By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. "
"Autostarting can be disabled with <command>config</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r norun "
"<replaceable>seldomjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29002
msgid ""
"This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that is "
"already running will not be stopped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29006
msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r run "
"<replaceable>oftenjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29012
msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29014
msgid ""
"Use <command>archive</command> to create a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> "
"archive of a jail. The file name is composed from the name of the jail and "
"the current date. Archive files are written to the archive directory, "
"<filename>/usr/jails/ezjail_archives</filename>. A different archive "
"directory can be chosen by setting <varname>ezjail_archivedir</varname> in "
"the configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29023
msgid ""
"The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail "
"can be restored from it with <command>restore</command>. A new jail can be "
"created from the archive, providing a convenient way to clone existing jails."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29029
msgid "Stop and archive a jail named <literal>wwwserver</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29032
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>wwwserver</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: wwwserver.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin archive <replaceable>wwwserver</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/jails/ezjail-archives/</userinput>\n"
"wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29038
msgid ""
"Create a new jail named <literal>wwwserver-clone</literal> from the archive "
"created in the previous step. Use the <filename>em1</filename> interface and "
"assign a new <acronym>IP</acronym> address to avoid conflict with the "
"original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29044
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/"
"ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz <replaceable>wwwserver-"
"clone</replaceable> 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29049
msgid "Full Example: <application>BIND</application> in a Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29052
msgid ""
"Putting the <application>BIND</application> <acronym>DNS</acronym> server in "
"a jail improves security by isolating it. This example creates a simple "
"caching-only name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29059
msgid "The jail will be called <literal>dns1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29064
msgid ""
"The jail will use <acronym>IP</acronym> address <literal>192.168.1.240</"
"literal> on the host's <literal>re0</literal> interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29070
msgid ""
"The upstream <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers are at <literal>10.0.0.62</"
"literal> and <literal>10.0.0.61</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29076
msgid ""
"The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in "
"<xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail-initialsetup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:29083
msgid "Running BIND in a Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29085
msgid ""
"Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29090
msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29095
msgid "Create the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29097
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2."
"1,re0|192.168.1.240'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29099
msgid ""
"Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tzsetup</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e '/adjkerntz/ s/^/#/' /etc/"
"crontab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e 's/127.0.0.1/127.0.2.1/g; s/"
"localhost.my.domain/dns1.my.domain dns1/' /etc/hosts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29112
msgid ""
"Temporarily set the upstream <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers in <filename>/"
"etc/resolv.conf</filename> so ports can be downloaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29116
#, no-wrap
msgid "nameserver 10.0.0.62\n"
"nameserver 10.0.0.61"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29119
msgid ""
"Still using the jail console, install <package role=\"port\">dns/bind99</"
"package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29124
msgid ""
"Configure the name server by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/namedb/named."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29127
msgid ""
"Create an Access Control List (<acronym>ACL</acronym>) of addresses and "
"networks that are permitted to send <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries to this "
"name server. This section is added just before the <literal>options</"
"literal> section already in the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n"
"\n"
"acl \"trusted\" {\n"
"	192.168.1.0/24;\n"
"	localhost;\n"
"	localnets;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"options {\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29145
msgid ""
"Use the jail <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the <literal>listen-on</"
"literal> setting to accept <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries from other "
"computers on the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29150
#, no-wrap
msgid "	listen-on	{ 192.168.1.240; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29152
msgid ""
"A simple caching-only <acronym>DNS</acronym> name server is created by "
"changing the <literal>forwarders</literal> section. The original file "
"contains:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29156
#, no-wrap
msgid "/*\n"
"	forwarders {\n"
"		127.0.0.1;\n"
"	};\n"
"*/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29162
msgid ""
"Uncomment the section by removing the <literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</"
"literal> lines. Enter the <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the upstream "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. Immediately after the <literal>forwarders</"
"literal> section, add references to the <literal>trusted</literal> "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym> defined earlier:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29170
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"	forwarders {\n"
"		10.0.0.62;\n"
"		10.0.0.61;\n"
"	};\n"
"\n"
"	allow-query       { any; };\n"
"	allow-recursion   { trusted; };\n"
"	allow-query-cache { trusted; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29179
msgid "Enable the service in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29182
#, no-wrap
msgid "named_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29184
msgid "Start and test the name server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service named start</userinput>\n"
"wrote key file \"/usr/local/etc/namedb/rndc.key\"\n"
"Starting named.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/bin/dig @192.168.1.240 freebsd.org</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29191
msgid "A response that includes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29193
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; Got answer;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29195
msgid ""
"shows that the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server is working. A long delay "
"followed by a response including"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29199
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29201
msgid ""
"shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local "
"firewalls allow the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> access to the upstream "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29206
msgid ""
"The new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server can use itself for local name "
"resolution, just like other local computers. Set the address of the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server in the client computer's <filename>/etc/resolv."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29212
#, no-wrap
msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29214
msgid ""
"A local <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can be configured to provide this "
"address for a local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, providing automatic "
"configuration on <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:29230 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mandatory Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29241
msgid "<primary>MAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29242
msgid "<primary>Mandatory Access Control</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29247
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e draft. These security mechanisms include "
"file system Access Control Lists (<xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>) and Mandatory "
"Access Control (<acronym>MAC</acronym>). <acronym>MAC</acronym> allows "
"access control modules to be loaded in order to implement security policies. "
"Some modules provide protections for a narrow subset of the system, "
"hardening a particular service. Others provide comprehensive labeled "
"security across all subjects and objects. The mandatory part of the "
"definition indicates that enforcement of controls is performed by "
"administrators and the operating system. This is in contrast to the default "
"security mechanism of Discretionary Access Control (<acronym>DAC</acronym>) "
"where enforcement is left to the discretion of users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29262
msgid ""
"This chapter focuses on the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework and the set of "
"pluggable security policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various "
"security mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29270
msgid "The terminology associated with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29275
msgid ""
"The capabilities of <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules as well "
"as the difference between a labeled and non-labeled policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29281
msgid ""
"The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use "
"the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29286
msgid ""
"Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules are included in FreeBSD "
"and how to configure them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29291
msgid ""
"How to implement a more secure environment using the <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29296
msgid ""
"How to test the <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration to ensure the framework "
"has been properly implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29310 book.translate.xml:31063 book.translate.xml:46006
msgid ""
"Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (<xref "
"linkend=\"security\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29316
msgid ""
"Improper <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration may cause loss of system "
"access, aggravation of users, or inability to access the features provided "
"by <application>Xorg</application>. More importantly, <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"should not be relied upon to completely secure a system. The <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> framework only augments an existing security policy. Without sound "
"security practices and regular security checks, the system will never be "
"completely secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29326
msgid ""
"The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes "
"and the example settings should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be implemented on a "
"production system. Implementing any security policy takes a good deal of "
"understanding, proper design, and thorough testing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29333
msgid ""
"While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, the development of new <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> security policy modules will not be covered. A number of security "
"policy modules included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework have "
"specific characteristics which are provided for both testing and new module "
"development. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_test</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_none</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on these security policy modules and the various mechanisms they provide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29346 book.translate.xml:31088
msgid "Key Terms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29348
msgid ""
"The following key terms are used when referring to the <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> framework:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29353
msgid ""
"<emphasis>compartment</emphasis>: a set of programs and data to be "
"partitioned or separated, where users are given explicit access to specific "
"component of a system. A compartment represents a grouping, such as a work "
"group, department, project, or topic. Compartments make it possible to "
"implement a need-to-know-basis security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29363
msgid ""
"<emphasis>integrity</emphasis>: the level of trust which can be placed on "
"data. As the integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust "
"that data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29369
msgid ""
"<emphasis>level</emphasis>: the increased or decreased setting of a security "
"attribute. As the level increases, its security is considered to elevate as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29375
msgid ""
"<emphasis>label</emphasis>: a security attribute which can be applied to "
"files, directories, or other items in the system. It could be considered a "
"confidentiality stamp. When a label is placed on a file, it describes the "
"security properties of that file and will only permit access by files, "
"users, and resources with a similar security setting. The meaning and "
"interpretation of label values depends on the policy configuration. Some "
"policies treat a label as representing the integrity or secrecy of an object "
"while other policies might use labels to hold rules for access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29389
msgid ""
"<emphasis>multilabel</emphasis>: this property is a file system option which "
"can be set in single-user mode using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, during boot using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, or during the creation of a new file system. This option "
"permits an administrator to apply different <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on "
"different objects. This option only applies to security policy modules which "
"support labeling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29399
msgid ""
"<emphasis>single label</emphasis>: a policy where the entire file system "
"uses one label to enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever "
"<option>multilabel</option> is not set, all files will conform to the same "
"label setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29407
msgid ""
"<emphasis>object</emphasis>: an entity through which information flows under "
"the direction of a <emphasis>subject</emphasis>. This includes directories, "
"files, fields, screens, keyboards, memory, magnetic storage, printers or any "
"other data storage or moving device. An object is a data container or a "
"system resource. Access to an object effectively means access to its data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29417
msgid ""
"<emphasis>subject</emphasis>: any active entity that causes information to "
"flow between <emphasis>objects</emphasis> such as a user, user process, or "
"system process. On FreeBSD, this is almost always a thread acting in a "
"process on behalf of a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29425
msgid ""
"<emphasis>policy</emphasis>: a collection of rules which defines how "
"objectives are to be achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items "
"are to be handled. This chapter considers a policy to be a collection of "
"rules which controls the flow of data and information and defines who has "
"access to that data and information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29434
msgid ""
"<emphasis>high-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits the raising "
"of security levels for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In "
"most cases, the original level is restored after the process is complete. "
"Currently, the FreeBSD <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework does not include "
"this type of policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29443
msgid ""
"<emphasis>low-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits lowering "
"security levels for the purpose of accessing information which is less "
"secure. In most cases, the original security level of the user is restored "
"after the process is complete. The only security policy module in FreeBSD to "
"use this is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29452
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sensitivity</emphasis>: usually used when discussing Multilevel "
"Security (<acronym>MLS</acronym>). A sensitivity level describes how "
"important or secret the data should be. As the sensitivity level increases, "
"so does the importance of the secrecy, or confidentiality, of the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29463
msgid "Understanding MAC Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29465
msgid ""
"A <acronym>MAC</acronym> label is a security attribute which may be applied "
"to subjects and objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the "
"administrator must understand its implications in order to prevent "
"unexpected or undesired behavior of the system. The attributes available on "
"an object depend on the loaded policy module, as policy modules interpret "
"their attributes in different ways."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29473
msgid ""
"The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access "
"control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of "
"the information necessary to make a decision. In other policies, the labels "
"may be processed as part of a larger rule set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29479
msgid ""
"There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By "
"default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be aware "
"of the pros and cons of each in order to implement policies which meet the "
"requirements of the system's security model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29485
msgid ""
"A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every "
"subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access "
"permissions across the entire system, it provides lower administration "
"overhead, but decreases the flexibility of policies which support labeling. "
"However, in many environments, a single label policy may be all that is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29493
msgid ""
"A single label policy is somewhat similar to <acronym>DAC</acronym> as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> configures the policies so "
"that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access levels. A "
"notable difference is that many policy modules can also restrict <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Basic control over objects will then "
"be released to the group, but <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> may revoke or modify the settings at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29502
msgid ""
"When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file system by passing <option>multilabel</option> to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A multi label policy permits each subject or object to have "
"its own independent <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. The decision to use a "
"multi label or single label policy is only required for policies which "
"implement the labeling feature, such as <literal>biba</literal>, "
"<literal>lomac</literal>, and <literal>mls</literal>. Some policies, such as "
"<literal>seeotheruids</literal>, <literal>portacl</literal> and "
"<literal>partition</literal>, do not use labels at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29514
msgid ""
"Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label "
"security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that "
"file system has a label. This includes directories, files, and even device "
"nodes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29519
msgid ""
"The following command will set <option>multilabel</option> on the specified "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system. This may only be done in single-user "
"mode and is not a requirement for the swap file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29524
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -l enable /</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:29527
msgid ""
"Some users have experienced problems with setting the <option>multilabel</"
"option> flag on the root partition. If this is the case, please review <xref "
"linkend=\"mac-troubleshoot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29532
msgid ""
"Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi "
"label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. "
"Consider an example security <acronym>MAC</acronym> model for a FreeBSD web "
"server. This machine uses the single label, <literal>biba/high</literal>, "
"for everything in the default file systems. If the web server needs to run "
"at <literal>biba/low</literal> to prevent write up capabilities, it could be "
"installed to a separate <acronym>UFS</acronym> <filename>/usr/local</"
"filename> file system set at <literal>biba/low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29544
msgid "Label Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29546
msgid ""
"Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed "
"using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface "
"for object or subject configuration or the manipulation and verification of "
"the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29552
msgid ""
"All configuration may be done using <command>setfmac</command>, which is "
"used to set <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on system objects, and "
"<command>setpmac</command>, which is used to set the labels on system "
"subjects. For example, to set the <literal>biba</literal> <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> label to <literal>high</literal> on <filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29560
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29562
msgid ""
"If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without "
"error. A common error is <errorname>Permission denied</errorname> which "
"usually occurs when the label is being set or modified on a restricted "
"object. Other conditions may produce different failures. For instance, the "
"file may not be owned by the user attempting to relabel the object, the "
"object may not exist, or the object may be read-only. A mandatory policy "
"will not allow the process to relabel the file, maybe because of a property "
"of the file, a property of the process, or a property of the proposed new "
"label value. For example, if a user running at low integrity tries to change "
"the label of a high integrity file, or a user running at low integrity tries "
"to change the label of a low integrity file to a high integrity label, these "
"operations will fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29578
msgid ""
"The system administrator may use <command>setpmac</command> to override the "
"policy module's settings by assigning a different label to the invoked "
"process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>\n"
"<errorname>Permission denied</errorname>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/low setfmac biba/high test</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/high"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29589
msgid ""
"For currently running processes, such as <application>sendmail</"
"application>, <command>getpmac</command> is usually used instead. This "
"command takes a process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>) in place of a command "
"name. If users attempt to manipulate a file not in their access, subject to "
"the rules of the loaded policy modules, the <errorname>Operation not "
"permitted</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29600
msgid "Predefined Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29602
msgid ""
"A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three "
"predefined labels: <literal>low</literal>, <literal>equal</literal>, and "
"<literal>high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29609
msgid ""
"<literal>low</literal> is considered the lowest label setting an object or "
"subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to "
"objects or subjects marked high."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29616
msgid ""
"<literal>equal</literal> sets the subject or object to be disabled or "
"unaffected and should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from "
"the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29622
msgid ""
"<literal>high</literal> grants an object or subject the highest setting "
"available in the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29628
msgid ""
"Such policy modules include <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each of the "
"predefined labels establishes a different information flow directive. Refer "
"to the manual page of the module to determine the traits of the generic "
"label configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29636
msgid "Numeric Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29638
msgid ""
"The Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules support a numeric label "
"which may be set to indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This "
"numeric level is used to partition or sort information into different groups "
"of classification, only permitting access to that group or a higher group "
"level. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29645
#, no-wrap
msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29647
msgid ""
"may be interpreted as <quote>Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 "
"and 6: (grade 5 ...</quote>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29650
msgid ""
"In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade "
"with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last "
"one is the high grade. In most configurations, such fine-grained settings "
"are not needed as they are considered to be advanced configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29656
msgid ""
"System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects "
"reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, "
"where they are used for access control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29661
msgid ""
"The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to "
"construct a relationship known as <firstterm>dominance</firstterm>, in which "
"a subject dominates an object, the object dominates the subject, neither "
"dominates the other, or both dominate each other. The <quote>both dominate</"
"quote> case occurs when the two labels are equal. Due to the information "
"flow nature of Biba, a user has rights to a set of compartments that might "
"correspond to projects, but objects also have a set of compartments. Users "
"may have to subset their rights using <command>su</command> or "
"<command>setpmac</command> in order to access objects in a compartment from "
"which they are not restricted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29676
msgid "User Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29678
msgid ""
"Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly "
"interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured "
"in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> using login classes. Every policy "
"module that uses labels will implement the user class setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29685
msgid ""
"To set the user class default label which will be enforced by <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym>, add a <option>label</option> entry. An example <option>label</"
"option> entry containing every policy module is displayed below. Note that "
"in a real configuration, the administrator would never enable every policy "
"module. It is recommended that the rest of this chapter be reviewed before "
"any configuration is implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29694
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"	:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"	:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
"	:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
"	:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n"
"	:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
"	:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
"	:cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
"	:datasize=8M:\\\n"
"	:vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
"	:stacksize=2M:\\\n"
"	:memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
"	:memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
"	:filesize=8M:\\\n"
"	:coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
"	:openfiles=24:\\\n"
"	:maxproc=32:\\\n"
"	:priority=0:\\\n"
"	:requirehome:\\\n"
"	:passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
"	:umask=022:\\\n"
"	:ignoretime@:\\\n"
"	:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29718
msgid ""
"While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label "
"after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example "
"above tells the Biba policy that a process's minimum integrity is "
"<literal>5</literal>, its maximum is <literal>15</literal>, and the default "
"effective label is <literal>10</literal>. The process will run at "
"<literal>10</literal> until it chooses to change label, perhaps due to the "
"user using <command>setpmac</command>, which will be constrained by Biba to "
"the configured range."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29729
msgid ""
"After any change to <filename>login.conf</filename>, the login class "
"capability database must be rebuilt using <command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29733
msgid ""
"Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user "
"classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to "
"manage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29739
msgid "Network Interface Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29741
msgid ""
"Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data "
"across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the "
"same way that policies function with respect to objects. Users at high "
"settings in Biba, for example, will not be permitted to access network "
"interfaces with a label of <literal>low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29748
msgid ""
"When setting the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces, "
"<option>maclabel</option> may be passed to <command>ifconfig</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29752
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29754
msgid ""
"This example will set the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label of <literal>biba/"
"equal</literal> on the <literal>bge0</literal> interface. When using a "
"setting similar to <literal>biba/high(low-high)</literal>, the entire label "
"should be quoted to prevent an error from being returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29761
msgid ""
"Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used "
"to disable the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces. Setting "
"the label to <option>equal</option> will have a similar effect. Review the "
"output of <command>sysctl</command>, the policy manual pages, and the "
"information in the rest of this chapter for more information on those "
"tunables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29772
msgid "Planning the Security Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29774
msgid ""
"Before implementing any <acronym>MAC</acronym> policies, a planning phase is "
"recommended. During the planning stages, an administrator should consider "
"the implementation requirements and goals, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29781
msgid ""
"How to classify information and resources available on the target systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29786
msgid ""
"Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of "
"restrictions that should be applied."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29792
msgid ""
"Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> modules will be required to achieve this goal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29797
msgid ""
"A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur "
"<emphasis>before</emphasis> a <acronym>MAC</acronym> implementation is used "
"on production systems. Since different environments have different needs and "
"requirements, establishing a complete security profile will decrease the "
"need of changes once the system goes live."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29804
msgid ""
"Consider how the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework augments the security of "
"the system as a whole. The various security policy modules provided by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework could be used to protect the network and "
"file systems or to block users from accessing certain ports and sockets. "
"Perhaps the best use of the policy modules is to load several security "
"policy modules at a time in order to provide a <acronym>MLS</acronym> "
"environment. This approach differs from a hardening policy, which typically "
"hardens elements of a system which are used only for specific purposes. The "
"downside to <acronym>MLS</acronym> is increased administrative overhead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29817
msgid ""
"The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework "
"which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required "
"for a specific configuration and which keeps performance overhead down. The "
"reduction of support for unneeded policies can increase the overall "
"performance of the system as well as offer flexibility of choice. A good "
"implementation would consider the overall security requirements and "
"effectively implement the various security policy modules offered by the "
"framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29827
msgid ""
"A system utilizing <acronym>MAC</acronym> guarantees that a user will not be "
"permitted to change security attributes at will. All user utilities, "
"programs, and scripts must work within the constraints of the access rules "
"provided by the selected security policy modules and control of the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> access rules is in the hands of the system "
"administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29835
msgid ""
"It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct "
"security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access "
"control over the network, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules make "
"good starting points. For an environment where strict confidentiality of "
"file system objects is required, consider the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29844
msgid ""
"Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only "
"certain users should be permitted access to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy module is a "
"good choice. In the case of file systems, access to objects might be "
"considered confidential to some users, but not to others. As an example, a "
"large development team might be broken off into smaller projects where "
"developers in project A might not be permitted to access objects written by "
"developers in project B. Yet both projects might need to access objects "
"created by developers in project C. Using the different security policy "
"modules provided by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, users could be "
"divided into these groups and then given access to the appropriate objects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29858
msgid ""
"Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall "
"security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought out "
"security policy which may require revision and reimplementation. "
"Understanding the different security policy modules offered by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework will help administrators choose the best "
"policies for their situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29866
msgid ""
"The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use "
"and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable "
"situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:29871
msgid ""
"Implementing <acronym>MAC</acronym> is much like implementing a firewall "
"since care must be taken to prevent being completely locked out of the "
"system. The ability to revert back to a previous configuration should be "
"considered and the implementation of <acronym>MAC</acronym> over a remote "
"connection should be done with extreme caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29881
msgid "Available MAC Policies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29883
msgid ""
"The default FreeBSD kernel includes <literal>options MAC</literal>. This "
"means that every module included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework "
"can be loaded with <command>kldload</command> as a run-time kernel module. "
"After testing the module, add the module name to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> so that it will load during boot. Each module also provides "
"a kernel option for those administrators who choose to compile their own "
"custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29893
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security "
"requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies "
"support integer settings in place of the three default labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29899
msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29901
msgid "<primary>MAC See Other UIDs Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29904
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_seeotheruids.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29907
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29910
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29913
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module extends the "
"<varname>security.bsd.see_other_uids</varname> and <varname>security.bsd."
"see_other_gids</varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunables. This option "
"does not require any labels to be set before configuration and can operate "
"transparently with other modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29920
msgid ""
"After loading the module, the following <command>sysctl</command> tunables "
"may be used to control its features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29926
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled</varname> enables the module and "
"implements the default settings which deny users the ability to view "
"processes and sockets owned by other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29933
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> allows "
"specified groups to be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, "
"use the <varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid=<replaceable>XXX</"
"replaceable></varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunable, replacing "
"<replaceable>XXX</replaceable> with the numeric group ID to be exempted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29944
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled</varname> is used to "
"exempt specific primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, "
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> may not be "
"set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29955
msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29957
msgid ""
"<primary>MAC</primary> <secondary>File System Firewall Policy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29961
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_bsdextended.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29964
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BSDEXTENDED</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29967
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29970
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module enforces a file "
"system firewall. It provides an extension to the standard file system "
"permissions model, permitting an administrator to create a firewall-like "
"ruleset to protect files, utilities, and directories in the file system "
"hierarchy. When access to a file system object is attempted, the list of "
"rules is iterated until either a matching rule is located or the end is "
"reached. This behavior may be changed using <varname>security.mac."
"bsdextended.firstmatch_enabled</varname>. Similar to other firewall modules "
"in FreeBSD, a file containing the access control rules can be created and "
"read by the system at boot time using an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29983
msgid ""
"The rule list may be entered using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ugidfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which has a syntax "
"similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. More tools can be written by using the functions "
"in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libugidfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29988
msgid ""
"After the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module has been "
"loaded, the following command may be used to list the current rule "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29992
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw list</userinput>\n"
"0 slots, 0 rules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29995
msgid ""
"By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. To "
"create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> unaffected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29999
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not "
"uid root mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30001
msgid ""
"While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks "
"all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem> all access, including "
"directory listings, to <systemitem class=\"username\"><replaceable>user2</"
"replaceable></systemitem>'s home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 2 subject uid <replaceable>user1</"
"replaceable> object uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 3 subject uid <replaceable>user1</"
"replaceable> object gid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30010
msgid ""
"Instead of <systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem>, <option>not "
"uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable></option> could be used in order to "
"enforce the same access restrictions for all users. However, the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is unaffected by these rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30017
msgid ""
"Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect "
"use could block access to certain parts of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30024
msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30026
msgid "<primary>MAC Interface Silencing Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30029
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_ifoff.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30031
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_IFOFF</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30034
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30037
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to disable network interfaces on "
"the fly and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system "
"boot. It does not use labels and does not depend on any other <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30043
msgid ""
"Most of this module's control is performed through these <command>sysctl</"
"command> tunables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30048
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled</varname> enables or disables all "
"traffic on the loopback, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lo</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30054
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled</varname> enables or disables "
"all traffic on the Berkeley Packet Filter interface, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30060
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled</varname> enables or disables "
"traffic on all other interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30066
msgid ""
"One of the most common uses of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is network monitoring "
"in an environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the "
"boot sequence. Another use would be to write a script which uses an "
"application such as <package>security/aide</package> to automatically block "
"network traffic if it finds new or altered files in protected directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30076
msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30078
msgid "<primary>MAC Port Access Control List Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30081
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_portacl.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30083
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>MAC_PORTACL</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30086
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30089
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to limit binding to local "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> and <acronym>UDP</acronym> ports, making it possible "
"to allow non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users to bind "
"to specified privileged ports below 1024."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30094
msgid ""
"Once loaded, this module enables the <acronym>MAC</acronym> policy on all "
"sockets. The following tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30100
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.enabled</varname> enables or disables the "
"policy completely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30105
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.port_high</varname> sets the highest port "
"number that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> protects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30111
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt</varname>, when set to a non-zero "
"value, exempts the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user "
"from this policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30117
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.rules</varname> specifies the policy as a text "
"string of the form <literal>rule[,rule,...]</literal>, with as many rules as "
"needed, and where each rule is of the form <literal>idtype:id:protocol:port</"
"literal>. The <parameter>idtype</parameter> is either <literal>uid</literal> "
"or <literal>gid</literal>. The <parameter>protocol</parameter> parameter can "
"be <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>udp</literal>. The <parameter>port</"
"parameter> parameter is the port number to allow the specified user or group "
"to bind to. Only numeric values can be used for the user ID, group ID, and "
"port parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30133
msgid ""
"By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which "
"run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. For "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to allow non-privileged processes to bind to ports "
"below 1024, set the following tunables as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedlow=0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30143
msgid ""
"To prevent the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user from "
"being affected by this policy, set <varname>security.mac.portacl."
"suser_exempt</varname> to a non-zero value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30148
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30150
msgid ""
"To allow the <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> user with "
"<acronym>UID</acronym> 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> privilege:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:"
"80</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30156
msgid ""
"This next example permits the user with the <acronym>UID</acronym> of 1001 "
"to bind to <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports 110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30161
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:"
"110,uid:1001:tcp:995</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30165
msgid "The MAC Partition Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30167
msgid "<primary>MAC Process Partition Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30170
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_partition.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30172
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_PARTITION</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30175
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_partition_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30178
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_partition</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy drops processes into specific "
"<quote>partitions</quote> based on their <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. Most "
"configuration for this policy is done using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One <command>sysctl</command> tunable is "
"available for this policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30187
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.partition.enabled</varname> enables the enforcement of "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> process partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30193
msgid ""
"When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their "
"processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted "
"to work with utilities outside the scope of this partition. For instance, a "
"user in the <literal>insecure</literal> class will not be permitted to "
"access <command>top</command> as well as many other commands that must spawn "
"a process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30201
msgid ""
"This example adds <command>top</command> to the label set on users in the "
"<literal>insecure</literal> class. All processes spawned by users in the "
"<literal>insecure</literal> class will stay in the <literal>partition/13</"
"literal> label."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30207
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac partition/13 top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30209
msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30212
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps Zax</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30214
msgid ""
"This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's "
"currently running processes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30217
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -ZU trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30220
msgid ""
"Users can see processes in <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>'s label unless the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30226
msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30228
msgid "<primary>MAC Multi-Level Security Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30231
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_mls.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30233
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_MLS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30236
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_mls_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30238
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy controls access between subjects and "
"objects in the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30242
msgid ""
"In <acronym>MLS</acronym> environments, a <quote>clearance</quote> level is "
"set in the label of each subject or object, along with compartments. Since "
"these clearance levels can reach numbers greater than several thousand, it "
"would be a daunting task to thoroughly configure every subject or object. To "
"ease this administrative overhead, three labels are included in this policy: "
"<literal>mls/low</literal>, <literal>mls/equal</literal>, and <literal>mls/"
"high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30254
msgid ""
"Anything labeled with <literal>mls/low</literal> will have a low clearance "
"level and not be permitted to access information of a higher level. This "
"label also prevents objects of a higher clearance level from writing or "
"passing information to a lower level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30262
msgid ""
"<literal>mls/equal</literal> should be placed on objects which should be "
"exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30267
msgid ""
"<literal>mls/high</literal> is the highest level of clearance possible. "
"Objects assigned this label will hold dominance over all other objects in "
"the system; however, they will not permit the leaking of information to "
"objects of a lower class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30275
msgid "<acronym>MLS</acronym> provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30279
msgid ""
"A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30284
msgid ""
"Fixed rules of <literal>no read up, no write down</literal>. This means that "
"a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not "
"above. Similarly, a subject can have write access to objects on its own "
"level or above, but not beneath."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30292
msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30297
msgid ""
"A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple "
"sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and "
"confidential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30303
msgid "The following <command>sysctl</command> tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30308
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable the "
"<acronym>MLS</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30314
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.ptys_equal</varname> labels all "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> devices as <literal>mls/equal</literal> during creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30320
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled</varname> revokes access to "
"objects after their label changes to a label of a lower grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30326
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.max_compartments</varname> sets the maximum number "
"of compartment levels allowed on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30332
msgid ""
"To manipulate <acronym>MLS</acronym> labels, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To assign a label to an object:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30335
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac mls/5 test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30337
msgid ""
"To get the <acronym>MLS</acronym> label for the file <filename>test</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30340
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30342
msgid ""
"Another approach is to create a master policy file in <filename>/etc/</"
"filename> which specifies the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy information and "
"to feed that file to <command>setfmac</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30347
msgid ""
"When using the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module, an administrator plans "
"to control the flow of sensitive information. The default <literal>block "
"read up block write down</literal> sets everything to a low state. "
"Everything is accessible and an administrator slowly augments the "
"confidentiality of the information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30354
msgid ""
"Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and "
"groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be "
"easier to look at the information in clearance levels using descriptive "
"words, such as classifications of <literal>Confidential</literal>, "
"<literal>Secret</literal>, and <literal>Top Secret</literal>. Some "
"administrators instead create different groups based on project levels. "
"Regardless of the classification method, a well thought out plan must exist "
"before implementing a restrictive policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30365
msgid ""
"Some example situations for the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module include "
"an e-commerce web server, a file server holding critical company "
"information, and financial institution environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30372
msgid "The MAC Biba Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30374
msgid "<primary>MAC Biba Integrity Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30377
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_biba.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30379
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BIBA</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30382
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_biba_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30384
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module loads the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba "
"policy. This policy is similar to the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy with the "
"exception that the rules for information flow are slightly reversed. This is "
"to prevent the downward flow of sensitive information whereas the "
"<acronym>MLS</acronym> policy prevents the upward flow of sensitive "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30392
msgid ""
"In Biba environments, an <quote>integrity</quote> label is set on each "
"subject or object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-"
"hierarchical components. As a grade ascends, so does its integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30397
msgid ""
"Supported labels are <literal>biba/low</literal>, <literal>biba/equal</"
"literal>, and <literal>biba/high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30403
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/low</literal> is considered the lowest integrity an object or "
"subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write "
"access to objects or subjects marked as <literal>biba/high</literal>, but "
"will not prevent read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30411
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/equal</literal> should only be placed on objects considered to "
"be exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30416
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/high</literal> permits writing to objects set at a lower "
"label, but does not permit reading that object. It is recommended that this "
"label be placed on objects that affect the integrity of the entire system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30424
msgid "Biba provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30428
msgid ""
"Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity "
"categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30433
msgid ""
"Fixed rules are <literal>no write up, no read down</literal>, the opposite "
"of <acronym>MLS</acronym>. A subject can have write access to objects on its "
"own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have read access "
"to objects on its own level or above, but not below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30442
msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30447
msgid "Integrity levels instead of <acronym>MLS</acronym> sensitivity levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30452
msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30457
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable "
"enforcement of the Biba policy on the target machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30463
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.ptys_equal</varname> is used to disable the Biba "
"policy on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30469
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled</varname> forces the "
"revocation of access to objects if the label is changed to dominate the "
"subject."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30475
msgid ""
"To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use <command>setfmac</"
"command> and <command>getfmac</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/low test</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/low"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30483
msgid ""
"Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that "
"information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes "
"information passed between subjects and objects. It ensures that users will "
"only be able to modify or access information they have been given explicit "
"access to. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"permits an administrator to configure which files and programs a user may "
"see and invoke while assuring that the programs and files are trusted by the "
"system for that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30493
msgid ""
"During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to "
"partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to a "
"high label once this policy module is enabled, and it is up to the "
"administrator to configure the different grades and levels for users. "
"Instead of using clearance levels, a good planning method could include "
"topics. For instance, only allow developers modification access to the "
"source code repository, source code compiler, and other development "
"utilities. Other users would be grouped into other categories such as "
"testers, designers, or end users and would only be permitted read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30506
msgid ""
"A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject "
"and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity object. "
"Setting a label at the lowest possible grade could make it inaccessible to "
"subjects. Some prospective environments for this security policy module "
"would include a constrained web server, a development and test machine, and "
"a source code repository. A less useful implementation would be a personal "
"workstation, a machine used as a router, or a network firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30518
msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30520
msgid "<primary>MAC LOMAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30523
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_lomac.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30525
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_LOMAC</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30528
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30531
msgid ""
"Unlike the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba policy, the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy permits access to lower integrity objects "
"only after decreasing the integrity level to not disrupt any integrity rules."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30536
msgid ""
"The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with "
"the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an "
"auxiliary grade compartment. This secondary compartment takes the form "
"<literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. When assigning a policy with an auxiliary "
"grade, use the syntax <literal>lomac/10[2]</literal>, where <literal>2</"
"literal> is the auxiliary grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30545
msgid ""
"This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with "
"integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and "
"then downgrading the label on the subject to prevent future writes to high "
"integrity objects using <literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. The policy may "
"provide greater compatibility and require less initial configuration than "
"Biba."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30553
msgid ""
"Like the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policies, <command>setfmac</"
"command> and <command>setpmac</command> are used to place labels on system "
"objects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30557
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30560
msgid ""
"The auxiliary grade <literal>low</literal> is a feature provided only by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> <acronym>LOMAC</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30567
msgid "User Lock Down"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30569
msgid ""
"This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than "
"fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store "
"data and access resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30574
msgid ""
"For this scenario, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules could co-exist and block access to "
"system objects while hiding user processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30578
msgid ""
"Begin by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30581
#, no-wrap
msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30583
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"may be activated by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30587
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30589
msgid ""
"Default rules stored in <filename>/etc/rc.bsdextended</filename> will be "
"loaded at system initialization. However, the default entries may need "
"modification. Since this machine is expected only to service users, "
"everything may be left commented out except the last two lines in order to "
"force the loading of user owned system objects by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30597
msgid ""
"Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, try "
"logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run <command>ps aux</"
"command> to see if processes of other users are visible. Verify that running "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> on another user's home directory fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30603
msgid ""
"Do not try to test with the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user unless the specific <command>sysctl</command>s have been modified to "
"block super user access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30608
msgid ""
"When a new user is added, their "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> rule will not be in the ruleset list. To update "
"the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy module and reload it again "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldunload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30616
msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30618
msgid "<primary>Nagios in a MAC Jail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30622
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the "
"<application>Nagios</application> network monitoring system in a "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> environment. This is meant as an example which still "
"requires the administrator to test that the implemented policy meets the "
"security requirements of the network before using in a production "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30629
msgid ""
"This example requires <option>multilabel</option> to be set on each file "
"system. It also assumes that <package>net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package>, "
"<package>net-mgmt/nagios</package>, and <package>www/apache22</package> are "
"all installed, configured, and working correctly before attempting the "
"integration into the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30638
msgid "Create an Insecure User Class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30640
msgid ""
"Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to <filename>/etc/"
"login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"insecure:\\\n"
":copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
":welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
":setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
":path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin\n"
":manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
":nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
":cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
":datasize=8M:\\\n"
":vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
":stacksize=2M:\\\n"
":memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
":memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
":filesize=8M:\\\n"
":coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
":openfiles=24:\\\n"
":maxproc=32:\\\n"
":priority=0:\\\n"
":requirehome:\\\n"
":passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
":umask=022:\\\n"
":ignoretime@:\\\n"
":label=biba/10(10-10):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30667
msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30670
#, no-wrap
msgid ":label=biba/high:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30672
msgid ""
"Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30679
msgid "Configure Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30681
msgid ""
"Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to the default "
"class using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30684
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod root -L default</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30686
msgid ""
"All user accounts that are not <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> will now require a login class. The login class is required, "
"otherwise users will be refused access to common commands. The following "
"<command>sh</command> script should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30691
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for x in `awk -F: '($3 &gt;= 1001) &amp;&amp; "
"($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\</userinput>\n"
"	<userinput>/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30694
msgid ""
"Next, drop the <systemitem class=\"username\">nagios</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> accounts into the insecure "
"class:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30697
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod nagios -L insecure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod www -L insecure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30702
msgid "Create the Contexts File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30704
msgid ""
"A contexts file should now be created as <filename>/etc/policy.contexts</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n"
"\n"
"# System:\n"
"/var/run(/.*)?			biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/dev/(/.*)?			biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var				biba/equal\n"
"/var/spool(/.*)?		biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/log(/.*)?			biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/tmp(/.*)?			biba/equal\n"
"/var/tmp(/.*)?			biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/mqueue		biba/equal\n"
"/var/spool/clientmqueue		biba/equal\n"
"\n"
"# For Nagios:\n"
"/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?	biba/10\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?		biba/10\n"
"\n"
"# For apache\n"
"/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?	biba/10"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30733
msgid ""
"This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of "
"information. In this specific configuration, users, including <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, should never be allowed to access "
"<application>Nagios</application>. Configuration files and processes that "
"are a part of <application>Nagios</application> will be completely self "
"contained or jailed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30741
msgid ""
"This file will be read after running <command>setfsmac</command> on every "
"file system. This example sets the policy on the root file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30747
msgid ""
"Next, add these edits to the main section of <filename>/etc/mac.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30750
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default_labels file ?biba\n"
"default_labels ifnet ?biba\n"
"default_labels process ?biba\n"
"default_labels socket ?biba"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30757
msgid "Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30759
msgid ""
"To finish the configuration, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30762
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n"
"mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n"
"security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30766
msgid ""
"And the following line to the network card configuration stored in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If the primary network configuration is "
"done via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, this may need to be configured manually "
"after every system boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30772
#, no-wrap
msgid "maclabel biba/equal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30776
msgid "Testing the Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30778
msgid "<primary>MAC Configuration Testing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30782
msgid ""
"First, ensure that the web server and <application>Nagios</application> will "
"not be started on system initialization and reboot. Ensure that <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> cannot access any of the files in the "
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration directory. If <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can list the contents of <filename>/var/"
"spool/nagios</filename>, something is wrong. Instead, a <quote>permission "
"denied</quote> error should be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30792
msgid ""
"If all seems well, <application>Nagios</application>, <application>Apache</"
"application>, and <application>Sendmail</application> can now be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /etc/mail &amp;&amp; make stop &amp;&amp; "
"\\\n"
"setpmac biba/equal make start &amp;&amp; setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) "
"apachectl start &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30800
msgid ""
"Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check "
"the log files for error messages. If needed, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to disable the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"and try starting everything again as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30807
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can still change "
"the security enforcement and edit its configuration files. The following "
"command will permit the degradation of the security policy to a lower grade "
"for a newly spawned shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30813
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/10 csh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30815
msgid ""
"To block this from happening, force the user into a range using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> attempts to run a "
"command outside of the compartment's range, an error will be returned and "
"the command will not be executed. In this case, set root to <literal>biba/"
"high(high-high)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30826
msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30828
msgid "<primary>MAC Troubleshooting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30832
msgid ""
"This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30837
msgid ""
"The <option>multilabel</option> flag does not stay enabled on the root "
"(<filename>/</filename>) partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30842
msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30847
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and set the root partition to "
"<option>ro</option> for read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30853
msgid "Reboot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30857
msgid ""
"Run <command>tunefs</command> <option>-l enable</option> on <filename>/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30862
msgid "Reboot the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30866
msgid ""
"Run <command>mount</command> <option>-urw</option> <filename>/</filename> "
"and change the <option>ro</option> back to <option>rw</option> in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> and reboot the system again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30874
msgid ""
"Double-check the output from <command>mount</command> to ensure that "
"<option>multilabel</option> has been properly set on the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30884
msgid ""
"After establishing a secure environment with <acronym>MAC</acronym>, "
"<application>Xorg</application> no longer starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30888
msgid ""
"This could be caused by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> <literal>partition</"
"literal> policy or by a mislabeling in one of the <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"labeling policies. To debug, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30895
msgid ""
"Check the error message. If the user is in the <literal>insecure</literal> "
"class, the <literal>partition</literal> policy may be the culprit. Try "
"setting the user's class back to the <literal>default</literal> class and "
"rebuild the database with <command>cap_mkdb</command>. If this does not "
"alleviate the problem, go to step two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30905
msgid ""
"Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, "
"<application>Xorg</application>, and the <filename>/dev</filename> entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30912
msgid ""
"If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a "
"description of the environment to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions "
"mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30921
msgid ""
"The <errorname>_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf</errorname> error "
"appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30924
msgid ""
"This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to another user in the system. "
"This message usually occurs when the user has a higher label setting than "
"that of the user they are attempting to become. For instance, if <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">joe</systemitem> has a default label of <option>biba/low</"
"option> and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a label of "
"<option>biba/high</option>, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"cannot view <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem>'s home directory."
" This will happen whether or not <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> has used <command>su</command> to become <systemitem class="
"\"username\">joe</systemitem> as the Biba integrity model will not permit "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to view objects set at a "
"lower integrity level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30941
msgid ""
"The system no longer recognizes <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30943
msgid ""
"When this occurs, <command>whoami</command> returns <literal>0</literal> and "
"<command>su</command> returns <errorname>who are you?</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30947
msgid ""
"This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, "
"the login capabilities database needs to be reconfigured. Double check "
"<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> to ensure that all <option>label</"
"option> options have been removed and rebuild the database with "
"<command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30956
msgid ""
"This may also happen if a policy restricts access to <filename>master."
"passwd</filename>. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the "
"file under a label which conflicts with the general policy being used by the "
"system. In these cases, the user information would be read by the system and "
"access would be blocked as the file has inherited the new label. Disable the "
"policy using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and everything should "
"return to normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:30986
msgid "Security Event Auditing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:30997
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Watson</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31009
msgid "<primary>AUDIT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31010
msgid "<primary>Security Event Auditing</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31015
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. "
"Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of "
"a variety of security-relevant system events, including logins, "
"configuration changes, and file and network access. These log records can be "
"invaluable for live system monitoring, intrusion detection, and postmortem "
"analysis. FreeBSD implements <trademark>Sun</trademark>'s published Basic "
"Security Module (<acronym>BSM</acronym>) Application Programming Interface "
"(<acronym>API</acronym>) and file format, and is interoperable with the "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X audit implementations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31027
msgid ""
"This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event auditing."
" It explains audit policies and provides an example audit configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31035
msgid "What event auditing is and how it works."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31039
msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31044
msgid ""
"How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31058
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (<xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31069
msgid ""
"The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant "
"system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as "
"<application>Xorg</application>-based display managers and third-party "
"daemons, do not properly configure auditing for user login sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31075
msgid ""
"The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs "
"of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large when "
"configured for high detail, exceeding gigabytes a week in some "
"configurations. Administrators should take into account the disk space "
"requirements associated with high volume audit configurations. For example, "
"it may be desirable to dedicate a file system to <filename>/var/audit</"
"filename> so that other file systems are not affected if the audit file "
"system becomes full."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31090
msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31095
msgid ""
"<emphasis>event</emphasis>: an auditable event is any event that can be "
"logged using the audit subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events "
"include the creation of a file, the building of a network connection, or a "
"user logging in. Events are either <quote>attributable</quote>, meaning that "
"they can be traced to an authenticated user, or <quote>non-attributable</"
"quote>. Examples of non-attributable events are any events that occur before "
"authentication in the login process, such as bad password attempts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31108
msgid ""
"<emphasis>class</emphasis>: a named set of related events which are used in "
"selection expressions. Commonly used classes of events include <quote>file "
"creation</quote> (fc), <quote>exec</quote> (ex), and <quote>login_logout</"
"quote> (lo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31116
msgid ""
"<emphasis>record</emphasis>: an audit log entry describing a security event. "
"Records contain a record event type, information on the subject (user) "
"performing the action, date and time information, information on any objects "
"or arguments, and a success or failure condition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31125
msgid ""
"<emphasis>trail</emphasis>: a log file consisting of a series of audit "
"records describing security events. Trails are in roughly chronological "
"order with respect to the time events completed. Only authorized processes "
"are allowed to commit records to the audit trail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31133
msgid ""
"<emphasis>selection expression</emphasis>: a string containing a list of "
"prefixes and audit event class names used to match events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31139
msgid ""
"<emphasis>preselection</emphasis>: the process by which the system "
"identifies which events are of interest to the administrator. The "
"preselection configuration uses a series of selection expressions to "
"identify which classes of events to audit for which users, as well as global "
"settings that apply to both authenticated and unauthenticated processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31149
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reduction</emphasis>: the process by which records from existing "
"audit trails are selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, "
"the process by which undesired audit records are removed from the audit "
"trail. Using reduction, administrators can implement policies for the "
"preservation of audit data. For example, detailed audit trails might be kept "
"for one month, but after that, trails might be reduced in order to preserve "
"only login information for archival purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31163
msgid "Audit Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31165
msgid ""
"User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base "
"FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by default, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31172
#, no-wrap
msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31174
msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31176
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service auditd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31178
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line "
"in their custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31181
#, no-wrap
msgid "options	AUDIT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31184
msgid "Event Selection Expressions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31186
msgid ""
"Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit "
"configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions "
"contain a list of event classes to match. Selection expressions are "
"evaluated from left to right, and two expressions are combined by appending "
"one onto the other."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31193
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"event-selection\"/> summarizes the default audit event "
"classes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31197
msgid "Default Audit Event Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31202
msgid "Class Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31204 book.translate.xml:31368
msgid "Action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31210 book.translate.xml:31211
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31212
msgid "Match all event classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31216
msgid "aa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31217
msgid "authentication and authorization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31222
msgid "ad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31223
msgid "administrative"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31224
msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31229
msgid "ap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31230
msgid "application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31231
msgid "Application defined action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31235
msgid "cl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31236
msgid "file close"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31237
msgid "Audit calls to the <function>close</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31242
msgid "ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31243
msgid "exec"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31244
msgid ""
"Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and "
"environmental variables is controlled via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>audit_control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> using the <literal>argv</literal> and "
"<literal>envv</literal> parameters to the <literal>policy</literal> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31253
msgid "fa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31254
msgid "file attribute access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31255
msgid ""
"Audit the access of object attributes such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>stat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pathconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31260
msgid "fc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31261
msgid "file create"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31262
msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31267
msgid "fd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31268
msgid "file delete"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31269
msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31273
msgid "fm"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31274
msgid "file attribute modify"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31275
msgid ""
"Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>flock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31281
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31282
msgid "file read"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31283
msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31288
msgid "fw"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31289
msgid "file write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31290
msgid ""
"Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31295
msgid "io"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31296
msgid "ioctl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31297
msgid "Audit use of the <function>ioctl</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31302
msgid "ip"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31303
msgid "ipc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31304
msgid ""
"Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes "
"and System V <acronym>IPC</acronym> operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31310
msgid "lo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31311
msgid "login_logout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31312
msgid ""
"Audit <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logout</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31317
msgid "na"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31318
msgid "non attributable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31319
msgid "Audit non-attributable events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31323
msgid "no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31324
msgid "invalid class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31325
msgid "Match no audit events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31329
msgid "nt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31330
msgid "network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31331
msgid ""
"Audit events related to network actions such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>accept</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31336
msgid "ot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31337
msgid "other"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31338
msgid "Audit miscellaneous events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31342
msgid "pc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31343
msgid "process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31344
msgid ""
"Audit process operations such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>exec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>exit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31351
msgid ""
"These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the "
"<filename>audit_class</filename> and <filename>audit_event</filename> "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31355
msgid ""
"Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether "
"successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or "
"removing matching for the class and type. <xref linkend=\"event-prefixes\"/> "
"summarizes the available prefixes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31362
msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31367
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31375
msgid "Audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31380
msgid "Audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31384
msgid "^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31385
msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31390
msgid "^+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31391
msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31396
msgid "^-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31397
msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31403
msgid ""
"If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event "
"will be audited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31406
msgid ""
"The following example selection string selects both successful and failed "
"login/logout events, but only successful execution events:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31410
#, no-wrap
msgid "lo,+ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31416
msgid ""
"The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in "
"<filename>/etc/security</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31422
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_class</filename>: contains the definitions of the audit "
"classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31427
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_control</filename>: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, "
"such as default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log "
"volume, and maximum audit trail size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31434
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_event</filename>: textual names and descriptions of system "
"audit events and a list of which classes each event is in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31440
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_user</filename>: user-specific audit requirements to be "
"combined with the global defaults at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31446
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_warn</filename>: a customizable shell script used by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such "
"as when space for audit records is running low or when the audit trail file "
"has been rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31455
msgid ""
"Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as "
"errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31460
msgid ""
"In most cases, administrators will only need to modify "
"<filename>audit_control</filename> and <filename>audit_user</filename>. The "
"first file controls system-wide audit properties and policies and the second "
"file may be used to fine-tune auditing by user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31467
msgid "The <filename>audit_control</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31469
msgid ""
"A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in "
"<filename>audit_control</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dir:/var/audit\n"
"dist:off\n"
"flags:lo,aa\n"
"minfree:5\n"
"naflags:lo,aa\n"
"policy:cnt,argv\n"
"filesz:2M\n"
"expire-after:10M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31481
msgid ""
"The <option>dir</option> entry is used to set one or more directories where "
"audit logs will be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they "
"will be used in order as they fill. It is common to configure audit so that "
"audit logs are stored on a dedicated file system, in order to prevent "
"interference between the audit subsystem and other subsystems if the file "
"system fills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31489
msgid ""
"If the <option>dist</option> field is set to <literal>on</literal> or "
"<literal>yes</literal>, hard links will be created to all trail files in "
"<filename>/var/audit/dist</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31494
msgid ""
"The <option>flags</option> field sets the system-wide default preselection "
"mask for attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed "
"login/logout events as well as authentication and authorization are audited "
"for all users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31500
msgid ""
"The <option>minfree</option> entry defines the minimum percentage of free "
"space for the file system where the audit trail is stored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31504
msgid ""
"The <option>naflags</option> entry specifies audit classes to be audited for "
"non-attributed events, such as the login/logout process and authentication "
"and authorization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31509
msgid ""
"The <option>policy</option> entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy "
"flags controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The <literal>cnt</"
"literal> indicates that the system should continue running despite an "
"auditing failure (this flag is highly recommended). The other flag, "
"<literal>argv</literal>, causes command line arguments to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system call to be audited as part of command execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31518
msgid ""
"The <option>filesz</option> entry specifies the maximum size for an audit "
"trail before automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value "
"of <literal>0</literal> disables automatic log rotation. If the requested "
"file size is below the minimum of 512k, it will be ignored and a log message "
"will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31525
msgid ""
"The <option>expire-after</option> field specifies when audit log files will "
"expire and be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31530
msgid "The <filename>audit_user</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31532
msgid ""
"The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users "
"in <filename>audit_user</filename>. Each line configures auditing for a user "
"via two fields: the <literal>alwaysaudit</literal> field specifies a set of "
"events that should always be audited for the user, and the "
"<literal>neveraudit</literal> field specifies a set of events that should "
"never be audited for the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31540
msgid ""
"The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful "
"command execution for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and "
"file creation and successful command execution for <systemitem class="
"\"username\">www</systemitem>. If used with the default "
"<filename>audit_control</filename>, the <literal>lo</literal> entry for "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> is redundant, and login/"
"logout events will also be audited for <systemitem class=\"username\">www</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31547
#, no-wrap
msgid "root:lo,+ex:no\n"
"www:fc,+ex:no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31554
msgid "Working with Audit Trails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31556
msgid ""
"Since audit trails are stored in the <acronym>BSM</acronym> binary format, "
"several built-in tools are available to modify or convert these trails to "
"text. To convert trail files to a simple text format, use <command>praudit</"
"command>. To reduce the audit trail file for analysis, archiving, or "
"printing purposes, use <command>auditreduce</command>. This utility supports "
"a variety of selection parameters, including event type, event class, user, "
"date or time of the event, and the file path or object acted on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31566
msgid ""
"For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain "
"text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31571
msgid "Where <replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> is the audit log to dump."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31574
msgid ""
"Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which "
"<command>praudit</command> prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is "
"of a specific type, such as <literal>header</literal> (an audit record "
"header) or <literal>path</literal> (a file path from a name lookup). The "
"following is an example of an <literal>execve</literal> event:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n"
"exec arg,finger,doug\n"
"path,/usr/bin/finger\n"
"attribute,555,root,wheel,90,24918,104944\n"
"subject,robert,root,wheel,root,wheel,38439,38032,42086,128.232.9.100\n"
"return,success,0\n"
"trailer,133"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31590
msgid ""
"This audit represents a successful <literal>execve</literal> call, in which "
"the command <literal>finger doug</literal> has been run. The <literal>exec "
"arg</literal> token contains the processed command line presented by the "
"shell to the kernel. The <literal>path</literal> token holds the path to the "
"executable as looked up by the kernel. The <literal>attribute</literal> "
"token describes the binary and includes the file mode. The <literal>subject</"
"literal> token stores the audit user ID, effective user ID and group ID, "
"real user ID and group ID, process ID, session ID, port ID, and login "
"address. Notice that the audit user ID and real user ID differ as the user "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">robert</systemitem> switched to the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account before running this "
"command, but it is audited using the original authenticated user. The "
"<literal>return</literal> token indicates the successful execution and the "
"<literal>trailer</literal> concludes the record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31609
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> output format is also supported and can be selected "
"by including <option>-x</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31612
msgid ""
"Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected "
"using <command>auditreduce</command>. This example selects all audit records "
"produced for the user <systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> "
"stored in <filename>AUDITFILE</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>auditreduce -u <replaceable>trhodes</"
"replaceable> /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> | praudit</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31620
msgid ""
"Members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group have "
"permission to read audit trails in <filename>/var/audit</filename>. By "
"default, this group is empty, so only the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user can read audit trails. Users may be "
"added to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group in "
"order to delegate audit review rights. As the ability to track audit log "
"contents provides significant insight into the behavior of users and "
"processes, it is recommended that the delegation of audit review rights be "
"performed with caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31630
msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31632
msgid ""
"Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the "
"live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of "
"intrusion detection and system monitoring applications. However, the audit "
"pipe device is a convenient way for the administrator to allow live "
"monitoring without running into problems with audit trail file ownership or "
"log rotation interrupting the event stream. To track the live audit event "
"stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31641
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /dev/auditpipe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31643
msgid ""
"By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. To make them accessible to the "
"members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group, add "
"a <literal>devfs</literal> rule to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31649
#, no-wrap
msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31651
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the devfs file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31655
msgid ""
"It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of "
"each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For "
"example, if all network <acronym>I/O</acronym> is audited, and "
"<command>praudit</command> is run from an <acronym>SSH</acronym> session, a "
"continuous stream of audit events will be generated at a high rate, as each "
"event being printed will generate another event. For this reason, it is "
"advisable to run <command>praudit</command> on an audit pipe device from "
"sessions without fine-grained <acronym>I/O</acronym> auditing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31670
msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31672
msgid ""
"Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Administrators should not attempt to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or other tools to directly rotate audit logs. "
"Instead, <command>audit</command> should be used to shut down auditing, "
"reconfigure the audit system, and perform log rotation. The following "
"command causes the audit daemon to create a new audit log and signal the "
"kernel to switch to using the new log. The old log will be terminated and "
"renamed, at which point it may then be manipulated by the administrator:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31684
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>audit -n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31686
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is not currently running, this command will fail "
"and an error message will be produced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31689
msgid ""
"Adding the following line to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> will schedule "
"this rotation every twelve hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31693
#, no-wrap
msgid "0     */12       *       *       *       root    /usr/sbin/audit -n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31695
msgid ""
"The change will take effect once <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31698
msgid ""
"Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible "
"using <option>filesz</option> in <filename>audit_control</filename> as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"audit-auditcontrol\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31702
msgid ""
"As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to "
"compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit "
"daemon. The <filename>audit_warn</filename> script can be used to perform "
"customized operations for a variety of audit-related events, including the "
"clean termination of audit trails when they are rotated. For example, the "
"following may be added to <filename>/etc/security/audit_warn</filename> to "
"compress audit trails on close:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Compress audit trail files on close.\n"
"#\n"
"if [ \"$1\" = closefile ]; then\n"
"        gzip -9 $2\n"
"fi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31719
msgid ""
"Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a "
"centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to "
"remove unneeded records. This script will be run only when audit trail files "
"are cleanly terminated, so will not be run on trails left unterminated "
"following an improper shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:31738
msgid "Storage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31743
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This "
"includes <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media, memory-backed disks, "
"and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31753
msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31758
msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31763
msgid ""
"How to configure FreeBSD to use <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31768
msgid ""
"How to use <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media on a "
"FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31773
msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31778
msgid "How to set up memory disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31782
msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31787
msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31791
msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31796
msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31805
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">configure and install a new "
"FreeBSD kernel</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31813
msgid "Adding Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31816
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>O'Brien</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31826
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31831
msgid ""
"This section describes how to add a new <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk to a "
"machine that currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer "
"and install the drive in the computer following the instructions of the "
"computer, controller, and drive manufacturers. Reboot the system and become "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31839
msgid ""
"Inspect <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> to ensure the new disk was "
"found. In this example, the newly added <acronym>SATA</acronym> drive will "
"appear as <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31845 book.translate.xml:31941
msgid "<primary><command>gpart</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31849
msgid ""
"For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. "
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning scheme will be used in preference "
"to the older and less versatile <acronym>MBR</acronym> scheme."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31856
msgid ""
"If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be "
"removed with <command>gpart delete</command>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31862
msgid ""
"The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To "
"improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the "
"partition is aligned to one megabyte boundaries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31867
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31870
msgid ""
"Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31874
msgid ""
"The disk partition information can be viewed with <command>gpart show</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        34  1465146988  ada1  GPT  (699G)\n"
"          34        2014        - free -  (1.0M)\n"
"        2048  1465143296     1  freebsd-ufs  (699G)\n"
"  1465145344        1678        - free -  (839K)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31883
msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31885
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ada1p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31887
msgid ""
"An empty directory is created as a <emphasis>mountpoint</emphasis>, a "
"location for mounting the new disk in the original disk's file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31891
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31893
msgid ""
"Finally, an entry is added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> so the new "
"disk will be mounted automatically at startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31897
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ada1p1	/newdisk	ufs	rw	2	2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31899
msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31902
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31907
msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31910
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31920
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>resizing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31925
msgid ""
"A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already "
"present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk "
"turns out to be too small and is enlarged. Sometimes a disk image is written "
"to a <acronym>USB</acronym> memory stick, but does not use the full capacity."
" Here we describe how to resize or <emphasis>grow</emphasis> disk contents "
"to take advantage of increased capacity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31934
msgid ""
"Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting <filename>/"
"var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>. In this example, there is only one "
"<acronym>SATA</acronym> disk in the system, so the drive will appear as "
"<filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31945
msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"=&gt;      34  83886013  ada0  GPT  (48G) [CORRUPT]\n"
"        34       128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"       162  79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"  79691810   4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"  83886046         1        - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31956
msgid ""
"If the disk was formatted with the <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
"org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning "
"scheme, it may show as <quote>corrupted</quote> because the <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> backup partition table is no longer at the end of the drive. Fix "
"the backup partition table with <command>gpart</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart recover <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"ada0 recovered"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31968
msgid ""
"Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new "
"partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31972
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810    4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"   83886046   18513921        - free -  (8.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31979
msgid ""
"Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last "
"partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the "
"one that needs to be resized. Swap partitions only contain temporary data, "
"so it can safely be unmounted, deleted, and then recreate the third "
"partition after resizing the second partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31986
msgid "Disable the swap partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapoff <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31990
msgid ""
"Delete the third partition, specified by the <option>-i</option> flag, from "
"the disk <replaceable>ada0</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31994
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart delete -i <replaceable>3</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 deleted\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810   22708157        - free -  (10G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32004
msgid ""
"There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted "
"file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file "
"system while running from a live <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> device. However, if absolutely necessary, a mounted file system can "
"be resized after disabling GEOM safety features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32012
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32015
msgid ""
"Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the "
"desired size. The partition to resize is specified with <option>-i</option>, "
"and the new desired size with <option>-s</option>. Optionally, alignment of "
"the partition is controlled with <option>-a</option>. This only modifies the "
"size of the partition. The file system in the partition will be expanded in "
"a separate step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart resize -i <replaceable>2</replaceable> -"
"s <replaceable>47G</replaceable> -a 4k <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"ada0p2 resized\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661        - free -  (1.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32031
msgid ""
"Recreate the swap partition and activate it. If no size is specified with "
"<option>-s</option>, all remaining space is used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k "
"<replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 added\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661     3  freebsd-swap  (1.8G)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32044
msgid ""
"Grow the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system to use the new capacity of the "
"resized partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32047
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growfs <replaceable>/dev/ada0p2</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Device is mounted read-write; resizing will result in temporary write "
"suspension for /.\n"
"It's strongly recommended to make a backup before growing the file system.\n"
"OK to grow file system on /dev/ada0p2, mounted on /, from 38GB to 47GB? [Yes/"
"No] <userinput>Yes</userinput>\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 80781312, 82063552, 83345792, 84628032, 85910272, 87192512, 88474752,\n"
" 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32055
msgid ""
"If the file system is <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, the resize is triggered by "
"running the <option>online</option> subcommand with <option>-e</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32059
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool online -e <replaceable>zroot</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada0p2</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32061
msgid ""
"Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use "
"the newly-available disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32067
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Storage Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32080
msgid "<primary>USB</primary> <secondary>disks</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32085
msgid ""
"Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"thumbdrives, and <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> burners, "
"use the Universal Serial Bus (<acronym>USB</acronym>). FreeBSD provides "
"support for <acronym>USB</acronym> 1.x, 2.0, and 3.0 devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32092
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, "
"including Haswell (Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a "
"<errorname>failed with error 19</errorname> message, disable xHCI/USB3 in "
"the system <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32099
msgid ""
"Support for <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices is built into the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the "
"following lines are present in the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32104
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus	# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da	# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass	# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device uhci	# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci	# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci	# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci	# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb	# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass	# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n"
"device cd	# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32115
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver which uses the "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
"devices. Since any <acronym>USB</acronym> device will be seen as a "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> device by the system, if the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"device is a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> burner, do "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> include <option>device atapicam</option> in a "
"custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32125
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> storage device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the "
"device so that it can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32130
msgid "Device Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32132
msgid ""
"To test the <acronym>USB</acronym> configuration, plug in the <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> device. Use <command>dmesg</command> to confirm that the drive "
"appears in the system message buffer. It should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3&gt; on "
"usbus0\n"
"umass0:  SCSI over Bulk-Only; quirks = 0x0100\n"
"umass0:4:0:-1: Attached to scbus4\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; Fixed Direct Access SCSI-4 device\n"
"da0: Serial Number WD-WXE508CAN263\n"
"da0: 40.000MB/s transfers\n"
"da0: 152627MB (312581808 512 byte sectors: 255H 63S/T 19457C)\n"
"da0: quirks=0x2&lt;NO_6_BYTE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32148
msgid ""
"The brand, device node (<filename>da0</filename>), speed, and size will "
"differ according to the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32151
msgid ""
"Since the <acronym>USB</acronym> device is seen as a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"one, <command>camcontrol</command> can be used to list the <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> storage devices attached to the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt;          at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 "
"(pass3,da0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32159
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>usbconfig</command> can be used to list the device. "
"Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>usbconfig</userinput>\n"
"ugen0.3: &lt;Simple Drive STECH&gt; at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH "
"(480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32166
msgid ""
"If the device has not been formatted, refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-"
"adding\"/> for instructions on how to format and create partitions on the "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> drive. If the drive comes with a file system, it can "
"be mounted by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32173
msgid ""
"Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling <varname>vfs."
"usermount</varname> as described below, should not be considered safe from a "
"security point of view. Most file systems were not built to safeguard "
"against malicious devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32180
msgid ""
"To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all "
"users of the device a member of the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> group using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Next, ensure that <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</"
"systemitem> is able to read and write the device by adding these lines to "
"<filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32187
#, no-wrap
msgid "[localrules=5]\n"
"add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32191
msgid ""
"If internal <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks are also installed in the system, "
"change the second line as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"add path 'da[<replaceable>3</replaceable>-9]*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32197
msgid ""
"This will exclude the first three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks "
"(<filename>da0</filename> to <filename>da2</filename>)from belonging to the "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> group. Replace "
"<replaceable>3</replaceable> with the number of internal <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> disks. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32205
msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32208
#, no-wrap
msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32210
msgid ""
"Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32214
#, no-wrap
msgid "vfs.usermount=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32216
msgid ""
"Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use <command>sysctl</"
"command> to set this variable now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.usermount=1</userinput>\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32222
msgid ""
"The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be "
"mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the "
"file system. One way to do that is for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> to create a subdirectory owned by that user as <filename>/mnt/"
"<replaceable>username</replaceable></filename>. In the following example, "
"replace <replaceable>username</replaceable> with the login name of the user "
"and <replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> with the user's primary group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /mnt/<replaceable>username</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown <replaceable>username</replaceable>:"
"<replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> /mnt/<replaceable>username</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32235
msgid ""
"Suppose a <acronym>USB</acronym> thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device "
"<filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> appears. If the device is formatted with a "
"<acronym>FAT</acronym> file system, the user can mount it using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32240
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /"
"mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32242
msgid ""
"Before the device can be unplugged, it <emphasis>must</emphasis> be "
"unmounted first:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt/<replaceable>username</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32247
msgid ""
"After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar "
"to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; s/n WD-WXE508CAN263          detached\n"
"(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32257
msgid "Automounting Removable Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32259
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting "
"this line in <filename>/etc/auto_master</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32263
#, no-wrap
msgid "/media		-media		-nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32265 book.translate.xml:46404
msgid "Then add these lines to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32268
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 100 {\n"
"	match \"system\" \"GEOM\";\n"
"	match \"subsystem\" \"DEV\";\n"
"	action \"/usr/sbin/automount -c\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32274
msgid ""
"Reload the configuration if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> are already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32277
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount restart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32280
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be set to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32283 book.translate.xml:53437
#, no-wrap
msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32285
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be enabled, as it "
"is by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32288
msgid "Start the services immediately with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32290
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32295
msgid ""
"Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in "
"<filename>/media/</filename>. The directory is named after the file system "
"label. If the label is missing, the directory is named after the device node."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32300
msgid ""
"The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted "
"after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted "
"manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32304
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>automount -fu</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32306
msgid ""
"This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"memory sticks. It can be used with any block device, including optical "
"drives or <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> <acronym>LUN</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32315
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>CD</acronym> Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32318 book.translate.xml:45827
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Meyer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32328
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32333
msgid ""
"Compact Disc (<acronym>CD</acronym>) media provide a number of features that "
"differentiate them from conventional disks. They are designed so that they "
"can be read continuously without delays to move the head between tracks. "
"While <acronym>CD</acronym> media do have tracks, these refer to a section "
"of data to be read continuously, and not a physical property of the disk. "
"The <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system was designed to deal with these "
"differences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32342
msgid "<primary><acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32344 book.translate.xml:32534
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>ISO 9660</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32349
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary><acronym>ATAPI</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32354
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and "
"duplicating audio and data <acronym>CD</acronym>s. This chapter demonstrates "
"the use of several command line utilities. For <acronym>CD</acronym> burning "
"software with a graphical utility, consider installing the <package>sysutils/"
"xcdroast</package> or <package>sysutils/k3b</package> packages or ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32364
msgid "Supported Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32377
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary>ATAPI/CAM driver</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32382
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym>, <acronym>USB</acronym>, and <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that "
"need to be present in the kernel configuration file vary by the type of "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32389
msgid ""
"For a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32392
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus	# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da	# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass	# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd	# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32397
msgid ""
"For a <acronym>USB</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus	# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da	# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass	# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd	# needed for CD and DVD burners\n"
"device uhci	# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci	# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci	# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci	# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb	# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass	# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32411
msgid ""
"For an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32414
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device ata	# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n"
"device scbus	# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device pass	# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd	# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32420
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel "
"configuration file if the burner is an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32424
#, no-wrap
msgid "device atapicam"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32426
msgid ""
"Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following "
"line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32430
#, no-wrap
msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32432
msgid ""
"This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded "
"at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32436
msgid ""
"To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run <command>dmesg</command> "
"and look for an entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device "
"name in the first line of the output will be <filename>acd0</filename> "
"instead of <filename>cd0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep cd</userinput>\n"
"cd0 at ahcich1 bus 0 scbus1 target 0 lun 0\n"
"cd0: &lt;HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GU70N LT20&gt; Removable CD-ROM SCSI-0 device\n"
"cd0: Serial Number M3OD3S34152\n"
"cd0: 150.000MB/s transfers (SATA 1.x, UDMA6, ATAPI 12bytes, PIO 8192bytes)\n"
"cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - "
"tray closed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32451
msgid "Burning a <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32453
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>cdrecord</command> can be used to burn <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>s. This command is installed with the <package>sysutils/cdrtools</"
"package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32457
msgid ""
"While <command>cdrecord</command> has many options, basic usage is simple. "
"Specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to burn and, if the "
"system has multiple burner devices, specify the name of the device to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32463
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord <replaceable>dev=device</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32465
msgid ""
"To determine the device name of the burner, use <option>-scanbus</option> "
"which might produce results like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32469
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -scanbus</userinput>\n"
"ProDVD-ProBD-Clone 3.00 (amd64-unknown-freebsd10.0) Copyright (C) 1995-2010 "
"Jörg Schilling\n"
"Using libscg version 'schily-0.9'\n"
"scsibus0:\n"
"        0,0,0     0) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39236LW       ' '0004' Disk\n"
"        0,1,0     1) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39173W        ' '5958' Disk\n"
"        0,2,0     2) *\n"
"        0,3,0     3) 'iomega  ' 'jaz 1GB         ' 'J.86' Removable Disk\n"
"        0,4,0     4) 'NEC     ' 'CD-ROM DRIVE:466' '1.26' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        0,5,0     5) *\n"
"        0,6,0     6) *\n"
"        0,7,0     7) *\n"
"scsibus1:\n"
"        1,0,0   100) *\n"
"        1,1,0   101) *\n"
"        1,2,0   102) *\n"
"        1,3,0   103) *\n"
"        1,4,0   104) *\n"
"        1,5,0   105) 'YAMAHA  ' 'CRW4260         ' '1.0q' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        1,6,0   106) 'ARTEC   ' 'AM12S           ' '1.06' Scanner\n"
"        1,7,0   107) *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32495
msgid ""
"Locate the entry for the <acronym>CD</acronym> burner and use the three "
"numbers separated by commas as the value for <option>dev</option>. In this "
"case, the Yamaha burner device is <literal>1,5,0</literal>, so the "
"appropriate input to specify that device is <option>dev=1,5,0</option>. "
"Refer to the manual page for <command>cdrecord</command> for other ways to "
"specify this value and for information on writing audio tracks and "
"controlling the write speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32504
msgid ""
"Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the "
"burner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32507
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00&gt;   at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 "
"(cd0,pass0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32510
msgid ""
"Use the numeric values for <literal>scbus</literal>, <literal>target</"
"literal>, and <literal>lun</literal>. For this example, <literal>1,0,0</"
"literal> is the device name to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32517
msgid "Writing Data to an <acronym>ISO</acronym> File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32520
msgid ""
"In order to produce a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data files that are "
"going to make up the tracks on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be prepared "
"before they can be burned to the <acronym>CD</acronym>. In FreeBSD, "
"<package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> installs <command>mkisofs</command>, "
"which can be used to produce an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system that "
"is an image of a directory tree within a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file system. The simplest usage is to "
"specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to create and the path "
"to the files to place into the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -o <replaceable>imagefile.iso</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/tree</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32539
msgid ""
"This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the "
"limitations of the standard <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system, and "
"will exclude files that do not meet the standard for <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32545
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>Joliet</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32550
msgid ""
"A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by "
"the standard. In particular, <option>-R</option> enables the Rock Ridge "
"extensions common to <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
"systems and <option>-J</option> enables Joliet extensions used by <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32556
msgid ""
"For <acronym>CD</acronym>s that are going to be used only on FreeBSD "
"systems, <option>-U</option> can be used to disable all filename "
"restrictions. When used with <option>-R</option>, it produces a file system "
"image that is identical to the specified FreeBSD tree, even if it violates "
"the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32563
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating bootable</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32568
msgid ""
"The last option of general use is <option>-b</option>. This is used to "
"specify the location of a boot image for use in producing an <quote>El "
"Torito</quote> bootable <acronym>CD</acronym>. This option takes an argument "
"which is the path to a boot image from the top of the tree being written to "
"the <acronym>CD</acronym>. By default, <command>mkisofs</command> creates an "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image in <quote>floppy disk emulation</quote> mode, "
"and thus expects the boot image to be exactly 1200, 1440 or 2880 KB in size. "
"Some boot loaders, like the one used by the FreeBSD distribution media, do "
"not use emulation mode. In this case, <option>-no-emul-boot</option> should "
"be used. So, if <filename>/tmp/myboot</filename> holds a bootable FreeBSD "
"system with the boot image in <filename>/tmp/myboot/boot/cdboot</filename>, "
"this command would produce <filename>/tmp/bootable.iso</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /"
"tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32588
msgid ""
"The resulting <acronym>ISO</acronym> image can be mounted as a memory disk "
"with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u "
"0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32594
msgid ""
"One can then verify that <filename>/mnt</filename> and <filename>/tmp/"
"myboot</filename> are identical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32597
msgid ""
"There are many other options available for <command>mkisofs</command> to "
"fine-tune its behavior. Refer to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32602
msgid ""
"It is possible to copy a data <acronym>CD</acronym> to an image file that is "
"functionally equivalent to the image file created with <command>mkisofs</"
"command>. To do so, use <filename>dd</filename> with the device name as the "
"input file and the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> to create as the "
"output file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32609
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/<replaceable>cd0</replaceable> of="
"<replaceable>file.iso</replaceable> bs=2048</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32611
msgid ""
"The resulting image file can be burned to <acronym>CD</acronym> as described "
"in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32617
msgid "Using Data <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32619
msgid ""
"Once an <acronym>ISO</acronym> has been burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym>, "
"it can be mounted by specifying the file system type, the name of the device "
"containing the <acronym>CD</acronym>, and an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32624
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32626
msgid ""
"Since <command>mount</command> assumes that a file system is of type "
"<literal>ufs</literal>, a <errorname>Incorrect super block</errorname> error "
"will occur if <literal>-t cd9660</literal> is not included when mounting a "
"data <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32632
msgid ""
"While any data <acronym>CD</acronym> can be mounted this way, disks with "
"certain <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 extensions might behave oddly. For "
"example, Joliet disks store all filenames in two-byte Unicode characters. If "
"some non-English characters show up as question marks, specify the local "
"charset with <option>-C</option>. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_cd9660</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32641
msgid ""
"In order to do this character conversion with the help of <option>-C</"
"option>, the kernel requires the <filename>cd9660_iconv.ko</filename> module "
"to be loaded. This can be done either by adding this line to "
"<filename>loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32647
#, no-wrap
msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32649
msgid ""
"and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with "
"<command>kldload</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32653
msgid ""
"Occasionally, <errorname>Device not configured</errorname> will be displayed "
"when trying to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>. This usually means that "
"the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive has not detected a disk in the tray, or that "
"the drive is not visible on the bus. It can take a couple of seconds for a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> drive to detect media, so be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32662
msgid ""
"Sometimes, a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym> drive may be "
"missed because it did not have enough time to answer the bus reset. To "
"resolve this, a custom kernel can be created which increases the default "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> delay. Add the following option to the custom kernel "
"configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig-building\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32670
#, no-wrap
msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32672
msgid ""
"This tells the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, "
"to give the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive every possible chance to answer the "
"bus reset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32677
msgid ""
"It is possible to burn a file directly to <acronym>CD</acronym>, without "
"creating an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system. This is known as "
"burning a raw data <acronym>CD</acronym> and some people do this for backup "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32683
msgid ""
"This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data <acronym>CD</acronym>. "
"In order to retrieve the data burned to such a <acronym>CD</acronym>, the "
"data must be read from the raw device node. For example, this command will "
"extract a compressed tar file located on the second <acronym>CD</acronym> "
"device into the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32691
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf /dev/<replaceable>cd1</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32693
msgid ""
"In order to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data must be written "
"using <command>mkisofs</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32700
msgid "Duplicating Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32702
msgid ""
"To duplicate an audio <acronym>CD</acronym>, extract the audio data from the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> to a series of files, then write these files to a "
"blank <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32707
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"using-cdrecord\"/> describes how to duplicate and burn an "
"audio <acronym>CD</acronym>. If the FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and "
"the device is <acronym>ATAPI</acronym>, the <option>atapicam</option> module "
"must be first loaded using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"atapicam\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:32714
msgid "Duplicating an Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32717
msgid ""
"The <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> package or port installs "
"<command>cdda2wav</command>. This command can be used to extract all of the "
"audio tracks, with each track written to a separate <acronym>WAV</acronym> "
"file in the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32723
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32725
msgid ""
"A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> device on the system. Refer to the <command>cdda2wav</"
"command> manual page for instructions on how to specify a device and to "
"learn more about the other options available for this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32733
msgid ""
"Use <command>cdrecord</command> to write the <filename>.wav</filename> files:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -v dev=<replaceable>2,0</replaceable> "
"-dao -useinfo  *.wav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32738
msgid ""
"Make sure that <replaceable>2,0</replaceable> is set appropriately, as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32747
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>DVD</acronym> Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32759
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andy</firstname> <surname>Polyakov</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32769
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32774
msgid ""
"Compared to the <acronym>CD</acronym>, the <acronym>DVD</acronym> is the "
"next generation of optical media storage technology. The <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym> can hold more data than any <acronym>CD</acronym> and is the "
"standard for video publishing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32780
msgid ""
"Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32785
msgid ""
"DVD-R: This was the first <acronym>DVD</acronym> recordable format available."
" The DVD-R standard is defined by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.dvdforum."
"org/forum.shtml\"><acronym>DVD</acronym> Forum</link>. This format is write "
"once."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32792
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R "
"standard. A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32799
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as "
"a removable hard drive. However, this media is not compatible with most "
"<acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives and DVD-Video players as only a few "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> writers support the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> format."
" Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-dvd-ram\"/> for more information on "
"<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32809
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>: This is a rewritable format defined by the <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD%2BRW_Alliance\"> "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> Alliance</link>. A <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can "
"be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32817
msgid ""
"DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the <acronym>DVD+RW</"
"acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32822
msgid ""
"A single layer recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> can hold up to "
"4,700,000,000 bytes which is actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is "
"1024 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32827
msgid ""
"A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. "
"For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on "
"any recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> physical media such as DVD-R, DVD+R, "
"or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>. Before choosing the type of media, ensure that "
"both the burner and the DVD-Video player are compatible with the media under "
"consideration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32837 book.translate.xml:56089
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32839
msgid ""
"To perform <acronym>DVD</acronym> recording, use <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This command is part of the <package>sysutils/dvd+rw-tools</"
"package> utilities which support all <acronym>DVD</acronym> media types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32844
msgid ""
"These tools use the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access the devices, "
"therefore <link linkend=\"atapicam\">ATAPI/CAM support</link> must be loaded "
"or statically compiled into the kernel. This support is not needed if the "
"burner uses the <acronym>USB</acronym> interface. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"usb-disks\"/> for more details on <acronym>USB</acronym> device "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32851
msgid ""
"DMA access must also be enabled for <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32855 book.translate.xml:33167
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32857
msgid ""
"Before attempting to use <application>dvd+rw-tools</application>, consult "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn."
"html\">Hardware Compatibility Notes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32862
msgid ""
"For a graphical user interface, consider using <package>sysutils/k3b</"
"package> which provides a user friendly interface to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and many other burning tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32870
msgid "Burning Data <acronym>DVD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32872
msgid ""
"Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a front-end to "
"<link linkend=\"mkisofs\">mkisofs</link>, it will invoke <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the file system layout and perform the "
"write on the <acronym>DVD</acronym>. This means that an image of the data "
"does not need to be created before the burning process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32878
msgid ""
"To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in <filename>/path/to/data</"
"filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32882
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/"
"cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32884
msgid ""
"In this example, <option>-J -R</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to create an ISO 9660 file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge "
"extensions. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32889
msgid ""
"For the initial session recording, <option>-Z</option> is used for both "
"single and multiple sessions. Replace <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>, "
"with the name of the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device. Using <option>-dvd-"
"compat</option> indicates that the disk will be closed and that the "
"recording will be unappendable. This should also provide better media "
"compatibility with <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32898
msgid ""
"To burn a pre-mastered image, such as <replaceable>imagefile.iso</"
"replaceable>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32901
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/"
"cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32903
msgid ""
"The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the "
"media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use <option>-speed="
"</option>. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for example usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32909
msgid ""
"In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid "
"file system must be created by passing <option>-udf -iso-level 3</option> to "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and all related "
"programs, such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This is required only "
"when creating an ISO image file or when writing files directly to a disk. "
"Since a disk created this way must be mounted as an UDF file system with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_udf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, it will be usable only on an UDF aware operating "
"system. Otherwise it will look as if it contains corrupted files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32920
msgid "To create this type of ISO file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32922
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o "
"<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/data</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32924
msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z "
"<replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32928
msgid ""
"When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are "
"required for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to burn that image on "
"a disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32932
msgid ""
"Be sure to use an up-to-date version of <package>sysutils/cdrtools</"
"package>, which contains <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as an older version may not contain large files support. If "
"the latest version does not work, install <package>sysutils/cdrtools-devel</"
"package> and read its <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32942
msgid "Burning a <acronym>DVD</acronym>-Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32944
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>DVD-Video</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32949
msgid ""
"A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-"
"UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure "
"hierarchy, a particular program such as <package>multimedia/dvdauthor</"
"package> is needed to author the <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32955
msgid ""
"If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in "
"the same way as any other image. If <command>dvdauthor</command> was used to "
"make the <acronym>DVD</acronym> and the result is in <filename>/path/to/"
"video</filename>, the following command should be used to burn the DVD-Video:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable> -dvd-video <replaceable>/path/to/video</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32964
msgid ""
"<option>-dvd-video</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to instruct it to create a DVD-Video file system layout. This "
"option implies the <option>-dvd-compat</option> <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32971
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32973
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD+RW</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32978
msgid ""
"Unlike CD-RW, a virgin <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> needs to be formatted "
"before first use. It is <emphasis>recommended</emphasis> to let "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> take care of this "
"automatically whenever appropriate. However, it is possible to use "
"<command>dvd+rw-format</command> to format the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32985 book.translate.xml:33091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32987
msgid ""
"Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can be burned as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32992
msgid ""
"To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, the media does not need to be blanked first. "
"Instead, write over the previous recording like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32997
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/newdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32999
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> format supports appending data to a previous "
"recording. This operation consists of merging a new session to the existing "
"one as it is not considered to be multi-session writing. <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will <emphasis>grow</emphasis> the ISO 9660 file "
"system present on the media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33006
msgid ""
"For example, to append data to a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, use the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33009 book.translate.xml:33113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -M <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/nextdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33011
msgid ""
"The same <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> options used to burn "
"the initial session should be used during next writes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33015
msgid ""
"Use <option>-dvd-compat</option> for better media compatibility with "
"<acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives. When using <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, "
"this option will not prevent the addition of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33021
msgid "To blank the media, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>/dev/zero</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33027
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33029
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33034
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential "
"and restricted overwrite. By default, <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> discs are in "
"sequential format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33039
msgid ""
"A virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be directly written without being "
"formatted. However, a non-virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential "
"format needs to be blanked before writing a new initial session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33044
msgid "To blank a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33047 book.translate.xml:33095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format -blank=full <replaceable>/dev/"
"cd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33050
msgid ""
"A full blanking using <option>-blank=full</option> will take about one hour "
"on a 1x media. A fast blanking can be performed using <option>-blank</"
"option>, if the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> will be recorded in Disk-At-Once "
"(DAO) mode. To burn the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in DAO mode, use the "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33057
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z "
"<replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33059
msgid ""
"Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically attempts "
"to detect fast blanked media and engage DAO write, <option>-use-the-force-"
"luke=dao</option> should not be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33064
msgid ""
"One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> as this format is more flexible than the default of incremental "
"sequential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33069
msgid ""
"To write data on a sequential <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>, use the same "
"instructions as for the other <acronym>DVD</acronym> formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</"
"replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33075
msgid ""
"To append some data to a previous recording, use <option>-M</option> with "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, if data is "
"appended on a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in incremental sequential mode, a "
"new session will be created on the disc and the result will be a multi-"
"session disc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33081
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format does not need to "
"be blanked before a new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with "
"<option>-Z</option>. It is also possible to grow an existing ISO 9660 file "
"system written on the disc with <option>-M</option>. The result will be a "
"one-session <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33088
msgid ""
"To put a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format, the "
"following command must be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33093
msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33099
msgid "Multi-Session"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33101
msgid ""
"Few <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives support multi-session DVDs and most of "
"the time only read the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> in sequential format can accept multiple sessions. The notion of "
"multiple sessions does not exist for the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> and the "
"<acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> restricted overwrite formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33109
msgid ""
"Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, "
"DVD-R, or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential format, will add a new "
"session to the disc:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33115
msgid ""
"Using this command with a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> or a <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> in restricted overwrite mode will append data while merging the new "
"session to the existing one. The result will be a single-session disc. Use "
"this method to add data after an initial write on these types of media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33123
msgid ""
"Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end "
"and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data "
"to optimize media space. The number of sessions is limited to 154 for a "
"DVD+R, about 2000 for a DVD-R, and 127 for a DVD+R Double Layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33133 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For More Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33135
msgid ""
"To obtain more information about a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, use "
"<command>dvd+rw-mediainfo <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></command> "
"while the disc in the specified drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33140
msgid ""
"More information about <application>dvd+rw-tools</application> can be found "
"in <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, on the <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/\">dvd+rw-tools web site</"
"link>, and in the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.debian.org/cdwrite/"
"\">cdwrite mailing list</link> archives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33147
msgid ""
"When creating a problem report related to the use of <application>dvd+rw-"
"tools</application>, always include the output of <command>dvd+rw-mediainfo</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33154
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33156
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RAM</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33161
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> writers can use either a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"or <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> interface. For <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, "
"DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33169
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any "
"other hard drive, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> must be formatted before it "
"can be used. In this example, the whole disk space will be formatted with a "
"standard UFS2 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33175
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/dev/acd0</"
"replaceable> bs=2k count=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -Bw <replaceable>acd0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33179
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DVD</acronym> device, <filename>acd0</filename>, must be "
"changed according to the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33183
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> has been formatted, it can be mounted as "
"a normal hard drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33188
msgid ""
"Once mounted, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> will be both readable and "
"writeable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33194
msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33218
msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:33222
msgid "Steps to Format a Floppy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:33224
msgid ""
"A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This is "
"usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media "
"integrity. To low-level format the floppy disk on FreeBSD, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdformat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When using this utility, make note of any error "
"messages, as these can help determine if the disk is good or bad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33233
msgid ""
"To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first "
"floppy drive and issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33236
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33240
msgid ""
"After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by "
"the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported "
"geometry values are listed in <filename>/etc/disktab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33245
msgid ""
"To write the disk label, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33247
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33251
msgid ""
"The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The "
"floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a "
"better choice for floppies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33256
msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33258
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33262
msgid ""
"The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also install and use <package>emulators/"
"mtools</package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33269
msgid "Backup Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33283
msgid ""
"Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to "
"recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, "
"or complete machine destruction, including destruction of on-site backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33288
msgid ""
"The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the "
"data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable "
"downtime. Some possible backup techniques include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33295
msgid ""
"Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This "
"provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow "
"and inconvenient to restore from, especially for non-privileged users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33302
msgid ""
"File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or "
"previous versions of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33307
msgid ""
"Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another "
"system on the network using a scheduled <package>net/rsync</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33313
msgid ""
"Hardware or software <acronym>RAID</acronym>, which minimizes or avoids "
"downtime when a disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33318
msgid ""
"Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could create "
"a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored off-site "
"and to supplement this backup with hourly ZFS snapshots. In addition, one "
"could make a manual backup of individual directories or files before making "
"file edits or deletions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33325
msgid ""
"This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and "
"manage backups on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33329
msgid "File System Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33331
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary>dump / restore</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33335
msgid "<primary><command>dump</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33338
msgid "<primary><command>restore</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33342
msgid ""
"The traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> programs "
"for backing up a file system are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which creates the "
"backup, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which restores the "
"backup. These utilities work at the disk block level, below the abstractions "
"of the files, links, and directories that are created by file systems. "
"Unlike other backup software, <command>dump</command> backs up an entire "
"file system and is unable to backup only part of a file system or a "
"directory tree that spans multiple file systems. Instead of writing files "
"and directories, <command>dump</command> writes the raw data blocks that "
"comprise files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33355
msgid ""
"If <command>dump</command> is used on the root directory, it will not back "
"up <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> or many other "
"directories since these are typically mount points for other file systems or "
"symbolic links into those file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33362
msgid ""
"When used to restore data, <command>restore</command> stores temporary files "
"in <filename>/tmp/</filename> by default. When using a recovery disk with a "
"small <filename>/tmp</filename>, set <envar>TMPDIR</envar> to a directory "
"with more free space in order for the restore to succeed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33369
msgid ""
"When using <command>dump</command>, be aware that some quirks remain from "
"its early days in Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>,circa 1975. The default parameters assume a "
"backup to a 9-track tape, rather than to another type of media or to the "
"high-density tapes available today. These defaults must be overridden on the "
"command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33376
msgid "<primary><filename>.rhosts</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33379
msgid ""
"It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another "
"system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rrestore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utilities can be used "
"for this purpose, they are not considered to be secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33385
msgid ""
"Instead, one can use <command>dump</command> and <command>restore</command> "
"in a more secure fashion over an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection. This "
"example creates a full, compressed backup of <filename>/usr</filename> and "
"sends the backup file to the specified host over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33393
msgid "Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c "
"blowfish \\\n"
"          targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0."
"gz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33400
msgid ""
"This example sets <envar>RSH</envar> in order to write the backup to a tape "
"drive on a remote system over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33405
msgid ""
"Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application> with "
"<envar>RSH</envar> Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f "
"targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33414
msgid "Directory Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33416
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>tar</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33421
msgid ""
"Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring "
"specified files and directories as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33425
msgid ""
"A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and by default assumes a recursive "
"backup to a local tape device. Switches can be used to instead specify the "
"name of a backup file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33431
msgid "<primary><command>tar</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33433
msgid ""
"This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves "
"it to <filename>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</filename>. When creating a backup file, "
"make sure that the backup is not saved to the same directory that is being "
"backed up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33440
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar czvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</"
"replaceable> . </userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33446
msgid ""
"To restore the entire backup, <command>cd</command> into the directory to "
"restore into and specify the name of the backup. Note that this will "
"overwrite any newer versions of files in the restore directory. When in "
"doubt, restore to a temporary directory or specify the name of the file "
"within the backup to restore."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33454
msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33460
msgid ""
"There are dozens of available switches which are described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to "
"specify which files should not be included when backing up the specified "
"directory or restoring files from a backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33466
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>cpio</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33471
msgid ""
"To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cpio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is a good choice. Unlike <command>tar</command>, "
"<command>cpio</command> does not know how to walk the directory tree and it "
"must be provided the list of files to backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33477
msgid ""
"For example, a list of files can be created using <command>ls</command> or "
"<command>find</command>. This example creates a recursive listing of the "
"current directory which is then piped to <command>cpio</command> in order to "
"create an output backup file named <filename>/tmp/mybackup.cpio</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33485
msgid ""
"Using <command>ls</command> and <command>cpio</command> to Make a Recursive "
"Backup of the Current Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -R | cpio -ovF <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup."
"cpio</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33491
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>pax</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33495
msgid "<primary><command>pax</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33496 book.translate.xml:43425
msgid "<primary>POSIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33497
msgid "<primary>IEEE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33499
msgid ""
"A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by "
"<command>tar</command> and <command>cpio</command> is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Over the years, the various versions of <command>tar</"
"command> and <command>cpio</command> became slightly incompatible. "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark> created <command>pax</"
"command> which attempts to read and write many of the various <command>cpio</"
"command> and <command>tar</command> formats, plus new formats of its own."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33508
msgid ""
"The <command>pax</command> equivalent to the previous examples would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33512
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>pax</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33515
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pax -wf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.pax</"
"replaceable> .</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33520
msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33522
msgid "<primary>tape media</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33524
msgid ""
"While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to "
"combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any "
"tape drive that uses <acronym>SCSI</acronym>, such as <acronym>LTO</acronym> "
"or <acronym>DAT</acronym>. There is limited support for <acronym>SATA</"
"acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> tape drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33532
msgid ""
"For <acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape devices, FreeBSD uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver and the <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>, <filename>/dev/"
"nsa0</filename>, and <filename>/dev/esa0</filename> devices. The physical "
"device name is <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>. When <filename>/dev/nsa0</"
"filename> is used, the backup application will not rewind the tape after "
"writing a file, which allows writing more than one file to a tape. Using "
"<filename>/dev/esa0</filename> ejects the tape after the device is closed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33543
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>mt</command> is used to control operations of the tape "
"drive, such as seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks "
"to the tape. For example, the first three files on a tape can be preserved "
"by skipping past them before writing a new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33549
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33551
msgid ""
"This utility supports many operations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33554
msgid ""
"To write a single file to tape using <command>tar</command>, specify the "
"name of the tape device and the file to backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar cvf /dev/sa0 <replaceable>file</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33560
msgid ""
"To recover files from a <command>tar</command> archive on tape into the "
"current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xvf /dev/sa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33565
msgid ""
"To backup a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, use <command>dump</command>. "
"This examples backs up <filename>/usr</filename> without rewinding the tape "
"when finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33570
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33572
msgid ""
"To interactively restore files from a <command>dump</command> file on tape "
"into the current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33576
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>restore -i -f /dev/nsa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33580
msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33582
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33586
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can "
"be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make "
"backups easier and more convenient. Many of these applications are client/"
"server based and can be used to automate the backups of a single system or "
"all of the computers in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33593
msgid ""
"Popular utilities include <application>Amanda</application>, "
"<application>Bacula</application>, <application>rsync</application>, and "
"<application>duplicity</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33601
msgid "Emergency Recovery"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33603
msgid ""
"In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following "
"steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33607
msgid "<primary><command>bsdlabel</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33610
msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33615
msgid "<command>gpart show</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33619
msgid "<command>more /etc/fstab</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33623
msgid "<command>dmesg</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33627
msgid "<primary>livefs <acronym>CD</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33630
msgid ""
"Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure "
"location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation "
"media and select <literal>Live CD</literal> to access a rescue shell. This "
"rescue mode can be used to view the current state of the system, and if "
"needed, to reformat disks and restore data from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33639
msgid ""
"The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 10.4-RELEASE does not include a "
"rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a Livefs "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> image from <uri xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/10.4/FreeBSD-10.4-RELEASE-i386-livefs."
"iso\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/10.4/"
"FreeBSD-10.4-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33646
msgid ""
"Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. "
"Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These "
"notes may prevent the inadvertent destruction of the backups while under the "
"stress of performing an emergency recovery."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33652
msgid ""
"For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote "
"location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by "
"a significant distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33660
msgid "Memory Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:33663
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33673
msgid ""
"In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of "
"memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents "
"of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file system without the overhead of first "
"burning it to a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, then "
"mounting the <acronym>CD/DVD</acronym> media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33680
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is used to provide support for memory disks."
" The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes this driver. When using a "
"custom kernel configuration file, ensure it includes this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33685
#, no-wrap
msgid "device md"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33688
msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33690
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33695
msgid ""
"To mount an existing file system image, use <command>mdconfig</command> to "
"specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file and a free unit number. "
"Then, refer to that unit number to mount it on an existing mount point. Once "
"mounted, the files in the <acronym>ISO</acronym> will appear in the mount "
"point. This example attaches <replaceable>diskimage.iso</replaceable> to the "
"memory device <filename>/dev/md0</filename> then mounts that memory device "
"on <filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>diskimage.iso</"
"replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/md<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33708
msgid ""
"Notice that <option>-t cd9660</option> was used to mount an ISO format. If a "
"unit number is not specified with <option>-u</option>, <command>mdconfig</"
"command> will automatically allocate an unused memory device and output the "
"name of the allocated unit, such as <filename>md4</filename>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about this command and its "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33716
msgid ""
"<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>detaching a memory disk</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33721
msgid ""
"When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released "
"back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use "
"<command>mdconfig</command> to detach the disk from the system and release "
"its resources. To continue this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33730
msgid ""
"To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type "
"<command>mdconfig -l</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33735
msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33737
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory file system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33741
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated "
"from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly "
"referred to as a file-backed file system and the second method as a memory-"
"backed file system. Both types can be created using <command>mdconfig</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33748
msgid ""
"To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of <literal>swap</"
"literal> and the size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory "
"disk with a file system and mount as usual. This example creates a 5M memory "
"disk on unit <literal>1</literal>. That memory disk is then formatted with "
"the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system before it is mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t swap -s <replaceable>5</"
"replaceable>m -u <replaceable>1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U md<replaceable>1</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"/dev/md1: 5.0MB (10240 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.27MB, 81 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"        with soft updates\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2752, 5344, 7936\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>1</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md1        4718    4  4338     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33768
msgid ""
"To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to "
"use. This example creates an empty 5K file named <filename>newimage</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33772
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>newimage</"
"replaceable> bs=1k count=<replaceable>5</replaceable>k</userinput>\n"
"5120+0 records in\n"
"5120+0 records out"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33776
msgid ""
"Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it "
"with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, mount the memory disk, and "
"verify the size of the file-backed disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>newimage</"
"replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -w md<replaceable>0</replaceable> "
"auto</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a</"
"userinput>\n"
"/dev/md0a: 5.0MB (10224 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.25MB, 80 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2720, 5280, 7840\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a "
"<replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md0a       4710    4  4330     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33793
msgid ""
"It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system "
"using <command>mdconfig</command>. FreeBSD also comes with <command>mdmfs</"
"command> which automatically configures a memory disk, formats it with the "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, and mounts it. For example, after "
"creating <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> with <command>dd</command>, "
"this one command is equivalent to running the <command>bsdlabel</command>, "
"<command>newfs</command>, and <command>mount</command> commands shown above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -F <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> -"
"s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m md<replaceable>0</replaceable> <replaceable>/"
"mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33806
msgid ""
"To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with <command>mdmfs</"
"command>, use this one command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33809
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m "
"md<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33811
msgid ""
"If the unit number is not specified, <command>mdmfs</command> will "
"automatically select an unused memory device. For more details about "
"<command>mdmfs</command>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33820
msgid "File System Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33833
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>snapshots</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33838
msgid ""
"FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with <link linkend=\"soft-"
"updates\">Soft Updates</link>: file system snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33842
msgid ""
"UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and "
"treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system that "
"the action is performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots "
"per file system. Active snapshots are recorded in the superblock so they are "
"persistent across unmount and remount operations along with system reboots. "
"When a snapshot is no longer required, it can be removed using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. While snapshots may be removed in any order, all the used "
"space may not be acquired because another snapshot will possibly claim some "
"of the released blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33854
msgid ""
"The un-alterable <option>snapshot</option> file flag is set by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> after initial creation of a snapshot file. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>unlink</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> makes an exception for snapshot files since it allows them to "
"be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33859
msgid ""
"Snapshots are created using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To place a snapshot "
"of <filename>/var</filename> in the file <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</"
"filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33864
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33866
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the snapshot:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33871
msgid ""
"One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as <filename>/var</"
"filename>, using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>find</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33875
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find /var -flags snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33877
msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33882
msgid ""
"Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because "
"the snapshot can be transferred to <acronym>CD</acronym>s or tape."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33888
msgid ""
"The file system integrity checker, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be run on the "
"snapshot. Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this "
"should always provide a clean and unchanging result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33895
msgid ""
"Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is "
"consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can also take a snapshot, create a dump image, and then remove "
"the snapshot in one command by using <option>-L</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33903
msgid ""
"The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> the snapshot <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</filename> run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33907
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/"
"snapshot/snap -u 4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33912
msgid ""
"The frozen <filename>/var</filename> is now available through <filename>/"
"mnt</filename>. Everything will initially be in the same state it was during "
"the snapshot creation time. The only exception is that any earlier snapshots "
"will appear as zero length files. To unmount the snapshot, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u 4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33921
msgid ""
"For more information about <option>softupdates</option> and file system "
"snapshots, including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's "
"website at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/\">http://www.mckusick."
"com/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33927
msgid "Disk Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33929
msgid "<primary>accounting</primary> <secondary>disk space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33935
msgid ""
"Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of "
"files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. "
"This prevents one user or group of users from consuming all of the available "
"disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33940
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file system. To configure quotas on the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file "
"system, refer to <xref linkend=\"zfs-zfs-quota\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33945
msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33947
msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33950
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota</userinput>\n"
"kern.features.ufs_quota: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33953
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>1</literal> indicates quota support. If the "
"value is instead <literal>0</literal>, add the following line to a custom "
"kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33958
#, no-wrap
msgid "options QUOTA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33960
msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33963
#, no-wrap
msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33965 book.translate.xml:34099
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>checking</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33969
msgid ""
"Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program insures that the data in the quota "
"database properly reflects the data on the file system. This is a time "
"consuming process that will significantly affect the time the system takes "
"to boot. To skip this step, add this variable to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33977
#, no-wrap
msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33979
msgid ""
"Finally, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to enable disk quotas on a per-"
"file system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add "
"<option>userquota</option> to the options field in the <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> entry for the file system to enable quotas on. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33985
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g   /home    ufs rw,userquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33987
msgid ""
"To enable group quotas, use <option>groupquota</option> instead. To enable "
"both user and group quotas, separate the options with a comma:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33991
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g    /home    ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33993
msgid ""
"By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system "
"as <filename>quota.user</filename> and <filename>quota.group</filename>. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Specifying an alternate "
"location for the quota files is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33999
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and <filename>/etc/rc</"
"filename> will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the "
"initial quota files for all of the quotas enabled in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34005
msgid ""
"In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaon</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, one should read these manual pages to be "
"familiar with their operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34012
msgid "Setting Quota Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34014
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34019
msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34022
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>quota -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34024
msgid ""
"There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits "
"for each file system that quotas are enabled on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34028
msgid ""
"The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with <command>edquota</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34031
msgid ""
"Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space "
"a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. "
"Allocations can be limited based on disk space (block quotas), number of "
"files (inode quotas), or a combination of both. Each limit is further broken "
"down into two categories: hard and soft limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34038
msgid "<primary>hard limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34039
msgid ""
"A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no "
"further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For "
"example, if the user has a hard limit of 500 kbytes on a file system and is "
"currently using 490 kbytes, the user can only allocate an additional 10 "
"kbytes. Attempting to allocate an additional 11 kbytes will fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34047
msgid "<primary>soft limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34048
msgid ""
"Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace "
"period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit "
"longer than the grace period, the soft limit turns into a hard limit and no "
"further allocations are allowed. When the user drops back below the soft "
"limit, the grace period is reset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34055
msgid ""
"In the following example, the quota for the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">test</systemitem> account is being edited. When "
"<command>edquota</command> is invoked, the editor specified by "
"<envar>EDITOR</envar> is opened in order to edit the quota limits. The "
"default editor is set to <application>vi</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -u test</userinput>\n"
"Quotas for user test:\n"
"/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 7, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n"
"/usr/var: kbytes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34068
msgid ""
"There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. "
"One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode "
"limits. Change the value to modify the quota limit. For example, to raise "
"the block limit on <filename>/usr</filename> to a soft limit of "
"<literal>500</literal> and a hard limit of <literal>600</literal>, change "
"the values in that line as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34077
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34079
msgid "The new quota limits take effect upon exiting the editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34082
msgid ""
"Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can "
"be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use "
"<option>-p</option> to duplicate that quota to a specified range of user IDs "
"(<acronym>UID</acronym>s). The following command will duplicate those quota "
"limits for <acronym>UID</acronym>s <literal>10,000</literal> through "
"<literal>19,999</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34091
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -p test 10000-19999</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34093
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>edquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34097
msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34104
msgid ""
"To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a "
"group they are a member of. Only the superuser may view all user and group "
"quotas. To get a summary of all quotas and disk usage for file systems with "
"quotas enabled, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34111
msgid ""
"Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not "
"show in the output of <command>quota</command>, even if the user has a quota "
"limit assigned for that file system. Use <option>-v</option> to display "
"those file systems. The following is sample output from <command>quota -v</"
"command> for a user that has quota limits on two file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n"
"     Filesystem  usage    quota   limit   grace   files   quota   limit   "
"grace\n"
"           /usr      65*     50      75   5days       7      50      60\n"
"       /usr/var       0      50      75               0      50      60"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34124
msgid "<primary>grace period</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34126
msgid ""
"In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 "
"kbytes on <filename>/usr</filename> and has 5 days of grace period left. The "
"asterisk <literal>*</literal> indicates that the user is currently over the "
"quota limit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34134
msgid "Quotas over NFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34136 book.translate.xml:52952
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34138
msgid ""
"Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the <acronym>NFS</acronym> "
"server. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.rquotad</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon makes quota "
"information available to <command>quota</command> on <acronym>NFS</acronym> "
"clients, allowing users on those machines to see their quota statistics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34144
msgid ""
"On the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, enable <command>rpc.rquotad</command> "
"by removing the <literal>#</literal> from this line in <filename>/etc/inetd."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rquotad/1      dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34151
msgid "Then, restart <command>inetd</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34159
msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:34169
#, no-wrap
msgid "\n"
"	      <email>shamrock@cypherpunks.to</email>\n"
"	    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34162
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Lucky</firstname> <surname>Green</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> "
"</affiliation>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34177
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34182
msgid ""
"FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data access."
" File permissions and <link linkend=\"mac\">Mandatory Access Control</link> "
"(MAC) help prevent unauthorized users from accessing data while the "
"operating system is active and the computer is powered up. However, the "
"permissions enforced by the operating system are irrelevant if an attacker "
"has physical access to a computer and can move the computer's hard drive to "
"another system to copy and analyze the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34191
msgid ""
"Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive "
"or powered-down computer, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based cryptographic "
"subsystems built into FreeBSD are able to protect the data on the computer's "
"file systems against even highly-motivated attackers with significant "
"resources. Unlike encryption methods that encrypt individual files, the "
"built-in <command>gbde</command> and <command>geli</command> utilities can "
"be used to transparently encrypt entire file systems. No cleartext ever "
"touches the hard drive's platter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34202
msgid ""
"This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on FreeBSD. "
"It first demonstrates the process using <command>gbde</command> and then "
"demonstrates the same example using <command>geli</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34208
msgid "Disk Encryption with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34211
msgid ""
"The objective of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is to provide "
"a formidable challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a "
"<emphasis>cold</emphasis> storage device. However, if the computer is "
"compromised while up and running and the storage device is actively "
"attached, or the attacker has access to a valid passphrase, it offers no "
"protection to the contents of the storage device. Thus, it is important to "
"provide physical security while the system is running and to protect the "
"passphrase used by the encryption mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34222
msgid ""
"This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each "
"disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit "
"<acronym>AES</acronym> in <acronym>CBC</acronym> mode. Each sector on the "
"disk is encrypted with a different <acronym>AES</acronym> key. For more "
"information on the cryptographic design, including how the sector keys are "
"derived from the user-supplied passphrase, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34231
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a kernel module for <application>gbde</application> which "
"can be loaded with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34235
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34237
msgid ""
"If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34240
msgid "<literal>options GEOM_BDE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34242
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that "
"will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as <filename>/"
"private</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34247
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34251
msgid "Add the New Hard Drive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34253
msgid ""
"Install the new drive to the system as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-"
"adding\"/>. For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has "
"been added as <filename>/dev/ad4s1c</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"ad0s1<replaceable>*</replaceable></filename> represents the existing "
"standard FreeBSD partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34267
msgid "Create a Directory to Hold <command>gbde</command> Lock Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34270
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /etc/gbde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34272
msgid ""
"The <application>gbde</application> lock file contains information that "
"<application>gbde</application> requires to access encrypted partitions. "
"Without access to the lock file, <application>gbde</application> will not be "
"able to decrypt the data contained in the encrypted partition without "
"significant manual intervention which is not supported by the software. Each "
"encrypted partition uses a separate lock file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34283
msgid "Initialize the <command>gbde</command> Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34286
msgid ""
"A <application>gbde</application> partition must be initialized before it "
"can be used. This initialization needs to be performed only once. This "
"command will open the default editor, in order to set various configuration "
"options in a template. For use with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, "
"set the sector_size to 2048:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34294
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c."
"lock</userinput>\n"
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"# Sector size is the smallest unit of data which can be read or written.\n"
"# Making it too small decreases performance and decreases available space.\n"
"# Making it too large may prevent filesystems from working.  512 is the\n"
"# minimum and always safe.  For UFS, use the fragment size\n"
"#\n"
"sector_size	=	2048\n"
"[...]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34305
msgid ""
"Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase "
"used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The "
"ability of <application>gbde</application> to protect data depends entirely "
"on the quality of the passphrase. For tips on how to select a secure "
"passphrase that is easy to remember, see <link xlink:href=\"http://world.std."
"com/~reinhold/diceware.html\">http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.htm</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34313
msgid ""
"This initialization creates a lock file for the <application>gbde</"
"application> partition. In this example, it is stored as <filename>/etc/gbde/"
"ad4s1c.lock</filename>. Lock files must end in <quote>.lock</quote> in order "
"to be correctly detected by the <filename>/etc/rc.d/gbde</filename> start up "
"script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:34322
msgid ""
"Lock files <emphasis>must</emphasis> be backed up together with the contents "
"of any encrypted partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner "
"will be unable to access the data on the encrypted partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34331
msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c."
"lock</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34336
msgid ""
"This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during "
"the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device will "
"appear in <filename>/dev</filename> as <filename>/dev/device_name.bde</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34342
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4        /dev/ad4s1c.bde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34349
msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34352
msgid ""
"Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can "
"be created on the device. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file "
"system with soft updates enabled. Be sure to specify the partition which has "
"a <filename><replaceable>*</replaceable>.bde</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34360
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34364
msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34366
msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34374
msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34377
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem        Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a      1037M    72M   883M     8%    /\n"
"/devfs            1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f       8.1G    55K   7.5G     0%    /home\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e      1037M   1.1M   953M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d       6.1G   1.9G   3.7G    35%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad4s1c.bde   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34391
msgid ""
"After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to "
"the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be "
"used. To configure these steps, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34397
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n"
"gbde_devices=\"<replaceable>ad4s1c</replaceable>\"\n"
"gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34401
msgid ""
"This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. "
"After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted "
"automatically. Additional <application>gbde</application> boot options are "
"available and listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:34411
msgid ""
"<application>sysinstall</application> is incompatible with "
"<application>gbde</application>-encrypted devices. All <filename>*.bde</"
"filename> devices must be detached from the kernel before starting "
"<application>sysinstall</application> or it will crash during its initial "
"probing for devices. To detach the encrypted device used in the example, use "
"the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34419
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde detach /dev/<replaceable>ad4s1c</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34425
msgid "Disk Encryption with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34438
msgid ""
"An alternative cryptographic <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class is available "
"using <command>geli</command>. This control utility adds some features and "
"uses a different scheme for doing cryptographic work. It provides the "
"following features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34446
msgid ""
"Utilizes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypto</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework and "
"automatically uses cryptographic hardware when it is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34452
msgid ""
"Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as <acronym>AES</acronym>, "
"Blowfish, and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34458
msgid ""
"Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the "
"encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34464
msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34468
msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34473
msgid ""
"Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it "
"is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the "
"backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34479
msgid ""
"Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap "
"partitions and temporary file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34485
msgid ""
"More features and usage examples can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34488
msgid ""
"The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be "
"used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under "
"<filename>/private</filename>. The key file will provide some random data "
"used to encrypt the master key. The master key will also be protected by a "
"passphrase. The provider's sector size will be 4kB. The example describes "
"how to attach to the <command>geli</command> provider, create a file system "
"on it, mount it, work with it, and finally, how to detach it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34499
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34503
msgid "Load <command>geli</command> Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34505
msgid ""
"Support for <command>geli</command> is available as a loadable kernel module."
" To configure the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add "
"the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34511
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34513
msgid "To load the kernel module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34515
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34517
msgid ""
"For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these "
"lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34520
#, no-wrap
msgid "options GEOM_ELI\n"
"device crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34525
msgid "Generate the Master Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34527
msgid ""
"The following commands generate a master key (<filename>/root/da2.key</"
"filename>) that is protected with a passphrase. The data source for the key "
"file is <filename>/dev/random</filename> and the sector size of the provider "
"(<filename>/dev/da2.eli</filename>) is 4kB as a bigger sector size provides "
"better performance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count="
"1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli init -s 4096 -K /root/da2.key /dev/da2</"
"userinput>\n"
"Enter new passphrase:\n"
"Reenter new passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34539
msgid ""
"It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method "
"of securing the master key can be used in isolation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34543
msgid ""
"If the key file is given as <quote>-</quote>, standard input will be used. "
"For example, this command generates three key files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34547
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K -"
" /dev/da2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34551
msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34553
msgid ""
"To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the "
"passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2</"
"userinput>\n"
"Enter passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34559
msgid "This creates a new device with an <filename>.eli</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/da2*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/da2  /dev/da2.eli"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34567
msgid "Create the New File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34569
msgid ""
"Next, format the device with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system and "
"mount it on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs /dev/da2.eli</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/da2.eli <replaceable>/private</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34577
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem     Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    248M    89M   139M    38%    /\n"
"/devfs         1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f    7.7G   2.3G   4.9G    32%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d    989M   1.5M   909M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e    3.9G   1.3G   2.3G    35%    /var\n"
"/dev/da2.eli   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34591
msgid ""
"Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the <filename>/"
"private</filename> partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the "
"device into cold storage by unmounting and detaching the <command>geli</"
"command> encrypted partition from the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli detach da2.eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34600
msgid ""
"A <filename>rc.d</filename> script is provided to simplify the mounting of "
"<command>geli</command>-encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, "
"add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"geli_devices=\"<replaceable>da2</replaceable>\"\n"
"geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/<replaceable>da2.key</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34608
msgid ""
"This configures <filename>/dev/da2</filename> as a <command>geli</command> "
"provider with a master key of <filename>/root/da2.key</filename>. The system "
"will automatically detach the provider from the kernel before the system "
"shuts down. During the startup process, the script will prompt for the "
"passphrase before attaching the provider. Other kernel messages might be "
"shown before and after the password prompt. If the boot process seems to "
"stall, look carefully for the password prompt among the other messages. Once "
"the correct passphrase is entered, the provider is attached. The file system "
"is then mounted, typically by an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. "
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/> for instructions on how to "
"configure a file system to mount at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34626
msgid "Encrypting Swap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34629
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Brueffer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34639
msgid "<primary>swap</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34644
msgid ""
"Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to "
"protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with "
"passwords. As long as these passwords stay in physical memory, they are not "
"written to disk and will be cleared after a reboot. However, if FreeBSD "
"starts swapping out memory pages to free space, the passwords may be written "
"to the disk unencrypted. Encrypting swap space can be a solution for this "
"scenario."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34653
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> encryption. It assumes "
"that <filename>/dev/ada0s1b</filename> is the swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34659
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34661
msgid ""
"Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any "
"sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition "
"with random garbage, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34666
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/"
"<replaceable>ada0s1b</replaceable> bs=1m</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34668
msgid ""
"To encrypt the swap partition using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the <literal>."
"bde</literal> suffix to the swap line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device		Mountpoint	FStype	Options		Dump	Pass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde	none		swap	sw		0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34675
msgid ""
"To instead encrypt the swap partition using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, use the <literal>.eli</literal> suffix:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34679
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device		Mountpoint	FStype	Options		Dump	Pass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli	none		swap	sw		0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34682
msgid ""
"By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> uses the <acronym>AES</acronym> algorithm with a "
"key length of 128 bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If "
"desired, these defaults can be altered in the options field in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. The possible flags are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34691
msgid "aalgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34693
msgid ""
"Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data "
"has not been tampered with. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of "
"supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34700
msgid "ealgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34702
msgid ""
"Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a list of supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34708
msgid "keylen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34710
msgid ""
"The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption "
"algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34717
msgid "sectorsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34719
msgid ""
"The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger "
"sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. "
"The recommended size is 4096 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34727
msgid ""
"This example configures an encrypted swap partition using the Blowfish "
"algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34731
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device		Mountpoint	FStype	Options				Dump	Pass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli	none		swap	sw,ealgo=blowfish,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096	0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34737
msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34739
msgid ""
"Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be "
"verified using <command>swapinfo</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34743
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34749
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34759
msgid "Highly Available Storage (<acronym>HAST</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34773
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Freddie</firstname> <surname>Cash</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34781
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Pawel Jakub</firstname> <surname>Dawidek</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34788
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Michael W.</firstname> <surname>Lucas</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34795
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Viktor</firstname> <surname>Petersson</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34804
msgid "<primary>HAST</primary> <secondary>high availability</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34809
msgid ""
"High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business "
"applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such "
"environments. In FreeBSD, the Highly Available STorage (<acronym>HAST</"
"acronym>) framework allows transparent storage of the same data across "
"several physically separated machines connected by a <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> network. <acronym>HAST</acronym> can be understood as a network-"
"based RAID1 (mirror), and is similar to the DRBD® storage system used in the "
"GNU/<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> platform. In "
"combination with other high-availability features of FreeBSD like "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym>, <acronym>HAST</acronym> makes it possible to build "
"a highly-available storage cluster that is resistant to hardware failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34823
msgid "The following are the main features of <acronym>HAST</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34828
msgid ""
"Can be used to mask <acronym>I/O</acronym> errors on local hard drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34833
msgid ""
"File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34838
msgid ""
"Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified "
"during the downtime of a node are synchronized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34851
msgid ""
"Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34856
msgid ""
"Together with <acronym>CARP</acronym>, <application>Heartbeat</application>, "
"or other tools, it can be used to build a robust and durable storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34862
msgid "After reading this section, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34866
msgid ""
"What <acronym>HAST</acronym> is, how it works, and which features it "
"provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34871
msgid "How to set up and use <acronym>HAST</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34876
msgid ""
"How to integrate <acronym>CARP</acronym> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to build a robust storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34881
msgid "Before reading this section, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34889
msgid ""
"Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems "
"(<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34894
msgid ""
"Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (<xref linkend=\"network-"
"communication\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34899
msgid ""
"The <acronym>HAST</acronym> project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation "
"with support from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.omc.net/\">http://www.omc."
"net/</link> and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.transip.nl/\">http://www."
"transip.nl/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34904
msgid "HAST Operation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34906
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> provides synchronous block-level replication between "
"two physical machines: the <emphasis>primary</emphasis>, also known as the "
"<emphasis>master</emphasis> node, and the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis>, or "
"<emphasis>slave</emphasis> node. These two machines together are referred to "
"as a cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34914
msgid ""
"Since <acronym>HAST</acronym> works in a primary-secondary configuration, it "
"allows only one of the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The "
"primary node, also called <emphasis>active</emphasis>, is the one which will "
"handle all the <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests to <acronym>HAST</acronym>-"
"managed devices. The secondary node is automatically synchronized from the "
"primary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34922
msgid ""
"The physical components of the <acronym>HAST</acronym> system are the local "
"disk on primary node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34926
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> operates synchronously on a block level, making it "
"transparent to file systems and applications. <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"provides regular GEOM providers in <filename>/dev/hast/</filename> for use "
"by other tools or applications. There is no difference between using "
"<acronym>HAST</acronym>-provided devices and raw disks or partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34934
msgid ""
"Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to "
"the remote disk over <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>. Each read operation is "
"served from the local disk, unless the local disk is not up-to-date or an "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> error occurs. In such cases, the read operation is "
"sent to the secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34941
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this "
"reason, it is important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage."
" To provide fast synchronization, <acronym>HAST</acronym> manages an on-disk "
"bitmap of dirty extents and only synchronizes those during a regular "
"synchronization, with an exception of the initial sync."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34949
msgid ""
"There are many ways to handle synchronization. <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"implements several replication modes to handle different synchronization "
"methods:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34955
msgid ""
"<emphasis>memsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as "
"completed when the local write operation is finished and when the remote "
"node acknowledges data arrival, but before actually storing the data. The "
"data on the remote node will be stored directly after sending the "
"acknowledgement. This mode is intended to reduce latency, but still provides "
"good reliability. This mode is the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34966
msgid ""
"<emphasis>fullsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as "
"completed when both the local write and the remote write complete. This is "
"the safest and the slowest replication mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34973
msgid ""
"<emphasis>async</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as completed "
"when the local write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous "
"replication mode. It should only be used when replicating to a distant node "
"where latency is too high for other modes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34984
msgid "HAST Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34986
msgid "The <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework consists of several components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34991
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon which provides data synchronization. When "
"this daemon is started, it will automatically load <varname>geom_gate.ko</"
"varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34997
msgid ""
"The userland management utility, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35002
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file. This file must exist before "
"starting <application>hastd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35008
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to statically build <literal>GEOM_GATE</literal> support "
"into the kernel should add this line to the custom kernel configuration "
"file, then rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35013
#, no-wrap
msgid "options	GEOM_GATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35015
msgid ""
"The following example describes how to configure two nodes in master-slave/"
"primary-secondary operation using <acronym>HAST</acronym> to replicate the "
"data between the two. The nodes will be called <literal>hasta</literal>, "
"with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <literal>172.16.0.1</literal>, and "
"<literal>hastb</literal>, with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"<literal>172.16.0.2</literal>. Both nodes will have a dedicated hard drive "
"<filename>/dev/ad6</filename> of the same size for <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"operation. The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool, sometimes referred to as a "
"resource or the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> provider in <filename>/dev/hast/</"
"filename>, will be called <literal>test</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35029
msgid ""
"Configuration of <acronym>HAST</acronym> is done using <filename>/etc/hast."
"conf</filename>. This file should be identical on both nodes. The simplest "
"configuration is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35034
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resource <replaceable>test</replaceable> {\n"
"	on <replaceable>hasta</replaceable> {\n"
"		local <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"		remote <replaceable>172.16.0.2</replaceable>\n"
"	}\n"
"	on <replaceable>hastb</replaceable> {\n"
"		local <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"		remote <replaceable>172.16.0.1</replaceable>\n"
"	}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35045
msgid ""
"For more advanced configuration, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35049
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use host names in the <literal>remote</literal> "
"statements if the hosts are resolvable and defined either in <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> or in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35056
msgid ""
"Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"pool can be created. Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial "
"metadata onto the local disk and to start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hastd onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35065
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to use <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"providers with an existing file system or to convert an existing storage to "
"a <acronym>HAST</acronym>-managed pool. This procedure needs to store some "
"metadata on the provider and there will not be enough required space "
"available on an existing provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35074
msgid ""
"A HAST node's <literal>primary</literal> or <literal>secondary</literal> "
"role is selected by an administrator, or software like "
"<application>Heartbeat</application>, using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. On the primary node, <literal>hasta</literal>, "
"issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35081
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role primary <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35083
msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, <literal>hastb</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35088
msgid "Verify the result by running <command>hastctl</command> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl status <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35093
msgid ""
"Check the <literal>status</literal> line in the output. If it says "
"<literal>degraded</literal>, something is wrong with the configuration file. "
"It should say <literal>complete</literal> on each node, meaning that the "
"synchronization between the nodes has started. The synchronization completes "
"when <command>hastctl status</command> reports 0 bytes of <literal>dirty</"
"literal> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35102
msgid ""
"The next step is to create a file system on the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"provider and mount it. This must be done on the <literal>primary</literal> "
"node. Creating the file system can take a few minutes, depending on the size "
"of the hard drive. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system "
"on <filename>/dev/hast/test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/hast/test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35113
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework is configured properly, the final "
"step is to make sure that <acronym>HAST</acronym> is started automatically "
"during system boot. Add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35119
#, no-wrap
msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35122
msgid "Failover Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35124
msgid ""
"The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is "
"resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the "
"secondary node is there to take over seamlessly, check and mount the file "
"system, and continue to work without missing a single bit of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35131
msgid ""
"To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol "
"(<acronym>CARP</acronym>) is used to provide for automatic failover at the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> layer. <acronym>CARP</acronym> allows multiple hosts "
"on the same network segment to share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Set "
"up <acronym>CARP</acronym> on both nodes of the cluster according to the "
"documentation available in <xref linkend=\"carp\"/>. In this example, each "
"node will have its own management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and a shared "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. "
"The primary <acronym>HAST</acronym> node of the cluster must be the master "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35144
msgid ""
"The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool created in the previous section is now "
"ready to be exported to the other hosts on the network. This can be "
"accomplished by exporting it through <acronym>NFS</acronym> or "
"<application>Samba</application>, using the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. The only problem which "
"remains unresolved is an automatic failover should the primary node fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35154
msgid ""
"In the event of <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces going up or down, the "
"FreeBSD operating system generates a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> event, making it "
"possible to watch for state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> "
"interfaces. A state change on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interface is an "
"indication that one of the nodes failed or came back online. These state "
"change events make it possible to run a script which will automatically "
"handle the HAST failover."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35163
msgid ""
"To catch state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, add this "
"configuration to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 30 {\n"
"	match \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"	match \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"	match \"type\" \"LINK_UP\";\n"
"	action \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch master\";\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"notify 30 {\n"
"	match \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"	match \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"	match \"type\" \"LINK_DOWN\";\n"
"	action \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch slave\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35182
msgid ""
"If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace <filename>carp0</"
"filename> with the name of the <acronym>CARP</acronym>-configured interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35187
msgid ""
"Restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on both nodes to put the new configuration into "
"effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35190 book.translate.xml:46418
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35192
msgid ""
"When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system "
"generates a notification, allowing the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> subsystem to run the "
"specified automatic failover script, <filename>/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-"
"switch</filename>. For further clarification about this configuration, refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35200
msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35203
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"# Original script by Freddie Cash &lt;fjwcash@gmail.com&gt;\n"
"# Modified by Michael W. Lucas &lt;mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org&gt;\n"
"# and Viktor Petersson &lt;vpetersson@wireload.net&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n"
"resources=\"<replaceable>test</replaceable>\"\n"
"\n"
"# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming master\n"
"# make your best guess\n"
"delay=3\n"
"\n"
"# logging\n"
"log=\"local0.debug\"\n"
"name=\"carp-hast\"\n"
"\n"
"# end of user configurable stuff\n"
"\n"
"case \"$1\" in\n"
"	master)\n"
"		logger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to primary provider for ${resources}."
"\"\n"
"		sleep ${delay}\n"
"\n"
"		# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n"
"		for disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"			while $( pgrep -lf \"hastd: ${disk} \\(secondary\\)\" &gt; /dev/null "
"2&gt;&amp;1 ); do\n"
"				sleep 1\n"
"			done\n"
"\n"
"			# Switch role for each disk\n"
"			hastctl role primary ${disk}\n"
"			if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"				logger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to change role to primary for resource "
"${disk}.\"\n"
"				exit 1\n"
"			fi\n"
"		done\n"
"\n"
"		# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n"
"		for disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"			for I in $( jot 60 ); do\n"
"				[ -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ] &amp;&amp; break\n"
"				sleep 0.5\n"
"			done\n"
"\n"
"			if [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n"
"				logger -p $log -t $name \"GEOM provider /dev/hast/${disk} did not appear."
"\"\n"
"				exit 1\n"
"			fi\n"
"		done\n"
"\n"
"		logger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to "
"primary.\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"		logger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n"
"		for disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"			mkdir -p /hast/${disk}\n"
"			fsck -p -y -t ufs /dev/hast/${disk}\n"
"			mount /dev/hast/${disk} /hast/${disk}\n"
"		done\n"
"\n"
"	;;\n"
"\n"
"	slave)\n"
"		logger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}."
"\"\n"
"\n"
"		# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n"
"		for disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"			if ! mount | grep -q \"^/dev/hast/${disk} on \"\n"
"			then\n"
"			else\n"
"				umount -f /hast/${disk}\n"
"			fi\n"
"			sleep $delay\n"
"			hastctl role secondary ${disk} 2&gt;&amp;1\n"
"			if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"				logger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to switch role to secondary for "
"resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"				exit 1\n"
"			fi\n"
"			logger -p $log -t $name \"Role switched to secondary for resource ${disk}."
"\"\n"
"		done\n"
"	;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35287
msgid ""
"In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes master:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35292
msgid ""
"Promotes the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to primary on the other node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35297
msgid "Checks the file system under the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35302
msgid "Mounts the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35306
msgid "When a node becomes secondary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35310
msgid "Unmounts the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35314
msgid "Degrades the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to secondary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:35320
msgid ""
"This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does "
"not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any "
"way, for example, to start or stop required services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35327
msgid ""
"For this example, a standard <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system was used. To "
"reduce the time needed for recovery, a journal-enabled <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> or <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system can be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35334
msgid ""
"More detailed information with additional examples can be found at <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST\">http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35342
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> should generally work without issues. However, as "
"with any other software product, there may be times when it does not work as "
"supposed. The sources of the problems may be different, but the rule of "
"thumb is to ensure that the time is synchronized between the nodes of the "
"cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35349
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting <acronym>HAST</acronym>, the debugging level of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> should be increased by starting <command>hastd</command> with "
"<literal>-d</literal>. This argument may be specified multiple times to "
"further increase the debugging level. Consider also using <literal>-F</"
"literal>, which starts <command>hastd</command> in the foreground."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35358
msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35360
msgid ""
"<firstterm>Split-brain</firstterm> occurs when the nodes of the cluster are "
"unable to communicate with each other, and both are configured as primary. "
"This is a dangerous condition because it allows both nodes to make "
"incompatible changes to the data. This problem must be corrected manually by "
"the system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35367
msgid ""
"The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, "
"or perform the merge manually. Then, let <acronym>HAST</acronym> perform "
"full synchronization of the node which has the broken data. To do this, "
"issue these commands on the node which needs to be resynchronized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35374
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role init <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35391
msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35407 book.translate.xml:35491 book.translate.xml:35632
#: book.translate.xml:36265 book.translate.xml:36413 book.translate.xml:36778
#: book.translate.xml:36982
msgid "<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35410
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym> Disk Framework</primary> "
"<see><acronym>GEOM</acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35415
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework permits access and control "
"to classes, such as Master Boot Records and <acronym>BSD</acronym> labels, "
"through the use of providers, or the disk devices in <filename>/dev</"
"filename>. By supporting various software <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"configurations, <acronym>GEOM</acronym> transparently provides access to the "
"operating system and operating system utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35423
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the use of disks under the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"framework in FreeBSD. This includes the major <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"control utilities which use the framework for configuration. This chapter is "
"not a definitive guide to <acronym>RAID</acronym> configurations and only "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>-supported <acronym>RAID</acronym> classifications "
"are discussed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35435
msgid ""
"What type of <acronym>RAID</acronym> support is available through "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35440
msgid ""
"How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the "
"various <acronym>RAID</acronym> levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35446
msgid ""
"How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35451
msgid ""
"How to troubleshoot disks attached to the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35460
msgid "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (<xref linkend=\"disks\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35464
msgid ""
"Know how to configure and install a new kernel (<xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35471
msgid "RAID0 - Striping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35482 book.translate.xml:36256 book.translate.xml:61251
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35494
msgid "<primary>Striping</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35498
msgid ""
"Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be "
"performed through the use of hardware <acronym>RAID</acronym> controllers. "
"The <acronym>GEOM</acronym> disk subsystem provides software support for "
"disk striping, also known as <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, without the need for "
"a <acronym>RAID</acronym> disk controller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35506
msgid ""
"In <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, data is split into blocks that are written "
"across all the drives in the array. As seen in the following illustration, "
"instead of having to wait on the system to write 256k to one disk, "
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> can simultaneously write 64k to each of the four "
"disks in the array, offering superior <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance. "
"This performance can be enhanced further by using multiple disk controllers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:35517
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='geom/striping' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/mediaobject
#: book.translate.xml:35515
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"geom/striping\" align=\"center\"/> </"
"imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Disk Striping Illustration</phrase> </"
"textobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35525
msgid ""
"Each disk in a <acronym>RAID0</acronym> stripe must be of the same size, "
"since <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to "
"multiple disks in parallel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35531
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> provide any "
"redundancy. This means that if one disk in the array fails, all of the data "
"on the disks is lost. If the data is important, implement a backup strategy "
"that regularly saves backups to a remote system or device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35538
msgid ""
"The process for creating a software, <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based "
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> on a FreeBSD system using commodity disks is as "
"follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gstripe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on how to control an existing "
"stripe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:35545
msgid "Creating a Stripe of Unformatted <acronym>ATA</acronym> Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35549
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35552
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_stripe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35556
msgid ""
"Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root "
"partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as <filename>/mnt</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35563
msgid ""
"Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create "
"the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned "
"<acronym>ATA</acronym> disks with device names of <filename>/dev/ad2</"
"filename> and <filename>/dev/ad3</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35570
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3</"
"userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35577
msgid ""
"Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume "
"and install the default bootstrap code:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35581
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35585
msgid ""
"This process should create two other devices in <filename>/dev/stripe</"
"filename> in addition to <filename>st0</filename>. Those include "
"<filename>st0a</filename> and <filename>st0c</filename>. At this point, a "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system can be created on <filename>st0a</"
"filename> using <command>newfs</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35593
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35595
msgid ""
"Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the "
"process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be "
"mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35601
msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35603
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35607
msgid ""
"To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, "
"place the volume information in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. In this "
"example, a permanent mount point, named <filename>stripe</filename>, is "
"created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /stripe</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"/dev/stripe/st0a /stripe ufs rw 2 2\" "
"\\</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>&gt;&gt; /etc/fstab</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35619
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module must also be automatically "
"loaded during system initialization, by adding a line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35624
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf geom_stripe_load="
"YES</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:35630
msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35635
msgid "<primary>Disk Mirroring</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35638
msgid "<primary>RAID1</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35642
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID1</acronym>, or <emphasis>mirroring</emphasis>, is the "
"technique of writing the same data to more than one disk drive. Mirrors are "
"usually used to guard against data loss due to drive failure. Each drive in "
"a mirror contains an identical copy of the data. When an individual drive "
"fails, the mirror continues to work, providing data from the drives that are "
"still functioning. The computer keeps running, and the administrator has "
"time to replace the failed drive without user interruption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35652
msgid ""
"Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates a "
"mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing "
"single drive. The second example creates a mirror on a single new drive, "
"copies the old drive's data to it, then inserts the old drive into the "
"mirror. While this procedure is slightly more complicated, it only requires "
"one new drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35660
msgid ""
"Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and "
"capacity, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not require that. "
"Mirrors created with dissimilar drives will have a capacity equal to that of "
"the smallest drive in the mirror. Extra space on larger drives will be "
"unused. Drives inserted into the mirror later must have at least as much "
"capacity as the smallest drive already in the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:35669
msgid ""
"The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any "
"major disk operation, make a full backup first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:35675
msgid ""
"While <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used in these procedures to copy file systems, "
"it does not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for information on detecting and disabling soft updates "
"journaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35682
msgid "Metadata Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35684
msgid ""
"Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata "
"should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are "
"caused by two particular types of leftover metadata: <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition tables and old metadata from a previous mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35690
msgid ""
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> metadata can be erased with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This example erases both primary and backup <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> partition tables from disk <filename>ada8</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35695
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart destroy -F ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35697
msgid ""
"A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one "
"step using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Here, the example disk <filename>ada8</filename> "
"is removed from the active mirror <filename>gm4</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35702
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror remove gm4 ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35704
msgid ""
"If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, "
"use <command>gmirror clear</command> to remove it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35708
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror clear ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35710
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> stores one block of metadata at the end of the "
"disk. Because <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition schemes also store metadata "
"at the end of the disk, mirroring entire <acronym>GPT</acronym> disks with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is not recommended. <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"partitioning is used here because it only stores a partition table at the "
"start of the disk and does not conflict with the mirror metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35720
msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35722
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. Two new disks, <filename>ada1</filename> and "
"<filename>ada2</filename>, have been connected to the system. A new mirror "
"will be created on these two disks and used to replace the old single disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35729
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module must either be built "
"into the kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel "
"module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35733 book.translate.xml:35860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35735
msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35737
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35739
msgid ""
"<filename>gm0</filename> is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new "
"mirror. After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in "
"<filename>/dev/mirror/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35744
msgid ""
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> and <application>bsdlabel</application> partition "
"tables can now be created on the mirror with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with "
"partitions for <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, "
"<filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>. A single "
"<filename>/</filename> and a swap partition will also work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35753
msgid ""
"Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the "
"existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already "
"present on <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35758
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd -a 4k mirror/gm0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       63  156301423  mirror/gm0  MBR  (74G)\n"
"         63         63                    - free -  (31k)\n"
"        126  156301299                 1  freebsd  (74G)\n"
"  156301425         61                    - free -  (30k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/"
"gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k -s 4g mirror/"
"gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/"
"gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 1g mirror/"
"gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k       mirror/"
"gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        0  156301299  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (74G)\n"
"          0          2                      - free -  (1.0k)\n"
"          2    4194304                   1  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"    4194306    8388608                   2  freebsd-swap  (4.0G)\n"
"   12582914    4194304                   4  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"   16777218    2097152                   5  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"   18874370  137426928                   6  freebsd-ufs  (65G)\n"
"  156301298          1                      - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35782 book.translate.xml:36004
msgid ""
"Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the <acronym>MBR</"
"acronym> and bsdlabel and setting the active slice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35786 book.translate.xml:36008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart set -a active -i 1 mirror/gm0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35790
msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35793
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35798
msgid ""
"File systems from the original <filename>ada0</filename> disk can now be "
"copied onto the mirror with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /tmp | (cd /mnt/tmp "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35811
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/mnt/etc/fstab</filename> to point to the new mirror file "
"systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device		Mountpoint	FStype	Options	Dump	Pass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a	/		ufs	rw	1	1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b	none		swap	sw	0	0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d	/var		ufs	rw	2	2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e	/tmp		ufs	rw	2	2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f	/usr		ufs	rw	2	2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35821
msgid ""
"If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built "
"into the kernel, <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename> is edited to "
"load the module at boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35826 book.translate.xml:36035 book.translate.xml:36155
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35828
msgid ""
"Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been "
"copied. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> will see the mirror as two individual "
"drives rather than a mirror. Because the drives are identical, it does not "
"matter which is selected to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35834
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems "
"booting. Powering down and disconnecting the original <filename>ada0</"
"filename> disk will allow it to be kept as an offline backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35839
msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35844
msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35846
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. A new disk, <filename>ada1</filename>, has been "
"connected to the system. A one-disk mirror will be created on the new disk, "
"the existing system copied onto it, and then the old disk will be inserted "
"into the mirror. This slightly complex procedure is required because "
"<command>gmirror</command> needs to put a 512-byte block of metadata at the "
"end of each disk, and the existing <filename>ada0</filename> has usually had "
"all of its space already allocated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35857
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35862
msgid ""
"Check the media size of the original disk with <command>diskinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ada0\n"
"	512             # sectorsize\n"
"	1000204821504   # mediasize in bytes (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35870
msgid ""
"Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity is "
"not any larger than the original <filename>ada0</filename> drive, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gnop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to create a fake drive of the exact same size. This "
"drive does not store any data, but is used only to limit the size of the "
"mirror. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> creates the mirror, it "
"will restrict the capacity to the size of <filename>gzero.nop</filename>, "
"even if the new <filename>ada1</filename> drive has more space. Note that "
"the <replaceable>1000204821504</replaceable> in the second line is equal to "
"<filename>ada0</filename>'s media size as shown by <command>diskinfo</"
"command> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35883
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geom zero load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gnop create -s 1000204821504 gzero</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 gzero.nop ada1</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35888
msgid ""
"Since <filename>gzero.nop</filename> does not store any data, the mirror "
"does not see it as connected. The mirror is told to <quote>forget</quote> "
"unconnected components, removing references to <filename>gzero.nop</"
"filename>. The result is a mirror device containing only a single disk, "
"<filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35895
msgid ""
"After creating <filename>gm0</filename>, view the partition table on "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is "
"some unallocated space at the end of the drive, the contents may be copied "
"directly from <filename>ada0</filename> to the new mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35901
msgid ""
"However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, "
"as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte "
"mirror metadata at the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525105        ada0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525105           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35910
msgid ""
"In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by "
"one sector on <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>. The procedure will be "
"explained later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35914
msgid ""
"In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied "
"using <command>gpart backup</command> and <command>gpart restore</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0 &gt; table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0s1 &gt; table.ada0s1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35921
msgid ""
"These commands create two files, <filename>table.ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>table.ada0s1</filename>. This example is from a 1 TB drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 1953525105   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  984640881"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35939
msgid ""
"If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice "
"and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, "
"reducing the size of both the slice and last partition by one. These are the "
"last numbers in each listing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35945
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 <emphasis>1953525104</emphasis>   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  <emphasis>984640880</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35958
msgid ""
"If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two "
"files can be used without modification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35961
msgid "Now restore the partition table into <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0 &lt; table.ada0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 &lt; table.ada0s1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35967
msgid ""
"Check the partition table with <command>gpart show</command>. This example "
"has <filename>gm0s1a</filename> for <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>gm0s1d</filename> for <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>gm0s1e</"
"filename> for <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>gm0s1f</filename> for "
"<filename>/data1</filename>, and <filename>gm0s1g</filename> for <filename>/"
"data2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35976
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525104  mirror/gm0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525042           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)\n"
"  1953525105          62              - free -  (31k)\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;         0  1953525042  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (931G)\n"
"           0     2097152             1  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"     2097152    16777216             2  freebsd-swap  (8.0G)\n"
"    18874368    41943040             4  freebsd-ufs  (20G)\n"
"    60817408    20971520             5  freebsd-ufs  (10G)\n"
"    81788928   629145600             6  freebsd-ufs  (300G)\n"
"   710934528  1242590514             7  freebsd-ufs  (592G)\n"
"  1953525042          63                - free -  (31k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35991
msgid ""
"Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at "
"the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35994
msgid ""
"Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will "
"vary to match the original disk, <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36012
msgid ""
"Adjust <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to use the new partitions on the "
"mirror. Back up this file first by copying it to <filename>/etc/fstab.orig</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36018
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, replacing <filename>/dev/ada0</"
"filename> with <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36022
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device		Mountpoint	FStype	Options	Dump	Pass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a	/		ufs	rw	1	1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b	none		swap	sw	0	0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d	/var		ufs	rw	2	2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e	/usr		ufs	rw	2	2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f	/data1		ufs	rw	2	2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1g	/data2		ufs	rw	2	2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36030
msgid ""
"If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built "
"into the kernel, edit <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to load it at "
"boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36037
msgid ""
"File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each file system "
"dumped with <command>dump -L</command> will create a snapshot first, which "
"can take some time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36042
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /    | (cd /mnt "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/data1</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1g /mnt/data2</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var "
"&amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data1 | (cd /mnt/"
"data1 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/"
"data2 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36053
msgid ""
"Restart the system, booting from <filename>ada1</filename>. If everything is "
"working, the system will boot from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>, which "
"now contains the same data as <filename>ada0</filename> had previously. See "
"<xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36060
msgid ""
"At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single <filename>ada1</"
"filename> disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36063
msgid ""
"After booting from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename> successfully, the final "
"step is inserting <filename>ada0</filename> into the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:36068
msgid ""
"When <filename>ada0</filename> is inserted into the mirror, its former "
"contents will be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that "
"<filename>mirror/gm0</filename> has the same contents as <filename>ada0</"
"filename> before adding <filename>ada0</filename> to the mirror. If the "
"contents previously copied by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> are not identical to what was on <filename>ada0</"
"filename>, revert <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount the file systems "
"on <filename>ada0</filename>, reboot, and start the whole procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36081
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 ada0</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36084
msgid ""
"Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use "
"<command>gmirror status</command> to view the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36088
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  DEGRADED  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36093
msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  COMPLETE  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (ACTIVE)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36101
msgid ""
"<filename>mirror/gm0</filename> now consists of the two disks "
"<filename>ada0</filename> and <filename>ada1</filename>, and the contents "
"are automatically synchronized with each other. In use, <filename>mirror/"
"gm0</filename> will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36112
msgid ""
"If the system no longer boots, <acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings may have to "
"be changed to boot from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive "
"can be used for booting, as they contain identical data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36117
msgid ""
"If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n"
"\n"
"Loader variables:\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n"
"\n"
"Manual root filesystem specification:\n"
"  &lt;fstype&gt;:&lt;device&gt; [options]\n"
"      Mount &lt;device&gt; using filesystem &lt;fstype&gt;\n"
"      and with the specified (optional) option list.\n"
"\n"
"    eg. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n"
"        zfs:tank\n"
"        cd9660:/dev/acd0 ro\n"
"          (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n"
"\n"
"  ?               List valid disk boot devices\n"
"  .               Yield 1 second (for background tasks)\n"
"  &lt;empty line&gt;    Abort manual input\n"
"\n"
"mountroot&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36142
msgid ""
"Forgetting to load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> module in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can cause this problem. To fix it, "
"boot from a FreeBSD installation media and choose <literal>Shell</literal> "
"at the first prompt. Then load the mirror module and mount the mirror device:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36152
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename>, adding a line to load the "
"mirror module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36157
msgid "Save the file and reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36159
msgid ""
"Other problems that cause <errorname>error 19</errorname> require more "
"effort to fix. Although the system should boot from <filename>ada0</"
"filename>, another prompt to select a shell will appear if <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename> is incorrect. Enter <literal>ufs:/dev/ada0s1a</literal> at "
"the boot loader prompt and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Undo the edits in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> then mount the file systems from the "
"original disk (<filename>ada0</filename>) instead of the mirror. Reboot the "
"system and try the procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36170
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab.orig /etc/fstab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36176
msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36178
msgid ""
"The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without "
"causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if "
"<filename>ada0</filename> fails, the mirror will continue to work, providing "
"data from the remaining working drive, <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36184
msgid ""
"To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the "
"failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers "
"use somewhat arbitrary values when rating drives in gigabytes, and the only "
"way to really be sure is to compare the total count of sectors shown by "
"<command>diskinfo -v</command>. A drive with larger capacity than the mirror "
"will work, although the extra space on the new drive will not be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36193
msgid ""
"After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a "
"<quote>degraded</quote> mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to "
"forget drives that are not currently connected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36198
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36200
msgid ""
"Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"geom-mirror-metadata\"/>. Then the "
"replacement disk, <filename>ada4</filename> for this example, is inserted "
"into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36206
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36208
msgid ""
"Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. "
"This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. "
"Performance of the mirror will be greatly reduced during the copy, so "
"inserting new drives is best done when there is low demand on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36214
msgid ""
"Progress can be monitored with <command>gmirror status</command>, which "
"shows drives that are being synchronized and the percentage of completion. "
"During resynchronization, the status will be <computeroutput>DEGRADED</"
"computeroutput>, changing to <computeroutput>COMPLETE</computeroutput> when "
"the process is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36227
msgid "<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36231
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Gladman</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36239
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36248
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on documentation by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36268
msgid "<primary>RAID3</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36272
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is a method used to combine several disk drives "
"into a single volume with a dedicated parity disk. In a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 system, data is split up into a number of bytes that are written "
"across all the drives in the array except for one disk which acts as a "
"dedicated parity disk. This means that disk reads from a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 implementation access all disks in the array. Performance can be "
"enhanced by using multiple disk controllers. The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"array provides a fault tolerance of 1 drive, while providing a capacity of 1 "
"- 1/n times the total capacity of all drives in the array, where n is the "
"number of hard drives in the array. Such a configuration is mostly suitable "
"for storing data of larger sizes such as multimedia files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36287
msgid ""
"At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 array. Each disk must be of the same size, since <acronym>I/O</"
"acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in "
"parallel. Also, due to the nature of <acronym>RAID</acronym>3, the number of "
"drives must be equal to 3, 5, 9, 17, and so on, or 2^n + 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36294
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create a software <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36298
msgid ""
"While it is theoretically possible to boot from a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"array on FreeBSD, that configuration is uncommon and is not advised."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36304
msgid "Creating a Dedicated <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36307
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, support for <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is implemented by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class. Creating a dedicated "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array on FreeBSD requires the following steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36314
msgid ""
"First, load the <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> kernel module by issuing "
"one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36318
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36320
msgid "or:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36322
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_raid3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36326
msgid ""
"Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new "
"directory to use as the mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir <replaceable>/multimedia</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36334
msgid ""
"Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, "
"and create the new <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 device. The final device listed "
"will act as the dedicated parity disk. This example uses three unpartitioned "
"<acronym>ATA</acronym> drives: <filename><replaceable>ada1</replaceable></"
"filename> and <filename><replaceable>ada2</replaceable></filename> for data, "
"and <filename><replaceable>ada3</replaceable></filename> for parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/"
"ada3</userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada1.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36353
msgid ""
"Partition the newly created <filename>gr0</filename> device and put a "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs /dev/raid3/gr0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36361
msgid ""
"Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the "
"process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be "
"mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36367
msgid "The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36372
msgid ""
"Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system "
"reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36377
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> module must be loaded before the "
"array can be mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system "
"initialization, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36383
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36387
msgid ""
"The following volume information must be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> in order to automatically mount the array's file system during the "
"system boot process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36392
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1	/multimedia	ufs	rw	2	2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36400
msgid "Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36403
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36416
msgid ""
"<primary>Software RAID Devices</primary> <secondary>Hardware-assisted RAID</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36421
msgid ""
"Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just "
"a <acronym>ROM</acronym>, that allows the computer to boot from a "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym> array. After booting, access to the <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> array is handled by software running on the computer's main "
"processor. This <quote>hardware-assisted software <acronym>RAID</acronym></"
"quote> gives <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays that are not dependent on any "
"particular operating system, and which are functional even before an "
"operating system is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36432
msgid ""
"Several levels of <acronym>RAID</acronym> are supported, depending on the "
"hardware in use. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36436
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> requires the <filename>geom_raid.ko</filename> kernel module, "
"which is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel starting with "
"FreeBSD 9.1. If needed, it can be loaded manually with <command>graid load</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36443
msgid "Creating an Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36445
msgid ""
"Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices often have a menu that can be "
"entered by pressing special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can "
"be used to create and delete <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can also create arrays directly from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36451
msgid ""
"<command>graid label</command> is used to create a new array. The "
"motherboard used for this example has an Intel software <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> chipset, so the Intel metadata format is specified. The new array "
"is given a label of <filename>gm0</filename>, it is a mirror "
"(<acronym>RAID1</acronym>), and uses drives <filename>ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:36461
msgid ""
"Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new "
"array. Back up existing data first!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36466
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</"
"userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array Intel-a29ea104 created.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:0-ada0 state changed from NONE to "
"ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to "
"ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array started.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from STARTING to OPTIMAL."
"\n"
"Intel-a29ea104 created\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36477
msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36480 book.translate.xml:36686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name   Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  OPTIMAL  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                  ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36485
msgid ""
"The array device appears in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. The first array "
"is called <filename>r0</filename>. Additional arrays, if present, will be "
"<filename>r1</filename>, <filename>r2</filename>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36491
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu on some of these devices can create arrays "
"with special characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special "
"characters, arrays are given simple numbered names like <filename>r0</"
"filename>. To show the actual labels, like <filename>gm0</filename> in the "
"example above, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36498
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36502
msgid "Multiple Volumes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36504
msgid ""
"Some software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support more than one "
"<emphasis>volume</emphasis> on an array. Volumes work like partitions, "
"allowing space on the physical drives to be split and used in different ways."
" For example, Intel software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support two "
"volumes. This example creates a 40 G mirror for safely storing the operating "
"system, followed by a 20 G <acronym>RAID0</acronym> (stripe) volume for fast "
"temporary storage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36517
msgid ""
"Volumes appear as additional <filename>r<replaceable>X</replaceable></"
"filename> entries in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. An array with two "
"volumes will show <filename>r0</filename> and <filename>r1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36523
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the number of volumes supported by different "
"software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36528
msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36530
msgid ""
"Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing "
"single drive to a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array without "
"reformatting. To avoid data loss during the conversion, the existing drive "
"must meet these minimum requirements:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36538
msgid ""
"The drive must be partitioned with the <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning "
"scheme. <acronym>GPT</acronym> or other partitioning schemes with metadata "
"at the end of the drive will be overwritten and corrupted by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36546
msgid ""
"There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive "
"to hold the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the "
"largest occupies 64 M, so at least that much free space is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36554
msgid ""
"If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then "
"create a single-drive mirror with that drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36560
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused "
"space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36564
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36566
msgid ""
"Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the "
"second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36572
msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36574
msgid ""
"Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have "
"failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new "
"drive becomes a spare. For example, inserting a new drive into a working two-"
"drive mirror results in a two-drive mirror with one spare drive, not a three-"
"drive mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36581
msgid ""
"In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the "
"newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be "
"overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36585
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to NEW."
"\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NEW to "
"REBUILD.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36593
msgid "Removing Drives from the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36595
msgid ""
"Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their "
"metadata erased:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36598
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid remove raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from ACTIVE to OFFLINE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-[unknown] state changed from ACTIVE "
"to NONE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36605
msgid "Stopping the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36607
msgid ""
"An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The array "
"will be restarted when the system is booted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36611
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid stop raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36615
msgid "Checking Array Status"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36617
msgid ""
"Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the "
"mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to "
"the new drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name    Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  DEGRADED  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                   ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36626
msgid ""
"Some types of arrays, like <literal>RAID0</literal> or <literal>CONCAT</"
"literal>, may not be shown in the status report if disks have failed. To see "
"these partially-failed arrays, add <option>-ga</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status -ga</userinput>\n"
"          Name  Status  Components\n"
"Intel-e2d07d9a  BROKEN  ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36637
msgid "Deleting Arrays"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36639
msgid ""
"Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the last "
"volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed from "
"the drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36643 book.translate.xml:36693
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid delete raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36647
msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36649
msgid ""
"Drives may unexpectedly contain <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata, either from "
"previous use or manufacturer testing. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will detect these "
"drives and create an array, interfering with access to the individual drive. "
"To remove the unwanted metadata:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36657
msgid ""
"Boot the system. At the boot menu, select <literal>2</literal> for the "
"loader prompt. Enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"OK <userinput>set kern.geom.raid.enable=0</userinput>\n"
"OK <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36663
msgid ""
"The system will boot with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36668
msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36672
msgid ""
"As a workaround, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array detection can be "
"disabled by adding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36675
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36677
msgid "to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36679
msgid ""
"To permanently remove the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata from the "
"affected drive, boot a FreeBSD installation <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or "
"memory stick, and select <literal>Shell</literal>. Use <command>status</"
"command> to find the name of the array, typically <literal>raid/r0</literal>:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36691
msgid "Delete the volume by name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36695
msgid ""
"If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. "
"After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36699
msgid ""
"Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the "
"metadata has been removed, the <literal>kern.geom.raid.enable=0</literal> "
"entry in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can also be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36710
msgid "<acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36712
msgid ""
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym> provides a simple mechanism for providing remote "
"access to devices such as disks, <acronym>CD</acronym>s, and file systems "
"through the use of the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate network daemon, "
"<application>ggated</application>. The system with the device runs the "
"server daemon which handles requests made by clients using "
"<application>ggatec</application>. The devices should not contain any "
"sensitive data as the connection between the client and the server is not "
"encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36722
msgid ""
"Similar to <acronym>NFS</acronym>, which is discussed in <xref linkend="
"\"network-nfs\"/>, <application>ggated</application> is configured using an "
"exports file. This file specifies which systems are permitted to access the "
"exported resources and what level of access they are offered. For example, "
"to give the client <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.5</systemitem> "
"read and write access to the fourth slice on the first <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> disk, create <filename>/etc/gg.exports</filename> with this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36732
#, no-wrap
msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36734
msgid ""
"Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, start "
"<application>ggated</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36737
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggated</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36739
msgid ""
"Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or "
"changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggated</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36743
msgid ""
"To access the exported device on the client machine, first use "
"<command>ggatec</command> to specify the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"the server and the device name of the exported device. If successful, this "
"command will display a <literal>ggate</literal> device name to mount. Mount "
"that specified device name on a free mount point. This example connects to "
"the <filename>/dev/da0s4d</filename> partition on <literal>192.168.1.1</"
"literal>, then mounts <filename>/dev/ggate0</filename> on <filename>/mnt</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d</"
"userinput>\n"
"ggate0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36758
msgid ""
"The device on the server may now be accessed through <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> on the client. For more details about <command>ggatec</command> "
"and a few usage examples, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggatec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36764
msgid ""
"The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server "
"or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to "
"network resources, use <acronym>NFS</acronym> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36770
msgid ""
"When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with <command>umount</"
"command> so that the resource is available to other clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36776
msgid "Labeling Disk Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36781
msgid "<primary>Disk Labels</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36785
msgid ""
"During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as "
"devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. "
"For instance, what if a new disk device is added via <acronym>USB</acronym>? "
"It is likely that a flash device may be handed the device name of "
"<filename>da0</filename> and the original <filename>da0</filename> shifted "
"to <filename>da1</filename>. This will cause issues mounting file systems if "
"they are listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> which may also prevent "
"the system from booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36797
msgid ""
"One solution is to chain <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in order so a new "
"device added to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card will be issued unused "
"device numbers. But what about <acronym>USB</acronym> devices which may "
"replace the primary <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk? This happens because "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> devices are usually probed before the <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> card. One solution is to only insert these devices after the system "
"has been booted. Another method is to use only a single <acronym>ATA</"
"acronym> drive and never list the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36809
msgid ""
"A better solution is to use <command>glabel</command> to label the disk "
"devices and use the labels in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Because "
"<command>glabel</command> stores the label in the last sector of a given "
"provider, the label will remain persistent across reboots. By using this "
"label as a device, the file system may always be mounted regardless of what "
"device node it is accessed through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36819
msgid ""
"<command>glabel</command> can create both transient and permanent labels. "
"Only permanent labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information on the differences between labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36826
msgid "Label Types and Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36828
msgid ""
"Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file "
"system labels can be created with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These types of labels are created in a sub-directory of "
"<filename>/dev</filename>, and will be named according to the file system "
"type. For example, <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system labels will be "
"created in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename>. Generic permanent labels can be "
"created with <command>glabel label</command>. These are not file system "
"specific and will be created in <filename>/dev/label</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36839
msgid ""
"Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created "
"in <filename>/dev/label</filename> and are suited to experimentation. A "
"temporary label can be created using <command>glabel create</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36847
msgid ""
"To create a permanent label for a <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system "
"without destroying any data, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36851
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -L <replaceable>home</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/dev/da3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36853
msgid ""
"A label should now exist in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename> which may be added "
"to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36856
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ufs/home		/home            ufs     rw              2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36859
msgid ""
"The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run <command>tunefs</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36863
msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36865
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36867
msgid ""
"From this point on, so long as the <filename>geom_label.ko</filename> kernel "
"module is loaded at boot with <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or the "
"<literal>GEOM_LABEL</literal> kernel option is present, the device node may "
"change without any ill effect on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36874
msgid ""
"File systems may also be created with a default label by using the <option>-"
"L</option> flag with <command>newfs</command>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36879
msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36882
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel destroy home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36884
msgid ""
"The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:36888
msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36890
msgid ""
"By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should "
"be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another "
"controller or transferred to a different system. For this example, it is "
"assumed that a single <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk is used, which is "
"currently recognized by the system as <filename>ad0</filename>. It is also "
"assumed that the standard FreeBSD partition scheme is used, with <filename>/"
"</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> and "
"<filename>/tmp</filename>, as well as a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36904
msgid ""
"Reboot the system, and at the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> prompt, press "
"<keycap>4</keycap> to boot into single user mode. Then enter the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36908
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1a is label/rootfs\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label var /dev/ad0s1d</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1d is label/var\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label usr /dev/ad0s1f</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1f is label/usr\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label tmp /dev/ad0s1e</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1e is label/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label swap /dev/ad0s1b</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1b is label/swap\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36920
msgid ""
"The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, "
"edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and replace the conventional device "
"names, with their respective labels. The final <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> will look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                Mountpoint      FStype  Options         Dump    "
"Pass#\n"
"/dev/label/swap         none            swap    sw              0       0\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs       /               ufs     rw              1       1\n"
"/dev/label/tmp          /tmp            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/usr          /usr            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/var          /var            ufs     rw              2       2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36933
msgid ""
"The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up "
"normally and <command>mount</command> will show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/label/tmp on /tmp (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/usr on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36945
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> class supports a label type for <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file systems, based on the unique file system id, <literal>ufsid</"
"literal>. These labels may be found in <filename>/dev/ufsid</filename> and "
"are created automatically during system startup. It is possible to use "
"<literal>ufsid</literal> labels to mount partitions using <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename>. Use <command>glabel status</command> to receive a list of "
"file systems and their corresponding <literal>ufsid</literal> labels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>glabel status</userinput>\n"
"                  Name  Status  Components\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc38d330916     N/A  ad4s1d\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc16926168e     N/A  ad4s1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36961
msgid ""
"In the above example, <filename>ad4s1d</filename> represents <filename>/var</"
"filename>, while <filename>ad4s1f</filename> represents <filename>/usr</"
"filename>. Using the <literal>ufsid</literal> values shown, these partitions "
"may now be mounted with the following entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916        /var        ufs        rw        2      2\n"
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e        /usr        ufs        rw        2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36972
msgid ""
"Any partitions with <literal>ufsid</literal> labels can be mounted in this "
"way, eliminating the need to manually create permanent labels, while still "
"enjoying the benefits of device name independent mounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36980
msgid "UFS Journaling Through <acronym>GEOM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36985
msgid "<primary>Journaling</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36989
msgid ""
"Support for journals on <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems is available on "
"FreeBSD. The implementation is provided through the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"subsystem and is configured using <command>gjournal</command>. Unlike other "
"file system journaling implementations, the <command>gjournal</command> "
"method is block based and not implemented as part of the file system. It is "
"a <acronym>GEOM</acronym> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36998
msgid ""
"Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that "
"make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes "
"are committed to the disk. This transaction log can later be replayed to "
"redo file system transactions, preventing file system inconsistencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37004
msgid ""
"This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and "
"inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and "
"enforces meta-data updates, and snapshots, which create an image of the file "
"system, a log is stored in disk space specifically for this task. For better "
"performance, the journal may be stored on another disk. In this "
"configuration, the journal provider or storage device should be listed after "
"the device to enable journaling on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37013
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for "
"<command>gjournal</command>. To automatically load the "
"<filename>geom_journal.ko</filename> kernel module at boot time, add the "
"following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37019
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37021
msgid ""
"If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37024
#, no-wrap
msgid "options	GEOM_JOURNAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37026
msgid ""
"Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system "
"using the following steps. In this example, <filename>da4</filename> is a "
"new <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal label /dev/<replaceable>da4</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37034
msgid ""
"This will load the module and create a <filename>/dev/da4.journal</filename> "
"device node on <filename>/dev/da4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37038
msgid ""
"A <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system may now be created on the journaled "
"device, then mounted on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37042
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -O 2 -J /dev/<replaceable>da4</"
"replaceable>.journal</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable>."
"journal <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37046
msgid ""
"In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual "
"slice. For instance, if <filename>ad4s1</filename> and <filename>ad4s2</"
"filename> are both slices, then <command>gjournal</command> will create "
"<filename>ad4s1.journal</filename> and <filename>ad4s2.journal</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37054
msgid ""
"Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using "
"<command>tunefs</command>. However, <emphasis>always</emphasis> make a "
"backup before attempting to alter an existing file system. In most cases, "
"<command>gjournal</command> will fail if it is unable to create the journal, "
"but this does not protect against data loss incurred as a result of misusing "
"<command>tunefs</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gjournal</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information about these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37064
msgid ""
"It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the "
"article <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"gjournal-desktop\">Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop PC</link> for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:37080
msgid "The Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37090
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37097
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Benedict</firstname> <surname>Reuschling</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37104
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37114
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Z File System</emphasis>, or <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, is an "
"advanced file system designed to overcome many of the major problems found "
"in previous designs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37119
msgid ""
"Originally developed at <trademark>Sun</trademark>, ongoing open source "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> development has moved to the <link xlink:href=\"http:/"
"/open-zfs.org\">OpenZFS Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37122
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> has three major design goals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37126
msgid ""
"Data integrity: All data includes a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"checksum\">checksum</link> of the data. When data is written, the checksum "
"is calculated and written along with it. When that data is later read back, "
"the checksum is calculated again. If the checksums do not match, a data "
"error has been detected. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to "
"automatically correct errors when data redundancy is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37137
msgid ""
"Pooled storage: physical storage devices are added to a pool, and storage "
"space is allocated from that shared pool. Space is available to all file "
"systems, and can be increased by adding new storage devices to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37144
msgid ""
"Performance: multiple caching mechanisms provide increased performance. "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\">ARC</link> is an advanced memory-based read "
"cache. A second level of disk-based read cache can be added with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\">L2ARC</link>, and disk-based synchronous write "
"cache is available with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-zil\">ZIL</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37154
msgid ""
"A complete list of features and terminology is shown in <xref linkend=\"zfs-"
"term\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37158
msgid "What Makes <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Different"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37160
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is significantly different from any previous file "
"system because it is more than just a file system. Combining the "
"traditionally separate roles of volume manager and file system provides "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> with unique advantages. The file system is now aware "
"of the underlying structure of the disks. Traditional file systems could "
"only be created on a single disk at a time. If there were two disks then two "
"separate file systems would have to be created. In a traditional hardware "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym> configuration, this problem was avoided by "
"presenting the operating system with a single logical disk made up of the "
"space provided by a number of physical disks, on top of which the operating "
"system placed a file system. Even in the case of software <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> solutions like those provided by <acronym>GEOM</acronym>, the "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system living on top of the <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> transform believed that it was dealing with a single device. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>'s combination of the volume manager and the file "
"system solves this and allows the creation of many file systems all sharing "
"a pool of available storage. One of the biggest advantages to <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym>'s awareness of the physical layout of the disks is that existing "
"file systems can be grown automatically when additional disks are added to "
"the pool. This new space is then made available to all of the file systems. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> also has a number of different properties that can be "
"applied to each file system, giving many advantages to creating a number of "
"different file systems and datasets rather than a single monolithic file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37191
msgid "Quick Start Guide"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37193
msgid ""
"There is a startup mechanism that allows FreeBSD to mount <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> pools during system initialization. To enable it, add this line to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37198
#, no-wrap
msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37200
msgid "Then start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37202
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service zfs start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37204
msgid ""
"The examples in this section assume three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks with "
"the device names <filename><replaceable>da0</replaceable></filename>, "
"<filename><replaceable>da1</replaceable></filename>, and "
"<filename><replaceable>da2</replaceable></filename>. Users of <acronym>SATA</"
"acronym> hardware should instead use <filename><replaceable>ada</"
"replaceable></filename> device names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37214
msgid "Single Disk Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37216
msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>example</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/da0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37221
msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235230  1628718    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032846 48737598     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547136       0 17547136     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37231
msgid ""
"This output shows that the <literal>example</literal> pool has been created "
"and mounted. It is now accessible as a file system. Files can be created on "
"it and users can browse it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37236
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /example</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch testfile</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al</userinput>\n"
"total 4\n"
"drwxr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    3 Aug 29 23:15 .\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  21 root  wheel  512 Aug 29 23:12 ..\n"
"-rw-r--r--   1 root  wheel    0 Aug 29 23:15 testfile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37245
msgid ""
"However, this pool is not taking advantage of any <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"features. To create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip example/compressed</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37252
msgid ""
"The <literal>example/compressed</literal> dataset is now a <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> compressed file system. Try copying some large files to <filename>/"
"example/compressed</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37257
msgid "Compression can be disabled with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37259
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=off example/compressed</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37261
msgid ""
"To unmount a file system, use <command>zfs umount</command> and then verify "
"with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs umount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235232  1628716    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37273
msgid ""
"To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use <command>zfs "
"mount</command> and verify with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37277
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs mount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37286
msgid ""
"The pool and file system may also be observed by viewing the output from "
"<command>mount</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"example on /example (zfs, local)\n"
"example/compressed on /example/compressed (zfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37296
msgid ""
"After creation, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets can be used like any file "
"systems. However, many other features are available which can be set on a "
"per-dataset basis. In the example below, a new file system called "
"<literal>data</literal> is created. Important files will be stored here, so "
"it is configured to keep two copies of each data block:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 example/data</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37307
msgid ""
"It is now possible to see the data and space utilization by issuing "
"<command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37310
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed\n"
"example/data        17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37319
msgid ""
"Notice that each file system on the pool has the same amount of available "
"space. This is the reason for using <command>df</command> in these examples, "
"to show that the file systems use only the amount of space they need and all "
"draw from the same pool. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> eliminates concepts such as "
"volumes and partitions, and allows multiple file systems to occupy the same "
"pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37327
msgid ""
"To destroy the file systems and then destroy the pool as it is no longer "
"needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool destroy example</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37336
msgid "RAID-Z"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37338
msgid ""
"Disks fail. One method of avoiding data loss from disk failure is to "
"implement <acronym>RAID</acronym>. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports this "
"feature in its pool design. <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pools require three or "
"more disks but provide more usable space than mirrored pools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37345
msgid ""
"This example creates a <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pool, specifying the disks "
"to add to the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37348
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37351
msgid ""
"<trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends that the number of devices used in a "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>-Z configuration be between three and nine. For "
"environments requiring a single pool consisting of 10 disks or more, "
"consider breaking it up into smaller <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> groups. If "
"only two disks are available and redundancy is a requirement, consider using "
"a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> mirror. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37361
msgid ""
"The previous example created the <literal>storage</literal> zpool. This "
"example makes a new file system called <literal>home</literal> in that pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37366
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37368
msgid ""
"Compression and keeping extra copies of directories and files can be enabled:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37371
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip storage/home</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37374
msgid ""
"To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this "
"directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37378
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp -rp /home/* /storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /home /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /usr/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37383
msgid ""
"Users data is now stored on the freshly-created <filename>/storage/home</"
"filename>. Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37387
msgid "Try creating a file system snapshot which can be rolled back later:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37392
msgid ""
"Snapshots can only be made of a full file system, not a single directory or "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37395
msgid ""
"The <literal>@</literal> character is a delimiter between the file system "
"name or the volume name. If an important directory has been accidentally "
"deleted, the file system can be backed up, then rolled back to an earlier "
"snapshot when the directory still existed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37403
msgid ""
"To list all available snapshots, run <command>ls</command> in the file "
"system's <filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> directory. For example, to see "
"the previously taken snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37410
msgid ""
"It is possible to write a script to perform regular snapshots on user data. "
"However, over time, snapshots can consume a great deal of disk space. The "
"previous snapshot can be removed using the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37417
msgid ""
"After testing, <filename>/storage/home</filename> can be made the real "
"<filename>/home</filename> using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37423
msgid ""
"Run <command>df</command> and <command>mount</command> to confirm that the "
"system now treats the file system as the real <filename>/home</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37427
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"storage on /storage (zfs, local)\n"
"storage/home on /home (zfs, local)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem   1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    2026030  235240  1628708    13%    /\n"
"devfs                1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d   54098308 1032826 48737618     2%    /usr\n"
"storage       26320512       0 26320512     0%    /storage\n"
"storage/home  26320512       0 26320512     0%    /home"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37441
msgid ""
"This completes the <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> configuration. Daily status "
"updates about the file systems created can be generated as part of the "
"nightly <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> runs. Add this line to <filename>/etc/periodic."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37447
#, no-wrap
msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37451
msgid "Recovering <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37453
msgid ""
"Every software <acronym>RAID</acronym> has a method of monitoring its "
"<literal>state</literal>. The status of <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> devices "
"may be viewed with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37458
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status -x</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37460
msgid ""
"If all pools are <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> and "
"everything is normal, the message shows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37464
#, no-wrap
msgid "all pools are healthy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37466
msgid ""
"If there is an issue, perhaps a disk is in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"offline\">Offline</link> state, the pool state will look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37470
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  pool: storage\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices has been taken offline by the administrator.\n"
"	Sufficient replicas exist for the pool to continue functioning in a\n"
"	degraded state.\n"
"action: Online the device using 'zpool online' or replace the device with\n"
"	'zpool replace'.\n"
" scrub: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"	NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"	storage     DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"	  raidz1    DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"	    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da1     OFFLINE      0     0     0\n"
"	    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37489
msgid ""
"This indicates that the device was previously taken offline by the "
"administrator with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37492
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool offline storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37494
msgid ""
"Now the system can be powered down to replace <filename>da1</filename>. When "
"the system is back online, the failed disk can replaced in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37498
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37500
msgid ""
"From here, the status may be checked again, this time without <option>-x</"
"option> so that all pools are shown:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37504
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: resilver completed with 0 errors on Sat Aug 30 19:44:11 2008\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"	NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"	storage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37519
msgid "In this example, everything is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37523
msgid "Data Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37525
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored data."
" These are enabled automatically upon creation of file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:37530
msgid ""
"Checksums can be disabled, but it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended! "
"Checksums take very little storage space and provide data integrity. Many "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> features will not work properly with checksums "
"disabled. There is no noticeable performance gain from disabling these "
"checksums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37538
msgid ""
"Checksum verification is known as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>. Verify the "
"data integrity of the <literal>storage</literal> pool with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37542
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub storage</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37544
msgid ""
"The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger amounts "
"of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Scrubs are very "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> intensive, and only one scrub is allowed to run at a "
"time. After the scrub completes, the status can be viewed with "
"<command>status</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37551
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: scrub completed with 0 errors on Sat Jan 26 19:57:37 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"	NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"	storage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37566
msgid ""
"The completion date of the last scrub operation is displayed to help track "
"when another scrub is required. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent "
"corruption and ensure the integrity of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37571
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for other "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37577
msgid "<command>zpool</command> Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37579
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration is divided between two main utilities. "
"The <command>zpool</command> utility controls the operation of the pool and "
"deals with adding, removing, replacing, and managing disks. The <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-zfs\"><command>zfs</command></link> utility deals with "
"creating, destroying, and managing datasets, both <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"filesystem\">file systems</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"volume\">volumes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37589
msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37591
msgid ""
"Creating a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> storage pool (<emphasis>zpool</emphasis>) "
"involves making a number of decisions that are relatively permanent because "
"the structure of the pool cannot be changed after the pool has been created. "
"The most important decision is what types of vdevs into which to group the "
"physical disks. See the list of <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev\">vdev types</"
"link> for details about the possible options. After the pool has been "
"created, most vdev types do not allow additional disks to be added to the "
"vdev. The exceptions are mirrors, which allow additional disks to be added "
"to the vdev, and stripes, which can be upgraded to mirrors by attaching an "
"additional disk to the vdev. Although additional vdevs can be added to "
"expand a pool, the layout of the pool cannot be changed after pool creation. "
"Instead, the data must be backed up and the pool destroyed and recreated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37608
msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37610
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37625
msgid ""
"Multiple vdevs can be created at once. Specify multiple groups of disks "
"separated by the vdev type keyword, <literal>mirror</literal> in this "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</"
"replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/"
"ada4</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37646
msgid ""
"Pools can also be constructed using partitions rather than whole disks. "
"Putting <acronym>ZFS</acronym> in a separate partition allows the same disk "
"to have other partitions for other purposes. In particular, partitions with "
"bootcode and file systems needed for booting can be added. This allows "
"booting from disks that are also members of a pool. There is no performance "
"penalty on FreeBSD when using a partition rather than a whole disk. Using "
"partitions also allows the administrator to <emphasis>under-provision</"
"emphasis> the disks, using less than the full capacity. If a future "
"replacement disk of the same nominal size as the original actually has a "
"slightly smaller capacity, the smaller partition will still fit, and the "
"replacement disk can still be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37661
msgid ""
"Create a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z2</link> pool using "
"partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"raidz2 <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1p3</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/"
"ada3p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada4p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/"
"dev/ada5p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37684
msgid ""
"A pool that is no longer needed can be destroyed so that the disks can be "
"reused. Destroying a pool involves first unmounting all of the datasets in "
"that pool. If the datasets are in use, the unmount operation will fail and "
"the pool will not be destroyed. The destruction of the pool can be forced "
"with <option>-f</option>, but this can cause undefined behavior in "
"applications which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37695
msgid "Adding and Removing Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37697
msgid ""
"There are two cases for adding disks to a zpool: attaching a disk to an "
"existing vdev with <command>zpool attach</command>, or adding vdevs to the "
"pool with <command>zpool add</command>. Only some <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"vdev\">vdev types</link> allow disks to be added to the vdev after creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37704
msgid ""
"A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. Corruption can be "
"detected but not repaired, because there is no other copy of the data. The "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-copies\">copies</link> property may be able to "
"recover from a small failure such as a bad sector, but does not provide the "
"same level of protection as mirroring or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>. Starting "
"with a pool consisting of a single disk vdev, <command>zpool attach</"
"command> can be used to add an additional disk to the vdev, creating a "
"mirror. <command>zpool attach</command> can also be used to add additional "
"disks to a mirror group, increasing redundancy and read performance. If the "
"disks being used for the pool are partitioned, replicate the layout of the "
"first disk on to the second, <command>gpart backup</command> and "
"<command>gpart restore</command> can be used to make this process easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37722
msgid ""
"Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev <replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> to a "
"mirror by attaching <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          ada0p3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool attach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada1p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/"
"gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Fri May 30 08:19:19 2014\n"
"        527M scanned out of 781M at 47.9M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        527M resilvered, 67.53% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:15:58 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37781
msgid ""
"When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for "
"<acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, an alternative method is to add another vdev to "
"the pool. Additional vdevs provide higher performance, distributing writes "
"across the vdevs. Each vdev is responsible for providing its own redundancy. "
"It is possible, but discouraged, to mix vdev types, like <literal>mirror</"
"literal> and <literal>RAID-Z</literal>. Adding a non-redundant vdev to a "
"pool containing mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> vdevs risks the data on "
"the entire pool. Writes are distributed, so the failure of the non-redundant "
"disk will result in the loss of a fraction of every block that has been "
"written to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37794
msgid ""
"Data is striped across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror "
"vdevs, this is effectively a <acronym>RAID</acronym> 10 that stripes writes "
"across two sets of mirrors. Space is allocated so that each vdev reaches "
"100% full at the same time. There is a performance penalty if the vdevs have "
"different amounts of free space, as a disproportionate amount of the data is "
"written to the less full vdev."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37803
msgid ""
"When attaching additional devices to a boot pool, remember to update the "
"bootcode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37806
msgid ""
"Attach a second mirror group (<filename>ada2p3</filename> and "
"<filename>ada3p3</filename>) to the existing mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:19:35 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool add <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"mirror <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada3p3</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/"
"gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada2\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/"
"gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada3\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37845
msgid ""
"Currently, vdevs cannot be removed from a pool, and disks can only be "
"removed from a mirror if there is enough remaining redundancy. If only one "
"disk in a mirror group remains, it ceases to be a mirror and reverts to "
"being a stripe, risking the entire pool if that remaining disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37851
msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37853
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool detach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37884
msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37886
msgid ""
"Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or a read, write, or "
"checksum error is detected, the corresponding error count increases. The "
"<command>status</command> output shows the configuration and status of each "
"device in the pool and the status of the entire pool. Actions that need to "
"be taken and details about the last <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-"
"scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link> are also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 2h25m with 0 errors on Sat Sep 14 04:25:50 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37914
msgid "Clearing Errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37916
msgid ""
"When an error is detected, the read, write, or checksum counts are "
"incremented. The error message can be cleared and the counts reset with "
"<command>zpool clear <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>. Clearing "
"the error state can be important for automated scripts that alert the "
"administrator when the pool encounters an error. Further errors may not be "
"reported if the old errors are not cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37927
msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37929
msgid ""
"There are a number of situations where it may be desirable to replace one "
"disk with a different disk. When replacing a working disk, the process keeps "
"the old disk online during the replacement. The pool never enters a <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state, reducing the risk of "
"data loss. <command>zpool replace</command> copies all of the data from the "
"old disk to the new one. After the operation completes, the old disk is "
"disconnected from the vdev. If the new disk is larger than the old disk, it "
"may be possible to grow the zpool, using the new space. See <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zpool-online\">Growing a Pool</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37941
msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37943
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'zroot', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/"
"gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:21:35 2014\n"
"        604M scanned out of 781M at 46.5M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        604M resilvered, 77.39% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME             STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool           ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada1p3     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada2p3     ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:21:52 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38003
msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38005
msgid ""
"When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state. All of the data "
"is still available, but performance may be reduced because missing data must "
"be calculated from the available redundancy. To restore the vdev to a fully "
"functional state, the failed physical device must be replaced. <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is then instructed to begin the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"resilver\">resilver</link> operation. Data that was on the failed device is "
"recalculated from available redundancy and written to the replacement device."
" After completion, the vdev returns to <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"online\">online</link> status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38019
msgid ""
"If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if multiple devices have failed "
"and there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">faulted</link> state. If a sufficient number of "
"devices cannot be reconnected to the pool, the pool becomes inoperative and "
"data must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38027
msgid ""
"When replacing a failed disk, the name of the failed disk is replaced with "
"the <acronym>GUID</acronym> of the device. A new device name parameter for "
"<command>zpool replace</command> is not required if the replacement device "
"has the same device name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38033
msgid "Replace a failed disk using <command>zpool replace</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38036
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices could not be opened.  Sufficient replicas exist "
"for\n"
"        the pool to continue functioning in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Attach the missing device and online it using 'zpool online'.\n"
"   see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-2Q\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                    STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0              DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3              ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            316502962686821739  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/ada1p3\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>316502962686821739</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:52:21 2014\n"
"        641M scanned out of 781M at 49.3M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        640M resilvered, 82.04% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                      DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3                  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1             UNAVAIL      0     0     0\n"
"              15732067398082357289  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/"
"ada1p3/old\n"
"              ada2p3                ONLINE       0     0     0  "
"(resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:52:38 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38090
msgid "Scrubbing a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38092
msgid ""
"It is recommended that pools be <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\">scrubbed</"
"link> regularly, ideally at least once every month. The <command>scrub</"
"command> operation is very disk-intensive and will reduce performance while "
"running. Avoid high-demand periods when scheduling <command>scrub</command> "
"or use <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs."
"scrub_delay</varname></link> to adjust the relative priority of the "
"<command>scrub</command> to prevent it interfering with other workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Wed Feb 19 20:52:54 2014\n"
"        116G scanned out of 8.60T at 649M/s, 3h48m to go\n"
"        0 repaired, 1.32% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38123
msgid ""
"In the event that a scrub operation needs to be cancelled, issue "
"<command>zpool scrub -s <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38129
msgid "Self-Healing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38131
msgid ""
"The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to "
"<emphasis>self-heal</emphasis>. This feature will automatically repair data "
"whose checksum does not match the one recorded on another device that is "
"part of the storage pool. For example, a mirror with two disks where one "
"drive is starting to malfunction and cannot properly store the data any more."
" This is even worse when the data has not been accessed for a long time, as "
"with long term archive storage. Traditional file systems need to run "
"algorithms that check and repair the data like "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These commands take time, and in severe cases, an "
"administrator has to manually decide which repair operation must be "
"performed. When <acronym>ZFS</acronym> detects a data block with a checksum "
"that does not match, it tries to read the data from the mirror disk. If that "
"disk can provide the correct data, it will not only give that data to the "
"application requesting it, but also correct the wrong data on the disk that "
"had the bad checksum. This happens without any interaction from a system "
"administrator during normal pool operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38151
msgid ""
"The next example demonstrates this self-healing behavior. A mirrored pool of "
"disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and <filename>/dev/ada1</filename> is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>healer</replaceable> "
"mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada0</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG   CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  92.5K   960M         -         -     0%    0%  1.00x  ONLINE  "
"-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38173
msgid ""
"Some important data that to be protected from data errors using the self-"
"healing feature is copied to the pool. A checksum of the pool is created for "
"later comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38177
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /some/important/data /healer</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  67.7M   892M     7%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38185
msgid ""
"Data corruption is simulated by writing random data to the beginning of one "
"of the disks in the mirror. To prevent <acronym>ZFS</acronym> from healing "
"the data as soon as it is detected, the pool is exported before the "
"corruption and imported again afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38192
msgid ""
"This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data. It is shown here "
"for demonstrational purposes only and should not be attempted during normal "
"operation of a storage pool. Nor should this intentional corruption example "
"be run on any disk with a different file system on it. Do not use any other "
"disk device names other than the ones that are part of the pool. Make "
"certain that proper backups of the pool are created before running the "
"command!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38203
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada1 bs=1m count="
"200</userinput>\n"
"200+0 records in\n"
"200+0 records out\n"
"209715200 bytes transferred in 62.992162 secs (3329227 bytes/sec)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import healer</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38210
msgid ""
"The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that "
"applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provided data from the <filename>ada0</filename> "
"device with the correct checksums. The device with the wrong checksum can be "
"found easily as the <literal>CKSUM</literal> column contains a nonzero value."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38218
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"    pool: healer\n"
"   state: ONLINE\n"
"  status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"          attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are "
"unaffected.\n"
"  action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"          using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"     see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-4J\n"
"    scan: none requested\n"
"  config:\n"
"\n"
"      NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"      healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"        mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada1     ONLINE       0     0     1\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38237
msgid ""
"The error was detected and handled by using the redundancy present in the "
"unaffected <filename>ada0</filename> mirror disk. A checksum comparison with "
"the original one will reveal whether the pool is consistent again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt;&gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38247
msgid ""
"The two checksums that were generated before and after the intentional "
"tampering with the pool data still match. This shows how <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is capable of detecting and correcting any errors automatically "
"when the checksums differ. Note that this is only possible when there is "
"enough redundancy present in the pool. A pool consisting of a single device "
"has no self-healing capabilities. That is also the reason why checksums are "
"so important in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> and should not be disabled for any "
"reason. No <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or similar file system consistency check program "
"is required to detect and correct this and the pool was still available "
"during the time there was a problem. A scrub operation is now required to "
"overwrite the corrupted data on <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>healer</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"            attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are "
"unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"            using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-4J\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Mon Dec 10 12:23:30 2012\n"
"        10.4M scanned out of 67.0M at 267K/s, 0h3m to go\n"
"        9.63M repaired, 15.56% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0   627  (repairing)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38284
msgid ""
"The scrub operation reads data from <filename>ada0</filename> and rewrites "
"any data with an incorrect checksum on <filename>ada1</filename>. This is "
"indicated by the <literal>(repairing)</literal> output from <command>zpool "
"status</command>. After the operation is complete, the pool status changes "
"to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38291
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"        attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"             using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-4J\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 "
"2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0 2.72K\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38310
msgid ""
"After the scrub operation completes and all the data has been synchronized "
"from <filename>ada0</filename> to <filename>ada1</filename>, the error "
"messages can be <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-clear\">cleared</link> from the "
"pool status by running <command>zpool clear</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38316
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool clear <replaceable>healer</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 "
"2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38331
msgid ""
"The pool is now back to a fully working state and all the errors have been "
"cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38336
msgid "Growing a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38338
msgid ""
"The usable size of a redundant pool is limited by the capacity of the "
"smallest device in each vdev. The smallest device can be replaced with a "
"larger device. After completing a <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-"
"replace\">replace</link> or <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</"
"link> operation, the pool can grow to use the capacity of the new device. "
"For example, consider a mirror of a 1 TB drive and a 2 TB drive. The usable "
"space is 1 TB. When the 1 TB drive is replaced with another 2 TB drive, the "
"resilvering process copies the existing data onto the new drive. Because "
"both of the devices now have 2 TB capacity, the mirror's available space can "
"be grown to 2 TB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38352
msgid ""
"Expansion is triggered by using <command>zpool online -e</command> on each "
"device. After expansion of all devices, the additional space becomes "
"available to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38359
msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38361
msgid ""
"Pools are <emphasis>exported</emphasis> before moving them to another system."
" All datasets are unmounted, and each device is marked as exported but still "
"locked so it cannot be used by other disk subsystems. This allows pools to "
"be <emphasis>imported</emphasis> on other machines, other operating systems "
"that support <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, and even different hardware "
"architectures (with some caveats, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>). When a dataset has "
"open files, <command>zpool export -f</command> can be used to force the "
"export of a pool. Use this with caution. The datasets are forcibly "
"unmounted, potentially resulting in unexpected behavior by the applications "
"which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38375
msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38377
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export mypool</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38379
msgid ""
"Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. This may not be the "
"desired behavior, and can be prevented with <command>zpool import -N</"
"command>. <command>zpool import -o</command> sets temporary properties for "
"this import only. <command>zpool import altroot=</command> allows importing "
"a pool with a base mount point instead of the root of the file system. If "
"the pool was last used on a different system and was not properly exported, "
"an import might have to be forced with <command>zpool import -f</command>. "
"<command>zpool import -a</command> imports all pools that do not appear to "
"be in use by another system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38392
msgid "List all available pools for import:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import</userinput>\n"
"   pool: mypool\n"
"     id: 9930174748043525076\n"
"  state: ONLINE\n"
" action: The pool can be imported using its name or numeric identifier.\n"
" config:\n"
"\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE\n"
"          ada2p3    ONLINE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38404
msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import -o altroot=<replaceable>/mnt</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"zfs list\n"
"NAME                 USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool               110K  47.0G    31K  /mnt/mypool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38414
msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38416
msgid ""
"After upgrading FreeBSD, or if a pool has been imported from a system using "
"an older version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, the pool can be manually "
"upgraded to the latest version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to support newer "
"features. Consider whether the pool may ever need to be imported on an older "
"system before upgrading. Upgrading is a one-way process. Older pools can be "
"upgraded, but pools with newer features cannot be downgraded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38425
msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support <literal>Feature Flags</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: The pool is formatted using a legacy on-disk format.  The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Upgrade the pool using 'zpool upgrade'.  Once this is done, the\n"
"        pool will no longer be accessible on software that does not support "
"feat\n"
"        flags.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and can\n"
"be upgraded to use feature flags.  After being upgraded, these pools\n"
"will no longer be accessible by software that does not support feature\n"
"flags.\n"
"\n"
"VER  POOL\n"
"---  ------------\n"
"28   mypool\n"
"\n"
"Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n"
"Every feature flags pool has all supported features enabled.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  async_destroy\n"
"  empty_bpobj\n"
"  lz4_compress\n"
"  multi_vdev_crash_dump"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38470
msgid ""
"The newer features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not be available until "
"<command>zpool upgrade</command> has completed. <command>zpool upgrade -v</"
"command> can be used to see what new features will be provided by upgrading, "
"as well as which features are already supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38476
msgid "Upgrade a pool to support additional feature flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: Some supported features are not enabled on the pool. The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Enable all features using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n"
"        the pool may no longer be accessible by software that does not "
"support\n"
"        the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"	    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n"
"feature is enabled the pool may become incompatible with software\n"
"that does not support the feature. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"\n"
"POOL  FEATURE\n"
"---------------\n"
"zstore\n"
"      multi_vdev_crash_dump\n"
"      spacemap_histogram\n"
"      enabled_txg\n"
"      hole_birth\n"
"      extensible_dataset\n"
"      bookmarks\n"
"      filesystem_limits\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  spacemap_histogram\n"
"  enabled_txg\n"
"  hole_birth\n"
"  extensible_dataset\n"
"  bookmarks\n"
"  filesystem_limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38528
msgid ""
"The boot code on systems that boot from a pool must be updated to support "
"the new pool version. Use <command>gpart bootcode</command> on the partition "
"that contains the boot code. There are two types of bootcode available, "
"depending on way the system boots: <acronym>GPT</acronym> (the most common "
"option) and <acronym>EFI</acronym> (for more modern systems)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38536
msgid "For legacy boot using GPT, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38539
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/"
"gptzfsboot -i <replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38541
msgid "For systems using EFI to boot, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38544
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -p /boot/boot1.efifat -i "
"<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38546
msgid ""
"Apply the bootcode to all bootable disks in the pool. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38552
msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38554
msgid ""
"Commands that modify the pool are recorded. Recorded actions include the "
"creation of datasets, changing properties, or replacement of a disk. This "
"history is useful for reviewing how a pool was created and which user "
"performed a specific action and when. History is not kept in a log file, but "
"is part of the pool itself. The command to review this history is aptly "
"named <command>zpool history</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38570
msgid ""
"The output shows <command>zpool</command> and <command>zfs</command> "
"commands that were executed on the pool along with a timestamp. Only "
"commands that alter the pool in some way are recorded. Commands like "
"<command>zfs list</command> are not included. When no pool name is "
"specified, the history of all pools is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38578
msgid ""
"<command>zpool history</command> can show even more information when the "
"options <option>-i</option> or <option>-l</option> are provided. <option>-i</"
"option> displays user-initiated events as well as internally logged "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -i</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 [internal pool create txg:5] pool spa 28; zfs spa 28; "
"zpl 5;uts  9.1-RELEASE 901000 amd64\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:53 [internal property set txg:50] atime=0 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:04 [internal property set txg:53] checksum=7 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:13 [internal create txg:55] dataset = 39\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38594
msgid ""
"More details can be shown by adding <option>-l</option>. History records are "
"shown in a long format, including information like the name of the user who "
"issued the command and the hostname on which the change was made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38599
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -l</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1 [user 0 "
"(root) on :global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:"
"global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank [user 0 (root) on "
"myzfsbox:global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:"
"global]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38606
msgid ""
"The output shows that the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user created the mirrored pool with disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>/dev/ada1</filename>. The hostname <systemitem class="
"\"systemname\">myzfsbox</systemitem> is also shown in the commands after the "
"pool's creation. The hostname display becomes important when the pool is "
"exported from one system and imported on another. The commands that are "
"issued on the other system can clearly be distinguished by the hostname that "
"is recorded for each command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38618
msgid ""
"Both options to <command>zpool history</command> can be combined to give the "
"most detailed information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides "
"valuable information when tracking down the actions that were performed or "
"when more detailed output is needed for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38626
msgid "Performance Monitoring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38628
msgid ""
"A built-in monitoring system can display pool <acronym>I/O</acronym> "
"statistics in real time. It shows the amount of free and used space on the "
"pool, how many read and write operations are being performed per second, and "
"how much <acronym>I/O</acronym> bandwidth is currently being utilized. By "
"default, all pools in the system are monitored and displayed. A pool name "
"can be provided to limit monitoring to just that pool. A basic example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat</userinput>\n"
"               capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool        alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"----------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data         288G  1.53T      2     11  11.3K  57.1K"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38643
msgid ""
"To continuously monitor <acronym>I/O</acronym> activity, a number can be "
"specified as the last parameter, indicating a interval in seconds to wait "
"between updates. The next statistic line is printed after each interval. "
"Press <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>C</keycap> </"
"keycombo> to stop this continuous monitoring. Alternatively, give a second "
"number on the command line after the interval to specify the total number of "
"statistics to display."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38655
msgid ""
"Even more detailed <acronym>I/O</acronym> statistics can be displayed with "
"<option>-v</option>. Each device in the pool is shown with a statistics line."
" This is useful in seeing how many read and write operations are being "
"performed on each device, and can help determine if any individual device is "
"slowing down the pool. This example shows a mirrored pool with two devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38663
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat -v </userinput>\n"
"                            capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool                     alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data                      288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"  mirror                  288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"    ada1                     -      -      0      4  5.61K  61.7K\n"
"    ada2                     -      -      1      4  5.04K  61.7K\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38675
msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38677
msgid ""
"A pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs can be split into two pools. "
"Unless otherwise specified, the last member of each mirror is detached and "
"used to create a new pool containing the same data. The operation should "
"first be attempted with <option>-n</option>. The details of the proposed "
"operation are displayed without it actually being performed. This helps "
"confirm that the operation will do what the user intends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:38689
msgid "<command>zfs</command> Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:38691
msgid ""
"The <command>zfs</command> utility is responsible for creating, destroying, "
"and managing all <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets that exist within a pool. "
"The pool is managed using <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool\"><command>zpool</"
"command></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38697
msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38699
msgid ""
"Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> preallocated. With traditional file "
"systems, after all of the space is partitioned and assigned, there is no way "
"to add an additional file system without adding a new disk. With "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, new file systems can be created at any time. Each "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-dataset\"><emphasis>dataset</emphasis></link> has "
"properties including features like compression, deduplication, caching, and "
"quotas, as well as other useful properties like readonly, case sensitivity, "
"network file sharing, and a mount point. Datasets can be nested inside each "
"other, and child datasets will inherit properties from their parents. Each "
"dataset can be administered, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-send\">replicated</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"zfs-snapshot\">snapshotted</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-jail\">jailed</"
"link>, and destroyed as a unit. There are many advantages to creating a "
"separate dataset for each different type or set of files. The only drawbacks "
"to having an extremely large number of datasets is that some commands like "
"<command>zfs list</command> will be slower, and the mounting of hundreds or "
"even thousands of datasets can slow the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38723
msgid ""
"Create a new dataset and enable <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression-"
"lz4\">LZ4 compression</link> on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.20M  93.2G   608K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -o compress=lz4 <replaceable>mypool/"
"usr/mydataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.2G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38759
msgid ""
"Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting all of the files that "
"reside on the dataset, as it does not involve scanning all of the files and "
"updating all of the corresponding metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38764
msgid "Destroy the previously-created dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 880M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.1G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.1G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             101M  93.1G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.1G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset   100M  93.1G   100M  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.1G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.1G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.1G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.1G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.1G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.21M  93.2G   612K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38799
msgid ""
"In modern versions of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, <command>zfs destroy</command> "
"is asynchronous, and the free space might take several minutes to appear in "
"the pool. Use <command>zpool get freeing <replaceable>poolname</"
"replaceable></command> to see the <literal>freeing</literal> property, "
"indicating how many datasets are having their blocks freed in the background."
" If there are child datasets, like <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"snapshot\">snapshots</link> or other datasets, then the parent cannot be "
"destroyed. To destroy a dataset and all of its children, use <option>-r</"
"option> to recursively destroy the dataset and all of its children. Use "
"<option>-n</option> <option>-v</option> to list datasets and snapshots that "
"would be destroyed by this operation, but do not actually destroy anything. "
"Space that would be reclaimed by destruction of snapshots is also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38818
msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38820
msgid ""
"A volume is a special type of dataset. Rather than being mounted as a file "
"system, it is exposed as a block device under <filename>/dev/zvol/"
"<replaceable>poolname</replaceable>/<replaceable>dataset</replaceable></"
"filename>. This allows the volume to be used for other file systems, to back "
"the disks of a virtual machine, or to be exported using protocols like "
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or <acronym>HAST</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38829
msgid ""
"A volume can be formatted with any file system, or used without a file "
"system to store raw data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular disk."
" Putting ordinary file systems on these <emphasis>zvols</emphasis> provides "
"features that ordinary disks or file systems do not normally have. For "
"example, using the compression property on a 250 MB volume allows creation "
"of a compressed <acronym>FAT</acronym> file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38838
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/"
"fat32</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list tank</userinput>\n"
"NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n"
"tank 258M  670M   31K /tank\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs_msdos -F32 /dev/zvol/tank/fat32</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs /dev/zvol/tank/fat32 /mnt</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /mnt | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem           Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 249M  24k  249M     0%   /mnt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 on /mnt (msdosfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38850
msgid ""
"Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system "
"dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take several "
"minutes for the free space to be reclaimed in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38857
msgid "Renaming a Dataset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38859
msgid ""
"The name of a dataset can be changed with <command>zfs rename</command>. The "
"parent of a dataset can also be changed with this command. Renaming a "
"dataset to be under a different parent dataset will change the value of "
"those properties that are inherited from the parent dataset. When a dataset "
"is renamed, it is unmounted and then remounted in the new location (which is "
"inherited from the new parent dataset). This behavior can be prevented with "
"<option>-u</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38869
msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.21M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/newname</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.29M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname   87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38906
msgid ""
"Snapshots can also be renamed like this. Due to the nature of snapshots, "
"they cannot be renamed into a different parent dataset. To rename a "
"recursive snapshot, specify <option>-r</option>, and all snapshots with the "
"same name in child datasets with also be renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38912
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"newname@first_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>new_snapshot_name</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38922
msgid "Setting Dataset Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38924
msgid ""
"Each <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset has a number of properties that control "
"its behavior. Most properties are automatically inherited from the parent "
"dataset, but can be overridden locally. Set a property on a dataset with "
"<command>zfs set <replaceable>property</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>dataset</replaceable></command>. Most properties "
"have a limited set of valid values, <command>zfs get</command> will display "
"each possible property and valid values. Most properties can be reverted to "
"their inherited values using <command>zfs inherit</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38936
msgid ""
"User-defined properties can also be set. They become part of the dataset "
"configuration and can be used to provide additional information about the "
"dataset or its contents. To distinguish these custom properties from the "
"ones supplied as part of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, a colon (<literal>:</"
"literal>) is used to create a custom namespace for the property."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38943
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:"
"<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable>=<replaceable>1234</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:"
"<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"NAME PROPERTY           VALUE SOURCE\n"
"tank custom:costcenter  1234  local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38948
msgid ""
"To remove a custom property, use <command>zfs inherit</command> with "
"<option>-r</option>. If the custom property is not defined in any of the "
"parent datasets, it will be removed completely (although the changes are "
"still recorded in the pool's history)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs inherit -r <replaceable>custom</"
"replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:"
"<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"NAME    PROPERTY           VALUE              SOURCE\n"
"tank    custom:costcenter  -                  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get all <replaceable>tank</replaceable> | "
"grep <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:38962
msgid "Getting and Setting Share Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:38964
msgid ""
"Two commonly used and useful dataset properties are the <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym> and <acronym>SMB</acronym> share options. Setting these define if "
"and how <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets may be shared on the network. At "
"present, only setting sharing via <acronym>NFS</acronym> is supported on "
"FreeBSD. To get the current status of a share, enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38972
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get sharenfs <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME             PROPERTY  VALUE    SOURCE\n"
"mypool/usr/home  sharenfs  on       local\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get sharesmb <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME             PROPERTY  VALUE    SOURCE\n"
"mypool/usr/home  sharesmb  off      local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:38979
msgid "To enable sharing of a dataset, enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38981
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput> zfs set sharenfs=on <replaceable>mypool/usr/"
"home</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:38983
msgid ""
"It is also possible to set additional options for sharing datasets through "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>, such as <option>-alldirs</option>, <option>-maproot</"
"option> and <option>-network</option>. To set additional options to a "
"dataset shared through NFS, enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38989
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput> zfs set sharenfs=\"-alldirs,-maproot="
"<replaceable>root</replaceable>,-network=<replaceable>192.168.1.0/24</"
"replaceable>\" <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38994
msgid "Managing Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38996
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-snapshot\">Snapshots</link> are one of the most "
"powerful features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A snapshot provides a read-"
"only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. With Copy-On-Write (<acronym>COW</"
"acronym>), snapshots can be created quickly by preserving the older version "
"of the data on disk. If no snapshots exist, space is reclaimed for future "
"use when data is rewritten or deleted. Snapshots preserve disk space by "
"recording only the differences between the current dataset and a previous "
"version. Snapshots are allowed only on whole datasets, not on individual "
"files or directories. When a snapshot is created from a dataset, everything "
"contained in it is duplicated. This includes the file system properties, "
"files, directories, permissions, and so on. Snapshots use no additional "
"space when they are first created, only consuming space as the blocks they "
"reference are changed. Recursive snapshots taken with <option>-r</option> "
"create a snapshot with the same name on the dataset and all of its children, "
"providing a consistent moment-in-time snapshot of all of the file systems. "
"This can be important when an application has files on multiple datasets "
"that are related or dependent upon each other. Without snapshots, a backup "
"would have copies of the files from different points in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39020
msgid ""
"Snapshots in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provide a variety of features that even "
"other file systems with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of "
"snapshot use is to have a quick way of backing up the current state of the "
"file system when a risky action like a software installation or a system "
"upgrade is performed. If the action fails, the snapshot can be rolled back "
"and the system has the same state as when the snapshot was created. If the "
"upgrade was successful, the snapshot can be deleted to free up space. "
"Without snapshots, a failed upgrade often requires a restore from backup, "
"which is tedious, time consuming, and may require downtime during which the "
"system cannot be used. Snapshots can be rolled back quickly, even while the "
"system is running in normal operation, with little or no downtime. The time "
"savings are enormous with multi-terabyte storage systems and the time "
"required to copy the data from backup. Snapshots are not a replacement for a "
"complete backup of a pool, but can be used as a quick and easy way to store "
"a copy of the dataset at a specific point in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39041
msgid "Creating Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39043
msgid ""
"Snapshots are created with <command>zfs snapshot <replaceable>dataset</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Adding "
"<option>-r</option> creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on "
"all child datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39048
msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39050
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t all</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT                            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default                    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp                             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr                             616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home                        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports                       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src                         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var                            1.29M  93.2G   616K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash                       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log                         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail                        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname                    87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r "
"<replaceable>mypool@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                        USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@my_recursive_snapshot                   0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT@my_recursive_snapshot              0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   777M  -\n"
"mypool/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   176K  -\n"
"mypool/usr@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   184K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/ports@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/src@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   616K  -\n"
"mypool/var/crash@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   148K  -\n"
"mypool/var/log@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   178K  -\n"
"mypool/var/mail@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name           0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@my_recursive_snapshot       0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   152K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39086
msgid ""
"Snapshots are not shown by a normal <command>zfs list</command> operation. "
"To list snapshots, <option>-t snapshot</option> is appended to <command>zfs "
"list</command>. <option>-t all</option> displays both file systems and "
"snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39092
msgid ""
"Snapshots are not mounted directly, so path is shown in the "
"<literal>MOUNTPOINT</literal> column. There is no mention of available disk "
"space in the <literal>AVAIL</literal> column, as snapshots cannot be written "
"to after they are created. Compare the snapshot to the original dataset from "
"which it was created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/usr/home                         184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   184K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39104
msgid ""
"Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots "
"work in <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">COW</link> fashion. They save only "
"the changes (<emphasis>delta</emphasis>) that were made and not the complete "
"file system contents all over again. This means that snapshots take little "
"space when few changes are made. Space usage can be made even more apparent "
"by copying a file to the dataset, then making a second snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39114
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/passwd</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39122
msgid ""
"The second snapshot contains only the changes to the dataset after the copy "
"operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the "
"snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> "
"also changed in the <literal>USED</literal> column to indicate the changes "
"between itself and the snapshot taken afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39132
msgid "Comparing Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39134
msgid ""
"ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content "
"between two snapshots. This is helpful when many snapshots were taken over "
"time and the user wants to see how the file system has changed over time. "
"For example, <command>zfs diff</command> lets a user find the latest "
"snapshot that still contains a file that was accidentally deleted. Doing "
"this for the two snapshots that were created in the previous section yields "
"this output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39153
msgid ""
"The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case "
"<literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></"
"literal>) and the live file system. The first column shows the type of "
"change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39164
msgid "The path or file was added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39169
msgid "The path or file was deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39173 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39174
msgid "The path or file was modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39178 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39179
msgid "The path or file was renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39185
msgid ""
"Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that "
"<filename><replaceable>passwd</replaceable></filename> was added after the "
"snapshot <literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</"
"replaceable></literal> was created. This also resulted in a modification to "
"the parent directory mounted at <literal><replaceable>/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39193
msgid ""
"Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"replication feature to transfer a dataset to a different host for backup "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39197
msgid ""
"Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name "
"of both datasets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39210
msgid ""
"A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending "
"host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zfs-send\">Replication</link> section for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39218
msgid "Snapshot Rollback"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39220
msgid ""
"When at least one snapshot is available, it can be rolled back to at any "
"time. Most of the time this is the case when the current state of the "
"dataset is no longer required and an older version is preferred. Scenarios "
"such as local development tests have gone wrong, botched system updates "
"hampering the system's overall functionality, or the requirement to restore "
"accidentally deleted files or directories are all too common occurrences. "
"Luckily, rolling back a snapshot is just as easy as typing <command>zfs "
"rollback <replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Depending on how "
"many changes are involved, the operation will finish in a certain amount of "
"time. During that time, the dataset always remains in a consistent state, "
"much like a database that conforms to ACID principles is performing a "
"rollback. This is happening while the dataset is live and accessible without "
"requiring a downtime. Once the snapshot has been rolled back, the dataset "
"has the same state as it had when the snapshot was originally taken. All "
"other data in that dataset that was not part of the snapshot is discarded. "
"Taking a snapshot of the current state of the dataset before rolling back to "
"a previous one is a good idea when some data is required later. This way, "
"the user can roll back and forth between snapshots without losing data that "
"is still valuable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39246
msgid ""
"In the first example, a snapshot is rolled back because of a careless "
"<command>rm</command> operation that removes too much data than was intended."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         262K  93.2G   120K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy     vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd*</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39262
msgid ""
"At this point, the user realized that too many files were deleted and wants "
"them back. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides an easy way to get them back "
"using rollbacks, but only when snapshots of important data are performed on "
"a regular basis. To get the files back and start over from the last "
"snapshot, issue the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39269
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy     vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39273
msgid ""
"The rollback operation restored the dataset to the state of the last "
"snapshot. It is also possible to roll back to a snapshot that was taken much "
"earlier and has other snapshots that were created after it. When trying to "
"do this, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will issue this warning:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"AME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cannot rollback to 'mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot': more recent "
"snapshots exist\n"
"use '-r' to force deletion of the following snapshots:\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39290
msgid ""
"This warning means that snapshots exist between the current state of the "
"dataset and the snapshot to which the user wants to roll back. To complete "
"the rollback, these snapshots must be deleted. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> cannot "
"track all the changes between different states of the dataset, because "
"snapshots are read-only. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not delete the affected "
"snapshots unless the user specifies <option>-r</option> to indicate that "
"this is the desired action. If that is the intention, and the consequences "
"of losing all intermediate snapshots is understood, the command can be "
"issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback -r <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/"
"tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot     8K      -   152K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39309
msgid ""
"The output from <command>zfs list -t snapshot</command> confirms that the "
"intermediate snapshots were removed as a result of <command>zfs rollback -r</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39316
msgid "Restoring Individual Files from Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39318
msgid ""
"Snapshots are mounted in a hidden directory under the parent dataset: "
"<filename>.zfs/snapshots/<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></filename>. "
"By default, these directories will not be displayed even when a standard "
"<command>ls -a</command> is issued. Although the directory is not displayed, "
"it is there nevertheless and can be accessed like any normal directory. The "
"property named <literal>snapdir</literal> controls whether these hidden "
"directories show up in a directory listing. Setting the property to "
"<literal>visible</literal> allows them to appear in the output of "
"<command>ls</command> and other commands that deal with directory contents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39331
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get snapdir <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME            PROPERTY  VALUE    SOURCE\n"
"mypool/var/tmp  snapdir   hidden   default\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set snapdir=visible <replaceable>mypool/"
"var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            passwd          vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39340
msgid ""
"Individual files can easily be restored to a previous state by copying them "
"from the snapshot back to the parent dataset. The directory structure below "
"<filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> has a directory named exactly like the "
"snapshots taken earlier to make it easier to identify them. In the next "
"example, it is assumed that a file is to be restored from the hidden "
"<filename>.zfs</filename> directory by copying it from the snapshot that "
"contained the latest version of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>\n"
"after_cp                my_recursive_snapshot\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/"
"<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/"
"<replaceable>after_cp/passwd</replaceable> <replaceable>/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39360
msgid ""
"When <command>ls .zfs/snapshot</command> was issued, the <literal>snapdir</"
"literal> property might have been set to hidden, but it would still be "
"possible to list the contents of that directory. It is up to the "
"administrator to decide whether these directories will be displayed. It is "
"possible to display these for certain datasets and prevent it for others. "
"Copying files or directories from this hidden <filename>.zfs/snapshot</"
"filename> is simple enough. Trying it the other way around results in this "
"error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39370
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/rc.conf</replaceable> /"
"var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp/</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cp: /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/rc.conf: Read-only file system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39373
msgid ""
"The error reminds the user that snapshots are read-only and cannot be "
"changed after creation. Files cannot be copied into or removed from snapshot "
"directories because that would change the state of the dataset they "
"represent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39379
msgid ""
"Snapshots consume space based on how much the parent file system has changed "
"since the time of the snapshot. The <literal>written</literal> property of a "
"snapshot tracks how much space is being used by the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39384
msgid ""
"Snapshots are destroyed and the space reclaimed with <command>zfs destroy "
"<replaceable>dataset</replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshot</replaceable></"
"command>. Adding <option>-r</option> recursively removes all snapshots with "
"the same name under the parent dataset. Adding <option>-n -v</option> to the "
"command displays a list of the snapshots that would be deleted and an "
"estimate of how much space would be reclaimed without performing the actual "
"destroy operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39397
msgid "Managing Clones"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39399
msgid ""
"A clone is a copy of a snapshot that is treated more like a regular dataset. "
"Unlike a snapshot, a clone is not read only, is mounted, and can have its "
"own properties. Once a clone has been created using <command>zfs clone</"
"command>, the snapshot it was created from cannot be destroyed. The child/"
"parent relationship between the clone and the snapshot can be reversed using "
"<command>zfs promote</command>. After a clone has been promoted, the "
"snapshot becomes a child of the clone, rather than of the original parent "
"dataset. This will change how the space is accounted, but not actually "
"change the amount of space consumed. The clone can be mounted at any point "
"within the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system hierarchy, not just below the "
"original location of the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39413
msgid "To demonstrate the clone feature, this example dataset is used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39416
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>camino/home/joe</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"camino/home/joe         108K   1.3G    87K  /usr/home/joe\n"
"camino/home/joe@plans    21K      -  85.5K  -\n"
"camino/home/joe@backup    0K      -    87K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39422
msgid ""
"A typical use for clones is to experiment with a specific dataset while "
"keeping the snapshot around to fall back to in case something goes wrong. "
"Since snapshots cannot be changed, a read/write clone of a snapshot is "
"created. After the desired result is achieved in the clone, the clone can be "
"promoted to a dataset and the old file system removed. This is not strictly "
"necessary, as the clone and dataset can coexist without problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39431
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs clone <replaceable>camino/home/joe</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>backup</replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/"
"joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/home/joe:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"\n"
"/usr/home/joenew:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe\n"
"usr/home/joenew     1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joenew"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39443
msgid ""
"After a clone is created it is an exact copy of the state the dataset was in "
"when the snapshot was taken. The clone can now be changed independently from "
"its originating dataset. The only connection between the two is the snapshot."
" <acronym>ZFS</acronym> records this connection in the property "
"<literal>origin</literal>. Once the dependency between the snapshot and the "
"clone has been removed by promoting the clone using <command>zfs promote</"
"command>, the <literal>origin</literal> of the clone is removed as it is now "
"an independent dataset. This example demonstrates it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/"
"joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE                     SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    camino/home/joe@backup    -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs promote <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/"
"joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE   SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    -       -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39462
msgid ""
"After making some changes like copying <filename>loader.conf</filename> to "
"the promoted clone, for example, the old directory becomes obsolete in this "
"case. Instead, the promoted clone can replace it. This can be achieved by "
"two consecutive commands: <command>zfs destroy</command> on the old dataset "
"and <command>zfs rename</command> on the clone to name it like the old "
"dataset (it could also get an entirely different name)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy -f <replaceable>camino/home/joe</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe</userinput>\n"
"backup.txz     loader.conf     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h <replaceable>/usr/home</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G    128k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39480
msgid ""
"The cloned snapshot is now handled like an ordinary dataset. It contains all "
"the data from the original snapshot plus the files that were added to it "
"like <filename>loader.conf</filename>. Clones can be used in different "
"scenarios to provide useful features to ZFS users. For example, jails could "
"be provided as snapshots containing different sets of installed applications."
" Users can clone these snapshots and add their own applications as they see "
"fit. Once they are satisfied with the changes, the clones can be promoted to "
"full datasets and provided to end users to work with like they would with a "
"real dataset. This saves time and administrative overhead when providing "
"these jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39495
msgid "Replication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39497
msgid ""
"Keeping data on a single pool in one location exposes it to risks like theft "
"and natural or human disasters. Making regular backups of the entire pool is "
"vital. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides a built-in serialization feature that "
"can send a stream representation of the data to standard output. Using this "
"technique, it is possible to not only store the data on another pool "
"connected to the local system, but also to send it over a network to another "
"system. Snapshots are the basis for this replication (see the section on "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> snapshots</link>). "
"The commands used for replicating data are <command>zfs send</command> and "
"<command>zfs receive</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39511
msgid ""
"These examples demonstrate <acronym>ZFS</acronym> replication with these two "
"pools:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG   CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M    77K   896M         -         -     0%    0%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
"\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M         -         -     0%    4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39519
msgid ""
"The pool named <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> is the primary pool where "
"data is written to and read from on a regular basis. A second pool, "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> is used as a standby in case the primary "
"pool becomes unavailable. Note that this fail-over is not done automatically "
"by <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, but must be manually done by a system "
"administrator when needed. A snapshot is used to provide a consistent "
"version of the file system to be replicated. Once a snapshot of "
"<replaceable>mypool</replaceable> has been created, it can be copied to the "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> pool. Only snapshots can be replicated. "
"Changes made since the most recent snapshot will not be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@backup1             0      -  43.6M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39538
msgid ""
"Now that a snapshot exists, <command>zfs send</command> can be used to "
"create a stream representing the contents of the snapshot. This stream can "
"be stored as a file or received by another pool. The stream is written to "
"standard output, but must be redirected to a file or pipe or an error is "
"produced:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39545
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Error: Stream can not be written to a terminal.\n"
"You must redirect standard output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39549
msgid ""
"To back up a dataset with <command>zfs send</command>, redirect to a file "
"located on the mounted backup pool. Ensure that the pool has enough free "
"space to accommodate the size of the snapshot being sent, which means all of "
"the data contained in the snapshot, not just the changes from the previous "
"snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>/backup/"
"backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M         -         -     0%     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  "
"-\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M         -         -     0%     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  "
"-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39562
msgid ""
"The <command>zfs send</command> transferred all the data in the snapshot "
"called <replaceable>backup1</replaceable> to the pool named "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable>. Creating and sending these snapshots can "
"be done automatically with a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39568
msgid ""
"Instead of storing the backups as archive files, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can "
"receive them as a live file system, allowing the backed up data to be "
"accessed directly. To get to the actual data contained in those streams, "
"<command>zfs receive</command> is used to transform the streams back into "
"files and directories. The example below combines <command>zfs send</"
"command> and <command>zfs receive</command> using a pipe to copy the data "
"from one pool to another. The data can be used directly on the receiving "
"pool after the transfer is complete. A dataset can only be replicated to an "
"empty dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> | zfs receive "
"<replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @ to mypool@replica1 estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"total estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M         -         -     0%     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  "
"-\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M         -         -     0%     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  "
"-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39592
msgid "Incremental Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39594
msgid ""
"<command>zfs send</command> can also determine the difference between two "
"snapshots and send only the differences between the two. This saves disk "
"space and transfer time. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39599
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@replica1         5.72M      -  43.6M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2             0      -  44.1M  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG   CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  61.7M   898M         -         -     0%    6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
"\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M         -         -     0%    5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39609
msgid ""
"A second snapshot called <replaceable>replica2</replaceable> was created. "
"This second snapshot contains only the changes that were made to the file "
"system between now and the previous snapshot, <replaceable>replica1</"
"replaceable>. Using <command>zfs send -i</command> and indicating the pair "
"of snapshots generates an incremental replica stream containing only the "
"data that has changed. This can only succeed if the initial snapshot already "
"exists on the receiving side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v -i <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable> | zfs receive <replaceable>/"
"backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @replica1 to mypool@replica2 estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"total estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG  CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  "
"ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  80.8M   879M         -         -     0%   8%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M         -         -     0%   5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup                      55.4M   240G   152K  /backup\n"
"backup/mypool               55.3M   240G  55.2M  /backup/mypool\n"
"mypool                      55.6M  11.6G  55.0M  /mypool\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup/mypool@replica1                       104K      -  50.2M  -\n"
"backup/mypool@replica2                          0      -  55.2M  -\n"
"mypool@replica1                             29.9K      -  50.0M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2                                 0      -  55.0M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39643
msgid ""
"The incremental stream was successfully transferred. Only the data that had "
"changed was replicated, rather than the entirety of <replaceable>replica1</"
"replaceable>. Only the differences were sent, which took much less time to "
"transfer and saved disk space by not copying the complete pool each time. "
"This is useful when having to rely on slow networks or when costs per "
"transferred byte must be considered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39652
msgid ""
"A new file system, <replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable>, is available "
"with all of the files and data from the pool <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>. If <option>-P</option> is specified, the properties of the "
"dataset will be copied, including compression settings, quotas, and mount "
"points. When <option>-R</option> is specified, all child datasets of the "
"indicated dataset will be copied, along with all of their properties. "
"Sending and receiving can be automated so that regular backups are created "
"on the second pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39665
msgid "Sending Encrypted Backups over <application>SSH</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39668
msgid ""
"Sending streams over the network is a good way to keep a remote backup, but "
"it does come with a drawback. Data sent over the network link is not "
"encrypted, allowing anyone to intercept and transform the streams back into "
"data without the knowledge of the sending user. This is undesirable, "
"especially when sending the streams over the internet to a remote host. "
"<application>SSH</application> can be used to securely encrypt data send "
"over a network connection. Since <acronym>ZFS</acronym> only requires the "
"stream to be redirected from standard output, it is relatively easy to pipe "
"it through <application>SSH</application>. To keep the contents of the file "
"system encrypted in transit and on the remote system, consider using <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/PEFS\">PEFS</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39682
msgid ""
"A few settings and security precautions must be completed first. Only the "
"necessary steps required for the <command>zfs send</command> operation are "
"shown here. For more information on <application>SSH</application>, see "
"<xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39688
msgid "This configuration is required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39692
msgid ""
"Passwordless <application>SSH</application> access between sending and "
"receiving host using <application>SSH</application> keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39698
msgid ""
"Normally, the privileges of the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user are needed to send and receive streams. This requires "
"logging in to the receiving system as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. However, logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> is disabled by default for security reasons. The <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zfs-allow\">ZFS Delegation</link> system can be used to allow a non-"
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user on each system to "
"perform the respective send and receive operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39714
msgid "On the sending system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot "
"<replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39720
msgid ""
"To mount the pool, the unprivileged user must own the directory, and regular "
"users must be allowed to mount file systems. On the receiving system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39724
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.usermount=1</userinput>\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /etc/sysctl.conf vfs.usermount=1</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create <replaceable>recvpool/backup</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs allow -u <replaceable>someuser</"
"replaceable> create,mount,receive <replaceable>recvpool/backup</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>/recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39733
msgid ""
"The unprivileged user now has the ability to receive and mount datasets, and "
"the <replaceable>home</replaceable> dataset can be replicated to the remote "
"system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39737
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r <replaceable>mypool/home</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -R <replaceable>mypool/home</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable> | ssh "
"<replaceable>someuser@backuphost</replaceable> zfs recv -dvu "
"<replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39740
msgid ""
"A recursive snapshot called <replaceable>monday</replaceable> is made of the "
"file system dataset <replaceable>home</replaceable> that resides on the pool "
"<replaceable>mypool</replaceable>. Then it is sent with <command>zfs send -"
"R</command> to include the dataset, all child datasets, snapshots, clones, "
"and settings in the stream. The output is piped to the waiting <command>zfs "
"receive</command> on the remote host <replaceable>backuphost</replaceable> "
"through <application>SSH</application>. Using a fully qualified domain name "
"or IP address is recommended. The receiving machine writes the data to the "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> dataset on the <replaceable>recvpool</"
"replaceable> pool. Adding <option>-d</option> to <command>zfs recv</command> "
"overwrites the name of the pool on the receiving side with the name of the "
"snapshot. <option>-u</option> causes the file systems to not be mounted on "
"the receiving side. When <option>-v</option> is included, more detail about "
"the transfer is shown, including elapsed time and the amount of data "
"transferred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39765
msgid "Dataset, User, and Group Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39767
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-quota\">Dataset quotas</link> are used to restrict "
"the amount of space that can be consumed by a particular dataset. <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">Reference Quotas</link> work in very much the "
"same way, but only count the space used by the dataset itself, excluding "
"snapshots and child datasets. Similarly, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"userquota\">user</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-groupquota\">group</"
"link> quotas can be used to prevent users or groups from using all of the "
"space in the pool or dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39779
msgid ""
"To enforce a dataset quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39784
msgid ""
"To enforce a reference quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39787
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39789
msgid "To remove a quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39792
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39794
msgid ""
"The general format is <literal>userquota@<replaceable>user</replaceable>="
"<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, and the user's name must be in "
"one of these formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39800
msgid ""
"<acronym>POSIX</acronym> compatible name such as <replaceable>joe</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39805
msgid ""
"<acronym>POSIX</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>789</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39810
msgid ""
"<acronym>SID</acronym> name such as <replaceable>joe.bloggs@example.com</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39816
msgid ""
"<acronym>SID</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>S-1-123-456-789</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39822
msgid ""
"For example, to enforce a user quota of 50 GB for the user named "
"<replaceable>joe</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39825
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39827
msgid "To remove any quota:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39829
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:39832
msgid ""
"User quota properties are not displayed by <command>zfs get all</command>. "
"Non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users can only see "
"their own quotas unless they have been granted the <literal>userquota</"
"literal> privilege. Users with this privilege are able to view and set "
"everyone's quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39840
msgid ""
"The general format for setting a group quota is: "
"<literal>groupquota@<replaceable>group</replaceable>=<replaceable>size</"
"replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39843
msgid ""
"To set the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable> to "
"50 GB, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39847
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39849
msgid ""
"To remove the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable>, or "
"to make sure that one is not set, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39853
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39855
msgid ""
"As with the user quota property, non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> users can only see the quotas associated with the groups to "
"which they belong. However, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"or a user with the <literal>groupquota</literal> privilege can view and set "
"all quotas for all groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39863
msgid ""
"To display the amount of space used by each user on a file system or "
"snapshot along with any quotas, use <command>zfs userspace</command>. For "
"group information, use <command>zfs groupspace</command>. For more "
"information about supported options or how to display only specific options, "
"refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39870
msgid ""
"Users with sufficient privileges, and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>, can list the quota for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename> "
"using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get quota storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39878
msgid "Reservations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39880
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-reservation\">Reservations</link> guarantee a "
"minimum amount of space will always be available on a dataset. The reserved "
"space will not be available to any other dataset. This feature can be "
"especially useful to ensure that free space is available for an important "
"dataset or log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39887
msgid ""
"The general format of the <literal>reservation</literal> property is "
"<literal>reservation=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, so to set a "
"reservation of 10 GB on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39893
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39895
msgid "To clear any reservation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39897
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39899
msgid ""
"The same principle can be applied to the <literal>refreservation</literal> "
"property for setting a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refreservation\">Reference "
"Reservation</link>, with the general format <literal>refreservation="
"<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39905
msgid ""
"This command shows any reservations or refreservations that exist on "
"<filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39908
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get reservation storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get refreservation storage/home/bob</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-compression
#: book.translate.xml:39913 book.translate.xml:41018
msgid "Compression"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39915
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides transparent compression. Compressing data at "
"the block level as it is written not only saves space, but can also increase "
"disk throughput. If data is compressed by 25%, but the compressed data is "
"written to the disk at the same rate as the uncompressed version, resulting "
"in an effective write speed of 125%. Compression can also be a great "
"alternative to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-deduplication\">Deduplication</link> "
"because it does not require additional memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39925
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> offers several different compression algorithms, each "
"with different trade-offs. With the introduction of <acronym>LZ4</acronym> "
"compression in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> v5000, it is possible to enable "
"compression for the entire pool without the large performance trade-off of "
"other algorithms. The biggest advantage to <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is the "
"<emphasis>early abort</emphasis> feature. If <acronym>LZ4</acronym> does not "
"achieve at least 12.5% compression in the first part of the data, the block "
"is written uncompressed to avoid wasting CPU cycles trying to compress data "
"that is either already compressed or uncompressible. For details about the "
"different compression algorithms available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, see "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression\">Compression</link> entry in the "
"terminology section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39941
msgid ""
"The administrator can monitor the effectiveness of compression using a "
"number of dataset properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get "
"used,compressratio,compression,logicalused <replaceable>mypool/"
"compressed_dataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME        PROPERTY          VALUE     SOURCE\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  used              449G      -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compressratio     1.11x     -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compression       lz4       local\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  logicalused       496G      -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39951
msgid ""
"The dataset is currently using 449 GB of space (the used property). Without "
"compression, it would have taken 496 GB of space (the <literal>logicalused</"
"literal> property). This results in the 1.11:1 compression ratio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39957
msgid ""
"Compression can have an unexpected side effect when combined with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota\">User Quotas</link>. User quotas restrict how "
"much space a user can consume on a dataset, but the measurements are based "
"on how much space is used <emphasis>after compression</emphasis>. So if a "
"user has a quota of 10 GB, and writes 10 GB of compressible data, they will "
"still be able to store additional data. If they later update a file, say a "
"database, with more or less compressible data, the amount of space available "
"to them will change. This can result in the odd situation where a user did "
"not increase the actual amount of data (the <literal>logicalused</literal> "
"property), but the change in compression caused them to reach their quota "
"limit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39972
msgid ""
"Compression can have a similar unexpected interaction with backups. Quotas "
"are often used to limit how much data can be stored to ensure there is "
"sufficient backup space available. However since quotas do not consider "
"compression, more data may be written than would fit with uncompressed "
"backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-deduplication
#: book.translate.xml:39981 book.translate.xml:41106
msgid "Deduplication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39983
msgid ""
"When enabled, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> "
"uses the checksum of each block to detect duplicate blocks. When a new block "
"is a duplicate of an existing block, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> writes an "
"additional reference to the existing data instead of the whole duplicate "
"block. Tremendous space savings are possible if the data contains many "
"duplicated files or repeated information. Be warned: deduplication requires "
"an extremely large amount of memory, and most of the space savings can be "
"had without the extra cost by enabling compression instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39995
msgid ""
"To activate deduplication, set the <literal>dedup</literal> property on the "
"target pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set dedup=on <replaceable>pool</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40000
msgid ""
"Only new data being written to the pool will be deduplicated. Data that has "
"already been written to the pool will not be deduplicated merely by "
"activating this option. A pool with a freshly activated deduplication "
"property will look like this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40006
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME  SIZE ALLOC  FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG   CAP   DEDUP   HEALTH   "
"ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 2.19M 2.83G         -         -     0%    0%   1.00x   ONLINE   -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40010
msgid ""
"The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows the actual rate of deduplication "
"for the pool. A value of <literal>1.00x</literal> shows that data has not "
"been deduplicated yet. In the next example, the ports tree is copied three "
"times into different directories on the deduplicated pool created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do</userinput>\n"
"&gt; <userinput>mkdir $d &amp;&amp; cp -R /usr/ports $d &amp;</userinput>\n"
"&gt; <userinput>done</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40021
msgid "Redundant data is detected and deduplicated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME SIZE  ALLOC  FREE   CKPOINT  EXPANDSZ   FRAG  CAP   DEDUP   HEALTH   "
"ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 20.9M 2.82G         -         -     0%   0%   3.00x   ONLINE   -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40027
msgid ""
"The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows a factor of <literal>3.00x</"
"literal>. Multiple copies of the ports tree data was detected and "
"deduplicated, using only a third of the space. The potential for space "
"savings can be enormous, but comes at the cost of having enough memory to "
"keep track of the deduplicated blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40034
msgid ""
"Deduplication is not always beneficial, especially when the data on a pool "
"is not redundant. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can show potential space savings by "
"simulating deduplication on an existing pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40039
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zdb -S <replaceable>pool</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Simulated DDT histogram:\n"
"\n"
"bucket              allocated                       referenced\n"
"______   ______________________________   ______________________________\n"
"refcnt   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE\n"
"------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   -----   -----   -----\n"
"     1    2.58M    289G    264G    264G    2.58M    289G    264G    264G\n"
"     2     206K   12.6G   10.4G   10.4G     430K   26.4G   21.6G   21.6G\n"
"     4    37.6K    692M    276M    276M     170K   3.04G   1.26G   1.26G\n"
"     8    2.18K   45.2M   19.4M   19.4M    20.0K    425M    176M    176M\n"
"    16      174   2.83M   1.20M   1.20M    3.33K   48.4M   20.4M   20.4M\n"
"    32       40   2.17M    222K    222K    1.70K   97.2M   9.91M   9.91M\n"
"    64        9     56K   10.5K   10.5K      865   4.96M    948K    948K\n"
"   128        2   9.50K      2K      2K      419   2.11M    438K    438K\n"
"   256        5   61.5K     12K     12K    1.90K   23.0M   4.47M   4.47M\n"
"    1K        2      1K      1K      1K    2.98K   1.49M   1.49M   1.49M\n"
" Total    2.82M    303G    275G    275G    3.20M    319G    287G    287G\n"
"\n"
"dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1."
"16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40060
msgid ""
"After <command>zdb -S</command> finishes analyzing the pool, it shows the "
"space reduction ratio that would be achieved by activating deduplication. In "
"this case, <literal>1.16</literal> is a very poor space saving ratio that is "
"mostly provided by compression. Activating deduplication on this pool would "
"not save any significant amount of space, and is not worth the amount of "
"memory required to enable deduplication. Using the formula <emphasis>ratio = "
"dedup * compress / copies</emphasis>, system administrators can plan the "
"storage allocation, deciding whether the workload will contain enough "
"duplicate blocks to justify the memory requirements. If the data is "
"reasonably compressible, the space savings may be very good. Enabling "
"compression first is recommended, and compression can also provide greatly "
"increased performance. Only enable deduplication in cases where the "
"additional savings will be considerable and there is sufficient memory for "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\"><acronym>DDT</acronym></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40080
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> and Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40082
msgid ""
"<command>zfs jail</command> and the corresponding <literal>jailed</literal> "
"property are used to delegate a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset to a <link "
"linkend=\"jails\">Jail</link>. <command>zfs jail <replaceable>jailid</"
"replaceable></command> attaches a dataset to the specified jail, and "
"<command>zfs unjail</command> detaches it. For the dataset to be controlled "
"from within a jail, the <literal>jailed</literal> property must be set. Once "
"a dataset is jailed, it can no longer be mounted on the host because it may "
"have mount points that would compromise the security of the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40098
msgid "Delegated Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40100
msgid ""
"A comprehensive permission delegation system allows unprivileged users to "
"perform <acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration functions. For example, if "
"each user's home directory is a dataset, users can be given permission to "
"create and destroy snapshots of their home directories. A backup user can be "
"given permission to use replication features. A usage statistics script can "
"be allowed to run with access only to the space utilization data for all "
"users. It is even possible to delegate the ability to delegate permissions. "
"Permission delegation is possible for each subcommand and most properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40113
msgid "Delegating Dataset Creation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40115
msgid ""
"<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> create "
"<replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user "
"permission to create child datasets under the selected parent dataset. There "
"is a caveat: creating a new dataset involves mounting it. That requires "
"setting the FreeBSD <literal>vfs.usermount</literal> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to <literal>1</literal> to allow non-root users to mount a "
"file system. There is another restriction aimed at preventing abuse: non-"
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users must own the "
"mountpoint where the file system is to be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40130
msgid "Delegating Permission Delegation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40132
msgid ""
"<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> allow "
"<replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user the "
"ability to assign any permission they have on the target dataset, or its "
"children, to other users. If a user has the <literal>snapshot</literal> "
"permission and the <literal>allow</literal> permission, that user can then "
"grant the <literal>snapshot</literal> permission to other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40148
msgid "Tuning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40150
msgid ""
"There are a number of tunables that can be adjusted to make <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> perform best for different workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_max
#: book.translate.xml:40156
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname></emphasis> - Maximum size of "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The "
"default is all <acronym>RAM</acronym> less 1 GB, or one half of "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym>, whichever is more. However, a lower value should be "
"used if the system will be running any other daemons or processes that may "
"require memory. This value can be adjusted at runtime with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and can be set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_meta_limit
#: book.translate.xml:40169
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"portion of the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> "
"that can be used to store metadata. The default is one fourth of "
"<varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname>. Increasing this value will improve "
"performance if the workload involves operations on a large number of files "
"and directories, or frequent metadata operations, at the cost of less file "
"data fitting in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></"
"link>. This value can be adjusted at runtime with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and can be set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_min
#: book.translate.xml:40185
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_min</varname></emphasis> - Minimum size of "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The "
"default is one half of <varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname>. Adjust "
"this value to prevent other applications from pressuring out the entire "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. This value can "
"be adjusted at runtime with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and can be set in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-cache-size
#: book.translate.xml:40198
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size</varname></emphasis> - A "
"preallocated amount of memory reserved as a cache for each device in the "
"pool. The total amount of memory used will be this value multiplied by the "
"number of devices. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set "
"in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-min-auto-ashift
#: book.translate.xml:40207
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname></emphasis> - Minimum "
"<varname>ashift</varname> (sector size) that will be used automatically at "
"pool creation time. The value is a power of two. The default value of "
"<literal>9</literal> represents <literal>2^9 = 512</literal>, a sector size "
"of 512 bytes. To avoid <emphasis>write amplification</emphasis> and get the "
"best performance, set this value to the largest sector size used by a device "
"in the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40217
msgid ""
"Many drives have 4 KB sectors. Using the default <varname>ashift</varname> "
"of <literal>9</literal> with these drives results in write amplification on "
"these devices. Data that could be contained in a single 4 KB write must "
"instead be written in eight 512-byte writes. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> tries to "
"read the native sector size from all devices when creating a pool, but many "
"drives with 4 KB sectors report that their sectors are 512 bytes for "
"compatibility. Setting <varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname> to "
"<literal>12</literal> (<literal>2^12 = 4096</literal>) before creating a "
"pool forces <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to use 4 KB blocks for best performance "
"on these drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40232
msgid ""
"Forcing 4 KB blocks is also useful on pools where disk upgrades are planned. "
"Future disks are likely to use 4 KB sectors, and <varname>ashift</varname> "
"values cannot be changed after a pool is created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40237
msgid ""
"In some specific cases, the smaller 512-byte block size might be preferable. "
"When used with 512-byte disks for databases, or as storage for virtual "
"machines, less data is transferred during small random reads. This can "
"provide better performance, especially when using a smaller <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> record size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-prefetch_disable
#: book.translate.xml:40246
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable</varname></emphasis> - Disable "
"prefetch. A value of <literal>0</literal> is enabled and <literal>1</"
"literal> is disabled. The default is <literal>0</literal>, unless the system "
"has less than 4 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>. Prefetch works by reading "
"larger blocks than were requested into the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> in hopes that the data will be needed "
"soon. If the workload has a large number of random reads, disabling prefetch "
"may actually improve performance by reducing unnecessary reads. This value "
"can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-trim_on_init
#: book.translate.xml:40261
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.trim_on_init</varname></emphasis> - Control "
"whether new devices added to the pool have the <literal>TRIM</literal> "
"command run on them. This ensures the best performance and longevity for "
"<acronym>SSD</acronym>s, but takes extra time. If the device has already "
"been secure erased, disabling this setting will make the addition of the new "
"device faster. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-max_pending
#: book.translate.xml:40273
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.max_pending</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"number of pending I/O requests per device. A higher value will keep the "
"device command queue full and may give higher throughput. A lower value will "
"reduce latency. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-top_maxinflight
#: book.translate.xml:40282
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.top_maxinflight</varname></emphasis> - Maxmimum "
"number of outstanding I/Os per top-level <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"vdev\">vdev</link>. Limits the depth of the command queue to prevent high "
"latency. The limit is per top-level vdev, meaning the limit applies to each "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-mirror\">mirror</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z</link>, or other vdev independently. This value can "
"be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max
#: book.translate.xml:40294
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"amount of data written to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> per second. This tunable is designed "
"to extend the longevity of <acronym>SSD</acronym>s by limiting the amount of "
"data written to the device. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost
#: book.translate.xml:40303
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost</varname></emphasis> - The "
"value of this tunable is added to <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-"
"l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> and "
"increases the write speed to the <acronym>SSD</acronym> until the first "
"block is evicted from the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym></link>. This <quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> is designed to "
"reduce the performance loss from an empty <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> after a reboot. This value can be "
"adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40315
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"ticks to delay between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link>. To ensure that a <command>scrub</"
"command> does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any "
"other <acronym>I/O</acronym> is happening the <command>scrub</command> will "
"delay between each command. This value controls the limit on the total "
"<acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by the <command>scrub</"
"command>. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of "
"<varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This "
"setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</"
"acronym> limit. The default value is <literal>4</literal>, resulting in a "
"limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 4 = 250 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Using a value of "
"<replaceable>20</replaceable> would give a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 20 = "
"50 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. The speed of <command>scrub</command> is only "
"limited when there has been recent activity on the pool, as determined by "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</"
"varname></link>. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-resilver_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40342
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.resilver_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"milliseconds of delay inserted between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-resilver\">resilver</link>. To ensure that a resilver does not "
"interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other I/O is "
"happening the resilver will delay between each command. This value controls "
"the limit of total <acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by "
"the resilver. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of "
"<varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This "
"setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</"
"acronym> limit. The default value is 2, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/"
"sec / 2 = 500 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Returning the pool to an <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state may be more important if "
"another device failing could <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Fault</link> "
"the pool, causing data loss. A value of 0 will give the resilver operation "
"the same priority as other operations, speeding the healing process. The "
"speed of resilver is only limited when there has been other recent activity "
"on the pool, as determined by <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-"
"scan_idle\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></link>. This value can be "
"adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle
#: book.translate.xml:40371
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"milliseconds since the last operation before the pool is considered idle. "
"When the pool is idle the rate limiting for <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"resilver\">resilver</link> are disabled. This value can be adjusted at any "
"time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout
#: book.translate.xml:40382
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.txg.timeout</varname></emphasis> - Maximum number "
"of seconds between <link linkend=\"zfs-term-txg\">transaction group</link>s. "
"The current transaction group will be written to the pool and a fresh "
"transaction group started if this amount of time has elapsed since the "
"previous transaction group. A transaction group my be triggered earlier if "
"enough data is written. The default value is 5 seconds. A larger value may "
"improve read performance by delaying asynchronous writes, but this may cause "
"uneven performance when the transaction group is written. This value can be "
"adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40419
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> on i386"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40421
msgid ""
"Some of the features provided by <acronym>ZFS</acronym> are memory "
"intensive, and may require tuning for maximum efficiency on systems with "
"limited <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40427
msgid "Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40429
msgid ""
"As a bare minimum, the total system memory should be at least one gigabyte. "
"The amount of recommended <acronym>RAM</acronym> depends upon the size of "
"the pool and which <acronym>ZFS</acronym> features are used. A general rule "
"of thumb is 1 GB of RAM for every 1 TB of storage. If the deduplication "
"feature is used, a general rule of thumb is 5 GB of RAM per TB of storage to "
"be deduplicated. While some users successfully use <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"with less <acronym>RAM</acronym>, systems under heavy load may panic due to "
"memory exhaustion. Further tuning may be required for systems with less than "
"the recommended RAM requirements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40444 book.translate.xml:61437
msgid "Kernel Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40446
msgid ""
"Due to the address space limitations of the <trademark>i386</trademark> "
"platform, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> users on the <trademark>i386</trademark> "
"architecture must add this option to a custom kernel configuration file, "
"rebuild the kernel, and reboot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40452
#, no-wrap
msgid "options        KVA_PAGES=512"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40454
msgid ""
"This expands the kernel address space, allowing the <varname>vm.kvm_size</"
"varname> tunable to be pushed beyond the currently imposed limit of 1 GB, or "
"the limit of 2 GB for <acronym>PAE</acronym>. To find the most suitable "
"value for this option, divide the desired address space in megabytes by four."
" In this example, it is <literal>512</literal> for 2 GB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40464
msgid "Loader Tunables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40466
msgid ""
"The <filename>kmem</filename> address space can be increased on all FreeBSD "
"architectures. On a test system with 1 GB of physical memory, success was "
"achieved with these options added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, "
"and the system restarted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n"
"vm.kmem_size_max=\"330M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.arc_max=\"40M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size=\"5M\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40478
msgid ""
"For a more detailed list of recommendations for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>-"
"related tuning, see <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/"
"ZFSTuningGuide\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40485
msgid "Additional Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40489
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFS\">FreeBSD Wiki - "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40494
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide\">FreeBSD Wiki - "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Tuning</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40499
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.illumos.org/display/illumos/ZFS\">Illumos "
"Wiki - <acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40504
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/819-5461/index."
"html\">Oracle Solaris <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Administration Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40510
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://calomel.org/zfs_raid_speed_capacity."
"html\">Calomel Blog - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Raidz Performance, Capacity and "
"Integrity</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40518
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Features and Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40520
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is a fundamentally different file system because it "
"is more than just a file system. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> combines the roles "
"of file system and volume manager, enabling additional storage devices to be "
"added to a live system and having the new space available on all of the "
"existing file systems in that pool immediately. By combining the "
"traditionally separate roles, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is able to overcome "
"previous limitations that prevented <acronym>RAID</acronym> groups being "
"able to grow. Each top level device in a pool is called a <emphasis>vdev</"
"emphasis>, which can be a simple disk or a <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"transformation such as a mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> array. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> file systems (called <emphasis>datasets</emphasis>) "
"each have access to the combined free space of the entire pool. As blocks "
"are allocated from the pool, the space available to each file system "
"decreases. This approach avoids the common pitfall with extensive "
"partitioning where free space becomes fragmented across the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-pool
#: book.translate.xml:40544
msgid "pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40546
msgid ""
"A storage <emphasis>pool</emphasis> is the most basic building block of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, the "
"underlying devices that store the data. A pool is then used to create one or "
"more file systems (datasets) or block devices (volumes). These datasets and "
"volumes share the pool of remaining free space. Each pool is uniquely "
"identified by a name and a <acronym>GUID</acronym>. The features available "
"are determined by the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version number on the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev
#: book.translate.xml:40560
msgid "vdev Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-disk
#: book.translate.xml:40571
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Disk</emphasis> - The most basic type of vdev is a standard block "
"device. This can be an entire disk (such as <filename><replaceable>/dev/"
"ada0</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/dev/da0</"
"replaceable></filename>) or a partition (<filename><replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</"
"replaceable></filename>). On FreeBSD, there is no performance penalty for "
"using a partition rather than the entire disk. This differs from "
"recommendations made by the Solaris documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-file
#: book.translate.xml:40586
msgid ""
"<emphasis>File</emphasis> - In addition to disks, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"pools can be backed by regular files, this is especially useful for testing "
"and experimentation. Use the full path to the file as the device path in "
"<command>zpool create</command>. All vdevs must be at least 128 MB in size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-mirror
#: book.translate.xml:40596
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mirror</emphasis> - When creating a mirror, specify the "
"<literal>mirror</literal> keyword followed by the list of member devices for "
"the mirror. A mirror consists of two or more devices, all data will be "
"written to all member devices. A mirror vdev will only hold as much data as "
"its smallest member. A mirror vdev can withstand the failure of all but one "
"of its members without losing any data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40607
msgid ""
"A regular single disk vdev can be upgraded to a mirror vdev at any time with "
"<command>zpool <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-attach\">attach</link></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-raidz
#: book.translate.xml:40615
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>RAID-Z</acronym></emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"implements <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, a variation on standard <acronym>RAID-"
"5</acronym> that offers better distribution of parity and eliminates the "
"<quote><acronym>RAID-5</acronym> write hole</quote> in which the data and "
"parity information become inconsistent after an unexpected restart. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports three levels of <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> "
"which provide varying levels of redundancy in exchange for decreasing levels "
"of usable storage. The types are named <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> through "
"<acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> based on the number of parity devices in the "
"array and the number of disks which can fail while the pool remains "
"operational."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40633
msgid ""
"In a <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> configuration with four disks, each 1 TB, "
"usable storage is 3 TB and the pool will still be able to operate in "
"degraded mode with one faulted disk. If an additional disk goes offline "
"before the faulted disk is replaced and resilvered, all data in the pool can "
"be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40641
msgid ""
"In a <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> configuration with eight disks of 1 TB, the "
"volume will provide 5 TB of usable space and still be able to operate with "
"three faulted disks. <trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends no more than nine "
"disks in a single vdev. If the configuration has more disks, it is "
"recommended to divide them into separate vdevs and the pool data will be "
"striped across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40650
msgid ""
"A configuration of two <acronym>RAID-Z2</acronym> vdevs consisting of 8 "
"disks each would create something similar to a <acronym>RAID-60</acronym> "
"array. A <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> group's storage capacity is approximately "
"the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of non-parity disks. "
"Four 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> has an effective size of "
"approximately 3 TB, and an array of eight 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z3</"
"acronym> will yield 5 TB of usable space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-spare
#: book.translate.xml:40665
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Spare</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> has a special pseudo-"
"vdev type for keeping track of available hot spares. Note that installed hot "
"spares are not deployed automatically; they must manually be configured to "
"replace the failed device using <command>zfs replace</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-log
#: book.translate.xml:40675
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Log Devices, also known as "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Intent Log (<link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"zil\"><acronym>ZIL</acronym></link>) move the intent log from the regular "
"pool devices to a dedicated device, typically an <acronym>SSD</acronym>. "
"Having a dedicated log device can significantly improve the performance of "
"applications with a high volume of synchronous writes, especially databases. "
"Log devices can be mirrored, but <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> is not supported. "
"If multiple log devices are used, writes will be load balanced across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-cache
#: book.translate.xml:40690
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cache</emphasis> - Adding a cache vdev to a pool will add the "
"storage of the cache to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym></link>. Cache devices cannot be mirrored. Since a cache device only "
"stores additional copies of existing data, there is no risk of data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40562
msgid ""
"A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, which themselves can be a single "
"disk or a group of disks, in the case of a <acronym>RAID</acronym> transform."
" When multiple vdevs are used, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> spreads data across "
"the vdevs to increase performance and maximize usable space. <_:itemizedlist-"
"1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-txg
#: book.translate.xml:40701
msgid "Transaction Group (<acronym>TXG</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40715
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Open</emphasis> - When a new transaction group is created, it is "
"in the open state, and accepts new writes. There is always a transaction "
"group in the open state, however the transaction group may refuse new writes "
"if it has reached a limit. Once the open transaction group has reached a "
"limit, or the <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout\"><varname>vfs."
"zfs.txg.timeout</varname></link> has been reached, the transaction group "
"advances to the next state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40727
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Quiescing</emphasis> - A short state that allows any pending "
"operations to finish while not blocking the creation of a new open "
"transaction group. Once all of the transactions in the group have completed, "
"the transaction group advances to the final state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40736
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Syncing</emphasis> - All of the data in the transaction group is "
"written to stable storage. This process will in turn modify other data, such "
"as metadata and space maps, that will also need to be written to stable "
"storage. The process of syncing involves multiple passes. The first, all of "
"the changed data blocks, is the biggest, followed by the metadata, which may "
"take multiple passes to complete. Since allocating space for the data blocks "
"generates new metadata, the syncing state cannot finish until a pass "
"completes that does not allocate any additional space. The syncing state is "
"also where <emphasis>synctasks</emphasis> are completed. Synctasks are "
"administrative operations, such as creating or destroying snapshots and "
"datasets, that modify the uberblock are completed. Once the sync state is "
"complete, the transaction group in the quiescing state is advanced to the "
"syncing state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40704
msgid ""
"Transaction Groups are the way changed blocks are grouped together and "
"eventually written to the pool. Transaction groups are the atomic unit that "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses to assert consistency. Each transaction group is "
"assigned a unique 64-bit consecutive identifier. There can be up to three "
"active transaction groups at a time, one in each of these three states: <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/> All administrative functions, such as <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-snapshot\"><command>snapshot</command></link> are written as part of "
"the transaction group. When a synctask is created, it is added to the "
"currently open transaction group, and that group is advanced as quickly as "
"possible to the syncing state to reduce the latency of administrative "
"commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-arc
#: book.translate.xml:40768
msgid "Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40771
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses an Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</"
"acronym>), rather than a more traditional Least Recently Used (<acronym>LRU</"
"acronym>) cache. An <acronym>LRU</acronym> cache is a simple list of items "
"in the cache, sorted by when each object was most recently used. New items "
"are added to the top of the list. When the cache is full, items from the "
"bottom of the list are evicted to make room for more active objects. An "
"<acronym>ARC</acronym> consists of four lists; the Most Recently Used "
"(<acronym>MRU</acronym>) and Most Frequently Used (<acronym>MFU</acronym>) "
"objects, plus a ghost list for each. These ghost lists track recently "
"evicted objects to prevent them from being added back to the cache. This "
"increases the cache hit ratio by avoiding objects that have a history of "
"only being used occasionally. Another advantage of using both an "
"<acronym>MRU</acronym> and <acronym>MFU</acronym> is that scanning an entire "
"file system would normally evict all data from an <acronym>MRU</acronym> or "
"<acronym>LRU</acronym> cache in favor of this freshly accessed content. With "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, there is also an <acronym>MFU</acronym> that only "
"tracks the most frequently used objects, and the cache of the most commonly "
"accessed blocks remains."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-l2arc
#: book.translate.xml:40799
msgid "<acronym>L2ARC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40801
msgid ""
"<acronym>L2ARC</acronym> is the second level of the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"caching system. The primary <acronym>ARC</acronym> is stored in "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym>. Since the amount of available <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"is often limited, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can also use <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-vdev-cache\">cache vdevs</link>. Solid State Disks (<acronym>SSD</"
"acronym>s) are often used as these cache devices due to their higher speed "
"and lower latency compared to traditional spinning disks. <acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym> is entirely optional, but having one will significantly increase "
"read speeds for files that are cached on the <acronym>SSD</acronym> instead "
"of having to be read from the regular disks. <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> can "
"also speed up <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> "
"because a <acronym>DDT</acronym> that does not fit in <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"but does fit in the <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> will be much faster than a "
"<acronym>DDT</acronym> that must be read from disk. The rate at which data "
"is added to the cache devices is limited to prevent prematurely wearing out "
"<acronym>SSD</acronym>s with too many writes. Until the cache is full (the "
"first block has been evicted to make room), writing to the <acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym> is limited to the sum of the write limit and the boost limit, and "
"afterwards limited to the write limit. A pair of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> values control these rate limits. <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-"
"tuning-l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> "
"controls how many bytes are written to the cache per second, while <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost\"><varname>vfs.zfs."
"l2arc_write_boost</varname></link> adds to this limit during the "
"<quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> (Write Boost)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-zil
#: book.translate.xml:40836
msgid "<acronym>ZIL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40838
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZIL</acronym> accelerates synchronous transactions by using storage "
"devices like <acronym>SSD</acronym>s that are faster than those used in the "
"main storage pool. When an application requests a synchronous write (a "
"guarantee that the data has been safely stored to disk rather than merely "
"cached to be written later), the data is written to the faster <acronym>ZIL</"
"acronym> storage, then later flushed out to the regular disks. This greatly "
"reduces latency and improves performance. Only synchronous workloads like "
"databases will benefit from a <acronym>ZIL</acronym>. Regular asynchronous "
"writes such as copying files will not use the <acronym>ZIL</acronym> at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-cow
#: book.translate.xml:40854
msgid "Copy-On-Write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40856
msgid ""
"Unlike a traditional file system, when data is overwritten on <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym>, the new data is written to a different block rather than "
"overwriting the old data in place. Only when this write is complete is the "
"metadata then updated to point to the new location. In the event of a shorn "
"write (a system crash or power loss in the middle of writing a file), the "
"entire original contents of the file are still available and the incomplete "
"write is discarded. This also means that <acronym>ZFS</acronym> does not "
"require a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> after an unexpected shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-dataset
#: book.translate.xml:40870
msgid "Dataset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40872
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Dataset</emphasis> is the generic term for a <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> file system, volume, snapshot or clone. Each dataset has a unique "
"name in the format <replaceable>poolname/path@snapshot</replaceable>. The "
"root of the pool is technically a dataset as well. Child datasets are named "
"hierarchically like directories. For example, <replaceable>mypool/home</"
"replaceable>, the home dataset, is a child of <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable> and inherits properties from it. This can be expanded further "
"by creating <replaceable>mypool/home/user</replaceable>. This grandchild "
"dataset will inherit properties from the parent and grandparent. Properties "
"on a child can be set to override the defaults inherited from the parents "
"and grandparents. Administration of datasets and their children can be <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-filesystem
#: book.translate.xml:40894
msgid "File system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40896
msgid ""
"A <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset is most often used as a file system. Like "
"most other file systems, a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system is mounted "
"somewhere in the systems directory hierarchy and contains files and "
"directories of its own with permissions, flags, and other metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-volume
#: book.translate.xml:40905
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40907
msgid ""
"In additional to regular file system datasets, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can "
"also create volumes, which are block devices. Volumes have many of the same "
"features, including copy-on-write, snapshots, clones, and checksumming. "
"Volumes can be useful for running other file system formats on top of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, such as <acronym>UFS</acronym> virtualization, or "
"exporting <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-snapshot
#: book.translate.xml:40919
msgid "Snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40921
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">copy-on-write</link> (<acronym>COW</"
"acronym>) design of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> allows for nearly instantaneous, "
"consistent snapshots with arbitrary names. After taking a snapshot of a "
"dataset, or a recursive snapshot of a parent dataset that will include all "
"child datasets, new data is written to new blocks, but the old blocks are "
"not reclaimed as free space. The snapshot contains the original version of "
"the file system, and the live file system contains any changes made since "
"the snapshot was taken. No additional space is used. As new data is written "
"to the live file system, new blocks are allocated to store this data. The "
"apparent size of the snapshot will grow as the blocks are no longer used in "
"the live file system, but only in the snapshot. These snapshots can be "
"mounted read only to allow for the recovery of previous versions of files. "
"It is also possible to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">rollback</link> a "
"live file system to a specific snapshot, undoing any changes that took place "
"after the snapshot was taken. Each block in the pool has a reference counter "
"which keeps track of how many snapshots, clones, datasets, or volumes make "
"use of that block. As files and snapshots are deleted, the reference count "
"is decremented. When a block is no longer referenced, it is reclaimed as "
"free space. Snapshots can also be marked with a <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-"
"snapshot\">hold</link>. When a snapshot is held, any attempt to destroy it "
"will return an <literal>EBUSY</literal> error. Each snapshot can have "
"multiple holds, each with a unique name. The <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-"
"snapshot\">release</link> command removes the hold so the snapshot can "
"deleted. Snapshots can be taken on volumes, but they can only be cloned or "
"rolled back, not mounted independently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-clone
#: book.translate.xml:40960
msgid "Clone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40962
msgid ""
"Snapshots can also be cloned. A clone is a writable version of a snapshot, "
"allowing the file system to be forked as a new dataset. As with a snapshot, "
"a clone initially consumes no additional space. As new data is written to a "
"clone and new blocks are allocated, the apparent size of the clone grows. "
"When blocks are overwritten in the cloned file system or volume, the "
"reference count on the previous block is decremented. The snapshot upon "
"which a clone is based cannot be deleted because the clone depends on it. "
"The snapshot is the parent, and the clone is the child. Clones can be "
"<emphasis>promoted</emphasis>, reversing this dependency and making the "
"clone the parent and the previous parent the child. This operation requires "
"no additional space. Because the amount of space used by the parent and "
"child is reversed, existing quotas and reservations might be affected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-checksum
#: book.translate.xml:40982
msgid "Checksum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40998
msgid "<literal>fletcher2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41002
msgid "<literal>fletcher4</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41006
msgid "<literal>sha256</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40984
msgid ""
"Every block that is allocated is also checksummed. The checksum algorithm "
"used is a per-dataset property, see <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-"
"set\"><command>set</command></link>. The checksum of each block is "
"transparently validated as it is read, allowing <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to "
"detect silent corruption. If the data that is read does not match the "
"expected checksum, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to recover the data "
"from any available redundancy, like mirrors or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>). "
"Validation of all checksums can be triggered with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link>. Checksum algorithms include: <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/> The <literal>fletcher</literal> algorithms are faster, but "
"<literal>sha256</literal> is a strong cryptographic hash and has a much "
"lower chance of collisions at the cost of some performance. Checksums can be "
"disabled, but it is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41030
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>LZ4</acronym></emphasis> - Added in <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> pool version 5000 (feature flags), <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is now "
"the recommended compression algorithm. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> compresses "
"approximately 50% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym> when operating on "
"compressible data, and is over three times faster when operating on "
"uncompressible data. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> also decompresses approximately "
"80% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym>. On modern <acronym>CPU</acronym>s, "
"<acronym>LZ4</acronym> can often compress at over 500 MB/s, and decompress "
"at over 1.5 GB/s (per single CPU core)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41048
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>LZJB</acronym></emphasis> - The default compression "
"algorithm. Created by Jeff Bonwick (one of the original creators of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>). <acronym>LZJB</acronym> offers good compression "
"with less <acronym>CPU</acronym> overhead compared to <acronym>GZIP</"
"acronym>. In the future, the default compression algorithm will likely "
"change to <acronym>LZ4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41060
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>GZIP</acronym></emphasis> - A popular stream compression "
"algorithm available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. One of the main advantages of "
"using <acronym>GZIP</acronym> is its configurable level of compression. When "
"setting the <literal>compress</literal> property, the administrator can "
"choose the level of compression, ranging from <literal>gzip1</literal>, the "
"lowest level of compression, to <literal>gzip9</literal>, the highest level "
"of compression. This gives the administrator control over how much "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym> time to trade for saved disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41076
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>ZLE</acronym></emphasis> - Zero Length Encoding is a "
"special compression algorithm that only compresses continuous runs of zeros. "
"This compression algorithm is only useful when the dataset contains large "
"blocks of zeros."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41020
msgid ""
"Each dataset has a compression property, which defaults to off. This "
"property can be set to one of a number of compression algorithms. This will "
"cause all new data that is written to the dataset to be compressed. Beyond a "
"reduction in space used, read and write throughput often increases because "
"fewer blocks are read or written. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-copies
#: book.translate.xml:41087
msgid "Copies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41089
msgid ""
"When set to a value greater than 1, the <literal>copies</literal> property "
"instructs <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to maintain multiple copies of each block "
"in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-filesystem\">File System</link> or <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-volume\">Volume</link>. Setting this property on "
"important datasets provides additional redundancy from which to recover a "
"block that does not match its checksum. In pools without redundancy, the "
"copies feature is the only form of redundancy. The copies feature can "
"recover from a single bad sector or other forms of minor corruption, but it "
"does not protect the pool from the loss of an entire disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41108
msgid ""
"Checksums make it possible to detect duplicate blocks of data as they are "
"written. With deduplication, the reference count of an existing, identical "
"block is increased, saving storage space. To detect duplicate blocks, a "
"deduplication table (<acronym>DDT</acronym>) is kept in memory. The table "
"contains a list of unique checksums, the location of those blocks, and a "
"reference count. When new data is written, the checksum is calculated and "
"compared to the list. If a match is found, the existing block is used. The "
"<acronym>SHA256</acronym> checksum algorithm is used with deduplication to "
"provide a secure cryptographic hash. Deduplication is tunable. If "
"<literal>dedup</literal> is <literal>on</literal>, then a matching checksum "
"is assumed to mean that the data is identical. If <literal>dedup</literal> "
"is set to <literal>verify</literal>, then the data in the two blocks will be "
"checked byte-for-byte to ensure it is actually identical. If the data is not "
"identical, the hash collision will be noted and the two blocks will be "
"stored separately. Because <acronym>DDT</acronym> must store the hash of "
"each unique block, it consumes a very large amount of memory. A general rule "
"of thumb is 5-6 GB of ram per 1 TB of deduplicated data). In situations "
"where it is not practical to have enough <acronym>RAM</acronym> to keep the "
"entire <acronym>DDT</acronym> in memory, performance will suffer greatly as "
"the <acronym>DDT</acronym> must be read from disk before each new block is "
"written. Deduplication can use <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> to store the "
"<acronym>DDT</acronym>, providing a middle ground between fast system memory "
"and slower disks. Consider using compression instead, which often provides "
"nearly as much space savings without the additional memory requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-scrub
#: book.translate.xml:41146
msgid "Scrub"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41148
msgid ""
"Instead of a consistency check like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> has <command>scrub</command>. <command>scrub</command> reads all "
"data blocks stored on the pool and verifies their checksums against the "
"known good checksums stored in the metadata. A periodic check of all the "
"data stored on the pool ensures the recovery of any corrupted blocks before "
"they are needed. A scrub is not required after an unclean shutdown, but is "
"recommended at least once every three months. The checksum of each block is "
"verified as blocks are read during normal use, but a scrub makes certain "
"that even infrequently used blocks are checked for silent corruption. Data "
"security is improved, especially in archival storage situations. The "
"relative priority of <command>scrub</command> can be adjusted with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</"
"varname></link> to prevent the scrub from degrading the performance of other "
"workloads on the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-quota
#: book.translate.xml:41168
msgid "Dataset Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41177
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports different types of quotas: the dataset "
"quota, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">reference quota "
"(<acronym>refquota</acronym>)</link>, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"userquota\">user quota</link>, and the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"groupquota\">group quota</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41185
msgid ""
"Quotas limit the amount of space that a dataset and all of its descendants, "
"including snapshots of the dataset, child datasets, and the snapshots of "
"those datasets, can consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41191
msgid ""
"Quotas cannot be set on volumes, as the <literal>volsize</literal> property "
"acts as an implicit quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41170
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides very fast and accurate dataset, user, and "
"group space accounting in addition to quotas and space reservations. This "
"gives the administrator fine grained control over how space is allocated and "
"allows space to be reserved for critical file systems. <_:para-1/> <_:para-2/"
"> <_:note-3/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refquota
#: book.translate.xml:41198
msgid "Reference Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41201
msgid ""
"A reference quota limits the amount of space a dataset can consume by "
"enforcing a hard limit. However, this hard limit includes only space that "
"the dataset references and does not include space used by descendants, such "
"as file systems or snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-userquota
#: book.translate.xml:41209
msgid "User Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41212
msgid ""
"User quotas are useful to limit the amount of space that can be used by the "
"specified user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-groupquota
#: book.translate.xml:41217
msgid "Group Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41220
msgid ""
"The group quota limits the amount of space that a specified group can "
"consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-reservation
#: book.translate.xml:41225
msgid "Dataset Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41243
msgid ""
"Reservations of any sort are useful in many situations, such as planning and "
"testing the suitability of disk space allocation in a new system, or "
"ensuring that enough space is available on file systems for audio logs or "
"system recovery procedures and files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41228
msgid ""
"The <literal>reservation</literal> property makes it possible to guarantee a "
"minimum amount of space for a specific dataset and its descendants. If a "
"10 GB reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and "
"another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space "
"is reserved for this dataset. If a snapshot is taken of <filename>storage/"
"home/bob</filename>, the space used by that snapshot is counted against the "
"reservation. The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"refreservation\"><literal>refreservation</literal></link> property works in "
"a similar way, but it <emphasis>excludes</emphasis> descendants like "
"snapshots. <_:para-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refreservation
#: book.translate.xml:41253
msgid "Reference Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41256
msgid ""
"The <literal>refreservation</literal> property makes it possible to "
"guarantee a minimum amount of space for the use of a specific dataset "
"<emphasis>excluding</emphasis> its descendants. This means that if a 10 GB "
"reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and another "
"dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is "
"reserved for this dataset. In contrast to a regular <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"reservation\">reservation</link>, space used by snapshots and descendant "
"datasets is not counted against the reservation. For example, if a snapshot "
"is taken of <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, enough disk space must "
"exist outside of the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount for the "
"operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in "
"the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount and so do not encroach on the "
"space set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-resilver
#: book.translate.xml:41278
msgid "Resilver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41280
msgid ""
"When a disk fails and is replaced, the new disk must be filled with the data "
"that was lost. The process of using the parity information distributed "
"across the remaining drives to calculate and write the missing data to the "
"new drive is called <emphasis>resilvering</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-online
#: book.translate.xml:41289
msgid "Online"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41291
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Online</literal> state has all of its member "
"devices connected and fully operational. Individual devices in the "
"<literal>Online</literal> state are functioning normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-offline
#: book.translate.xml:41299
msgid "Offline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41301
msgid ""
"Individual devices can be put in an <literal>Offline</literal> state by the "
"administrator if there is sufficient redundancy to avoid putting the pool or "
"vdev into a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Faulted</link> state. An "
"administrator may choose to offline a disk in preparation for replacing it, "
"or to make it easier to identify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-degraded
#: book.translate.xml:41312
msgid "Degraded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41314
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Degraded</literal> state has one or more "
"disks that have been disconnected or have failed. The pool is still usable, "
"but if additional devices fail, the pool could become unrecoverable. "
"Reconnecting the missing devices or replacing the failed disks will return "
"the pool to an <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state after "
"the reconnected or new device has completed the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"resilver\">Resilver</link> process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-faulted
#: book.translate.xml:41327
msgid "Faulted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41329
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Faulted</literal> state is no longer "
"operational. The data on it can no longer be accessed. A pool or vdev enters "
"the <literal>Faulted</literal> state when the number of missing or failed "
"devices exceeds the level of redundancy in the vdev. If missing devices can "
"be reconnected, the pool will return to a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"online\">Online</link> state. If there is insufficient redundancy to "
"compensate for the number of failed disks, then the contents of the pool are "
"lost and must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41354
msgid "Other File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41365
msgid "<primary>File Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41366
msgid "<primary>File Systems Support</primary> <see>File Systems</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41371
msgid ""
"File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users "
"to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives "
"useful. Different operating systems differ in their native file system. "
"Traditionally, the native FreeBSD file system has been the Unix File System "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> which has been modernized as <acronym>UFS2</acronym>. "
"Since FreeBSD 7.0, the Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>) is also "
"available as a native file system. See <xref linkend=\"zfs\"/> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41381
msgid ""
"In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of "
"other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed "
"locally, such as data stored on locally attached <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"storage devices, flash drives, and hard disks. This includes support for the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Extended File System "
"(<acronym>EXT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41388
msgid ""
"There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. "
"Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset "
"to be installed. Some non-native file system support is full read-write "
"while others are read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41398
msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41403
msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41407
msgid ""
"How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41416
msgid ""
"Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and <link "
"linkend=\"basics\">FreeBSD basics</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41421
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">kernel "
"configuration and compilation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41426
msgid ""
"Feel comfortable <link linkend=\"ports\">installing software</link> in "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41431
msgid ""
"Have some familiarity with <link linkend=\"disks\">disks</link>, storage, "
"and device names in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41438
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41440
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides built-in support for several <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> file systems. This section demonstrates how "
"to load support for and how to mount the supported <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41445
msgid "<acronym>ext2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41447
msgid ""
"Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. "
"In FreeBSD 8.x and earlier, the code is licensed under the <acronym>GPL</"
"acronym>. Since FreeBSD 9.0, the code has been rewritten and is now "
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41454
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ext2fs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and "
"write to ext2 file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41458
msgid ""
"This driver can also be used to access ext3 and ext4 file systems. However, "
"ext3 journaling and extended attributes are not supported. Support for ext4 "
"is read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41464
msgid "To access an ext file system, first load the kernel loadable module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41467
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ext2fs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41469
msgid ""
"Then, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an "
"existing mount point. This example mounts <filename>/dev/ad1s1</filename> on "
"<filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41474
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t ext2fs <replaceable>/dev/ad1s1</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41529
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41532 book.translate.xml:55635
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41542
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>bhyve section by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41552
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Benedict</firstname> <surname>Reuschling</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Xen section by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41565
msgid ""
"Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run "
"simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for <acronym>PC</"
"acronym>s often involve a host operating system which runs the "
"virtualization software and supports any number of guest operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41575
msgid ""
"The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41580
msgid ""
"How to install FreeBSD on an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark>-based <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41585
msgid ""
"How to install FreeBSD on <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> with "
"<application>Virtual PC</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41590
msgid "How to install FreeBSD as a guest in <application>bhyve</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41595
msgid ""
"How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41605
msgid ""
"Understand the <link linkend=\"basics\">basics of <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41610
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"bsdinstall\">install FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41615
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"advanced-networking\">set up a network "
"connection</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41620
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party software</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41627
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Parallels</application> for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41630
msgid ""
"<application>Parallels Desktop</application> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available "
"for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark> computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> 10.4.6 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating "
"system. Once <application>Parallels</application> has been installed on "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user must "
"configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41639
msgid ""
"Installing FreeBSD on Parallels/<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41641
msgid ""
"The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application> "
"is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select "
"<guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> as the <guimenu>Guest OS Type</guimenu> "
"when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41649
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41653
msgid ""
"Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for "
"this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well "
"for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Parallels</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41660
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41666
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41672
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41678
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41682
msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41687
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41693
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41697 book.translate.xml:41881
msgid "Save and finish the configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41701
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41707
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41711
msgid ""
"After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed "
"on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded "
"from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>'s <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive. Click on the disc icon in the "
"bottom right corner of the FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> "
"window. This will bring up a window that can be used to associate the "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine with the "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym> drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41728
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41732
msgid ""
"Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been "
"made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. "
"<application>Parallels</application> will reboot with a special "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks if there is a <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41741
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41745
msgid ""
"In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal "
"FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to "
"configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41752
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41756
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD "
"virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41761
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41767
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41770
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>Parallels</"
"application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to "
"optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41777 book.translate.xml:41982 book.translate.xml:42186
msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41779
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Parallels</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:41786 book.translate.xml:41991 book.translate.xml:42195
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.hz=100"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41788
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> "
"guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor <trademark class="
"\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change the usage will be closer "
"to 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41795 book.translate.xml:42001 book.translate.xml:42204
msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41797
msgid ""
"All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a "
"custom kernel configuration file. <application>Parallels</application> "
"provides a virtual network adapter used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41806 book.translate.xml:42012 book.translate.xml:42215
msgid "Configure Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41808
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_ed0="
"\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced "
"networking setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41821
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41824
msgid ""
"<application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> is a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> software product available for free "
"download. See this website for the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.microsoft."
"com/windows/downloads/virtualpc/sysreq.mspx\">system requirements</link>. "
"Once <application>Virtual PC</application> has been installed on <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, the user can configure a virtual machine "
"and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41833
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41836
msgid ""
"The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</"
"application> is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. "
"Select <guimenuitem>Create a virtual machine</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41844
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41850
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41854
msgid ""
"Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating "
"system</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41860
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41864
msgid ""
"Then, choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans "
"for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work "
"well for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Virtual PC</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41871
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41877
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41885
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41889
msgid ""
"Select the FreeBSD virtual machine and click <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>, "
"then set the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41895
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41901
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41905
msgid ""
"After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed "
"on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded "
"from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive, then "
"double click on the FreeBSD virtual machine to boot. Then, click "
"<guimenu>CD</guimenu> and choose <guimenu>Capture ISO Image...</guimenu> on "
"the <application>Virtual PC</application> window. This will bring up a "
"window where the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine can "
"be associated with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41923
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41929
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41933
msgid ""
"Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been "
"made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking <guimenu>Action</"
"guimenu> and <guimenu>Reset</guimenu>. <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"will reboot with a special <acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks for a "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41943
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41947
msgid ""
"In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal "
"FreeBSD installation. Continue with the installation, but do not attempt to "
"configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41954
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41958
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, remember to eject the <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or release the <acronym>ISO</acronym> image. "
"Finally, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41965
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41971
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41974
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> with <application>Virtual PC</"
"application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to "
"optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41984
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Virtual PC</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41993
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"guest OS will use roughly 40% of the CPU of a single processor computer. "
"After this change, the usage will be closer to 3%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42003
msgid ""
"All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a "
"custom kernel configuration file. <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"provides a virtual network adapter used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42014
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> host. This can be accomplished by adding "
"<literal>ifconfig_de0=\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>. More advanced networking setups are described in <xref linkend="
"\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42027
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>VMware Fusion</application> for "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42030
msgid ""
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available "
"for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark> computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> 10.4.9 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating "
"system. Once <application>VMware Fusion</application> has been installed on "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user can configure "
"a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42039
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42042
msgid ""
"The first step is to start <application>VMware Fusion</application> which "
"will load the Virtual Machine Library. Click <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> "
"to create the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42049
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd01' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42053
msgid ""
"This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Click "
"<guimenuitem>Continue</guimenuitem> to proceed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42058
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd02' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42062
msgid ""
"Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating "
"System</guimenuitem> and either <guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> or "
"<guimenuitem>FreeBSD 64-bit</guimenuitem>, as the <guimenu>Version</guimenu> "
"when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42070
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd03' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42074
msgid ""
"Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be "
"saved:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42079
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd04' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42083
msgid "Choose the size of the Virtual Hard Disk for the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42088
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd05' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42092
msgid ""
"Choose the method to install the virtual machine, either from an "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image or from a <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42098
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd06' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42102
msgid ""
"Click <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> and the virtual machine will boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42107
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd07' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42111
msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42115
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd08' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42119
msgid ""
"Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be "
"modified, such as memory usage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42123
msgid ""
"The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while "
"the virtual machine is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42130
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd09' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42134
msgid "The number of CPUs the virtual machine will have access to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42139
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42143
msgid ""
"The status of the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> device. Normally the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>ISO</acronym> is "
"disconnected from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42151
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42155
msgid ""
"The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the "
"network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines "
"besides the host, choose <guimenuitem>Connect directly to the physical "
"network (Bridged)</guimenuitem>. Otherwise, <guimenuitem>Share the host's "
"internet connection (NAT)</guimenuitem> is preferred so that the virtual "
"machine can have access to the Internet, but the network cannot access the "
"virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42167
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42171
msgid ""
"After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual "
"machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42176
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42179
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to "
"optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42188
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42197
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application> guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change, the "
"usage will be closer to 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42206
msgid ""
"All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom "
"kernel configuration file. <application>VMware Fusion</application> provides "
"a virtual network adapter used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, so all network "
"devices except for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42217
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_em0="
"\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced "
"networking setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42230
msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42232
msgid ""
"FreeBSD works well as a guest in <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application>. The virtualization software is available for most "
"common operating systems, including FreeBSD itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42237
msgid ""
"The <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> guest "
"additions provide support for:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42242
msgid "Clipboard sharing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42246
msgid "Mouse pointer integration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42250
msgid "Host time synchronization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42254
msgid "Window scaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42258
msgid "Seamless mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42263
msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42266
msgid ""
"First, install the <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions</package> "
"package or port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-"
"additions &amp;&amp; make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42272
msgid "Add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42274
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"vboxservice_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42277
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpdate</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used, disable host "
"time synchronization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42280
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42282
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> will automatically recognize the "
"<literal>vboxvideo</literal> driver. It can also be manually entered in "
"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Card0\"\n"
"	Driver \"vboxvideo\"\n"
"	VendorName \"InnoTek Systemberatung GmbH\"\n"
"	BoardName \"VirtualBox Graphics Adapter\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42294
msgid ""
"To use the <literal>vboxmouse</literal> driver, adjust the mouse section in "
"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42297
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"	Identifier \"Mouse0\"\n"
"	Driver \"vboxmouse\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42302
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAL</acronym> users should create the following <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/hal/fdi/policy/90-vboxguest.fdi</filename> or copy it from "
"<filename>/usr/local/share/hal/fdi/policy/10osvendor/90-vboxguest.fdi</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!--\n"
"# Sun VirtualBox\n"
"# Hal driver description for the vboxmouse driver\n"
"# $Id: chapter.xml,v 1.33 2012-03-17 04:53:52 eadler Exp $\n"
"\n"
"	Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n"
"\n"
"	This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n"
"	available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;\n"
"	you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU\n"
"	General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software\n"
"	Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the \"COPYING\" file of the\n"
"	VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the\n"
"	hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.\n"
"\n"
"	Please contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n"
"	Clara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need\n"
"	additional information or have any questions.\n"
"--&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.subsystem\" string=\"pci\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match key=\"info.product\" string=\"VirtualBox guest Service\"&gt;\n"
"        &lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input&lt;/"
"append&gt;\n"
"	&lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input.mouse&lt;/"
"append&gt;\n"
"        &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_driver\" type=\"string\"&gt;vboxmouse&lt;/"
"merge&gt;\n"
"	&lt;merge key=\"input.device\" type=\"string\"&gt;/dev/vboxguest&lt;/"
"merge&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42342
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>VirtualBox</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42345
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is an actively "
"developed, complete virtualization package, that is available for most "
"operating systems including <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and FreeBSD. It is equally capable of "
"running <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like guests. It is released as open "
"source software, but with closed-source components available in a separate "
"extension pack. These components include support for USB 2.0 devices. More "
"information may be found on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org/"
"wiki/Downloads\"><quote>Downloads</quote> page of the "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> wiki</link>. "
"Currently, these extensions are not available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42358
msgid "Installing <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42360
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is available as "
"a FreeBSD package or port in <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose</package>. "
"The port can be installed using these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42368
msgid ""
"One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the "
"<literal>GuestAdditions</literal> suite of programs. These provide a number "
"of useful features in guest operating systems, like mouse pointer "
"integration (allowing the mouse to be shared between host and guest without "
"the need to press a special keyboard shortcut to switch) and faster video "
"rendering, especially in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"guests. The guest additions are available in the <guimenu>Devices</guimenu> "
"menu, after the installation of the guest is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42378
msgid ""
"A few configuration changes are needed before "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is started for "
"the first time. The port installs a kernel module in <filename>/boot/"
"modules</filename> which must be loaded into the running kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42384
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vboxdrv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42386
msgid ""
"To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42390
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42392
msgid ""
"To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add "
"this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and reboot the computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42397
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42399
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"groupname\">vboxusers</systemitem> group is created "
"during installation of <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></"
"application>. All users that need access to "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> will have to be "
"added as members of this group. <command>pw</command> can be used to add new "
"members:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod vboxusers -m "
"<replaceable>yourusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42408
msgid ""
"The default permissions for <filename>/dev/vboxnetctl</filename> are "
"restrictive and need to be changed for bridged networking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42412
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0660 /dev/vboxnetctl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42415
msgid ""
"To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to <filename>/etc/"
"devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42418
#, no-wrap
msgid "own     vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n"
"perm    vboxnetctl 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42421
msgid ""
"To launch <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, type "
"from a <application>Xorg</application> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42424
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>VirtualBox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42426
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring and using "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, refer to the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org\">official website</link>. For "
"FreeBSD-specific information and troubleshooting instructions, refer to the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/VirtualBox\">relevant page in the "
"FreeBSD wiki</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42435
msgid "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> USB Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42437
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> can be "
"configured to pass <acronym>USB</acronym> devices through to the guest "
"operating system. The host controller of the OSE version is limited to "
"emulating <acronym>USB</acronym> 1.1 devices until the extension pack "
"supporting <acronym>USB</acronym> 2.0 and 3.0 devices becomes available on "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42444
msgid ""
"For <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> to be aware "
"of <acronym>USB</acronym> devices attached to the machine, the user needs to "
"be a member of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> "
"group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod operator -m "
"<replaceable>yourusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42450
msgid ""
"Then, add the following to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>, or create "
"this file if it does not exist yet:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42454
#, no-wrap
msgid "[system=10]\n"
"add path 'usb/*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42457
msgid ""
"To load these new rules, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42460
#, no-wrap
msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42462
msgid "Then, restart devfs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42464 book.translate.xml:42515
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devfs restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42466
msgid ""
"Restart the login session and <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application> for these changes to take effect, and create "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> filters as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42473
msgid ""
"<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</"
"acronym> Access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42476
msgid ""
"Access to the host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> drives from "
"guests is achieved through the sharing of the physical drives. Within "
"<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>, this is set up from the Storage window in "
"the Settings of the virtual machine. If needed, create an empty "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> device "
"first. Then choose the Host Drive from the popup menu for the virtual "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> drive selection. A checkbox "
"labeled <literal>Passthrough</literal> will appear. This allows the virtual "
"machine to use the hardware directly. For example, audio <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>s or the burner will only function if this option is selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42490
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAL</acronym> needs to run for <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> "
"functions to work, so enable it in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and "
"start it if it is not already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42496
#, no-wrap
msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42498
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hald start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42500
msgid ""
"In order for users to be able to use <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> "
"functions, they need access to <filename>/dev/xpt0</filename>, <filename>/"
"dev/cd<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>, and <filename>/dev/"
"pass<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>. This is usually achieved by "
"making the user a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</"
"systemitem>. Permissions to these devices have to be corrected by adding "
"these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42511
#, no-wrap
msgid "perm cd* 0660\n"
"perm xpt0 0660\n"
"perm pass* 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42520
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>bhyve</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42523
msgid ""
"The <application>bhyve</application> <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed "
"hypervisor became part of the base system with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This "
"hypervisor supports a number of guests, including FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and many "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> distributions. By default, "
"<application>bhyve</application> provides access to serial console and does "
"not emulate a graphical console. Virtualization offload features of newer "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym>s are used to avoid the legacy methods of translating "
"instructions and manually managing memory mappings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42534
msgid ""
"The <application>bhyve</application> design requires a processor that "
"supports <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Extended Page "
"Tables (<acronym>EPT</acronym>) or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</"
"trademark> Rapid Virtualization Indexing (<acronym>RVI</acronym>) or Nested "
"Page Tables (<acronym>NPT</acronym>). Hosting <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> guests or FreeBSD guests with more than one "
"<acronym>vCPU</acronym> requires <acronym>VMX</acronym> unrestricted mode "
"support (<acronym>UG</acronym>). Most newer processors, specifically the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</"
"trademark> i3/i5/i7 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark> E3/E5/E7, support these features. "
"<acronym>UG</acronym> support was introduced with Intel's Westmere micro-"
"architecture. For a complete list of <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> processors that support <acronym>EPT</acronym>, refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://ark.intel.com/search/advanced?s=t&amp;ExtendedPageTables="
"true\"/>. <acronym>RVI</acronym> is found on the third generation and later "
"of the <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark> (Barcelona) processors. The "
"easiest way to tell if a processor supports <application>bhyve</application> "
"is to run <command>dmesg</command> or look in <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"filename> for the <literal>POPCNT</literal> processor feature flag on the "
"<literal>Features2</literal> line for <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</"
"trademark> processors or <literal>EPT</literal> and <literal>UG</literal> on "
"the <literal>VT-x</literal> line for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42559
msgid "Preparing the Host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42561
msgid ""
"The first step to creating a virtual machine in <application>bhyve</"
"application> is configuring the host system. First, load the "
"<application>bhyve</application> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42566
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vmm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42568
msgid ""
"Then, create a <filename>tap</filename> interface for the network device in "
"the virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to "
"participate in the network, also create a bridge interface containing the "
"<filename>tap</filename> interface and the physical interface as members. In "
"this example, the physical interface is <replaceable>igb0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> "
"create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.link.tap.up_on_open=1</userinput>\n"
"net.link.tap.up_on_open: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> "
"create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> "
"addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>tap0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> "
"up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42585
msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42587
msgid ""
"Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the "
"size and name of the virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>guest.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42593
msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42595
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fetch <replaceable>ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso       100% of  230 MB  570 kBps "
"06m17s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42598
msgid ""
"FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in "
"<application>bhyve</application>. The script will start the virtual machine "
"and run it in a loop, so it will automatically restart if it crashes. The "
"script takes a number of options to control the configuration of the machine:"
" <option>-c</option> controls the number of virtual CPUs, <option>-m</"
"option> limits the amount of memory available to the guest, <option>-t</"
"option> defines which <filename>tap</filename> device to use, <option>-d</"
"option> indicates which disk image to use, <option>-i</option> tells "
"<application>bhyve</application> to boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym> "
"image instead of the disk, and <option>-I</option> defines which "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> image to use. The last parameter is the name of the "
"virtual machine, used to track the running machines. This example starts the "
"virtual machine in installation mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42615
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c "
"<replaceable>1</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t "
"<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> -i -"
"I <replaceable>FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42617
msgid ""
"The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a "
"system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a "
"shell at the end of the installation, choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42622
msgid ""
"Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes "
"<application>bhyve</application> to exit, the <filename>vmrun.sh</filename> "
"script runs <command>bhyve</command> in a loop and will automatically "
"restart it. When this happens, choose the reboot option from the boot loader "
"menu in order to escape the loop. Now the guest can be started from the "
"virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42630
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c "
"<replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t "
"<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42634
msgid "Creating a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Guest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42636
msgid ""
"In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the <package>sysutils/"
"grub2-bhyve</package> port must be first installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42640
msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>linux.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42645
msgid ""
"Starting a virtual machine with <application>bhyve</application> is a two "
"step process. First a kernel must be loaded, then the guest can be started. "
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is loaded with "
"<package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package>. Create a <filename>device.map</"
"filename> that <application>grub</application> will use to map the virtual "
"devices to the files on the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42654
#, no-wrap
msgid "(hd0) ./linux.img\n"
"(cd0) ./somelinux.iso"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42657
msgid ""
"Use <package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package> to load the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel from the <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"image:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M "
"<replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42662
msgid ""
"This will start grub. If the installation <acronym>CD</acronym> contains a "
"<filename>grub.cfg</filename>, a menu will be displayed. If not, the "
"<literal>vmlinuz</literal> and <literal>initrd</literal> files must be "
"located and loaded manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (cd0)/isolinux</userinput>\n"
"boot.cat boot.msg grub.conf initrd.img isolinux.bin isolinux.cfg memtest\n"
"splash.jpg TRANS.TBL vesamenu.c32 vmlinuz\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (cd0)/isolinux/vmlinuz</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (cd0)/isolinux/initrd.img</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42678
msgid ""
"Now that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is "
"loaded, the guest can be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s "
"2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./somelinux.iso</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -"
"c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42684
msgid ""
"The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in "
"the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause "
"<application>bhyve</application> to exit. The instance of the virtual "
"machine needs to be destroyed before it can be started again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42690 book.translate.xml:42718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyvectl --destroy --vm="
"<replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42692
msgid ""
"Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the kernel:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42695
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M "
"<replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (hd0,msdos2) (hd0,msdos1) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"(lvm/VolGroup-lv_swap) (lvm/VolGroup-lv_root)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (hd0,msdos1)/</userinput>\n"
"lost+found/ grub/ efi/ System.map-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 config-2.6.32-431."
"el6.x\n"
"86_64 symvers-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.gz vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64\n"
"initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 root=/"
"dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (hd0,msdos1)/initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img</"
"userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42707
msgid "Boot the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42709
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s "
"2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -"
"c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42712
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> will now boot in the "
"virtual machine and eventually present you with the login prompt. Login and "
"use the virtual machine. When you are finished, reboot the virtual machine "
"to exit <application>bhyve</application>. Destroy the virtual machine "
"instance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42722
msgid ""
"Booting <application>bhyve</application> Virtual Machines with "
"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> Firmware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42725
msgid ""
"In addition to <application>bhyveload</application> and <application>grub-"
"bhyve</application>, the <application>bhyve</application> hypervisor can "
"also boot virtual machines using the <acronym>UEFI</acronym> userspace "
"firmware. This option may support guest operating systems that are not "
"supported by the other loaders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42732
msgid ""
"In order to make use of the <acronym>UEFI</acronym> support in "
"<application>bhyve</application>, first obtain the <acronym>UEFI</acronym> "
"firmware images. This can be done by installing <package>sysutils/bhyve-"
"firmware</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42738
msgid ""
"With the firmware in place, add the flags <option>-l bootrom,<replaceable>/"
"path/to/firmware</replaceable></option> to your <application>bhyve</"
"application> command line. The actual <application>bhyve</application> "
"command may look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n"
"-s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>./disk.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"-s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./install.iso</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> \\\n"
"-l bootrom,<replaceable>/usr/local/share/uefi-firmware/BHYVE_UEFI.fd</"
"replaceable> \\\n"
"<replaceable>guest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42750
msgid ""
"<package>sysutils/bhyve-firmware</package> also contains a <acronym>CSM</"
"acronym>-enabled firmware, to boot guests with no <acronym>UEFI</acronym> "
"support in legacy <acronym>BIOS</acronym> mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n"
"-s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>./disk.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"-s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./install.iso</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> \\\n"
"-l bootrom,<replaceable>/usr/local/share/uefi-firmware/BHYVE_UEFI_CSM.fd</"
"replaceable> \\\n"
"<replaceable>guest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42763
msgid ""
"Graphical <acronym>UEFI</acronym> Framebuffer for <application>bhyve</"
"application> Guests"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42766
msgid ""
"The <acronym>UEFI</acronym> firmware support is particularly useful with "
"predominantly graphical guest operating systems such as Microsoft <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42770
msgid ""
"Support for the UEFI-GOP framebuffer may also be enabled with the <option>-s "
"29,fbuf,tcp=<replaceable>0.0.0.0:5900</replaceable></option> flags. The "
"framebuffer resolution may be configured with <option>w=<replaceable>800</"
"replaceable></option> and <option>h=<replaceable>600</replaceable></option>, "
"and <application>bhyve</application> can be instructed to wait for a "
"<acronym>VNC</acronym> connection before booting the guest by adding "
"<option>wait</option>. The framebuffer may be accessed from the host or over "
"the network via the <acronym>VNC</acronym> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42782
msgid ""
"The resulting <application>bhyve</application> command would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 31:0,lpc \\\n"
"-s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>./disk.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"-s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./install.iso</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> \\\n"
"-s 29,fbuf,tcp=<replaceable>0.0.0.0:5900</replaceable>,w=<replaceable>800</"
"replaceable>,h=<replaceable>600</replaceable>,wait \\\n"
"-l bootrom,<replaceable>/usr/local/share/uefi-firmware/BHYVE_UEFI.fd</"
"replaceable> \\\n"
"<replaceable>guest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42792
msgid ""
"Note, in BIOS emulation mode, the framebuffer will cease receiving updates "
"once control is passed from firmware to guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42798
msgid ""
"Using <acronym>ZFS</acronym> with <application>bhyve</application> Guests"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42801
msgid ""
"If <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is available on the host machine, using "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> volumes instead of disk image files can provide "
"significant performance benefits for the guest <acronym>VMs</acronym>. A "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> volume can be created by:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V<replaceable>16G</replaceable> -o "
"volmode=dev <replaceable>zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42809
msgid ""
"When starting the <acronym>VM</acronym>, specify the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"volume as the disk drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42812
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s "
"2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>stdio</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> "
"-m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42817
msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42819
msgid ""
"It is advantageous to wrap the <application>bhyve</application> console in a "
"session management tool such as <package>sysutils/tmux</package> or "
"<package>sysutils/screen</package> in order to detach and reattach to the "
"console. It is also possible to have the console of <application>bhyve</"
"application> be a null modem device that can be accessed with <command>cu</"
"command>. To do this, load the <filename>nmdm</filename> kernel module and "
"replace <option>-l com1,stdio</option> with <option>-l com1,/dev/nmdm0A</"
"option>. The <filename>/dev/nmdm</filename> devices are created "
"automatically as needed, where each is a pair, corresponding to the two ends "
"of the null modem cable (<filename>/dev/nmdm0A</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"nmdm0B</filename>). See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmdm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload nmdm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s "
"2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-"
"blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>/dev/nmdm0A</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l <replaceable>/dev/nmdm0B</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"Connected\n"
"\n"
"Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n"
"\n"
"handbook login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42848
msgid "Managing Virtual Machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42850
msgid ""
"A device node is created in <filename role=\"directory\">/dev/vmm</filename> "
"for each virtual machine. This allows the administrator to easily see a list "
"of the running virtual machines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al /dev/vmm</userinput>\n"
"total 1\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 12:19 ./\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x  14 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 06:38 ../\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a2 Mar 17 12:20 guestname\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x19f Mar 17 12:19 linuxguest\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a1 Mar 17 12:19 otherguest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42862
msgid ""
"A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using <command>bhyvectl</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyvectl --destroy --vm="
"<replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42869
msgid "Persistent Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42871
msgid ""
"In order to configure the system to start <application>bhyve</application> "
"guests at boot time, the following configurations must be made in the "
"specified files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42878
msgid "<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42880
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42884
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"<replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> <replaceable>tap0</"
"replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm "
"<replaceable>tap0</replaceable>\"\n"
"kld_list=\"nmdm vmm\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42895
msgid "FreeBSD as a <trademark>Xen</trademark>-Host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42897
msgid ""
"<application>Xen</application> is a GPLv2-licensed <link xlink:href=\"https:/"
"/en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypervisor#Classification\">type 1 hypervisor</link> "
"for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">ARM</trademark> architectures. FreeBSD has included "
"<trademark>i386</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</"
"trademark> 64-Bit <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.xenproject.org/wiki/"
"DomU\">DomU</link> and <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"Amazon_Elastic_Compute_Cloud\">Amazon EC2</link> unprivileged domain "
"(virtual machine) support since FreeBSD 8.0 and includes Dom0 control domain "
"(host) support in FreeBSD 11.0. Support for para-virtualized (PV) domains "
"has been removed from FreeBSD 11 in favor of hardware virtualized (HVM) "
"domains, which provides better performance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42907
msgid ""
"<trademark>Xen</trademark> is a bare-metal hypervisor, which means that it "
"is the first program loaded after the BIOS. A special privileged guest "
"called the Domain-0 (<literal>Dom0</literal> for short) is then started. The "
"Dom0 uses its special privileges to directly access the underlying physical "
"hardware, making it a high-performance solution. It is able to access the "
"disk controllers and network adapters directly. The <trademark>Xen</"
"trademark> management tools to manage and control the <trademark>Xen</"
"trademark> hypervisor are also used by the Dom0 to create, list, and destroy "
"VMs. Dom0 provides virtual disks and networking for unprivileged domains, "
"often called <literal>DomU</literal>. <trademark>Xen</trademark> Dom0 can be "
"compared to the service console of other hypervisor solutions, while the "
"DomU is where individual guest VMs are run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42933
msgid ""
"<trademark>Xen</trademark> can migrate VMs between different <trademark>Xen</"
"trademark> servers. When the two xen hosts share the same underlying "
"storage, the migration can be done without having to shut the VM down first. "
"Instead, the migration is performed live while the DomU is running and there "
"is no need to restart it or plan a downtime. This is useful in maintenance "
"scenarios or upgrade windows to ensure that the services provided by the "
"DomU are still provided. Many more features of <trademark>Xen</trademark> "
"are listed on the <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.xenproject.org/wiki/"
"Category:Overview\">Xen Wiki Overview page</link>. Note that not all "
"features are supported on FreeBSD yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42945
msgid "Hardware Requirements for <trademark>Xen</trademark> Dom0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42947
msgid ""
"To run the <trademark>Xen</trademark> hypervisor on a host, certain hardware "
"functionality is required. Hardware virtualized domains require Extended "
"Page Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"Extended_Page_Table\">EPT</link>) and Input/Output Memory Management Unit "
"(<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_IOMMU-"
"supporting_hardware\">IOMMU</link>) support in the host processor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42955
msgid "<trademark>Xen</trademark> Dom0 Control Domain Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42957
msgid ""
"Users of FreeBSD 11 should install the <package>emulators/xen-kernel47</"
"package> and <package>sysutils/xen-tools47</package> packages that are based "
"on Xen version 4.7. Systems running on FreeBSD-CURRENT with at least "
"revision r336475 or higher, can use Xen 4.11 provided by <package>emulators/"
"xen-kernel411</package> and <package>sysutils/xen-tools411</package>, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42965
msgid ""
"Configuration files must be edited to prepare the host for the Dom0 "
"integration after the Xen packages are installed. An entry to <filename>/etc/"
"sysctl.conf</filename> disables the limit on how many pages of memory are "
"allowed to be wired. Otherwise, DomU VMs with higher memory requirements "
"will not run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42972
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /etc/sysctl.conf vm.max_wired=-1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42974
msgid ""
"Another memory-related setting involves changing <filename>/etc/login.conf</"
"filename>, setting the <literal>memorylocked</literal> option to "
"<literal>unlimited</literal>. Otherwise, creating DomU domains may fail with "
"<errorname>Cannot allocate memory</errorname> errors. After making the "
"change to <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>, run <command>cap_mkdb</"
"command> to update the capability database. See <xref linkend=\"security-"
"resourcelimits\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42985
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i '' -e 's/memorylocked=64K/memorylocked="
"unlimited/' /etc/login.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42988
msgid ""
"Add an entry for the <trademark>Xen</trademark> console to <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'xc0     \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"        "
" xterm   on  secure' &gt;&gt; /etc/ttys</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42993
msgid ""
"Selecting a <trademark>Xen</trademark> kernel in <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> activates the Dom0. <trademark>Xen</trademark> also requires "
"resources like CPU and memory from the host machine for itself and other "
"DomU domains. How much CPU and memory depends on the individual requirements "
"and hardware capabilities. In this example, 8 GB of memory and 4 virtual "
"CPUs are made available for the Dom0. The serial console is also activated "
"and logging options are defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43003
msgid "The following command is used for Xen 4.7 packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43005
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf hw.pci.mcfg=0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf xen_kernel=\"/boot/"
"xen\"</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf xen_cmdline="
"\"dom0_mem=<replaceable>8192M</replaceable> dom0_max_vcpus=<replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> dom0pvh=1 console=com1,vga com1=115200,8n1 guest_loglvl=all "
"loglvl=all\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43009
msgid ""
"For Xen versions 4.11 and higher, the following command should be used "
"instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43012
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf hw.pci.mcfg=0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf xen_kernel=\"/boot/"
"xen\"</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf xen_cmdline="
"\"dom0_mem=<replaceable>8192M</replaceable> dom0_max_vcpus=<replaceable>4</"
"replaceable> dom0=pvh console=com1,vga com1=115200,8n1 guest_loglvl=all "
"loglvl=all\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43016
msgid ""
"Log files that <trademark>Xen</trademark> creates for the Dom0 and DomU VMs "
"are stored in <filename>/var/log/xen</filename>. This directory does not "
"exist by default and must be created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43021
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/log/xen</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 644 /var/log/xen</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43024
msgid ""
"<trademark>Xen</trademark> provides a boot menu to activate and de-activate "
"the hypervisor on demand in <filename>/boot/menu.rc.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43028
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"try-include /boot/xen.4th\" &gt;&gt; /"
"boot/menu.rc.local</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43030
msgid "Activate the xencommons service during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc xencommons_enable=yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43035
msgid ""
"These settings are enough to start a Dom0-enabled system. However, it lacks "
"network functionality for the DomU machines. To fix that, define a bridged "
"interface with the main NIC of the system which the DomU VMs can use to "
"connect to the network. Replace <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> with the "
"host network interface name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43043
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc autobridge_interfaces=bridge0</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc autobridge_bridge0=<replaceable>igb0</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysrc ifconfig_bridge0=SYNCDHCP</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43047
msgid ""
"Restart the host to load the <trademark>Xen</trademark> kernel and start the "
"Dom0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43050
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43052
msgid ""
"After successfully booting the <trademark>Xen</trademark> kernel and logging "
"into the system again, the <trademark>Xen</trademark> management tool "
"<command>xl</command> is used to show information about the domains."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43057
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>xl list</userinput>\n"
"Name                                        ID   Mem VCPUs      State   "
"Time(s)\n"
"Domain-0                                     0  8192     4     r-----     "
"962.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43061
msgid ""
"The output confirms that the Dom0 (called <literal>Domain-0</literal>) has "
"the ID <literal>0</literal> and is running. It also has the memory and "
"virtual CPUs that were defined in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> "
"earlier. More information can be found in the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"xenproject.org/help/documentation.html\"><trademark>Xen</trademark> "
"Documentation</link>. DomU guest VMs can now be created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43071
msgid "<trademark>Xen</trademark> DomU Guest VM Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43073
msgid ""
"Unprivileged domains consist of a configuration file and virtual or physical "
"hard disks. Virtual disk storage for the DomU can be files created by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>truncate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or ZFS volumes as described in <xref linkend=\"zfs-"
"zfs-volume\"/>. In this example, a 20 GB volume is used. A VM is created "
"with the ZFS volume, a FreeBSD ISO image, 1 GB of RAM and two virtual CPUs. "
"The ISO installation file is retrieved with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and saved locally in a file called <filename>freebsd.iso</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43083
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fetch <replaceable>ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</"
"replaceable> -o <replaceable>freebsd.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43085
msgid ""
"A ZFS volume of 20 GB called <filename>xendisk0</filename> is created to "
"serve as the disk space for the VM."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43089
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V20G -o volmode=dev zroot/"
"xendisk0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43091
msgid ""
"The new DomU guest VM is defined in a file. Some specific definitions like "
"name, keymap, and VNC connection details are also defined. The following "
"<filename>freebsd.cfg</filename> contains a minimum DomU configuration for "
"this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43096
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat freebsd.cfg</userinput>\n"
"builder = \"hvm\" <co xml:id=\"co-xen-builder\"/>\n"
"name = \"freebsd\" <co xml:id=\"co-xen-name\"/>\n"
"memory = 1024 <co xml:id=\"co-xen-memory\"/>\n"
"vcpus = 2 <co xml:id=\"co-xen-vcpus\"/>\n"
"vif = [ 'mac=00:16:3E:74:34:32,bridge=bridge0' ] <co xml:id=\"co-xen-vif\"/>\n"
"disk = [\n"
"'/dev/zvol/tank/xendisk0,raw,hda,rw', <co xml:id=\"co-xen-disk\"/>\n"
"'/root/freebsd.iso,raw,hdc:cdrom,r' <co xml:id=\"co-xen-cdrom\"/>\n"
"  ]\n"
"vnc = 1 <co xml:id=\"co-xen-vnc\"/>\n"
"vnclisten = \"0.0.0.0\"\n"
"serial = \"pty\"\n"
"usbdevice = \"tablet\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43111
msgid "These lines are explained in more detail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43115
msgid ""
"This defines what kind of virtualization to use. <literal>hvm</literal> "
"refers to hardware-assisted virtualization or hardware virtual machine. "
"Guest operating systems can run unmodified on CPUs with virtualization "
"extensions, providing nearly the same performance as running on physical "
"hardware. <literal>generic</literal> is the default value and creates a PV "
"domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43126
msgid ""
"Name of this virtual machine to distinguish it from others running on the "
"same Dom0. Required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43131
msgid ""
"Quantity of RAM in megabytes to make available to the VM. This amount is "
"subtracted from the hypervisor's total available memory, not the memory of "
"the Dom0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43137
msgid ""
"Number of virtual CPUs available to the guest VM. For best performance, do "
"not create guests with more virtual CPUs than the number of physical CPUs on "
"the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43143
msgid ""
"Virtual network adapter. This is the bridge connected to the network "
"interface of the host. The <literal>mac</literal> parameter is the MAC "
"address set on the virtual network interface. This parameter is optional, if "
"no MAC is provided <trademark>Xen</trademark> will generate a random one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43152
msgid ""
"Full path to the disk, file, or ZFS volume of the disk storage for this VM. "
"Options and multiple disk definitions are separated by commas."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43158
msgid ""
"Defines the Boot medium from which the initial operating system is installed."
" In this example, it is the ISO imaged downloaded earlier. Consult the "
"<trademark>Xen</trademark> documentation for other kinds of devices and "
"options to set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:43166
msgid ""
"Options controlling VNC connectivity to the serial console of the DomU. In "
"order, these are: active VNC support, define IP address on which to listen, "
"device node for the serial console, and the input method for precise "
"positioning of the mouse and other input methods. <literal>keymap</literal> "
"defines which keymap to use, and is <literal>english</literal> by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43176
msgid ""
"After the file has been created with all the necessary options, the DomU is "
"created by passing it to <command>xl create</command> as a parameter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43180
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>xl create freebsd.cfg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43183
msgid ""
"Each time the Dom0 is restarted, the configuration file must be passed to "
"<command>xl create</command> again to re-create the DomU. By default, only "
"the Dom0 is created after a reboot, not the individual VMs. The VMs can "
"continue where they left off as they stored the operating system on the "
"virtual disk. The virtual machine configuration can change over time (for "
"example, when adding more memory). The virtual machine configuration files "
"must be properly backed up and kept available to be able to re-create the "
"guest VM when needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43195
msgid ""
"The output of <command>xl list</command> confirms that the DomU has been "
"created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>xl list</userinput>\n"
"Name                                        ID   Mem VCPUs      State   "
"Time(s)\n"
"Domain-0                                     0  8192     4     r-----  1653."
"4\n"
"freebsd                                      1  1024     1     -b----   663."
"9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43203
msgid ""
"To begin the installation of the base operating system, start the VNC "
"client, directing it to the main network address of the host or to the IP "
"address defined on the <literal>vnclisten</literal> line of "
"<filename>freebsd.cfg</filename>. After the operating system has been "
"installed, shut down the DomU and disconnect the VNC viewer. Edit "
"<filename>freebsd.cfg</filename>, removing the line with the <literal>cdrom</"
"literal> definition or commenting it out by inserting a <literal>#</literal> "
"character at the beginning of the line. To load this new configuration, it "
"is necessary to remove the old DomU with <command>xl destroy</command>, "
"passing either the name or the id as the parameter. Afterwards, recreate it "
"using the modified <filename>freebsd.cfg</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43218
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>xl destroy freebsd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>xl create freebsd.cfg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43221
msgid ""
"The machine can then be accessed again using the VNC viewer. This time, it "
"will boot from the virtual disk where the operating system has been "
"installed and can be used as a virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43237
msgid ""
"Localization - <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> Usage and "
"Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43242
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43246
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Michael C.</firstname><surname>Wu</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43256
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all "
"over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, "
"allowing users to view, input, or process data in non-English languages. One "
"can choose from most of the major languages, including, but not limited to: "
"Chinese, German, Japanese, Korean, French, Russian, and Vietnamese."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43264
msgid "<primary>internationalization</primary> <see>localization</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43268
msgid "<primary>localization</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43270
msgid ""
"The term internationalization has been shortened to <acronym>i18n</acronym>, "
"which represents the number of letters between the first and the last "
"letters of <literal>internationalization</literal>. <acronym>L10n</acronym> "
"uses the same naming scheme, but from <literal>localization</literal>. The "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> methods, protocols, and "
"applications allow users to use languages of their choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43280
msgid ""
"This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of "
"FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43286
msgid "How locale names are constructed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43290
msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43294
msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43299
msgid ""
"How to configure <application>Xorg</application> for different languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43304
msgid "How to find <acronym>i18n</acronym>-compliant applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43309
msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43317
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party "
"applications</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43324
msgid "Using Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43326 book.translate.xml:43443
msgid "<primary>locale</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43328
msgid ""
"Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, "
"country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable>.<replaceable>Encoding</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43334
msgid "<primary>language codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43335
msgid "<primary>country codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43337
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable> and <replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable> are used to determine the country and the specific language "
"variation. <xref linkend=\"locale-lang-country\"/> provides some examples of "
"<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43343
msgid "Common Language and Country Codes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43348
msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43355
msgid "en_US"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43356
msgid "English, United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43360
msgid "ru_RU"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43361
msgid "Russian, Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43365
msgid "zh_TW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43366
msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43372
msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43375
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale -a | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43377
msgid "To determine the current locale setting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43379
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43381
msgid "<primary>encodings</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43382
msgid "<primary>ASCII</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43384
msgid ""
"Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and "
"CP437, are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>multibyte</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The active list of "
"character sets can be found at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/"
"assignments/character-sets\">IANA Registry</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43390
msgid ""
"Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using "
"<acronym>ASCII</acronym> characters and require an extended language "
"encoding using either wide or multibyte characters. Examples of wide or "
"multibyte encodings include EUC and Big5. Older applications may mistake "
"these encodings for control characters while newer applications usually "
"recognize these characters. Depending on the implementation, users may be "
"required to compile an application with wide or multibyte character support, "
"or to configure it correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43402
msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43405
msgid ""
"The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the "
"locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the considerations "
"for finding and compiling applications with <acronym>i18n</acronym> support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43411
msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43413
msgid ""
"Locale settings are configured either in a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</"
"filename> or in the startup file of the user's shell: <filename>~/.profile</"
"filename>, <filename>~/.bashrc</filename>, or <filename>~/.cshrc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43420
msgid "Two environment variables should be set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43425
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>, which sets the locale<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43430
msgid "<primary>MIME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43432
msgid ""
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>, which sets the <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"set used by applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43438
msgid ""
"In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also "
"be set for specific application configuration and <application>Xorg</"
"application> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43444 book.translate.xml:43537
msgid "<primary>login class</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43446
msgid ""
"Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the "
"<link linkend=\"login-class\">login class</link> method, which is the "
"recommended method, and the <link linkend=\"startup-file\">startup file</"
"link> method. The next two sections demonstrate how to use both methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43454
msgid "Login Classes Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43456
msgid ""
"This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required "
"environment variables for locale name and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"sets for every possible shell. This setup can either be performed by each "
"user or it can be configured for all users by the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43463
msgid ""
"This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the "
"<filename>.login_conf</filename> of an individual user's home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43467
#, no-wrap
msgid "me:\\\n"
"	:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"	:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43471
msgid ""
"<primary>Traditional Chinese</primary> <secondary>BIG-5 encoding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43474
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> that sets "
"the variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are "
"needed because some applications do not correctly respect locale variables "
"for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n"
"#of Taiwan can manually change each variable\n"
"me:\\\n"
"	:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"	:setenv=LC_ALL=zh_TW.Big5,LC_COLLATE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_CTYPE=zh_TW."
"Big5,LC_MESSAGES=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MONETARY=zh_TW.Big5,LC_NUMERIC=zh_TW."
"Big5,LC_TIME=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"	:charset=big5:\\\n"
"	:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43489
msgid ""
"Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for "
"localization. The following variables in <filename>/etc/login.conf</"
"filename> are used to set the locale and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43494
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>language_name</replaceable>|<replaceable>Account Type "
"Description</replaceable>:\\\n"
"	:charset=<replaceable>MIME_charset</replaceable>:\\\n"
"	:lang=<replaceable>locale_name</replaceable>:\\\n"
"	:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43499
msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"german|German Users Accounts:\\\n"
"	:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"	:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\\\n"
"	:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43507
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about these variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43510
msgid ""
"Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, remember to execute "
"the following command to update the capability database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:43517
msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43519
msgid "<primary><command>vipw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43523
msgid ""
"In addition to manually editing <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>, "
"several utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created "
"users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43528
msgid ""
"When using <command>vipw</command> to add new users, specify the "
"<replaceable>language</replaceable> to set the locale:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"user:password:1111:11:<replaceable>language</replaceable>:0:0:User Name:/"
"home/user:/bin/sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43539
msgid ""
"When using <command>adduser</command> to add new users, the default language "
"can be pre-configured for all new users or specified for an individual user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43543
msgid ""
"If all new users use the same language, set <literal>defaultclass="
"<replaceable>language</replaceable></literal> in <filename>/etc/adduser."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43547
msgid ""
"To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required "
"locale at this prompt:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43550
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>Enter login class: default []:</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43552
msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking <command>adduser</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43555
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser -class <replaceable>language</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43561
msgid ""
"If <command>pw</command> is used to add new users, specify the locale as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd <replaceable>user_name</"
"replaceable> -L <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43569
msgid "Shell Startup File Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43571
msgid ""
"This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires "
"manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file "
"and differing syntax. As an example, to set the German language for the "
"<command>sh</command> shell, these lines could be added to <filename>~/."
"profile</filename> to set the shell for that user only. These lines could "
"also be added to <filename>/etc/profile</filename> or <filename>/usr/share/"
"skel/dot.profile</filename> to set that shell for all users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>\n"
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>=ISO-8859-1; export <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43585
msgid ""
"However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for "
"the <command>csh</command> shell. These are the equivalent settings for "
"<filename>~/.csh.login</filename>, <filename>/etc/csh.login</filename>, or "
"<filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.login</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43592
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1\n"
"setenv <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar> ISO-8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43595
msgid ""
"To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure <application>Xorg</"
"application> in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> also depends upon the shell. "
"The first example is for the <command>sh</command> shell and the second is "
"for the <command>csh</command> shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43602
#, no-wrap
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43604
#, no-wrap
msgid "setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43609
msgid "Console Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43611
msgid ""
"Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of "
"available fonts, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts</command>. To "
"configure the console font, specify the <replaceable>font_name</"
"replaceable>, without the <filename>.fnt</filename> suffix, in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43619
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"font8x16=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x14=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x8=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43623
msgid "<primary>keymap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43624
msgid "<primary>screenmap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43625
msgid ""
"The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43628
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"scrnmap=<replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keymap=<replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keychange=\"<replaceable>fkey_number sequence</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43632
msgid ""
"To see the list of available screenmaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/"
"scrnmaps</command>. Do not include the <filename>.scm</filename> suffix when "
"specifying <replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>. A screenmap with a "
"corresponding mapped font is usually needed as a workaround for expanding "
"bit 8 to bit 9 on a VGA adapter's font character matrix so that letters are "
"moved out of the pseudographics area if the screen font uses a bit 8 column."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43641
msgid ""
"To see the list of available keymaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/"
"keymaps</command>. When specifying the <replaceable>keymap_name</"
"replaceable>, do not include the <filename>.kbd</filename> suffix. To test "
"keymaps without rebooting, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43648
msgid ""
"The <literal>keychange</literal> entry is usually needed to program function "
"keys to match the selected terminal type because function key sequences "
"cannot be defined in the keymap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43653
msgid ""
"Next, set the correct console terminal type in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename> for all virtual terminal entries. <xref linkend=\"locale-charset\"/"
"> summarizes the available terminal types.:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43659
msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43664
msgid "Character Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43665
msgid "Terminal Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43671
msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43672
msgid "<literal>cons25l1</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43676
msgid "ISO8859-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43677
msgid "<literal>cons25l2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43681
msgid "ISO8859-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43682
msgid "<literal>cons25l7</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43686
msgid "KOI8-R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43687
msgid "<literal>cons25r</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43691
msgid "KOI8-U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43692
msgid "<literal>cons25u</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43696
msgid "CP437 (VGA default)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43697
msgid "<literal>cons25</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43701
msgid "US-ASCII"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43702
msgid "<literal>cons25w</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43708
msgid "<primary><application>moused</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43712
msgid ""
"For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that "
"language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are "
"summarized in <xref linkend=\"locale-console\"/>. Once installed, refer to "
"the port's <filename>pkg-message</filename> or man pages for configuration "
"and usage instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43719
msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43724 book.translate.xml:43803
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43725
msgid "Port Location"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43731
msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43732
msgid "<package>chinese/big5con</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43736 book.translate.xml:43741
msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43737
msgid "<package>chinese/cce</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43742
msgid "<package>chinese/zhcon</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43746 book.translate.xml:43751 book.translate.xml:43756
#: book.translate.xml:43846 book.translate.xml:43851 book.translate.xml:43856
#: book.translate.xml:43861 book.translate.xml:43866 book.translate.xml:43871
#: book.translate.xml:43876 book.translate.xml:43881 book.translate.xml:43886
#: book.translate.xml:43891 book.translate.xml:43896 book.translate.xml:43901
#: book.translate.xml:43906 book.translate.xml:43911 book.translate.xml:43916
#: book.translate.xml:43921 book.translate.xml:43926 book.translate.xml:43931
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43747
msgid "<package>chinese/kon2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43752
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-14dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43757
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-16dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43763
msgid ""
"If <application>moused</application> is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>, additional configuration may be required. By default, the mouse "
"cursor of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver occupies the "
"<literal>0xd0</literal>-<literal>0xd3</literal> range in the character set. "
"If the language uses this range, move the cursor's range by adding the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43772
#, no-wrap
msgid "mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43776
msgid "Xorg Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43778
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> describes how to install and configure "
"<application>Xorg</application>. When configuring <application>Xorg</"
"application> for localization, additional fonts and input methods are "
"available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Application specific "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> settings such as fonts and menus can be tuned in "
"<filename>~/.Xresources</filename> and should allow users to view their "
"selected language in graphical application menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43788
msgid "<primary>X Input Method (XIM)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43790
msgid ""
"The X Input Method (<acronym>XIM</acronym>) protocol is an "
"<application>Xorg</application> standard for inputting non-English "
"characters. <xref linkend=\"locale-xim\"/> summarizes the input method "
"applications which are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Additional "
"Fcitx and Uim applications are also available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43798
msgid "Available Input Methods"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43804
msgid "Input Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43811 book.translate.xml:43816 book.translate.xml:43821
#: book.translate.xml:43826 book.translate.xml:43831 book.translate.xml:43836
#: book.translate.xml:43841
msgid "Chinese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43812
msgid "<package>chinese/gcin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43817
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-chewing</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43822
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43827
msgid "<package>chinese/oxim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43832
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-fcitx</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43837
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43842
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43847
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43852
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-mozc</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43857
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43862
msgid "<package>japanese/im-ja</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43867
msgid "<package>japanese/kinput2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43872
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43877
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-canna</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43882
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43887
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43892
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43897
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-prime</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43902
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43907
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43912
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tomoe</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43917
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-uim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43922
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43927
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput3</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43932
msgid "<package>japanese/uim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43936 book.translate.xml:43941 book.translate.xml:43946
#: book.translate.xml:43951 book.translate.xml:43956
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43937
msgid "<package>korean/ibus-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43942
msgid "<package>korean/imhangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43947
msgid "<package>korean/nabi</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43952
msgid "<package>korean/scim-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43957
msgid "<package>korean/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43961 book.translate.xml:43966
msgid "Vietnamese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43962
msgid "<package>vietnamese/xvnkb</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43967
msgid "<package>vietnamese/x-unikey</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44011
msgid "Finding <acronym>i18n</acronym> Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44013
msgid ""
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> applications are programmed using <acronym>i18n</"
"acronym> kits under libraries. These allow developers to write a simple file "
"and translate displayed menus and texts to each language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44018
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection</link> contains many applications with built-in support for wide "
"or multibyte characters for several languages. Such applications include "
"<literal>i18n</literal> in their names for easy identification. However, "
"they do not always support the language needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44025
msgid ""
"Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is usually "
"done in the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> or by passing a value to "
"<application>configure</application>. Refer to the <acronym>i18n</acronym> "
"documentation in the respective FreeBSD port's source for more information "
"on how to determine the needed <application>configure</application> value or "
"the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> to determine which compile options "
"to use when building the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44037
msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44039
msgid ""
"This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system "
"for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for "
"localizing other languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44045
msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44048
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44053
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Russian</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44058
msgid ""
"This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system "
"for the Russian language. Refer to <link linkend=\"using-"
"localization\">Using Localization</link> for a more complete description of "
"each type of setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44064
msgid ""
"To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each "
"user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44068
#, no-wrap
msgid "me:My Account:\\\n"
"	:charset=KOI8-R:\\\n"
"	:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44072
msgid ""
"To configure the console, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44075
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"keymap=\"ru.koi8-r\"\n"
"scrnmap=\"koi8-r2cp866\"\n"
"font8x16=\"cp866b-8x16\"\n"
"font8x14=\"cp866-8x14\"\n"
"font8x8=\"cp866-8x8\"\n"
"mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44082
msgid ""
"For each <literal>ttyv</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, "
"use <literal>cons25r</literal> as the terminal type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44086
msgid "<primary>printers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44087
msgid ""
"To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from "
"KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with "
"hardware code page CP866. FreeBSD includes a default filter for this "
"purpose, <filename>/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt</filename>. To use this "
"filter, add this entry to <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n"
"	:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\\\n"
"	:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44099
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more detailed explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44102
msgid ""
"To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted <trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> file systems, include <option>-L</option> "
"and the locale name when adding an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44107
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ad0s2      /dos/c  msdos   rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44109
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44111
msgid ""
"To configure Russian fonts for <application>Xorg</application>, install the "
"<package>x11-fonts/xorg-fonts-cyrillic</package> package. Then, check the "
"<literal>\"Files\"</literal> section in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename>. The following line must be added <emphasis>before</emphasis> any "
"other <literal>FontPath</literal> entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44119
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath   \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44121
msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44124
msgid ""
"To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the "
"<literal>\"Keyboard\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44128
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"XkbLayout\"   \"us,ru\"\n"
"Option \"XkbOptions\"  \"grp:toggle\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44131
msgid ""
"Make sure that <literal>XkbDisable</literal> is commented out in that file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44134
msgid ""
"For <literal>grp:toggle</literal> use <keycap>Right Alt</keycap>, for "
"<literal>grp:ctrl_shift_toggle</literal> use <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. For "
"<literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> use <keycap>CapsLock</keycap>. The old "
"<keycap>CapsLock</keycap> function is still available in LAT mode only using "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>CapsLock</keycap></"
"keycombo>. <literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> does not work in "
"<application>Xorg</application> for some unknown reason."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44145
msgid ""
"If the keyboard has <quote><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></quote> keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are mapped "
"incorrectly, add the following line to <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44149
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44152
msgid ""
"The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. "
"Minimally localized applications should call a <function>XtSetLanguageProc "
"(NULL, NULL, NULL);</function> function early in the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44159
msgid ""
"See <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html\">http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin."
"html</uri> for more instructions on localizing <application>Xorg</"
"application> applications. For more general information about KOI8-R "
"encoding, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/\">http://koi8.pp.ru/"
"</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44166
msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44168
msgid ""
"This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44171
msgid ""
"<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Traditional Chinese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44175
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>German</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44179
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Greek</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44183
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Japanese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44187
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Korean</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44194
msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44197
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/\">http://netlab."
"cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44203
msgid "Greek Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44206
msgid ""
"A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/el_GR.ISO8859-7/articles/greek-language-support/"
"index.html\">here</link>, in Greek only, as part of the official FreeBSD "
"Greek documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44214
msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44217
msgid ""
"For Japanese, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">http://"
"www.jp.FreeBSD.org/</uri>, and for Korean, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.kr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44223
msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44226
msgid ""
"Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation "
"to other languages. They are available through links on the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD web site</link> or in <filename>/"
"usr/share/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44247
msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44250
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts updated by </"
"contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44262
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44270
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Poul-Henning</firstname> <surname>Kamp</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44277
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Polstra</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44284
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44296
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer "
"to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync "
"with the latest developments. However, even official releases are often "
"updated with security and other critical fixes. Regardless of the version "
"used, FreeBSD provides all the necessary tools to keep the system updated, "
"and allows for easy upgrades between versions. This chapter describes how to "
"track the development system and the basic tools for keeping a FreeBSD "
"system up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44310
msgid ""
"How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with <application>freebsd-update</"
"application> or <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44316
msgid ""
"How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine "
"copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44321
msgid ""
"How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with "
"<application>Subversion</application> or documentation ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44327
msgid ""
"The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and "
"FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44332
msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44341
msgid ""
"Properly set up the network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-"
"networking\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44346 book.translate.xml:50651 book.translate.xml:60727
msgid ""
"Know how to install additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/"
">)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44352
msgid ""
"Throughout this chapter, <command>svn</command> is used to obtain and update "
"FreeBSD sources. To use it, first install the <package>devel/subversion</"
"package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44361
msgid "FreeBSD Update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44374
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Colin</firstname> <surname>Percival</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on notes provided by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44384 book.translate.xml:44891 book.translate.xml:45027
msgid "<primary>Updating and Upgrading</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44387
msgid "<primary>freebsd-update</primary> <see>updating-upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44392
msgid ""
"Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer "
"release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system "
"administration. FreeBSD includes a utility called <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> which can be used to perform both these tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44398
msgid ""
"This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without "
"the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary "
"updates are available for all architectures and releases currently supported "
"by the security team. The list of supported releases and their estimated end-"
"of-life dates are listed at <uri xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/"
"security/\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/security/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44405
msgid ""
"This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases "
"as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new "
"release, review its release announcement as it contains important "
"information pertinent to the release. Release announcements are available "
"from <uri xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/\">https://www."
"FreeBSD.org/releases/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44412
msgid ""
"If a <command>crontab</command> utilizing the features of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> exists, it must be disabled before upgrading the "
"operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44417
msgid ""
"This section describes the configuration file used by <command>freebsd-"
"update</command>, demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to "
"upgrade to a minor or major operating system release, and discusses some of "
"the considerations when upgrading the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44426
msgid ""
"The default configuration file for <command>freebsd-update</command> works "
"as-is. Some users may wish to tweak the default configuration in <filename>/"
"etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename>, allowing better control of the process. "
"The comments in this file explain the available options, but the following "
"may require a bit more explanation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44434
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n"
"Components world kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44437
msgid ""
"This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The "
"default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual "
"components can instead be specified, such as <literal>src/base</literal> or "
"<literal>src/sys</literal>. However, the best option is to leave this at the "
"default as changing it to include specific items requires every needed item "
"to be listed. Over time, this could have disastrous consequences as source "
"code and binaries may become out of sync."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n"
"# statement will be ignored.\n"
"IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44451
msgid ""
"To leave specified directories, such as <filename>/bin</filename> or "
"<filename>/sbin</filename>, untouched during the update process, add their "
"paths to this statement. This option may be used to prevent <command>freebsd-"
"update</command> from overwriting local modifications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44458
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n"
"# statement will only be updated if the contents of the file have not been\n"
"# modified by the user (unless changes are merged; see below).\n"
"UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44463
msgid ""
"This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified "
"directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic "
"updating of these files. There is another option, "
"<literal>KeepModifiedMetadata</literal>, which will instruct "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> to save the changes during the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n"
"# will have any local changes merged into the version from the new release.\n"
"MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44475
msgid ""
"List of directories with configuration files that <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> should attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> patches similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with fewer "
"options. Merges are either accepted, open an editor, or cause "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> to abort. When in doubt, backup <filename>/"
"etc</filename> and just accept the merges. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about <command>mergemaster</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44485
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n"
"# files used by FreeBSD Update.\n"
"# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44489
msgid ""
"This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In cases "
"where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have at "
"least a gigabyte of disk space available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44494
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n"
"# read strictly (StrictComponents yes) or merely as a list of components\n"
"# which *might* be installed of which FreeBSD Update should figure out\n"
"# which actually are installed and upgrade those (StrictComponents no)?\n"
"# StrictComponents no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44500
msgid ""
"When this option is set to <literal>yes</literal>, <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> will assume that the <literal>Components</literal> list is complete "
"and will not attempt to make changes outside of the list. Effectively, "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to update every file which "
"belongs to the <literal>Components</literal> list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44510
msgid "Applying Security Patches"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44512
msgid ""
"The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, "
"allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>. More information about FreeBSD security "
"advisories can be found in <xref linkend=\"security-advisories\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44518
msgid ""
"FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following "
"commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are "
"available, and if so, will list the files that will be modifed if the "
"patches are applied. The second command will apply the patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44524
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44527
msgid ""
"If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in "
"order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any "
"running binaries, the affected applications should be restarted so that the "
"patched version of the binary is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44533
msgid ""
"The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every "
"day by adding this entry to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44537
#, no-wrap
msgid "@daily                                  root    freebsd-update cron"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44539
msgid ""
"If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be "
"applied. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user will be "
"sent an email so that the patches may be reviewed and manually installed "
"with <command>freebsd-update install</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44545
msgid ""
"If anything goes wrong, <command>freebsd-update</command> has the ability to "
"roll back the last set of changes with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update rollback</userinput>\n"
"Uninstalling updates... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44552
msgid ""
"Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules "
"were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44556
msgid ""
"Only the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel can be automatically updated by "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>. If a custom kernel is installed, it will "
"have to be rebuilt and reinstalled after <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"finishes installing the updates. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"will detect and update the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel if <filename>/"
"boot/GENERIC</filename> exists, even if it is not the current running kernel "
"of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44567
msgid ""
"Always keep a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel in <filename>/"
"boot/GENERIC</filename>. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of "
"problems and in performing version upgrades. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy "
"of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44575
msgid ""
"Unless the default configuration in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</"
"filename> has been changed, <command>freebsd-update</command> will install "
"the updated kernel sources along with the rest of the updates. Rebuilding "
"and reinstalling a new custom kernel can then be performed in the usual way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44582
msgid ""
"The updates distributed by <command>freebsd-update</command> do not always "
"involve the kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the "
"kernel sources have not been modified by <command>freebsd-update install</"
"command>. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> will always update "
"<filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/newvers.sh</filename>. The current patch level, "
"as indicated by the <literal>-p</literal> number reported by <command>uname -"
"r</command>, is obtained from this file. Rebuilding a custom kernel, even if "
"nothing else changed, allows <command>uname</command> to accurately report "
"the current patch level of the system. This is particularly helpful when "
"maintaining multiple systems, as it allows for a quick assessment of the "
"updates installed in each one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44600
msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44602
msgid ""
"Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 "
"to FreeBSD 9.1, are called <firstterm>minor version</firstterm> upgrades. "
"<firstterm>Major version</firstterm> upgrades occur when FreeBSD is upgraded "
"from one major version to another, like from FreeBSD 9.X to FreeBSD 10.X. "
"Both types of upgrades can be performed by providing <command>freebsd-"
"update</command> with a release version target."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44612
msgid ""
"If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename> before starting the upgrade. Refer to <xref linkend=\"freebsd-"
"update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44620
msgid ""
"The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to "
"FreeBSD 9.1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44623
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44625
msgid ""
"After the command has been received, <command>freebsd-update</command> will "
"evaluate the configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather "
"the information necessary to perform the upgrade. A screen listing will "
"display which components have and have not been detected. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44632
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done."
"\n"
"Fetching metadata index... done.\n"
"Inspecting system... done.\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/smp src/base src/bin src/contrib src/crypto src/etc src/games\n"
"src/gnu src/include src/krb5 src/lib src/libexec src/release src/rescue\n"
"src/sbin src/secure src/share src/sys src/tools src/ubin src/usbin\n"
"world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/generic world/catpages world/dict world/doc world/games\n"
"world/proflibs\n"
"\n"
"Does this look reasonable (y/n)? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44649
msgid ""
"At this point, <command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to download "
"all files required for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted "
"with questions regarding what to install or how to proceed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44654
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: This system is running a \"<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable>\" "
"kernel, which is not a\n"
"kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n"
"This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n"
"before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44662
msgid ""
"This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel will be used as an intermediate step in "
"the upgrade process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44666
msgid ""
"Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be "
"applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload "
"of the machine. Configuration files will then be merged. The merging process "
"requires some user intervention as a file may be merged or an editor may "
"appear on screen for a manual merge. The results of every successful merge "
"will be shown to the user as the process continues. A failed or ignored "
"merge will cause the process to abort. Users may wish to make a backup of "
"<filename>/etc</filename> and manually merge important files, such as "
"<filename>master.passwd</filename> or <filename>group</filename> at a later "
"time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44680
msgid ""
"The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening "
"in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all "
"configuration files have been merged and it seems the process will go "
"smoothly, the changes can be committed to disk by the user using the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44687 book.translate.xml:44724 book.translate.xml:44818
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44690
msgid ""
"The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is "
"running with a custom kernel, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nextboot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to set the kernel for "
"the next boot to the updated <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44695
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nextboot -k GENERIC</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44698
msgid ""
"Before rebooting with the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, make sure it "
"contains all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and "
"connect to the network, if the machine being updated is accessed remotely. "
"In particular, if the running custom kernel contains built-in functionality "
"usually provided by kernel modules, make sure to temporarily load these "
"modules into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel using the <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename> facility. It is recommended to disable non-"
"essential services as well as any disk and network mounts until the upgrade "
"process is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44712
msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44715 book.translate.xml:45817
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44717
msgid ""
"Once the system has come back online, restart <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> using the following command. Since the state of the process has "
"been saved, <command>freebsd-update</command> will not start from the "
"beginning, but will instead move on to the next phase and remove all old "
"shared libraries and object files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44727
msgid ""
"Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may "
"only be two install phases instead of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44732
msgid ""
"The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall "
"all ports and packages as described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-"
"portsrebuild\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44737
msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44739
msgid ""
"Before using <command>freebsd-update</command>, ensure that a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename>. If a custom kernel has only been built once, the kernel in "
"<filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename> is the <literal>GENERIC</literal> "
"kernel. Simply rename this directory to <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44747
msgid ""
"If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how "
"many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the "
"<literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel that matches the current version of the "
"operating system. If physical access to the system is available, a copy of "
"the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel can be installed from the installation "
"media:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /cdrom</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44759
msgid ""
"Alternately, the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel may be rebuilt and "
"installed from source:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44762
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/"
"null</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44765
msgid ""
"For this kernel to be identified as the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel by "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>, the <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"configuration file must not have been modified in any way. It is also "
"suggested that the kernel is built without any other special options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44773
msgid ""
"Rebooting into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel is not required as "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> only needs <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename> to exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44779
msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44782
msgid ""
"Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems "
"after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application "
"Binary Interfaces (<acronym>ABI</acronym>s), which will break most third-"
"party applications. After a major version upgrade, all installed packages "
"and ports need to be upgraded. Packages can be upgraded using <command>pkg "
"upgrade</command>. To upgrade installed ports, use a utility such as "
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44793
msgid ""
"A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with "
"fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not "
"increased. This is required because of the ABI version change when upgrading "
"between major versions of FreeBSD. The forced upgrade can be accomplished by "
"performing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44800
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg-static upgrade -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44802
msgid ""
"A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44807
msgid ""
"This command will display the configuration screens for each application "
"that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those "
"screens. To prevent this behavior, and use only the default options, include "
"<option>-G</option> in the above command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44813
msgid ""
"Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a "
"final call to <command>freebsd-update</command> in order to tie up all the "
"loose ends in the upgrade process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44820
msgid ""
"If the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel was temporarily used, this is the "
"time to build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44824
msgid ""
"Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44830
msgid "System State Comparison"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44832
msgid ""
"The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be "
"tested using <command>freebsd-update IDS</command>. This command evaluates "
"the current version of system utilities, libraries, and configuration files "
"and can be used as a built-in Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44840
msgid ""
"This command is not a replacement for a real <acronym>IDS</acronym> such as "
"<package>security/snort</package>. As <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"stores data on disk, the possibility of tampering is evident. While this "
"possibility may be reduced using <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> and by "
"storing the <command>freebsd-update</command> data on a read-only file "
"system when not in use, a better solution would be to compare the system "
"against a secure disk, such as a <acronym>DVD</acronym> or securely stored "
"external <acronym>USB</acronym> disk device. An alternative method for "
"providing <acronym>IDS</acronym> functionality using a built-in utility is "
"described in <xref linkend=\"security-ids\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44855
msgid ""
"To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update IDS &gt;&gt; outfile.ids</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44860
msgid ""
"The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with "
"the <acronym>SHA256</acronym> hash values for both the known value in the "
"release and the current installation, will be sent to the specified output "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44866
msgid ""
"The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be "
"easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ from "
"those in the release, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more</"
"userinput>\n"
"/etc/master.passwd\n"
"/etc/motd\n"
"/etc/passwd\n"
"/etc/pf.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44877
msgid ""
"This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files "
"have natural modifications. For example, <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> "
"will be modified if users have been added to the system. Kernel modules may "
"differ as <command>freebsd-update</command> may have updated them. To "
"exclude specific files or directories, add them to the "
"<literal>IDSIgnorePaths</literal> option in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44889
msgid "Updating the Documentation Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44893
msgid "<primary>Documentation</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44898
msgid ""
"Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an "
"up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the "
"FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/\">https://www."
"freebsd.org/doc/</link>), it can be handy to have an up-to-date, local copy "
"of the FreeBSD website, handbooks, <acronym>FAQ</acronym>, and articles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44904
msgid ""
"This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44908
msgid ""
"For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, "
"refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors "
"(<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-"
"primer\">https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44913
msgid "Updating Documentation from Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44915
msgid ""
"Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of "
"tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools, "
"including <application>svn</application>, can be installed from the "
"<package>textproc/docproj</package> package or port developed by the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44922
msgid ""
"Once installed, use <application>svn</application> to fetch a clean copy of "
"the documentation source:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44925
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head /"
"usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44927
msgid ""
"The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it "
"run until it completes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44930
msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44933
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44935
msgid ""
"Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to "
"<filename>/usr/doc</filename>, everything is ready for an update of the "
"installed documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44939
msgid "A full update of all available languages may be performed by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44945
msgid ""
"If an update of only a specific language is desired, <command>make</command> "
"can be invoked in a language-specific subdirectory of <filename>/usr/doc</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44950
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44953
msgid ""
"An alternative way of updating the documentation is to run this command from "
"<filename>/usr/doc</filename> or the desired language-specific subdirectory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44957
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44959
msgid ""
"The output formats that will be installed may be specified by setting "
"<varname>FORMATS</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS='html html-split' install clean</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44965
msgid ""
"Several options are available to ease the process of updating only parts of "
"the documentation, or the build of specific translations. These options can "
"be set either as system-wide options in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, "
"or as command-line options passed to <command>make</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44972
msgid "The options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44976
msgid "<varname>DOC_LANG</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44979
msgid ""
"The list of languages and encodings to build and install, such as "
"<literal>en_US.ISO8859-1</literal> for English documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44986
msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44989
msgid ""
"A single format or a list of output formats to be built. Currently, "
"<literal>html</literal>, <literal>html-split</literal>, <literal>txt</"
"literal>, <literal>ps</literal>, and <literal>pdf</literal> are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44998
msgid "<varname>DOCDIR</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45001
msgid ""
"Where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/share/doc</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45007
msgid ""
"For more <command>make</command> variables supported as system-wide options "
"in FreeBSD, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45014
msgid "Updating Documentation from Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:45017
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on the work of </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45031
msgid ""
"<primary>documentation package</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45036
msgid ""
"The previous section presented a method for updating the FreeBSD "
"documentation from sources. This section describes an alternative method "
"which uses the Ports Collection and makes it possible to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45043
msgid ""
"Install pre-built packages of the documentation, without having to locally "
"build anything or install the documentation toolchain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45049
msgid ""
"Build the documentation sources through the ports framework, making the "
"checkout and build steps a bit easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45055
msgid ""
"This method of updating the FreeBSD documentation is supported by a set of "
"documentation ports and packages which are updated by the Documentation "
"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> on a monthly basis. These "
"are listed in the FreeBSD Ports Collection, under the docs category (<link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.freshports.org/docs/\">http://www.freshports.org/"
"docs/</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45061
msgid "Organization of the documentation ports is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45066
msgid ""
"The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-en</package> package or port installs all of "
"the English documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45071
msgid ""
"The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-all</package> meta-package or port installs "
"all documentation in all available languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45077
msgid ""
"There is a package and port for each translation, such as <package>misc/"
"freebsd-doc-hu</package> for the Hungarian documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45083
msgid ""
"When binary packages are used, the FreeBSD documentation will be installed "
"in all available formats for the given language. For example, the following "
"command will install the latest package of the Hungarian documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45088
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45091
msgid ""
"Packages use a format that differs from the corresponding port's name: "
"<literal><replaceable>lang</replaceable>-freebsd-doc</literal>, where "
"<replaceable>lang</replaceable> is the short format of the language code, "
"such as <literal>hu</literal> for Hungarian, or <literal>zh_cn</literal> for "
"Simplified Chinese."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45100
msgid ""
"To specify the format of the documentation, build the port instead of "
"installing the package. For example, to build and install the English "
"documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45104
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-en</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45107
msgid ""
"The port provides a configuration menu where the format to build and install "
"can be specified. By default, split <acronym>HTML</acronym>, similar to the "
"format used on <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org\">http://www.FreeBSD."
"org</uri>, and <acronym>PDF</acronym> are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45112
msgid ""
"Alternately, several <command>make</command> options can be specified when "
"building a documentation port, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45118
msgid "<varname>WITH_HTML</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45121
msgid ""
"Builds the HTML format with a single HTML file per document. The formatted "
"documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.html</filename>, "
"or <filename>book.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45129
msgid "<varname>WITH_PDF</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45132
msgid ""
"The formatted documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.pdf</"
"filename> or <filename>book.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45139
msgid "<varname>DOCBASE</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45142
msgid ""
"Specifies where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/"
"local/share/doc/freebsd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45149
msgid ""
"This example uses variables to install the Hungarian documentation as a "
"<acronym>PDF</acronym> in the specified directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-hu</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DWITH_PDF DOCBASE=share/doc/freebsd/hu "
"install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45156
msgid ""
"Documentation packages or ports can be updated using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>. For example, the following command updates the "
"installed Hungarian documentation using <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</"
"package> by using packages only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45162
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -PP hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:45167
msgid "Tracking a Development Branch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45169
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45170
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45172
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45175
msgid ""
"This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended "
"audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective "
"branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45180
msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45182
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT is the <quote>bleeding edge</quote> of FreeBSD development "
"and FreeBSD-CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical "
"skill. Less technical users who wish to track a development branch should "
"track FreeBSD-STABLE instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45188
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes "
"works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that "
"might or might not be present in the next official release. While many "
"FreeBSD developers compile the FreeBSD-CURRENT source code daily, there are "
"short periods of time when the source may not be buildable. These problems "
"are resolved as quickly as possible, but whether or not FreeBSD-CURRENT "
"brings disaster or new functionality can be a matter of when the source code "
"was synced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45198
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45203
msgid ""
"Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of "
"the source tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45208
msgid ""
"Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to "
"spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the "
"general direction of FreeBSD, and submitting patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45215
msgid ""
"Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for "
"reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45221
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be considered a fast-track "
"to getting new features before the next release as pre-release features are "
"not yet fully tested and most likely contain bugs. It is not a quick way of "
"getting bug fixes as any given commit is just as likely to introduce new "
"bugs as to fix existing ones. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not in any way "
"<quote>officially supported</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45229
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45234
msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45238
msgid ""
"Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link> lists. "
"This is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> in order to see the comments that "
"people are making about the current state of the system and to receive "
"important bulletins about the current state of FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45245
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"head\">svn-src-head</link> list records the commit log entry for each change "
"as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45249
msgid ""
"To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click "
"on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track "
"changes to the whole source tree, not just the changes to FreeBSD-CURRENT, "
"subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link> list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45257
msgid ""
"Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, <link linkend="
"\"svn\">svn</link> is used to check out the -CURRENT code from the "
"<literal>head</literal> branch of one of the Subversion mirror sites listed "
"in <xref linkend=\"svn-mirrors\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45265
msgid ""
"Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the "
"sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches "
"to. However, users that plan to compile the operating system from source "
"must download <emphasis>all</emphasis> of FreeBSD-CURRENT, not just selected "
"portions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45273
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45272
msgid ""
"Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT <_:indexterm-1/>, read <filename>/usr/src/"
"Makefile</filename> very carefully and follow the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link> "
"and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to stay up-to-date on other "
"bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the "
"next release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45287
msgid ""
"Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions "
"for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45296
msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45298
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are made. "
"Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general assumption "
"that they have first been tested in FreeBSD-CURRENT. This is "
"<emphasis>still</emphasis> a development branch and, at any given time, the "
"sources for FreeBSD-STABLE may or may not be suitable for general use. It is "
"simply another engineering development track, not a resource for end-users. "
"Users who do not have the resources to perform testing should instead run "
"the most recent release of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45309
msgid ""
"Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development "
"process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should "
"consider following FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45313
msgid ""
"While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this "
"cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT, it is inevitable that bugs and corner cases will sometimes be found "
"in FreeBSD-STABLE that were not apparent in FreeBSD-CURRENT. For this "
"reason, one should not blindly track FreeBSD-STABLE. It is particularly "
"important <emphasis>not</emphasis> to update any production servers to "
"FreeBSD-STABLE without thoroughly testing the code in a development or "
"testing environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45323
msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45325
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45331
msgid ""
"Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> list in order to stay informed of "
"build dependencies that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues "
"requiring special attention. Developers will also make announcements in this "
"mailing list when they are contemplating some controversial fix or update, "
"giving the users a chance to respond if they have any issues to raise "
"concerning the proposed change."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45340
msgid ""
"Join the relevant <application>svn</application> list for the branch being "
"tracked. For example, users tracking the 9-STABLE branch should join the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"9\">svn-src-stable-9</link> list. This list records the commit log entry for "
"each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible "
"side effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45348
msgid ""
"To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click "
"on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track "
"changes for the whole source tree, subscribe to <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45355
msgid ""
"To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-"
"STABLE release from the <link linkend=\"mirrors\">FreeBSD mirror sites</"
"link> or use a monthly snapshot built from FreeBSD-STABLE. Refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/snapshots/\">www.freebsd.org/snapshots</link> "
"for more information about snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45360
msgid ""
"To compile or upgrade to an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use "
"<link linkend=\"svn\">svn</link> <_:indexterm-1/> to check out the source "
"for the desired branch. Branch names, such as <literal>stable/9</literal>, "
"are listed at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releng/\">www.freebsd.org/"
"releng</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45371
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45370
msgid ""
"Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE <_:indexterm-1/>, read "
"<filename>/usr/src/Makefile</filename> carefully and follow the instructions "
"in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">FreeBSD-STABLE mailing list</"
"link> and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to keep up-to-date on other "
"bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the "
"next release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#updating-src
#: book.translate.xml:45385
msgid "Updating FreeBSD from Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45387
msgid ""
"Updating FreeBSD by compiling from source offers several advantages over "
"binary updates. Code can be built with options to take advantage of specific "
"hardware. Parts of the base system can be built with non-default settings, "
"or left out entirely where they are not needed or desired. The build process "
"takes longer to update a system than just installing binary updates, but "
"allows complete customization to produce a tailored version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45399
msgid ""
"This is a quick reference for the typical steps used to update FreeBSD by "
"building from source. Later sections describe the process in more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:45405
msgid "Update and Build"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/src</userinput>  <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-svnup\"/>\n"
"<emphasis>check <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename></emphasis>  <co xml:"
"id=\"updating-src-qs-review-updating\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>          <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-cd\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -j<replaceable>4</replaceable> "
"buildworld</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"updating-src-qs-buildworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -j<replaceable>4</replaceable> kernel</"
"userinput>      <co xml:id=\"updating-src-qs-kernel\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>      <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-reboot\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>          <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-cd2\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld</userinput>    <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-installworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -Ui</userinput>      <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-mergemaster\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>      <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-qs-shutdown\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45420
msgid ""
"Get the latest version of the source. See <xref linkend=\"updating-src-"
"obtaining-src\"/> for more information on obtaining and updating source."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45427
msgid ""
"Check <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> for any manual steps required "
"before or after building from source."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45433 book.translate.xml:45452
msgid "Go to the source directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45437
msgid "Compile the world, everything except the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45442
msgid ""
"Compile and install the kernel. This is equivalent to <command>make "
"buildkernel installkernel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45448
msgid "Reboot the system to the new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45456
msgid "Install the world."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45460
msgid "Update and merge configuration files in <filename>/etc/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45465
msgid "Restart the system to use the newly-built world and kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45474
msgid "Preparing for a Source Update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45476
msgid ""
"Read <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename>. Any manual steps that must be "
"performed before or after an update are described in this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45482
msgid "Updating the Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45484
msgid ""
"FreeBSD source code is located in <filename>/usr/src/</filename>. The "
"preferred method of updating this source is through the "
"<application>Subversion</application> version control system. Verify that "
"the source code is under version control:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45490
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn info /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"Path: /usr/src\n"
"Working Copy Root Path: /usr/src\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45495
msgid ""
"This indicates that <filename>/usr/src/</filename> is under version control "
"and can be updated with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>svn</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#synching
#: book.translate.xml:45499
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45501
msgid ""
"The update process can take some time if the directory has not been updated "
"recently. After it finishes, the source code is up to date and the build "
"process described in the next section can begin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:45507
msgid "Obtaining the Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45509
msgid ""
"If the output says <literal>'/usr/src' is not a working copy</literal>, the "
"files there are missing or were installed with a different method. A new "
"checkout of the source is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:45515
msgid "FreeBSD Versions and Repository Paths"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45520
msgid "<command>uname -r</command> Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45521
msgid "Repository Path"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45528
msgid "<literal><replaceable>X.Y</replaceable>-RELEASE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45529
msgid "<literal>base/releng/</literal><replaceable>X.Y</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45530
msgid ""
"The Release version plus only critical security and bug fix patches. This "
"branch is recommended for most users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45536
msgid "<literal><replaceable>X.Y</replaceable>-STABLE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45537
msgid "<literal>base/stable/</literal><replaceable>X</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:45539
msgid ""
"The Release version plus all additional development on that branch. "
"<emphasis>STABLE</emphasis> refers to the Applications Binary Interface "
"(<acronym>ABI</acronym>) not changing, so software compiled for earlier "
"versions still runs. For example, software compiled to run on FreeBSD 10.1 "
"will still run on FreeBSD 10-STABLE compiled later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:45549
msgid ""
"STABLE branches occasionally have bugs or incompatibilities which might "
"affect users, although these are typically fixed quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45556
msgid "<literal><replaceable>X</replaceable>-CURRENT</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45557
msgid "<literal>base/head/</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:45558
msgid ""
"The latest unreleased development version of FreeBSD. The CURRENT branch can "
"have major bugs or incompatibilities and is recommended only for advanced "
"users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45567
msgid ""
"Determine which version of FreeBSD is being used with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>uname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45570
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>uname -r</userinput>\n"
"10.3-RELEASE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45573
msgid ""
"Based on <xref linkend=\"updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath\"/>, the source "
"used to update <literal>10.3-RELEASE</literal> has a repository path of "
"<literal>base/releng/10.3</literal>. That path is used when checking out the "
"source:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/src /usr/src.bak</userinput>  <co xml:"
"id=\"updating-src-obtaining-src-mv\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.freebsd.org/base/"
"<replaceable>releng/10.3</replaceable> /usr/src</userinput>  <co xml:id="
"\"updating-src-obtaining-src-checkout-cmd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45584
msgid ""
"Move the old directory out of the way. If there are no local modifications "
"in this directory, it can be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:45590
msgid ""
"The path from <xref linkend=\"updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath\"/> is "
"added to the repository <acronym>URL</acronym>. The third parameter is the "
"destination directory for the source code on the local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45601
msgid "Building from Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45603
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>world</emphasis>, or all of the operating system except the "
"kernel, is compiled. This is done first to provide up-to-date tools to build "
"the kernel. Then the kernel itself is built:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45612
msgid "The compiled code is written to <filename>/usr/obj</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45615
msgid ""
"These are the basic steps. Additional options to control the build are "
"described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45619
msgid "Performing a Clean Build"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:45626
msgid "cleanworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45621
msgid ""
"Some versions of the FreeBSD build system leave previously-compiled code in "
"the temporary object directory, <filename>/usr/obj</filename>. This can "
"speed up later builds by avoiding recompiling code that has not changed. To "
"force a clean rebuild of everything, use <_:buildtarget-1/> before starting "
"a build:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45629
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleanworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45633
msgid "Setting the Number of Jobs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45635
msgid ""
"Increasing the number of build jobs on multi-core processors can improve "
"build speed. Determine the number of cores with <command>sysctl hw.ncpu</"
"command>. Processors vary, as do the build systems used with different "
"versions of FreeBSD, so testing is the only sure method to tell how a "
"different number of jobs affects the build speed. For a starting point, "
"consider values between half and double the number of cores. The number of "
"jobs is specified with <option>-j</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:45646
msgid "Increasing the Number of Build Jobs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:45648
msgid "Building the world and kernel with four jobs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45650
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -j4 buildworld buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45655
msgid "Building Only the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:45659 book.translate.xml:45725
msgid "buildkernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45657
msgid ""
"A <_:buildtarget-1/> must be completed if the source code has changed. After "
"that, a <_:buildtarget-2/> to build a kernel can be run at any time. To "
"build just the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45662
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45667
msgid "Building a Custom Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45669
msgid ""
"The standard FreeBSD kernel is based on a <emphasis>kernel config file</"
"emphasis> called <filename>GENERIC</filename>. The <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> kernel includes the most commonly-needed device drivers and "
"options. Sometimes it is useful or necessary to build a custom kernel, "
"adding or removing device drivers or options to fit a specific need."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45678
msgid ""
"For example, someone developing a small embedded computer with severely "
"limited <acronym>RAM</acronym> could remove unneeded device drivers or "
"options to make the kernel slightly smaller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45683
msgid ""
"Kernel config files are located in <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</"
"replaceable>/conf/</filename>, where <replaceable>arch</replaceable> is the "
"output from <command>uname -m</command>. On most computers, that is "
"<literal>amd64</literal>, giving a config file directory of <filename>/usr/"
"src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</replaceable>/conf/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:45691
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/src</filename> can be deleted or recreated, so it is "
"preferable to keep custom kernel config files in a separate directory, like "
"<filename>/root</filename>. Link the kernel config file into the "
"<filename>conf</filename> directory. If that directory is deleted or "
"overwritten, the kernel config can be re-linked into the new one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45700
msgid ""
"A custom config file can be created by copying the <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> config file. In this example, the new custom kernel is for a "
"storage server, so is named <filename>STORAGESERVER</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC /root/"
"STORAGESERVER</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/STORAGESERVER .</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45709
msgid ""
"<filename>/root/STORAGESERVER</filename> is then edited, adding or removing "
"devices or options as shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45713
msgid ""
"The custom kernel is built by setting <varname>KERNCONF</varname> to the "
"kernel config file on the command line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45722
msgid "Installing the Compiled Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45724
msgid ""
"After the <_:buildtarget-1/> and <_:buildtarget-2/> steps have been "
"completed, the new kernel and world are installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45735
msgid ""
"If a custom kernel was built, <varname>KERNCONF</varname> must also be set "
"to use the new custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45738
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45747
msgid "Completing the Update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45749
msgid ""
"A few final tasks complete the update. Any modified configuration files are "
"merged with the new versions, outdated libraries are located and removed, "
"then the system is restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45755
msgid ""
"Merging Configuration Files with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45758
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> provides an easy way to merge changes that have "
"been made to system configuration files with new versions of those files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45762
msgid ""
"With <option>-Ui</option>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically updates "
"files that have not been user-modified and installs new files that are not "
"already present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45766
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -Ui</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45768
msgid ""
"If a file must be manually merged, an interactive display allows the user to "
"choose which portions of the files are kept. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45775
msgid "Checking for Outdated Files and Libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45777
msgid ""
"Some obsolete files or directories can remain after an update. These files "
"can be located:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45780
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make check-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45782
msgid "and deleted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45784
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45786
msgid "Some obsolete libraries can also remain. These can be detected with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45789
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make check-old-libs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45791
msgid "and deleted with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45793
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old-libs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45795
msgid ""
"Programs which were still using those old libraries will stop working when "
"the library has been deleted. These programs must be rebuilt or replaced "
"after deleting the old libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:45801
msgid ""
"When all the old files or directories are known to be safe to delete, "
"pressing <keycap>y</keycap> and <keycap>Enter</keycap> to delete each file "
"can be avoided by setting <varname>BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES</varname> in the "
"command. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES=yes delete-old-"
"libs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:45812
msgid "Restarting After the Update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:45814
msgid ""
"The last step after updating is to restart the computer so all the changes "
"take effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45824
msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45837
msgid ""
"<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>installing multiple machines</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45842
msgid ""
"When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of "
"disk space, network bandwidth, and <acronym>CPU</acronym> cycles to have "
"each system download the sources and rebuild everything. The solution is to "
"have one machine do most of the work, while the rest of the machines mount "
"that work via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. This section outlines a method of "
"doing so. For more information about using <acronym>NFS</acronym>, refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45851
msgid ""
"First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, "
"known as a <firstterm>build set</firstterm>. Each machine can have a custom "
"kernel, but will run the same userland binaries. From that set, choose a "
"machine to be the <firstterm>build machine</firstterm> that the world and "
"kernel are built on. Ideally, this is a fast machine that has sufficient "
"spare <acronym>CPU</acronym> to run <command>make buildworld</command> and "
"<command>make buildkernel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45861
msgid ""
"Select a machine to be the <firstterm>test machine</firstterm>, which will "
"test software updates before they are put into production. This "
"<emphasis>must</emphasis> be a machine that can afford to be down for an "
"extended period of time. It can be the build machine, but need not be."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45867
msgid ""
"All the machines in this build set need to mount <filename>/usr/obj</"
"filename> and <filename>/usr/src</filename> from the build machine via "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>. For multiple build sets, <filename>/usr/src</"
"filename> should be on one build machine, and <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted "
"on the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45873
msgid ""
"Ensure that <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/src.conf</"
"filename> on all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. "
"That means that the build machine must build all the parts of the base "
"system that any machine in the build set is going to install. Also, each "
"build machine should have its kernel name set with <varname>KERNCONF</"
"varname> in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, and the build machine "
"should list them all in its <varname>KERNCONF</varname>, listing its own "
"kernel first. The build machine must have the kernel configuration files for "
"each machine in its <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/"
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45885
msgid ""
"On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"makeworld\"/>, but do not install anything on the build machine. "
"Instead, install the built kernel on the test machine. On the test machine, "
"mount <filename>/usr/src</filename> and <filename>/usr/obj</filename> via "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>. Then, run <command>shutdown now</command> to go to "
"single-user mode in order to install the new kernel and world and run "
"<command>mergemaster</command> as usual. When done, reboot to return to "
"normal multi-user operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45896
msgid ""
"After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use "
"the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines "
"in the build set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45900
msgid ""
"The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to "
"share <filename>/usr/ports</filename> via <acronym>NFS</acronym> to all the "
"machines in the build set. To configure <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> "
"to share distfiles, set <varname>DISTDIR</varname> to a common shared "
"directory that is writable by whichever user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> is mapped to by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> "
"mount. Each machine should set <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> to a local "
"build directory, if ports are to be built locally. Alternately, if the build "
"system is to build and distribute packages to the machines in the build set, "
"set <varname>PACKAGES</varname> on the build system to a directory similar "
"to <varname>DISTDIR</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45933
msgid "DTrace"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45944
msgid "<primary>DTrace</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45945
msgid "<primary>DTrace support</primary> <see>DTrace</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45950
msgid ""
"DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by <trademark>Sun</"
"trademark> as a tool for locating performance bottlenecks in production and "
"pre-production systems. In addition to diagnosing performance problems, "
"DTrace can be used to help investigate and debug unexpected behavior in both "
"the FreeBSD kernel and in userland programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45957
msgid ""
"DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features "
"for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written scripts "
"to take advantage of its capabilities. Users can author their own utilities "
"using the DTrace D Language, allowing them to customize their profiling "
"based on specific needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45964
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and "
"experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to "
"perform function boundary tracing for userland programs using the "
"<literal>pid</literal> provider, and to insert static probes into userland "
"programs for later tracing. Some ports, such as <package>databases/postgres-"
"server</package> and <package>lang/php56</package> have a DTrace option to "
"enable static probes. FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE has reasonably good userland "
"DTrace support, but it is not considered production ready. In particular, it "
"is possible to crash traced programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45976
msgid ""
"The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://dtrace.org/guide\">DTrace Guide</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45984
msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45988
msgid ""
"Differences between the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> DTrace implementation "
"and the one provided by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45993
msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46013
msgid "Implementation Differences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46015
msgid ""
"While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in <trademark>Solaris</"
"trademark>, differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, "
"DTrace is implemented as a set of kernel modules and DTrace can not be used "
"until the modules are loaded. To load all of the necessary modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46021
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload dtraceall</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46023
msgid ""
"Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded "
"when <command>dtrace</command> is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46027
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <literal>DDB_CTF</literal> kernel option to enable support "
"for loading <acronym>CTF</acronym> data from kernel modules and the kernel "
"itself. <acronym>CTF</acronym> is the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> Compact "
"C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of debugging information "
"similar to <acronym>DWARF</acronym> and the venerable stabs. <acronym>CTF</"
"acronym> data is added to binaries by the <command>ctfconvert</command> and "
"<command>ctfmerge</command> build tools. The <command>ctfconvert</command> "
"utility parses <acronym>DWARF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> debug "
"sections created by the compiler and <command>ctfmerge</command> merges "
"<acronym>CTF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> sections from objects into "
"either executables or shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46041
msgid ""
"Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for <trademark>Solaris</"
"trademark>. Most notable is the <literal>dtmalloc</literal> provider, which "
"allows tracing <function>malloc()</function> by type in the FreeBSD kernel. "
"Some of the providers found in <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, such as "
"<literal>cpc</literal> and <literal>mib</literal>, are not present in "
"FreeBSD. These may appear in future versions of FreeBSD. Moreover, some of "
"the providers available in both operating systems are not compatible, in the "
"sense that their probes have different argument types. Thus, <acronym>D</"
"acronym> scripts written on <trademark>Solaris</trademark> may or may not "
"work unmodified on FreeBSD, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46053
msgid ""
"Due to security differences, only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> may use DTrace on FreeBSD. <trademark>Solaris</trademark> has a "
"few low level security checks which do not yet exist in FreeBSD. As such, "
"the <filename>/dev/dtrace/dtrace</filename> is strictly limited to "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46059
msgid ""
"DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License "
"(<acronym>CDDL</acronym>) license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see "
"<filename>/usr/src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE</filename> "
"or view it online at <uri xlink:href=\"http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1."
"0\">http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0</uri>. While a FreeBSD kernel "
"with DTrace support is <acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed, the <acronym>CDDL</"
"acronym> is used when the modules are distributed in binary form or the "
"binaries are loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46071
msgid "Enabling DTrace Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46073
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who prefer to "
"statically compile in DTrace support should add the following lines to a "
"custom kernel configuration file and recompile the kernel using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         KDTRACE_HOOKS\n"
"options         DDB_CTF\n"
"makeoptions	DEBUG=-g\n"
"makeoptions	WITH_CTF=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46084
msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46087
#, no-wrap
msgid "options         KDTRACE_FRAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46089
msgid ""
"This option provides support for <acronym>FBT</acronym>. While DTrace will "
"work without this option, there will be limited support for function "
"boundary tracing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46093
msgid ""
"Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace "
"kernel modules have been loaded using <command>kldload dtraceall</command>, "
"the system will need support for the Korn shell as the DTrace Toolkit has "
"several utilities written in <command>ksh</command>. Make sure that the "
"<package>shells/ksh93</package> package or port is installed. It is also "
"possible to run these tools under <package>shells/pdksh</package> or "
"<package>shells/mksh</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46103
msgid ""
"Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made "
"scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open "
"files, memory, <acronym>CPU</acronym> usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD 10 "
"installs a few of these scripts into <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename>. "
"On other FreeBSD versions, or to install the full DTrace Toolkit, use the "
"<package>sysutils/DTraceToolkit</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:46116
msgid ""
"The scripts found in <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename> have been "
"specifically ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace "
"Toolkit will work as-is on FreeBSD and some scripts may require some effort "
"in order for them to work on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46123
msgid ""
"The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. "
"This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in "
"depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. It is "
"covered extensively in the <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.dtrace.org/"
"guide\">Illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46131
msgid "Using DTrace"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46133
msgid ""
"DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more <firstterm>probes</"
"firstterm>, or instrumentation points, where each probe is associated with "
"an action. Whenever the condition for a probe is met, the associated action "
"is executed. For example, an action may occur when a file is opened, a "
"process is started, or a line of code is executed. The action might be to "
"log some information or to modify context variables. The reading and writing "
"of context variables allows probes to share information and to cooperatively "
"analyze the correlation of different events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46144
msgid ""
"To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46147
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dtrace -l | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46149
msgid ""
"Each probe has an <literal>ID</literal>, a <literal>PROVIDER</literal> "
"(dtrace or fbt), a <literal>MODULE</literal>, and a <literal>FUNCTION NAME</"
"literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dtrace</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46155
msgid ""
"The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the "
"fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the <filename>hotkernel</"
"filename> and <filename>procsystime</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46161
msgid ""
"The <filename>hotkernel</filename> script is designed to identify which "
"function is using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/share/dtrace/toolkit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46169
msgid ""
"As instructed, use the <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap><keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo> key combination to stop the process. "
"Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and "
"timing information, sorting the output in increasing order of time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kernel`_thread_lock_flags                                   2   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_userret                                        2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`kern_select                                          2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`generic_copyin                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_assert                                          3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`vm_fault                                             3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sopoll_generic                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`fixup_filename                                       4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_isitmyx                                             4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`find_instance                                        4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_unlock_flags                                    5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`syscall                                              5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`DELAY                                                5   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                  6   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_lock                                         7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`read_aux_data_no_wait                                7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`Xint0x80_syscall                                     7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_checkorder                                   7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sse2_pagezero                                        8   0.0%\n"
"kernel`strncmp                                              9   0.0%\n"
"kernel`spinlock_exit                                       10   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_lock_flags                                     11   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_unlock                                      15   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_idletd                                       137   0.3%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                              42139  99.3%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46207
msgid ""
"This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run the "
"script with <option>-m</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel -m</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n"
"^C\n"
"MODULE                                                  COUNT   PCNT\n"
"0xc107882e                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc10e6aa4                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1076983                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc109708a                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1075a5d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1077325                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a245                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc107730d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                 73   0.0%\n"
"kernel                                                    874   0.4%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                             213781  99.6%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46231
msgid ""
"The <filename>procsystime</filename> script captures and prints the system "
"call time usage for a given process <acronym>ID</acronym> (<acronym>PID</"
"acronym>) or process name. In the following example, a new instance of "
"<filename>/bin/csh</filename> was spawned. Then, <filename>procsystime</"
"filename> was executed and remained waiting while a few commands were typed "
"on the other incarnation of <command>csh</command>. These are the results of "
"this test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./procsystime -n csh</userinput>\n"
"Tracing... Hit Ctrl-C to end...\n"
"^C\n"
"\n"
"Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n"
"\n"
"         SYSCALL          TIME (ns)\n"
"          getpid               6131\n"
"       sigreturn               8121\n"
"           close              19127\n"
"           fcntl              19959\n"
"             dup              26955\n"
"         setpgid              28070\n"
"            stat              31899\n"
"       setitimer              40938\n"
"           wait4              62717\n"
"       sigaction              67372\n"
"     sigprocmask             119091\n"
"    gettimeofday             183710\n"
"           write             263242\n"
"          execve             492547\n"
"           ioctl             770073\n"
"           vfork            3258923\n"
"      sigsuspend            6985124\n"
"            read         3988049784"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46267
msgid ""
"As shown, the <function>read()</function> system call used the most time in "
"nanoseconds while the <function>getpid()</function> system call used the "
"least amount of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:46283
msgid "USB Device Mode / USB OTG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:46296
#, no-wrap
msgid "\n"
"	      <email>trasz@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"	    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:46290
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Edward Tomasz</firstname> <surname>Napierala</"
"surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> "
"<contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46305
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the use of USB Device Mode and USB On The Go "
"(<acronym>USB OTG</acronym>) in FreeBSD. This includes virtual serial "
"consoles, virtual network interfaces, and virtual USB drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46310
msgid ""
"When running on hardware that supports USB device mode or <acronym>USB OTG</"
"acronym>, like that built into many embedded boards, the FreeBSD "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> stack can run in <emphasis>device mode</emphasis>. "
"Device mode makes it possible for the computer to present itself as "
"different kinds of <acronym>USB</acronym> device classes, including serial "
"ports, network adapters, and mass storage, or a combination thereof. A "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> host like a laptop or desktop computer is able to "
"access them just like physical <acronym>USB</acronym> devices. Device mode "
"is sometimes called the <quote>USB gadget mode</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46322
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways the hardware can provide the device mode "
"functionality: with a separate \"client port\", which only supports the "
"device mode, and with a USB OTG port, which can provide both device and host "
"mode. For <acronym>USB OTG</acronym> ports, the <acronym>USB</acronym> stack "
"switches between host-side and device-side automatically, depending on what "
"is connected to the port. Connecting a <acronym>USB</acronym> device like a "
"memory stick to the port causes FreeBSD to switch to host mode. Connecting a "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> host like a computer causes FreeBSD to switch to "
"device mode. Single purpose \"client ports\" always work in device mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46335
msgid ""
"What FreeBSD presents to the <acronym>USB</acronym> host depends on the "
"<varname>hw.usb.template</varname> sysctl. Some templates provide a single "
"device, such as a serial terminal; others provide multiple ones, which can "
"all be used at the same time. An example is the template 10, which provides "
"a mass storage device, a serial console, and a network interface. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46344
msgid ""
"Note that in some cases, depending on the hardware and the hosts operating "
"system, for the host to notice the configuration change, it must be either "
"physically disconnected and reconnected, or forced to rescan the "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> bus in a system-specific way. When FreeBSD is running "
"on the host, <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <command>reset</"
"command> can be used. This also must be done after loading "
"<filename>usb_template.ko</filename> if the <acronym>USB</acronym> host was "
"already connected to the <acronym>USB</acronym> <acronym>OTG</acronym> "
"socket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46359
msgid "How to set up USB Device Mode functionality on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46364
msgid "How to configure the virtual serial port on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46369
msgid ""
"How to connect to the virtual serial port from various operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46374
msgid ""
"How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual <acronym>USB</acronym> network "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46379
msgid ""
"How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46386
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Virtual Serial Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46389
msgid "Configuring USB Device Mode Serial Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46391
msgid ""
"Virtual serial port support is provided by templates number 3, 8, and 10. "
"Note that template 3 works with Microsoft Windows 10 without the need for "
"special drivers and INF files. Other host operating systems work with all "
"three templates. Both <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>umodem</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> kernel modules must be loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46398
msgid ""
"To enable USB device mode serial ports, add those lines to <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyU0	\"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"	vt100	onifconsole secure\n"
"ttyU1	\"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"	vt100	onifconsole secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 100 {\n"
"	match \"system\"		\"DEVFS\";\n"
"	match \"subsystem\"	\"CDEV\";\n"
"	match \"type\"		\"CREATE\";\n"
"	match \"cdev\"		\"ttyU[0-9]+\";\n"
"	action \"/sbin/init q\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46415
msgid ""
"Reload the configuration if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46420 book.translate.xml:46507
msgid ""
"Make sure the necessary modules are loaded and the correct template is set "
"at boot by adding those lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, "
"creating it if it does not already exist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46425
#, no-wrap
msgid "umodem_load=\"YES\"\n"
"hw.usb.template=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46428 book.translate.xml:46515
msgid "To load the module and set the template without rebooting use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46431
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload umodem</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.usb.template=3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46437
msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46440
msgid ""
"To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, "
"connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client "
"port. Use <command>pstat -t</command> on the host to list the terminal lines."
" Near the end of the list you should see a USB serial port, eg \"ttyU0\". To "
"open the connection, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46447
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/ttyU0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46449
msgid "After pressing the Enter key a few times you will see a login prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46454
msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from macOS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46457 book.translate.xml:46469
msgid ""
"To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, "
"connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client "
"port. To open the connection, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/cu.usbmodemFreeBSD1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46466
msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Linux"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46474
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>minicom -D /dev/ttyACM0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46478
msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Microsoft Windows 10"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46481
msgid ""
"To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, "
"connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client "
"port. To open a connection you will need a serial terminal program, such as "
"<application>PuTTY</application>. To check the COM port name used by "
"Windows, run Device Manager, expand \"Ports (COM &amp; LPT)\". You will see "
"a name similar to \"USB Serial Device (COM4)\". Run serial terminal program "
"of your choice, for example <application>PuTTY</application>. In the "
"<application>PuTTY</application> dialog set \"Connection type\" to "
"\"Serial\", type the COMx obtained from Device Manager in the \"Serial "
"line\" dialog box and click Open."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46498
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Device Mode Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46501
msgid ""
"Virtual network interfaces support is provided by templates number 1, 8, and "
"10. Note that none of them works with Microsoft Windows. Other host "
"operating systems work with all three templates. Both "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_cdce</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> kernel modules must be "
"loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46512
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_cdce_load=\"YES\"\n"
"hw.usb.template=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_cdce</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.usb.template=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46523
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Virtual Storage Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:46526
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is a <acronym>USB</acronym> device mode "
"driver first available in FreeBSD 12.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46530
msgid ""
"Mass Storage target is provided by templates 0 and 10. Both "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> kernel modules must be "
"loaded. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> interfaces to the CTL subsystem, the same one that "
"is used for <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or Fibre Channel targets. On the host "
"side, <acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage initiators can only access a "
"single <acronym>LUN</acronym>, <acronym>LUN</acronym> 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46540
msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Target Using the cfumass Startup Script"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46543
msgid ""
"The simplest way to set up a read-only USB storage target is to use the "
"<filename>cfumass</filename> rc script. To configure it this way, copy the "
"files to be presented to the USB host machine into the <literal>/var/"
"cfumass</literal> directory, and add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46550
#, no-wrap
msgid "cfumass_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46552
msgid "To configure the target without restarting, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46555
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service cfumass start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46557
msgid ""
"Differently from serial and network functionality, the template should not "
"be set to 0 or 10 in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. This is because "
"the LUN must be set up before setting the template. The cfumass startup "
"script sets the correct template number automatically when started."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46565
msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Using Other Means"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46567
msgid ""
"The rest of this chapter provides detailed description of setting the target "
"without using the cfumass rc file. This is necessary if eg one wants to "
"provide a writeable LUN."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46571
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage does not require the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon to be running, although it can be used if desired. This "
"is different from <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>. Thus, there are two ways to "
"configure the target: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctladm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Both require the <filename>cfumass.ko</filename> kernel "
"module to be loaded. The module can be loaded manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46579
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload cfumass</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46581
msgid ""
"If <filename>cfumass.ko</filename> has not been built into the kernel, "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can be set to load the module at boot:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46585
#, no-wrap
msgid "cfumass_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46587
msgid ""
"A <acronym>LUN</acronym> can be created without the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46590
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46592
msgid ""
"This presents the contents of the image file <filename>/data/target0</"
"filename> as a <acronym>LUN</acronym> to the <acronym>USB</acronym> host. "
"The file must exist before executing the command. To configure the "
"<acronym>LUN</acronym> at system startup, add the command to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46599
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can also be used to manage <acronym>LUN</acronym>s. Create "
"<filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename>, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> to make sure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is automatically "
"started at boot, and then start the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46606
msgid ""
"This is an example of a simple <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> "
"configuration file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctl.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more complete "
"description of the options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46611
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n"
"	lun 0 {\n"
"		path /data/target0\n"
"		size 4G\n"
"	}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46618
msgid ""
"The example creates a single target with a single <acronym>LUN</acronym>. "
"The <literal>naa.50015178f369f092</literal> is a device identifier composed "
"of 32 random hexadecimal digits. The <literal>path</literal> line defines "
"the full path to a file or zvol backing the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. That "
"file must exist before starting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The second line is "
"optional and specifies the size of the <acronym>LUN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46628
msgid ""
"To make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started at "
"boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46632 book.translate.xml:56732
#, no-wrap
msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46634 book.translate.xml:56734
msgid ""
"To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46636 book.translate.xml:56736
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46638
msgid ""
"As the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started, it reads <filename>/etc/ctl."
"conf</filename>. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, reload the "
"changes so they take effect immediately:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46643 book.translate.xml:56743
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:46651
msgid "Network Communication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46654
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is one of the most widely deployed operating systems for high "
"performance network servers. The chapters in this part cover:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46660
msgid "Serial communication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46664
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> and <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46669 book.translate.xml:50550
msgid "Electronic Mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46673
msgid "Running Network Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46677 book.translate.xml:56943
msgid "Firewalls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46681
msgid "Other Advanced Networking Topics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46685
msgid ""
"These chapters are designed to be read when the information is needed. They "
"do not need to be read in any particular order, nor is it necessary to read "
"all of them before using FreeBSD in a network environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:46698
msgid "Serial Communications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46703
msgid "<primary>serial communications</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46705
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> has always had support for "
"serial communications as the very first <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> machines relied on serial lines for user "
"input and output. Things have changed a lot from the days when the average "
"terminal consisted of a 10-character-per-second serial printer and a "
"keyboard. This chapter covers some of the ways serial communications can be "
"used on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46716
msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46719
msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46722
msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46726
msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46734
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\"> configure and install a custom "
"kernel</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46738
msgid ""
"Understand <link linkend=\"basics\"> FreeBSD permissions and processes</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46742
msgid ""
"Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46749
msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46751
msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46755
msgid "<acronym>bps</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46758
msgid "<primary>bits-per-second</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46757
msgid ""
"Bits per Second<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>bps</acronym>) is the rate at "
"which data is transmitted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46765
msgid "<acronym>DTE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46768
msgid "<primary>DTE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46767
msgid ""
"Data Terminal Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is one of "
"two endpoints in a serial communication. An example would be a computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46776
msgid "<acronym>DCE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46779
msgid "<primary>DCE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46778
msgid ""
"Data Communications Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is "
"the other endpoint in a serial communication. Typically, it is a modem or "
"serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46787
msgid "<acronym>RS-232</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46789
msgid ""
"The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has "
"since been renamed to <acronym>TIA-232</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46796
msgid ""
"When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the "
"term <firstterm>baud</firstterm>. Baud refers to the number of electrical "
"state transitions made in a period of time, while <acronym>bps</acronym> is "
"the correct term to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46802
msgid ""
"To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the "
"computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. "
"Users who are already familiar with serial hardware and cabling can safely "
"skip this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46808
msgid "Serial Cables and Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46810
msgid ""
"There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common "
"types are null-modem cables and standard <acronym>RS-232</acronym> cables. "
"The documentation for the hardware should describe the type of cable "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46815
msgid ""
"These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the "
"connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals "
"summarized in <xref linkend=\"serialcomms-signal-names\"/>. A standard "
"serial cable passes all of the <acronym>RS-232C</acronym> signals straight "
"through. For example, the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on one end of "
"the cable goes to the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on the other end. "
"This is the type of cable used to connect a modem to the FreeBSD system, and "
"is also appropriate for some terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46825
msgid ""
"A null-modem cable switches the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin of the "
"connector on one end with the <quote>Received Data</quote> pin on the other "
"end. The connector can be either a <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or a <acronym>DB-"
"9</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46831
msgid ""
"A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized "
"in <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db25\"/>, <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9\"/>, "
"and <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9-25\"/>. While the standard calls for a "
"straight-through pin 1 to pin 1 <quote>Protective Ground</quote> line, it is "
"often omitted. Some terminals work using only pins 2, 3, and 7, while others "
"require different configurations. When in doubt, refer to the documentation "
"for the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: step/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46840 book.translate.xml:48508
msgid "<primary>null-modem cable</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46845
msgid "<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> Signal Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46850
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46851
msgid "Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46857
msgid "<acronym>RD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46858 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Received Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46862
msgid "<acronym>TD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46863 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmitted Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46867
msgid "<acronym>DTR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46868 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Terminal Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46872
msgid "<acronym>DSR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46873 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Set Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46877
msgid "<acronym>DCD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46878
msgid "Data Carrier Detect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46882
msgid "<acronym>SG</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46883 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Signal Ground"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46887
msgid "<acronym>RTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46888
msgid "Request to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46892
msgid "<acronym>CTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46893
msgid "Clear to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46900
msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46905 book.translate.xml:46909 book.translate.xml:46995
#: book.translate.xml:46999 book.translate.xml:47085 book.translate.xml:47089
msgid "Signal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46906 book.translate.xml:46908 book.translate.xml:46996
#: book.translate.xml:46998 book.translate.xml:47086 book.translate.xml:47088
msgid "Pin #"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46915 book.translate.xml:46919 book.translate.xml:47037
#: book.translate.xml:47041 book.translate.xml:47127 book.translate.xml:47131
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46917 book.translate.xml:46925 book.translate.xml:46933
#: book.translate.xml:46941 book.translate.xml:46949 book.translate.xml:46957
#: book.translate.xml:46965 book.translate.xml:46973 book.translate.xml:46981
#: book.translate.xml:47007 book.translate.xml:47015 book.translate.xml:47023
#: book.translate.xml:47031 book.translate.xml:47039 book.translate.xml:47047
#: book.translate.xml:47055 book.translate.xml:47063 book.translate.xml:47071
#: book.translate.xml:47097 book.translate.xml:47105 book.translate.xml:47113
#: book.translate.xml:47121 book.translate.xml:47129 book.translate.xml:47137
#: book.translate.xml:47145 book.translate.xml:47153 book.translate.xml:47161
msgid "connects to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46923 book.translate.xml:46935 book.translate.xml:47009
#: book.translate.xml:47013 book.translate.xml:47099 book.translate.xml:47103
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46927 book.translate.xml:46931 book.translate.xml:47005
#: book.translate.xml:47017 book.translate.xml:47095 book.translate.xml:47107
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46939 book.translate.xml:46951 book.translate.xml:47061
#: book.translate.xml:47073 book.translate.xml:47151 book.translate.xml:47163
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46943 book.translate.xml:46947 book.translate.xml:47065
#: book.translate.xml:47069 book.translate.xml:47155 book.translate.xml:47159
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46955 book.translate.xml:46963 book.translate.xml:46975
#: book.translate.xml:46983 book.translate.xml:47021 book.translate.xml:47029
#: book.translate.xml:47049 book.translate.xml:47057 book.translate.xml:47111
#: book.translate.xml:47119 book.translate.xml:47139 book.translate.xml:47147
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DTR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46956 book.translate.xml:46964 book.translate.xml:46974
#: book.translate.xml:46982 book.translate.xml:47138 book.translate.xml:47146
msgid "20"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46959 book.translate.xml:46971 book.translate.xml:47025
#: book.translate.xml:47045 book.translate.xml:47115 book.translate.xml:47135
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46966 book.translate.xml:46980 book.translate.xml:47064
#: book.translate.xml:47070 book.translate.xml:47122 book.translate.xml:47160
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46967 book.translate.xml:46979 book.translate.xml:47033
#: book.translate.xml:47053 book.translate.xml:47123 book.translate.xml:47143
msgid "DCD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46990
msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:47080
msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:47170
msgid ""
"When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is "
"usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their "
"connector and a long wire to the other single pin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47176
msgid ""
"Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the "
"FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports exist. "
"Before purchasing or constructing a cable, make sure it will fit the ports "
"on the terminal and on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47182
msgid ""
"Most terminals have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> ports. Personal computers may "
"have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or <acronym>DB-9</acronym> ports. A multiport "
"serial card may have <acronym>RJ-12</acronym> or <acronym>RJ-45/</acronym> "
"ports. See the documentation that accompanied the hardware for "
"specifications on the kind of port or visually verify the type of port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47190
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in <filename>/dev</"
"filename>. There are two different kinds of entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47196
msgid ""
"Call-in ports are named <filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> where <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the port number, starting "
"from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial port "
"(<filename>COM1</filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu0</filename> to refer to "
"the terminal. If the terminal is on the second serial port (<filename>COM2</"
"filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu1</filename>, and so forth. Generally, "
"the call-in port is used for terminals. Call-in ports require that the "
"serial line assert the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal to work "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47211
msgid ""
"Call-out ports are named <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> on FreeBSD versions 8.X and higher and <filename>/dev/"
"cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 7.X and "
"lower. Call-out ports are usually not used for terminals, but are used for "
"modems. The call-out port can be used if the serial cable or the terminal "
"does not support the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47223
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also provides initialization devices (<filename>/dev/"
"ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> or <filename>/dev/"
"cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename>) and locking devices "
"(<filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> and "
"<filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> or "
"<filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename>). The "
"initialization devices are used to initialize communications port parameters "
"each time a port is opened, such as <literal>crtscts</literal> for modems "
"which use <literal>RTS/CTS</literal> signaling for flow control. The locking "
"devices are used to lock flags on ports to prevent users or programs "
"changing certain parameters. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>termios</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>stty</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for information on "
"terminal settings, locking and initializing devices, and setting terminal "
"options, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47247
msgid "Serial Port Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47249
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as "
"<filename>COM1</filename>, <filename>COM2</filename>, <filename>COM3</"
"filename>, and <filename>COM4</filename>. FreeBSD also supports dumb multi-"
"port serial interface cards, such as the BocaBoard 1008 and 2016, as well as "
"more intelligent multi-port cards such as those made by Digiboard. However, "
"the default kernel only looks for the standard <filename>COM</filename> "
"ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47258
msgid ""
"To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot "
"messages that start with <literal>uart</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47264
msgid ""
"If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional "
"entries can be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. This file "
"already contains <literal>hint.uart.0.*</literal> entries for "
"<filename>COM1</filename> and <literal>hint.uart.1.*</literal> entries for "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. When adding a port entry for <filename>COM3</"
"filename> use <literal>0x3E8</literal>, and for <filename>COM4</filename> "
"use <literal>0x2E8</literal>. Common <acronym>IRQ</acronym> addresses are "
"<literal>5</literal> for <filename>COM3</filename> and <literal>9</literal> "
"for <filename>COM4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47277
msgid "<primary><filename>ttyu</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47278
msgid "<primary><filename>cuau</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47280
msgid ""
"To determine the default set of terminal <acronym>I/O</acronym> settings "
"used by the port, specify its device name. This example determines the "
"settings for the call-in port on <filename>COM2</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -a -f /dev/<replaceable>ttyu1</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47287
msgid ""
"System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by <filename>/etc/"
"rc.d/serial</filename>. This file affects the default settings of serial "
"devices. To change the settings for a device, use <command>stty</command>. "
"By default, the changed settings are in effect until the device is closed "
"and when the device is reopened, it goes back to the default set. To "
"permanently change the default set, open and adjust the settings of the "
"initialization device. For example, to turn on <option>CLOCAL</option> mode, "
"8 bit communication, and <option>XON/XOFF</option> flow control for "
"<filename>ttyu5</filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47301 book.translate.xml:47877
msgid ""
"<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.serial</filename></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47306
msgid ""
"To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make "
"adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of "
"<filename>ttyu5</filename> to 57600 bps, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47313
msgid ""
"Now, any application that opens <filename>ttyu5</filename> and tries to "
"change the speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47321
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47324
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47336
msgid ""
"Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system "
"when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section "
"describes how to use terminals with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47341
msgid ""
"The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems did "
"not have consoles. Instead, users logged in and ran programs through "
"terminals that were connected to the computer's serial ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47345
msgid ""
"The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in "
"nearly every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating "
"system today, including FreeBSD. By using a terminal attached to an unused "
"serial port, a user can log in and run any text program that can normally be "
"run on the console or in an <command>xterm</command> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47352
msgid ""
"Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer "
"can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running "
"FreeBSD. This can turn what might otherwise be a single-user computer into a "
"powerful multiple-user system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47358
msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47362
msgid "Dumb terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47364
msgid ""
"Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over "
"serial lines. They are called <quote>dumb</quote> because they have only "
"enough computational power to display, send, and receive text. No programs "
"can be run on these devices. Instead, dumb terminals connect to a computer "
"that runs the needed programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47372
msgid ""
"There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, "
"and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can "
"even display graphics, but only certain software packages can take advantage "
"of these advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47378
msgid ""
"Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need "
"access to graphical applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47385
msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47387
msgid ""
"Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive "
"text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the "
"proper cable and some <firstterm>terminal emulation</firstterm> software to "
"run on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47393
msgid ""
"This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working "
"at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at "
"the same time from a less powerful personal computer hooked up as a terminal "
"to the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47399
msgid ""
"There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be "
"used to work through a serial connection: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cu</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47403
msgid ""
"For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial "
"connection of another system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47408
msgid ""
"Ports are numbered starting from zero. This means that <filename>COM1</"
"filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47412
msgid ""
"Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as "
"<package>comms/minicom</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47419
msgid "X Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47421
msgid ""
"X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead "
"of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like "
"Ethernet. Instead of being relegated to text-only applications, they can "
"display any <application>Xorg</application> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47428
msgid ""
"This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47435
msgid "Terminal Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47437
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login "
"session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the "
"serial port to which the terminal is connected and that the terminal is "
"connected with the correct cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47443
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>init</command> reads <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and "
"starts a <command>getty</command> process on the available terminals. The "
"<command>getty</command> process is responsible for reading a login name and "
"starting the <command>login</command> program. The ports on the FreeBSD "
"system which allow logins are listed in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. For "
"example, the first virtual console, <filename>ttyv0</filename>, has an entry "
"in this file, allowing logins on the console. This file also contains "
"entries for the other virtual consoles, serial ports, and pseudo-ttys. For a "
"hardwired terminal, the serial port's <filename>/dev</filename> entry is "
"listed without the <literal>/dev</literal> part. For example, <filename>/dev/"
"ttyv0</filename> is listed as <literal>ttyv0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47459
msgid ""
"The default <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> configures support for the first "
"four serial ports, <filename>ttyu0</filename> through <filename>ttyu3</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu1   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu2   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu3   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47469
msgid ""
"When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to "
"set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device <literal>on</"
"literal> and, if needed, to change the port's <literal>secure</literal> "
"setting. If the terminal is connected to another port, add an entry for the "
"port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47476
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/> configures two terminals in <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename>. The first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. The second entry configures an old computer "
"running <application>Procomm</application> terminal software emulating a VT-"
"100 terminal. The computer is connected to the sixth serial port on a multi-"
"port serial card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:47485
msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu1<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col1\"/>  \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\"<co "
"xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col2\"/>  wy50<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col3\"/>  "
"on<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col4\"/>  insecure<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-"
"line1col5\"/>\n"
"ttyu5   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\"  vt100  on insecure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47492
msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47497
msgid ""
"The second field tells <command>getty</command> to initialize and open the "
"line, set the line speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the "
"<command>login</command> program. The optional <firstterm>getty type</"
"firstterm> configures characteristics on the terminal line, like "
"<acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity. The available getty types are listed "
"in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. In almost all cases, the getty types "
"that start with <literal>std</literal> will work for hardwired terminals as "
"these entries ignore parity. There is a <literal>std</literal> entry for "
"each <acronym>bps</acronym> rate from 110 to 115200. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gettytab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47513
msgid ""
"When setting the getty type, make sure to match the communications settings "
"used by the terminal. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses no parity and "
"connects at 38400 bps. The computer uses no parity and connects at 19200 bps."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47521
msgid ""
"The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, "
"<literal>unknown</literal> or <literal>dialup</literal> is typically used "
"since users may dial up with practically any type of terminal or software. "
"Since the terminal type does not change for hardwired terminals, a real "
"terminal type from <filename>/etc/termcap</filename> can be specified. For "
"this example, the Wyse-50 uses the real terminal type while the computer "
"running <application>Procomm</application> is set to emulate a VT-100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47535
msgid ""
"The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins "
"on this port, this field must be set to <literal>on</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47541
msgid ""
"The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a "
"port as <literal>secure</literal> means that it is trusted enough to allow "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to login from that port. "
"Insecure ports do not allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"logins. On an insecure port, users must login from unprivileged accounts and "
"then use <command>su</command> or a similar mechanism to gain superuser "
"privileges, as described in <xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/>. For "
"security reasons, it is recommended to change this setting to "
"<literal>insecure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47555
msgid ""
"After making any changes to <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, send a SIGHUP "
"(hangup) signal to the <command>init</command> process to force it to re-"
"read its configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47560 book.translate.xml:47875
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kill -HUP 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47562
msgid ""
"Since <command>init</command> is always the first process run on a system, "
"it always has a process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47566
msgid ""
"If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the "
"terminals are powered up, a <command>getty</command> process should now be "
"running on each terminal and login prompts should be available on each "
"terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47574
msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47576
msgid ""
"Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go "
"wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and "
"some suggested fixes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47581
msgid ""
"If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered "
"up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is "
"running terminal emulation software on the correct serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47586
msgid ""
"Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD "
"computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47590
msgid ""
"Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate "
"and parity settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast "
"and brightness controls are turned up. If it is a printing terminal, make "
"sure paper and ink are in good supply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47596
msgid ""
"Use <command>ps</command> to make sure that a <command>getty</command> "
"process is running and serving the terminal. For example, the following "
"listing shows that a <command>getty</command> is running on the second "
"serial port, <filename>ttyu1</filename>, and is using the <literal>std."
"38400</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47604
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -axww|grep ttyu</userinput>\n"
"22189  d1  Is+    0:00.03 /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 ttyu1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47607
msgid ""
"If no <command>getty</command> process is running, make sure the port is "
"enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. Remember to run <command>kill -"
"HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47612
msgid ""
"If the <command>getty</command> process is running but the terminal still "
"does not display a login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not "
"accept typed input, the terminal or cable may not support hardware "
"handshaking. Try changing the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> from "
"<literal>std.38400</literal> to <literal>3wire.38400</literal>, then run "
"<command>kill -HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename>. The <literal>3wire</literal> entry is similar to <literal>std</"
"literal>, but ignores hardware handshaking. The baud rate may need to be "
"reduced or software flow control enabled when using <literal>3wire</literal> "
"to prevent buffer overflows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47626
msgid ""
"If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and "
"FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity settings. Check "
"the <command>getty</command> processes to make sure the correct "
"<replaceable>getty</replaceable> type is in use. If not, edit <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename> and run <command>kill -HUP 1</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47634
msgid ""
"If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the "
"terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from <quote>half duplex</"
"quote> or <quote>local echo</quote> to <quote>full duplex.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47643
msgid "Dial-in Service"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47646
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Guy</firstname> <surname>Helmer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47656
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Additions by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47666
msgid "<primary>dial-in service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47668
msgid ""
"Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring "
"terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD "
"supports both external and internal modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47673
msgid ""
"External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via "
"parameters stored in non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym> and they usually "
"provide lighted indicators that display the state of important <acronym>RS-"
"232</acronym> signals, indicating whether the modem is operating properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47680
msgid ""
"Internal modems usually lack non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym>, so their "
"configuration may be limited to setting <acronym>DIP</acronym> switches. If "
"the internal modem has any signal indicator lights, they are difficult to "
"view when the system's cover is in place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47686
msgid "<primary>modem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47688
msgid ""
"When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard "
"<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> serial cable should suffice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47692
msgid ""
"FreeBSD needs the <acronym>RTS</acronym> and <acronym>CTS</acronym> signals "
"for flow control at speeds above 2400 bps, the <acronym>CD</acronym> signal "
"to detect when a call has been answered or the line has been hung up, and "
"the <acronym>DTR</acronym> signal to reset the modem after a session is "
"complete. Some cables are wired without all of the needed signals, so if a "
"login session does not go away when the line hangs up, there may be a "
"problem with the cable. Refer to <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for "
"more information about these signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47702
msgid ""
"Like other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating "
"systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals to find out when a call has been "
"answered or a line has been hung up and to hangup and reset the modem after "
"a call. FreeBSD avoids sending commands to the modem or watching for status "
"reports from the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47708
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the <acronym>NS8250</acronym>, <acronym>NS16450</acronym>, "
"<acronym>NS16550</acronym>, and <acronym>NS16550A</acronym>-based "
"<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> (<acronym>CCITT</acronym> V.24) communications "
"interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have single-character buffers. The "
"16550 device provides a 16-character buffer, which allows for better system "
"performance. Bugs in plain 16550 devices prevent the use of the 16-character "
"buffer, so use 16550A devices if possible. Because single-character-buffer "
"devices require more work by the operating system than the 16-character-"
"buffer devices, 16550A-based serial interface cards are preferred. If the "
"system has many active serial ports or will have a heavy load, 16550A-based "
"cards are better for low-error-rate communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47723
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive "
"incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some "
"troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47728
msgid "Modem Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47730
msgid "<primary>getty</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47731
msgid ""
"As with terminals, <command>init</command> spawns a <command>getty</command> "
"process for each configured serial port used for dial-in connections. When a "
"user dials the modem's line and the modems connect, the <quote>Carrier "
"Detect</quote> signal is reported by the modem. The kernel notices that the "
"carrier has been detected and instructs <command>getty</command> to open the "
"port and display a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at the specified initial "
"line speed. In a typical configuration, if garbage characters are received, "
"usually due to the modem's connection speed being different than the "
"configured speed, <command>getty</command> tries adjusting the line speeds "
"until it receives reasonable characters. After the user enters their login "
"name, <command>getty</command> executes <command>login</command>, which "
"completes the login process by asking for the user's password and then "
"starting the user's shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47748
msgid "<primary><command>/usr/bin/login</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47752
msgid ""
"There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One configuration "
"method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at what speed a "
"remote user dials in, the dial-in <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface runs "
"at a locked speed. The benefit of this configuration is that the remote user "
"always sees a system login prompt immediately. The downside is that the "
"system does not know what a user's true data rate is, so full-screen "
"programs like <application>Emacs</application> will not adjust their screen-"
"painting methods to make their response better for slower connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47764
msgid ""
"The second method is to configure the <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface to "
"vary its speed based on the remote user's connection speed. Because "
"<command>getty</command> does not understand any particular modem's "
"connection speed reporting, it gives a <prompt>login:</prompt> message at an "
"initial speed and watches the characters that come back in response. If the "
"user sees junk, they should press <keycap>Enter</keycap> until they see a "
"recognizable prompt. If the data rates do not match, <command>getty</"
"command> sees anything the user types as junk, tries the next speed, and "
"gives the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt again. This procedure normally only "
"takes a keystroke or two before the user sees a good prompt. This login "
"sequence does not look as clean as the locked-speed method, but a user on a "
"low-speed connection should receive better interactive response from full-"
"screen programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47782
msgid ""
"When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no "
"changes to <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename> should be needed. However, for "
"a matching-speed configuration, additional entries may be required in order "
"to define the speeds to use for the modem. This example configures a 14."
"4 Kbps modem with a top interface speed of 19.2 Kbps using 8-bit, no parity "
"connections. It configures <command>getty</command> to start the "
"communications rate for a V.32bis connection at 19.2 Kbps, then cycles "
"through 9600 bps, 2400 bps, 1200 bps, 300 bps, and back to 19.2 Kbps. "
"Communications rate cycling is implemented with the <literal>nx=</literal> "
"(next table) capability. Each line uses a <literal>tc=</literal> (table "
"continuation) entry to pick up the rest of the settings for a particular "
"data rate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis Modem\n"
"#\n"
"um|V300|High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V19200:tc=std.300:\n"
"un|V1200|High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"uo|V2400|High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"up|V9600|High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"uq|V19200|High Speed Modem at 19200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V9600:tc=std.19200:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47813
msgid ""
"For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps "
"modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47817
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis or V.34 Modem\n"
"# Starting at 57.6 Kbps\n"
"#\n"
"vm|VH300|Very High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH57600:tc=std.300:\n"
"vn|VH1200|Very High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"vo|VH2400|Very High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"vp|VH9600|Very High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"vq|VH57600|Very High Speed Modem at 57600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH9600:tc=std.57600:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47832
msgid ""
"For a slow <acronym>CPU</acronym> or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-"
"based serial ports, this configuration may produce <errorname>sio</"
"errorname> <quote>silo</quote> errors at 57.6 Kbps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47837
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/ttys</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47841
msgid ""
"The configuration of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> is similar to <xref "
"linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/>, but a different argument is passed to "
"<command>getty</command> and <literal>dialup</literal> is used for the "
"terminal type. Replace <replaceable>xxx</replaceable> with the process "
"<command>init</command> will run on the device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47848
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty <replaceable>xxx</replaceable>\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47850
msgid ""
"The <literal>dialup</literal> terminal type can be changed. For example, "
"setting <literal>vt102</literal> as the default terminal type allows users "
"to use <acronym>VT102</acronym> emulation on their remote systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47856
msgid ""
"For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed "
"in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. This example is for a modem whose "
"port speed is locked at 19.2 Kbps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47861
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.<replaceable>19200</replaceable>\"   dialup "
"on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47863
msgid ""
"In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the "
"appropriate beginning <quote>auto-baud</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/"
"gettytab</filename>. To continue the example for a matching-speed modem that "
"starts at 19.2 Kbps, use this entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47869
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47871
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, wait until the modem is "
"properly configured and connected before signaling <command>init</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47882
msgid ""
"High-speed modems, like <acronym>V.32</acronym>, <acronym>V.32bis</acronym>, "
"and <acronym>V.34</acronym> modems, use hardware (<literal>RTS/CTS</"
"literal>) flow control. Use <command>stty</command> to set the hardware flow "
"control flag for the modem port. This example sets the <varname>crtscts</"
"varname> flag on <filename>COM2</filename>'s dial-in and dial-out "
"initialization devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/cuau1.init crtscts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48045
msgid ""
"This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that "
"will not connect to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48048
msgid ""
"Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem "
"has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's <acronym>DTR</"
"acronym> indicator lights when the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt appears on "
"the system's console. If it lights up, that should mean that FreeBSD has "
"started a <command>getty</command> process on the appropriate communications "
"port and is waiting for the modem to accept a call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48057
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>DTR</acronym> indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD "
"system through the console and type <command>ps ax</command> to see if "
"FreeBSD is running a <command>getty</command> process on the correct port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48062
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  114 ??  I      0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 <replaceable>ttyu0</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48064
msgid ""
"If the second column contains a <literal>d0</literal> instead of a "
"<literal>??</literal> and the modem has not accepted a call yet, this means "
"that <command>getty</command> has completed its open on the communications "
"port. This could indicate a problem with the cabling or a misconfigured "
"modem because <command>getty</command> should not be able to open the "
"communications port until the carrier detect signal has been asserted by the "
"modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48073
msgid ""
"If no <command>getty</command> processes are waiting to open the port, "
"double-check that the entry for the port is correct in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename>. Also, check <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> to see if "
"there are any log messages from <command>init</command> or <command>getty</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48080
msgid ""
"Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 "
"stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or "
"the prompt shows garbage, try pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap> about once per "
"second. If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, try sending a "
"<command>BREAK</command>. When using a high-speed modem, try dialing again "
"after locking the dialing modem's interface speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48089
msgid ""
"If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, check <filename>/etc/"
"gettytab</filename> again and double-check that:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48095
msgid ""
"The initial capability name specified in the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename> matches the name of a capability in <filename>/etc/gettytab</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48101
msgid ""
"Each <literal>nx=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</"
"filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48106
msgid ""
"Each <literal>tc=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</"
"filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48111
msgid ""
"If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem "
"is configured to answer the phone when <acronym>DTR</acronym> is asserted. "
"If the modem seems to be configured correctly, verify that the <acronym>DTR</"
"acronym> line is asserted by checking the modem's indicator lights."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48118
msgid ""
"If it still does not work, try sending an email to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD "
"general questions mailing list</link> describing the modem and the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:48125
msgid "Dial-out Service"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48127
msgid "<primary>dial-out service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48129
msgid ""
"The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to "
"another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session "
"with a remote host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48133
msgid ""
"This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if "
"there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal "
"session to FTP the needed file. Then use zmodem to transfer it to the "
"machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48139
msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48141
msgid ""
"A generic Hayes dialer is built into <command>tip</command>. Use <literal>at="
"hayes</literal> in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48145
msgid ""
"The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced "
"features of newer modems messages like <literal>BUSY</literal>, <literal>NO "
"DIALTONE</literal>, or <literal>CONNECT 115200</literal>. Turn those "
"messages off when using <command>tip</command> with <command>ATX0&amp;W</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48152
msgid ""
"The dial timeout for <command>tip</command> is 60 seconds. The modem should "
"use something less, or else <command>tip</command> will think there is a "
"communication problem. Try <command>ATS7=45&amp;W</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48159
msgid "Using <literal>AT</literal> Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48161
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/remote</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48164
msgid ""
"Create a <quote>direct</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. "
"For example, if the modem is hooked up to the first serial port, <filename>/"
"dev/cuau0</filename>, use the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48170
#, no-wrap
msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48172
msgid ""
"Use the highest <acronym>bps</acronym> rate the modem supports in the "
"<literal>br</literal> capability. Then, type <command>tip cuau0</command> to "
"connect to the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48176
msgid ""
"Or, use <command>cu</command> as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l<replaceable>line</replaceable> -"
"s<replaceable>speed</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48181
msgid ""
"<replaceable>line</replaceable> is the serial port, such as <filename>/dev/"
"cuau0</filename>, and <replaceable>speed</replaceable> is the speed, such as "
"<literal>57600</literal>. When finished entering the AT commands, type "
"<command>~.</command> to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48189
msgid "The <literal>@</literal> Sign Does Not Work"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48191
msgid ""
"The <literal>@</literal> sign in the phone number capability tells "
"<command>tip</command> to look in <filename>/etc/phones</filename> for a "
"phone number. But, the <literal>@</literal> sign is also a special character "
"in capability files like <filename>/etc/remote</filename>, so it needs to be "
"escaped with a backslash:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48198
#, no-wrap
msgid "pn=\\@"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48202
msgid "Dialing from the Command Line"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48204
msgid ""
"Put a <quote>generic</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:\n"
"tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48212
msgid "This should now work:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48214
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tip -115200 5551234</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48216
msgid ""
"Users who prefer <command>cu</command> over <command>tip</command>, can use "
"a generic <literal>cu</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48223
msgid "and type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48225
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu 5551234 -s 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48229
msgid "Setting the <acronym>bps</acronym> Rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48231
msgid ""
"Put in an entry for <literal>tip1200</literal> or <literal>cu1200</literal>, "
"but go ahead and use whatever <acronym>bps</acronym> rate is appropriate "
"with the <literal>br</literal> capability. <command>tip</command> thinks a "
"good default is 1200 bps which is why it looks for a <literal>tip1200</"
"literal> entry. 1200 bps does not have to be used, though."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48241
msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48244
msgid ""
"Rather than waiting until connected and typing <command>CONNECT "
"<replaceable>host</replaceable></command> each time, use <command>tip</"
"command>'s <literal>cm</literal> capability. For example, these entries in "
"<filename>/etc/remote</filename> will let you type <command>tip pain</"
"command> or <command>tip muffin</command> to connect to the hosts "
"<systemitem>pain</systemitem> or <systemitem>muffin</systemitem>, and "
"<command>tip deep13</command> to connect to the terminal server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48254
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT pain\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT muffin\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau2:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48264
msgid "Using More Than One Line with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48267
msgid ""
"This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and "
"several thousand students trying to use them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48271
msgid ""
"Make an entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename> and use <literal>@</"
"literal> for the <literal>pn</literal> capability:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university:\\\n"
"        :pn=\\@:tc=dialout\n"
"dialout:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48280
msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in <filename>/etc/phones</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university 5551111\n"
"big-university 5551112\n"
"big-university 5551113\n"
"big-university 5551114"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48288
msgid ""
"<command>tip</command> will try each number in the listed order, then give "
"up. To keep retrying, run <command>tip</command> in a <literal>while</"
"literal> loop."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48295
msgid "Using the Force Character"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48297
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>P</keycap> </"
"keycombo> is the default <quote>force</quote> character, used to tell "
"<command>tip</command> that the next character is literal data. The force "
"character can be set to any other character with the <command>~s</command> "
"escape, which means <quote>set a variable.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48306
msgid ""
"Type <command>~sforce=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable></command> "
"followed by a newline. <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is any single "
"character. If <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is left out, then the "
"force character is the null character, which is accessed by typing <keycombo "
"action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> or "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap> </"
"keycombo>. A pretty good value for <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
"<keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>, which is only used on some terminal servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48327
msgid ""
"To change the force character, specify the following in <filename>~/.tiprc</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48330
#, no-wrap
msgid "force=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48334
msgid "Upper Case Characters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48336
msgid ""
"This happens when <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
"<keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo> is pressed, which is <command>tip</command>'s "
"<quote>raise character</quote>, specially designed for people with broken "
"caps-lock keys. Use <command>~s</command> to set <literal>raisechar</"
"literal> to something reasonable. It can be set to be the same as the force "
"character, if neither feature is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48347
msgid ""
"Here is a sample <filename>~/.tiprc</filename> for <application>Emacs</"
"application> users who need to type <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> and <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48357
#, no-wrap
msgid "force=^^\n"
"raisechar=^^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48360
msgid ""
"The <literal>^^</literal> is <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</"
"keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48368
msgid "File Transfers with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48370
msgid ""
"When talking to another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-"
"like operating system, files can be sent and received using <command>~p</"
"command> (put) and <command>~t</command> (take). These commands run "
"<command>cat</command> and <command>echo</command> on the remote system to "
"accept and send files. The syntax is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48376
msgid ""
"<command>~p</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">local-file</arg> <arg choice="
"\"opt\">remote-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48382
msgid ""
"<command>~t</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">remote-file</arg> <arg choice="
"\"opt\">local-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48388
msgid ""
"There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should "
"probably be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48393
msgid "Using <application>zmodem</application> with <command>tip</command>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48396
msgid ""
"To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type "
"<command>~C rz</command> to begin receiving them locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48400
msgid ""
"To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type "
"<command>~C sz <replaceable>files</replaceable></command> to send them to "
"the remote system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:48409
msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48412
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Kazutaka</firstname> <surname>YOKOTA</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48422
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Paul</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a document by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48432
msgid "<primary>serial console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48434
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial "
"port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators "
"who wish to install FreeBSD on machines that have no keyboard or monitor "
"attached, and developers who want to debug the kernel or device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48441
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"boot\"/>, FreeBSD employs a three stage "
"bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block code which is stored "
"at the beginning of the FreeBSD slice on the boot disk. The boot block then "
"loads and runs the boot loader as the third stage code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48447
msgid ""
"In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the "
"boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48452
msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48454
msgid ""
"This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. This "
"procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to <filename>COM1</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48459
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console on <filename>COM1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48463
msgid ""
"Connect the serial cable to <filename>COM1</filename> and the controlling "
"terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48469
msgid ""
"To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the "
"following command as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48473
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> sysrc -f /boot/loader.conf console=comconsole"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48477
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and change <literal>off</literal> to "
"<literal>on</literal> and <literal>dialup</literal> to <literal>vt100</"
"literal> for the <filename>ttyu0</filename> entry. Otherwise, a password "
"will not be required to connect via the serial console, resulting in a "
"potential security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48486
msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48492
msgid ""
"If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-"
"depth configuration explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48497
msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48499
msgid ""
"This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to "
"setup a serial console in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48503
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48506
msgid "Prepare a serial cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48510
msgid ""
"Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem "
"adapter. See <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for a discussion on serial "
"cables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48516
msgid "Unplug the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48518
msgid ""
"Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test "
"(<acronym>POST</acronym>) and will generate an error if the keyboard is not "
"detected. Some machines will refuse to boot until the keyboard is plugged in."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48524
msgid ""
"If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further "
"configuration is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48527
msgid ""
"If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> so that it ignores this error. Consult the "
"motherboard's manual for details on how to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48533
msgid ""
"Try setting the keyboard to <quote>Not installed</quote> in the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>. This setting tells the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> not "
"to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not complain if the "
"keyboard is absent. If that option is not present in the <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym>, look for an <quote>Halt on Error</quote> option instead. Setting "
"this to <quote>All but Keyboard</quote> or to <quote>No Errors</quote> will "
"have the same effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48544
msgid ""
"If the system has a <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mouse, "
"unplug it as well. <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mice "
"share some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can "
"fool the keyboard probe into thinking the keyboard is still there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48550
msgid ""
"While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot "
"without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no "
"graphics adapter by changing the <quote>graphics adapter</quote> setting in "
"the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration to <quote>Not installed</quote>. "
"Other systems do not support this option and will refuse to boot if there is "
"no display hardware in the system. With these machines, leave some kind of "
"graphics card plugged in, even if it is just a junky mono board. A monitor "
"does not need to be attached."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48565
msgid ""
"Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial "
"port on another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> box into "
"the serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48571
msgid ""
"Add the appropriate <literal>hint.sio.*</literal> entries to <filename>/boot/"
"device.hints</filename> for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also "
"require kernel configuration options. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the required options and device hints for each supported "
"serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48580
msgid ""
"Create <filename>boot.config</filename> in the root directory of the "
"<literal>a</literal> partition on the boot drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48584
msgid ""
"This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to "
"activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are needed."
" When using multiple options, include them all on the same line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48592 book.translate.xml:48701
msgid "<option>-h</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48595
msgid ""
"Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch console "
"devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, use "
"<option>-h</option> to direct the boot loader and the kernel to use the "
"serial port as its console device. Alternatively, to boot from the serial "
"port, use <option>-h</option> to tell the boot loader and the kernel to use "
"the video display as the console instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48608 book.translate.xml:48706
msgid "<option>-D</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48611
msgid ""
"Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single "
"configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video "
"display) or the serial port, depending on the state of <option>-h</option>. "
"In the dual console configuration, both the video display and the serial "
"port will become the console at the same time, regardless of the state of "
"<option>-h</option>. However, the dual console configuration takes effect "
"only while the boot block is running. Once the boot loader gets control, the "
"console specified by <option>-h</option> becomes the only console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48629
msgid "<option>-P</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48632
msgid ""
"Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the "
"<option>-D</option> and <option>-h</option> options are automatically set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48638
msgid ""
"Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, <option>-"
"P</option> is capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with "
"less than 101 keys and without F11 and F12 keys may not be detected. "
"Keyboards on some laptops may not be properly found because of this "
"limitation. If this is the case, do not use <option>-P</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48651
msgid ""
"Use either <option>-P</option> to select the console automatically or "
"<option>-h</option> to activate the serial console. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot.config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48656
msgid ""
"The options, except for <option>-P</option>, are passed to the boot loader. "
"The boot loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port "
"should become the console by examining the state of <option>-h</option>. "
"This means that if <option>-D</option> is specified but <option>-h</option> "
"is not specified in <filename>/boot.config</filename>, the serial port can "
"be used as the console only during the boot block as the boot loader will "
"use the internal video display as the console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48669
msgid "Boot the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48671
msgid ""
"When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of <filename>/boot."
"config</filename> to the console. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48675
#, no-wrap
msgid "/boot.config: -P\n"
"Keyboard: no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48678
msgid ""
"The second line appears only if <option>-P</option> is in <filename>/boot."
"config</filename> and indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. "
"These messages go to either the serial or internal console, or both, "
"depending on the option in <filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48689
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48690
msgid "Message goes to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48696
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48697 book.translate.xml:48717
msgid "internal console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48702 book.translate.xml:48722
msgid "serial console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48707 book.translate.xml:48712
msgid "serial and internal consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48711
msgid "<option>-Dh</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48716
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48721
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard absent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48728
msgid ""
"After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks "
"continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed "
"to the console. Under normal circumstances, there is no need to interrupt "
"the boot blocks, but one can do so in order to make sure things are set up "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48735
msgid ""
"Press any key, other than <keycap>Enter</keycap>, at the console to "
"interrupt the boot process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further "
"action:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48743
msgid ""
"Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal "
"console, or both, according to the options in <filename>/boot.config</"
"filename>. If the message appears in the correct console, press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48750
msgid ""
"If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the "
"settings. Enter <option>-h</option> then <keycap>Enter</keycap> or "
"<keycap>Return</keycap> to tell the boot block (and then the boot loader and "
"the kernel) to choose the serial port for the console. Once the system is "
"up, go back and check what went wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48760
msgid ""
"During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the "
"internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment "
"variables in the boot loader. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48767
msgid ""
"This line in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf.local</filename> configures the boot loader and the kernel to "
"send their boot messages to the serial console, regardless of the options in "
"<filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48773
#, no-wrap
msgid "console=\"comconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48775
msgid ""
"That line should be the first line of <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> "
"so that boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48780
msgid ""
"If that line does not exist, or if it is set to <literal>console="
"\"vidconsole\"</literal>, the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever "
"console is indicated by <option>-h</option> in the boot block. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48786
msgid ""
"At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to <option>-P</"
"option> in the boot block, and there is no provision to automatically select "
"the internal console and the serial console based on the presence of the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48794
msgid ""
"While it is not required, it is possible to provide a <command>login</"
"command> prompt over the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for "
"the serial port in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"term-config\"/>. If the speed of the serial port has been "
"changed, change <literal>std.9600</literal> to match the new setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48805
msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48807
msgid ""
"By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 "
"stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48813
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and set "
"<varname>BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED</varname> to the new console speed. Then, "
"recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48818
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/boot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48823
msgid ""
"If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with "
"<option>-h</option>, or if the serial console used by the kernel is "
"different from the one used by the boot blocks, add the following option, "
"with the desired speed, to a custom kernel configuration file and compile a "
"new kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48830
#, no-wrap
msgid "options CONSPEED=<replaceable>19200</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48834
msgid ""
"Add the <option>-S<replaceable>19200</replaceable></option> boot option to "
"<filename>/boot.config</filename>, replacing <replaceable>19200</"
"replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48842
msgid ""
"Add the following options to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Replace "
"<replaceable>115200</replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48847
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n"
"boot_serial=\"YES\"\n"
"comconsole_speed=\"<replaceable>115200</replaceable>\"\n"
"console=\"comconsole,vidconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48856
msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48858
msgid ""
"To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial "
"console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and "
"compile the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/"
">. Note that while this is useful for remote diagnostics, it is also "
"dangerous if a spurious BREAK is generated on the serial port. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about the kernel debugger."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48867
#, no-wrap
msgid "options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n"
"options DDB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:48892
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-ppp
#: book.translate.xml:48897 book.translate.xml:48924
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48901
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (<acronym>PPP</acronym>) protocol which "
"can be used to establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up "
"modem. This chapter describes how to configure modem-based communication "
"services in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48910
msgid ""
"How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48914
msgid ""
"How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48918
msgid ""
"How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> "
"(<acronym>PPPoA</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48927 book.translate.xml:50188
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over Ethernet</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48936 book.translate.xml:60718
msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48939
msgid ""
"Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:48980
msgid "Configuring <acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48982
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> connections using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD "
"kernel provides support for <filename>tun</filename> which is used to "
"interact with a modem hardware. Configuration is performed by editing at "
"least one configuration file, and configuration files containing examples "
"are provided. Finally, <command>ppp</command> is used to start and manage "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48991
msgid ""
"In order to use a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, the following items are "
"needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48996
msgid ""
"A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49001
msgid "A dial-up modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49005
msgid "The dial-up number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49010
msgid "The login name and password assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49015
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of one or more <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers. Normally, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> provides these addresses. If "
"it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"negotiation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49023
msgid ""
"If any of the required information is missing, contact the <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49026
msgid ""
"The following information may be supplied by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, but "
"is not necessary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49031
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. If this "
"information is unknown, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will automatically "
"provide the correct value during connection setup. When configuring "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> on FreeBSD, this address is referred to as "
"<literal>HISADDR</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49040
msgid ""
"The subnet mask. If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has not provided one, "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> will be used in "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-static-ip
#: book.translate.xml:49046
msgid "<primary>static <acronym>IP</acronym> address</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49050
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has assigned a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and hostname, it should be input into the configuration file. "
"Otherwise, this information will be automatically provided during connection "
"setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49058
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> connection scenarios. The required configuration file "
"is <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> and additional files and examples "
"are available in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49066
msgid ""
"Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. "
"These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the "
"discussion and are not meant to be placed in the actual file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49071
msgid ""
"When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines "
"that end in a <literal>:</literal> start in the first column (beginning of "
"the line) while all other lines should be indented as shown using spaces or "
"tabs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49078 book.translate.xml:51439
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49080
msgid ""
"<primary>PPP</primary> <secondary>with static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49086
msgid ""
"In order to configure a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, first edit "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> with the dial-in information for the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>. This file is described as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     default:\n"
"2       set log Phase Chat LCP IPCP CCP tun command\n"
"3       ident user-ppp VERSION\n"
"4       set device /dev/cuau0\n"
"5       set speed 115200\n"
"6       set dial \"ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\\n"
"7                 \\\"\\\" AT OK-AT-OK ATE1Q0 OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 40 "
"CONNECT\"\n"
"8       set timeout 180\n"
"9       enable dns\n"
"10\n"
"11    provider:\n"
"12      set phone \"(123) 456 7890\"\n"
"13      set authname foo\n"
"14      set authkey bar\n"
"15      set timeout 300\n"
"16      set ifaddr <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>/0 <replaceable>y.y.y."
"y</replaceable>/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n"
"17      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49111
msgid "Line 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49114
msgid ""
"Identifies the <literal>default</literal> entry. Commands in this entry "
"(lines 2 through 9) are executed automatically when <command>ppp</command> "
"is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49122
msgid "Line 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49125
msgid ""
"Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the "
"configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49130
#, no-wrap
msgid "set log phase tun"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49136
msgid "Line 3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49139
msgid ""
"Displays the version of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to the <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> software running on the other side of the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49146
msgid "Line 4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49149
msgid ""
"Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where <filename>COM1</"
"filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> and <filename>COM2</filename> "
"is <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49158
msgid "Line 5:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49161
msgid ""
"Sets the connection speed. If <literal>115200</literal> does not work on an "
"older modem, try <literal>38400</literal> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49168
msgid "Lines 6 &amp; 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49171
msgid ""
"The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49175
msgid ""
"Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any "
"command in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> may do this if the last character "
"on the line is <literal>\\</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49184
msgid "Line 8:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49187
msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49193
msgid "Line 9:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49196
msgid ""
"Instructs the peer to confirm the <acronym>DNS</acronym> settings. If the "
"local network is running its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, this line "
"should be commented out, by adding a <literal>#</literal> at the beginning "
"of the line, or removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49206
msgid "Line 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49209
msgid ""
"A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49215
msgid "Line 11:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49218
msgid ""
"Identifies an entry called <literal>provider</literal>. This could be "
"changed to the name of the <acronym>ISP</acronym> so that <option>load "
"<replaceable>ISP</replaceable></option> can be used to start the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49228
msgid "Line 12:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49231
msgid ""
"Use the phone number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>. Multiple phone numbers "
"may be specified using the colon (<literal>:</literal>) or pipe character "
"(<literal>|</literal>) as a separator. To rotate through the numbers, use a "
"colon. To always attempt to dial the first number first and only use the "
"other numbers if the first number fails, use the pipe character. Always "
"enclose the entire set of phone numbers between quotation marks "
"(<literal>\"</literal>) to prevent dialing failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49246
msgid "Lines 13 &amp; 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49249
msgid "Use the user name and password for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49255 book.translate.xml:49660
msgid "Line 15:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49258
msgid ""
"Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this "
"example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of "
"inactivity. To prevent a timeout, set this value to zero."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49267
msgid "Line 16:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49269
msgid ""
"Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address has been obtained from the <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym> or if it instead negotiates a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> address "
"during connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49276
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has allocated a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and default gateway, replace <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> with "
"the static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. "
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has only provided a static <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address without a gateway address, replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> with <systemitem class=\"netmask\">10.0.0.2/0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49287
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>IP</acronym> address changes whenever a connection is made, "
"change this line to the following value. This tells "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to use the <acronym>IP</acronym> Configuration Protocol "
"(<acronym>IPCP</acronym>) to negotiate a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49294
#, no-wrap
msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49300
msgid "Line 17:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49303
msgid ""
"Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The "
"<literal>HISADDR</literal> will automatically be replaced with the gateway "
"address specified on line 16. It is important that this line appears after "
"line 16."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49312
msgid ""
"Depending upon whether <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started manually or "
"automatically, a <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> may also need to "
"be created which contains the following lines. This file is required when "
"running <command>ppp</command> in <option>-auto</option> mode. This file is "
"used after the connection has been established. At this point, the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address will have been assigned and it is now be "
"possible to add the routing table entries. When creating this file, make "
"sure that <replaceable>provider</replaceable> matches the value demonstrated "
"in line 11 of <filename>ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49326
#, no-wrap
msgid "provider:\n"
"      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49329
msgid ""
"This file is also needed when the default gateway address is <quote>guessed</"
"quote> in a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address configuration. In this "
"case, remove line 17 from <filename>ppp.conf</filename> and create "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> with the above two lines. More "
"examples for this file can be found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49337
msgid ""
"By default, <command>ppp</command> must be run as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. To change this default, add the account of "
"the user who should run <command>ppp</command> to the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">network</systemitem> group in <filename>/etc/group</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49343
msgid ""
"Then, give the user access to one or more entries in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp."
"conf</filename> with <command>allow</command>. For example, to give "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">fred</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"username\">mary</systemitem> permission to only the <literal>provider:</"
"literal> entry, add this line to the <literal>provider:</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49352
#, no-wrap
msgid "allow users <replaceable>fred mary</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49354
msgid ""
"To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the "
"<literal>default</literal> section instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49564
msgid "<primary>NetBIOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49568
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>Microsoft extensions</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49573
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver "
"addresses on demand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49576
msgid ""
"To enable these extensions with <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 1.x, the "
"following lines might be added to the relevant section of <filename>/etc/ppp/"
"ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49581
#, no-wrap
msgid "enable msext\n"
"set ns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49585
msgid "And for <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 2 and above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49588
#, no-wrap
msgid "accept dns\n"
"set dns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49592
msgid ""
"This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, "
"and a NetBIOS nameserver host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49596
msgid ""
"In version 2 and above, if the <literal>set dns</literal> line is omitted, "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> will use the values found in <filename>/etc/resolv."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49602
msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49604
msgid "<primary>PAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49605
msgid "<primary>CHAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49606
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s set their system up so that the authentication "
"part of the connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP "
"authentication mechanisms. If this is the case, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> "
"will not give a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at connection, but will start "
"talking <acronym>PPP</acronym> immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49614
msgid ""
"PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as "
"passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted "
"down a serial line only. There is not much room for crackers to "
"<quote>eavesdrop</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49620
msgid "The following alterations must be made:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49623
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"13      set authname <replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>\n"
"14      set authkey <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>\n"
"15      set login"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49629
msgid "Line 13:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49632
msgid ""
"This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name. Insert the correct value for "
"<replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49639
msgid "Line 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49642
msgid "<primary>password</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49641
msgid ""
"This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password<_:indexterm-1/>. Insert the "
"correct value for <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>. You may want to add "
"an additional line, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49647
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept PAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49651
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49653
msgid ""
"to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both "
"accepted by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49663
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ISP</acronym> will not normally require a login to the server "
"when using PAP or CHAP. Therefore, disable the <quote>set login</quote> "
"string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49673
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> Network Address Translation Capability"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49676
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>NAT</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49680
msgid ""
"PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. "
"This functionality may be enabled by the following line in <filename>/etc/"
"ppp/ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49685
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat enable yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49687
msgid ""
"Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option <literal>-nat</"
"literal>. There is also <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> knob named "
"<literal>ppp_nat</literal>, which is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49693
msgid ""
"When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> options to enable incoming "
"connections forwarding:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49697
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n"
"nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49700
msgid "or do not trust the outside at all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49702
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat deny_incoming yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49707
msgid "Final System Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49709
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>configuration</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49713
msgid ""
"While <command>ppp</command> is now configured, some edits still need to be "
"made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49717
msgid ""
"Working from the top down in this file, make sure the <literal>hostname=</"
"literal> line is set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49720
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49722
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has supplied a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and name, use this name as the host name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49726
msgid ""
"Look for the <literal>network_interfaces</literal> variable. To configure "
"the system to dial the <acronym>ISP</acronym> on demand, make sure the "
"<filename>tun0</filename> device is added to the list, otherwise remove it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49732
#, no-wrap
msgid "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n"
"ifconfig_tun0="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49736
msgid ""
"The <literal>ifconfig_tun0</literal> variable should be empty, and a file "
"called <filename>/etc/start_if.tun0</filename> should be created. This file "
"should contain the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49741
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp -auto mysystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49743
msgid ""
"This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp "
"daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider "
"including <option>-alias</option>. Refer to the manual page for further "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49750
msgid ""
"Make sure that the router program is set to <literal>NO</literal> with the "
"following line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49754
#, no-wrap
msgid "router_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49756
msgid "<primary><application>routed</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49760
msgid ""
"It is important that the <command>routed</command> daemon is not started, as "
"<command>routed</command> tends to delete the default routing table entries "
"created by <command>ppp</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49765
msgid ""
"It is probably a good idea to ensure that the <literal>sendmail_flags</"
"literal> line does not include the <option>-q</option> option, otherwise "
"<command>sendmail</command> will attempt to do a network lookup every now "
"and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. You may try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49772
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49774
msgid "<primary><application>sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49777
msgid ""
"The downside is that <command>sendmail</command> is forced to re-examine the "
"mail queue whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include <command>!bg</"
"command> in <filename>ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     provider:\n"
"2       delete ALL\n"
"3       add 0 0 HISADDR\n"
"4       !bg sendmail -bd -q30m"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49787 book.translate.xml:51464
msgid "<primary>SMTP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49791
msgid ""
"An alternative is to set up a <quote>dfilter</quote> to block SMTP traffic. "
"Refer to the sample files for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49797
msgid "Using <command>ppp</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49799
msgid ""
"All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49802 book.translate.xml:49995
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49804
msgid ""
"and then <command>dial provider</command> to start the <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> session, or, to configure <command>ppp</command> to establish "
"sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and <filename>start_if."
"tun0</filename> does not exist, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49811
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -auto provider</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49813
msgid ""
"It is possible to talk to the <command>ppp</command> program while it is "
"running in the background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been "
"set up. To do this, add the following line to the configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49818
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"set server /var/run/ppp-tun<replaceable>%d</replaceable> DiagnosticPassword "
"0177"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49820
msgid ""
"This will tell PPP to listen to the specified <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> domain socket, asking clients for the "
"specified password before allowing access. The <literal>%d</literal> in the "
"name is replaced with the <filename>tun</filename> device number that is in "
"use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49827
msgid ""
"Once a socket has been set up, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pppctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> program may be used in "
"scripts that wish to manipulate the running program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49833
msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49835
msgid "<primary><command>mgetty</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49839
msgid "<primary>AutoPPP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49843
msgid "<primary>LCP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49846
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"dialup\"/> provides a good description on enabling dial-up "
"services using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49849
msgid ""
"An alternative to <command>getty</command> is <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</"
"package> port), a smarter version of <command>getty</command> designed with "
"dial-up lines in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49854
msgid ""
"The advantages of using <command>mgetty</command> is that it actively "
"<emphasis>talks</emphasis> to modems, meaning if port is turned off in "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename> then the modem will not answer the phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49860
msgid ""
"Later versions of <command>mgetty</command> (from 0.99beta onwards) also "
"support the automatic detection of <acronym>PPP</acronym> streams, allowing "
"clients scriptless access to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49865
msgid ""
"Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc."
"html\">http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html</link> for more "
"information on <command>mgetty</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49868
msgid ""
"By default the <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port comes with the "
"<literal>AUTO_PPP</literal> option enabled allowing <command>mgetty</"
"command> to detect the LCP phase of <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections and "
"automatically spawn off a ppp shell. However, since the default login/"
"password sequence does not occur it is necessary to authenticate users using "
"either PAP or CHAP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49877
msgid ""
"This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the "
"<package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port on his system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49882
msgid ""
"Ensure that <filename>/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config</filename> "
"has the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49886
#, no-wrap
msgid "/AutoPPP/ -     - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49888
msgid ""
"This tells <command>mgetty</command> to run <filename>ppp-pap-dialup</"
"filename> for detected <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49892
msgid ""
"Create an executable file called <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup</"
"filename> containing the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49896
#, no-wrap
msgid "#!/bin/sh\n"
"exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49899
msgid ""
"For each dial-up line enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, create a "
"corresponding entry in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. This will "
"happily co-exist with the definitions we created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49905
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pap:\n"
"  enable pap\n"
"  set ifaddr 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.20-203.14.100.40\n"
"  enable proxy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49910
msgid ""
"Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password "
"in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>, or alternatively add the "
"following option to authenticate users via PAP from <filename>/etc/passwd</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49917
#, no-wrap
msgid "enable passwdauth"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49919
msgid ""
"To assign some users a static <acronym>IP</acronym> number, specify the "
"number as the third argument in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>. "
"See <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.secret.sample</filename> for "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:49939
msgid "Troubleshooting <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49941
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49946
msgid ""
"This section covers a few issues which may arise when using <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> over a modem connection. Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s present the "
"<literal>ssword</literal> prompt while others present <literal>password</"
"literal>. If the <command>ppp</command> script is not written accordingly, "
"the login attempt will fail. The most common way to debug <command>ppp</"
"command> connections is by connecting manually as described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49957
msgid "Check the Device Nodes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49959
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49962
#, no-wrap
msgid "device   uart"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49964
msgid ""
"The <filename>uart</filename> device is already included in the "
"<literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel, so no additional steps are necessary in "
"this case. Just check the <command>dmesg</command> output for the modem "
"device with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49970
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep uart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49972
msgid ""
"This should display some pertinent output about the <filename>uart</"
"filename> devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a "
"standard serial port, it should be listed on <filename>uart1</filename>, or "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. If so, a kernel rebuild is not required. When "
"matching up, if the modem is on <filename>uart1</filename>, the modem device "
"would be <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49983
msgid "Connecting Manually"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49985
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling <command>ppp</command> is "
"quick, easy, and a great way to debug a connection or just get information "
"on how the <acronym>ISP</acronym> treats <command>ppp</command> client "
"connections. Lets start <application>PPP</application> from the command line."
" Note that in all of our examples we will use <emphasis>example</emphasis> "
"as the hostname of the machine running <application>PPP</application>. To "
"start <command>ppp</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49997
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set device /dev/cuau1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49999
msgid ""
"This second command sets the modem device to <filename>cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50002
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set speed 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50004
msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 <acronym>kbps</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50007
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>enable dns</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50009
msgid ""
"This tells <command>ppp</command> to configure the resolver and add the "
"nameserver lines to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. If <command>ppp</"
"command> cannot determine the hostname, it can manually be set later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50015
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>term</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50017
msgid ""
"This switches to <quote>terminal</quote> mode in order to manually control "
"the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50020
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deflink: Entering terminal mode on <filename class=\"devicefile\">/dev/"
"cuau1</filename>\n"
"type '~h' for help"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>at</userinput>\n"
"OK\n"
"<userinput>atdt<replaceable>123456789</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50027
msgid ""
"Use <command>at</command> to initialize the modem, then use <command>atdt</"
"command> and the number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym> to begin the dial in "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50031
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONNECT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50033
msgid ""
"Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection "
"problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve "
"them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50037
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Login:<userinput>myusername</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50039
msgid ""
"At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50042
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Pass:<userinput>mypassword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50044
msgid ""
"At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>. Just like logging into FreeBSD, the password will "
"not echo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50048
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shell or PPP:<userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50050
msgid ""
"Depending on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, this prompt might not appear. If it "
"does, it is asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start "
"<command>ppp</command>. In this example, <command>ppp</command> was selected "
"in order to establish an Internet connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50057
#, no-wrap
msgid "Ppp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50059
msgid ""
"Notice that in this example the first <option>p</option> has been "
"capitalized. This shows that we have successfully connected to the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50063
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50065
msgid ""
"We have successfully authenticated with our <acronym>ISP</acronym> and are "
"waiting for the assigned <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50069
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50071
msgid ""
"We have made an agreement on an <acronym>IP</acronym> address and "
"successfully completed our connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50074
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;<userinput>add default HISADDR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50076
msgid ""
"Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the "
"outside world as currently the only established connection is with the peer. "
"If this fails due to existing routes, put a bang character <literal>!</"
"literal> in front of the <option>add</option>. Alternatively, set this "
"before making the actual connection and it will negotiate a new route "
"accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50085
msgid ""
"If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the "
"Internet, which could be thrown into the background using <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>z</keycap></keycombo> If "
"<command>PPP</command> returns to <command>ppp</command> then the connection "
"has bee lost. This is good to know because it shows the connection status. "
"Capital P's represent a connection to the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and "
"lowercase p's show that the connection has been lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50097
msgid "Debugging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50099
msgid ""
"If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow <acronym>CTS/RTS</"
"acronym> to off using <option>set ctsrts off</option>. This is mainly the "
"case when connected to some <application>PPP</application>-capable terminal "
"servers, where <application>PPP</application> hangs when it tries to write "
"data to the communication link, and waits for a Clear To Send (<acronym>CTS</"
"acronym>) signal which may never come. When using this option, include "
"<option>set accmap</option> as it may be required to defeat hardware "
"dependent on passing certain characters from end to end, most of the time "
"XON/XOFF. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on this option and how it is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50112
msgid ""
"An older modem may need <option>set parity even</option>. Parity is set at "
"none be default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in "
"traffic, on older modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50117
msgid ""
"<application>PPP</application> may not return to the command mode, which is "
"usually a negotiation error where the <acronym>ISP</acronym> is waiting for "
"negotiating to begin. At this point, using <command>~p</command> will force "
"ppp to start sending the configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50123
msgid ""
"If a login prompt never appears, <acronym>PAP</acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</"
"acronym> authentication is most likely required. To use <acronym>PAP</"
"acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</acronym>, add the following options to "
"<application>PPP</application> before going into terminal mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authname <replaceable>myusername</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50132
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>myusername</replaceable> should be replaced with the "
"username that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authkey <replaceable>mypassword</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50138
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable> should be replaced with the "
"password that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50142
msgid ""
"If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. If there is 100 "
"percent (100%) packet loss, it is likely that a default route was not "
"assigned. Double check that <option>add default HISADDR</option> was set "
"during the connection. If a connection can be made to a remote <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address, it is possible that a resolver address has not been added "
"to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. This file should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"domain <replaceable>example.com</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50157
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> and <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> should be replaced with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50162
msgid ""
"To configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> to provide logging for "
"the <application>PPP</application> connection, make sure this line exists in "
"<filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50166
#, no-wrap
msgid "!ppp\n"
"*.*     /var/log/ppp.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50186
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50193
msgid ""
"This section describes how to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet "
"(<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50196
msgid "Here is an example of a working <filename>ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"  set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n"
"  set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n"
"\n"
"name_of_service_provider:\n"
"  set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable> # replace xl1 with your "
"Ethernet device\n"
"  set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n"
"  set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n"
"  set dial\n"
"  set login\n"
"  add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50211
msgid "As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:50216 book.translate.xml:62313
msgid "Add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n"
"ppp_nat=\"YES\"	# if you want to enable nat for your local network, "
"otherwise NO\n"
"ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50225
msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50227
msgid ""
"Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the "
"connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE "
"servers attached to a given network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50232
msgid ""
"Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided "
"by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50235
msgid ""
"As a last resort, one could try installing the <package>net/rr-pppoe</"
"package> package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your "
"modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install "
"the program shipped with the modem. Then, access the <guimenu>System</"
"guimenu> menu from the program. The name of the profile should be listed "
"there. It is usually <emphasis>ISP</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50244
msgid ""
"The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry "
"in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> as the provider part for <command>set "
"device</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for full details. It "
"should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable>:<replaceable>ISP</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50252
msgid ""
"Do not forget to change <replaceable>xl1</replaceable> to the proper device "
"for the Ethernet card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50255
msgid "Do not forget to change <replaceable>ISP</replaceable> to the profile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50258
msgid ""
"For additional information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://renaud."
"waldura.com/doc/freebsd/pppoe/\">Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL</"
"link> by Renaud Waldura."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50264
msgid ""
"PPPoE with a <trademark class=\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> ADSL Modem Dual Link"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50268
msgid ""
"This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html\">RFC 2516</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50272
msgid ""
"In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl "
"must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50277
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50279
msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50281
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50283
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to "
"talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</"
"trademark> ADSL Modem at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50291
msgid ""
"Using <application>PPP</application> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> (PPPoA)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50294
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over <acronym>ATM</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50299
msgid "<primary>PPPoA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50303
msgid ""
"The following describes how to set up PPP over <acronym>ATM</acronym> "
"(PPPoA). PPPoA is a popular choice among European DSL providers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50360
msgid "Using mpd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50362
msgid ""
"The <application>mpd</application> application can be used to connect to a "
"variety of services, in particular PPTP services. It can be installed using "
"the <package>net/mpd5</package> package or port. Many ADSL modems require "
"that a PPTP tunnel is created between the modem and computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50369
msgid ""
"Once installed, configure <application>mpd</application> to suit the "
"provider's settings. The port places a set of sample configuration files "
"which are well documented in <filename>/usr/local/etc/mpd/</filename>. A "
"complete guide to configure <application>mpd</application> is available in "
"HTML format in <filename>/usr/ports/share/doc/mpd/</filename>. Here is a "
"sample configuration for connecting to an ADSL service with "
"<application>mpd</application>. The configuration is spread over two files, "
"first the <filename>mpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:50381
msgid ""
"This example <filename>mpd.conf</filename> only works with <application>mpd</"
"application> 4.x."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"    load adsl\n"
"\n"
"adsl:\n"
"    new -i ng0 adsl adsl\n"
"    set bundle authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-"
"mpd-ex-user\"/>\n"
"    set bundle password <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-"
"mpd-ex-pass\"/>\n"
"    set bundle disable multilink\n"
"\n"
"    set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n"
"    set link disable chap\n"
"    set link accept chap\n"
"    set link keep-alive 30 10\n"
"\n"
"    set ipcp no vjcomp\n"
"    set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"\n"
"    set iface route default\n"
"    set iface disable on-demand\n"
"    set iface enable proxy-arp\n"
"    set iface idle 0\n"
"\n"
"    open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50411
msgid "The username used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50415
msgid "The password used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50420
msgid ""
"Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in <filename>mpd."
"links</filename>. An example <filename>mpd.links</filename> to accompany the "
"above example is given beneath:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50425
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
"    set link type pptp\n"
"    set pptp mode active\n"
"    set pptp enable originate outcall\n"
"    set pptp self <replaceable>10.0.0.1</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-"
"self\"/>\n"
"    set pptp peer <replaceable>10.0.0.138</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-"
"ex-peer\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50434
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of FreeBSD computer running "
"<application>mpd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50438
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel "
"<trademark>SpeedTouch</trademark> Home defaults to <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50443
msgid ""
"It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following "
"command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpd -b <replaceable>adsl</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50449
msgid "To view the status of the connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>ng0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"ng0: flags=88d1&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu "
"1500\n"
"     inet 216.136.204.117 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50455
msgid ""
"Using <application>mpd</application> is the recommended way to connect to an "
"ADSL service with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50460
msgid "Using pptpclient"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50462
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using "
"<package>net/pptpclient</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50465
msgid ""
"To use <package>net/pptpclient</package> to connect to a DSL service, "
"install the port or package, then edit <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</"
"filename>. An example section of <filename>ppp.conf</filename> is given "
"below. For further information on <filename>ppp.conf</filename> options "
"consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
" set log phase chat lcp ipcp ccp tun command\n"
" set timeout 0\n"
" enable dns\n"
" set authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-"
"user\"/>\n"
" set authkey <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-"
"pass\"/>\n"
" set ifaddr 0 0\n"
" add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50483
msgid "The username for the DSL provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50487
msgid "The password for your account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50492
msgid ""
"Since the account's password is added to <filename>ppp.conf</filename>in "
"plain text form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50501
msgid ""
"This will open a tunnel for a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session to the DSL "
"router. Ethernet DSL modems have a preconfigured LAN <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address to connect to. In the case of the Alcatel <trademark>SpeedTouch</"
"trademark> Home, this address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</"
"systemitem>. The router's documentation should list the address the device "
"uses. To open the tunnel and start a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50510
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pptp <replaceable>address</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>adsl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:50513
msgid ""
"If an ampersand (<quote>&amp;</quote>) is added to the end of this command, "
"<application>pptp</application> will return the prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50519
msgid ""
"A <filename>tun</filename> virtual tunnel device will be created for "
"interaction between the <application>pptp</application> and "
"<application>ppp</application> processes. Once the prompt is returned, or "
"the <application>pptp</application> process has confirmed a connection, "
"examine the tunnel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50527
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tun0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"tun0: flags=8051&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        inet 216.136.204.21 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"	Opened by PID 918"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50532
msgid ""
"If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is "
"usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of "
"<command>pptp</command> and the contents of the log file, <filename>/var/log/"
"ppp.log</filename> for clues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50553
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Bill</firstname><surname>Lloyd</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50557
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Jim</firstname><surname>Mock</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50567
msgid ""
"<quote>Electronic Mail</quote>, better known as email, is one of the most "
"widely used forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic "
"introduction to running a mail server on FreeBSD, as well as an introduction "
"to sending and receiving email using FreeBSD. For more complete coverage of "
"this subject, refer to the books listed in <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50578
msgid ""
"Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic "
"mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50583
msgid ""
"Where basic <application>Sendmail</application> configuration files are "
"located in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50588
msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50593
msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50598
msgid ""
"How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing "
"<application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50604
msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50608
msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50612
msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50616
msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50621
msgid ""
"How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as <application>mutt</"
"application>, to send and receive email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50627
msgid ""
"How to download mail from a remote <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50633
msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50642
msgid ""
"Properly set up a network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/"
">)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50646
msgid ""
"Properly set up the <acronym>DNS</acronym> information for a mail host "
"(<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50658
msgid "Mail Components"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50660
msgid "<primary>POP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50661
msgid "<primary>IMAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50663
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Sendmail</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50667
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Postfix</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50671
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>qmail</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50675
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Exim</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50679
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>receiving</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50683 book.translate.xml:51355 book.translate.xml:51474
msgid "<primary>MX record</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50684
msgid "<primary>mail host</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50686
msgid ""
"There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User "
"Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>), the Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>), a mail host, a remote or local mailbox, and <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>. This section provides an overview of these components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50694
msgid "Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50696
msgid ""
"The Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>) is an application which is used "
"to compose, send, and receive emails. This application can be a command line "
"program, such as the built-in <command>mail</command> utility or a third-"
"party application from the Ports Collection, such as <application>mutt</"
"application>, <application>alpine</application>, or <application>elm</"
"application>. Dozens of graphical programs are also available in the Ports "
"Collection, including <application>Claws Mail</application>, "
"<application>Evolution</application>, and <application>Thunderbird</"
"application>. Some organizations provide a web mail program which can be "
"accessed through a web browser. More information about installing and using "
"a <acronym>MUA</acronym> on FreeBSD can be found in <xref linkend=\"mail-"
"agents\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50716
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50718
msgid ""
"The Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>) is responsible for "
"receiving incoming mail and delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with "
"<application>Sendmail</application> as the default <acronym>MTA</acronym>, "
"but it also supports numerous other mail server daemons, including "
"<application>Exim</application>, <application>Postfix</application>, and "
"<application>qmail</application>. <application>Sendmail</application> "
"configuration is described in <xref linkend=\"sendmail\"/>. If another "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, refer to its "
"post-installation message for FreeBSD-specific configuration details and the "
"application's website for more general configuration instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50738
msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50740
msgid ""
"The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving "
"mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the "
"domain and stores it either in the default <filename>mbox</filename> or the "
"alternative Maildir format, depending on the configuration. Once mail has "
"been stored, it may either be read locally using a <acronym>MUA</acronym> or "
"remotely accessed and collected using protocols such as <acronym>POP</"
"acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym>. If mail is read locally, a "
"<acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> server does not need to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50753
msgid ""
"To access mailboxes remotely, a <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> server is required as these protocols allow users to connect to "
"their mailboxes from remote locations. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> offers "
"several advantages over <acronym>POP</acronym>. These include the ability to "
"store a copy of messages on a remote server after they are downloaded and "
"concurrent updates. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> can be useful over low-speed "
"links as it allows users to fetch the structure of messages without "
"downloading them. It can also perform tasks such as searching on the server "
"in order to minimize data transfer between clients and servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50766
msgid ""
"Several <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers are "
"available in the Ports Collection. These include <package>mail/qpopper</"
"package>, <package>mail/imap-uw</package>, <package>mail/courier-imap</"
"package>, and <package>mail/dovecot2</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50775
msgid ""
"It should be noted that both <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> transmit information, including username and password credentials, "
"in clear-text. To secure the transmission of information across these "
"protocols, consider tunneling sessions over "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (<xref linkend=\"security-ssh-tunneling\"/>) or using "
"<acronym>SSL</acronym> (<xref linkend=\"openssl\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50787 book.translate.xml:55391
msgid "Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50789
msgid ""
"The Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) and its daemon "
"<command>named</command> play a large role in the delivery of email. In "
"order to deliver mail from one site to another, the <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"will look up the remote site in <acronym>DNS</acronym> to determine which "
"host will receive mail for the destination. This process also occurs when "
"mail is sent from a remote host to the <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50798
msgid ""
"In addition to mapping hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is responsible for storing information specific to "
"mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger <acronym>MX</acronym> records. The "
"<acronym>MX</acronym> record specifies which hosts will receive mail for a "
"particular domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50806
msgid ""
"To view the <acronym>MX</acronym> records for a domain, specify the type of "
"record. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>host</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, for more details "
"about this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>host -t mx FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD.org mail is handled by 10 mx1.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50813
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"network-dns\"/> for more information about "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> and its configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:50823
msgid "<application>Sendmail</application> Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50827
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Christopher</firstname> <surname>Shumway</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50837
msgid "<primary><application>Sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50841
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> is the default <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from <acronym>MUA</acronym>s and "
"delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its configuration. "
"<application>Sendmail</application> can also accept network connections and "
"deliver mail to local mailboxes or to another program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50849
msgid ""
"The configuration files for <application>Sendmail</application> are located "
"in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. This section describes these files in "
"more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50854
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/access</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50857
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50860
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50863
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50866
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50869
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50872
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50878
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50880
msgid ""
"This access database file defines which hosts or <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses have access to the local mail server and what kind of access they "
"have. Hosts listed as <option>OK</option>, which is the default option, are "
"allowed to send mail to this host as long as the mail's final destination is "
"the local machine. Hosts listed as <option>REJECT</option> are rejected for "
"all mail connections. Hosts listed as <option>RELAY</option> are allowed to "
"send mail for any destination using this mail server. Hosts listed as "
"<option>ERROR</option> will have their mail returned with the specified mail "
"error. If a host is listed as <option>SKIP</option>, <application>Sendmail</"
"application> will abort the current search for this entry without accepting "
"or rejecting the mail. Hosts listed as <option>QUARANTINE</option> will have "
"their messages held and will receive the specified text as the reason for "
"the hold."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50898
msgid ""
"Examples of using these options for both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses can be found in the FreeBSD sample "
"configuration, <filename>/etc/mail/access.sample</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"# Mail relay access control list.  Default is to reject mail unless the\n"
"# destination is local, or listed in /etc/mail/local-host-names\n"
"#\n"
"## Examples (commented out for safety)\n"
"#From:cyberspammer.com          ERROR:\"550 We don't accept mail from "
"spammers\"\n"
"#From:okay.cyberspammer.com     OK\n"
"#Connect:sendmail.org           RELAY\n"
"#To:sendmail.org                RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32                 RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32.2               SKIP\n"
"#Connect:IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7     RELAY\n"
"#Connect:suspicious.example.com QUARANTINE:Mail from suspicious host\n"
"#Connect:[127.0.0.3]            OK\n"
"#Connect:[IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8] OK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50920
msgid ""
"To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make "
"entries in <filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>, but do not put a comment "
"symbol (<literal>#</literal>) in front of the entries. Create an entry for "
"each host or network whose access should be configured. Mail senders that "
"match the left side of the table are affected by the action on the right "
"side of the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50929
msgid ""
"Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart "
"<application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50932
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/access &lt; /etc/mail/"
"access</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50938
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50940
msgid ""
"This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to "
"users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to "
"illustrate the file format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50945
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root: localuser\n"
"ftp-bugs: joe,eric,paul\n"
"bit.bucket:  /dev/null\n"
"procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50950
msgid ""
"The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) "
"on the right. The first entry expands the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> mailbox to the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">localuser</systemitem> mailbox, which is then looked up in the "
"<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename> database. If no match is found, the "
"message is delivered to <systemitem class=\"username\">localuser</"
"systemitem>. The second entry shows a mail list. Mail to <systemitem class="
"\"username\">ftp-bugs</systemitem> is expanded to the three local mailboxes "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">eric</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">paul</"
"systemitem>. A remote mailbox could be specified as "
"<replaceable>user@example.com</replaceable>. The third entry shows how to "
"write mail to a file, in this case <filename>/dev/null</filename>. The last "
"entry demonstrates how to send mail to a program, <filename>/usr/local/bin/"
"procmail</filename>, through a <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> pipe. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aliases</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about the format of this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50968
msgid ""
"Whenever this file is updated, run <command>newaliases</command> to update "
"and initialize the aliases database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51002
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51004
msgid ""
"This is the master configuration file for <application>Sendmail</"
"application>. It controls the overall behavior of <application>Sendmail</"
"application>, including everything from rewriting email addresses to "
"printing rejection messages to remote mail servers. Accordingly, this "
"configuration file is quite complex. Fortunately, this file rarely needs to "
"be changed for standard mail servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51013
msgid ""
"The master <application>Sendmail</application> configuration file can be "
"built from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>m4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> macros that define the features and behavior of "
"<application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/contrib/"
"sendmail/cf/README</filename> for some of the details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51020
msgid ""
"Whenever changes to this file are made, <application>Sendmail</application> "
"needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51027
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51029
msgid ""
"This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real "
"mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in "
"<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>, or files. This allows multiple "
"virtual domains to be hosted on one machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51036
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in <filename>/etc/mail/"
"virtusertable.sample</filename> to further demonstrate its format. The "
"following example demonstrates how to create custom entries using that "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51042
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root@example.com                root\n"
"postmaster@example.com          postmaster@noc.example.net\n"
"@example.com                    joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51046
msgid ""
"This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address matches "
"the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on the "
"right. The format of the first entry in this example maps a specific email "
"address to a local mailbox, whereas the format of the second entry maps a "
"specific email address to a remote mailbox. Finally, any email address from "
"<literal>example.com</literal> which has not matched any of the previous "
"entries will match the last mapping and be sent to the local mailbox "
"<literal>joe</literal>. When creating custom entries, use this format and "
"add them to <filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>. Whenever this file "
"is edited, update its database and restart <application>Sendmail</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable &lt; /etc/"
"mail/virtusertable</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51067
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51069
msgid ""
"In a default FreeBSD installation, <application>Sendmail</application> is "
"configured to only send mail from the host it is running on. For example, if "
"a <acronym>POP</acronym> server is available, users will be able to check "
"mail from remote locations but they will not be able to send outgoing emails "
"from outside locations. Typically, a few moments after the attempt, an email "
"will be sent from <literal>MAILER-DAEMON</literal> with a <errorname>5.7 "
"Relaying Denied</errorname> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51080
msgid ""
"The most straightforward solution is to add the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s "
"<acronym>FQDN</acronym> to <filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>. If "
"multiple addresses are needed, add them one per line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"your.isp.example.com\n"
"other.isp.example.net\n"
"users-isp.example.org\n"
"www.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51091
msgid ""
"After creating or editing this file, restart <application>Sendmail</"
"application> with <command>service sendmail restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51095
msgid ""
"Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the "
"user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send "
"mail from the system remotely without opening the system up to relaying "
"<acronym>SPAM</acronym> from the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51107
msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51110
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Boothman</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51120
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Gregory</firstname> <surname>Neil Shapiro</surname> "
"</personname> <contrib>Information taken from emails written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51130
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>change mta</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51135
msgid ""
"FreeBSD comes with <application>Sendmail</application> already installed as "
"the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which is in charge of outgoing and incoming mail. "
"However, the system administrator can change the system's <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>. A wide choice of alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s is available "
"from the <literal>mail</literal> category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51143
msgid ""
"Once a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed, configure and test the new "
"software before replacing <application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to the "
"documentation of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> for information on how to "
"configure the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51149
msgid ""
"Once the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is working, use the instructions in this "
"section to disable <application>Sendmail</application> and configure FreeBSD "
"to use the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51155
msgid "Disable <application>Sendmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:51158
msgid ""
"If <application>Sendmail</application>'s outgoing mail service is disabled, "
"it is important that it is replaced with an alternative mail delivery system."
" Otherwise, system functions such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be unable to "
"deliver their results by email. Many parts of the system expect a functional "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym>. If applications continue to use "
"<application>Sendmail</application>'s binaries to try to send email after "
"they are disabled, mail could go into an inactive <application>Sendmail</"
"application> queue and never be delivered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51170
msgid ""
"In order to completely disable <application>Sendmail</application>, add or "
"edit the following lines in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_submit_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_outbound_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51179
msgid ""
"To only disable <application>Sendmail</application>'s incoming mail service, "
"use only this entry in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51183
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51185
msgid ""
"More information on <application>Sendmail</application>'s startup options is "
"available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.sendmail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51190
msgid "Replace the Default <acronym>MTA</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51192
msgid ""
"When a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, "
"its startup script is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned "
"in its package message. Before starting the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>, stop "
"the running <application>Sendmail</application> processes. This example "
"stops all of these services, then starts the <application>Postfix</"
"application> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service postfix start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51203
msgid ""
"To start the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym> at system boot, add its "
"configuration line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This entry enables "
"the Postfix <acronym>MTA</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51208
#, no-wrap
msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51210
msgid ""
"Some extra configuration is needed as <application>Sendmail</application> is "
"so ubiquitous that some software assumes it is already installed and "
"configured. Check <filename>/etc/periodic.conf</filename> and make sure that "
"these values are set to <literal>NO</literal>. If this file does not exist, "
"create it with these entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_mail_rejects_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_include_submit_mailq=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51222
msgid ""
"Some alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s provide their own compatible "
"implementations of the <application>Sendmail</application> command-line "
"interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in replacements for "
"<application>Sendmail</application>. However, some <acronym>MUA</acronym>s "
"may try to execute standard <application>Sendmail</application> binaries "
"instead of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>'s binaries. FreeBSD uses "
"<filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> to map the expected "
"<application>Sendmail</application> binaries to the location of the new "
"binaries. More information about this mapping can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailwrapper</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51235
msgid ""
"The default <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# <_:phrase-1/>\n"
"#\n"
"# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/"
"sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"hoststat        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"purgestat       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51249
msgid ""
"When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually "
"executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it "
"easy to change what binaries are executed when these default binaries are "
"invoked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51254
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, when installed using the Ports Collection, "
"will prompt to update this file for the new binaries. For example, "
"<application>Postfix</application> will update the file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51259
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Execute the Postfix sendmail program, named /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/local/sbin/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51267
msgid ""
"If the installation of the <acronym>MTA</acronym> does not automatically "
"update <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename>, edit this file in a text "
"editor so that it points to the new binaries. This example points to the "
"binaries installed by <package>mail/ssmtp</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"mailq           /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"newaliases      /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"hoststat        /usr/bin/true\n"
"purgestat       /usr/bin/true"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51281
msgid ""
"Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. "
"Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly "
"configured to start the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> automatically on boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51291
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51299
msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51304
msgid ""
"The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a "
"host in <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foo.bar.edu</systemitem> to reach "
"a host called <systemitem>mumble</systemitem> in the <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">bar.edu</systemitem> domain, refer to it by the Fully-"
"Qualified Domain Name <acronym>FQDN</acronym>, <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, instead of just "
"<systemitem>mumble</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51313
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51312
msgid ""
"This is because the version of <application>BIND</application><_:indexterm-1/"
"> which ships with FreeBSD no longer provides default abbreviations for non-"
"FQDNs other than the local domain. An unqualified host such as "
"<systemitem>mumble</systemitem> must either be found as <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">mumble.foo.bar.edu</systemitem>, or it will be searched for "
"in the root domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51321
msgid ""
"In older versions of <application>BIND</application>, the search continued "
"across <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, and "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.edu</systemitem>. RFC 1535 details "
"why this is considered bad practice or even a security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51327
msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51329
#, no-wrap
msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51331
msgid "instead of the previous:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51333
#, no-wrap
msgid "domain foo.bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51335
msgid ""
"into <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. However, make sure that the "
"search order does not go beyond the <quote>boundary between local and public "
"administration</quote>, as RFC 1535 calls it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51344
msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51349
msgid ""
"Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-"
"dedicated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51352
msgid ""
"One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide "
"secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> <_:indexterm-1/> services for the domain. In "
"this example, the domain is <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</"
"systemitem> and the ISP has configured <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem> to provide secondary <acronym>MX</"
"acronym> services to the domain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.com.          MX        10      example.com.\n"
"                      MX        20      example.net."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51366
msgid ""
"Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For "
"<application>Sendmail</application>, add <literal>Cw example.com</literal> "
"in <filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename> on <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51371
msgid ""
"When the sending <acronym>MTA</acronym> attempts to deliver mail, it will "
"try to connect to the system, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"com</systemitem>, over the PPP link. This will time out if the destination "
"is offline. The <acronym>MTA</acronym> will automatically deliver it to the "
"secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site at the Internet Service Provider "
"(<acronym>ISP</acronym>), <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</"
"systemitem>. The secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site will periodically try "
"to connect to the primary <acronym>MX</acronym> host, <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51383
msgid "Use something like this as a login script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Put me in /usr/local/bin/pppmyisp\n"
"( sleep 60 ; /usr/sbin/sendmail -q ) &amp;\n"
"/usr/sbin/ppp -direct pppmyisp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51390
msgid ""
"When creating a separate login script for users, instead use "
"<command>sendmail -qRexample.com</command> in the script above. This will "
"force all mail in the queue for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"com</systemitem> to be processed immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51397
msgid ""
"A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"isp\">FreeBSD Internet service provider's mailing list</link>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&gt; we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n"
"&gt; our services several times a day automatically to get the mails to\n"
"&gt; his primary MX (We do not call his site when a mail for his domains\n"
"&gt; arrived). Our sendmail sends the mailqueue every 30 minutes. At the\n"
"&gt; moment he has to stay 30 minutes online to be sure that all mail is\n"
"&gt; gone to the primary MX.\n"
"&gt;\n"
"&gt; Is there a command that would initiate sendmail to send all the mails\n"
"&gt; now? The user has not root-privileges on our machine of course.\n"
"\n"
"In the <quote>privacy flags</quote> section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n"
"definition Opgoaway,restrictqrun\n"
"\n"
"Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n"
"You might also like to rearrange the MXs. We are the 1st MX for our\n"
"customers like this, and we have defined:\n"
"\n"
"# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n"
"# local config error.\n"
"OwTrue\n"
"\n"
"That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n"
"the customer connection.  You then send to your customer.  Only works for\n"
"<quote>hosts</quote>, so you need to get your customer to name their mail\n"
"machine <quote>customer.com</quote> as well as\n"
"<quote>hostname.customer.com</quote> in the DNS.  Just put an A record in\n"
"the DNS for <quote>customer.com</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51435
msgid ""
"This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and "
"setting up mail for an entire domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51441
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51446
msgid ""
"Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as <filename>/"
"etc/resolv.conf</filename> is configured or the network has access to a "
"configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. To have email delivered to the "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> on the FreeBSD host, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51454
msgid "Run a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server for the domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51459
msgid ""
"Get mail delivered directly to the <acronym>FQDN</acronym> for the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51465
msgid ""
"In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent "
"static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a "
"firewall, it must be configured to allow SMTP traffic. To receive mail "
"directly at a host, one of these two must be configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51473
msgid ""
"Make sure that the lowest-numbered <acronym>MX</acronym><_:indexterm-1/> "
"record in <acronym>DNS</acronym> points to the host's static IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51481
msgid ""
"Make sure there is no <acronym>MX</acronym> entry in the <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> for the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51486
msgid ""
"Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51489
msgid "Try this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51491
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hostname</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51496
msgid ""
"In this example, mail sent directly to <email role="
"\"nolink\">yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org</email> should work without "
"problems, assuming <application>Sendmail</application> is running correctly "
"on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51502
msgid "For this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51504
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51508
msgid ""
"All mail sent to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</"
"systemitem> will be collected on <systemitem>hub</systemitem> under the same "
"username instead of being sent directly to your host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51512
msgid ""
"The above information is handled by the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. The "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> record that carries mail routing information is the "
"<acronym>MX</acronym> entry. If no <acronym>MX</acronym> record exists, mail "
"will be delivered directly to the host by way of its IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51519
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MX</acronym> entry for <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> at one time looked like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51522
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"freefall		MX	30	mail.crl.net\n"
"freefall		MX	40	agora.rdrop.com\n"
"freefall		MX	10	freefall.FreeBSD.org\n"
"freefall		MX	20	who.cdrom.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51527
msgid ""
"<systemitem>freefall</systemitem> had many <acronym>MX</acronym> entries. "
"The lowest <acronym>MX</acronym> number is the host that receives mail "
"directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some reason, the next "
"lower-numbered host will accept messages temporarily, and pass it along when "
"a lower-numbered host becomes available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51535
msgid ""
"Alternate <acronym>MX</acronym> sites should have separate Internet "
"connections in order to be most useful. Your <acronym>ISP</acronym> can "
"provide this service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51541
msgid "Mail for a Domain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51543
msgid ""
"When configuring a <acronym>MTA</acronym> for a network, any mail sent to "
"hosts in its domain should be diverted to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> so that "
"users can receive their mail on the master mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51549
msgid ""
"To make life easiest, a user account with the same <emphasis>username</"
"emphasis> should exist on both the <acronym>MTA</acronym> and the system "
"with the <acronym>MUA</acronym>. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the user "
"accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51555
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MTA</acronym> must be the designated mail exchanger for each "
"workstation on the network. This is done in the<acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"configuration with an <acronym>MX</acronym> record:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.FreeBSD.org	A	204.216.27.XX		; Workstation\n"
"			MX	10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org	; Mailhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51563
msgid ""
"This will redirect mail for the workstation to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> no "
"matter where the A record points. The mail is sent to the <acronym>MX</"
"acronym> host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51567
msgid ""
"This must be configured on a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. If the network "
"does not run its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, talk to the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym> or <acronym>DNS</acronym> provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51573
msgid ""
"The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer "
"with the domain <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</"
"systemitem>, where all the mail for <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> should be sent to <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.myhost.com</systemitem>. The <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> entry should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51579
#, no-wrap
msgid "customer1.org		MX	10	mail.myhost.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51581
msgid ""
"An <literal>A</literal>&gt; record is <emphasis>not</emphasis> needed for "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> in order to "
"only handle email for that domain. However, running <command>ping</command> "
"against <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> will "
"not work unless an <literal>A</literal> record exists for it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51588
msgid ""
"Tell the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which domains and/or hostnames it should "
"accept mail for. Either of the following will work for "
"<application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51594
msgid ""
"Add the hosts to <filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename> when using "
"the <literal>FEATURE(use_cw_file)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51600
msgid ""
"Add a <literal>Cwyour.host.com</literal> line to <filename>/etc/sendmail.cf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51609
msgid "Setting Up to Send Only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51612
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Moran</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51622
msgid ""
"There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a "
"relay. Some examples are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51627
msgid ""
"The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, using the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51633
msgid ""
"The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to "
"pass off all mail to a relay for processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51639
msgid ""
"While any <acronym>MTA</acronym> is capable of filling this particular "
"niche, it can be difficult to properly configure a full-featured "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> just to handle offloading mail. Programs such as "
"<application>Sendmail</application> and <application>Postfix</application> "
"are overkill for this use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51646
msgid ""
"Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one "
"from running a <quote>mail server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51649
msgid ""
"The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the <package>mail/"
"ssmtp</package> port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51652
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install replace clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51655
msgid ""
"Once installed, <package>mail/ssmtp</package> can be configured with "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root=yourrealemail@example.com\n"
"mailhub=mail.example.com\n"
"rewriteDomain=example.com\n"
"hostname=_HOSTNAME_"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51664
msgid ""
"Use the real email address for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. Enter the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s outgoing mail relay in place "
"of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.example.com</systemitem>. Some "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>s call this the <quote>outgoing mail server</quote> or "
"<quote>SMTP server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51670
msgid ""
"Make sure to disable <application>Sendmail</application>, including the "
"outgoing mail service. See <xref linkend=\"mail-disable-sendmail\"/> for "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51673
msgid ""
"<package>mail/ssmtp</package> has some other options available. Refer to the "
"examples in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp</filename> or the manual page of "
"<application>ssmtp</application> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51678
msgid ""
"Setting up <application>ssmtp</application> in this manner allows any "
"software on the computer that needs to send mail to function properly, while "
"not violating the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s usage policy or allowing the "
"computer to be hijacked for spamming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:51686
msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51688
msgid ""
"When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default "
"configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and "
"<application>Sendmail</application> will do the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51693
msgid ""
"When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to "
"the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail "
"server. In this example, the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s domain is <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem>, the user name is "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem>, the hostname is "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>, and the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym> has allowed <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay."
"example.net</systemitem> as a mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51702
msgid ""
"In order to retrieve mail from the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mailbox, install "
"a retrieval agent from the Ports Collection. <package>mail/fetchmail</"
"package> is a good choice as it supports many different protocols. Usually, "
"the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will provide <acronym>POP</acronym>. When using "
"user <acronym>PPP</acronym>, email can be automatically fetched when an "
"Internet connection is established with the following entry in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51712
#, no-wrap
msgid "MYADDR:\n"
"!bg su user -c fetchmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51715
msgid ""
"When using <application>Sendmail</application> to deliver mail to non-local "
"accounts, configure <application>Sendmail</application> to process the mail "
"queue as soon as the Internet connection is established. To do this, add "
"this line after the above <command>fetchmail</command> entry in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51722
#, no-wrap
msgid "  !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51724
msgid ""
"In this example, there is an account for <systemitem class="
"\"username\">user</systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd."
"home</systemitem>. In the home directory of <systemitem class="
"\"username\">user</systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd."
"home</systemitem>, create a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> which contains "
"this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51731
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51733
msgid ""
"This file should not be readable by anyone except <systemitem class="
"\"username\">user</systemitem> as it contains the password "
"<literal>MySecret</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51737
msgid ""
"In order to send mail with the correct <literal>from:</literal> header, "
"configure <application>Sendmail</application> to use <email>user@example."
"net</email> rather than <email role=\"nolink\">user@bsd.home</email> and to "
"send all mail via <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay.example.net</"
"systemitem>, allowing quicker mail transmission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51744
msgid "The following <filename>.mc</filename> should suffice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n"
"OSTYPE(bsd4.4)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nouucp)dnl\n"
"MAILER(local)dnl\n"
"MAILER(smtp)dnl\n"
"Cwlocalhost\n"
"Cwbsd.home\n"
"MASQUERADE_AS(`example.net')dnl\n"
"FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nocanonify)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nodns)dnl\n"
"define(`SMART_HOST', `relay.example.net')\n"
"Dmbsd.home\n"
"define(`confDOMAIN_NAME',`bsd.home')dnl\n"
"define(`confDELIVERY_MODE',`deferred')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51764
msgid ""
"Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into "
"the <filename>sendmail.cf</filename> format. Do not forget to restart "
"<application>Sendmail</application> after updating <filename>sendmail.cf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51772
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51775
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>James</firstname> <surname>Gorham</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51785
msgid ""
"Configuring <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication on the <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym> provides a number of benefits. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"authentication adds a layer of security to <application>Sendmail</"
"application>, and provides mobile users who switch hosts the ability to use "
"the same <acronym>MTA</acronym> without the need to reconfigure their mail "
"client's settings each time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51795
msgid ""
"Install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package> from the Ports Collection. "
"This port supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP "
"authentication method demonstrated in this example, make sure that "
"<option>LOGIN</option> is not disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51804
msgid ""
"After installing <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package>, edit <filename>/"
"usr/local/lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf</filename>, or create it if it does not "
"exist, and add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51810
#, no-wrap
msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51814
msgid ""
"Next, install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd</package> and add the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51819
#, no-wrap
msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51821
msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51823
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service saslauthd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51825
msgid ""
"This daemon serves as a broker for <application>Sendmail</application> to "
"authenticate against the FreeBSD <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> database. This saves "
"the trouble of creating a new set of usernames and passwords for each user "
"that needs to use <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication, and keeps the "
"login and mail password the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51834
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and add the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51837
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/local/lib\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDADD=-lsasl2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51841
msgid ""
"These lines provide <application>Sendmail</application> the proper "
"configuration options for linking to <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> at "
"compile time. Make sure that <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> has been "
"installed before recompiling <application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51850
msgid ""
"Recompile <application>Sendmail</application> by executing the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51853
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; "
"make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; "
"make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; "
"make &amp;&amp; make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51860
msgid ""
"This compile should not have any problems if <filename>/usr/src</filename> "
"has not changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51866
msgid ""
"After <application>Sendmail</application> has been compiled and reinstalled, "
"edit <filename>/etc/mail/freebsd.mc</filename> or the local <filename>.mc</"
"filename>. Many administrators choose to use the output from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> as the name of <filename>.mc</filename> for "
"uniqueness. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dnl set SASL options\n"
"TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n"
"define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51878
msgid ""
"These options configure the different methods available to "
"<application>Sendmail</application> for authenticating users. To use a "
"method other than <application>pwcheck</application>, refer to the "
"<application>Sendmail</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51886
msgid ""
"Finally, run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> while in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. That will "
"run the new <filename>.mc</filename> and create a <filename>.cf</filename> "
"named either <filename>freebsd.cf</filename> or the name used for the local "
"<filename>.mc</filename>. Then, run <command>make install restart</command>, "
"which will copy the file to <filename>sendmail.cf</filename>, and properly "
"restart <application>Sendmail</application>. For more information about this "
"process, refer to <filename>/etc/mail/Makefile</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51900
msgid ""
"To test the configuration, use a <acronym>MUA</acronym> to send a test "
"message. For further investigation, set the <option>LogLevel</option> of "
"<application>Sendmail</application> to <literal>13</literal> and watch "
"<filename>/var/log/maillog</filename> for any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51906
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sendmail.org/"
"~ca/email/auth.html\"> <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51912
msgid "Mail User Agents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51915 book.translate.xml:52272 book.translate.xml:52372
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Silver</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51925
msgid "<primary>Mail User Agents</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51929
msgid ""
"A <acronym>MUA</acronym> is an application that is used to send and receive "
"email. As email <quote>evolves</quote> and becomes more complex, "
"<acronym>MUA</acronym>s are becoming increasingly powerful and provide users "
"increased functionality and flexibility. The <literal>mail</literal> "
"category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection contains numerous <acronym>MUA</"
"acronym>s. These include graphical email clients such as "
"<application>Evolution</application> or <application>Balsa</application> and "
"console based clients such as <application>mutt</application> or "
"<application>alpine</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51942
msgid "<command>mail</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51944
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is the default <acronym>MUA</acronym> installed with FreeBSD. "
"It is a console based <acronym>MUA</acronym> that offers the basic "
"functionality required to send and receive text-based email. It provides "
"limited attachment support and can only access local mailboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51951
msgid ""
"Although <command>mail</command> does not natively support interaction with "
"<acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers, these mailboxes "
"may be downloaded to a local <filename>mbox</filename> using an application "
"such as <application>fetchmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51958
msgid "In order to send and receive email, run <command>mail</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51961
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mail</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51963
msgid ""
"The contents of the user's mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename> are "
"automatically read by <command>mail</command>. Should the mailbox be empty, "
"the utility exits with a message indicating that no mail could be found. If "
"mail exists, the application interface starts, and a list of messages will "
"be displayed. Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the "
"following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51972
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mail version 8.1 6/6/93.  Type ? for help.\n"
"\"/var/mail/marcs\": 3 messages 3 new\n"
"&gt;N  1 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/510   \"test\"\n"
" N  2 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"user account\"\n"
" N  3 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"sample\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51978
msgid ""
"Messages can now be read by typing <keycap>t</keycap> followed by the "
"message number. This example reads the first email:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51982
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>t 1</userinput>\n"
"Message 1:\n"
"From root@localhost  Mon Mar  8 14:05:52 2004\n"
"X-Original-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Delivered-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Subject: test\n"
"Date: Mon,  8 Mar 2004 14:05:52 +0200 (SAST)\n"
"From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n"
"\n"
"This is a test message, please reply if you receive it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51994
msgid ""
"As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. To "
"display the list of messages again, press <keycap>h</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51998
msgid ""
"If the email requires a reply, press either <keycap>R</keycap> or <keycap>r</"
"keycap> <command>mail</command> keys. <keycap>R</keycap> instructs "
"<command>mail</command> to reply only to the sender of the email, while "
"<keycap>r</keycap> replies to all other recipients of the message. These "
"commands can be suffixed with the mail number of the message to reply to. "
"After typing the response, the end of the message should be marked by a "
"single <keycap>.</keycap> on its own line. An example can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>R 1</userinput>\n"
"To: root@localhost\n"
"Subject: Re: test\n"
"\n"
"<userinput>Thank you, I did get your email.\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52017
msgid ""
"In order to send a new email, press <keycap>m</keycap>, followed by the "
"recipient email address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating "
"each address with the <keycap>,</keycap> delimiter. The subject of the "
"message may then be entered, followed by the message contents. The end of "
"the message should be specified by putting a single <keycap>.</keycap> on "
"its own line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52025
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>mail root@localhost</userinput>\n"
"Subject: <userinput>I mastered mail\n"
"\n"
"Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52032
msgid ""
"While using <command>mail</command>, press <keycap>?</keycap> to display "
"help at any time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more help on how "
"to use <command>mail</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:52038
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with "
"them poorly. Newer <acronym>MUA</acronym>s handle attachments in a more "
"intelligent way. Users who prefer to use <command>mail</command> may find "
"the <package>converters/mpack</package> port to be of considerable use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52048
msgid "<application>mutt</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52050
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> is a powerful <acronym>MUA</acronym>, with "
"many features, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52055
msgid "The ability to thread messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52059
msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52064
msgid "MIME support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52068
msgid "Maildir support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52072
msgid "Highly customizable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52076
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org\">http://www.mutt.org</uri> "
"for more information on <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52080
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> may be installed using the <package>mail/"
"mutt</package> port. After the port has been installed, <application>mutt</"
"application> can be started by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52085
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mutt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52087
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> will automatically read and display the "
"contents of the user mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename>. If no mails "
"are found, <application>mutt</application> will wait for commands from the "
"user. The example below shows <application>mutt</application> displaying a "
"list of messages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52097
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52101
msgid ""
"To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press <keycap>Enter</"
"keycap>. An example of <application>mutt</application> displaying email can "
"be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52108
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52112
msgid ""
"Similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>mutt</application> can be used to "
"reply only to the sender of the message as well as to all recipients. To "
"reply only to the sender of the email, press <keycap>r</keycap>. To send a "
"group reply to the original sender as well as all the message recipients, "
"press <keycap>g</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:52120
msgid ""
"By default, <application>mutt</application> uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> editor for creating and replying to emails. Each user can "
"customize this by creating or editing the <filename>.muttrc</filename> in "
"their home directory and setting the <literal>editor</literal> variable or "
"by setting the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable. Refer to <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org/\">http://www.mutt.org/</uri> for more "
"information about configuring <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52131
msgid ""
"To compose a new mail message, press <keycap>m</keycap>. After a valid "
"subject has been given, <application>mutt</application> will start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> so the email can be written. Once the contents of the email "
"are complete, save and quit from <command>vi</command>. <application>mutt</"
"application> will resume, displaying a summary screen of the mail that is to "
"be delivered. In order to send the mail, press <keycap>y</keycap>. An "
"example of the summary screen can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52143
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52147
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> contains extensive help which can be "
"accessed from most of the menus by pressing <keycap>?</keycap>. The top line "
"also displays the keyboard shortcuts where appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52155
msgid "<application>alpine</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52157
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> is aimed at a beginner user, but also "
"includes some advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:52161
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> has had several remote vulnerabilities "
"discovered in the past, which allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary "
"code as users on the local system, by the action of sending a specially-"
"prepared email. While <emphasis>known</emphasis> problems have been fixed, "
"<application>alpine</application> code is written in an insecure style and "
"the FreeBSD Security Officer believes there are likely to be other "
"undiscovered vulnerabilities. Users install <application>alpine</"
"application> at their own risk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52173
msgid ""
"The current version of <application>alpine</application> may be installed "
"using the <package>mail/alpine</package> port. Once the port has installed, "
"<application>alpine</application> can be started by issuing the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52179
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>alpine</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52181
msgid ""
"The first time <application>alpine</application> runs, it displays a "
"greeting page with a brief introduction, as well as a request from the "
"<application>alpine</application> development team to send an anonymous "
"email message allowing them to judge how many users are using their client. "
"To send this anonymous message, press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Alternatively, "
"press <keycap>E</keycap> to exit the greeting without sending an anonymous "
"message. An example of the greeting page is shown below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52194
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52198
msgid ""
"The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor "
"keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, "
"browsing mail directories, and administering address book entries. Below the "
"main menu, relevant keyboard shortcuts to perform functions specific to the "
"task at hand are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52205
msgid ""
"The default directory opened by <application>alpine</application> is "
"<filename>inbox</filename>. To view the message index, press <keycap>I</"
"keycap>, or select the <guimenuitem>MESSAGE INDEX</guimenuitem> option shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52214
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52218
msgid ""
"The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be "
"navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by "
"pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52225
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52229
msgid ""
"In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by "
"<application>alpine</application>. Contextual keyboard shortcuts are "
"displayed at the bottom of the screen. An example of one of a shortcut is "
"<keycap>r</keycap>, which tells the <acronym>MUA</acronym> to reply to the "
"current message being displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52238
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52242
msgid ""
"Replying to an email in <application>alpine</application> is done using the "
"<application>pico</application> editor, which is installed by default with "
"<application>alpine</application>. <application>pico</application> makes it "
"easy to navigate the message and is easier for novice users to use than "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once the reply is "
"complete, the message can be sent by pressing <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo>. "
"<application>alpine</application> will ask for confirmation before sending "
"the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52255
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52259
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> can be customized using the "
"<guimenuitem>SETUP</guimenuitem> option from the main menu. Consult <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.washington.edu/alpine/\">http://www.washington.edu/"
"alpine/</uri> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52269
msgid "Using <application>fetchmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52282
msgid "<primary>fetchmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52286
msgid ""
"<application>fetchmail</application> is a full-featured <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> client. It allows users to automatically "
"download mail from remote <acronym>IMAP</acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> "
"servers and save it into local mailboxes where it can be accessed more "
"easily. <application>fetchmail</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>mail/fetchmail</package> port, and offers various features, "
"including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52297
msgid ""
"Support for the <acronym>POP3</acronym>, <acronym>APOP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>KPOP</acronym>, <acronym>IMAP</acronym>, <acronym>ETRN</acronym> "
"and <acronym>ODMR</acronym> protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52304
msgid ""
"Ability to forward mail using <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, which allows "
"filtering, forwarding, and aliasing to function normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52310
msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52315
msgid ""
"Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to "
"different local users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52320
msgid ""
"This section explains some of the basic features of <application>fetchmail</"
"application>. This utility requires a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> "
"configuration in the user's home directory in order to run correctly. This "
"file includes server information as well as login credentials. Due to the "
"sensitive nature of the contents of this file, it is advisable to make it "
"readable only by the user, with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52329
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 .fetchmailrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52331
msgid ""
"The following <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> serves as an example for "
"downloading a single user mailbox using <acronym>POP</acronym>. It tells "
"<application>fetchmail</application> to connect to <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> using a username of <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">joesoap</systemitem> and a password of <literal>XXX</"
"literal>. This example assumes that the user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">joesoap</systemitem> exists on the local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52341
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52343
msgid ""
"The next example connects to multiple <acronym>POP</acronym> and "
"<acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers and redirects to different local usernames "
"where applicable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"poll example.com proto pop3:\n"
"user \"joesoap\", with password \"XXX\", is \"jsoap\" here;\n"
"user \"andrea\", with password \"XXXX\";\n"
"poll example2.net proto imap:\n"
"user \"john\", with password \"XXXXX\", is \"myth\" here;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52353
msgid ""
"<application>fetchmail</application> can be run in daemon mode by running it "
"with <option>-d</option>, followed by the interval (in seconds) that "
"<application>fetchmail</application> should poll servers listed in "
"<filename>.fetchmailrc</filename>. The following example configures "
"<application>fetchmail</application> to poll every 600 seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52361
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>fetchmail -d 600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52363
msgid ""
"More information on <application>fetchmail</application> can be found at "
"<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.fetchmail.info/\">http://www.fetchmail.info/</"
"uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52369
msgid "Using <application>procmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52382
msgid "<primary>procmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52386
msgid ""
"<application>procmail</application> is a powerful application used to filter "
"incoming mail. It allows users to define <quote>rules</quote> which can be "
"matched to incoming mails to perform specific functions or to reroute mail "
"to alternative mailboxes or email addresses. <application>procmail</"
"application> can be installed using the <package>mail/procmail</package> "
"port. Once installed, it can be directly integrated into most <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>s. Consult the <acronym>MTA</acronym> documentation for more "
"information. Alternatively, <application>procmail</application> can be "
"integrated by adding the following line to a <filename>.forward</filename> "
"in the home directory of the user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52400
#, no-wrap
msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52402
msgid ""
"The following section displays some basic <application>procmail</"
"application> rules, as well as brief descriptions of what they do. Rules "
"must be inserted into a <filename>.procmailrc</filename>, which must reside "
"in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52408
msgid ""
"The majority of these rules can be found in <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>procmailex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52411
msgid ""
"To forward all mail from <email>user@example.com</email> to an external "
"address of <email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52414
#, no-wrap
msgid ":0\n"
"* ^From.*user@example.com\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52418
msgid ""
"To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of "
"<email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52421
#, no-wrap
msgid ":0\n"
"* &lt; 1000\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52425
msgid ""
"To send all mail sent to <email>alternate@example.com</email> to a mailbox "
"called <filename>alternate</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52429
#, no-wrap
msgid ":0\n"
"* ^TOalternate@example.com\n"
"alternate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52433
msgid ""
"To send all mail with a subject of <quote>Spam</quote> to <filename>/dev/"
"null</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52436
#, no-wrap
msgid ":0\n"
"^Subject:.*Spam\n"
"/dev/null"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52440
msgid ""
"A useful recipe that parses incoming <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> mailing lists and places each list "
"in its own mailbox:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^Sender:.owner-freebsd-\\/[^@]+@FreeBSD.ORG\n"
"{\n"
"	LISTNAME=${MATCH}\n"
"	:0\n"
"	* LISTNAME??^\\/[^@]+\n"
"	FreeBSD-${MATCH}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:52473
msgid "Network Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52478
msgid ""
"This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems. This includes "
"installing, configuring, testing, and maintaining many different types of "
"network services. Example configuration files are included throughout this "
"chapter for reference."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52484
msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52488
msgid "How to manage the <application>inetd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52493
msgid "How to set up the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52498
msgid ""
"How to set up the Network Information Server (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) for "
"centralizing and sharing user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52504
msgid ""
"How to set FreeBSD up to act as an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server or client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52509
msgid ""
"How to set up automatic network settings using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52514
msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52519
msgid ""
"How to set up the <application>Apache</application> <acronym>HTTP</acronym> "
"Server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52524
msgid ""
"How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52529
msgid ""
"How to set up a file and print server for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients using <application>Samba</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52534
msgid ""
"How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the "
"Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52540
msgid "How to set up <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52544
msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52548
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52552
msgid "Network terminology."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52556
msgid ""
"Installation of additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:52563
msgid "The <application>inetd</application> Super-Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52584
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server "
"because it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting "
"multiple applications, only the <application>inetd</application> service "
"needs to be started. When a connection is received for a service that is "
"managed by <application>inetd</application>, it determines which program the "
"connection is destined for, spawns a process for that program, and delegates "
"the program a socket. Using <application>inetd</application> for services "
"that are not heavily used can reduce system load, when compared to running "
"each daemon individually in stand-alone mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52596
msgid ""
"Primarily, <application>inetd</application> is used to spawn other daemons, "
"but several trivial protocols are handled internally, such as "
"<application>chargen</application>, <application>auth</application>, "
"<application>time</application>, <application>echo</application>, "
"<application>discard</application>, and <application>daytime</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52605
msgid ""
"This section covers the basics of configuring <application>inetd</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52609
msgid "Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52611
msgid ""
"Configuration of <application>inetd</application> is done by editing "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. Each line of this configuration file "
"represents an application which can be started by <application>inetd</"
"application>. By default, every line starts with a comment (<literal>#</"
"literal>), meaning that <application>inetd</application> is not listening "
"for any applications. To configure <application>inetd</application> to "
"listen for an application's connections, remove the <literal>#</literal> at "
"the beginning of the line for that application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52623
msgid ""
"After saving your edits, configure <application>inetd</application> to start "
"at system boot by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52627 book.translate.xml:64536
#, no-wrap
msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52629
msgid ""
"To start <application>inetd</application> now, so that it listens for the "
"service you configured, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52632 book.translate.xml:64558
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52634
msgid ""
"Once <application>inetd</application> is started, it needs to be notified "
"whenever a modification is made to <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:52639
msgid "Reloading the <application>inetd</application> Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52642
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52645
msgid ""
"Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited "
"beyond removing the <literal>#</literal>. In some situations, it may be "
"appropriate to edit the default entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52650
msgid ""
"As an example, this is the default entry for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> over IPv4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ftp     stream  tcp     nowait  root    /usr/libexec/ftpd       ftpd -l"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52655
msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"service-name\n"
"socket-type\n"
"protocol\n"
"{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-"
"ip]]]\n"
"user[:group][/login-class]\n"
"server-program\n"
"server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52665 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52669
msgid "service-name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52672
msgid ""
"The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service "
"listed in <filename>/etc/services</filename>. This determines which port "
"<application>inetd</application> listens on for incoming connections to that "
"service. When using a custom service, it must first be added to <filename>/"
"etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52683
msgid "socket-type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52686
msgid ""
"Either <literal>stream</literal>, <literal>dgram</literal>, <literal>raw</"
"literal>, or <literal>seqpacket</literal>. Use <literal>stream</literal> for "
"TCP connections and <literal>dgram</literal> for <acronym>UDP</acronym> "
"services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52696
msgid "protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52699
msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52705
msgid "Protocol Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52706
msgid "Explanation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52712
msgid "tcp or tcp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52713
msgid "TCP IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52717
msgid "udp or udp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52718
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52722
msgid "tcp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52723
msgid "TCP IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52727
msgid "udp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52728
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52732
msgid "tcp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52733
msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52737
msgid "udp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52738
msgid "Both <acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52748
msgid ""
"{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-"
"ip]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52751
msgid ""
"In this field, <option>wait</option> or <option>nowait</option> must be "
"specified. <option>max-child</option>, <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-"
"minute</option> and <option>max-child-per-ip</option> are optional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52757
msgid ""
"<option>wait|nowait</option> indicates whether or not the service is able to "
"handle its own socket. <option>dgram</option> socket types must use "
"<option>wait</option> while <option>stream</option> daemons, which are "
"usually multi-threaded, should use <option>nowait</option>. <option>wait</"
"option> usually hands off multiple sockets to a single daemon, while "
"<option>nowait</option> spawns a child daemon for each new socket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52767
msgid ""
"The maximum number of child daemons <application>inetd</application> may "
"spawn is set by <option>max-child</option>. For example, to limit ten "
"instances of the daemon, place a <literal>/10</literal> after "
"<option>nowait</option>. Specifying <literal>/0</literal> allows an "
"unlimited number of children."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52775
msgid ""
"<option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> limits the number of "
"connections from any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. "
"Once the limit is reached, further connections from this IP address will be "
"dropped until the end of the minute. For example, a value of <literal>/10</"
"literal> would limit any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address to ten "
"connection attempts per minute. <option>max-child-per-ip</option> limits the "
"number of child processes that can be started on behalf on any single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address at any moment. These options can limit "
"excessive resource consumption and help to prevent Denial of Service attacks."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52789
msgid ""
"An example can be seen in the default settings for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fingerd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52792
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"finger stream  tcp     nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52797
msgid "user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52800
msgid ""
"The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</"
"systemitem>, or <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52809
msgid "server-program"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52812
msgid ""
"The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by "
"<application>inetd</application> internally, use <option>internal</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52819
msgid "server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52822
msgid ""
"Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on "
"invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use <option>internal</"
"option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52832
msgid "Command-Line Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52834
msgid ""
"Like most server daemons, <application>inetd</application> has a number of "
"options that can be used to modify its behavior. By default, "
"<application>inetd</application> is started with <literal>-wW -C 60</"
"literal>. These options enable TCP wrappers for all services, including "
"internal services, and prevent any <acronym>IP</acronym> address from "
"requesting any service more than 60 times per minute."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52842
msgid ""
"To change the default options which are passed to <application>inetd</"
"application>, add an entry for <literal>inetd_flags</literal> in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. If <application>inetd</application> is already "
"running, restart it with <command>service inetd restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52849
msgid "The available rate limiting options are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52853
msgid "-c maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52856
msgid ""
"Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each "
"service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service "
"basis by using <option>max-child</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52865
msgid "-C rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52868
msgid ""
"Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a "
"single <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. May be overridden on a per-"
"service basis by using <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> in "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52878
msgid "-R rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52881
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, "
"where the default is <literal>256</literal>. A rate of <literal>0</literal> "
"allows an unlimited number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52889
msgid "-s maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52892
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address at any one time, where the default is "
"unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using <option>max-"
"child-per-ip</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52902
msgid ""
"Additional options are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52909
msgid ""
"Many of the daemons which can be managed by <application>inetd</application> "
"are not security-conscious. Some daemons, such as <application>fingerd</"
"application>, can provide information that may be useful to an attacker. "
"Only enable the services which are needed and monitor the system for "
"excessive connection attempts. <literal>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</"
"literal>, <literal>max-child</literal> and <literal>max-child-per-ip</"
"literal> can be used to limit such attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52920
msgid ""
"By default, TCP wrappers is enabled. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on placing TCP restrictions "
"on various <application>inetd</application> invoked daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52929
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52932
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52942
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Swingle</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52953
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>), which "
"allows a server to share directories and files with clients over a network. "
"With <acronym>NFS</acronym>, users and programs can access files on remote "
"systems as if they were stored locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52959
msgid ""
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses "
"include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52964
msgid ""
"Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a "
"single location and accessed by clients on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52970
msgid ""
"Several clients may need access to the <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
"filename> directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the "
"source files without having to download them to each client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52978
msgid ""
"On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server on which all user home directories are stored. "
"Users can log into a client anywhere on the network and have access to their "
"home directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52986
msgid ""
"Administration of <acronym>NFS</acronym> exports is simplified. For example, "
"there is only one file system where security or backup policies must be set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52992
msgid ""
"Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the network."
" This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and provides a "
"centralized location to manage their security. It is often more convenient "
"to install software on multiple machines from a centralized installation "
"media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53001
msgid ""
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> consists of a server and one or more clients. The "
"client remotely accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In "
"order for this to function properly, a few processes have to be configured "
"and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53006
msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53007
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53011
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>UNIX clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53016 book.translate.xml:53524
msgid "<primary><application>rpcbind</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53019
msgid "<primary><application>mountd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53022
msgid "<primary><application>nfsd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53033
msgid "Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53040
msgid "<application>nfsd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53041
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NFS</acronym> daemon which services requests from <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53046
msgid "<application>mountd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53047
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NFS</acronym> mount daemon which carries out requests received "
"from <application>nfsd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53053
msgid "<application>rpcbind</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53054
msgid ""
"This daemon allows <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients to discover which port the "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server is using."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53062
msgid ""
"Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nfsiod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the client can improve performance, but is not "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53066
msgid "Configuring the Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53068
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53073
msgid ""
"The file systems which the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server will share are "
"specified in <filename>/etc/exports</filename>. Each line in this file "
"specifies a file system to be exported, which clients have access to that "
"file system, and any access options. When adding entries to this file, each "
"exported file system, its properties, and allowed hosts must occur on a "
"single line. If no clients are listed in the entry, then any client on the "
"network can mount that file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53082
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>export examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53087
msgid ""
"The following <filename>/etc/exports</filename> entries demonstrate how to "
"export file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems "
"and client names on the reader's network. There are many options that can be "
"used in this file, but only a few will be mentioned here. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>exports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53094
msgid ""
"This example shows how to export <filename>/cdrom</filename> to three hosts "
"named <replaceable>alpha</replaceable>, <replaceable>bravo</replaceable>, "
"and <replaceable>charlie</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/cdrom -ro <replaceable>alpha</replaceable> <replaceable>bravo</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>charlie</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53102
msgid ""
"The <literal>-ro</literal> flag makes the file system read-only, preventing "
"clients from making any changes to the exported file system. This example "
"assumes that the host names are either in <acronym>DNS</acronym> or in "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> if the network does not have a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53110
msgid ""
"The next example exports <filename>/home</filename> to three clients by "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address. This can be useful for networks without "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> or <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> entries. The "
"<literal>-alldirs</literal> flag allows subdirectories to be mount points. "
"In other words, it will not automatically mount the subdirectories, but will "
"permit the client to mount the directories that are required as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53119
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/home  -alldirs  10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53121
msgid ""
"This next example exports <filename>/a</filename> so that two clients from "
"different domains may access that file system. The <option>-maproot=root</"
"option> allows <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> on the "
"remote system to write data on the exported file system as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. If <literal>-maproot=root</literal> is not "
"specified, the client's <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user will be mapped to the server's <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</"
"systemitem> account and will be subject to the access limitations defined "
"for <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53130
#, no-wrap
msgid "/a  -maproot=root  host.example.com box.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53132
msgid ""
"A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if "
"<filename>/usr</filename> is a single file system, these entries would be "
"invalid as both entries specify the same host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n"
"/usr/src   client\n"
"/usr/ports client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53141
msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53144
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports  client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53146
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a valid export list, where <filename>/usr</"
"filename> and <filename>/exports</filename> are local file systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n"
"# client01 has root privileges on it\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports -maproot=root    client01\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports               client02\n"
"# The client machines have root and can mount anywhere\n"
"# on /exports. Anyone in the world can mount /exports/obj read-only\n"
"/exports -alldirs -maproot=root      client01 client02\n"
"/exports/obj -ro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53159
msgid ""
"To enable the processes required by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server at "
"boot time, add these options to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53163
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"mountd_flags=\"-r\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53167
msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53170 book.translate.xml:64529
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53172
msgid ""
"Whenever the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server is started, <application>mountd</"
"application> also starts automatically. However, <application>mountd</"
"application> only reads <filename>/etc/exports</filename> when it is started."
" To make subsequent <filename>/etc/exports</filename> edits take effect "
"immediately, force <application>mountd</application> to reread it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53180
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mountd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53184
msgid "Configuring the Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53186
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients, set this option in each client's "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53189
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53191
msgid "Then, run this command on each <acronym>NFS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53194
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsclient start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53196
msgid ""
"The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In "
"these examples, the server's name is <systemitem>server</systemitem> and the "
"client's name is <systemitem>client</systemitem>. To mount <filename>/home</"
"filename> on <systemitem>server</systemitem> to the <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> mount point on <systemitem>client</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53205
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53209
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount server:/home /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53211
msgid ""
"The files and directories in <filename>/home</filename> will now be "
"available on <systemitem>client</systemitem>, in the <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53216
msgid ""
"To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53219
#, no-wrap
msgid "server:/home	/mnt	nfs	rw	0	0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53221
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53226
msgid "Locking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53228
msgid ""
"Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable "
"locking, add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on both the "
"client and server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53233
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"rpc_statd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53236
msgid "Then start the applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lockd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service statd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53241
msgid ""
"If locking is not required on the server, the <acronym>NFS</acronym> client "
"can be configured to lock locally by including <option>-L</option> when "
"running <application>mount</application>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:53250
msgid ""
"Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:53253
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Wylie</firstname> <surname>Stilwell</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:53263
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53273
msgid "<primary>amd</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53274
msgid "<primary>automatic mounter daemon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53278
msgid ""
"The automatic mounter daemon, <application>amd</application>, automatically "
"mounts a remote file system whenever a file or directory within that file "
"system is accessed. File systems that are inactive for a period of time will "
"be automatically unmounted by <application>amd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53285
msgid ""
"This daemon provides an alternative to modifying <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> to list every client. It operates by attaching itself as an "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server to the <filename>/host</filename> and "
"<filename>/net</filename> directories. When a file is accessed within one of "
"these directories, <application>amd</application> looks up the corresponding "
"remote mount and automatically mounts it. <filename>/net</filename> is used "
"to mount an exported file system from an <acronym>IP</acronym> address while "
"<filename>/host</filename> is used to mount an export from a remote hostname."
" For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/host/foobar/"
"usr</filename> would tell <application>amd</application> to mount the "
"<filename>/usr</filename> export on the host <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53303
msgid "Mounting an Export with <application>amd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53306
msgid ""
"In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file "
"systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, "
"<systemitem>foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /host/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53318
msgid ""
"The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> "
"as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</"
"filename>, <application>amd</application> intercepts the request and "
"attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>. If "
"successful, <application>amd</application> automatically mounts the desired "
"export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53327
msgid ""
"To enable <application>amd</application> at boot time, add this line to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53330
#, no-wrap
msgid "amd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53332
msgid "To start <application>amd</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53334
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service amd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53336
msgid ""
"Custom flags can be passed to <application>amd</application> from the "
"<varname>amd_flags</varname> environment variable. By default, "
"<varname>amd_flags</varname> is set to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"amd_flags=\"-a /.amd_mnt -l syslog /host /etc/amd.map /net /etc/amd.map\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53343
msgid ""
"The default options with which exports are mounted are defined in <filename>/"
"etc/amd.map</filename>. Some of the more advanced features of "
"<application>amd</application> are defined in <filename>/etc/amd.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53348
msgid ""
"Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53353
msgid ""
"Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53356
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> automount facility is supported starting with "
"FreeBSD 10.1-RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions "
"of FreeBSD, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> instead. This chapter "
"only describes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> automounter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53364
msgid "<primary>autofs</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53365
msgid "<primary>automounter subsystem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53369
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is a common name for several components "
"that, together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems "
"whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. It "
"consists of the kernel component, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and several userspace "
"applications: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It serves as an "
"alternative for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> from previous FreeBSD "
"releases. Amd is still provided for backward compatibility purposes, as the "
"two use different map format; the one used by autofs is the same as with "
"other SVR4 automounters, such as the ones in Solaris, MacOS X, and Linux."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53382
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> virtual filesystem is mounted on specified "
"mountpoints by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, usually invoked "
"during boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53386
msgid ""
"Whenever a process attempts to access file within the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> mountpoint, the kernel will notify "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon and pause the triggering process. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will handle kernel requests by finding the "
"proper map and mounting the filesystem according to it, then signal the "
"kernel to release blocked process. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon automatically unmounts automounted "
"filesystems after some time, unless they are still being used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53396
msgid ""
"The primary autofs configuration file is <filename>/etc/auto_master</"
"filename>. It assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an "
"explanation of <filename>auto_master</filename> and the map syntax, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53402
msgid ""
"There is a special automounter map mounted on <filename>/net</filename>. "
"When a file is accessed within this directory, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically "
"mounts it. For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/net/"
"foobar/usr</filename> would tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to mount the "
"<filename>/usr</filename> export from the host <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53412
msgid ""
"Mounting an Export with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53414
msgid ""
"In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file "
"systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53419
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /net/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53426
msgid ""
"The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> "
"as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</"
"filename>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> intercepts the request "
"and attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>. If successful, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically mounts the source export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53434
msgid ""
"To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53439
msgid ""
"Then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be started by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53441
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53445
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> map format is the same as in other operating "
"systems. Information about this format from other sources can be useful, "
"like the <link xlink:href=\"http://web.archive.org/web/20160813071113/http://"
"images.apple.com/business/docs/Autofs.pdf\">Mac OS X document</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53450
msgid ""
"Consult the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:53479
msgid "Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53482
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53484
msgid "<primary>HP-UX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53485
msgid "<primary>AIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53486
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53487
msgid "<primary>NetBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53488
msgid "<primary>OpenBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53489
msgid "<primary>yellow pages</primary> <see>NIS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53494
msgid ""
"Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) is designed to "
"centralize administration of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark>-like systems such as <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, HP-UX, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">AIX</trademark>, Linux, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and "
"FreeBSD. <acronym>NIS</acronym> was originally known as Yellow Pages but the "
"name was changed due to trademark issues. This is the reason why "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> commands begin with <literal>yp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53502
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domains</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53507
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> is a Remote Procedure Call (<acronym>RPC</acronym>)-"
"based client/server system that allows a group of machines within an "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain to share a common set of configuration files. "
"This permits a system administrator to set up <acronym>NIS</acronym> client "
"systems with only minimal configuration data and to add, remove, or modify "
"configuration data from a single location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53515
msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53519
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terms and Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53521
msgid ""
"Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53527
msgid "<primary><application>portmap</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:53532
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53540 book.translate.xml:55422
msgid "Term"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53547
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53549
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> servers and clients share an <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53556
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53558
msgid ""
"This service enables <acronym>RPC</acronym> and must be running in order to "
"run an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server or act as an <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53565
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53566
msgid ""
"This service binds an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client to its <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> server. It will take the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and use "
"<acronym>RPC</acronym> to connect to the server. It is the core of client/"
"server communication in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment. If this "
"service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53578
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53579
msgid ""
"This is the process for the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. If this service "
"stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some "
"non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the "
"<application>ypbind</application> process may need to be restarted on these "
"clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53591
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53592
msgid ""
"This process only runs on <acronym>NIS</acronym> master servers. This daemon "
"allows <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients to change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> master server and change their passwords there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53608
msgid "Machine Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53610
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>master server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53613 book.translate.xml:53970
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>slave server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53616
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53620
msgid ""
"There are three types of hosts in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53625
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53627
msgid ""
"This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information "
"and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. The <filename>passwd</filename>, "
"<filename>group</filename>, and other various files used by <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> clients are stored on the master server. While it is possible for "
"one machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server for more than one "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, this type of configuration will not be "
"covered in this chapter as it assumes a relatively small-scale <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53642
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53644
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers maintain copies of the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> master's data files in order to provide redundancy. Slave servers "
"also help to balance the load of the master server as <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"clients always attach to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server which responds "
"first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53654
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53656
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients authenticate against the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> server during log on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53662
msgid ""
"Information in many files can be shared using <acronym>NIS</acronym>. The "
"<filename>master.passwd</filename>, <filename>group</filename>, and "
"<filename>hosts</filename> files are commonly shared via <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym>. Whenever a process on a client needs information that would "
"normally be found in these files locally, it makes a query to the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server that it is bound to instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53674
msgid "Planning Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53676
msgid ""
"This section describes a sample <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment which "
"consists of 15 FreeBSD machines with no centralized point of administration. "
"Each machine has its own <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
"master.passwd</filename>. These files are kept in sync with each other only "
"through manual intervention. Currently, when a user is added to the lab, the "
"process must be repeated on all 15 machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53685
msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53691
msgid "Machine name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53693
msgid "Machine role"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53699
msgid "<systemitem>ellington</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53700
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.2</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53701
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53705
msgid "<systemitem>coltrane</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53706
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.3</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53707
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53711
msgid "<systemitem>basie</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53712
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.4</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53713
msgid "Faculty workstation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53717
msgid "<systemitem>bird</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53718
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.5</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53719
msgid "Client machine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53723
msgid "<systemitem>cli[1-11]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53724
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.[6-17]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53726
msgid "Other client machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53732
msgid ""
"If this is the first time an <acronym>NIS</acronym> scheme is being "
"developed, it should be thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of "
"network size, several decisions need to be made as part of the planning "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53738
msgid "Choosing a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Domain Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53740
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domain name</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53744
msgid ""
"When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain that it is part of. This is how multiple "
"servers on one network can tell which server should answer which request. "
"Think of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name as the name for a group of "
"hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53751
msgid ""
"Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause "
"confusion when trying to debug network problems. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain name should be unique within the network and it is helpful if it "
"describes the group of machines it represents. For example, the Art "
"department at Acme Inc. might be in the <quote>acme-art</quote> "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. This example will use the domain name "
"<literal>test-domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53762
msgid ""
"However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> domain name to be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or "
"more machines on the network have this restriction, the Internet domain name "
"<emphasis>must</emphasis> be used as the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53771
msgid "Physical Server Requirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53773
msgid ""
"There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server. Since <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients depend "
"upon the availability of the server, choose a machine that is not rebooted "
"frequently. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> server should ideally be a stand "
"alone machine whose sole purpose is to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. "
"If the network is not heavily used, it is acceptable to put the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server on a machine running other services. However, "
"if the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server becomes unavailable, it will adversely "
"affect all <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53789
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Master Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53792
msgid ""
"The canonical copies of all <acronym>NIS</acronym> files are stored on the "
"master server. The databases used to store the information are called "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. In FreeBSD, these maps are stored in <filename>/"
"var/yp/[domainname]</filename> where <filename>[domainname]</filename> is "
"the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. Since multiple domains are "
"supported, it is possible to have several directories, one for each domain. "
"Each domain will have its own independent set of maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53803
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> master and slave servers handle all <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> requests through <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon is "
"responsible for receiving incoming requests from <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"clients, translating the requested domain and map name to a path to the "
"corresponding database file, and transmitting data from the database back to "
"the client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53811
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>server configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53814
msgid ""
"Setting up a master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server can be relatively straight "
"forward, depending on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> support, it only needs to be enabled by adding the "
"following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53820
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"	<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-domainname\"/>\n"
"nis_server_enable=\"YES\"		<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-server\"/>\n"
"nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"	<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-yppasswdd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53826
msgid ""
"This line sets the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name to <literal>test-"
"domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53831
msgid ""
"This automates the start up of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server processes "
"when the system boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53837
msgid ""
"This enables the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon so that users "
"can change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> password from a client machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53843
msgid ""
"Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are "
"also <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. It is generally a good idea to force "
"the servers to bind to themselves rather than allowing them to broadcast "
"bind requests and possibly become bound to each other. Strange failure modes "
"can result if one server goes down and others are dependent upon it. "
"Eventually, all the clients will time out and attempt to bind to other "
"servers, but the delay involved can be considerable and the failure mode is "
"still present since the servers might bind to each other all over again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53855
msgid ""
"A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server "
"by adding these additional lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\" # run client stuff as well\n"
"nis_client_flags=\"-S <replaceable>NIS domain</"
"replaceable>,<replaceable>server</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53862
msgid ""
"After saving the edits, type <command>/etc/netstart</command> to restart the "
"network and apply the values defined in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. "
"Before initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53868
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypserv start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53871
msgid "Initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Maps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53873
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>maps</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53877
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are generated from the configuration files in "
"<filename>/etc</filename> on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master, with one "
"exception: <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. This is to prevent the "
"propagation of passwords to all the servers in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain. Therefore, before the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are initialized, "
"configure the primary password files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vi master.passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53890
msgid ""
"It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any "
"user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> clients, such as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> and any other administrative accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53897
msgid ""
"Ensure that the <filename>/var/yp/master.passwd</filename> is neither group "
"or world readable by setting its permissions to <literal>600</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53903
msgid ""
"After completing this task, initialize the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. "
"FreeBSD includes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypinit</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> script to do this. "
"When generating maps for the master server, include <option>-m</option> and "
"specify the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -m test-domain</userinput>\n"
"Server Type: MASTER Domain: test-domain\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] "
"<userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"At this point, we have to construct a list of this domains YP servers.\n"
"rod.darktech.org is already known as master server.\n"
"Please continue to add any slave servers, one per line. When you are\n"
"done with the list, type a &lt;control D&gt;.\n"
"master server   :  ellington\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>coltrane</userinput>\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>^D</userinput>\n"
"The current list of NIS servers looks like this:\n"
"ellington\n"
"coltrane\n"
"Is this correct?  [y/n: y] <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"[..output from map generation..]\n"
"\n"
"NIS Map update completed.\n"
"ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53933
msgid ""
"This will create <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> from <filename>/var/"
"yp/Makefile.dist</filename>. By default, this file assumes that the "
"environment has a single <acronym>NIS</acronym> server with only FreeBSD "
"clients. Since <literal>test-domain</literal> has a slave server, edit this "
"line in <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> so that it begins with a "
"comment (<literal>#</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53942
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53946
msgid "Adding New Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53948
msgid ""
"Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the "
"master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server and the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps "
"rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user will not be able to login anywhere "
"except on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master. For example, to add the new "
"user <systemitem class=\"username\">jsmith</systemitem> to the <literal>test-"
"domain</literal> domain, run these commands on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53957
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd jsmith</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make test-domain</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53961
msgid ""
"The user could also be added using <command>adduser jsmith</command> instead "
"of <command>pw useradd smith</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53968
msgid "Setting up a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Slave Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53974
msgid ""
"To set up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave server, log on to the slave server "
"and edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> as for the master server. Do not "
"generate any <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, as these already exist on the "
"master server. When running <command>ypinit</command> on the slave server, "
"use <option>-s</option> (for slave) instead of <option>-m</option> (for "
"master). This option requires the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master "
"in addition to the domain name, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53984
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"coltrane<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -s ellington test-domain</"
"userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n"
"\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n]  "
"<userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"There will be no further questions. The remainder of the procedure\n"
"should take a few minutes, to copy the databases from ellington.\n"
"Transferring netgroup...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byuser...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byhost...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.bygid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring services.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netid.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring ypservers...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"\n"
"coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n"
"Remember to update map ypservers on ellington."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54041
msgid ""
"This will generate a directory on the slave server called <filename>/var/yp/"
"test-domain</filename> which contains copies of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"master server's maps. Adding these <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> entries "
"on each slave server will force the slaves to sync their maps with the maps "
"on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"20      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd."
"byname\n"
"21      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd."
"byuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54051
msgid ""
"These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically "
"attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may "
"depend upon the slave server to provide correct password information, it is "
"recommended to force frequent password map updates. This is especially "
"important on busy networks where map updates might not always complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54059
msgid ""
"To finish the configuration, run <command>/etc/netstart</command> on the "
"slave server in order to start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54065
msgid "Setting Up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54067
msgid ""
"An <acronym>NIS</acronym> client binds to an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon broadcasts RPC requests on the local "
"network. These requests specify the domain name configured on the client. If "
"an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server in the same domain receives one of the "
"broadcasts, it will respond to <application>ypbind</application>, which will "
"record the server's address. If there are several servers available, the "
"client will use the address of the first server to respond and will direct "
"all of its <acronym>NIS</acronym> requests to that server. The client will "
"automatically <application>ping</application> the server on a regular basis "
"to make sure it is still available. If it fails to receive a reply within a "
"reasonable amount of time, <application>ypbind</application> will mark the "
"domain as unbound and begin broadcasting again in the hopes of locating "
"another server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54085
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54089
msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54094
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and add the following lines in order "
"to set the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> during network startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54099
#, no-wrap
msgid "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n"
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54104
msgid ""
"To import all possible password entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"server, use <command>vipw</command> to remove all user accounts except one "
"from <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. When removing the accounts, "
"keep in mind that at least one local account should remain and this account "
"should be a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. If "
"there is a problem with <acronym>NIS</acronym>, this local account can be "
"used to log in remotely, become the superuser, and fix the problem. Before "
"saving the edits, add the following line to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54116 book.translate.xml:54489
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54118
msgid ""
"This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server's password maps an account on the client. "
"There are many ways to configure the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client by "
"modifying this line. One method is described in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"netgroups\"/>. For more detailed reading, refer to the book "
"<literal>Managing NFS and NIS</literal>, published by O'Reilly Media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54129
msgid ""
"To import all possible group entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/group</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54133
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:*::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54137
msgid ""
"To start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client immediately, execute the "
"following commands as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/netstart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypbind start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54143
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, running <command>ypcat passwd</command> on the "
"client should show the server's <filename>passwd</filename> map."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54149
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54151
msgid ""
"Since <acronym>RPC</acronym> is a broadcast-based service, any system "
"running <application>ypbind</application> within the same domain can "
"retrieve the contents of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. To prevent "
"unauthorized transactions, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> supports a feature "
"called <quote>securenets</quote> which can be used to restrict access to a "
"given set of hosts. By default, this information is stored in <filename>/var/"
"yp/securenets</filename>, unless <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started with "
"<option>-p</option> and an alternate path. This file contains entries that "
"consist of a network specification and a network mask separated by white "
"space. Lines starting with <literal>#</literal> are considered to be "
"comments. A sample <filename>securenets</filename> might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n"
"127.0.0.1     255.255.255.255\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# on the 192.168.128.0 network\n"
"192.168.128.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# between 10.0.0.0 to 10.0.15.255\n"
"# this includes the machines in the testlab\n"
"10.0.0.0      255.255.240.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54176
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> receives a request from an address that matches "
"one of these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address "
"fails to match a rule, the request will be ignored and a warning message "
"will be logged. If the <filename>securenets</filename> does not exist, "
"<command>ypserv</command> will allow connections from any host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54184
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"tcpwrappers\"/> is an alternate mechanism for providing "
"access control instead of <filename>securenets</filename>. While either "
"access control mechanism adds some security, they are both vulnerable to "
"<quote><acronym>IP</acronym> spoofing</quote> attacks. All <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym>-related traffic should be blocked at the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54192
msgid ""
"Servers using <filename>securenets</filename> may fail to serve legitimate "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of "
"these implementations set all host bits to zero when doing broadcasts or "
"fail to observe the subnet mask when calculating the broadcast address. "
"While some of these problems can be fixed by changing the client "
"configuration, other problems may force the retirement of these client "
"systems or the abandonment of <filename>securenets</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54204
msgid ""
"The use of <application>TCP Wrapper</application> increases the latency of "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. The additional delay may be long enough "
"to cause timeouts in client programs, especially in busy networks with slow "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> servers. If one or more clients suffer from latency, "
"convert those clients into <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers and force "
"them to bind to themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:54214
msgid "Barring Some Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:54216
msgid ""
"In this example, the <systemitem>basie</systemitem> system is a faculty "
"workstation within the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. The <filename>passwd</"
"filename> map on the master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server contains accounts "
"for both faculty and students. This section demonstrates how to allow "
"faculty logins on this system while refusing student logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:54225
msgid ""
"To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are "
"present in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> database, use <command>vipw</command> "
"to add <literal>-<replaceable>username</replaceable></literal> with the "
"correct number of colons towards the end of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename> on the client, where <replaceable>username</replaceable> is the "
"username of a user to bar from logging in. The line with the blocked user "
"must be before the <literal>+</literal> line that allows <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> users. In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">bill</"
"systemitem> is barred from logging on to <systemitem>basie</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"basie<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"root:[password]:0:0::0:0:The super-user:/root:/bin/csh\n"
"toor:[password]:0:0::0:0:The other super-user:/root:/bin/sh\n"
"daemon:*:1:1::0:0:Owner of many system processes:/root:/sbin/nologin\n"
"operator:*:2:5::0:0:System &amp;:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bin:*:3:7::0:0:Binaries Commands and Source,,,:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"tty:*:4:65533::0:0:Tty Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"kmem:*:5:65533::0:0:KMem Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"games:*:7:13::0:0:Games pseudo-user:/usr/games:/sbin/nologin\n"
"news:*:8:8::0:0:News Subsystem:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"man:*:9:9::0:0:Mister Man Pages:/usr/share/man:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bind:*:53:53::0:0:Bind Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"uucp:*:66:66::0:0:UUCP pseudo-user:/var/spool/uucppublic:/usr/libexec/uucp/"
"uucico\n"
"xten:*:67:67::0:0:X-10 daemon:/usr/local/xten:/sbin/nologin\n"
"pop:*:68:6::0:0:Post Office Owner:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"nobody:*:65534:65534::0:0:Unprivileged user:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"-bill:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::\n"
"\n"
"basie<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54274
msgid "Using Netgroups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54276 book.translate.xml:54442
msgid "<primary>netgroups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54278
msgid ""
"Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes "
"unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym>: <emphasis>centralized</emphasis> administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54283
msgid ""
"Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of "
"users and machines. Their use is comparable to <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> groups, where the main difference is the "
"lack of a numeric ID and the ability to define a netgroup by including both "
"user accounts and other netgroups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54289
msgid ""
"To expand on the example used in this chapter, the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain will be extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 "
"and 28.3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54294
msgid "Additional Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54299
msgid "User Name(s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54306
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">alpha</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">beta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54308
msgid "IT department employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54312
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">charlie</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">delta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54313
msgid "IT department apprentices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54317
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">echo</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">foxtrott</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">golf</"
"systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54321
msgid "employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54325
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">able</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">baker</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54328
msgid "interns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54335
msgid "Additional Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54340
msgid "Machine Name(s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54349
msgid ""
"<systemitem>war</systemitem>, <systemitem>death</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>famine</systemitem>, <systemitem>pollution</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54353
msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54359
msgid ""
"<systemitem>pride</systemitem>, <systemitem>greed</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>envy</systemitem>, <systemitem>wrath</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>lust</systemitem>, <systemitem>sloth</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54365
msgid ""
"All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54370
msgid ""
"<systemitem>one</systemitem>, <systemitem>two</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>three</systemitem>, <systemitem>four</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54375
msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54380
msgid "<systemitem>trashcan</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54381
msgid ""
"A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to "
"use this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54388
msgid ""
"When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to "
"one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all "
"members of the netgroup. When adding a new machine, login restrictions must "
"be defined for all netgroups. When a new user is added, the account must be "
"added to one or more netgroups. If the <acronym>NIS</acronym> setup is "
"planned carefully, only one central configuration file needs modification to "
"grant or deny access to machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54398
msgid ""
"The first step is the initialization of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"<literal>netgroup</literal> map. In FreeBSD, this map is not created by "
"default. On the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server, use an editor to "
"create a map named <filename>/var/yp/netgroup</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54404
msgid ""
"This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT "
"apprentices, employees, and interns:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"IT_EMP  (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP  (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"USERS   (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain) \\\n"
"        (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54413
msgid ""
"Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name "
"of the netgroup. Each set of brackets represents either a group of one or "
"more users or the name of another netgroup. When specifying a user, the "
"three comma-delimited fields inside each group represent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54421
msgid ""
"The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are "
"valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54427
msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54432
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain for the account. Accounts may be imported "
"from other <acronym>NIS</acronym> domains into a netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54438
msgid ""
"If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. "
"Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgroup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54443
msgid ""
"Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are "
"case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way "
"to distinguish between user, machine and netgroup names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54448
msgid ""
"Some non-FreeBSD <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients cannot handle netgroups "
"containing more than 15 entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating "
"several sub-netgroups with 15 users or fewer and a real netgroup consisting "
"of the sub-netgroups, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGGRP1  (,joe1,domain)  (,joe2,domain)  (,joe3,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP2  (,joe16,domain)  (,joe17,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP3  (,joe31,domain)  (,joe32,domain)\n"
"BIGGROUP  BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54459
msgid ""
"Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a "
"single netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54462
msgid "To activate and distribute the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> map:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54465
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54468
msgid ""
"This will generate the three <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps <filename>netgroup</"
"filename>, <filename>netgroup.byhost</filename> and <filename>netgroup."
"byuser</filename>. Use the map key option of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypcat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to check if the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byhost</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byuser</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54479
msgid ""
"The output of the first command should resemble the contents of <filename>/"
"var/yp/netgroup</filename>. The second command only produces output if host-"
"specific netgroups were created. The third command is used to get the list "
"of netgroups for a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54485
msgid ""
"To configure a client, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to specify the name of "
"the netgroup. For example, on the server named <systemitem>war</systemitem>, "
"replace this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54491
msgid "with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54493
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54495
msgid ""
"This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup <literal>IT_EMP</"
"literal> will be imported into this system's password database and only "
"those users are allowed to login to this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54500
msgid ""
"This configuration also applies to the <literal>~</literal> function of the "
"shell and all routines which convert between user names and numerical user "
"IDs. In other words, <command>cd ~<replaceable>user</replaceable></command> "
"will not work, <command>ls -l</command> will show the numerical ID instead "
"of the username, and <command>find . -user joe -print</command> will fail "
"with the message <errorname>No such user</errorname>. To fix this, import "
"all user entries without allowing them to login into the servers. This can "
"be achieved by adding an extra line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54512
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54514
msgid ""
"This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the "
"shell in those entries with <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54519
msgid ""
"Make sure that extra line is placed <emphasis>after</emphasis> "
"<literal>+@IT_EMP:::::::::</literal>. Otherwise, all user accounts imported "
"from <acronym>NIS</acronym> will have <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename> as "
"their login shell and no one will be able to login to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54526
msgid ""
"To configure the less important servers, replace the old <literal>+:::::::::"
"</literal> on the servers with these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54530
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@IT_APP:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54534
msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54537
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@USERS:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54541
msgid ""
"NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be "
"useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the "
"creation of role-based netgroups. For example, one might create a netgroup "
"called <literal>BIGSRV</literal> to define the login restrictions for the "
"important servers, another netgroup called <literal>SMALLSRV</literal> for "
"the less important servers, and a third netgroup called <literal>USERBOX</"
"literal> for the workstations. Each of these netgroups contains the "
"netgroups that are allowed to login onto these machines. The new entries for "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> <literal>netgroup</literal> map would look like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP  ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN USERS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54558
msgid ""
"This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is "
"possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. "
"Unfortunately, this is the exception and not the rule. Most of the time, the "
"ability to define login restrictions on a per-machine basis is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54565
msgid ""
"Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with "
"the policy changes. In this scenario, the <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename> of each system contains two lines starting with <quote>+</quote>. "
"The first line adds a netgroup with the accounts allowed to login onto this "
"machine and the second line adds all other accounts with <filename>/sbin/"
"nologin</filename> as shell. It is recommended to use the <quote>ALL-CAPS</"
"quote> version of the hostname as the name of the netgroup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54575
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@<replaceable>BOXNAME</replaceable>:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54578
msgid ""
"Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need "
"to modify the local versions of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename> ever "
"again. All further changes can be handled by modifying the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> map. Here is an example of a possible <literal>netgroup</literal> "
"map for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54585
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Define groups of users first\n"
"IT_EMP    (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP    (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT1     (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT2     (,golf,test-domain)     (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT3     (,india,test-domain)    (,juliet,test-domain)\n"
"ITINTERN  (,kilo,test-domain)     (,lima,test-domain)\n"
"D_INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# Now, define some groups based on roles\n"
"USERS     DEPT1   DEPT2     DEPT3\n"
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP    ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN  USERS\n"
"#\n"
"# And a groups for a special tasks\n"
"# Allow echo and golf to access our anti-virus-machine\n"
"SECURITY  IT_EMP  (,echo,test-domain)  (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# machine-based netgroups\n"
"# Our main servers\n"
"WAR       BIGSRV\n"
"FAMINE    BIGSRV\n"
"# User india needs access to this server\n"
"POLLUTION  BIGSRV  (,india,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# This one is really important and needs more access restrictions\n"
"DEATH     IT_EMP\n"
"#\n"
"# The anti-virus-machine mentioned above\n"
"ONE       SECURITY\n"
"#\n"
"# Restrict a machine to a single user\n"
"TWO       (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"# [...more groups to follow]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54621
msgid ""
"It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When "
"deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups "
"instead of machine-based netgroups may be used to keep the size of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> map within reasonable limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54630
msgid "Password Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54632
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>password formats</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54636
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> requires that all hosts within an <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> domain use the same format for encrypting passwords. If users have "
"trouble authenticating on an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client, it may be due to "
"a differing password format. In a heterogeneous network, the format must be "
"supported by all operating systems, where <acronym>DES</acronym> is the "
"lowest common standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54644
msgid ""
"To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of "
"<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"	:passwd_format=des:\\\n"
"	:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"	[Further entries elided]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54653
msgid ""
"In this example, the system is using the <acronym>DES</acronym> format. "
"Other possible values are <literal>blf</literal> for Blowfish and "
"<literal>md5</literal> for MD5 encrypted passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54658
msgid ""
"If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, the login capability database must be "
"rebuilt after saving the change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54666
msgid ""
"The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until "
"each user changes their password <emphasis>after</emphasis> the login "
"capability database is rebuilt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:54676
msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54690 book.translate.xml:56356
msgid "<primary>LDAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54692
msgid ""
"The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>) is an "
"application layer protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects "
"using a distributed directory information service. Think of it as a phone or "
"record book which stores several levels of hierarchical, homogeneous "
"information. It is used in Active Directory and <application>OpenLDAP</"
"application> networks and allows users to access to several levels of "
"internal information utilizing a single account. For example, email "
"authentication, pulling employee contact information, and internal website "
"authentication might all make use of a single user account in the "
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> server's record base."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54705
msgid ""
"This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an <acronym>LDAP</"
"acronym> server on a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator "
"already has a design plan which includes the type of information to store, "
"what that information will be used for, which users should have access to "
"that information, and how to secure this information from unauthorized "
"access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54714
msgid "<acronym>LDAP</acronym> Terminology and Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54716
msgid ""
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> uses several terms which should be understood before "
"starting the configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of "
"<firstterm>attributes</firstterm>. Each of these attribute sets contains a "
"unique identifier known as a <firstterm>Distinguished Name</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>DN</acronym>) which is normally built from several other "
"attributes such as the common or <firstterm>Relative Distinguished Name</"
"firstterm> (<acronym>RDN</acronym>). Similar to how directories have "
"absolute and relative paths, consider a <acronym>DN</acronym> as an absolute "
"path and the <acronym>RDN</acronym> as the relative path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54730
msgid ""
"An example <acronym>LDAP</acronym> entry looks like the following. This "
"example searches for the entry for the specified user account (<literal>uid</"
"literal>), organizational unit (<literal>ou</literal>), and organization "
"(<literal>o</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -xb \"uid=<replaceable>trhodes</"
"replaceable>,ou=<replaceable>users</replaceable>,o=<replaceable>example.com</"
"replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com&gt; with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# trhodes, users, example.com\n"
"dn: uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\n"
"mail: trhodes@example.com\n"
"cn: Tom Rhodes\n"
"uid: trhodes\n"
"telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 2\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 2\n"
"# numEntries: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54759
msgid ""
"This example entry shows the values for the <literal>dn</literal>, "
"<literal>mail</literal>, <literal>cn</literal>, <literal>uid</literal>, and "
"<literal>telephoneNumber</literal> attributes. The <acronym>cn</acronym> "
"attribute is the <acronym>RDN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54766
msgid ""
"More information about <acronym>LDAP</acronym> and its terminology can be "
"found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro."
"html\">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54771
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54773
msgid "<primary>LDAP Server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54775
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not provide a built-in <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server. Begin "
"the configuration by installing the <package role=\"port\">net/openldap24-"
"server</package> package or port. Since the port has many configurable "
"options, it is recommended that the default options are reviewed to see if "
"the package is sufficient, and to instead compile the port if any options "
"should be changed. In most cases, the defaults are fine. However, if SQL "
"support is needed, this option must be enabled and the port compiled using "
"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54785
msgid ""
"Next, create the directories to hold the data and to store the certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54788
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /var/db/openldap-data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54791
msgid "Copy over the database configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54793
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/etc/openldap/DB_CONFIG.example /"
"var/db/openldap-data/DB_CONFIG</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54795
msgid ""
"The next phase is to configure the certificate authority. The following "
"commands must be executed from <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/private</"
"filename>. This is important as the file permissions need to be restrictive "
"and users should not have access to these files. To create the certificate "
"authority, start with this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</"
"replaceable> -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54805
msgid ""
"The entries for the prompts may be generic <emphasis>except</emphasis> for "
"the <literal>Common Name</literal>. This entry must be <emphasis>different</"
"emphasis> than the system hostname. If this will be a self signed "
"certificate, prefix the hostname with <literal>CA</literal> for certificate "
"authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54812
msgid ""
"The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. "
"Input this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</"
"replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54818
msgid ""
"During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the "
"<literal>Common Name</literal> attribute. Once complete, sign the key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54822
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days <replaceable>365</"
"replaceable> -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -"
"CAcreateserial</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54824
msgid ""
"The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign "
"the client certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</"
"replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -"
"out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54830
msgid ""
"Remember to use the same <literal>Common Name</literal> attribute when "
"prompted. When finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have "
"been generated through the proceeding commands. If so, the next step is to "
"edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add the "
"following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54837
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54842
msgid ""
"Then, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add "
"the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54846
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54849
msgid ""
"While editing this file, uncomment the following entries and set them to the "
"desired values: <option>BASE</option>, <option>URI</option>, "
"<option>SIZELIMIT</option> and <option>TIMELIMIT</option>. Set the "
"<option>URI</option> to contain <option>ldap://</option> and <option>ldaps://"
"</option>. Then, add two entries pointing to the certificate authority. When "
"finished, the entries should look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BASE    dc=example,dc=com\n"
"URI     ldap:// ldaps://\n"
"\n"
"SIZELIMIT       12\n"
"TIMELIMIT       15\n"
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54867
msgid "The default password for the server should then be changed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>slappasswd -h \"{SHA}\" &gt;&gt; /usr/local/"
"etc/openldap/slapd.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54872
msgid ""
"This command will prompt for the password and, if the process does not fail, "
"a password hash will be added to the end of <filename>slapd.conf</filename>. "
"Several hashing formats are supported. Refer to the manual page for "
"<command>slappasswd</command> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54878
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add "
"the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54882
#, no-wrap
msgid "password-hash {sha}\n"
"allow bind_v2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54885
msgid ""
"The <option>suffix</option> in this file must be updated to match the "
"<option>BASE</option> used in <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</"
"filename> and <option>rootdn</option> should also be set. A recommended "
"value for <option>rootdn</option> is something like <option>cn=Manager</"
"option>. Before saving this file, place the <option>rootpw</option> in front "
"of the password output from <command>slappasswd</command> and delete the old "
"<option>rootpw</option>. The end result should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54896
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"rootpw  {SHA}W6ph5Mm5Pz8GgiULbPgzG37mj9g="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54902
msgid ""
"Finally, enable the <application>OpenLDAP</application> service in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and set the <acronym>URI</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54906
#, no-wrap
msgid "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"slapd_flags=\"-4 -h ldaps:///\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54909
msgid "At this point the server can be started and tested:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54911
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54913
msgid ""
"If everything is configured correctly, a search of the directory should show "
"a successful connection with a single response as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54917
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 32 No such object\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54933
msgid ""
"If the command fails and the configuration looks correct, stop the "
"<command>slapd</command> service and restart it with debugging options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/libexec/slapd -d -1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54941
msgid ""
"Once the service is responding, the directory can be populated using "
"<command>ldapadd</command>. In this example, a file containing this list of "
"users is first created. Each user should use the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54946
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"dc: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=<replaceable>Manager</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</"
"replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: <replaceable>Manager</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54956
msgid ""
"To import this file, specify the file name. The following command will "
"prompt for the password specified earlier and the output should look "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapadd -Z -D \"cn=<replaceable>Manager</"
"replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</"
"replaceable>\" -W -f <replaceable>import.ldif</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"adding new entry \"dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54966
msgid ""
"Verify the data was added by issuing a search on the server using "
"<command>ldapsearch</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# example.com\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectClass: organization\n"
"o: Example\n"
"dc: Example\n"
"\n"
"# Manager, example.com\n"
"dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: Manager\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 3\n"
"# numEntries: 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54997
msgid ""
"At this point, the server should be configured and functioning properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:55014
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55017
msgid ""
"<primary>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol</primary> <see><acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55021
msgid "<primary>Internet Systems Consortium (ISC)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55025
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) allows a "
"system to connect to a network in order to be assigned the necessary "
"addressing information for communication on that network. FreeBSD includes "
"the OpenBSD version of <command>dhclient</command> which is used by the "
"client to obtain the addressing information. FreeBSD does not install a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, but several servers are available in the "
"FreeBSD Ports Collection. The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> protocol is fully "
"described in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freesoft.org/CIE/RFC/2131/\">RFC "
"2131</link>. Informational resources are also available at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.isc.org/downloads/dhcp/\">isc.org/downloads/dhcp/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55037
msgid ""
"This section describes how to use the built-in <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"client. It then describes how to install and configure a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55042
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device is needed by "
"both the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client. "
"This device is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel that is "
"installed with FreeBSD. Users who prefer to create a custom kernel need to "
"keep this device if <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55049
msgid ""
"It should be noted that <filename>bpf</filename> also allows privileged "
"users to run network packet sniffers on that system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55055
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55057
msgid ""
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, "
"making it easy to configure a newly installed system to automatically "
"receive its networking addressing information from an existing "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. Refer to <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-post\"/> "
"for examples of network configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55064
msgid "<primary><acronym>UDP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55065
msgid ""
"When <command>dhclient</command> is executed on the client machine, it "
"begins broadcasting requests for configuration information. By default, "
"these requests use <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 68. The server replies on "
"<acronym>UDP</acronym> port 67, giving the client an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and other relevant network information such as a subnet mask, "
"default gateway, and <acronym>DNS</acronym> server addresses. This "
"information is in the form of a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> <quote>lease</quote> "
"and is valid for a configurable time. This allows stale <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses for clients no longer connected to the network to "
"automatically be reused. <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients can obtain a great "
"deal of information from the server. An exhaustive list may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhcp-options</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55081
msgid ""
"By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client "
"runs in the background, or <firstterm>asynchronously</firstterm>. Other "
"startup scripts continue to run while the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> process "
"completes, which speeds up system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55087
msgid ""
"Background <acronym>DHCP</acronym> works well when the <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server responds quickly to the client's requests. However, "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> may take a long time to complete on some systems. If "
"network services attempt to run before <acronym>DHCP</acronym> has assigned "
"the network addressing information, they will fail. Using <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> in <firstterm>synchronous</firstterm> mode prevents this problem as "
"it pauses startup until the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> configuration has "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55097
msgid ""
"This line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> is used to configure "
"background or asynchronous mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55100
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55102
msgid ""
"This line may already exist if the system was configured to use "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> during installation. Replace the <replaceable>fxp0</"
"replaceable> shown in these examples with the name of the interface to be "
"dynamically configured, as described in <xref linkend=\"config-network-"
"setup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55108
msgid ""
"To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during "
"startup while <acronym>DHCP</acronym> completes, use "
"<quote><literal>SYNCDHCP</literal></quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55113
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55115
msgid ""
"Additional client options are available. Search for <literal>dhclient</"
"literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55119 book.translate.xml:55323
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>configuration files</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55124
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client uses the following files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55129
msgid "<filename>/etc/dhclient.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55131
msgid ""
"The configuration file used by <command>dhclient</command>. Typically, this "
"file contains only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. "
"This configuration file is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55139
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55141
msgid ""
"More information about the command itself can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55146
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient-script</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55148
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-specific <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client configuration script. It "
"is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient-script</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but should not need "
"any user modification to function properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55156
msgid ""
"<filename>/var/db/dhclient.leases.<replaceable>interface</replaceable></"
"filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55158
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client keeps a database of valid leases in this "
"file, which is written as a log and is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.leases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55166
msgid "Installing and Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55169
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server using the Internet Systems Consortium "
"(<acronym>ISC</acronym>) implementation of the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"server. This implementation and its documentation can be installed using the "
"<package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55177
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55182
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>installation</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55187
msgid ""
"The installation of <package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> installs a "
"sample configuration file. Copy <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example</"
"filename> to <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename> and make any "
"edits to this new file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55194
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>dhcpd.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55198
msgid ""
"The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts "
"which define the information that is provided to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"clients. For example, these lines configure the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55203
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"option domain-name \"example.org\";<co xml:id=\"domain-name\"/>\n"
"option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org;<co xml:id=\"domain-name-"
"servers\"/>\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;<co xml:id=\"subnet-mask\"/>\n"
"\n"
"default-lease-time 600;<co xml:id=\"default-lease-time\"/>\n"
"max-lease-time 72400;<co xml:id=\"max-lease-time\"/>\n"
"ddns-update-style none;<co xml:id=\"ddns-update-style\"/>\n"
"\n"
"subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n"
"  range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;<co xml:id=\"range\"/>\n"
"  option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;<co xml:id="
"\"routers\"/>\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"host fantasia {\n"
"  hardware ethernet 08:00:07:26:c0:a5;<co xml:id=\"hardware\"/>\n"
"  fixed-address fantasia.fugue.com;<co xml:id=\"fixed-address\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55223
msgid ""
"This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to "
"clients. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55229
msgid ""
"This option specifies a comma separated list of <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers that the client should use. They can be listed by their Fully "
"Qualified Domain Names (<acronym>FQDN</acronym>), as seen in the example, or "
"by their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55237
msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55242
msgid ""
"The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to "
"override this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55247
msgid ""
"The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client "
"request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be "
"valid for <literal>max-lease-time</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55254
msgid ""
"The default of <option>none</option> disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing "
"this to <option>interim</option> configures the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"server to update a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server whenever it hands out a "
"lease so that the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server knows which <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses are associated with which computers in the network. Do "
"not change the default setting unless the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server has "
"been configured to support dynamic <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55267
msgid ""
"This line creates a pool of available <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which "
"are reserved for allocation to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients. The range of "
"addresses must be valid for the network or subnet specified in the previous "
"line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55275
msgid ""
"Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet "
"specified before the opening <literal>{</literal> bracket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55281
msgid ""
"Specifies the hardware <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a client so that "
"the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can recognize the client when it makes a "
"request."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55287
msgid ""
"Specifies that this host should always be given the same <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. Using the hostname is correct, since the <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server will resolve the hostname before returning the lease "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55295
msgid ""
"This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), "
"installed with the server, for details and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55299
msgid ""
"Once the configuration of <filename>dhcpd.conf</filename> is complete, "
"enable the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55303
#, no-wrap
msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55306
msgid ""
"Replace the <literal>dc0</literal> with the interface (or interfaces, "
"separated by whitespace) that the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server should "
"listen on for <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55311
msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55313 book.translate.xml:64732
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service isc-dhcpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55315
msgid ""
"Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the "
"<application>dhcpd</application> service to be stopped and then started "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55319
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server uses the following files. Note that the "
"manual pages are installed with the server software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55329
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55331
msgid ""
"More information about the <application>dhcpd</application> server can be "
"found in dhcpd(8)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55337
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55339
msgid ""
"The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that "
"should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the "
"operation of the server. This configuration file is described in dhcpd."
"conf(5)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55346
msgid "<filename>/var/db/dhcpd.leases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55348
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server keeps a database of leases it has issued "
"in this file, which is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which "
"gives a slightly longer description."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55355
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55357
msgid ""
"This daemon is used in advanced environments where one <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server forwards a request from a client to another <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server on a separate network. If this functionality is required, "
"install the <package>net/isc-dhcp43-relay</package> package or port. The "
"installation includes dhcrelay(8) which provides more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55395
msgid ""
"Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) is the protocol through which "
"domain names are mapped to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, and vice versa. "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is coordinated across the Internet through a somewhat "
"complex system of authoritative root, Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</"
"acronym>), and other smaller-scale name servers, which host and cache "
"individual domain information. It is not necessary to run a name server to "
"perform <acronym>DNS</acronym> lookups on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55405
msgid "<primary>resolver</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55406
msgid "<primary>reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55408
msgid "<primary>root zone</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55410
msgid ""
"The following table describes some of the terms associated with "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:55414
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55423
msgid "Definition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55429
msgid "Forward <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55430
msgid "Mapping of hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55435
msgid "Origin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55436
msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55441
msgid "Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55442
msgid ""
"A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55447
msgid "Reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55448
msgid "Mapping of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to hostnames."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55453
msgid "Root zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55455
msgid ""
"The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root "
"zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55461
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55462
msgid ""
"An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"administered by the same authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55470
msgid "<primary>zones</primary> <secondary>examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55475
msgid "Examples of zones:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55479
msgid ""
"<systemitem>.</systemitem> is how the root zone is usually referred to in "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55484
msgid ""
"<systemitem>org.</systemitem> is a Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</acronym>) "
"under the root zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55489
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is a zone under "
"the <systemitem>org.</systemitem> <acronym>TLD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55495
msgid ""
"<systemitem>1.168.192.in-addr.arpa</systemitem> is a zone referencing all "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which fall under the <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.*</systemitem> <acronym>IP</acronym> address space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55502
msgid ""
"As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. "
"For example, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is "
"more specific than <systemitem>org.</systemitem>, as <systemitem>org.</"
"systemitem> is more specific than the root zone. The layout of each part of "
"a hostname is much like a file system: the <filename>/dev</filename> "
"directory falls within the root, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55511
msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55513
msgid ""
"Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and "
"caching (also known as resolving) name servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55517
msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55521
msgid ""
"One wants to serve <acronym>DNS</acronym> information to the world, replying "
"authoritatively to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55526
msgid ""
"A domain, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</"
"systemitem>, is registered and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses need to be "
"assigned to hostnames under it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55532
msgid ""
"An <acronym>IP</acronym> address block requires reverse <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> entries (<acronym>IP</acronym> to hostname)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55538
msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55543
msgid "A caching name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55547
msgid ""
"A local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server may cache and respond more quickly "
"than querying an outside name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55553
msgid ""
"When one queries for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www.FreeBSD.org</"
"systemitem>, the resolver usually queries the uplink <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym>'s name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server, the query only has to be made once to the "
"outside world by the caching <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. Additional "
"queries will not have to go outside the local network, since the information "
"is cached locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55564
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55566
msgid ""
"<application>Unbound</application> is provided in the FreeBSD base system. "
"By default, it will provide <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution to the local "
"machine only. While the base system package can be configured to provide "
"resolution services beyond the local machine, it is recommended that such "
"requirements be addressed by installing <application>Unbound</application> "
"from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55575
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Unbound</application>, add the following to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55578
#, no-wrap
msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55580
msgid ""
"Any existing nameservers in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> will be "
"configured as forwarders in the new <application>Unbound</application> "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55586
msgid ""
"If any of the listed nameservers do not support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, "
"local <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution will fail. Be sure to test each "
"nameserver and remove any that fail the test. The following command will "
"show the trust tree or a failure for a nameserver running on <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org @<replaceable>192.168.1."
"1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55596
msgid ""
"Once each nameserver is confirmed to support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, "
"start <application>Unbound</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55600
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service local_unbound onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55602
msgid ""
"This will take care of updating <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so "
"that queries for <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> secured domains will now work. "
"For example, run the following to validate the FreeBSD.org <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym> trust tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
";; Number of trusted keys: 1\n"
";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n"
"\n"
"DNSSEC Trust tree:\n"
"freebsd.org. (A)\n"
"|---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 36786 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 32659 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DS keytag: 32659 digest type: 2)\n"
"        |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 49587 alg: 7 flags: 256)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 9795 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 21366 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 1)\n"
"            |   |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"            |       |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 2)\n"
"                |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"                    |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
";; Chase successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:55632
msgid "Apache HTTP Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55645
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>setting up</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55649
msgid ""
"The open source <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> is the most "
"widely used web server. FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, "
"but it can be installed from the <package>www/apache24</package> package or "
"port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55655
msgid ""
"This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2.<replaceable>x</"
"replaceable> of the <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> on FreeBSD."
" For more detailed information about <application>Apache</application> 2.X "
"and its configuration directives, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://httpd."
"apache.org/\">httpd.apache.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55662
msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55664
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55667
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the main <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> "
"configuration file is installed as <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>, where "
"<replaceable>x</replaceable> represents the version number. This "
"<acronym>ASCII</acronym> text file begins comment lines with a <literal>#</"
"literal>. The most frequently modified directives are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55677
msgid "<literal>ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55680
msgid ""
"Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the <application>Apache</"
"application> installation. Binaries are stored in the <filename>bin</"
"filename> and <filename>sbin</filename> subdirectories of the server root "
"and configuration files are stored in the <filename>etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable></filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55690
msgid "<literal>ServerAdmin you@example.com</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55693
msgid ""
"Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This "
"address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55700
msgid "<literal>ServerName www.example.com:80</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55704
msgid ""
"Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for "
"the server. For example, <systemitem>www</systemitem> can be used instead of "
"the actual hostname. If the system does not have a registered <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> name, enter its <acronym>IP</acronym> address instead. If the "
"server will listen on an alternate report, change <literal>80</literal> to "
"the alternate port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55717
msgid ""
"<literal>DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/"
"data\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55721
msgid ""
"The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests "
"are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to "
"point to other locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55729
msgid ""
"It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default "
"<application>Apache</application> configuration file before making changes. "
"When the configuration of <application>Apache</application> is complete, "
"save the file and verify the configuration using <command>apachectl</"
"command>. Running <command>apachectl configtest</command> should return "
"<literal>Syntax OK</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55738
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>starting or stopping</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55741
msgid ""
"To launch <application>Apache</application> at system startup, add the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55745
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55747
msgid ""
"If <application>Apache</application> should be started with non-default "
"options, the following line may be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> to specify the needed flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55752
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_flags=\"\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55754
msgid ""
"If <application>apachectl</application> does not report configuration "
"errors, start <command>httpd</command> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55758
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> "
"start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55760
msgid ""
"The <command>httpd</command> service can be tested by entering <literal>http:"
"//<replaceable>localhost</replaceable></literal> in a web browser, replacing "
"<replaceable>localhost</replaceable> with the fully-qualified domain name of "
"the machine running <command>httpd</command>. The default web page that is "
"displayed is <filename>/usr/local/www/apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>/"
"data/index.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55769
msgid ""
"The <application>Apache</application> configuration can be tested for errors "
"after making subsequent configuration changes while <command>httpd</command> "
"is running using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55774
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> "
"configtest</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55777
msgid ""
"It is important to note that <literal>configtest</literal> is not an "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> standard, and should not be expected to work for all startup "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55785
msgid "Virtual Hosting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55787
msgid ""
"Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one <application>Apache</"
"application> server. The virtual hosts can be <firstterm>IP-based</"
"firstterm> or <firstterm>name-based</firstterm>. <acronym>IP</acronym>-based "
"virtual hosting uses a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address for each "
"website. Name-based virtual hosting uses the clients HTTP/1.1 headers to "
"figure out the hostname, which allows the websites to share the same "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55797
msgid ""
"To setup <application>Apache</application> to use name-based virtual "
"hosting, add a <literal>VirtualHost</literal> block for each website. For "
"example, for the webserver named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www."
"domain.tld</systemitem> with a virtual domain of <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">www.someotherdomain.tld</systemitem>, add the following "
"entries to <filename>httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55805
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55815
msgid ""
"For each virtual host, replace the values for <literal>ServerName</literal> "
"and <literal>DocumentRoot</literal> with the values to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55820
msgid ""
"For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official "
"<application>Apache</application> documentation at: <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55826
msgid "Apache Modules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55828
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>modules</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55831
msgid ""
"<application>Apache</application> uses modules to augment the functionality "
"provided by the basic server. Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache."
"org/docs/current/mod/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/</uri> for "
"a complete listing of and the configuration details for the available "
"modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55836
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the <package>www/apache24</"
"package> port. Type <command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/"
"ports/www/apache24</filename> to see which modules are available and which "
"are enabled by default. If the module is not compiled with the port, the "
"FreeBSD Ports Collection provides an easy way to install many modules. This "
"section describes three of the most commonly used modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:55847
msgid "<filename>mod_ssl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55849
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>secure</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55853
msgid "<primary>SSL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55854
msgid "<primary>cryptography</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55856
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module uses the <application>OpenSSL</"
"application> library to provide strong cryptography via the Secure Sockets "
"Layer (<acronym>SSLv3</acronym>) and Transport Layer Security "
"(<acronym>TLSv1</acronym>) protocols. This module provides everything "
"necessary to request a signed certificate from a trusted certificate signing "
"authority to run a secure web server on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55865
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module is enabled by default in "
"both the package and the port. The available configuration directives are "
"explained at <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/"
"mod_ssl.html\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:55871
msgid "<filename>mod_perl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55873
msgid "<primary>mod_perl</primary> <secondary>Perl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55878
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_perl</filename> module makes it possible to write "
"<application>Apache</application> modules in <application>Perl</application>."
" In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server avoids the "
"overhead of starting an external interpreter and the penalty of "
"<application>Perl</application> start-up time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55886
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_perl</filename> can be installed using the <package>www/"
"mod_perl2</package> package or port. Documentation for using this module can "
"be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index."
"html\">http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:55893
msgid "<filename>mod_php</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55906
msgid "<primary>mod_php</primary> <secondary>PHP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55911
msgid ""
"<firstterm>PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor</firstterm> (<acronym>PHP</acronym>) "
"is a general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web "
"development. Capable of being embedded into <acronym>HTML</acronym>, its "
"syntax draws upon <application>C</application>, <trademark>Java</trademark>, "
"and <application>Perl</application> with the intention of allowing web "
"developers to write dynamically generated webpages quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55920
msgid ""
"To gain support for <acronym>PHP</acronym>5 for the <application>Apache</"
"application> web server, install the <package>www/mod_php56</package> "
"package or port. This will install and configure the modules required to "
"support dynamic <acronym>PHP</acronym> applications. The installation will "
"automatically add this line to <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>4</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55928
#, no-wrap
msgid "LoadModule php5_module        libexec/apache24/libphp5.so"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55943
msgid ""
"Then, perform a graceful restart to load the <acronym>PHP</acronym> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55946 book.translate.xml:55965
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>apachectl graceful</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55948
msgid ""
"The <acronym>PHP</acronym> support provided by <package>www/mod_php56</"
"package> is limited. Additional support can be installed using the "
"<package>lang/php56-extensions</package> port which provides a menu driven "
"interface to the available <acronym>PHP</acronym> extensions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55955
msgid ""
"Alternatively, individual extensions can be installed using the appropriate "
"port. For instance, to add <acronym>PHP</acronym> support for the "
"<application>MySQL</application> database server, install <package>databases/"
"php56-mysql</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55961
msgid ""
"After installing an extension, the <application>Apache</application> server "
"must be reloaded to pick up the new configuration changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55970
msgid "Dynamic Websites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55972
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>dynamic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55977
msgid ""
"In addition to <application>mod_perl</application> and <application>mod_php</"
"application>, other languages are available for creating dynamic web content."
" These include <application>Django</application> and <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:55984
msgid "Django"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55986
msgid "<primary>Python</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55987
msgid "<primary>Django</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55989
msgid ""
"<application>Django</application> is a BSD-licensed framework designed to "
"allow developers to write high performance, elegant web applications quickly."
" It provides an object-relational mapper so that data types are developed as "
"<application>Python</application> objects. A rich dynamic database-access "
"<acronym>API</acronym> is provided for those objects without the developer "
"ever having to write <acronym>SQL</acronym>. It also provides an extensible "
"template system so that the logic of the application is separated from the "
"<acronym>HTML</acronym> presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56001
msgid ""
"Django depends on <filename>mod_python</filename>, and an <acronym>SQL</"
"acronym> database engine. In FreeBSD, the <package>www/py-django</package> "
"port automatically installs <filename>mod_python</filename> and supports the "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>, <application>MySQL</application>, or "
"<application>SQLite</application> databases, with the default being "
"<application>SQLite</application>. To change the database engine, type "
"<command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/ports/www/py-django</"
"filename>, then install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56013
msgid ""
"Once <application>Django</application> is installed, the application will "
"need a project directory along with the <application>Apache</application> "
"configuration in order to use the embedded <application>Python</application> "
"interpreter. This interpreter is used to call the application for specific "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>s on the site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56021
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Apache</application> to pass requests for certain "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>s to the web application, add the following to "
"<filename>httpd.conf</filename>, specifying the full path to the project "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56027
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;Location \"/\"&gt;\n"
"    SetHandler python-program\n"
"    PythonPath \"['<replaceable>/dir/to/the/django/packages/</replaceable>'] "
"+ sys.path\"\n"
"    PythonHandler django.core.handlers.modpython\n"
"    SetEnv DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE mysite.settings\n"
"    PythonAutoReload On\n"
"    PythonDebug On\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56036
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.djangoproject.com\">https://docs."
"djangoproject.com</uri> for more information on how to use "
"<application>Django</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56042
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56044
msgid "<primary>Ruby on Rails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56046
msgid ""
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application> is another open source web "
"framework that provides a full development stack. It is optimized to make "
"web developers more productive and capable of writing powerful applications "
"quickly. On FreeBSD, it can be installed using the <package>www/rubygem-"
"rails</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56053
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://guides.rubyonrails.org\">http://guides."
"rubyonrails.org</uri> for more information on how to use <application>Ruby "
"on Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:56072
msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56074
msgid "<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym> servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56077
msgid ""
"The File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) provides users with a "
"simple way to transfer files to and from an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. "
"FreeBSD includes <acronym>FTP</acronym> server software, <application>ftpd</"
"application>, in the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56083
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details about the built-in <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56091
msgid ""
"The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be "
"allowed access to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. A FreeBSD system has a "
"number of system accounts which should not be allowed <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"access. The list of users disallowed any <acronym>FTP</acronym> access can "
"be found in <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename>. By default, it includes "
"system accounts. Additional users that should not be allowed access to "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> can be added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56100
msgid ""
"In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users "
"without preventing them completely from using <acronym>FTP</acronym>. This "
"can be accomplished be creating <filename>/etc/ftpchroot</filename> as "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpchroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file lists users "
"and groups subject to <acronym>FTP</acronym> access restrictions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56107 book.translate.xml:56165
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym></primary> <secondary>anonymous</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56112
msgid ""
"To enable anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> access to the server, create a "
"user named <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> on the FreeBSD "
"system. Users will then be able to log on to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"server with a username of <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> or "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">anonymous</systemitem>. When prompted for the "
"password, any input will be accepted, but by convention, an email address "
"should be used as the password. The <acronym>FTP</acronym> server will call "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> when an anonymous user logs in, to restrict access to only the "
"home directory of the <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56123
msgid ""
"There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to "
"be displayed to <acronym>FTP</acronym> clients. The contents of <filename>/"
"etc/ftpwelcome</filename> will be displayed to users before they reach the "
"login prompt. After a successful login, the contents of <filename>/etc/"
"ftpmotd</filename> will be displayed. Note that the path to this file is "
"relative to the login environment, so the contents of <filename>~ftp/etc/"
"ftpmotd</filename> would be displayed for anonymous users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56135
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server has been configured, set the "
"appropriate variable in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to start the "
"service during boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56140
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56142
msgid "To start the service now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56144
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ftpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56146
msgid "Test the connection to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56149
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ftp localhost</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56152
msgid ""
"<primary>log files</primary> <secondary><acronym>FTP</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56155
msgid ""
"The <application>ftpd</application> daemon uses "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to log messages. By default, the system log daemon will write "
"messages related to <acronym>FTP</acronym> in <filename>/var/log/xferlog</"
"filename>. The location of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> log can be modified by "
"changing the following line in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56163
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftp.info      /var/log/xferlog"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:56171
msgid ""
"Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. In particular, think twice about allowing "
"anonymous users to upload files. It may turn out that the <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> site becomes a forum for the trade of unlicensed commercial "
"software or worse. If anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> uploads are required, "
"then verify the permissions so that these files cannot be read by other "
"anonymous users until they have been reviewed by an administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:56196
msgid ""
"File and Print Services for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> Clients "
"(Samba)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56199
msgid "<primary>Samba server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56200
msgid "<primary>Microsoft Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56201
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56205
msgid "<primary>print server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56210
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is a popular open source software package "
"that provides file and print services using the <acronym>SMB/CIFS</acronym> "
"protocol. This protocol is built into <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems. It can be added to non-"
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems by installing the "
"<application>Samba</application> client libraries. The protocol allows "
"clients to access shared data and printers. These shares can be mapped as a "
"local disk drive and shared printers can be used as if they were local "
"printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56220
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, the <application>Samba</application> client libraries can be "
"installed using the <package>net/samba48</package> port or package. The "
"client provides the ability for a FreeBSD system to access <acronym>SMB/"
"CIFS</acronym> shares in a <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56227
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a <application>Samba</"
"application> server by installing the same <package>net/samba48</package> "
"port or package. This allows the administrator to create <acronym>SMB</"
"acronym>/<acronym>CIFS</acronym> shares on the FreeBSD system which can be "
"accessed by clients running <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or the "
"<application>Samba</application> client libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56237
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56239
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is configured in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"smb4.conf</filename>. This file must be created before <application>Samba</"
"application> can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56244
msgid ""
"A simple <filename>smb4.conf</filename> to share directories and printers "
"with <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients in a "
"workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups involving LDAP or Active "
"Directory, it is easier to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>samba-tool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the initial "
"<filename>smb4.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56251
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[global]\n"
"workgroup = WORKGROUP\n"
"server string = Samba Server Version %v\n"
"netbios name = ExampleMachine\n"
"wins support = Yes\n"
"security = user\n"
"passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n"
"[src]\n"
"path = /usr/src\n"
"valid users = developer\n"
"writable  = yes\n"
"browsable = yes\n"
"read only = no\n"
"guest ok = no\n"
"public = no\n"
"create mask = 0666\n"
"directory mask = 0755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56272
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56274
msgid ""
"Settings that describe the network are added in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"smb4.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56279
msgid "<literal>workgroup</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56282
msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56287
msgid "<literal>netbios name</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56290
msgid ""
"The NetBIOS name by which a <application>Samba</application> server is known."
" By default, it is the same as the first component of the host's "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56298
msgid "<literal>server string</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56301
msgid ""
"The string that will be displayed in the output of <command>net view</"
"command> and some other networking tools that seek to display descriptive "
"text about the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56309
msgid "<literal>wins support</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56312
msgid ""
"Whether <application>Samba</application> will act as a <acronym>WINS</"
"acronym> server. Do not enable support for <acronym>WINS</acronym> on more "
"than one server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56322
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56324
msgid ""
"The most important settings in <filename>/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf</filename> "
"are the security model and the backend password format. These directives "
"control the options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56331
msgid "<literal>security</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56334
msgid ""
"The most common settings are <literal>security = share</literal> and "
"<literal>security = user</literal>. If the clients use usernames that are "
"the same as their usernames on the FreeBSD machine, user level security "
"should be used. This is the default security policy and it requires clients "
"to first log on before they can access shared resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56343
msgid ""
"In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a "
"valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared "
"resource. This was the default security model for older versions of "
"<application>Samba</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56352
msgid "<literal>passdb backend</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56355
msgid "<primary>NIS+</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56357
msgid "<primary>SQL database</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56359
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> has several different backend "
"authentication models. Clients may be authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL "
"database, or a modified password file. The recommended authentication "
"method, <literal>tdbsam</literal>, is ideal for simple networks and is "
"covered here. For larger or more complex networks, <literal>ldapsam</"
"literal> is recommended. <literal>smbpasswd</literal> was the former default "
"and is now obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56376
msgid "<application>Samba</application> Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56378
msgid ""
"FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the <literal>SambaSAMAccount</"
"literal> database for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pdbedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56384
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pdbedit -a <replaceable>username</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56386
msgid ""
"This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/\">Official Samba HOWTO</link> for additional information about "
"the available configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56394
msgid "Starting <application>Samba</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56396
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Samba</application> at boot time, add the following "
"line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56400
#, no-wrap
msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56402
msgid "To start <application>Samba</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56404
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba_server start</userinput>\n"
"Performing sanity check on Samba configuration: OK\n"
"Starting nmbd.\n"
"Starting smbd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56409
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> consists of three separate daemons. Both "
"the <application>nmbd</application> and <application>smbd</application> "
"daemons are started by <varname>samba_enable</varname>. If winbind name "
"resolution is also required, set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56415
#, no-wrap
msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56417
msgid "<application>Samba</application> can be stopped at any time by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56420
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba_server stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56422
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is a complex software suite with "
"functionality that allows broad integration with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> networks. For more information about "
"functionality beyond the basic configuration described here, refer to <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.samba.org\">http://www.samba.org</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:56442
msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56444
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntpd</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56448
msgid ""
"Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as many "
"network services require the computers on a network to share the same "
"accurate time. Accurate time is also needed to ensure that file timestamps "
"stay consistent. The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) is one "
"way to provide clock accuracy in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56455
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be "
"configured to query other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers in order to "
"synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services to other "
"computers in the network. The servers which are queried can be local to the "
"network or provided by an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. In addition, an <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/WebHome\">online list "
"of publicly accessible <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers</link> is available. "
"When choosing a public <acronym>NTP</acronym> server, select one that is "
"geographically close and review its usage policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56466
msgid ""
"Choosing several <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers is recommended in case one "
"of the servers becomes unreachable or its clock proves unreliable. As "
"<application>ntpd</application> receives responses, it favors reliable "
"servers over the less reliable ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56472
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure <application>ntpd</application> on "
"FreeBSD. Further documentation can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ntp/"
"</filename> in HTML format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56478
msgid "<acronym>NTP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56480
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntp.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56484
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, the built-in <application>ntpd</application> can be used to "
"synchronize a system's clock. To enable <application>ntpd</application> at "
"boot time, add <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. Additional variables can be specified in <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56493
msgid ""
"This application reads <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> to determine which "
"<acronym>NTP</acronym> servers to query. Here is a simple example of an "
"<filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:56499
msgid "Sample <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56501
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"server ntplocal.example.com prefer\n"
"server timeserver.example.org\n"
"server ntp2a.example.net\n"
"\n"
"driftfile /var/db/ntp.drift"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56508
msgid ""
"The format of this file is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The "
"<literal>server</literal> option specifies which servers to query, with one "
"server listed on each line. If a server entry includes <literal>prefer</"
"literal>, that server is preferred over other servers. A response from a "
"preferred server will be discarded if it differs significantly from other "
"servers' responses; otherwise it will be used. The <literal>prefer</literal> "
"argument should only be used for <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers that are "
"known to be highly accurate, such as those with special time monitoring "
"hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56520
msgid ""
"The <literal>driftfile</literal> entry specifies which file is used to store "
"the system clock's frequency offset. <application>ntpd</application> uses "
"this to automatically compensate for the clock's natural drift, allowing it "
"to maintain a reasonably correct setting even if it is cut off from all "
"external time sources for a period of time. This file also stores "
"information about previous responses from <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. "
"Since this file contains internal information for <acronym>NTP</acronym>, it "
"should not be modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56531
msgid ""
"By default, an <acronym>NTP</acronym> server is accessible to any network "
"host. The <literal>restrict</literal> option in <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</"
"filename> can be used to control which systems can access the server. For "
"example, to deny all machines from accessing the <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"server, add the following line to <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56539
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict default ignore"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:56542
msgid ""
"This will also prevent access from other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. If "
"there is a need to synchronize with an external <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"server, allow only that specific server. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56549
msgid ""
"To allow machines within the network to synchronize their clocks with the "
"server, but ensure they are not allowed to configure the server or be used "
"as peers to synchronize against, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56554
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 nomodify notrap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56556
msgid ""
"where <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0</systemitem> is the local "
"network address and <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem> "
"is the network's subnet mask."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56560
msgid ""
"Multiple <literal>restrict</literal> entries are supported. For more "
"details, refer to the <literal>Access Control Support</literal> subsection "
"of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56565
msgid ""
"Once <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> has been added to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>, <application>ntpd</application> can be started now "
"without rebooting the system by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56570
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ntpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56574
msgid "Using <acronym>NTP</acronym> with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56577
msgid ""
"<application>ntpd</application> does not need a permanent connection to the "
"Internet to function properly. However, if a <acronym>PPP</acronym> "
"connection is configured to dial out on demand, <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"traffic should be prevented from triggering a dial out or keeping the "
"connection alive. This can be configured with <literal>filter</literal> "
"directives in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent NTP traffic from initiating dial out\n"
" set filter dial 1 permit 0 0\n"
" set filter alive 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent incoming NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 1 deny udp dst eq 123\n"
" # Prevent outgoing NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56595
msgid ""
"For more details, refer to the <literal>PACKET FILTERING</literal> section "
"in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the examples in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:56601
msgid ""
"Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from "
"functioning since replies never reach the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:56620
msgid "<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator and Target Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56623
msgid ""
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>, which works at the file system level, "
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> works at the block device level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56628
msgid ""
"In <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> terminology, the system that shares the storage "
"is known as the <emphasis>target</emphasis>. The storage can be a physical "
"disk, or an area representing multiple disks or a portion of a physical disk."
" For example, if the disk(s) are formatted with <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, a "
"zvol can be created to use as the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56636
msgid ""
"The clients which access the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage are called "
"<emphasis>initiators</emphasis>. To initiators, the storage available "
"through <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> appears as a raw, unformatted disk known as "
"a <acronym>LUN</acronym>. Device nodes for the disk appear in <filename>/dev/"
"</filename> and the device must be separately formatted and mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56644
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target and "
"initiator. This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a "
"target or an initiator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56650
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Target"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56652
msgid ""
"To configure an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target, create the <filename>/etc/"
"ctl.conf</filename> configuration file, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is "
"automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56658
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a simple <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> "
"configuration file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctl.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more complete "
"description of this file's available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56663
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"	discovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"	listen 0.0.0.0\n"
"	listen [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"	auth-group no-authentication\n"
"	portal-group pg0\n"
"\n"
"	lun 0 {\n"
"		path /data/target0-0\n"
"		size 4G\n"
"	}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56679
msgid ""
"The first entry defines the <literal>pg0</literal> portal group. Portal "
"groups define which network addresses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will listen on. "
"The <literal>discovery-auth-group no-authentication</literal> entry "
"indicates that any initiator is allowed to perform <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> "
"target discovery without authentication. Lines three and four configure "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to listen on all <acronym>IPv4</acronym> (<literal>listen 0.0."
"0.0</literal>) and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> (<literal>listen [::]</literal>) "
"addresses on the default port of 3260."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56691
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal "
"group called <literal>default</literal>. In this case, the difference "
"between <literal>default</literal> and <literal>pg0</literal> is that with "
"<literal>default</literal>, target discovery is always denied, while with "
"<literal>pg0</literal>, it is always allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56699
msgid ""
"The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: "
"a machine serving <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or a named group of "
"<acronym>LUNs</acronym>. This example uses the latter meaning, where "
"<literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</literal> is the target name. This "
"target name is suitable for testing purposes. For actual use, change "
"<literal>com.example</literal> to the real domain name, reversed. The "
"<literal>2012-06</literal> represents the year and month of acquiring "
"control of that domain name, and <literal>target0</literal> can be any value."
" Any number of targets can be defined in this configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56712
msgid ""
"The <literal>auth-group no-authentication</literal> line allows all "
"initiators to connect to the specified target and <literal>portal-group pg0</"
"literal> makes the target reachable through the <literal>pg0</literal> "
"portal group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56717
msgid ""
"The next section defines the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. To the initiator, each "
"<acronym>LUN</acronym> will be visible as a separate disk device. Multiple "
"<acronym>LUNs</acronym> can be defined for each target. Each <acronym>LUN</"
"acronym> is identified by a number, where <acronym>LUN</acronym> 0 is "
"mandatory. The <literal>path /data/target0-0</literal> line defines the full "
"path to a file or zvol backing the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. That path must "
"exist before starting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The second line is "
"optional and specifies the size of the <acronym>LUN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56728
msgid ""
"Next, to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started at "
"boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56738
msgid ""
"As the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started, it reads <filename>/etc/ctl."
"conf</filename>. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this "
"command so that the changes take effect immediately:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:56746 book.translate.xml:61713
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56748
msgid ""
"The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, "
"granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and "
"password to access targets, modify the configuration as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"auth-group ag0 {\n"
"	chap username1 secretsecret\n"
"	chap username2 anothersecret\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"	discovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"	listen 0.0.0.0\n"
"	listen [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"	auth-group ag0\n"
"	portal-group pg0\n"
"	lun 0 {\n"
"		path /data/target0-0\n"
"		size 4G\n"
"	}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56773
msgid ""
"The <literal>auth-group</literal> section defines username and password "
"pairs. An initiator trying to connect to <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:"
"target0</literal> must first specify a defined username and secret. However, "
"target discovery is still permitted without authentication. To require "
"target discovery authentication, set <literal>discovery-auth-group</literal> "
"to a defined <literal>auth-group</literal> name instead of <literal>no-"
"authentication</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56783
msgid ""
"It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a "
"shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified "
"directly in the target entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56788
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"	portal-group pg0\n"
"	chap username1 secretsecret\n"
"\n"
"	lun 0 {\n"
"		path /data/target0-0\n"
"		size 4G\n"
"	}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56801
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:56804
msgid ""
"The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator described in this section is "
"supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the <acronym>iSCSI</"
"acronym> initiator available in older versions, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56810
msgid ""
"The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator requires that the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon is running. This daemon does not use a configuration "
"file. To start it automatically at boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56815
#, no-wrap
msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56817
msgid ""
"To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56819
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service iscsid start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56821
msgid ""
"Connecting to a target can be done with or without an <filename>/etc/iscsi."
"conf</filename> configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56826
msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56829
msgid ""
"To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address of the portal and the name of the target:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56833
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</"
"replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56835
msgid ""
"To verify if the connection succeeded, run <command>iscsictl</command> "
"without any arguments. The output should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56839
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Connected: "
"da0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56842
msgid ""
"In this example, the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> session was successfully "
"established, with <filename>/dev/da0</filename> representing the attached "
"<acronym>LUN</acronym>. If the <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</"
"literal> target exports more than one <acronym>LUN</acronym>, multiple "
"device nodes will be shown in that section of the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56851
#, no-wrap
msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56853
msgid ""
"Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For "
"example, this message usually means that the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon is not running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Waiting for "
"iscsid(8)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56860
msgid ""
"The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address or port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56864
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.11     Connection "
"refused"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56867
msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Not found"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56873
msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     "
"Authentication failed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56879
msgid ""
"To specify a <acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret, use this syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56882
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</"
"replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable> -"
"u <replaceable>user</replaceable> -s <replaceable>secretsecret</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56886
msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56889
msgid ""
"To connect using a configuration file, create <filename>/etc/iscsi.conf</"
"filename> with contents like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56893
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"t0 {\n"
"	TargetAddress   = 10.10.10.10\n"
"	TargetName      = iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n"
"	AuthMethod      = CHAP\n"
"	chapIName       = user\n"
"	chapSecret      = secretsecret\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56901
msgid ""
"The <literal>t0</literal> specifies a nickname for the configuration file "
"section. It will be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to "
"use. The other lines specify the parameters to use during connection. The "
"<literal>TargetAddress</literal> and <literal>TargetName</literal> are "
"mandatory, whereas the other options are optional. In this example, the "
"<acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56911
msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -An <replaceable>t0</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56916
msgid ""
"Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, "
"use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56919
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -Aa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56921
msgid ""
"To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in <filename>/etc/"
"iscsi.conf</filename>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56925
#, no-wrap
msgid "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"iscsictl_flags=\"-Aa\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:56956
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Converted to SGML and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56968
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>firewalls</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56977
msgid ""
"Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that "
"flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of <quote>rules</"
"quote> to inspect network packets as they come in or go out of network "
"connections and either allows the traffic through or blocks it. The rules of "
"a firewall can inspect one or more characteristics of the packets such as "
"the protocol type, source or destination host address, and source or "
"destination port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56986
msgid ""
"Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used "
"to do one or more of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56991
msgid ""
"Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal "
"network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56997
msgid ""
"Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of "
"the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57002
msgid ""
"Support network address translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>), which allows "
"an internal network to use private <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and share "
"a single connection to the public Internet using either a single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address or a shared pool of automatically assigned "
"public addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57011
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: <application>PF</"
"application>, <application>IPFW</application>, and <application>IPFILTER</"
"application>, also known as <application>IPF</application>. FreeBSD also "
"provides two traffic shapers for controlling bandwidth usage: "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <application>ALTQ</"
"application> has traditionally been closely tied with <application>PF</"
"application> and <application>dummynet</application> with <application>IPFW</"
"application>. Each firewall uses rules to control the access of packets to "
"and from a FreeBSD system, although they go about it in different ways and "
"each has a different rule syntax."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57025
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different "
"requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should "
"evaluate which firewall best meets their needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57034
msgid "How to define packet filtering rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57038
msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57043
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>PF</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57048
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>IPFW</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57053
msgid ""
"How to use and configure the <application>IPFILTER</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57067
msgid ""
"Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet "
"control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an "
"understanding of how <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> works, what the different "
"values in the packet control fields are, and how these values are used in a "
"normal session conversation. For a good introduction, refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.ipprimer.com/overview.cfm\">Daryl's TCP/IP Primer</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57079
msgid "Firewall Concepts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57081
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>rulesets</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57087
msgid ""
"A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the "
"values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets "
"between hosts comprises a session conversation. The firewall ruleset "
"processes both the packets arriving from the public Internet, as well as the "
"packets produced by the system as a response to them. Each <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> service is predefined by its protocol and listening port. Packets "
"destined for a specific service originate from the source address using an "
"unprivileged port and target the specific service port on the destination "
"address. All the above parameters can be used as selection criteria to "
"create rules which will pass or block services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57100
msgid ""
"To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to <filename>/etc/services</filename>. "
"Alternatively, visit <uri xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers</uri> and do a port number lookup to find "
"the purpose of a particular port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57105
msgid ""
"Check out this link for port numbers used by Trojans <uri xlink:href=\"http:/"
"/www.sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php\">http://www.sans.org/"
"security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57107
msgid ""
"FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how "
"the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data "
"channel is acquired by the ordinal ftp session requester. For a good "
"explanation of FTP and the different modes, see <uri xlink:href=\"http://www."
"slacksite.com/other/ftp.html\">http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html</uri>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57113
msgid ""
"A firewall ruleset can be either <quote>exclusive</quote> or "
"<quote>inclusive</quote>. An exclusive firewall allows all traffic through "
"except for the traffic matching the ruleset. An inclusive firewall does the "
"reverse as it only allows traffic matching the rules through and blocks "
"everything else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57120
msgid ""
"An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making "
"it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. "
"It also controls the type of traffic originating from the public Internet "
"that can gain access to a private network. All traffic that does not match "
"the rules is blocked and logged. Inclusive firewalls are generally safer "
"than exclusive firewalls because they significantly reduce the risk of "
"allowing unwanted traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57131
msgid ""
"Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this "
"chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57136
msgid ""
"Security can be tightened further using a <quote>stateful firewall</quote>. "
"This type of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows "
"traffic which either matches an existing connection or opens a new, allowed "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57141
msgid ""
"Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets "
"comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the "
"firewall dynamically generates internal rules for each anticipated packet "
"being exchanged during the session. It has sufficient matching capabilities "
"to determine if a packet is valid for a session. Any packets that do not "
"properly fit the session template are automatically rejected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57150
msgid ""
"When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57153
msgid ""
"Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If "
"the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed "
"automatically and any impostor packets are automatically rejected. If a new "
"session is blocked, none of its subsequent packets are allowed. Stateful "
"filtering provides advanced matching abilities capable of defending against "
"the flood of different attack methods employed by attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57161
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> stands for <emphasis>Network Address Translation</"
"emphasis>. <acronym>NAT</acronym> function enables the private LAN behind "
"the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, even if that address "
"is dynamically assigned. NAT allows each computer in the LAN to have "
"Internet access, without having to pay the ISP for multiple Internet "
"accounts or IP addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57169
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> will automatically translate the private LAN IP "
"address for each system on the LAN to the single public IP address as "
"packets exit the firewall bound for the public Internet. It also performs "
"the reverse translation for returning packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57175
msgid ""
"According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for "
"private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, "
"and therefore are available for use with NAT:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57182
msgid "<literal>10.0.0.0/8</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57186
msgid "<literal>172.16.0.0/12</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57190
msgid "<literal>192.168.0.0/16</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:57195
msgid ""
"When working with the firewall rules, be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis>. "
"Some configurations <emphasis>can lock the administrator out</emphasis> of "
"the server. To be on the safe side, consider performing the initial firewall "
"configuration from the local console rather than doing it remotely over "
"<application>ssh</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:57206
msgid "PF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:57209
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ferrell</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Revised and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57219
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>PF</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57225
msgid ""
"Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's <application>PF</"
"application> firewall has been included as an integrated part of the base "
"system. <application>PF</application> is a complete, full-featured firewall "
"that has optional support for <application>ALTQ</application> (Alternate "
"Queuing), which provides Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57233
msgid ""
"The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for <application>PF</"
"application> in the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF "
"FAQ</link>. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough <application>PF</"
"application> tutorial at <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/"
"\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:57239
msgid ""
"When reading the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</"
"link>, keep in mind that FreeBSD uses the same version of <application>PF</"
"application> as OpenBSD 4.5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57244
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"pf\">FreeBSD packet filter mailing list</link> is a good place to ask "
"questions about configuring and running the <application>PF</application> "
"firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a question as it may "
"have already been answered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57249
msgid ""
"More information about porting <application>PF</application> to FreeBSD can "
"be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://pf4freebsd.love2party.net/\">http://"
"pf4freebsd.love2party.net/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57252
msgid ""
"This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>PF</application> as it "
"pertains to FreeBSD. It demonstrates how to enable <application>PF</"
"application> and <application>ALTQ</application>. It then provides several "
"examples for creating rulesets on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57259
msgid "Enabling <application>PF</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57261
msgid ""
"In order to use <application>PF</application>, its kernel module must be "
"first loaded. This section describes the entries that can be added to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in order to enable <application>PF</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57266
msgid ""
"Start by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57269
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57271
msgid ""
"Additional options, described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, can be passed to "
"<application>PF</application> when it is started. Add this entry to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and specify any required flags between the "
"two quotes (<literal>\"\"</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57277
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_flags=\"\"                     # additional flags for pfctl startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57279
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> will not start if it cannot find its ruleset "
"configuration file. The default ruleset is already created and is named "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>. If a custom ruleset has been saved "
"somewhere else, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> which "
"specifies the full path to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57287
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_rules=\"<replaceable>/path/to/pf.conf</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57289
msgid ""
"Logging support for <application>PF</application> is provided by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To enable logging support, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57293
#, no-wrap
msgid "pflog_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57295
msgid ""
"The following lines can also be added in order to change the default "
"location of the log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> when it is started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57300
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\"  # where pflogd should store the logfile\n"
"pflog_flags=\"\"                  # additional flags for pflogd startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57303
msgid ""
"Finally, if there is a <acronym>LAN</acronym> behind the firewall and "
"packets need to be forwarded for the computers on the <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym>, or <acronym>NAT</acronym> is required, add the following option:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57308
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"            # Enable as LAN gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57310
msgid ""
"After saving the needed edits, <application>PF</application> can be started "
"with logging support by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pf start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pflog start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57368
msgid ""
"By default, <application>PF</application> reads its configuration rules from "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> and modifies, drops, or passes packets "
"according to the rules or definitions specified in this file. The FreeBSD "
"installation includes several sample files located in <filename>/usr/share/"
"examples/pf/</filename>. Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd."
"org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</link> for complete coverage of <application>PF</"
"application> rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57378
msgid ""
"To control <application>PF</application>, use <command>pfctl</command>. "
"<xref linkend=\"pfctl\"/> summarizes some useful options to this command. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:57384
msgid "Useful <command>pfctl</command> Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57390 book.translate.xml:60922 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57396
msgid "<command>pfctl -e</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57398
msgid "Enable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57402
msgid "<command>pfctl -d</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57404
msgid "Disable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57408
msgid "<command>pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57410
msgid ""
"Flush all <acronym>NAT</acronym>, filter, state, and table rules and reload "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57416
msgid "<command>pfctl -s [ rules | nat | states ]</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57418
msgid ""
"Report on the filter rules, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules, or state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57424
msgid "<command>pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:57426
msgid ""
"Check <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> for errors, but do not load ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:57434
msgid ""
"<package>security/sudo</package> is useful for running commands like "
"<command>pfctl</command> that require elevated privileges. It can be "
"installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57440
msgid ""
"To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the <application>PF</"
"application> firewall, consider installing the <package>sysutils/pftop</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <application>pftop</application> "
"can be run to view a running snapshot of traffic in a format which is "
"similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57449
msgid "Enabling <application>ALTQ</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57451
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <application>ALTQ</application> can be used with "
"<application>PF</application> to provide Quality of Service (<acronym>QOS</"
"acronym>). Once <application>ALTQ</application> is enabled, queues can be "
"defined in the ruleset which determine the processing priority of outbound "
"packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57458
msgid ""
"Before enabling <application>ALTQ</application>, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to determine if the drivers for the network cards installed on "
"the system support it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57462
msgid ""
"<application>ALTQ</application> is not available as a loadable kernel module."
" If the system's interfaces support <application>ALTQ</application>, create "
"a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. "
"The following kernel options are available. The first is needed to enable "
"<application>ALTQ</application>. At least one of the other options is "
"necessary to specify the queueing scheduler algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         ALTQ\n"
"options         ALTQ_CBQ        # Class Based Queuing (CBQ)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RED        # Random Early Detection (RED)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RIO        # RED In/Out\n"
"options         ALTQ_HFSC       # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC)\n"
"options         ALTQ_PRIQ       # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57478
msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57482
msgid "CBQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57484
msgid ""
"Class Based Queuing (<acronym>CBQ</acronym>) is used to divide a "
"connection's bandwidth into different classes or queues to prioritize "
"traffic based on filter rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57492
msgid "RED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57494
msgid ""
"Random Early Detection (<acronym>RED</acronym>) is used to avoid network "
"congestion by measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the "
"minimum and maximum thresholds for the queue. When the queue is over the "
"maximum, all new packets are randomly dropped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57503
msgid "RIO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57505
msgid ""
"In Random Early Detection In and Out (<acronym>RIO</acronym>) mode, "
"<acronym>RED</acronym> maintains multiple average queue lengths and multiple "
"threshold values, one for each <acronym>QOS</acronym> level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57514
msgid "HFSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57516
msgid ""
"Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (<acronym>HFSC</acronym>) "
"is described in <uri xlink:href=\"http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main."
"html\">http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57522
msgid "PRIQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57524
msgid ""
"Priority Queuing (<acronym>PRIQ</acronym>) always passes traffic that is in "
"a higher queue first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57530
msgid ""
"More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are "
"available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing."
"html\">http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:57536
msgid "<application>PF</application> Rulesets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:57539
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Hansteen</surname> "
"<othername>N. M.</othername> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </"
"contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57550
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts with "
"the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several examples "
"to demonstrate real-world usage of <application>PF</application>'s many "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57556
msgid ""
"The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any "
"services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. "
"To create this minimal ruleset, edit <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> so it "
"looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57562
#, no-wrap
msgid "block in all\n"
"pass out all keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57565
msgid ""
"The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule "
"allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state "
"information on those connections. This state information allows return "
"traffic for those connections to pass back and should only be used on "
"machines that can be trusted. The ruleset can be loaded with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57575
msgid ""
"In addition to keeping state, <application>PF</application> provides "
"<firstterm>lists</firstterm> and <firstterm>macros</firstterm> which can be "
"defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to be "
"defined before use. As an example, insert these lines at the very top of the "
"ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57586
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> understands port names as well as port "
"numbers, as long as the names are listed in <filename>/etc/services</"
"filename>. This example creates two macros. The first is a list of seven "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> port names and the second is one <acronym>UDP</"
"acronym> port name. Once defined, macros can be used in rules. In this "
"example, all traffic is blocked except for the connections initiated by this "
"system for the seven specified <acronym>TCP</acronym> services and the one "
"specified <acronym>UDP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n"
"block all\n"
"pass out proto tcp to any port $tcp_services keep state\n"
"pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57603
msgid ""
"Even though <acronym>UDP</acronym> is considered to be a stateless protocol, "
"<application>PF</application> is able to track some state information. For "
"example, when a <acronym>UDP</acronym> request is passed which asks a name "
"server about a domain name, <application>PF</application> will watch for the "
"response in order to pass it back."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57610
msgid ""
"Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they "
"can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57613 book.translate.xml:57860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57615
msgid ""
"If there are no syntax errors, <command>pfctl</command> will not output any "
"messages during the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to "
"load them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57619
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57621
msgid ""
"Including <option>-n</option> causes the rules to be interpreted only, but "
"not loaded. This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all "
"times, the last valid ruleset loaded will be enforced until either "
"<application>PF</application> is disabled or a new ruleset is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:57629
msgid ""
"Adding <option>-v</option> to a <command>pfctl</command> ruleset verify or "
"load will display the fully parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded."
" This is extremely useful when debugging rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57636
msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57638
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running "
"<application>PF</application> to act as a gateway for at least one other "
"machine. The gateway needs at least two network interfaces, each connected "
"to a separate network. In this example, <filename>xl1</filename> is "
"connected to the Internet and <filename>xl0</filename> is connected to the "
"internal network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57646
msgid ""
"First, enable the gateway in order to let the machine forward the network "
"traffic it receives on one interface to another interface. This "
"<application>sysctl</application> setting will forward <acronym>IPv4</"
"acronym> packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57653
msgid "To forward <acronym>IPv6</acronym> traffic, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57657
msgid ""
"To enable these settings at system boot, add the following to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57660
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"		#for ipv4\n"
"ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"	#for ipv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57663
msgid ""
"Verify with <command>ifconfig</command> that both of the interfaces are up "
"and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57666
msgid ""
"Next, create the <application>PF</application> rules to allow the gateway to "
"pass traffic. While the following rule allows stateful traffic to pass from "
"the Internet to hosts on the network, the <literal>to</literal> keyword does "
"not guarantee passage all the way from source to destination:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57673
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57675
msgid ""
"That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal "
"interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57679
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57681
msgid ""
"While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For "
"a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder "
"of this section demonstrates how to keep the rules as simple as possible for "
"readability. For example, those two rules could be replaced with one rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57688
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57690
msgid ""
"The <literal>interface:network</literal> notation can be replaced with a "
"macro to make the ruleset even more readable. For example, a "
"<literal>$localnet</literal> macro could be defined as the network directly "
"attached to the internal interface (<literal>$xl1:network</literal>). "
"Alternatively, the definition of <literal>$localnet</literal> could be "
"changed to an <emphasis>IP address/netmask</emphasis> notation to denote a "
"network, such as <literal>192.168.100.1/24</literal> for a subnet of private "
"addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57701
msgid ""
"If required, <literal>$localnet</literal> could even be defined as a list of "
"networks. Whatever the specific needs, a sensible <literal>$localnet</"
"literal> definition could be used in a typical pass rule as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57706
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57708
msgid ""
"The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the "
"internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and "
"internal 3COM interfaces of the gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57714
msgid ""
"For dialup users, the external interface will use <filename>tun0</filename>. "
"For an <acronym>ADSL</acronym> connection, specifically those using "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>), the correct "
"external interface is <filename>tun0</filename>, not the physical Ethernet "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57723
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ext_if = \"xl0\"	# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n"
"int_if = \"xl1\"	# macro for internal interface\n"
"localnet = $int_if:network\n"
"# ext_if IP address could be dynamic, hence ($ext_if)\n"
"nat on $ext_if from $localnet to any -&gt; ($ext_if)\n"
"block all\n"
"pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57731
msgid ""
"This ruleset introduces the <literal>nat</literal> rule which is used to "
"handle the network address translation from the non-routable addresses "
"inside the internal network to the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to "
"the external interface. The parentheses surrounding the last part of the nat "
"rule <literal>($ext_if)</literal> is included when the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of the external interface is dynamically assigned. It ensures that "
"network traffic runs without serious interruptions even if the external "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57742
msgid ""
"Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the "
"network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57746
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n"
"    https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57749
msgid "to use in the main pass rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57754
msgid ""
"A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> on the external interface::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57757
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57759
msgid ""
"This macro definition and rule allows <acronym>DNS</acronym> and "
"<acronym>NTP</acronym> for internal clients:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57763
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n"
"pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57766
msgid ""
"Note the <literal>quick</literal> keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset "
"consists of several rules, it is important to understand the relationships "
"between the rules in a ruleset. Rules are evaluated from top to bottom, in "
"the sequence they are written. For each packet or connection evaluated by "
"<application>PF</application>, <emphasis>the last matching rule</emphasis> "
"in the ruleset is the one which is applied. However, when a packet matches a "
"rule which contains the <literal>quick</literal> keyword, the rule "
"processing stops and the packet is treated according to that rule. This is "
"very useful when an exception to the general rules is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57781
msgid "Creating an <acronym>FTP</acronym> Proxy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57783
msgid ""
"Configuring working <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules can be problematic due to "
"the nature of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in its design. The "
"most common points against using <acronym>FTP</acronym> include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57792
msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57796
msgid ""
"The protocol demands the use of at least two <acronym>TCP</acronym> "
"connections (control and data) on separate ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57802
msgid ""
"When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected "
"ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57807
msgid ""
"All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any "
"potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure "
"alternatives for file transfer exist, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which both feature "
"authentication and data transfer over encrypted connections.."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57814
msgid ""
"For those situations when <acronym>FTP</acronym> is required, "
"<application>PF</application> provides redirection of <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"traffic to a small proxy program called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-"
"proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is "
"included in the base system of FreeBSD. The role of the proxy is to "
"dynamically insert and delete rules in the ruleset, using a set of anchors, "
"in order to correctly handle <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57823
msgid ""
"To enable the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, add this line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57826
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57828
msgid ""
"Then start the proxy by running <command>service ftp-proxy start</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57831
msgid ""
"For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to <filename>/etc/"
"pf.conf</filename>. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert "
"the rules it generates for the <acronym>FTP</acronym> sessions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57836
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n"
"rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57839
msgid ""
"Second, a pass rule is needed to allow <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic in to "
"the proxy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57842
msgid ""
"Third, redirection and <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules need to be defined "
"before the filtering rules. Insert this <literal>rdr</literal> rule "
"immediately after the <literal>nat</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57847
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port "
"8021"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57849
msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57851
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57853
msgid ""
"where <literal>$proxy</literal> expands to the address the proxy daemon is "
"bound to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57856
msgid ""
"Save <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>, load the new rules, and verify from "
"a client that <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections are working:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57862
msgid ""
"This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network "
"need to contact <acronym>FTP</acronym> servers elsewhere. This basic "
"configuration should work well with most combinations of <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> clients and servers. As shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-"
"proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the proxy's "
"behavior can be changed in various ways by adding options to the "
"<literal>ftpproxy_flags=</literal> line. Some clients or servers may have "
"specific quirks that must be compensated for in the configuration, or there "
"may be a need to integrate the proxy in specific ways such as assigning "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic to a specific queue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57875
msgid ""
"For ways to run an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server protected by "
"<application>PF</application> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-proxy</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, configure a separate "
"<command>ftp-proxy</command> in reverse mode, using <option>-R</option>, on "
"a separate port with its own redirecting pass rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57884
msgid "Managing <acronym>ICMP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57886
msgid ""
"Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> network rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol "
"(<acronym>ICMP</acronym>), which was designed specifically with debugging in "
"mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57891
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ICMP</acronym> protocol sends and receives <emphasis>control "
"messages</emphasis> between hosts and gateways, mainly to provide feedback "
"to a sender about any unusual or difficult conditions enroute to the target "
"host. Routers use <acronym>ICMP</acronym> to negotiate packet sizes and "
"other transmission parameters in a process often referred to as "
"<emphasis>path <acronym>MTU</acronym> discovery</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57900
msgid ""
"From a firewall perspective, some <acronym>ICMP</acronym> control messages "
"are vulnerable to known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic "
"pass unconditionally makes debugging easier, but it also makes it easier for "
"others to extract information about the network. For these reasons, the "
"following rule may not be optimal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57908
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57910
msgid ""
"One solution is to let all <acronym>ICMP</acronym> traffic from the local "
"network through while stopping all probes from outside the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n"
"pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57917
msgid ""
"Additional options are available which demonstrate some of <application>PF</"
"application>'s flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> messages, one can specify the messages used by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Start by defining a "
"macro for that type of message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57924
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57926
msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57928 book.translate.xml:57988
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57930
msgid ""
"If other types of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packets are needed, expand "
"<literal>icmp_types</literal> to a list of those packet types. Type "
"<command>more /usr/src/contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c</command> to see the "
"list of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message types supported by <application>PF</"
"application>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/"
"icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml\">http://www.iana.org/assignments/icmp-"
"parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml</link> for an explanation of each message "
"type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57938
msgid ""
"Since Unix <command>traceroute</command> uses <acronym>UDP</acronym> by "
"default, another rule is needed to allow Unix <command>traceroute</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n"
"pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 &gt;&lt; 33626 "
"keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57945
msgid ""
"Since <command>TRACERT.EXE</command> on Microsoft Windows systems uses "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages, only the first rule is needed "
"to allow network traces from those systems. Unix <command>traceroute</"
"command> can be instructed to use other protocols as well, and will use "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages if <option>-I</option> is used."
" Check the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:57955
msgid "Path <acronym>MTU</acronym> Discovery"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:57957
msgid ""
"Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one "
"consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a "
"given connection cannot always be predicted reliably. The main constraint on "
"packet size is the <firstterm>Maximum Transmission Unit</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>MTU</acronym>) which sets the upper limit on the packet size for "
"an interface. Type <command>ifconfig</command> to view the <acronym>MTU</"
"acronym>s for a system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:57968
msgid ""
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> uses a process known as path <acronym>MTU</"
"acronym> discovery to determine the right packet size for a connection. This "
"process sends packets of varying sizes with the <quote>Do not fragment</"
"quote> flag set, expecting an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> return packet of "
"<quote>type 3, code 4</quote> when the upper limit has been reached. Type 3 "
"means <quote>destination unreachable</quote>, and code 4 is short for "
"<quote>fragmentation needed, but the do-not-fragment flag is set</quote>. To "
"allow path MTU discovery in order to support connections to other "
"<acronym>MTU</acronym>s, add the <literal>destination unreachable</literal> "
"type to the <literal>icmp_types</literal> macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57982
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:57984
msgid ""
"Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified "
"in order to support the new <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:57990
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> allows filtering on all variations of "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> types and codes. The list of possible types and "
"codes are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp6</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57998
msgid "Using Tables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58000
msgid ""
"Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given "
"time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. "
"<application>PF</application> supports the use of tables, which are defined "
"lists that can be manipulated without needing to reload the entire ruleset, "
"and which can provide fast lookups. Table names are always enclosed within "
"<literal>&lt; &gt;</literal>, like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58009
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58011
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>192.168.2.0/24</literal> network is part of "
"the table, except for the address <literal>192.168.2.5</literal>, which is "
"excluded using the <literal>!</literal> operator. It is also possible to "
"load tables from files where each item is on a separate line, as seen in "
"this example <filename>/etc/clients</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58019
#, no-wrap
msgid "192.168.2.0/24\n"
"!192.168.2.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58022
msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58024
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; persist file \"/etc/clients\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58026
msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58029
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto tcp from &lt;clients&gt; to any port $client_out flags S/SA "
"keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58031
msgid ""
"A table's contents can be manipulated live, using <command>pfctl</command>. "
"This example adds another network to the table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58037
msgid ""
"Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal "
"for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the "
"changes permanent, modify the definition of the table in the ruleset or edit "
"the file that the table refers to. One can maintain the on-disk copy of the "
"table using a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> job which dumps the table's contents to disk at "
"regular intervals, using a command such as <command>pfctl -t clients -T show "
"&gt;/etc/clients</command>. Alternatively, <filename>/etc/clients</filename> "
"can be updated with the in-memory table contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58049
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58053
msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect <acronym>SSH</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58056
msgid ""
"Those who run <acronym>SSH</acronym> on an external interface have probably "
"seen something like this in the authentication logs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58060
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41."
"31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[5279]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41."
"31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:35 skapet sshd[5279]: Received disconnect from 200.72.41.31: 11:"
" Bye Bye\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[29635]: Invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: input_userauth_request: invalid user "
"admin\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin "
"from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58067
msgid ""
"This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is "
"trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58071
msgid ""
"If external <acronym>SSH</acronym> access is needed for legitimate users, "
"changing the default port used by <acronym>SSH</acronym> can offer some "
"protection. However, <application>PF</application> provides a more elegant "
"solution. Pass rules can contain limits on what connecting hosts can do and "
"violators can be banished to a table of addresses which are denied some or "
"all access. It is even possible to drop all existing connections from "
"machines which overreach the limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58081
msgid ""
"To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58084
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;bruteforce&gt; persist"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58086
msgid ""
"Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while "
"allowing legitimate access:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58089
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"block quick from &lt;bruteforce&gt;\n"
"pass inet proto tcp from any to $localnet port $tcp_services \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn <replaceable>100</replaceable>, max-src-conn-rate "
"<replaceable>15/5</replaceable>, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58095
msgid ""
"The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed "
"to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58099
msgid ""
"<literal>max-src-conn</literal> is the number of simultaneous connections "
"allowed from one host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58102
msgid ""
"<literal>max-src-conn-rate</literal> is the rate of new connections allowed "
"from any single host (<replaceable>15</replaceable>) per number of seconds "
"(<replaceable>5</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58107
msgid ""
"<literal>overload &lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> means that any host which "
"exceeds these limits gets its address added to the <literal>bruteforce</"
"literal> table. The ruleset blocks all traffic from addresses in the "
"<literal>bruteforce</literal> table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58113
msgid ""
"Finally, <literal>flush global</literal> says that when a host reaches the "
"limit, that all (<literal>global</literal>) of that host's connections will "
"be terminated (<literal>flush</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58119
msgid ""
"These rules will <emphasis>not</emphasis> block slow bruteforcers, as "
"described in <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/"
"\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58123
msgid ""
"This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if "
"a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to "
"be more restrictive when it comes to <application>ssh</application>, "
"supplement the rule above with something like the one below, early on in the "
"rule set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn 15, max-src-conn-rate 5/3, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:58137
msgid "It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58140
msgid ""
"It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which "
"does not apply exclusively to <acronym>SSH</acronym>, and it is not always "
"optimal to entirely block all traffic from offenders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58145
msgid ""
"For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a "
"web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign "
"offenders to a queue with a minimal bandwidth allocation or to redirect to a "
"specific web page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58152
msgid ""
"Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow "
"incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address that is blocked is a dynamically assigned one, which has since been "
"assigned to a host who has a legitimate reason to communicate with hosts in "
"the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58159
msgid ""
"For situations like these, <application>pfctl</application> provides the "
"ability to expire table entries. For example, this command will remove "
"<literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries which have not been "
"referenced for <literal>86400</literal> seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58168
msgid ""
"Similar functionality is provided by <package>security/expiretable</"
"package>, which removes table entries which have not been accessed for a "
"specified period of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58173
msgid ""
"Once installed, <application>expiretable</application> can be run to remove "
"<literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries older than a specified "
"age. This example removes all entries older than 24 hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58178
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58182
msgid "Protecting Against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58184
msgid ""
"Not to be confused with the <application>spamd</application> daemon which "
"comes bundled with <application>spamassassin</application>, <package>mail/"
"spamd</package> can be configured with <application>PF</application> to "
"provide an outer defense against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>. This "
"<application>spamd</application> hooks into the <application>PF</"
"application> configuration using a set of redirections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58194
msgid ""
"Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and <acronym>SPAM</"
"acronym> is mainly sent from a few spammer friendly networks and a large "
"number of hijacked machines, both of which are reported to "
"<firstterm>blacklists</firstterm> fairly quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58200
msgid ""
"When an <acronym>SMTP</acronym> connection from an address in a blacklist is "
"received, <application>spamd</application> presents its banner and "
"immediately switches to a mode where it answers <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"traffic one byte at a time. This technique, which is intended to waste as "
"much time as possible on the spammer's end, is called <firstterm>tarpitting</"
"firstterm>. The specific implementation which uses one byte <acronym>SMTP</"
"acronym> replies is often referred to as <firstterm>stuttering</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58212
msgid ""
"This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up "
"<application>spamd</application> with automatically updated blacklists. "
"Refer to the man pages which are installed with <package>mail/spamd</"
"package> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:58219
msgid "Configuring <application>spamd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58222
msgid ""
"Install the <package>mail/spamd</package> package or port. In order to use "
"<application>spamd</application>'s greylisting features, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> must be mounted at <filename>/dev/fd</filename>. "
"Add the following line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58229
#, no-wrap
msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58231
msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58233
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount fdescfs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58237
msgid "Next, edit the <application>PF</application> ruleset to include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58240
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"table &lt;spamd&gt; persist\n"
"table &lt;spamd-white&gt; persist\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from &lt;spamd&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from !&lt;spamd-white&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58247
msgid ""
"The two tables <literal>&lt;spamd&gt;</literal> and <literal>&lt;spamd-"
"white&gt;</literal> are essential. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> traffic from an "
"address listed in<literal> &lt;spamd&gt;</literal> but not in "
"<literal>&lt;spamd-white&gt;</literal> is redirected to the "
"<application>spamd</application> daemon listening at port 8025."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58257
msgid ""
"The next step is to configure <application>spamd</application> in <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/spamd.conf</filename> and to add some <filename>rc.conf</"
"filename> parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58262
msgid ""
"The installation of <package>mail/spamd</package> includes a sample "
"configuration file (<filename>/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample</filename>) "
"and a man page for <filename>spamd.conf</filename>. Refer to these for "
"additional configuration options beyond those shown in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58269
msgid ""
"One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a "
"<literal>#</literal> comment sign contains the block which defines the "
"<literal>all</literal> list, which specifies the lists to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58275
#, no-wrap
msgid "all:\\\n"
"    :traplist:whitelist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58278
msgid ""
"This entry adds the desired blacklists, separated by colons (<literal>:</"
"literal>). To use a whitelist to subtract addresses from a blacklist, add "
"the name of the whitelist <emphasis>immediately</emphasis> after the name of "
"that blacklist. For example: <literal>:blacklist:whitelist:</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58285
msgid "This is followed by the specified blacklist's definition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"traplist:\\\n"
"    :black:\\\n"
"    :msg=\"SPAM. Your address %A has sent spam within the last 24 hours\":\\\n"
"    :method=http:\\\n"
"    :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58294
msgid ""
"where the first line is the name of the blacklist and the second line "
"specifies the list type. The <literal>msg</literal> field contains the "
"message to display to blacklisted senders during the <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"dialogue. The <literal>method</literal> field specifies how "
"<application>spamd-setup</application> fetches the list data; supported "
"methods are <literal>http</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, from a "
"<literal>file</literal> in a mounted file system, and via <literal>exec</"
"literal> of an external program. Finally, the <literal>file</literal> field "
"specifies the name of the file <application>spamd</application> expects to "
"receive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58309
msgid ""
"The definition of the specified whitelist is similar, but omits the "
"<literal>msg</literal> field since a message is not needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58313
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"whitelist:\\\n"
"    :white:\\\n"
"    :method=file:\\\n"
"    :file=/var/mail/whitelist.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/title
#: book.translate.xml:58319
msgid "Choose Data Sources with Care"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:58321
msgid ""
"Using all the blacklists in the sample <filename>spamd.conf</filename> will "
"blacklist large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file "
"to create an optimal configuration which uses applicable data sources and, "
"when necessary, uses custom lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58329
msgid ""
"Next, add this entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Additional flags "
"are described in the man page specified by the comment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58334
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58336
msgid ""
"When finished, reload the ruleset, start <application>spamd</application> by "
"typing <command>service start obspamd</command>, and complete the "
"configuration using <command>spamd-setup</command>. Finally, create a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> job which calls <command>spamd-setup</command> to update the "
"tables at reasonable intervals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58346
msgid ""
"On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start "
"getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58350
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> also supports <firstterm>greylisting</"
"firstterm>, which temporarily rejects messages from unknown hosts with "
"<replaceable>45n</replaceable> codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which "
"try again within a reasonable time are let through. Traffic from senders "
"which are set up to behave within the limits set by RFC 1123 and RFC 2821 "
"are immediately let through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58359
msgid ""
"More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.greylisting.org/\">greylisting.org</link> web site. "
"The most amazing thing about greylisting, apart from its simplicity, is that "
"it still works. Spammers and malware writers have been very slow to adapt in "
"order to bypass this technique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58366
msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:58370
msgid "Configuring Greylisting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58373
msgid ""
"Make sure that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> is mounted as "
"described in Step 1 of the previous Procedure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58378
msgid ""
"To run <application>spamd</application> in greylisting mode, add this line "
"to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58382
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\"  # use spamd greylisting if YES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58384
msgid ""
"Refer to the <application>spamd</application> man page for descriptions of "
"additional related parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:58390
msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58392
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service restart obspamd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service start spamlogd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58397
msgid ""
"Behind the scenes, the <application>spamdb</application> database tool and "
"the <application>spamlogd</application> whitelist updater perform essential "
"functions for the greylisting feature. <application>spamdb</application> is "
"the administrator's main interface to managing the black, grey, and white "
"lists via the contents of the <filename>/var/db/spamdb</filename> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58407
msgid "Network Hygiene"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58409
msgid ""
"This section describes how <literal>block-policy</literal>, <literal>scrub</"
"literal>, and <literal>antispoof</literal> can be used to make the ruleset "
"behave sanely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58414
msgid ""
"The <literal>block-policy</literal> is an option which can be set in the "
"<literal>options</literal> part of the ruleset, which precedes the "
"redirection and filtering rules. This option determines which feedback, if "
"any, <application>PF</application> sends to hosts that are blocked by a rule."
" The option has two possible values: <literal>drop</literal> drops blocked "
"packets with no feedback, and <literal>return</literal> returns a status "
"code such as <computeroutput>Connection refused</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58425
msgid ""
"If not set, the default policy is <literal>drop</literal>. To change the "
"<literal>block-policy</literal>, specify the desired value:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58430
#, no-wrap
msgid "set block-policy return"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58432
msgid ""
"In <application>PF</application>, <literal>scrub</literal> is a keyword "
"which enables network packet normalization. This process reassembles "
"fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have invalid flag combinations."
" Enabling <literal>scrub</literal> provides a measure of protection against "
"certain kinds of attacks based on incorrect handling of packet fragments. A "
"number of options are available, but the simplest form is suitable for most "
"configurations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58442
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58444
msgid ""
"Some services, such as <acronym>NFS</acronym>, require specific fragment "
"handling options. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"https://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/"
"en/scrub.html\">https://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/en/scrub.html</link> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58448
msgid ""
"This example reassembles fragments, clears the <quote>do not fragment</"
"quote> bit, and sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58452
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58454
msgid ""
"The <literal>antispoof</literal> mechanism protects against activity from "
"spoofed or forged <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, mainly by blocking "
"packets appearing on interfaces and in directions which are logically not "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58460
msgid ""
"These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as "
"well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58464
#, no-wrap
msgid "antispoof for $ext_if\n"
"antispoof for $int_if"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58469
msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58471
msgid ""
"Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address "
"translation, one may have to compensate for other people's misconfigurations."
" A common misconfiguration is to let traffic with non-routable addresses out "
"to the Internet. Since traffic from non-routeable addresses can play a part "
"in several <acronym>DoS</acronym> attack techniques, consider explicitly "
"blocking traffic from non-routeable addresses from entering the network "
"through the external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58481
msgid ""
"In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then "
"used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly "
"dropped on the gateway's external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n"
"	      10.0.0.0/8, 169.254.0.0/16, 192.0.2.0/24, \\\n"
"	      0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n"
"\n"
"block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n"
"block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:58498
msgid "<application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58500
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>IPFW</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58506
msgid ""
"<application>IPFW</application> is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD "
"which supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. It "
"is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter rule "
"processor and its integrated packet accounting facility, the logging "
"facility, <acronym>NAT</acronym>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> traffic shaper, a "
"forward facility, a bridge facility, and an ipstealth facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58515
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> "
"which defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice "
"users in generating an appropriate ruleset. <application>IPFW</application> "
"provides a powerful syntax which advanced users can use to craft customized "
"rulesets that meet the security requirements of a given environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58523
msgid ""
"This section describes how to enable <application>IPFW</application>, "
"provides an overview of its rule syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets "
"for common configuration scenarios."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58529
msgid "Enabling <application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58531
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58537
msgid ""
"<application>IPFW</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as "
"a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in "
"order to enable <application>IPFW</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58542
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58548
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58554
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58560
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>kernel "
"options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58566
msgid ""
"For those users who wish to statically compile <application>IPFW</"
"application> support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following options are available for "
"the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options    IPFIREWALL			# enables IPFW\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE		# enables logging for rules with log keyword\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5	# limits number of logged packets per-"
"entry\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT # sets default policy to pass what "
"is not explicitly denied\n"
"options    IPDIVERT			# enables NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58578
msgid ""
"To configure the system to enable <application>IPFW</application> at boot "
"time, add the following entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58582
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58584
msgid ""
"To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another "
"line which specifies the type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58587
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_type=\"open\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58589
msgid "The available types are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58593
msgid "<literal>open</literal>: passes all traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58596
msgid "<literal>client</literal>: protects only this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58600
msgid "<literal>simple</literal>: protects the whole network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58604
msgid ""
"<literal>closed</literal>: entirely disables IP traffic except for the "
"loopback interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58608
msgid ""
"<literal>workstation</literal>: protects only this machine using stateful "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58612
msgid "<literal>UNKNOWN</literal>: disables the loading of firewall rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58616
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename>: full path of the "
"file containing the firewall ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58622
msgid ""
"If <literal>firewall_type</literal> is set to either <literal>client</"
"literal> or <literal>simple</literal>, modify the default rules found in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> to fit the configuration of the system."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58628
msgid ""
"Note that the <literal>filename</literal> type is used to load a custom "
"ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58631
msgid ""
"An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the "
"<literal>firewall_script</literal> variable to the absolute path of an "
"<emphasis>executable script</emphasis> that includes <application>IPFW</"
"application> commands. The examples used in this section assume that the "
"<literal>firewall_script</literal> is set to <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58639
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58641
msgid "To enable logging, include this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58643
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_logging=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58645
msgid ""
"There is no <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable to set logging limits."
" To limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, "
"specify the number using this line in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58650
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=<replaceable>5</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58652
msgid ""
"After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits "
"now, also set the <command>sysctl</command> value specified above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58656
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfw start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit="
"<replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58661
msgid "<application>IPFW</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58663
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule "
"processing order</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58669
msgid ""
"When a packet enters the <application>IPFW</application> firewall, it is "
"compared against the first rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a "
"time, moving from top to bottom in sequence. When the packet matches the "
"selection parameters of a rule, the rule's action is executed and the search "
"of the ruleset terminates for that packet. This is referred to as "
"<quote>first match wins</quote>. If the packet does not match any of the "
"rules, it gets caught by the mandatory <application>IPFW</application> "
"default rule number 65535, which denies all packets and silently discards "
"them. However, if the packet matches a rule that contains the "
"<literal>count</literal>, <literal>skipto</literal>, or <literal>tee</"
"literal> keywords, the search continues. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details on how these keywords affect rule processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58685
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule syntax</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58691
msgid ""
"When creating an <application>IPFW</application> rule, keywords must be "
"written in the following order. Some keywords are mandatory while other "
"keywords are optional. The words shown in uppercase represent a variable and "
"the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it. The "
"<literal>#</literal> symbol is used to mark the start of a comment and may "
"appear at the end of a rule or on its own line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58701
msgid ""
"<replaceable>CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from "
"SRC SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58705
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It is "
"not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used "
"when creating <application>IPFW</application> rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58713
msgid "CMD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58715
msgid "Every rule must start with <parameter>ipfw add</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58721
msgid "RULE_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58723
msgid ""
"Each rule is associated with a number from <literal>1</literal> to "
"<literal>65534</literal>. The number is used to indicate the order of rule "
"processing. Multiple rules can have the same number, in which case they are "
"applied according to the order in which they have been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58734
msgid "SET_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58736
msgid ""
"Each rule is associated with a set number from <literal>0</literal> to "
"<literal>31</literal>. Sets can be individually disabled or enabled, making "
"it possible to quickly add or delete a set of rules. If a SET_NUMBER is not "
"specified, the rule will be added to set <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58746 book.translate.xml:59724
msgid "ACTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58748
msgid ""
"A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified "
"action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of "
"the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58753
msgid ""
"<parameter>allow | accept | pass | permit</parameter>: these keywords are "
"equivalent and allow packets that match the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58757
msgid ""
"<parameter>check-state</parameter>: checks the packet against the dynamic "
"state table. If a match is found, execute the action associated with the "
"rule which generated this dynamic rule, otherwise move to the next rule. A "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule does not have selection criterion. If no "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule is present in the ruleset, the dynamic "
"rules table is checked at the first <literal>keep-state</literal> or "
"<literal>limit</literal> rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58768
msgid ""
"<parameter>count</parameter>: updates counters for all packets that match "
"the rule. The search continues with the next rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58772
msgid ""
"<parameter>deny | drop</parameter>: either word silently discards packets "
"that match this rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58775
msgid ""
"Additional actions are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58781
msgid "LOG_AMOUNT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58783
msgid ""
"When a packet matches a rule with the <literal>log</literal> keyword, a "
"message will be logged to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> with a facility name "
"of <literal>SECURITY</literal>. Logging only occurs if the number of packets "
"logged for that particular rule does not exceed a specified LOG_AMOUNT. If "
"no LOG_AMOUNT is specified, the limit is taken from the value of "
"<varname>net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit</varname>. A value of zero removes the "
"logging limit. Once the limit is reached, logging can be re-enabled by "
"clearing the logging counter or the packet counter for that rule, using "
"<command>ipfw resetlog</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58798
msgid ""
"Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, "
"and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator "
"decides which rules to enable logging on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58807
msgid "PROTO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58809
msgid ""
"This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found "
"in <filename>/etc/protocols</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58816
msgid "SRC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58818
msgid ""
"The <literal>from</literal> keyword must be followed by the source address "
"or a keyword that represents the source address. An address can be "
"represented by <literal>any</literal>, <literal>me</literal> (any address "
"configured on an interface on this system), <literal>me6</literal>, (any "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address configured on an interface on this system), "
"or <literal>table</literal> followed by the number of a lookup table which "
"contains a list of addresses. When specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, it can be optionally followed by its <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask "
"or subnet mask. For example, <literal>1.2.3.4/25</literal> or <literal>1.2.3."
"4:255.255.255.128</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58836 book.translate.xml:59860
msgid "SRC_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58838
msgid ""
"An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58845
msgid "DST"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58847
msgid ""
"The <literal>to</literal> keyword must be followed by the destination "
"address or a keyword that represents the destination address. The same "
"keywords and addresses described in the SRC section can be used to describe "
"the destination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58856 book.translate.xml:59897
msgid "DST_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58858
msgid ""
"An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name "
"from <filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58865 book.translate.xml:59776
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58867
msgid ""
"Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name "
"suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include <literal>in</"
"literal> or <literal>out</literal>, which specify the direction of packet "
"flow, <literal>icmptypes</literal> followed by the type of <acronym>ICMP</"
"acronym> message, and <literal>keep-state</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58876
msgid ""
"When a <parameter>keep-state</parameter> rule is matched, the firewall will "
"create a dynamic rule which matches bidirectional traffic between the source "
"and destination addresses and ports using the same protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58882
msgid ""
"The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-"
"flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter "
"this type of attack with <application>IPFW</application>, use "
"<literal>limit</literal>. This option limits the number of simultaneous "
"sessions by checking the open dynamic rules, counting the number of times "
"this rule and <acronym>IP</acronym> address combination occurred. If this "
"count is greater than the value specified by <literal>limit</literal>, the "
"packet is discarded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58894
msgid ""
"Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of "
"each available option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58903 book.translate.xml:59976
msgid "Example Ruleset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58905
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset "
"script named <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>. In this example, all "
"connection rules use <literal>in</literal> or <literal>out</literal> to "
"clarify the direction. They also use <literal>via</literal> "
"<replaceable>interface-name</replaceable> to specify the interface the "
"packet is traveling over."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58915
msgid ""
"When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily "
"setting this tunable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58918
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58920
msgid ""
"This sets the default policy of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be more permissive "
"than the default <literal>deny ip from any to any</literal>, making it "
"slightly more difficult to get locked out of the system right after a reboot."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58926
msgid ""
"The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script "
"and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the <literal>cmd</literal> "
"variable so that <literal>ipfw add</literal> does not have to be typed at "
"the beginning of every rule. It also defines the <literal>pif</literal> "
"variable which represents the name of the interface that is attached to the "
"Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58934
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Flush out the list before we begin.\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"\n"
"# Set rules command prefix\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"pif=\"dc0\"     # interface name of NIC attached to Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58942
msgid ""
"The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and "
"on the loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58945
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n"
"$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n"
"\n"
"# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n"
"$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58951
msgid ""
"The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in "
"the dynamic rules table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58954
#, no-wrap
msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58956
msgid ""
"The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems "
"can create to hosts on the Internet:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow access to public DNS\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the IP address of a public DNS server\n"
"# and repeat for each DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"$cmd 00110 allow tcp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n"
"# Use the first rule and check log for IP address.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, input the IP address, and delete the "
"first rule\n"
"$cmd 00120 allow log udp from any to any 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n"
"$cmd 00200 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound email connections\n"
"$cmd 00230 allow tcp from any to any 25 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound ping\n"
"$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound NTP\n"
"$cmd 00260 allow udp from any to any 123 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound SSH\n"
"$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# deny and log all other outbound connections\n"
"$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58991
msgid ""
"The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the "
"internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with "
"attacks and then explicitly allows specific types of connections. All the "
"authorized services that originate from the Internet use <literal>limit</"
"literal> to prevent flooding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n"
"$cmd 00300 deny all from 192.168.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #RFC 1918 "
"private IP\n"
"$cmd 00301 deny all from 172.16.0.0/12 to any in via $pif      #RFC 1918 "
"private IP\n"
"$cmd 00302 deny all from 10.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif         #RFC 1918 "
"private IP\n"
"$cmd 00303 deny all from 127.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif        #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00304 deny all from 0.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif          #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00305 deny all from 169.254.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #DHCP auto-"
"config\n"
"$cmd 00306 deny all from 192.0.2.0/24 to any in via $pif       #reserved for "
"docs\n"
"$cmd 00307 deny all from 204.152.64.0/23 to any in via $pif    #Sun cluster "
"interconnect\n"
"$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif        #Class D "
"&amp; E multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Deny public pings\n"
"$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ident\n"
"$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny all Netbios services.\n"
"$cmd 00320 deny tcp from any to any 137 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00321 deny tcp from any to any 138 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00322 deny tcp from any to any 139 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny fragments\n"
"$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n"
"$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the same IP address used in rule 00120.\n"
"#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n"
"$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Allow inbound SSH connections\n"
"$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n"
"$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59040
msgid ""
"The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the "
"ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59043
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Everything else is denied and logged\n"
"$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59049 book.translate.xml:60130
msgid "Configuring <acronym>NAT</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59061
msgid ""
"<primary>NAT</primary> <secondary>and <application>IPFW</application></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59067
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's built-in <acronym>NAT</acronym> daemon, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, works in conjunction with <application>IPFW</application> to "
"provide network address translation. This can be used to provide an Internet "
"Connection Sharing solution so that several internal computers can connect "
"to the Internet using a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59075
msgid ""
"To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a "
"gateway. This system must have two <acronym>NIC</acronym>s, where one is "
"connected to the Internet and the other is connected to the internal "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym>. Each machine connected to the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"should be assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the private network "
"space, as defined by <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1918."
"txt\">RFC 1918</link>, and have the default gateway set to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system's internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59087
msgid ""
"Some additional configuration is needed in order to activate the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> function of <application>IPFW</application>. If the "
"system has a custom kernel, the kernel configuration file needs to include "
"<literal>option IPDIVERT</literal> along with the other <literal>IPFIREWALL</"
"literal> options described in <xref linkend=\"firewalls-ipfw-enable\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59094
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym> support at boot time, the following must be "
"in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59097
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"		# enables the gateway\n"
"natd_enable=\"YES\"		# enables <acronym>NAT</acronym>\n"
"natd_interface=\"rl0\"		# specify interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n"
"natd_flags=\"-dynamic -m\"	# -m = preserve port numbers; additional options "
"are listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59103
msgid ""
"It is also possible to specify a configuration file which contains the "
"options to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59106
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59108
msgid ""
"The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per "
"line. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59114
msgid ""
"For more information about this configuration file, consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59118
msgid ""
"Next, add the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules to the firewall ruleset. When the "
"rulest contains stateful rules, the positioning of the <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> rules is critical and the <literal>skipto</literal> action is used. "
"The <literal>skipto</literal> action requires a rule number so that it knows "
"which rule to jump to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59125
msgid ""
"The following example builds upon the firewall ruleset shown in the previous "
"section. It adds some additional entries and modifies some existing rules in "
"order to configure the firewall for <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It starts by "
"adding some additional variables which represent the rule number to skip to, "
"the <literal>keep-state</literal> option, and a list of <acronym>TCP</"
"acronym> ports which will be used to reduce the number of rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59134
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"skip=\"skipto 500\"\n"
"pif=dc0\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"\n"
"good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59142
msgid ""
"The inbound <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is inserted <emphasis>after</"
"emphasis> the two rules which allow all traffic on the trusted internal "
"interface and on the loopback interface and <emphasis>before</emphasis> the "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule. It is important that the rule number "
"selected for this <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, in this example <literal>100</"
"literal>, is higher than the first two rules and lower than the "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0  # exclude LAN traffic\n"
"$cmd 010 allow all from any to any via lo0  # exclude loopback traffic\n"
"$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif # NAT any inbound "
"packets\n"
"# Allow the packet through if it has an existing entry in the dynamic rules "
"table\n"
"$cmd 101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59158
msgid ""
"The outbound rules are modified to replace the <literal>allow</literal> "
"action with the <literal>$skip</literal> variable, indicating that rule "
"processing will continue at rule <literal>500</literal>. The seven "
"<literal>tcp</literal> rules have been replaced by rule <literal>125</"
"literal> as the <literal>$good_tcpo</literal> variable contains the seven "
"allowed outbound ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Authorized outbound packets\n"
"$cmd 120 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 121 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 125 $skip tcp from any to any $good_tcpo out via $pif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59173
msgid ""
"The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which "
"removes the <literal> via $pif</literal> in order to catch both inbound and "
"outbound rules. The <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule must follow this last "
"outbound rule, must have a higher number than that last rule, and the rule "
"number must be referenced by the <literal>skipto</literal> action. In this "
"ruleset, rule number <literal>500</literal> diverts all packets which match "
"the outbound rules to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> processing. The next rule allows any packet which has undergone "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> processing to pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 499 deny log all from any to any\n"
"$cmd 500 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif # skipto location for "
"outbound stateful rules\n"
"$cmd 510 allow ip from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59190
msgid ""
"In this example, rules <literal>100</literal>, <literal>101</literal>, "
"<literal>125</literal>, <literal>500</literal>, and <literal>510</literal> "
"control the address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that "
"the entries in the dynamic state table always register the private "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59198
msgid ""
"Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound "
"<acronym>HTTP</acronym> session over port 80. When the first outbound packet "
"enters the firewall, it does not match rule <literal>100</literal> because "
"it is headed out rather than in. It passes rule <literal>101</literal> "
"because this is the first packet and it has not been posted to the dynamic "
"state table yet. The packet finally matches rule <literal>125</literal> as "
"it is outbound on an allowed port and has a source <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. On matching this rule, two "
"actions take place. First, the <literal>keep-state</literal> action adds an "
"entry to the dynamic state table and the specified action, <literal>skipto "
"rule 500</literal>, is executed. Next, the packet undergoes <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> and is sent out to the Internet. This packet makes its way to the "
"destination web server, where a response packet is generated and sent back. "
"This new packet enters the top of the ruleset. It matches rule <literal>100</"
"literal> and has its destination <acronym>IP</acronym> address mapped back "
"to the original internal address. It then is processed by the <literal>check-"
"state</literal> rule, is found in the table as an existing session, and is "
"released to the <acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59222
msgid ""
"On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only "
"authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to the "
"dynamic state table and the packet is released to the <acronym>LAN</acronym>."
" The packet generated as a response is recognized by the <literal>check-"
"state</literal> rule as belonging to an existing session. It is then sent to "
"rule <literal>500</literal> to undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym> before being "
"released to the outbound interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59234
msgid "Port Redirection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59236
msgid ""
"The drawback with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is that the "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> clients are not accessible from the Internet. Clients "
"on the <acronym>LAN</acronym> can make outgoing connections to the world but "
"cannot receive incoming ones. This presents a problem if trying to run "
"Internet services on one of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client machines. A "
"simple way around this is to redirect selected Internet ports on the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine to a <acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59246
msgid ""
"For example, an <acronym>IRC</acronym> server runs on client <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem> and a web server runs on client <systemitem>B</systemitem>. For "
"this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 (<acronym>IRC</"
"acronym>) and 80 (<acronym>HTTP</acronym>) must be redirected to the "
"respective machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59253
msgid "The syntax for <option>-redirect_port</option> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59256
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     -redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n"
"                 [aliasIP:]aliasPORT[-aliasPORT]\n"
"                 [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59260
msgid "In the above example, the argument should be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59265
msgid ""
"This redirects the proper <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports to the <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> client machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59268
msgid ""
"Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with <option>-"
"redirect_port</option>. For example, <replaceable>tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 "
"2000-3000</replaceable> would redirect all connections received on ports "
"2000 to 3000 to ports 2000 to 3000 on client <systemitem>A</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59275
msgid ""
"These options can be used when directly running "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, placed within the <literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option "
"in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, or passed via a configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59281
msgid ""
"For further configuration options, consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59286
msgid "Address Redirection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59288
msgid "<primary>address redirection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59292
msgid ""
"Address redirection is useful if more than one <acronym>IP</acronym> address "
"is available. Each <acronym>LAN</acronym> client can be assigned its own "
"external <acronym>IP</acronym> address by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which will then "
"rewrite outgoing packets from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients with the "
"proper external <acronym>IP</acronym> address and redirects all traffic "
"incoming on that particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the "
"specific <acronym>LAN</acronym> client. This is also known as static "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym>. For example, if <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.1</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem>, and <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are available, <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.1</systemitem> can be used as the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine's external <acronym>IP</acronym> address, while "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are forwarded back to <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> clients <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59310
msgid "The <option>-redirect_address</option> syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59313
#, no-wrap
msgid "-redirect_address localIP publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:59320
msgid "localIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:59321
msgid ""
"The internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:59326
msgid "publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:59327
msgid ""
"The external <acronym>IP</acronym> address corresponding to the "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59335
msgid "In the example, this argument would read:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59337
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n"
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59340
msgid ""
"Like <option>-redirect_port</option>, these arguments are placed within the "
"<literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>, or passed via a configuration file. With address redirection, "
"there is no need for port redirection since all data received on a "
"particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address is redirected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59348
msgid ""
"The external <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses on the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine must be active and aliased to the external interface. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59356
msgid "The <application>IPFW</application> Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59358
msgid "<primary><command>ipfw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59360
msgid ""
"<command>ipfw</command> can be used to make manual, single rule additions or "
"deletions to the active firewall while it is running. The problem with using "
"this method is that all the changes are lost when the system reboots. It is "
"recommended to instead write all the rules in a file and to use that file to "
"load the rules at boot time and to replace the currently running firewall "
"rules whenever that file changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59369
msgid ""
"<command>ipfw</command> is a useful way to display the running firewall "
"rules to the console screen. The <application>IPFW</application> accounting "
"facility dynamically creates a counter for each rule that counts each packet "
"that matches the rule. During the process of testing a rule, listing the "
"rule with its counter is one way to determine if the rule is functioning as "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59377
msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59379
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59381
msgid ""
"To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the "
"rule was matched:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59384
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -t list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59386
msgid ""
"The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for "
"matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule "
"number, followed by the number of matched packets and bytes, followed by the "
"rule itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59392
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -a list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59394
msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59396
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59398
msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59400
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d -e list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59402
msgid "To zero the counters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59404
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59406
msgid ""
"To zero the counters for just the rule with number <replaceable>NUM</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero <replaceable>NUM</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59412
msgid "Logging Firewall Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59414
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>logging</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59420
msgid ""
"Even with the logging facility enabled, <application>IPFW</application> will "
"not generate any rule logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides "
"which rules in the ruleset will be logged, and adds the <literal>log</"
"literal> keyword to those rules. Normally only deny rules are logged. It is "
"customary to duplicate the <quote>ipfw default deny everything</quote> rule "
"with the <literal>log</literal> keyword included as the last rule in the "
"ruleset. This way, it is possible to see all the packets that did not match "
"any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59432
msgid ""
"Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of "
"log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are "
"not only written to <application>syslogd</application>, but also are "
"displayed on the root console screen and soon become annoying."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59438
msgid ""
"The <literal>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5</literal> kernel option limits the "
"number of consecutive messages sent to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, concerning the packet "
"matching of a given rule. When this option is enabled in the kernel, the "
"number of consecutive messages concerning a particular rule is capped at the "
"number specified. There is nothing to be gained from 200 identical log "
"messages. With this option set to five, five consecutive messages concerning "
"a particular rule would be logged to <application>syslogd</application> and "
"the remainder identical consecutive messages would be counted and posted to "
"<application>syslogd</application> with a phrase like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59452
#, no-wrap
msgid "last message repeated 45 times"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59454
msgid ""
"All logged packets messages are written by default to <filename>/var/log/"
"security</filename>, which is defined in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59460
msgid "Building a Rule Script"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59462
msgid ""
"Most experienced <application>IPFW</application> users create a file "
"containing the rules and code them in a manner compatible with running them "
"as a script. The major benefit of doing this is the firewall rules can be "
"refreshed in mass without the need of rebooting the system to activate them. "
"This method is convenient in testing new rules as the procedure can be "
"executed as many times as needed. Being a script, symbolic substitution can "
"be used for frequently used values to be substituted into multiple rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59472
msgid ""
"This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shells. Symbolic "
"substitution fields are prefixed with a dollar sign ($). Symbolic fields do "
"not have the $ prefix. The value to populate the symbolic field must be "
"enclosed in double quotes (\"\")."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59479
msgid "Start the rules file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n"
"#\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush       # Delete all rules\n"
"# Set defaults\n"
"oif=\"tun0\"             # out interface\n"
"odns=\"192.0.2.11\"      # ISP's DNS server IP address\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add \"     # build rule prefix\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"        # just too lazy to key this each time\n"
"$cmd 00500 check-state\n"
"$cmd 00502 deny all from any to any frag\n"
"$cmd 00501 deny tcp from any to any established\n"
"$cmd 00600 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00610 allow tcp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00611 allow udp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif $ks\n"
"################### End of example ipfw rules script ############"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59497
msgid ""
"The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic "
"substitution fields are populated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59501
msgid ""
"If the above example was in <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>, the rules "
"could be reloaded by the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /etc/ipfw.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59507
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename> can be located anywhere and the file "
"can have any name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59510
msgid ""
"The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q -f flush</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add check-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny all from any to any frag</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny tcp from any to any "
"established</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to any 80 out "
"via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to 192.0.2.11 "
"53 out via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0."
"2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:59525
msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59527
msgid ""
"<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</application></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59533
msgid ""
"<application>IPFILTER</application>, also known as <application>IPF</"
"application>, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which has been "
"ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59538
msgid ""
"<application>IPFILTER</application> is a kernel-side firewall and "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> mechanism that can be controlled and monitored by "
"userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted using "
"<application>ipf</application>, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules can be set or "
"deleted using <application>ipnat</application>, run-time statistics for the "
"kernel parts of <application>IPFILTER</application> can be printed using "
"<application>ipfstat</application>, and <application>ipmon</application> can "
"be used to log <application>IPFILTER</application> actions to the system log "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59550
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> was originally written using a rule "
"processing logic of <quote>the last matching rule wins</quote> and only used "
"stateless rules. Since then, <application>IPF</application> has been "
"enhanced to include the <literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</"
"literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59557
msgid ""
"The <application>IPF</application> FAQ is at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www."
"phildev.net/ipf/index.html\">http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html</uri>. A "
"searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is available at <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter\">http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59561
msgid ""
"This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>IPF</application> as it "
"pertains to FreeBSD. It provides examples of rules that contain the "
"<literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59568
msgid "Enabling <application>IPF</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59570
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59576
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a "
"kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order "
"to enable <application>IPF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59581
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59587
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_LOG</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59593
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59599
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>kernel "
"options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59605
msgid ""
"For users who prefer to statically compile <application>IPF</application> "
"support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following kernel options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59610
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options IPFILTER\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOG\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOOKUP\n"
"options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59615
msgid ""
"where <literal>options IPFILTER</literal> enables support for "
"<application>IPFILTER</application>, <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> "
"enables <application>IPF</application> logging using the <filename>ipl</"
"filename> packet logging pseudo-device for every rule that has the "
"<literal>log</literal> keyword, <literal>IPFILTER_LOOKUP</literal> enables "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> pools in order to speed up <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"lookups, and <literal>options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</literal> changes the "
"default behavior so that any packet not matching a firewall <literal>pass</"
"literal> rule gets blocked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59628
msgid ""
"To configure the system to enable <application>IPF</application> at boot "
"time, add the following entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. These "
"entries will also enable logging and <literal>default pass all</literal>. To "
"change the default policy to <literal>block all</literal> without compiling "
"a custom kernel, remember to add a <literal>block all</literal> rule at the "
"end of the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfilter_enable=\"YES\"             # Start ipf firewall\n"
"ipfilter_rules=\"/etc/ipf.rules\"   # loads rules definition text file\n"
"ipmon_enable=\"YES\"                # Start IP monitor log\n"
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\"                 # D = start as daemon\n"
"                                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59645
msgid ""
"If <acronym>NAT</acronym> functionality is needed, also add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"              # Enable as LAN gateway\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"                # Start ipnat function\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"    # rules definition file for ipnat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59652
msgid "Then, to start <application>IPF</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59654
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfilter start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59656
msgid ""
"To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using "
"<command>ipf</command>. The following command can be used to replace the "
"currently running firewall rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59661
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59663
msgid ""
"where <option>-Fa</option> flushes all the internal rules tables and "
"<option>-f</option> specifies the file containing the rules to load."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59667
msgid ""
"This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the "
"running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the "
"system. This method is convenient for testing new rules as the procedure can "
"be executed as many times as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59673
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on the other flags available with this "
"command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59678
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59680
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>rule "
"syntax</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59686
msgid ""
"This section describes the <application>IPF</application> rule syntax used "
"to create stateful rules. When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the "
"<literal>quick</literal> keyword appears in a rule, every rule is read in "
"order, with the <emphasis>last matching rule</emphasis> being the one that "
"is applied. This means that even if the first rule to match a packet is a "
"<literal>pass</literal>, if there is a later matching rule that is a "
"<literal>block</literal>, the packet will be dropped. Sample rulesets can be "
"found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ipfilter</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59697
msgid ""
"When creating rules, a <literal>#</literal> character is used to mark the "
"start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that "
"rule's function, or on its own line. Any blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59702
msgid ""
"The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, "
"from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. "
"Some keywords have sub-options which may be keywords themselves and also "
"include more sub-options. The keyword order is as follows, where the words "
"shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase "
"must precede the variable that follows it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59711
msgid ""
"<replaceable>ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR "
"SRC_PORT to DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59715
msgid ""
"This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not "
"an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used "
"when creating <application>IPF</application> rules and examples for using "
"each keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59726
msgid ""
"The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that "
"rule. Every rule <emphasis>must</emphasis> have an action. The following "
"actions are recognized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59731
msgid "<literal>block</literal>: drops the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59733
msgid "<literal>pass</literal>: allows the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59735
msgid "<literal>log</literal>: generates a log record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59738
msgid ""
"<literal>count</literal>: counts the number of packets and bytes which can "
"provide an indication of how often a rule is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59742
msgid ""
"<literal>auth</literal>: queues the packet for further processing by another "
"program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59745
msgid ""
"<literal>call</literal>: provides access to functions built into "
"<application>IPF</application> that allow more complex actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59749
msgid ""
"<literal>decapsulate</literal>: removes any headers in order to process the "
"contents of the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59755
msgid "DIRECTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59757
msgid ""
"Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of "
"these keywords:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59760
msgid "<literal>in</literal>: the rule is applied against an inbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59763
msgid ""
"<literal>out</literal>: the rule is applied against an outbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59766
msgid "<literal>all</literal>: the rule applies to either direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59769
msgid ""
"If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along "
"with the direction. An example would be <literal>in on fxp0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59778
msgid ""
"Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must "
"be used in the order shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59782
msgid ""
"<literal>log</literal>: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents "
"of the packet's headers will be written to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> packet log pseudo-device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59787
msgid ""
"<literal>quick</literal>: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION "
"specified by the rule occurs and no further processing of any following "
"rules will occur for this packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59792
msgid ""
"<literal>on</literal>: must be followed by the interface name as displayed "
"by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The rule will only match if the packet is going "
"through the specified interface in the specified direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59797
msgid ""
"When using the <literal>log</literal> keyword, the following qualifiers may "
"be used in this order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59801
msgid ""
"<literal>body</literal>: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet "
"contents will be logged after the headers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59805
msgid ""
"<literal>first</literal>: if the <literal>log</literal> keyword is being "
"used in conjunction with a <literal>keep state</literal> option, this option "
"is recommended so that only the triggering packet is logged and not every "
"packet which matches the stateful connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59812
msgid ""
"Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59820
msgid "PROTO_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59822
msgid ""
"The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs to "
"specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. When "
"specifying the type of protocol, use the <literal>proto</literal> keyword "
"followed by either a protocol number or name from <filename>/etc/protocols</"
"filename>. Example protocol names include <literal>tcp</literal>, "
"<literal>udp</literal>, or <literal>icmp</literal>. If PROTO_TYPE is "
"specified but no SRC_PORT or DST_PORT is specified, all port numbers for "
"that protocol will match that rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59838
msgid "SRC_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59840
msgid ""
"The <literal>from</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a "
"keyword which represents the source of the packet. The source can be a "
"hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the <acronym>CIDR</"
"acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</literal>. Refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59848
msgid ""
"There is no way to match ranges of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which do "
"not express themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length "
"notation. The <package>net-mgmt/ipcalc</package> package or port may be used "
"to ease the calculation of the <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask. Additional "
"information is available at the utility's web page: <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"jodies.de/ipcalc\">http://jodies.de/ipcalc</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59862
msgid ""
"The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it "
"requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must "
"also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59867
msgid ""
"A number of different comparison operators are supported: <literal>=</"
"literal> (equal to), <literal>!=</literal> (not equal to), <literal>&lt;</"
"literal> (less than), <literal>&gt;</literal> (greater than), <literal>&lt;="
"</literal> (less than or equal to), and <literal>&gt;=</literal> (greater "
"than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59876
msgid ""
"To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between "
"<literal>&lt;&gt;</literal> (less than and greater than ), "
"<literal>&gt;&lt;</literal> (greater than and less than ), or <literal>:</"
"literal> (greater than or equal to and less than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59885
msgid "DST_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59887
msgid ""
"The <literal>to</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword "
"which represents the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can "
"be a hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the "
"<acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59899
msgid ""
"Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. "
"However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the "
"rule. The port number must also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> "
"keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59908
msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59910
msgid ""
"If <literal>tcp</literal> is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be "
"specified as letters, where each letter represents one of the possible "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> flags used to determine the state of a connection. "
"Possible values are: <literal>S</literal> (SYN), <literal>A</literal> (ACK), "
"<literal>P</literal> (PSH), <literal>F</literal> (FIN), <literal>U</literal> "
"(URG), <literal>R</literal> (RST), <literal>C</literal> (CWN), and "
"<literal>E</literal> (ECN)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59924
msgid ""
"If <literal>icmp</literal> is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, the "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> type to match can be specified. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the allowable types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59932
msgid "STATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59934
msgid ""
"If a <literal>pass</literal> rule contains <literal>keep state</literal>, "
"<application>IPF</application> will add an entry to its dynamic state table "
"and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. <application>IPF</"
"application> can track state for <acronym>TCP</acronym>, <acronym>UDP</"
"acronym>, and <acronym>ICMP</acronym> sessions. Any packet that "
"<application>IPF</application> can be certain is part of an active session, "
"even if it is a different protocol, will be allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59946
msgid ""
"In <application>IPF</application>, packets destined to go out through the "
"interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the "
"dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet "
"comprising an active session conversation, it exits the firewall and the "
"state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state table."
" Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked against "
"the outbound ruleset. Packets coming in from the interface connected to the "
"public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the "
"packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session, it "
"exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated "
"in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active "
"session are checked against the inbound ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59964
msgid ""
"Several keywords can be added after <literal>keep state</literal>. If used, "
"these keywords set various options that control stateful filtering, such as "
"setting connection limits or connection age. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the list of available options and their descriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59978
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows "
"services matching <literal>pass</literal> rules and blocks all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59982
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the loopback interface (<filename>lo0</filename>) and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</"
"systemitem> for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain "
"rules to allow free movement of these internally used packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59989
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on loopback interface\n"
"pass in quick on lo0 all\n"
"pass out quick on lo0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59993
msgid ""
"The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and "
"control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more "
"interfaces are cabled to private networks, those internal interfaces may "
"require rules to allow packets originating from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"to flow between the internal networks or to the interface attached to the "
"Internet. The ruleset should be organized into three major sections: any "
"trusted internal interfaces, outbound connections through the public "
"interface, and inbound connections through the public interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60004
msgid ""
"These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> interface named <filename>xl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n"
"pass out quick on xl0 all\n"
"pass in quick on xl0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60012
msgid ""
"The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should "
"have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched "
"rules, with the last rule in the section blocking and logging all packets "
"for that interface and direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60018
msgid ""
"This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named "
"<filename>dc0</filename>. These rules keep state and identify the specific "
"services that internal systems are authorized for public Internet access. "
"All the rules use <literal>quick</literal> and specify the appropriate port "
"numbers and, where applicable, destination addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60026
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n"
"# Matches session start requests originating from or behind the\n"
"# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x. with address listed in /etc/resolv.conf.\n"
"# Repeat for each DNS server.\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x. port = 53 flags S keep "
"state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to xxx port = 53 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n"
"# Use the first rule, then check log for the IP address of DHCP server.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, replace z.z.z.z with the IP address,\n"
"# and comment out the first rule\n"
"pass out log quick on dc0 proto udp from any to any port = 67 keep state\n"
"#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 80 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep "
"state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow email\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 110 flags S keep "
"state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow NTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow FTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow SSH\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow ping\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log everything else\n"
"block out log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60066
msgid ""
"This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface "
"blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets "
"that are logged by the last rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60071
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n"
"# Block all inbound traffic from non-routable or reserved address spaces\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.168.0.0/16 to any    #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 172.16.0.0/12 to any     #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 10.0.0.0/8 to any        #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 127.0.0.0/8 to any       #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 0.0.0.0/8 to any         #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 169.254.0.0/16 to any    #DHCP auto-config\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.0.2.0/24 to any      #reserved for docs\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 204.152.64.0/23 to any   #Sun cluster "
"interconnect\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any       #Class D &amp; E "
"multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with frags\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n"
"\n"
"# block source routed packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt lsrr\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n"
"\n"
"# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n"
"\n"
"# Block anything with special options\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n"
"\n"
"# Block public pings and ident\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto icmp all icmp-type 8\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n"
"\n"
"# Block incoming Netbios services\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 137\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 138\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 139\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60107
msgid ""
"Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the <literal>log first</"
"literal> option, run <command>ipfstat -hio</command> to evaluate how many "
"times the rule has been matched. A large number of matches may indicate that "
"the system is under attack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60113
msgid ""
"The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are "
"allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all "
"connections which were not explicitly allowed by previous rules in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n"
"# the same IP address used in the outbound section.\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep "
"state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60134
msgid "<primary>IP masquerading</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60140
msgid "<primary>network address translation</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60146
msgid "<primary><command>ipnat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60148
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym>, add these statements to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> and specify the name of the file containing the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60152
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60156
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules are flexible and can accomplish many different "
"things to fit the needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax "
"presented here has been simplified to demonstrate common usage. For a "
"complete rule syntax description, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipnat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60162
msgid ""
"The basic syntax for a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is as follows, where "
"<literal>map</literal> starts the rule and <replaceable>IF</replaceable> "
"should be replaced with the name of the external interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map <replaceable>IF</replaceable> <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> -"
"&gt; <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60169
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> is the range of <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses used by internal clients. Usually, it is a private "
"address range such as <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</"
"systemitem>. The <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable> can either be the "
"static external <acronym>IP</acronym> address or the keyword <literal>0/32</"
"literal> which represents the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to "
"<replaceable>IF</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60178
msgid ""
"In <application>IPF</application>, when a packet arrives at the firewall "
"from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> with a public destination, it first passes "
"through the outbound rules of the firewall ruleset. Then, the packet is "
"passed to the <acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset which is read from the top "
"down, where the first matching rule wins. <application>IPF</application> "
"tests each <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule against the packet's interface name "
"and source <acronym>IP</acronym> address. When a packet's interface name "
"matches a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, the packet's source <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address in the private <acronym>LAN</acronym> is checked to see if "
"it falls within the <acronym>IP</acronym> address range specified in "
"<replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable>. On a match, the packet has its "
"source <acronym>IP</acronym> address rewritten with the public <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address specified by <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>. "
"<application>IPF</application> posts an entry in its internal <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> table so that when the packet returns from the Internet, it can be "
"mapped back to its original private <acronym>IP</acronym> address before "
"being passed to the firewall rules for further processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60201
msgid ""
"For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple "
"subnets, the process of funneling every private <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address into a single public <acronym>IP</acronym> address becomes a "
"resource problem. Two methods are available to relieve this issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60207
msgid ""
"The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By "
"adding the <literal>portmap</literal> keyword, <acronym>NAT</acronym> can be "
"directed to only use source ports in the specified range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60212
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60214
msgid ""
"Alternately, use the <literal>auto</literal> keyword which tells "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> to determine the ports that are available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60218
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60220
msgid ""
"The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when "
"there are too many <acronym>LAN</acronym> addresses to fit into a single "
"public address and a block of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses is "
"available. These public addresses can be used as a pool from which "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> selects an <acronym>IP</acronym> address as a "
"packet's address is mapped on its way out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60229
msgid ""
"The range of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses can be specified using a "
"netmask or <acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation. These two rules are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n"
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/24"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60236
msgid ""
"A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail "
"server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these "
"servers still has to undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym>, but port redirection is "
"needed to direct inbound traffic to the correct server. For example, to map "
"a web server using the internal address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0."
"10.25</systemitem> to its public <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">20.20.20.5</systemitem>, use this rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60245
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60247
msgid ""
"If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all "
"external <acronym>HTTP</acronym> requests to <literal>10.0.10.25</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60251
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60253
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> has a built in <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy "
"which can be used with <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It monitors all outbound "
"traffic for active or passive <acronym>FTP</acronym> connection requests and "
"dynamically creates temporary filter rules containing the port number used "
"by the <acronym>FTP</acronym> data channel. This eliminates the need to open "
"large ranges of high order ports for <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60262
msgid ""
"In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> traffic from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. The second rule "
"passes the <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the firewall to the Internet, "
"and the third rule handles all non-<acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the "
"internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 0.0.0.0/0 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60274
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FTP</acronym> <literal>map</literal> rules go before the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rule so that when a packet matches an <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> rule, the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy creates temporary filter "
"rules to let the <acronym>FTP</acronym> session packets pass and undergo "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym>. All LAN packets that are not <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"will not match the <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules but will undergo "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> if they match the third rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60284
msgid ""
"Without the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, the following firewall rules would "
"instead be needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above "
"<literal>1024</literal> need to be allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n"
"# Active and passive modes\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port &gt; 1024 flags S keep "
"state\n"
"\n"
"# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n"
"pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60299
msgid ""
"Whenever the file containing the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules is edited, run "
"<command>ipnat</command> with <option>-CF</option> to delete the current "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules and flush the contents of the dynamic "
"translation table. Include <option>-f</option> and specify the name of the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset to load:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60309
msgid "To display the <acronym>NAT</acronym> statistics:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60311
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60313
msgid "To list the <acronym>NAT</acronym> table's current mappings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60316
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60318
msgid ""
"To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing "
"and active rules and table entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60321
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60437
msgid "Viewing <application>IPF</application> Statistics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60439
msgid "<primary><command>ipfstat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60441
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> "
"<secondary>statistics</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60447
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> includes "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to retrieve and display "
"statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the "
"firewall. Statistics are accumulated since the firewall was last started or "
"since the last time they were reset to zero using <command>ipf -Z</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60456
msgid "The default <command>ipfstat</command> output looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60459
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n"
" output packets: blocked 4200 passed 1284345 nomatch 14687 counted 0\n"
" input packets logged: blocked 99286 passed 0\n"
" output packets logged: blocked 0 passed 0\n"
" packets logged: input 0 output 0\n"
" log failures: input 3898 output 0\n"
" fragment state(in): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" fragment state(out): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" packet state(in): kept 169364 lost 0\n"
" packet state(out): kept 431395 lost 0\n"
" ICMP replies: 0 TCP RSTs sent: 0\n"
" Result cache hits(in): 1215208 (out): 1098963\n"
" IN Pullups succeeded: 2 failed: 0\n"
" OUT Pullups succeeded: 0 failed: 0\n"
" Fastroute successes: 0 failures: 0\n"
" TCP cksum fails(in): 0 (out): 0\n"
" Packet log flags set: (0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60477
msgid ""
"Several options are available. When supplied with either <option>-i</option> "
"for inbound or <option>-o</option> for outbound, the command will retrieve "
"and display the appropriate list of filter rules currently installed and in "
"use by the kernel. To also see the rule numbers, include <option>-n</option>."
" For example, <command>ipfstat -on</command> displays the outbound rules "
"table with rule numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60486
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"@2 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60490
msgid ""
"Include <option>-h</option> to prefix each rule with a count of how many "
"times the rule was matched. For example, <command>ipfstat -oh</command> "
"displays the outbound internal rules table, prefixing each rule with its "
"usage count:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"354727 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60499
msgid ""
"To display the state table in a format similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, use <command>ipfstat -t</command>. When the firewall is under "
"attack, this option provides the ability to identify and see the attacking "
"packets. The optional sub-flags give the ability to select the destination "
"or source <acronym>IP</acronym>, port, or protocol to be monitored in real "
"time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60509
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60511
msgid "<primary><command>ipmon</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60513
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>logging</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60519
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> provides <command>ipmon</command>, which can "
"be used to write the firewall's logging information in a human readable "
"format. It requires that <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> be first "
"added to a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60525
msgid ""
"This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a "
"continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. "
"Since FreeBSD has a built in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility to "
"automatically rotate system logs, the default <filename>rc.conf</filename> "
"<literal>ipmon_flags</literal> statement uses <option>-Ds</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n"
"                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60538
msgid ""
"Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as "
"which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they "
"were going. This information is useful in tracking down attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60543
msgid ""
"Once the logging facility is enabled in <filename>rc.conf</filename> and "
"started with <command>service ipmon start</command>, <application>IPF</"
"application> will only log the rules which contain the <literal>log</"
"literal> keyword. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the "
"ruleset should be logged and normally only deny rules are logged. It is "
"customary to include the <literal>log</literal> keyword in the last rule in "
"the ruleset. This makes it possible to see all the packets that did not "
"match any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60554
msgid ""
"By default, <command>ipmon -Ds</command> mode uses <literal>local0</literal> "
"as the logging facility. The following logging levels can be used to further "
"segregate the logged data:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather "
"than pass or block.\n"
"LOG_NOTICE - packets logged which are also passed\n"
"LOG_WARNING - packets logged which are also blocked\n"
"LOG_ERR - packets which have been logged and which can be considered short "
"due to an incomplete header"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60564
msgid ""
"In order to setup <application>IPF</application> to log all data to "
"<filename>/var/log/ipfilter.log</filename>, first create the empty file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60568
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/ipfilter.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60570
msgid ""
"Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following "
"statement to <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60574
#, no-wrap
msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60576
msgid ""
"To activate the changes and instruct <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to read the modified "
"<filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, run <command>service syslogd reload</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60580
msgid ""
"Do not forget to edit <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename> to rotate the "
"new log file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60584
msgid ""
"Messages generated by <command>ipmon</command> consist of data fields "
"separated by white space. Fields common to all messages are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60590
msgid "The date of packet receipt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60594
msgid ""
"The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, "
"minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60600
msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60605
msgid ""
"The group and rule number of the rule in the format <literal>@0:17</literal>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60610
msgid ""
"The action: <literal>p</literal> for passed, <literal>b</literal> for "
"blocked, <literal>S</literal> for a short packet, <literal>n</literal> did "
"not match any rules, and <literal>L</literal> for a log rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60617
msgid ""
"The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated "
"by a comma, the -&gt; symbol, and the destination address and port. For "
"example: <literal>209.53.17.22,80 -&gt; 198.73.220.17,1722</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60625
msgid ""
"<literal>PR</literal> followed by the protocol name or number: for example, "
"<literal>PR tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60630
msgid ""
"<literal>len</literal> followed by the header length and total length of the "
"packet: for example, <literal>len 20 40</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60636
msgid ""
"If the packet is a <acronym>TCP</acronym> packet, there will be an "
"additional field starting with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to "
"any flags that were set. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of letters "
"and their flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60641
msgid ""
"If the packet is an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packet, there will be two fields "
"at the end: the first always being <quote>icmp</quote> and the next being "
"the <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message and sub-message type, separated by a "
"slash. For example: <literal>icmp 3/3</literal> for a port unreachable "
"message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:60659
msgid "Advanced Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60664
msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60671
msgid "The basics of gateways and routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60675
msgid "How to set up USB tethering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60679
msgid ""
"How to set up <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60684
msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60688
msgid "How to set up network <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60693
msgid "How to set up <acronym>IPv6</acronym> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60698
msgid ""
"How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy "
"Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60704
msgid "How to configure multiple <acronym>VLANs</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60713
msgid "Understand the basics of the <filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60722
msgid ""
"Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (<xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:60736
msgid "Gateways and Routes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:60739
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Coranth</firstname> <surname>Gryphon</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60749
msgid "<primary>routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60752
msgid "<primary>gateway</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60755
msgid "<primary>subnet</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60759
msgid ""
"<firstterm>Routing</firstterm> is the mechanism that allows a system to find "
"the network path to another system. A <firstterm>route</firstterm> is a "
"defined pair of addresses which represent the <quote>destination</quote> and "
"a <quote>gateway</quote>. The route indicates that when trying to get to the "
"specified destination, send the packets through the specified gateway. There "
"are three types of destinations: individual hosts, subnets, and "
"<quote>default</quote>. The <quote>default route</quote> is used if no other "
"routes apply. There are also three types of gateways: individual hosts, "
"interfaces, also called links, and Ethernet hardware (<acronym>MAC</"
"acronym>) addresses. Known routes are stored in a routing table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60773
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates "
"how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some "
"troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60778
msgid "Routing Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60780
msgid ""
"To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60783
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -r</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination      Gateway            Flags     Refs     Use     Netif Expire\n"
"default          outside-gw         UGS        37      418       em0\n"
"localhost        localhost          UH          0      181       lo0\n"
"test0            0:e0:b5:36:cf:4f   UHLW        5    63288       re0     77\n"
"10.20.30.255     link#1             UHLW        1     2421\n"
"example.com      link#1             UC          0        0\n"
"host1            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        3     4601       lo0\n"
"host2            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        0        5       lo0 =&gt;\n"
"host2.example.com link#1            UC          0        0\n"
"224              link#1             UC          0        0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60798
msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60802
msgid "default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60804
msgid ""
"The first route in this table specifies the <literal>default</literal> route."
" When the local system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it "
"checks the routing table to determine if a known path exists. If the remote "
"host matches an entry in the table, the system checks to see if it can "
"connect using the interface specified in that entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60812
msgid ""
"If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the "
"system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area "
"network, the <literal>Gateway</literal> field in the default route is set to "
"the system which has a direct connection to the Internet. When reading this "
"entry, verify that the <literal>Flags</literal> column indicates that the "
"gateway is usable (<literal>UG</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60821
msgid ""
"The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway "
"to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service "
"Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60829
msgid "localhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60831
msgid ""
"The second route is the <literal>localhost</literal> route. The interface "
"specified in the <literal>Netif</literal> column for <literal>localhost</"
"literal> is <filename>lo0</filename>, also known as the loopback device. "
"This indicates that all traffic for this destination should be internal, "
"rather than sending it out over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60843
msgid "MAC address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60845
msgid ""
"The addresses beginning with <systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">0:e0:</"
"systemitem> are <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses. FreeBSD will automatically "
"identify any hosts, <systemitem>test0</systemitem> in the example, on the "
"local Ethernet and add a route for that host over the Ethernet interface, "
"<filename>re0</filename>. This type of route has a timeout, seen in the "
"<literal>Expire</literal> column, which is used if the host does not respond "
"in a specific amount of time. When this happens, the route to this host will "
"be automatically deleted. These hosts are identified using the Routing "
"Information Protocol (<acronym>RIP</acronym>), which calculates routes to "
"local hosts based upon a shortest path determination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60864
msgid "subnet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60866
msgid ""
"FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this "
"example, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30.255</systemitem> is the "
"broadcast address for the subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> "
"is the domain name associated with that subnet. The designation "
"<literal>link#1</literal> refers to the first Ethernet card in the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60874
msgid ""
"Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically "
"configured by a daemon called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If it is not running, "
"only routes which are statically defined by the administrator will exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60883
msgid "host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60885
msgid ""
"The <literal>host1</literal> line refers to the host by its Ethernet address."
" Since it is the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface "
"(<filename>lo0</filename>) rather than the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60891
msgid ""
"The two <literal>host2</literal> lines represent aliases which were created "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>=&gt;</literal> symbol after the "
"<filename>lo0</filename> interface says that an alias has been set in "
"addition to the loopback address. Such routes only show up on the host that "
"supports the alias and all other hosts on the local network will have a "
"<literal>link#1</literal> line for such routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60903
msgid "224"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60905
msgid ""
"The final line (destination subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">224</"
"systemitem>) deals with multicasting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60911
msgid ""
"Various attributes of each route can be seen in the <literal>Flags</literal> "
"column. <xref linkend=\"routeflags\"/> summarizes some of these flags and "
"their meanings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:60916
msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60928 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60929
msgid "The route is active (up)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60933 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "H"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60934
msgid "The route destination is a single host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60938 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60939
msgid ""
"Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out "
"from there where to send it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60945 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "S"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60946
msgid "This route was statically configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60950 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60951
msgid ""
"Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This "
"type of route is normally used for local networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60957
msgid "W"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60958
msgid ""
"The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:60963 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "L"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60964
msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60971
msgid ""
"On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> by specifying the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the "
"default gateway:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60975
#, no-wrap
msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60977
msgid ""
"It is also possible to manually add the route using <command>route</command>:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60980
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default 10.20.30.1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60982
msgid ""
"Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more "
"information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>route</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:60989
msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:60992
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Al</firstname> <surname>Hoang</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61003
msgid "<primary>dual homed hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61007
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a "
"network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which "
"resides on at least two different networks. Typically, each network is "
"connected to a separate network interface, though <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"aliasing can be used to bind multiple addresses, each on a different subnet, "
"to one physical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61019
msgid ""
"In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must "
"be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice "
"prevent the FreeBSD Project from enabling this feature by default, but it "
"can be configured to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61026
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"          # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61028
msgid ""
"To enable routing now, set the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>net."
"inet.ip.forwarding</varname> to <literal>1</literal>. To stop routing, reset "
"this variable to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61033
msgid "<primary>BGP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61036
msgid "<primary>RIP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61039
msgid "<primary>OSPF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61043
msgid ""
"The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to "
"reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static "
"routes or routes can be automatically learned using a routing protocol. "
"Static routes are appropriate for small networks and this section describes "
"how to add a static routing entry for a small network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61051
msgid ""
"For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes "
"with the standard <acronym>BSD</acronym> routing daemon "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which provides the routing protocols <acronym>RIP</acronym>, "
"versions 1 and 2, and <acronym>IRDP</acronym>. Support for the <acronym>BGP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>OSPF</acronym> routing protocols can be installed "
"using the <package>net/zebra</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61061
msgid "Consider the following network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:61065
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/static-routes' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:61069
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    INTERNET\n"
"      | (10.0.0.1/24) Default Router to Internet\n"
"      |\n"
"      |Interface xl0\n"
"      |10.0.0.10/24\n"
"   +------+\n"
"   |      | RouterA\n"
"   |      | (FreeBSD gateway)\n"
"   +------+\n"
"      | Interface xl1\n"
"      | 192.168.1.1/24\n"
"      |\n"
"  +--------------------------------+\n"
"   Internal Net 1      | 192.168.1.2/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                   |      | RouterB\n"
"                   |      |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                       | 192.168.2.1/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                     Internal Net 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61095
msgid ""
"In this scenario, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> is a FreeBSD machine that "
"is acting as a router to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route "
"set to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.1</systemitem> which allows it "
"to connect with the outside world. <systemitem>RouterB</systemitem> is "
"already configured to use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</"
"systemitem> as its default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61103
msgid ""
"Before adding any static routes, the routing table on <systemitem>RouterA</"
"systemitem> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -nr</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination        Gateway            Flags    Refs      Use  Netif  Expire\n"
"default            10.0.0.1           UGS         0    49378    xl0\n"
"127.0.0.1          127.0.0.1          UH          0        6    lo0\n"
"10.0.0.0/24        link#1             UC          0        0    xl0\n"
"192.168.1.0/24     link#2             UC          0        0    xl1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61116
msgid ""
"With the current routing table, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> does not "
"have a route to the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</"
"systemitem> network. The following command adds the <literal>Internal Net 2</"
"literal> network to <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem>'s routing table using "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.2</systemitem> as the next hop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61124
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61126
msgid ""
"Now, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> can reach any host on the <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</systemitem> network. However, the "
"routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If a "
"static route needs to be persistent, add it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61132
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n"
"static_routes=\"internalnet2\"\n"
"route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61136
msgid ""
"The <literal>static_routes</literal> configuration variable is a list of "
"strings separated by a space, where each string references a route name. The "
"variable <literal>route_<replaceable>internalnet2</replaceable></literal> "
"contains the static route for that route name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61142
msgid ""
"Using more than one string in <literal>static_routes</literal> creates "
"multiple static routes. The following shows an example of adding static "
"routes for the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.0/24</systemitem> "
"and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</systemitem> networks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n"
"route_net1=\"-net 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1\"\n"
"route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61157
msgid ""
"When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider "
"configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be "
"sent to the link for the site. But how do external sites know to send their "
"packets to the network's <acronym>ISP</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61163
msgid ""
"There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and "
"defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main "
"trunk lines that carry Internet traffic across the country and around the "
"world. Each backbone machine has a copy of a master set of tables, which "
"direct traffic for a particular network to a specific backbone carrier, and "
"from there down the chain of service providers until it reaches a particular "
"network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61172
msgid ""
"It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites "
"that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a site. "
"This is known as route propagation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61177
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61181
msgid ""
"Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are "
"unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out "
"where routing is breaking down is <command>traceroute</command>. It is "
"useful when <command>ping</command> fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61187
msgid ""
"When using <command>traceroute</command>, include the address of the remote "
"host to connect to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of "
"the attempt, eventually either reaching the target host, or terminating "
"because of a lack of connection. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61196
msgid "Multicast Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61198
msgid "<primary>multicast routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61201
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>MROUTING</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61206
msgid ""
"FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast routing. "
"Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in order to "
"run on FreeBSD. Support for multicast routing requires that the following "
"option be compiled into a custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61212
#, no-wrap
msgid "options MROUTING"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61214
msgid ""
"The multicast routing daemon, <application>mrouted</application> can be "
"installed using the <package>net/mrouted</package> package or port. This "
"daemon implements the <acronym>DVMRP</acronym> multicast routing protocol "
"and is configured by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/mrouted.conf</"
"filename> in order to set up the tunnels and <acronym>DVMRP</acronym>. The "
"installation of <application>mrouted</application> also installs "
"<application>map-mbone</application> and <application>mrinfo</application>, "
"as well as their associated man pages. Refer to these for configuration "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61227
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVMRP</acronym> has largely been replaced by the <acronym>PIM</"
"acronym> protocol in many multicast installations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pim</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:61237
msgid "Wireless Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:61240
msgid "<personname> <othername>Loader</othername> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:61245
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61260
msgid "<primary>wireless networking</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61263
msgid "<primary>802.11</primary> <see>wireless networking</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61269
msgid "Wireless Networking Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61271
msgid ""
"Most wireless networks are based on the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 standards. A basic wireless network "
"consists of multiple stations communicating with radios that broadcast in "
"either the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band, though this varies according to the locale "
"and is also changing to enable communication in the 2.3GHz and 4.9GHz ranges."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61278
msgid ""
"802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In <emphasis>infrastructure mode</"
"emphasis>, one station acts as a master with all the other stations "
"associating to it, the network is known as a <acronym>BSS</acronym>, and the "
"master station is termed an access point (<acronym>AP</acronym>). In a "
"<acronym>BSS</acronym>, all communication passes through the <acronym>AP</"
"acronym>; even when one station wants to communicate with another wireless "
"station, messages must go through the <acronym>AP</acronym>. In the second "
"form of network, there is no master and stations communicate directly. This "
"form of network is termed an <acronym>IBSS</acronym> and is commonly known "
"as an <emphasis>ad-hoc network</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61293
msgid ""
"802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols "
"defined by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and "
"802.11b standard. These specifications include the operating frequencies and "
"the <acronym>MAC</acronym> layer characteristics, including framing and "
"transmission rates, as communication can occur at various rates. Later, the "
"802.11a standard defined operation in the 5GHz band, including different "
"signaling mechanisms and higher transmission rates. Still later, the 802.11g "
"standard defined the use of 802.11a signaling and transmission mechanisms in "
"the 2.4GHz band in such a way as to be backwards compatible with 802.11b "
"networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61306
msgid ""
"Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a "
"variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined a "
"simple security protocol called <acronym>WEP</acronym>. This protocol uses a "
"fixed pre-shared key and the RC4 cryptographic cipher to encode data "
"transmitted on a network. Stations must all agree on the fixed key in order "
"to communicate. This scheme was shown to be easily broken and is now rarely "
"used except to discourage transient users from joining networks. Current "
"security practice is given by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</"
"trademark> 802.11i specification that defines new cryptographic ciphers and "
"an additional protocol to authenticate stations to an access point and "
"exchange keys for data communication. Cryptographic keys are periodically "
"refreshed and there are mechanisms for detecting and countering intrusion "
"attempts. Another security protocol specification commonly used in wireless "
"networks is termed <acronym>WPA</acronym>, which was a precursor to 802.11i. "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> specifies a subset of the requirements found in 802."
"11i and is designed for implementation on legacy hardware. Specifically, "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> requires only the <acronym>TKIP</acronym> cipher that "
"is derived from the original <acronym>WEP</acronym> cipher. 802.11i permits "
"use of <acronym>TKIP</acronym> but also requires support for a stronger "
"cipher, AES-CCM, for encrypting data. The <acronym>AES</acronym> cipher was "
"not required in <acronym>WPA</acronym> because it was deemed too "
"computationally costly to be implemented on legacy hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61336
msgid ""
"The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for "
"deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP "
"(<acronym>VoIP</acronym>), in an 802.11 network. Like 802.11i, 802.11e also "
"has a precursor specification termed <acronym>WME</acronym> (later renamed "
"<acronym>WMM</acronym>) that has been defined by an industry group as a "
"subset of 802.11e that can be deployed now to enable multimedia applications "
"while waiting for the final ratification of 802.11e. The most important "
"thing to know about 802.11e and <acronym>WME</acronym>/<acronym>WMM</"
"acronym> is that it enables prioritized traffic over a wireless network "
"through Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>) protocols and enhanced "
"media access protocols. Proper implementation of these protocols enables "
"high speed bursting of data and prioritized traffic flow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61353
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. "
"The <acronym>WPA</acronym> and 802.11i security protocols are likewise "
"supported (in conjunction with any of 11a, 11b, and 11g) and <acronym>QoS</"
"acronym> and traffic prioritization required by the <acronym>WME</acronym>/"
"<acronym>WMM</acronym> protocols are supported for a limited set of wireless "
"devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61365
msgid ""
"Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common "
"situation. This procedure shows the steps required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61371
msgid ""
"Obtain the <acronym>SSID</acronym> (Service Set Identifier) and "
"<acronym>PSK</acronym> (Pre-Shared Key) for the wireless network from the "
"network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61378
msgid ""
"Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"kernel includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless "
"adapter is one of those models, it will be shown in the output from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61384
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig | grep -B3 -i wireless</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61386
msgid "On FreeBSD 11 or higher, use this command instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61389
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.wlan.devices</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61391
msgid ""
"If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be "
"required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61397
msgid ""
"This example shows the Atheros <literal>ath0</literal> wireless adapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61402
msgid ""
"Add an entry for this network to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"filename>. If the file does not exist, create it. Replace "
"<replaceable>myssid</replaceable> and <replaceable>mypsk</replaceable> with "
"the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>PSK</acronym> provided by the "
"network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"	ssid=\"<replaceable>myssid</replaceable>\"\n"
"	psk=\"<replaceable>mypsk</replaceable>\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61417
msgid ""
"Add entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to configure the network on "
"startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_<replaceable>ath0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:61425
msgid ""
"Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the "
"network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61434
msgid "Basic Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61439
msgid ""
"To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the "
"kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking "
"support. The kernel is separated into multiple modules so that only the "
"required support needs to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61445
msgid ""
"The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by "
"Atheros. These devices are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and require the "
"following line to be added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61451
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61453
msgid ""
"The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver "
"(<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific "
"functions (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath_hal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>), and an algorithm for selecting the rate for "
"transmitting frames. When this support is loaded as kernel modules, any "
"dependencies are automatically handled. To load support for a different type "
"of wireless device, specify the module for that device. This example is for "
"devices based on the Intersil Prism parts (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>) driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61464
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61467
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device and the device "
"name in the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list "
"of available wireless drivers and supported adapters can be found in the "
"FreeBSD Hardware Notes, available on the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"FreeBSD.org/releases/index.html\">Release Information</link> page of the "
"FreeBSD website. If a native FreeBSD driver for the wireless device does not "
"exist, it may be possible to use the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> driver with the help of the <link linkend="
"\"config-network-ndis\">NDIS</link> driver wrapper."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61480
msgid ""
"In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the "
"security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be "
"dynamically loaded on demand by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module, but for now "
"they must be manually configured. The following modules are available: "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers are only needed when using the "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> or 802.11i security protocols. If the network does "
"not use encryption, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> support is not needed. "
"To load these modules at boot time, add the following lines to <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61493
#, no-wrap
msgid "wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_ccmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_tkip_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61497
msgid ""
"Once this information has been added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>, reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61503
msgid ""
"For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these "
"drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61508
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device wlan              # 802.11 support\n"
"device wlan_wep          # 802.11 WEP support\n"
"device wlan_ccmp         # 802.11 CCMP support\n"
"device wlan_tkip         # 802.11 TKIP support\n"
"device wlan_amrr         # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm\n"
"device ath               # Atheros pci/cardbus NIC's\n"
"device ath_hal           # pci/cardbus chip support\n"
"options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors\n"
"device ath_rate_sample   # SampleRate tx rate control for ath"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61518
msgid ""
"With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel "
"and reboot the FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:61523
msgid ""
"Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61526
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath0: &lt;Atheros 5212&gt; mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on "
"cardbus1\n"
"ath0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"ath0: AR2413 mac 7.9 RF2413 phy 4.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61533
msgid "Infrastructure Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61535
msgid ""
"Infrastructure (<acronym>BSS</acronym>) mode is the mode that is typically "
"used. In this mode, a number of wireless access points are connected to a "
"wired network. Each wireless network has its own name, called the "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>. Wireless clients connect to the wireless access "
"points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:61543
msgid "FreeBSD Clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:61546
msgid "How to Find Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61548
msgid ""
"To scan for available networks, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This request may take "
"a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each "
"available wireless frequency and probe for available access points. Only the "
"superuser can initiate a scan:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up "
"scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"dlinkap         00:13:46:49:41:76   11   54M -90:96   100 EPS  WPA WME\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -83:96   100 EPS  WPA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61561
msgid ""
"The interface must be <option>up</option> before it can scan. Subsequent "
"scan requests do not require the interface to be marked as up again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61566
msgid ""
"The output of a scan request lists each <acronym>BSS</acronym>/"
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym> network found. Besides listing the name of the "
"network, the <literal>SSID</literal>, the output also shows the "
"<literal>BSSID</literal>, which is the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the "
"access point. The <literal>CAPS</literal> field identifies the type of each "
"network and the capabilities of the stations operating there:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:61577
msgid "Station Capability Codes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61582
msgid "Capability Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61589
msgid "<literal>E</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61590
msgid ""
"Extended Service Set (<acronym>ESS</acronym>). Indicates that the station is "
"part of an infrastructure network rather than an <acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-"
"hoc network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61598
msgid "<literal>I</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61599
msgid ""
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-hoc network. Indicates that the station is part "
"of an ad-hoc network rather than an <acronym>ESS</acronym> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61606
msgid "<literal>P</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61607
msgid ""
"Privacy. Encryption is required for all data frames exchanged within the "
"<acronym>BSS</acronym> using cryptographic means such as <acronym>WEP</"
"acronym>, <acronym>TKIP</acronym> or <acronym>AES</acronym>-<acronym>CCMP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61616
msgid "<literal>S</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61617
msgid ""
"Short Preamble. Indicates that the network is using short preambles, defined "
"in 802.11b High Rate/DSSS PHY, and utilizes a 56 bit sync field rather than "
"the 128 bit field used in long preamble mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61625
msgid "<literal>s</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61626
msgid ""
"Short slot time. Indicates that the 802.11g network is using a short slot "
"time because there are no legacy (802.11b) stations present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61634
msgid "One can also display the current list of known networks with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list "
"scan</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61639
msgid ""
"This information may be updated automatically by the adapter or manually "
"with a <option>scan</option> request. Old data is automatically removed from "
"the cache, so over time this list may shrink unless more scans are done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:61647 book.translate.xml:62475
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61649
msgid ""
"This section provides a simple example of how to make the wireless network "
"adapter work in FreeBSD without encryption. Once familiar with these "
"concepts, it is strongly recommend to use <link linkend=\"network-wireless-"
"wpa\">WPA</link> to set up the wireless network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61655
msgid ""
"There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network: select an "
"access point, authenticate the station, and configure an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. The following sections discuss each step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:61661
msgid "Selecting an Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61663
msgid ""
"Most of the time, it is sufficient to let the system choose an access point "
"using the builtin heuristics. This is the default behavior when an interface "
"is marked as up or it is listed in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61669 book.translate.xml:61769
#, no-wrap
msgid "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61672
msgid ""
"If there are multiple access points, a specific one can be selected by its "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61676
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61679
msgid ""
"In an environment where there are multiple access points with the same "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>, which is often done to simplify roaming, it may be "
"necessary to associate to one specific device. In this case, the "
"<acronym>BSSID</acronym> of the access point can be specified, with or "
"without the <acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61687
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> bssid "
"<replaceable>xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61690
msgid ""
"There are other ways to constrain the choice of an access point, such as "
"limiting the set of frequencies the system will scan on. This may be useful "
"for a multi-band wireless card as scanning all the possible channels can be "
"time-consuming. To limit operation to a specific band, use the <option>mode</"
"option> parameter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"mode <replaceable>11g</replaceable> ssid "
"<replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61701
msgid ""
"This example will force the card to operate in 802.11g, which is defined "
"only for 2.4GHz frequencies so any 5GHz channels will not be considered. "
"This can also be achieved with the <option>channel</option> parameter, which "
"locks operation to one specific frequency, and the <option>chanlist</option> "
"parameter, to specify a list of channels for scanning. More information "
"about these parameters can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61715
msgid ""
"Once an access point is selected, the station needs to authenticate before "
"it can pass data. Authentication can happen in several ways. The most common "
"scheme, open authentication, allows any station to join the network and "
"communicate. This is the authentication to use for test purposes the first "
"time a wireless network is setup. Other schemes require cryptographic "
"handshakes to be completed before data traffic can flow, either using pre-"
"shared keys or secrets, or more complex schemes that involve backend "
"services such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>. Open authentication is the "
"default setting. The next most common setup is <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, "
"also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, which is described in <xref "
"linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa-wpa-psk\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61732
msgid ""
"If using an <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> Extreme base station for an access "
"point, shared-key authentication together with a <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"needs to be configured. This can be configured in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> or by using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a single "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> base station, access can "
"be configured with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"authmode shared wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>1</"
"replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>01234567</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61743
msgid ""
"In general, shared key authentication should be avoided because it uses the "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> key material in a highly-constrained manner, making "
"it even easier to crack the key. If <acronym>WEP</acronym> must be used for "
"compatibility with legacy devices, it is better to use <acronym>WEP</"
"acronym> with <literal>open</literal> authentication. More information "
"regarding <acronym>WEP</acronym> can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"wireless-wep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:61756
msgid "Getting an <acronym>IP</acronym> Address with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61759
msgid ""
"Once an access point is selected and the authentication parameters are set, "
"an <acronym>IP</acronym> address must be obtained in order to communicate. "
"Most of the time, the <acronym>IP</acronym> address is obtained via "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym>. To achieve that, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> and add <literal>DHCP</literal> to the configuration for the "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61772
msgid "The wireless interface is now ready to bring up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61775
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61777
msgid ""
"Once the interface is running, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of "
"the interface <filename>ath0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"        status: associated\n"
"        ssid dlinkap channel 11 (2462 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76\n"
"        country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"        scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"        roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61792
msgid ""
"The <literal>status: associated</literal> line means that it is connected to "
"the wireless network. The <literal>bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76</literal> is the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the access point and <literal>authmode "
"OPEN</literal> indicates that the communication is not encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:61801
msgid "Static <acronym>IP</acronym> Address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61803
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IP</acronym> address cannot be obtained from a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server, set a fixed <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Replace the "
"<literal>DHCP</literal> keyword shown above with the address information. Be "
"sure to retain any other parameters for selecting the access point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask "
"<replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:61816
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61818
msgid ""
"Wi-Fi Protected Access (<acronym>WPA</acronym>) is a security protocol used "
"together with 802.11 networks to address the lack of proper authentication "
"and the weakness of <acronym>WEP</acronym>. WPA leverages the 802.1X "
"authentication protocol and uses one of several ciphers instead of "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> for data integrity. The only cipher required by "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> is the Temporary Key Integrity Protocol "
"(<acronym>TKIP</acronym>). <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is a cipher that extends "
"the basic RC4 cipher used by <acronym>WEP</acronym> by adding integrity "
"checking, tamper detection, and measures for responding to detected "
"intrusions. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is designed to work on legacy hardware "
"with only software modification. It represents a compromise that improves "
"security but is still not entirely immune to attack. <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"also specifies the <acronym>AES-CCMP</acronym> cipher as an alternative to "
"<acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and that is preferred when possible. For this "
"specification, the term <acronym>WPA2</acronym> or <acronym>RSN</acronym> is "
"commonly used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61841
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> defines authentication and encryption protocols. "
"Authentication is most commonly done using one of two techniques: by 802.1X "
"and a backend authentication service such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>, or "
"by a minimal handshake between the station and the access point using a pre-"
"shared secret. The former is commonly termed <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"Enterprise and the latter is known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Since "
"most people will not set up a <acronym>RADIUS</acronym> backend server for "
"their wireless network, <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym> is by far the most "
"commonly encountered configuration for <acronym>WPA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:61855
msgid ""
"The control of the wireless connection and the key negotiation or "
"authentication with a server is done using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program requires a configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>, to run. More information "
"regarding this file can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:61864
msgid "<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61866
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, "
"is based on a pre-shared key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>) which is generated "
"from a given password and used as the master key in the wireless network. "
"This means every wireless user will share the same key. <acronym>WPA-PSK</"
"acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of an authentication "
"server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:61877
msgid ""
"Always use strong passwords that are sufficiently long and made from a rich "
"alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61882
msgid ""
"The first step is the configuration of <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"filename> with the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and the pre-shared key of the "
"network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61887
#, no-wrap
msgid "network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  psk=\"freebsdmall\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61892
msgid ""
"Then, in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, indicate that the wireless "
"device configuration will be done with <acronym>WPA</acronym> and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address will be obtained with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61898 book.translate.xml:62098 book.translate.xml:62192
#: book.translate.xml:62316
#, no-wrap
msgid "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61901 book.translate.xml:62319
msgid "Then, bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 5\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 6\n"
"DHCPOFFER from 192.168.0.1\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61922
msgid ""
"Or, try to configure the interface manually using the information in "
"<filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</"
"replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac (SSID='freebsdap' freq=2412 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"WPA: Key negotiation completed with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac [PTK=CCMP GTK=CCMP]\n"
"CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac completed (auth) [id="
"0 id_str=]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61932
msgid ""
"The next operation is to launch <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to get the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:61953
msgid ""
"If <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> has an <literal>ifconfig_wlan0="
"\"DHCP\"</literal> entry, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be launched "
"automatically after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> associates with the "
"access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61960
msgid ""
"If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not possible or desired, set a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address after "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> has authenticated the station:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61978
msgid ""
"When <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not used, the default gateway and the "
"nameserver also have to be manually set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61982
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default "
"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"nameserver "
"<replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>\" &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:61987
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61990
msgid ""
"The second way to use <acronym>WPA</acronym> is with an 802.1X backend "
"authentication server. In this case, <acronym>WPA</acronym> is called "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> Enterprise to differentiate it from the less secure "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Authentication in <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"Enterprise is based on the Extensible Authentication Protocol (<acronym>EAP</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:61999
msgid ""
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> does not come with an encryption method. Instead, "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> is embedded inside an encrypted tunnel. There are "
"many <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication methods, but <acronym>EAP-TLS</"
"acronym>, <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, and <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> are "
"the most common."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62007
msgid ""
"EAP with Transport Layer Security (<acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>) is a well-"
"supported wireless authentication protocol since it was the first "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> method to be certified by the <link xlink:href=\"http:"
"//www.wi-fi.org/\">Wi-Fi Alliance</link>. <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym> "
"requires three certificates to run: the certificate of the Certificate "
"Authority (<acronym>CA</acronym>) installed on all machines, the server "
"certificate for the authentication server, and one client certificate for "
"each wireless client. In this <acronym>EAP</acronym> method, both the "
"authentication server and wireless client authenticate each other by "
"presenting their respective certificates, and then verify that these "
"certificates were signed by the organization's <acronym>CA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62024
msgid ""
"As previously, the configuration is done via <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62027
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-ssid\"/>\n"
"  proto=RSN  <co xml:id=\"co-tls-proto\"/>\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP <co xml:id=\"co-tls-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"  eap=TLS <co xml:id=\"co-tls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"loader\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-id\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  client_cert=\"/etc/certs/clientcert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-clientcert\"/"
">\n"
"  private_key=\"/etc/certs/clientkey.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pkey\"/>\n"
"  private_key_passwd=\"freebsdmallclient\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pwd\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62041
msgid "This field indicates the network name (<acronym>SSID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62046
msgid ""
"This example uses the <acronym>RSN</acronym> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11i protocol, also known as "
"<acronym>WPA2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62052
msgid ""
"The <literal>key_mgmt</literal> line refers to the key management protocol "
"to use. In this example, it is <acronym>WPA</acronym> using <acronym>EAP</"
"acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62059
msgid ""
"This field indicates the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62064
msgid ""
"The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62070 book.translate.xml:62173 book.translate.xml:62286
msgid ""
"The <literal>ca_cert</literal> field indicates the pathname of the "
"<acronym>CA</acronym> certificate file. This file is needed to verify the "
"server certificate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62077
msgid ""
"The <literal>client_cert</literal> line gives the pathname to the client "
"certificate file. This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the "
"network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62084
msgid ""
"The <literal>private_key</literal> field is the pathname to the client "
"certificate private key file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62090
msgid ""
"The <literal>private_key_passwd</literal> field contains the passphrase for "
"the private key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62095
msgid "Then, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62101 book.translate.xml:62195
msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62120
msgid ""
"It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62126
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62129
msgid ""
"With <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>, both the authentication server and the "
"client need a certificate. With <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, a client "
"certificate is optional. This method is similar to a web server which "
"creates a secure <acronym>SSL</acronym> tunnel even if visitors do not have "
"client-side certificates. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> uses an encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for safe transport of the authentication data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62139
msgid ""
"The required configuration can be added to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=TTLS <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MD5\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62155 book.translate.xml:62268
msgid ""
"This field specifies the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62160 book.translate.xml:62273
msgid ""
"The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication inside the encrypted <acronym>TLS</"
"acronym> tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62167 book.translate.xml:62280
msgid ""
"The <literal>password</literal> field contains the passphrase for the "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62180
msgid ""
"This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In this example, <acronym>EAP</acronym> with "
"MD5-Challenge is used. The <quote>inner authentication</quote> phase is "
"often called <quote>phase2</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62189
msgid "Next, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62197 book.translate.xml:62321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 21\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62217
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62221
msgid ""
"<acronym>PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2</acronym> is the most common <acronym>PEAP</"
"acronym> method. In this chapter, the term <acronym>PEAP</acronym> is used "
"to refer to that method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62227
msgid ""
"Protected EAP (<acronym>PEAP</acronym>) is designed as an alternative to "
"<acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> and is the most used <acronym>EAP</acronym> "
"standard after <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>. In a network with mixed operating "
"systems, <acronym>PEAP</acronym> should be the most supported standard after "
"<acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62235
msgid ""
"<acronym>PEAP</acronym> is similar to <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> as it uses "
"a server-side certificate to authenticate clients by creating an encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel between the client and the authentication "
"server, which protects the ensuing exchange of authentication information. "
"<acronym>PEAP</acronym> authentication differs from <acronym>EAP-TTLS</"
"acronym> as it broadcasts the username in the clear and only the password is "
"sent in the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</"
"acronym> will use the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for both the username "
"and password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62249
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename> to "
"configure the <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> related settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62254
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=PEAP <co xml:id=\"co-peap-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase1=\"peaplabel=0\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha1\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MSCHAPV2\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62293
msgid ""
"This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, "
"the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. According to the authentication server "
"used, specify a specific label for authentication. Most of the time, the "
"label will be <quote>client <acronym>EAP</acronym> encryption</quote> which "
"is set by using <literal>peaplabel=0</literal>. More information can be "
"found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62305
msgid ""
"This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In the case of <acronym>PEAP</acronym>, it is "
"<literal>auth=MSCHAPV2</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:62342
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62344
msgid ""
"Wired Equivalent Privacy (<acronym>WEP</acronym>) is part of the original "
"802.11 standard. There is no authentication mechanism, only a weak form of "
"access control which is easily cracked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62349
msgid ""
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> can be set up using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> \\\n"
"	    ssid <replaceable>my_net</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey "
"<replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62359
msgid ""
"The <literal>weptxkey</literal> specifies which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key. This must "
"match the setting on the access point. When unsure which key is used by the "
"access point, try <literal>1</literal> (the first key) for this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62369
msgid ""
"The <literal>wepkey</literal> selects one of the <acronym>WEP</acronym> keys."
" It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. Key "
"<literal>1</literal> is used by default; the index only needs to be set when "
"using a key other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62377
msgid ""
"Replace the <literal>0x3456789012</literal> with the key configured for use "
"on the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62384
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62387
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> facility can be used to configure a wireless "
"interface with <acronym>WEP</acronym>. The example above can be set up by "
"adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62393
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"my_net\"\n"
"  key_mgmt=NONE\n"
"  wep_key3=3456789012\n"
"  wep_tx_keyidx=3\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62400
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62402
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</"
"replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:13:46:49:41:76 (SSID='dlinkap' freq=2437 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:13:46:49:41:76"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62410
msgid "Ad-hoc Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62412
msgid ""
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point "
"to point connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between "
"the machines <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>, "
"choose two <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and a <acronym>SSID</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62419
msgid "On <systemitem>A</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"	  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"	  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"	  status: running\n"
"	  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"	  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62433
msgid ""
"The <literal>adhoc</literal> parameter indicates that the interface is "
"running in <acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62436
msgid ""
"<systemitem>B</systemitem> should now be able to detect <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62439
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up "
"scan</userinput>\n"
"  SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"  freebsdap       02:11:95:c3:0d:ac    2   54M -64:-96  100 IS   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62444
msgid ""
"The <literal>I</literal> in the output confirms that <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem> is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure <systemitem>B</systemitem> "
"with a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"	  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"	  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"	  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"	  status: running\n"
"	  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"	  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62460
msgid ""
"Both <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem> are now ready "
"to exchange information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62466
msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62468
msgid ""
"FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (<acronym>AP</acronym>) which eliminates "
"the need to buy a hardware <acronym>AP</acronym> or run an ad-hoc network. "
"This can be particularly useful when a FreeBSD machine is acting as a "
"gateway to another network such as the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62477
msgid ""
"Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an <acronym>AP</acronym>, the kernel "
"must be configured with the appropriate networking support for the wireless "
"card as well as the security protocols being used. For more details, see "
"<xref linkend=\"network-wireless-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62484
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NDIS</acronym> driver wrapper for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers does not currently support "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers "
"support <acronym>AP</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62491
msgid ""
"Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device "
"supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list "
"caps</userinput>\n"
"drivercaps="
"6f85edc1&lt;STA,FF,TURBOP,IBSS,HOSTAP,AHDEMO,TXPMGT,SHSLOT,SHPREAMBLE,MONITOR,MBSS,WPA1,WPA2,BURST,WME,WDS,BGSCAN,TXFRAG&gt;\n"
"cryptocaps=1f&lt;WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62500
msgid ""
"This output displays the card's capabilities. The <literal>HOSTAP</literal> "
"word confirms that this wireless card can act as an <acronym>AP</acronym>. "
"Various supported ciphers are also listed: <acronym>WEP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and <acronym>AES</acronym>. This information "
"indicates which security protocols can be used on the <acronym>AP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62508
msgid ""
"The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of "
"the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed "
"first:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"destroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62514
msgid ""
"then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62517
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> mode 11g channel 1</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62520
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> again to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</"
"filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"	  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"	  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"	  status: running\n"
"	  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"	  protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62533
msgid ""
"The <literal>hostap</literal> parameter indicates the interface is running "
"in the host-based access point mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62537
msgid ""
"The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding "
"the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62541
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"create_args_wlan0=\"wlanmode hostap\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask "
"<replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</"
"replaceable> mode 11g channel <replaceable>1</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62547
msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62550
msgid ""
"Although it is not recommended to run an <acronym>AP</acronym> without any "
"authentication or encryption, this is a simple way to check if the "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> is working. This configuration is also important for "
"debugging client issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62556
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is configured, initiate a scan from another "
"wireless machine to find the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up "
"scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -66:-96  100 ES   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62565
msgid ""
"The client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can be associated "
"with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62568
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"	  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"	  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"	  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"	  status: associated\n"
"	  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"	  scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"	  roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62582
msgid "<acronym>WPA2</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62584
msgid ""
"This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the "
"<acronym>WPA2</acronym> security protocol. More details regarding "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> and the configuration of <acronym>WPA</acronym>-based "
"wireless clients can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62591
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is used to deal with client authentication "
"and key management on the <acronym>WPA2</acronym>-enabled <acronym>AP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62596
msgid ""
"The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine "
"acting as the <acronym>AP</acronym>. Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is "
"correctly working, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be automatically "
"started at boot with this line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62603
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62605
msgid ""
"Before trying to configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, first configure the "
"basic settings introduced in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-ap-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:62609
msgid "<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62611
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of "
"a backend authentication server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62615
msgid "The configuration is done in <filename>/etc/hostapd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"interface=wlan0                  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-iface\"/>\n"
"debug=1                          <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-dbug\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface=/var/run/hostapd  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ciface\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface_group=wheel       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-cifacegrp\"/>\n"
"ssid=freebsdap                   <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ssid\"/>\n"
"wpa=2                            <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-wpa\"/>\n"
"wpa_passphrase=freebsdmall       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pass\"/>\n"
"wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK             <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"wpa_pairwise=CCMP                <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pwise\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62630
msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62635
msgid ""
"Level of verbosity used during the execution of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. A value of <literal>1</literal> represents the "
"minimal level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62642
msgid ""
"Pathname of the directory used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to store domain socket "
"files for communication with external programs such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd_cli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default value is used in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62649
msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62654
msgid ""
"The wireless network name, or <acronym>SSID</acronym>, that will appear in "
"wireless scans."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62660
msgid ""
"Enable <acronym>WPA</acronym> and specify which <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"authentication protocol will be required. A value of <literal>2</literal> "
"configures the <acronym>AP</acronym> for <acronym>WPA2</acronym> and is "
"recommended. Set to <literal>1</literal> only if the obsolete <acronym>WPA</"
"acronym> is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62671
msgid "ASCII passphrase for <acronym>WPA</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:62675
msgid ""
"Always use strong passwords that are at least 8 characters long and made "
"from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62683
msgid ""
"The key management protocol to use. This example sets <acronym>WPA-PSK</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:62689
msgid ""
"Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only "
"the <acronym>CCMP</acronym> (<acronym>AES</acronym>) cipher is accepted. "
"<acronym>CCMP</acronym> is an alternative to <acronym>TKIP</acronym> and is "
"strongly preferred when possible. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> should be allowed "
"only when there are stations incapable of using <acronym>CCMP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62702
msgid ""
"The next step is to start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62704
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hostapd forcestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; "
"metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"	ether 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"	inet6 fe80::6f0:21ff:fe16:8e10%wlan0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x9\n"
"	nd6 options=21&lt;PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"	media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11na &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"	status: running\n"
"	ssid No5ignal channel 36 (5180 MHz 11a ht/40+) bssid 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"	country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy MIXED deftxkey 2\n"
"	AES-CCM 2:128-bit AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 17 mcastrate 6 mgmtrate 6\n"
"	scanvalid 60 ampdulimit 64k ampdudensity 8 shortgi wme burst\n"
"	dtimperiod 1 -dfs\n"
"	groups: wlan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62720
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is running, the clients can associate with it."
" See <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/> for more details. It is "
"possible to see the stations associated with the <acronym>AP</acronym> using "
"<command>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list sta</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62730
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62732
msgid ""
"It is not recommended to use <acronym>WEP</acronym> for setting up an "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> since there is no authentication mechanism and the "
"encryption is easily cracked. Some legacy wireless cards only support "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> and these cards will only support an <acronym>AP</"
"acronym> without authentication or encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62740
msgid ""
"The wireless device can now be put into hostap mode and configured with the "
"correct <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet "
"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</"
"replaceable> \\\n"
"	ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey "
"<replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</"
"replaceable> mode 11g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62750
msgid ""
"The <literal>weptxkey</literal> indicates which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key as key "
"numbering starts with <literal>1</literal>. This parameter must be specified "
"in order to encrypt the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62759
msgid ""
"The <literal>wepkey</literal> sets the selected <acronym>WEP</acronym> key. "
"It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. If the "
"index is not given, key <literal>1</literal> is set. The index needs to be "
"set when using keys other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62768
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</"
"filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62771
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"	  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"	  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"	  status: running\n"
"	  ssid freebsdap channel 4 (2427 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"	  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy ON deftxkey 3 wepkey 3:40-bit\n"
"	  txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60 protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62781
msgid ""
"From another wireless machine, it is now possible to initiate a scan to find "
"the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62784
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up "
"scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID            BSSID              CHAN RATE  S:N   INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M 22:1   100 EPS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62789
msgid ""
"In this example, the client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can "
"associate with it using the correct parameters. See <xref linkend=\"network-"
"wireless-wep\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62796
msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62798
msgid ""
"A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a "
"wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users "
"typically want to roam seamlessly between the two types of connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62803
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces "
"together in a <quote>failover</quote> fashion. This type of configuration "
"uses the most preferred and available connection from a group of network "
"interfaces, and the operating system switches automatically when the link "
"state changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62810
msgid ""
"Link aggregation and failover is covered in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"aggregation\"/> and an example for using both wired and wireless connections "
"is provided at <xref linkend=\"networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62817
msgid ""
"This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common "
"wireless networking problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62823
msgid ""
"If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the "
"configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of "
"channels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62829
msgid ""
"If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the "
"configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the "
"authentication scheme and any security protocols. Simplify the configuration "
"as much as possible. If using a security protocol such as <acronym>WPA</"
"acronym> or <acronym>WEP</acronym>, configure the access point for open "
"authentication and no security to see if traffic will pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62838
msgid ""
"Debugging support is provided by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Try running this utility manually with <option>-"
"dd</option> and look at the system logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62845
msgid ""
"Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network "
"configuration using tools like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62851
msgid ""
"There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be "
"enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlandebug</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable console messages related "
"to scanning for access points and the 802.11 protocol handshakes required to "
"arrange communication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wlandebug -i <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"+scan+auth+debug+assoc</userinput>\n"
"  net.wlan.0.debug: 0 =&gt; 0xc80000&lt;assoc,auth,scan&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62861
msgid ""
"Many useful statistics are maintained by the 802.11 layer and "
"<command>wlanstats</command>, found in <filename>/usr/src/tools/tools/"
"net80211</filename>, will dump this information. These statistics should "
"display all errors identified by the 802.11 layer. However, some errors are "
"identified in the device drivers that lie below the 802.11 layer so they may "
"not show up. To diagnose device-specific problems, refer to the drivers' "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62872
msgid ""
"If the above information does not help to clarify the problem, submit a "
"problem report and include output from the above tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:62880
msgid "USB Tethering"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62883
msgid "<primary>tether</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62887
msgid ""
"Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB "
"(often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses either the <acronym>RNDIS</"
"acronym>, <acronym>CDC</acronym> or a custom <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">iPhone</"
"trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">iPad</trademark> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62895
msgid ""
"<trademark>Android</trademark> devices generally use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62900
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> devices use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipheth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62904
msgid ""
"Older devices will often use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdce</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62909
msgid ""
"Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62912
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_urndis\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_cdce\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_ipheth</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62916
msgid ""
"Once the device is attached <literal>ue</literal><replaceable>0</"
"replaceable> will be available for use like a normal network device. Be sure "
"that the <quote>USB tethering</quote> option is enabled on the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:62925
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62928
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Pav</firstname> <surname>Lucistnik</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib> <email>pav@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62939
msgid "<primary>Bluetooth</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62943
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating "
"in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are "
"usually formed ad-hoc from portable devices such as cellular phones, "
"handhelds, and laptops. Unlike Wi-Fi wireless technology, Bluetooth offers "
"higher level service profiles, such as <acronym>FTP</acronym>-like file "
"servers, file pushing, voice transport, serial line emulation, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62952
msgid ""
"This section describes the use of a <acronym>USB</acronym> Bluetooth dongle "
"on a FreeBSD system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and "
"utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62957
msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62959
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgraph</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> dongles is supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ubtbcmfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers. The 3Com "
"Bluetooth PC Card 3CRWB60-A is supported by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bt3c</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices "
"are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_h4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcseriald</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62969
msgid ""
"Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, "
"then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ng_ubt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62975
msgid ""
"If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system "
"startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by "
"adding the driver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62980
#, no-wrap
msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62982
msgid ""
"Once the driver is loaded, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> dongle. If the "
"driver load was successful, output similar to the following should appear on "
"the console and in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 0 endpoints: interrupt=0x81, bulk-in=0x82, bulk-out=0x2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 1 (alt.config 5) endpoints: isoc-in=0x83, isoc-out=0x3,\n"
"      wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62993
msgid ""
"To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good "
"idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. When starting the "
"stack, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bluetooth start ubt0</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:02:72:00:d4:1a\n"
"Features: 0xff 0xff 0xf 00 00 00 00 00\n"
"&lt;3-Slot&gt; &lt;5-Slot&gt; &lt;Encryption&gt; &lt;Slot offset&gt;\n"
"&lt;Timing accuracy&gt; &lt;Switch&gt; &lt;Hold mode&gt; &lt;Sniff mode&gt;\n"
"&lt;Park mode&gt; &lt;RSSI&gt; &lt;Channel quality&gt; &lt;SCO link&gt;\n"
"&lt;HV2 packets&gt; &lt;HV3 packets&gt; &lt;u-law log&gt; &lt;A-law log&gt; "
"&lt;CVSD&gt;\n"
"&lt;Paging scheme&gt; &lt;Power control&gt; &lt;Transparent SCO data&gt;\n"
"Max. ACL packet size: 192 bytes\n"
"Number of ACL packets: 8\n"
"Max. SCO packet size: 64 bytes\n"
"Number of SCO packets: 8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63013
msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63015
msgid "<primary>HCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63019
msgid ""
"The Host Controller Interface (<acronym>HCI</acronym>) provides a uniform "
"method for accessing Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> node is created for each Bluetooth device. For more "
"details, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_hci</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63025
msgid ""
"One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within "
"<acronym>RF</acronym> proximity. This operation is called <emphasis>inquiry</"
"emphasis>. Inquiry and other <acronym>HCI</acronym> related operations are "
"done using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hccontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The example below "
"shows how to find out which Bluetooth devices are in range. The list of "
"devices should be displayed in a few seconds. Note that a remote device will "
"only answer the inquiry if it is set to <emphasis>discoverable</emphasis> "
"mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry</userinput>\n"
"Inquiry result, num_responses=1\n"
"Inquiry result #0\n"
"       BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"       Page Scan Rep. Mode: 0x1\n"
"       Page Scan Period Mode: 00\n"
"       Page Scan Mode: 00\n"
"       Class: 52:02:04\n"
"       Clock offset: 0x78ef\n"
"Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63046
msgid ""
"The <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, "
"similar to the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a network card. This "
"address is needed for further communication with a device and it is possible "
"to assign a human readable name to a BD_ADDR. Information regarding the "
"known Bluetooth hosts is contained in <filename>/etc/bluetooth/hosts</"
"filename>. The following example shows how to obtain the human readable name "
"that was assigned to the remote device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63056
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:"
"37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"Name: Pav's T39"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63060
msgid ""
"If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the "
"computer as <quote>your.host.name (ubt0)</quote>. The name assigned to the "
"local device can be changed at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63065
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two "
"Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among "
"several Bluetooth devices. The following example shows how to obtain the "
"list of active baseband connections for the local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63071
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list</"
"userinput>\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Type Mode Role Encrypt Pending Queue State\n"
"00:80:37:29:19:a4     41  ACL    0 MAST    NONE       0     0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63075
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>connection handle</emphasis> is useful when termination of the "
"baseband connection is required, though it is normally not required to do "
"this by hand. The stack will automatically terminate inactive baseband "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63081
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41</userinput>\n"
"Connection handle: 41\n"
"Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63085
msgid ""
"Type <command>hccontrol help</command> for a complete listing of available "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> commands. Most of the <acronym>HCI</acronym> commands "
"do not require superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63092
msgid "Device Pairing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63094
msgid ""
"By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can "
"talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may "
"choose to require authentication to provide a particular service. Bluetooth "
"authentication is normally done with a <emphasis><acronym>PIN</acronym> "
"code</emphasis>, an ASCII string up to 16 characters in length. The user is "
"required to enter the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code on both devices. Once "
"the user has entered the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code, both devices will "
"generate a <emphasis>link key</emphasis>. After that, the link key can be "
"stored either in the devices or in a persistent storage. Next time, both "
"devices will use the previously generated link key. This procedure is called "
"<emphasis>pairing</emphasis>. Note that if the link key is lost by either "
"device, the pairing must be repeated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63111
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth "
"authentication requests. The default configuration file is <filename>/etc/"
"bluetooth/hcsecd.conf</filename>. An example section for a cellular phone "
"with the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code set to <literal>1234</literal> is shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device {\n"
"        bdaddr  00:80:37:29:19:a4;\n"
"        name    \"Pav's T39\";\n"
"        key     nokey;\n"
"        pin     \"1234\";\n"
"      }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63125
msgid ""
"The only limitation on <acronym>PIN</acronym> codes is length. Some devices, "
"such as Bluetooth headsets, may have a fixed <acronym>PIN</acronym> code "
"built in. The <option>-d</option> switch forces "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to stay in the foreground, so it is easy to see what is "
"happening. Set the remote device to receive pairing and initiate the "
"Bluetooth connection to the remote device. The remote device should indicate "
"that pairing was accepted and request the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code. Enter "
"the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code listed in <filename>hcsecd.conf</"
"filename>. Now the computer and the remote device are paired. Alternatively, "
"pairing can be initiated on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63139
msgid ""
"The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to "
"configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to start automatically on system start:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63143
#, no-wrap
msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63145
msgid ""
"The following is a sample of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63148
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:"
"37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name "
"'Pav's T39', link key doesn't exist\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending Link_Key_Negative_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote "
"bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Got PIN_Code_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:"
"37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name "
"'Pav's T39', PIN code exists\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:"
"29:19:a4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63157
msgid "Network Access with <acronym>PPP</acronym> Profiles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63160
msgid ""
"A Dial-Up Networking (<acronym>DUN</acronym>) profile can be used to "
"configure a cellular phone as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up "
"Internet access server. It can also be used to configure a computer to "
"receive data calls from a cellular phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63166
msgid ""
"Network access with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> profile can be used to provide "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> access for a single Bluetooth device or multiple "
"Bluetooth devices. It can also provide <acronym>PC</acronym> to <acronym>PC</"
"acronym> connection using <acronym>PPP</acronym> networking over serial "
"cable emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63173
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> wrapper which converts "
"a Bluetooth connection into something <acronym>PPP</acronym> can use. Before "
"a profile can be used, a new <acronym>PPP</acronym> label must be created in "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63181
msgid ""
"In this example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to open a "
"connection to a remote device with a <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> of "
"<literal>00:80:37:29:19:a4</literal> on a <acronym>DUN</acronym> "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l "
"rfcomm-dialup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63190
msgid ""
"The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> protocol. It is possible to specify the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel by hand, and in this case "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will not perform the <acronym>SDP</acronym> query. "
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to find out the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel "
"on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63198
msgid ""
"In order to provide network access with the <acronym>PPP</acronym> "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> service, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be running and a "
"new entry for <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients must be created in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples. Finally, start the <acronym>RFCOMM</"
"acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> "
"channel number. The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server "
"will automatically register the Bluetooth <acronym>LAN</acronym> service "
"with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon. The example below shows how to "
"start the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63216
msgid "Bluetooth Protocols"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63218
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their "
"function, and associated utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63222
msgid ""
"Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63225
msgid "<primary>L2CAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63229
msgid ""
"The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>) "
"provides connection-oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer "
"protocols. <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> permits higher level protocols and "
"applications to transmit and receive <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> data packets "
"up to 64 kilobytes in length."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63237
msgid ""
"<acronym>L2CAP</acronym> is based around the concept of <emphasis>channels</"
"emphasis>. A channel is a logical connection on top of a baseband "
"connection, where each channel is bound to a single protocol in a many-to-"
"one fashion. Multiple channels can be bound to the same protocol, but a "
"channel cannot be bound to multiple protocols. Each <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> "
"packet received on a channel is directed to the appropriate higher level "
"protocol. Multiple channels can share the same baseband connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63248
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, a netgraph <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is created for each "
"Bluetooth device. This node is normally connected to the downstream "
"Bluetooth <acronym>HCI</acronym> node and upstream Bluetooth socket nodes. "
"The default name for the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is "
"<quote>devicel2cap</quote>. For more details refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_l2cap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63256
msgid ""
"A useful command is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which can be used to "
"ping other devices. Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of "
"the data sent to them, so <literal>0 bytes</literal> in the following "
"example is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63261
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=0 time=48.633 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=1 time=37.551 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=2 time=28.324 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63267
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is used to perform various operations on "
"<acronym>L2CAP</acronym> nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of "
"logical connections (channels) and the list of baseband connections for the "
"local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a "
"read_channel_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP channels:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR     SCID/ DCID   PSM  IMTU/ OMTU State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca    66/   64     3   132/  672 OPEN\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a "
"read_connection_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP connections:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Flags Pending State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca     41 O           0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63282
msgid ""
"Another diagnostic tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>btsockstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, but for Bluetooth network-related data structures."
" The example below shows the same logical connection as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>btsockstat</userinput>\n"
"Active L2CAP sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address/PSM       Foreign address   CID   State\n"
"c2afe900      0      0 00:02:72:00:d4:1a/3     00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66    OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sessions\n"
"L2PCB    PCB      Flag MTU   Out-Q DLCs State\n"
"c2afe900 c2b53380 1    127   0     Yes  OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address     Foreign address   Chan DLCI State\n"
"c2e8bc80      0    250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3    6    OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63301
msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63304
msgid ""
"The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> protocol provides emulation of serial ports "
"over the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is a "
"simple transport protocol, with additional provisions for emulating the 9 "
"circuits of RS-232 (EIATIA-232-E) serial ports. It supports up to 60 "
"simultaneous connections (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channels) between two "
"Bluetooth devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63313
msgid ""
"For the purposes of <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>, a complete communication path "
"involves two applications running on the communication endpoints with a "
"communication segment between them. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is intended to "
"cover applications that make use of the serial ports of the devices in which "
"they reside. The communication segment is a direct connect Bluetooth link "
"from one device to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63322
msgid ""
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is only concerned with the connection between the "
"devices in the direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the "
"network case. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> can support other configurations, "
"such as modules that communicate via Bluetooth wireless technology on one "
"side and provide a wired interface on the other side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63330
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is implemented at the Bluetooth "
"sockets layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63335
msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63338
msgid "<primary>SDP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63342
msgid ""
"The Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>) provides the means "
"for client applications to discover the existence of services provided by "
"server applications as well as the attributes of those services. The "
"attributes of a service include the type or class of service offered and the "
"mechanism or protocol information needed to utilize the service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63350
msgid ""
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> involves communication between a <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> server and a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client. The server maintains a "
"list of service records that describe the characteristics of services "
"associated with the server. Each service record contains information about a "
"single service. A client may retrieve information from a service record "
"maintained by the <acronym>SDP</acronym> server by issuing a <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> request. If the client, or an application associated with the "
"client, decides to use a service, it must open a separate connection to the "
"service provider in order to utilize the service. <acronym>SDP</acronym> "
"provides a mechanism for discovering services and their attributes, but it "
"does not provide a mechanism for utilizing those services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63365
msgid ""
"Normally, a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client searches for services based on "
"some desired characteristics of the services. However, there are times when "
"it is desirable to discover which types of services are described by an "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> server's service records without any prior "
"information about the services. This process of looking for any offered "
"services is called <emphasis>browsing</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63374
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth <acronym>SDP</acronym> server, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and command line client, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, are included in the standard FreeBSD installation."
" The following example shows how to perform a <acronym>SDP</acronym> browse "
"query."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse</"
"userinput>\n"
"Record Handle: 00000000\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Service Discovery Server (0x1000)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000001\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000002\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"        RFCOMM (0x0003)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int8/bool 1\n"
"Bluetooth Profile Descriptor List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63403
msgid ""
"Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel. Depending on the service, the user might "
"need to make note of some of the attributes. Some Bluetooth implementations "
"do not support service browsing and may return an empty list. In this case, "
"it is possible to search for the specific service. The example below shows "
"how to search for the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</"
"acronym>) service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63413
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63415
msgid ""
"Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> server. The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63419
#, no-wrap
msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63421
msgid ""
"Then the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon can be started with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63423
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sdpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63425
msgid ""
"The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to "
"remote clients will register the service with the local <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> daemon. An example of such an application is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once started, it will register the Bluetooth LAN "
"service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63432
msgid ""
"The list of services registered with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> server "
"can be obtained by issuing a <acronym>SDP</acronym> browse query via the "
"local control channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63437
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -l browse</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63441
msgid "<acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63444
msgid "<primary>OBEX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63448
msgid ""
"Object Exchange (<acronym>OBEX</acronym>) is a widely used protocol for "
"simple file transfers between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared "
"communication, where it is used for generic file transfers between notebooks "
"or <acronym>PDA</acronym>s, and for sending business cards or calendar "
"entries between cellular phones and other devices with Personal Information "
"Manager (<acronym>PIM</acronym>) applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63457
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server and client are implemented by "
"<application>obexapp</application>, which can be installed using the "
"<package>comms/obexapp</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63462
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client is used to push and/or pull objects from "
"the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server. An example object is a business card or "
"an appointment. The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client can obtain the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number from the remote device via "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym>. This can be done by specifying the service name "
"instead of the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. Supported service "
"names are: <literal>IrMC</literal>, <literal>FTRN</literal>, and "
"<literal>OPUSH</literal>. It is also possible to specify the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel as a number. Below is an example of an "
"<acronym>OBEX</acronym> session where the device information object is "
"pulled from the cellular phone, and a new object, the business card, is "
"pushed into the phone's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC</"
"userinput>\n"
"obex&gt; get telecom/devinfo.txt devinfo-t39.txt\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; put new.vcf\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; di\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63486
msgid ""
"In order to provide the <acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> must be running and a root folder, where all incoming objects "
"will be stored, must be created. The default path to the root folder is "
"<filename>/var/spool/obex</filename>. Finally, start the <acronym>OBEX</"
"acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. The "
"<acronym>OBEX</acronym> server will automatically register the "
"<acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> "
"daemon. The example below shows how to start the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63498
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -s -C 10</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63502
msgid "Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63504
msgid ""
"The Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>) allows Bluetooth devices to "
"perform serial cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to "
"use Bluetooth as a cable replacement, through a virtual serial port "
"abstraction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63510
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> implements "
"<acronym>SPP</acronym> and a pseudo tty is used as a virtual serial port "
"abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to a remote device's "
"serial port service. A <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel does not have to be "
"specified as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can obtain it from the "
"remote device via <acronym>SDP</acronym>. To override this, specify a "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63520
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t</"
"userinput>\n"
"rfcomm_sppd[94692]: Starting on /dev/pts/6...\n"
"/dev/pts/6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63524
msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63527
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/pts/6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63529
msgid ""
"The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63532
#, no-wrap
msgid "PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n"
"cu -l $PTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63540
msgid ""
"By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform "
"a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not "
"support role switching will not be able to connect. Since role switching is "
"performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to "
"ask the remote device if it supports role switching. However, there is a "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> option to disable role switching on the local side:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63551
msgid ""
"To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package "
"<application>hcidump</application>, which can be installed using the "
"<package>comms/hcidump</package> package or port. This utility is similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and can be used to display the contents of "
"Bluetooth packets on the terminal and to dump the Bluetooth packets to a "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:63562
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:63565 book.translate.xml:64026
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Thompson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63575
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> subnet</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63578
msgid "<primary>bridge</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63582
msgid ""
"It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, "
"into network segments without having to create <acronym>IP</acronym> subnets "
"and use a router to connect the segments together. A device that connects "
"two networks together in this fashion is called a <quote>bridge</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63589
msgid ""
"A bridge works by learning the <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses of the "
"devices on each of its network interfaces. It forwards traffic between "
"networks only when the source and destination <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"addresses are on different networks. In many respects, a bridge is like an "
"Ethernet switch with very few ports. A FreeBSD system with multiple network "
"interfaces can be configured to act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63597
msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63601
msgid "Connecting Networks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63603
msgid ""
"The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. "
"There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking "
"equipment, such as cabling constraints or firewalling. A bridge can also "
"connect a wireless interface running in hostap mode to a wired network and "
"act as an access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63613
msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63615
msgid ""
"A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing "
"or Network Address Translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63619
msgid ""
"An example is a small company that is connected via <acronym>DSL</acronym> "
"or <acronym>ISDN</acronym> to an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. There are thirteen "
"public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses from the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and "
"ten computers on the network. In this situation, using a router-based "
"firewall is difficult because of subnetting issues. A bridge-based firewall "
"can be configured without any <acronym>IP</acronym> addressing issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63632
msgid "Network Tap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63634
msgid ""
"A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet "
"frames that pass between them using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the bridge interface or by sending a copy of "
"all frames out an additional interface known as a span port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63643
msgid "Layer 2 <acronym>VPN</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63645
msgid ""
"Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an <acronym>IP</acronym> link by "
"bridging the networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> based solution such as <application>OpenVPN</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63653
msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63655
msgid ""
"A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning "
"Tree Protocol (<acronym>STP</acronym>) to block redundant paths."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63662
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and "
"is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63667
msgid ""
"Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfil</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63674
msgid "Enabling the Bridge"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63676
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a kernel module "
"which is automatically loaded by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when creating a bridge "
"interface. It is also possible to compile bridge support into a custom "
"kernel by adding <literal>device if_bridge</literal> to the custom kernel "
"configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63683
msgid ""
"The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge "
"interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge create</userinput>\n"
"bridge0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8802&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63695
msgid ""
"When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly "
"generated Ethernet address. The <literal>maxaddr</literal> and "
"<literal>timeout</literal> parameters control how many <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> addresses the bridge will keep in its forwarding table and how many "
"seconds before each entry is removed after it is last seen. The other "
"parameters control how <acronym>STP</acronym> operates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63704
msgid ""
"Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For "
"the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to "
"be up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp0 up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp1 up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63712
msgid ""
"The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between <filename>fxp0</filename> "
"and <filename>fxp1</filename>. Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> so the bridge is created at startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63722
msgid ""
"If the bridge host needs an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, set it on the "
"bridge interface, not on the member interfaces. The address can be set "
"statically or via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. This example sets a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63730
msgid ""
"It is also possible to assign an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address to a bridge "
"interface. To make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63736
msgid ""
"When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the "
"filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and "
"outbound on the appropriate interfaces. Either stage can be disabled. When "
"direction of the packet flow is important, it is best to firewall on the "
"member interfaces rather than the bridge itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63743
msgid ""
"The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-<acronym>IP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> packets, and layer2 firewalling with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63751
msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63753
msgid ""
"For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist "
"between two devices. The <acronym>STP</acronym> protocol detects loops and "
"puts redundant links into a blocked state. Should one of the active links "
"fail, <acronym>STP</acronym> calculates a different tree and enables one of "
"the blocked paths to restore connectivity to all points in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63761
msgid ""
"The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (<acronym>RSTP</acronym> or 802.1w) "
"provides backwards compatibility with legacy <acronym>STP</acronym>. "
"<acronym>RSTP</acronym> provides faster convergence and exchanges "
"information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding "
"mode without creating loops. FreeBSD supports <acronym>RSTP</acronym> and "
"<acronym>STP</acronym> as operating modes, with <acronym>RSTP</acronym> "
"being the default mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63770
msgid ""
"<acronym>STP</acronym> can be enabled on member interfaces using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a bridge with <filename>fxp0</filename> and "
"<filename>fxp1</filename> as the current interfaces, enable <acronym>STP</"
"acronym> with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63775
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"        ether d6:cf:d5:a0:94:6d\n"
"        id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 0 port 0\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags="
"1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 3 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags="
"1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63788
msgid ""
"This bridge has a spanning tree ID of <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</literal> "
"and a priority of <literal>32768</literal>. As the <literal>root id</"
"literal> is the same, it indicates that this is the root bridge for the tree."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63794
msgid "Another bridge on the network also has <acronym>STP</acronym> enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63797
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 "
"mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:13:d4:9a:06:7a priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags="
"1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role root state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags="
"1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 5 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63809
msgid ""
"The line <literal>root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 "
"port 4</literal> shows that the root bridge is <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</"
"literal> and has a path cost of <literal>400000</literal> from this bridge. "
"The path to the root bridge is via <literal>port 4</literal> which is "
"<filename>fxp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63818
msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63820
msgid ""
"Several <command>ifconfig</command> parameters are unique to bridge "
"interfaces. This section summarizes some common uses for these parameters. "
"The complete list of available parameters is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63827
msgid "private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63829
msgid ""
"A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is "
"also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked "
"unconditionally so no Ethernet frames will be forwarded, including "
"<acronym>ARP</acronym> packets. If traffic needs to be selectively blocked, "
"a firewall should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63840
msgid "span"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63842
msgid ""
"A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the bridge. "
"The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but if an "
"interface is designated as a span port, it cannot also be used as a regular "
"bridge port. This is most useful for snooping a bridged network passively on "
"another host connected to one of the span ports of the bridge. For example, "
"to send a copy of all frames out the interface named <filename>fxp4</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63852
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:63857
msgid "sticky"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63859
msgid ""
"If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned "
"address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. "
"Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the "
"address is seen on a different interface. This gives the benefit of static "
"address entries without the need to pre-populate the forwarding table. "
"Clients learned on a particular segment of the bridge cannot roam to another "
"segment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63869
msgid ""
"An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with "
"<acronym>VLAN</acronym>s in order to isolate customer networks without "
"wasting <acronym>IP</acronym> address space. Consider that <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> is on <literal>vlan100</literal>, "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerB</systemitem> is on "
"<literal>vlan101</literal>, and the bridge has the address <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 "
"addm vlan101 sticky vlan101</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63881
msgid ""
"In this example, both clients see <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0."
"1</systemitem> as their default gateway. Since the bridge cache is sticky, "
"one host cannot spoof the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the other "
"customer in order to intercept their traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63887
msgid ""
"Any communication between the <acronym>VLAN</acronym>s can be blocked using "
"a firewall or, as seen in this example, private interfaces:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private "
"vlan101</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63893
msgid ""
"The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">/24</systemitem> address range can be "
"allocated without subnetting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63897
msgid ""
"The number of unique source <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses behind an "
"interface can be limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown "
"source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or "
"is removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63903
msgid ""
"The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> on "
"<literal>vlan100</literal> to 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63907
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63912
msgid ""
"Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded "
"after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> processing and are not processed or forwarded "
"further. This can be used to multiplex the input of two or more interfaces "
"into a single <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> stream. This is useful for reconstructing the "
"traffic for network taps that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two "
"separate interfaces. For example, to read the input from four network "
"interfaces as one stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 "
"addm fxp3 monitor up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i bridge0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63926
msgid "<acronym>SNMP</acronym> Monitoring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63928
msgid ""
"The bridge interface and <acronym>STP</acronym> parameters can be monitored "
"via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The "
"exported bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym>s conform to <acronym>IETF</acronym> "
"standards so any <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client or monitoring package can be "
"used to retrieve the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63935
msgid ""
"To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in <filename>/etc/"
"snmpd.config</filename> by removing the beginning <literal>#</literal> "
"symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63939
#, no-wrap
msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63941
msgid ""
"Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may "
"need to be modified in this file. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snmp_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Once these edits are saved, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63947
#, no-wrap
msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63949
msgid ""
"Then, start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63951
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bsnmpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63953
msgid ""
"The following examples use the <application>Net-SNMP</application> software "
"(<package>net-mgmt/net-snmp</package>) to query a bridge from a client "
"system. The <package>net-mgmt/bsnmptools</package> port can also be used. "
"From the <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client which is running <application>Net-"
"SNMP</application>, add the following lines to <filename>$HOME/.snmp/snmp."
"conf</filename> in order to import the bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym> "
"definitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63963
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n"
"mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63966
msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com "
"mib-2.dot1dBridge</userinput>\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39."
"59 centi-seconds\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"...\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 "
"50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B "
"D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n"
"RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63986
msgid ""
"The <literal>dot1dStpTopChanges.0</literal> value is two, indicating that "
"the <acronym>STP</acronym> bridge topology has changed twice. A topology "
"change means that one or more links in the network have changed or failed "
"and a new tree has been calculated. The "
"<literal>dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0</literal> value will show when "
"this happened."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63994
msgid ""
"To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be "
"used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63997
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com</"
"userinput>\n"
"enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:"
"5a:9e:13\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:"
"74:d:fc\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"...\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = "
"Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = "
"Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: "
"80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: "
"80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64013
msgid ""
"To change the bridge interface being monitored via the <literal>mib-2."
"dot1dBridge</literal> subtree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com</"
"userinput>\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64023
msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64036
msgid "<primary>lagg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64039
msgid "<primary>failover</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64042
msgid "<primary><acronym>FEC</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64045
msgid "<primary><acronym>LACP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64048
msgid "<primary>loadbalance</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64051
msgid "<primary>roundrobin</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64055
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface which can be "
"used to aggregate multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in "
"order to provide failover and link aggregation. Failover allows traffic to "
"continue to flow as long as at least one aggregated network interface has an "
"established link. Link aggregation works best on switches which support "
"<acronym>LACP</acronym>, as this protocol distributes traffic bi-"
"directionally while responding to the failure of individual links."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64065
msgid ""
"The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which "
"ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port "
"accepts incoming traffic. The following protocols are supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64072
msgid "failover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64074
msgid ""
"This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the "
"master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first "
"interface added to the virtual interface is the master port and all "
"subsequently added interfaces are used as failover devices. If failover to a "
"non-master port occurs, the original port becomes master once it becomes "
"available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64086
msgid "fec / loadbalance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64088
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> Fast <trademark class="
"\"registered\">EtherChannel</trademark> (<acronym>FEC</acronym>) is found on "
"older <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switches. It "
"provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the peer or "
"exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports <acronym>LACP</"
"acronym>, that should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64098
msgid "<acronym>lacp</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64100
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.3ad Link "
"Aggregation Control Protocol (<acronym>LACP</acronym>) negotiates a set of "
"aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated Groups "
"(<acronym>LAG</acronym>s). Each <acronym>LAG</acronym> is composed of ports "
"of the same speed, set to full-duplex operation, and traffic is balanced "
"across the ports in the <acronym>LAG</acronym> with the greatest total speed."
" Typically, there is only one <acronym>LAG</acronym> which contains all the "
"ports. In the event of changes in physical connectivity, <acronym>LACP</"
"acronym> will quickly converge to a new configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64114
msgid ""
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> balances outgoing traffic across the active ports "
"based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic "
"from any active port. The hash includes the Ethernet source and destination "
"address and, if available, the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, and the "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> source and destination "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64126
msgid "roundrobin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64128
msgid ""
"This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through "
"all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since "
"this mode violates Ethernet frame ordering, it should be used with caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64138
msgid "Configuration Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64140
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch and a FreeBSD system for "
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> load balancing. It then shows how to configure two "
"Ethernet interfaces in failover mode as well as how to configure failover "
"mode between an Ethernet and a wireless interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:64148
msgid ""
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> Aggregation with a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> Switch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64151
msgid ""
"This example connects two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fxp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> Ethernet interfaces on "
"a FreeBSD machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch as a single load balanced and fault "
"tolerant link. More interfaces can be added to increase throughput and fault "
"tolerance. Replace the names of the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</"
"trademark> ports, Ethernet devices, channel group number, and <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address shown in the example to match the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64160
msgid ""
"Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two "
"stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum "
"speed to that of one interface. The transmit algorithm attempts to use as "
"much information as it can to distinguish different traffic flows and "
"balance the flows across the available interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64168
msgid ""
"On the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch, add the "
"<replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable> and <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</"
"replaceable> interfaces to channel group <replaceable>1</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>\n"
"!\n"
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64181
msgid ""
"On the FreeBSD system, create the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface using the "
"physical interfaces <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> and <replaceable>fxp1</"
"replaceable> and bring the interfaces up with an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> create </userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> up laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</"
"replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/"
"24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64193
msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto lacp\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64206
msgid ""
"Ports marked as <literal>ACTIVE</literal> are part of the <acronym>LAG</"
"acronym> that has been negotiated with the remote switch. Traffic will be "
"transmitted and received through these active ports. Add <option>-v</option> "
"to the above command to view the <acronym>LAG</acronym> identifiers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64214
msgid ""
"To see the port status on the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</"
"trademark> switch:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64216
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"switch# <userinput>show lacp neighbor</userinput>\n"
"Flags:  S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n"
"        F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n"
"        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode\n"
"\n"
"Channel group 1 neighbors\n"
"\n"
"Partner's information:\n"
"\n"
"                  LACP port                        Oper    Port     Port\n"
"Port      Flags   Priority  Dev ID         Age     Key     Number   State\n"
"Fa0/1     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x3      0x3D\n"
"Fa0/2     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x4      0x3D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64230
msgid ""
"For more detail, type <userinput>show lacp neighbor detail</userinput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64233
msgid ""
"To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto "
"lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:64244
msgid "Failover Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64246
msgid ""
"Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the "
"link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that "
"the underlying physical interfaces are up, then create the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> interface. In this example, <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> is "
"the master interface, <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> is the secondary "
"interface, and the virtual interface is assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64256
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</"
"replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/"
"24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64261 book.translate.xml:64350
msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64275
msgid ""
"Traffic will be transmitted and received on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>. "
"If the link is lost on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>, <replaceable>fxp1</"
"replaceable> will become the active link. If the link is restored on the "
"master interface, it will once again become the active link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64282 book.translate.xml:64368
msgid ""
"To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto "
"failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport "
"<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:64293
msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64296
msgid ""
"For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device "
"as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not "
"available. With <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it is possible to "
"configure a failover which prefers the Ethernet connection for both "
"performance and security reasons, while maintaining the ability to transfer "
"data over the wireless connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64304
msgid ""
"This is achieved by overriding the physical wireless interface's "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address with that of the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64308
msgid ""
"In this example, the Ethernet interface, <replaceable>bge0</replaceable>, is "
"the master and the wireless interface, <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>, is "
"the failover. The <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> device was created from "
"<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> wireless interface, which will be configured "
"with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface. First, "
"determine the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64318
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"bge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"	options=19b&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4&gt;\n"
"	ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"	inet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n"
"	nd6 options=29&lt;PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"	media: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"	status: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64327
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> to match the system's Ethernet "
"interface name. The <literal>ether</literal> line will contain the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the specified interface. Now, change the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the underlying wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ether "
"<replaceable>00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64336
msgid ""
"Bring the wireless interface up, but do not set an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> "
"create wlandev <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>my_router</"
"replaceable> up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64341
msgid ""
"Make sure the <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> interface is up, then create "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> interface with <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> as "
"master with failover to <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64346
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> up</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>bge0</"
"replaceable> laggport <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu "
"1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: wlan0 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: bge0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:64363
msgid ""
"Then, start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client to obtain an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</"
"replaceable></literal></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64372
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n"
"wlans_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n"
"create_args_wlan0=\"<replaceable>wlanaddr 00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"up laggproto "
"failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64384
msgid "Diskless Operation with <acronym>PXE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64387
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jean-François</firstname> <surname>Dockès</surname> "
"</personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64396
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Alex</firstname> <surname>Dupre</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64406
msgid "<primary>diskless workstation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64409
msgid "<primary>diskless operation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64413
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Preboot eXecution "
"Environment (<acronym>PXE</acronym>) allows an operating system to boot over "
"the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the network and "
"operate without a local disk, using file systems mounted from an "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server. <acronym>PXE</acronym> support is usually "
"available in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. To use <acronym>PXE</acronym> when "
"the machine starts, select the <literal>Boot from network</literal> option "
"in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> setup or type a function key during system "
"initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64424
msgid ""
"In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over "
"the network, a <acronym>PXE</acronym> setup also requires properly "
"configured <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <acronym>TFTP</acronym>, and "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> servers, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64432
msgid ""
"Initial parameters, such as an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, executable "
"boot filename and location, server name, and root path are obtained from the "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64439
msgid ""
"The operating system loader file is booted using <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64444
msgid "The file systems are loaded using <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64449
msgid ""
"When a computer <acronym>PXE</acronym> boots, it receives information over "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> about where to obtain the initial boot loader file. "
"After the host computer receives this information, it downloads the boot "
"loader via <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and then executes the boot loader. In "
"FreeBSD, the boot loader file is <filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename>. After "
"<filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename> executes, the FreeBSD kernel is loaded "
"and the rest of the FreeBSD bootup sequence proceeds, as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"boot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64460
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system "
"so that other systems can <acronym>PXE</acronym> boot into FreeBSD. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diskless</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:64466
msgid ""
"As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should "
"live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64473
msgid "Setting Up the <acronym>PXE</acronym> Environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:64483
#, no-wrap
msgid "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64477
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Craig</firstname> <surname>Rodrigues</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64490
msgid ""
"The steps shown in this section configure the built-in <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym> and <acronym>TFTP</acronym> servers. The next section demonstrates "
"how to install and configure the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. In this "
"example, the directory which will contain the files used by <acronym>PXE</"
"acronym> users is <filename>/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</filename>. It is "
"important that this directory exists and that the same directory name is set "
"in both <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"dhcpd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64504
msgid ""
"Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64507
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64512
msgid ""
"Enable the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64515
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64519
msgid ""
"Export the diskless root directory via <acronym>NFS</acronym> by adding the "
"following to <filename>/etc/exports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64523
#, no-wrap
msgid "/b -ro -alldirs -maproot=root"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64527
msgid "Start the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64533
msgid ""
"Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64540
msgid ""
"Uncomment the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> by "
"making sure it does not start with a <literal>#</literal> symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64544
#, no-wrap
msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64547
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>PXE</acronym> versions require the <acronym>TCP</acronym> "
"version of <acronym>TFTP</acronym>. In this case, uncomment the second "
"<literal>tftp</literal> line which contains <literal>stream tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64556
msgid ""
"Start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64562
msgid ""
"Install the base system into <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}</filename>, either by "
"decompressing the official archives or by rebuilding the FreeBSD kernel and "
"userland (refer to <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/> for more detailed "
"instructions, but do not forget to add <option>DESTDIR="
"<replaceable>${NFSROOTDIR}</replaceable></option> when running the "
"<command>make installkernel</command> and <command>make installworld</"
"command> commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64575
msgid ""
"Test that the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server works and can download the boot "
"loader which will be obtained via <acronym>PXE</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp localhost</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64585
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab</filename> and create an entry to "
"mount the root file system over <acronym>NFS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                                         Mountpoint    FSType   "
"Options  Dump Pass\n"
"<replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable>:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install    "
"   /         nfs      ro        0    0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64592
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable> with the hostname or "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server. In this "
"example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order to prevent "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> clients from potentially deleting the contents of the "
"root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64601
msgid ""
"Set the root password in the <acronym>PXE</acronym> environment for client "
"machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64610
msgid ""
"If needed, enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> root logins for client "
"machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting by editing "
"<filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> and enabling "
"<literal>PermitRootLogin</literal>. This option is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64619
msgid ""
"Perform any other needed customizations of the <acronym>PXE</acronym> "
"environment in <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}</filename>. These customizations "
"could include things like installing packages or editing the password file "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64627
msgid ""
"When booting from an <acronym>NFS</acronym> root volume, <filename>/etc/rc</"
"filename> detects the <acronym>NFS</acronym> boot and runs <filename>/etc/rc."
"initdiskless</filename>. In this case, <filename>/etc</filename> and "
"<filename>/var</filename> need to be memory backed file systems so that "
"these directories are writable but the <acronym>NFS</acronym> root directory "
"is read-only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64636
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p conf/base</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format "
"cpio --gzip etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format "
"cpio --gzip var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64641
msgid ""
"When the system boots, memory file systems for <filename>/etc</filename> and "
"<filename>/var</filename> will be created and mounted and the contents of "
"the <filename>cpio.gz</filename> files will be copied into them. By default, "
"these file systems have a maximum capacity of 5 megabytes. If your archives "
"do not fit, which is usually the case for <filename>/var</filename> when "
"binary packages have been installed, request a larger size by putting the "
"number of 512 byte sectors needed (e.g., 5 megabytes is 10240 sectors) in "
"<filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/etc/md_size</filename> and "
"<filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/var/md_size</filename> files for "
"<filename>/etc</filename> and <filename>/var</filename> file systems "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64658
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64660
msgid "<primary>DHCP</primary> <secondary>diskless operation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64665
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server does not need to be the same machine as "
"the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, but it needs "
"to be accessible in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64670
msgid ""
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be "
"installed using the <package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> port or package."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64675
msgid ""
"Once installed, edit the configuration file, <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd."
"conf</filename>. Configure the <literal>next-server</literal>, "
"<literal>filename</literal>, and <literal>root-path</literal> settings as "
"seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64682
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"   range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n"
"   option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n"
"   option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n"
"   option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n"
"   option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n"
"   option domain-name \"example.com\";\n"
"\n"
"   # IP address of TFTP server\n"
"   next-server <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> ;\n"
"\n"
"   # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n"
"   filename \"<replaceable>FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"   # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n"
"   option root-path \"<replaceable>192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/</"
"replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64712
msgid ""
"The <literal>next-server</literal> directive is used to specify the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64716
msgid ""
"The <literal>filename</literal> directive defines the path to <filename>/"
"boot/pxeboot</filename>. A relative filename is used, meaning that "
"<filename>/b/tftpboot</filename> is not included in the path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64721
msgid ""
"The <literal>root-path</literal> option defines the path to the "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64724
msgid ""
"Once the edits are saved, enable <acronym>DHCP</acronym> at boot time by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64728
#, no-wrap
msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64730
msgid "Then start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64854
msgid "Debugging <acronym>PXE</acronym> Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64856
msgid ""
"Once all of the services are configured and started, <acronym>PXE</acronym> "
"clients should be able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a "
"particular client is unable to connect, when that client machine boots up, "
"enter the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration menu and confirm that it is "
"set to boot from the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64863
msgid ""
"This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of "
"the configuration problem should no clients be able to <acronym>PXE</"
"acronym> boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64869
msgid ""
"Use the <package>net/wireshark</package> package or port to debug the "
"network traffic involved during the <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting process, "
"which is illustrated in the diagram below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:64875
msgid ""
"<acronym>PXE</acronym> Booting Process with <acronym>NFS</acronym> Root "
"Mount"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:64888
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:64892
msgid "Client broadcasts a <literal>DHCPDISCOVER</literal> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:64896
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server responds with the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, <literal>next-server</literal>, <literal>filename</literal>, and "
"<literal>root-path</literal> values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:64903
msgid ""
"The client sends a <acronym>TFTP</acronym> request to <literal>next-server</"
"literal>, asking to retrieve <literal>filename</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:64909
msgid ""
"The <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server responds and sends <literal>filename</"
"literal> to client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:64914
msgid ""
"The client executes <literal>filename</literal>, which is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pxeboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, which then loads the kernel. When the kernel "
"executes, the root file system specified by <literal>root-path</literal> is "
"mounted over <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64928
msgid ""
"On the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server, read <filename>/var/log/xferlog</"
"filename> to ensure that <filename>pxeboot</filename> is being retrieved "
"from the correct location. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp 192.168.0.1</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64939
msgid ""
"The <literal>BUGS</literal> sections in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> document some limitations with <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:64945
msgid ""
"Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym>. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/"
"install /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64957
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64960
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Aaron</firstname> <surname>Kaplan</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64969
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured and Added by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64978
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Extended by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64988
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> is the new version of the well known <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> protocol, also known as <acronym>IPv4</acronym>. <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> provides several advantages over <acronym>IPv4</acronym> as well as "
"many new features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64996
msgid ""
"Its 128-bit address space allows for "
"340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This "
"addresses the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address shortage and eventual "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> address exhaustion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65004
msgid ""
"Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, "
"thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This "
"addresses the scalability issues associated with <acronym>IPv4</acronym>, "
"which required every allocated block of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses to "
"be exchanged between Internet routers, causing their routing tables to "
"become too large to allow efficient routing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65017
msgid ""
"Address autoconfiguration (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/"
"rfc2462.txt\">RFC2462</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65021
msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65025
msgid "Built-in <acronym>IPsec</acronym> (<acronym>IP</acronym> security)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65030
msgid "Simplified header structure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65034
msgid "Support for mobile <acronym>IP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65038
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym>-to-<acronym>IPv4</acronym> transition mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65043
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www."
"kame.net/</link> <acronym>IPv6</acronym> reference implementation and comes "
"with everything needed to use <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. This section focuses "
"on getting <acronym>IPv6</acronym> configured and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65050
msgid "Background on <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65052
msgid "There are three different types of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65057
msgid "Unicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65059
msgid ""
"A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65065
msgid "Anycast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65067
msgid ""
"These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses "
"but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast "
"address will arrive at the nearest router interface. Anycast addresses are "
"only used by routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65076
msgid "Multicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65078
msgid ""
"These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a "
"multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast "
"group. The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> broadcast address, usually <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">xxx.xxx.xxx.255</systemitem>, is expressed by multicast "
"addresses in <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65089
msgid ""
"When reading an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address, the canonical form is "
"represented as <systemitem>x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x</systemitem>, where each "
"<literal>x</literal> represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is "
"<systemitem>FEBC:A574:382B:23C1:AA49:4592:4EFE:9982</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65096
msgid ""
"Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A <literal>::</"
"literal> (double colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. "
"Also, up to three leading <literal>0</literal>s per hex value can be omitted."
" For example, <systemitem>fe80::1</systemitem> corresponds to the canonical "
"form <systemitem>fe80:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65104
msgid ""
"A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> notation. For example, <systemitem>2002::10.0.0.1</"
"systemitem> corresponds to the hexadecimal canonical representation "
"<systemitem>2002:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0a00:0001</systemitem>, which in "
"turn is equivalent to <systemitem>2002::a00:1</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65112
msgid ""
"To view a FreeBSD system's <acronym>IPv6 </acronym> address, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65115
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rl0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu "
"1500\n"
"         inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"         inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n"
"         ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n"
"         media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n"
"         status: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65124
msgid ""
"In this example, the <filename>rl0</filename> interface is using "
"<systemitem>fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0</systemitem>, an auto-configured "
"link-local address which was automatically generated from the <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65129
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses are reserved. A summary of these "
"reserved addresses is seen in <xref linkend=\"reservedip6\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:65133
msgid "Reserved <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65138
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65139
msgid "Prefixlength (Bits)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65147
msgid "<systemitem>::</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65148 book.translate.xml:65156
msgid "128 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65149
msgid "unspecified"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65150
msgid ""
"Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">0.0.0.0</systemitem> in "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65155
msgid "<systemitem>::1</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65157
msgid "loopback address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65158
msgid ""
"Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> in "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65163
msgid "<systemitem>::00:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65164 book.translate.xml:65172
msgid "96 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65165
msgid "embedded <acronym>IPv4</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65166
msgid "The lower 32 bits are the compatible <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65171
msgid "<systemitem>::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65173
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65175
msgid ""
"The lower 32 bits are the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address for hosts which do "
"not support <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65181
msgid "<systemitem>fe80::/10</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65182
msgid "10 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65183
msgid "link-local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65184
msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in <acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65189
msgid "<systemitem>fc00::/7</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65190
msgid "7 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65191
msgid "unique-local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65192
msgid ""
"Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only "
"routable within a set of cooperating sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65198
msgid "<systemitem>ff00::</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65199
msgid "8 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65200
msgid "multicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65205
msgid "<systemitem>2000::-3fff:: </systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65206
msgid "3 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65207
msgid "global unicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65208
msgid ""
"All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits "
"are <literal>001</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65216
msgid ""
"For further information on the structure of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> "
"addresses, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3513."
"txt\">RFC3513</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65221
msgid "Configuring <acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65223
msgid ""
"To configure a FreeBSD system as an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> client, add "
"these two lines to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65227
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n"
"rtsold_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65230
msgid ""
"The first line enables the specified interface to receive router "
"advertisement messages. The second line enables the router solicitation "
"daemon, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtsol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65234
msgid ""
"If the interface needs a statically assigned <acronym>IPv6</acronym> "
"address, add an entry to specify the static address and associated prefix "
"length:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>2001:db8:"
"4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344</replaceable> prefixlen <replaceable>64</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65240
msgid "To assign a default router, specify its address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65242
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565::1</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65246
msgid "Connecting to a Provider"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65248
msgid ""
"In order to connect to other <acronym>IPv6</acronym> networks, one must have "
"a provider or a tunnel that supports <acronym>IPv6</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65254
msgid ""
"Contact an Internet Service Provider to see if they offer <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65259
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tunnelbroker.net\">Hurricane Electric</link> "
"offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65266
msgid ""
"Install the <package>net/freenet6</package> package or port for a dial-up "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65270
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to take the directions from a tunnel provider "
"and convert them into <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> settings that will "
"persist through reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65275
msgid ""
"The first <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entry creates the generic "
"tunneling interface <filename><replaceable>gif0</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65279
#, no-wrap
msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"gif<replaceable>0</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65281
msgid ""
"Next, configure that interface with the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses of "
"the local and remote endpoints. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR</"
"replaceable> and <replaceable>REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable> with the actual "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"create_args_gif0=\"tunnel <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65289
msgid ""
"To apply the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address that has been assigned for use "
"as the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> tunnel endpoint, add this line, replacing "
"<replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable> with the "
"assigned address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 "
"<replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65297
msgid ""
"Then, set the default route for the other side of the <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> tunnel. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</"
"replaceable> with the default gateway address assigned by the provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65303
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65305
msgid ""
"If the FreeBSD system will route <acronym>IPv6</acronym> packets between the "
"rest of the network and the world, enable the gateway using this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65309
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65313
msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65315
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to setup <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to advertise the "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> default route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65318
msgid ""
"To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65321
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65323
msgid ""
"It is important to specify the interface on which to do <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> router advertisement. For example, to tell "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to use <filename>rl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65328
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65330
msgid ""
"Next, create the configuration file, <filename>/etc/rtadvd.conf</filename> "
"as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65334
#, no-wrap
msgid "rl0:\\\n"
"	:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65337
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>rl0</filename> with the interface to be used and "
"<systemitem>2001:db8:1f11:246::</systemitem> with the prefix of the "
"allocation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65341
msgid ""
"For a dedicated <systemitem class=\"netmask\">/64</systemitem> subnet, "
"nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, change the <literal>prefixlen#</"
"literal> to the correct value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65347
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Address Mapping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65350
msgid ""
"When <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is enabled on a server, there may be a need to "
"enable <acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address "
"communication. This compatibility option allows for <acronym>IPv4</acronym> "
"addresses to be represented as <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses. Permitting "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> applications to communicate with <acronym>IPv4</"
"acronym> and vice versa may be a security issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65359
msgid ""
"This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for "
"compatibility. This option will allow <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only "
"applications to work with <acronym>IPv4</acronym> in a dual stack "
"environment. This is most useful for third party applications which may not "
"support an <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only environment. To enable this feature, "
"add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65368
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65370
msgid ""
"Reviewing the information in <acronym>RFC</acronym> 3493, section 3.6 and 3."
"7 as well as <acronym>RFC</acronym> 4038 section 4.2 may be useful to some "
"administrators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>CARP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Common Address Redundancy Protocol</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) allows "
"multiple hosts to share the same <acronym>IP</acronym> address and Virtual "
"Host ID (<acronym>VHID</acronym>) in order to provide <firstterm>high "
"availability</firstterm> for one or more services. This means that one or "
"more hosts can fail, and the other hosts will transparently take over so "
"that users do not see a service failure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In addition to the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, each host has its "
"own <acronym>IP</acronym> address for management and configuration. All of "
"the machines that share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address have the same "
"<acronym>VHID</acronym>. The <acronym>VHID</acronym> for each virtual "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address must be unique across the broadcast domain of "
"the network interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"High availability using <acronym>CARP</acronym> is built into FreeBSD, "
"though the steps to configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD "
"version. This section provides the same example configuration for versions "
"before and equal to or after FreeBSD 10."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, but providing the same web content. It has "
"two different masters named <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>, with a shared backup named "
"<systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"configuration. The master and backup machines are configured identically "
"except for their hostnames and management <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. "
"These servers must have the same configuration and run the same services. "
"When the failover occurs, requests to the service on the shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address can only be answered correctly if the backup server has "
"access to the same content. The backup machine has two additional "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, one for each of the master content "
"server's <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. When a failure occurs, the backup "
"server will pick up the failed master machine's <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 10 and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by adding an entry for "
"the <filename>carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload carp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in "
"the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "device	carp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and subnet mask, "
"shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> are all "
"set by adding entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example is "
"for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</"
"replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192."
"168.1.50</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The next set of entries are for <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>. "
"Since it represents a second master, it uses a different shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address and <acronym>VHID</acronym>. However, the passwords "
"specified with <option>pass</option> must be identical as <acronym>CARP</"
"acronym> will only listen to and accept advertisements from machines with "
"the correct password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</"
"replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192."
"168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured "
"to handle failover from either master. This machine is configured with two "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s, one to handle the virtual "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address for each of the master hosts. The "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> advertising skew, <option>advskew</option>, is set "
"to ensure that the backup host advertises later than the master, since "
"<option>advskew</option> controls the order of precedence when there are "
"multiple backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</"
"replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass "
"<replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</"
"replaceable>/32\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias1=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</"
"replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass "
"<replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</"
"replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Having two <acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s configured means "
"that <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> will notice if either of the "
"master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to advertise before "
"the backup server, the backup server will pick up the shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address until the master becomes available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If the original master server becomes available again, <systemitem>hostc."
"example.org</systemitem> will not release the virtual <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address back to it automatically. For this to happen, preemption has to be "
"enabled. The feature is disabled by default, it is controlled via the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable <varname>net.inet.carp.preempt</varname>. The "
"administrator can force the backup server to return the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address to the master:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each "
"system. High availability is now enabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> functionality can be controlled via several "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables documented in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>carp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages. Other "
"actions can be triggered from <acronym>CARP</acronym> events by using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 9 and Earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The configuration for these versions of FreeBSD is similar to the one "
"described in the previous section, except that a <acronym>CARP</acronym> "
"device must first be created and referred to in the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by loading the "
"<filename>if_carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Next, on each host, create a <acronym>CARP</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 create</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Set the hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address, the shared "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> by adding the "
"required lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Since a virtual "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> device is used instead of an alias, the actual "
"subnet mask of <literal>/24</literal> is used instead of <literal>/32</"
"literal>. Here are the entries for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass "
"<replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass "
"<replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured "
"to handle failover from either of the master hosts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostc.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</"
"replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</"
"replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1."
"50/24</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</"
"replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1."
"51/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Preemption is disabled in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> FreeBSD kernel. "
"If preemption has been enabled with a custom kernel, <systemitem>hostc."
"example.org</systemitem> may not release the <acronym>IP</acronym> address "
"back to the original content server. The administrator can force the backup "
"server to return the <acronym>IP</acronym> address to the master with the "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 down &amp;&amp; ifconfig carp0 "
"up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This should be done on the <filename>carp</filename> interface which "
"corresponds to the correct host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VLANs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>VLANs</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Virtual LANs</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>VLANs</acronym> are a way of virtually dividing up a network into "
"many different subnetworks, also referred to as segmenting. Each segment "
"will have its own broadcast domain and be isolated from other "
"<acronym>VLANs</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <acronym>VLANs</acronym> must be supported by the network card "
"driver. To see which drivers support vlans, refer to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vlan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When configuring a <acronym>VLAN</acronym>, a couple pieces of information "
"must be known. First, which network interface? Second, what is the "
"<acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at run time, with a <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym> of <literal>em0</literal> and a <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag of "
"<systemitem>5</systemitem> the command would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>em0.5</replaceable> "
"create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>em0</"
"replaceable> inet 192.168.20.20/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"See how the interface name includes the <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver name "
"and the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, separated by a period? This is a best "
"practice to make maintaining the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> configuration easy "
"when many <acronym>VLANs</acronym> are present on a machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at boot time, <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> must be updated. To duplicate the configuration above, the "
"following will need to be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>5</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_<replaceable>5</replaceable>=\"inet "
"192.168.20.20/24\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Additional <acronym>VLANs</acronym> may be added, by simply adding the tag "
"to the <literal>vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable></literal> field and "
"adding an additional line configuring the network on that <acronym>VLAN</"
"acronym> tag's interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"It is useful to assign a symbolic name to an interface so that when the "
"associated hardware is changed, only a few configuration variables need to "
"be updated. For example, security cameras need to be run over VLAN 1 on "
"<literal>em0</literal>. Later, if the <literal>em0</literal> card is "
"replaced with a card that uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ixgb</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, all references "
"to <literal>em0.1</literal> will not have to change to <literal>ixgb0.1</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure <acronym>VLAN</acronym> <systemitem>5</systemitem>, on the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> <literal>em0</literal>, assign the interface name "
"<literal>cameras</literal>, and assign the interface an IP address of "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"><replaceable>192.168.20.20</replaceable></"
"systemitem> with a <systemitem class=\"netmask\">24</systemitem>-bit prefix, "
"use this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>em0.5</replaceable> "
"create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>em0</"
"replaceable> name <replaceable>cameras</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192."
"168.20.20/24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For an interface named <literal>video</literal>, use the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>video.5</replaceable> "
"create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>video</"
"replaceable> name <replaceable>cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To apply the changes at boot time, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vlans_<replaceable>video</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>camera</replaceable>\"\n"
"create_args_<replaceable>camera</replaceable>=\"vlan <replaceable>5</"
"replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>camera</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.20.20/"
"24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Appendices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> Sets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> sets are available "
"from several online retailers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n"
"	  <street>2420 Sand Creek Rd C-1 #347</street>\n"
"	  <city>Brentwood</city>, <state>CA</state>\n"
"	  <postcode>94513</postcode>\n"
"	  <country>USA</country>\n"
"	  Phone: <phone>+1 925 240-6652</phone>\n"
"	  Fax: <fax>+1 925 674-0821</fax>\n"
"	  Email: <email>info@freebsdmall.com</email>\n"
"	  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsdmall.com\">https://www."
"freebsdmall.com</otheraddr>\n"
"	"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Getlinux\n"
"	  <street>78 Rue de la Croix Rochopt</street>\n"
"	  <city>Épinay-sous-Sénart</city>\n"
"	  <postcode>91860</postcode>\n"
"	  <country>France</country>\n"
"	  Email: <email>contact@getlinux.fr</email>\n"
"	  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.getlinux.fr\">http://www.getlinux."
"fr/</otheraddr>\n"
"	"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Dr. Hinner EDV\n"
"	  <street>Kochelseestr. 11</street>\n"
"	  <postcode>D-81371</postcode> <city>München</city>\n"
"	  <country>Germany</country>\n"
"	  Phone: <phone>(0177) 428 419 0</phone>\n"
"	  Email: <email>infow@hinner.de</email>\n"
"	  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd."
"html\">http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html</otheraddr>\n"
"	"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Linux Center\n"
"	  <street>Galernaya Street, 55</street>\n"
"	  <city>Saint-Petersburg</city>\n"
"	  <postcode>190000</postcode>\n"
"	  <country>Russia</country>\n"
"	  Phone: <phone>+7-812-309-06-86</phone>\n"
"	  Email: <email>info@linuxcenter.ru</email>\n"
"	  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd\">http://"
"linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd</otheraddr>\n"
"	"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>FTP</acronym> Sites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The official sources for FreeBSD are available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> from a worldwide set of mirror sites. The site <uri xlink:href="
"\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"uri> is available via <acronym>HTTP</acronym> and <acronym>FTP</acronym>. It "
"is made up of many machines operated by the project cluster administrators "
"and behind GeoDNS to direct users to the closest available mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Additionally, FreeBSD is available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> from "
"the following mirror sites. When obtaining FreeBSD via anonymous "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym>, please try to use a nearby site. The mirror sites "
"listed as <quote>Primary Mirror Sites</quote> typically have the entire "
"FreeBSD archive (all the currently available versions for each of the "
"architectures) but faster download speeds are probably available from a site "
"that is in your country or region. The regional sites carry the most recent "
"versions for the most popular architecture(s) but might not carry the entire "
"FreeBSD archive. All sites provide access via anonymous <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> but some sites also provide access via other methods. The access "
"methods available for each site are provided in parentheses after the "
"hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"central-ftp\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-primary-ftp\">Primary Mirror Sites</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-"
"am-ftp\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-ftp\">Australia</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-at-ftp\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-br-"
"ftp\">Brazil</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\">China</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-"
"ftp\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\">Estonia</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-"
"ftp\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-ftp\">Germany</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\">Greece</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-"
"ftp\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\">Ireland</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-kr-"
"ftp\">Korea</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\">Latvia</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-"
"ftp\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\">New Zealand</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-ftp\">Norway</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-pl-ftp\">Poland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\">Russia</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\">Saudi Arabia</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-si-ftp\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-ftp\">South "
"Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-ftp\">Spain</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-se-ftp\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-"
"ftp\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\">Taiwan</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\">Ukraine</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-"
"ftp\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-us-ftp\">USA</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "(as of UTC)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"central-ftp\"/>Central Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\"/>Primary Mirror Sites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>mirror-"
"admin@FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-am-ftp\"/>Armenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@am."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.am."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.am."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-au-ftp\"/>Australia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@au."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-at-ftp\"/>Austria"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@at."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.at."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp."
"at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> /"
" <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-br-ftp\"/>Brazil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@br."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.br."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD."
"org/\">http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.br."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.br."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\"/>China"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cn."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cn."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\"/>Czech Republic"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cz."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / "
"rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\"/>Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@dk."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.dk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp."
"dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> /"
" <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\"/>Estonia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ee."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ee."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\"/>Finland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fi."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fi."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\"/>France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-de-ftp\"/>Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>de-bsd-hubs@de."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">ftp://ftp1.de."
"FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://www1.de.FreeBSD."
"org/freebsd/\">http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> / <link xlink:href="
"\"rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/"
"freebsd/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.de."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp7.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\"/>Greece"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@gr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.gr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.gr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\"/>Hong Kong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.hk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\"/>Ireland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ie."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.ie."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\"/>Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@jp."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp9.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\"/>Korea"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@kr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\"/>Latvia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lv."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lv."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lv."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\"/>Lithuania"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lt."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lt."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lt."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\"/>Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@nl."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\"/>New Zealand"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-no-ftp\"/>Norway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@no."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.no."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\"/>Poland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@pl."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.pl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp2.pl.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\"/>Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ru."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp5.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\"/>Saudi Arabia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>ftpadmin@isu.net."
"sa</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/\">ftp://ftp.isu."
"net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-si-ftp\"/>Slovenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@si."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.si."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-za-ftp\"/>South Africa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@za."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-es-ftp\"/>Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@es."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-se-ftp\"/>Sweden"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@se."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.se."
"FreeBSD.org/\">rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link "
"xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\"/>Switzerland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ch."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ch."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ch."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\"/>Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@tw."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync / rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / "
"rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp11.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp12.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\"/>Ukraine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD\">http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\"/>United Kingdom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@uk."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp."
"freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-us-ftp\"/>USA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@us."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp13.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"As of July 2012, FreeBSD uses <application>Subversion</application> as the "
"only version control system for storing all of FreeBSD's source code, "
"documentation, and the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> is generally a developer tool. Users "
"may prefer to use <command>freebsd-update</command> (<xref linkend="
"\"updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate\"/>) to update the FreeBSD base system, "
"and <command>portsnap</command> (<xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>) to update "
"the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install <application>Subversion</"
"application> on a FreeBSD system and use it to create a local copy of a "
"FreeBSD repository. Additional information on the use of "
"<application>Subversion</application> is included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Root <acronym>SSL</acronym> Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Installing <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> allows "
"<application>Subversion</application> to verify the identity of "
"<acronym>HTTPS</acronym> repository servers. The root <acronym>SSL</acronym> "
"certificates can be installed from a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "or as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install ca_root_nss</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Svnlite</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A lightweight version of <application>Subversion</application> is already "
"installed on FreeBSD as <command>svnlite</command>. The port or package "
"version of <application>Subversion</application> is only needed if the "
"Python or Perl <acronym>API</acronym> is needed, or if a later version of "
"Subversion is desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The only difference from normal <application>Subversion</application> use is "
"that the command name is <literal>svnlite</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If <command>svnlite</command> is unavailable or the full version of "
"<application>Subversion</application> is needed, then it must be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> can be installed from the Ports "
"Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> can also be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Running <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use "
"<command>svn</command>. The files in this directory are called a "
"<emphasis>local working copy</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Move or delete an existing destination directory before using "
"<command>checkout</command> for the first time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Checkout over an existing non-<command>svn</command> directory can cause "
"conflicts between the existing files and those brought in from the "
"repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> uses <acronym>URL</acronym>s to "
"designate a repository, taking the form of <replaceable>protocol://hostname/"
"path</replaceable>. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD "
"repository to access. There are three different repositories, <literal>base</"
"literal> for the FreeBSD base system source code, <literal>ports</literal> "
"for the Ports Collection, and <literal>doc</literal> for documentation. For "
"example, the URL <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head/</literal> "
"specifies the main branch of the ports repository, using the <literal>https</"
"literal> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/"
"<replaceable>repository</replaceable>/<replaceable>branch</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>repository</replaceable> is one of the Project repositories: "
"<literal>base</literal>, <literal>ports</literal>, or <literal>doc</literal>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>branch</replaceable> depends on the repository used. "
"<literal>ports</literal> and <literal>doc</literal> are mostly updated in "
"the <literal>head</literal> branch, while <literal>base</literal> maintains "
"the latest version of -CURRENT under <literal>head</literal> and the "
"respective latest versions of the -STABLE branches under <literal>stable/9</"
"literal> (9.<replaceable>x</replaceable>) and <literal>stable/10</literal> "
"(10.<replaceable>x</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable> is the target directory where the contents "
"of the specified branch should be placed. This is usually <filename>/usr/"
"ports</filename> for <literal>ports</literal>, <filename>/usr/src</filename> "
"for <literal>base</literal>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> for "
"<literal>doc</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This example checks out the Ports Collection from the FreeBSD repository "
"using the <acronym>HTTPS</acronym> protocol, placing the local working copy "
"in <filename>/usr/ports</filename>. If <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is "
"already present but was not created by <command>svn</command>, remember to "
"rename or delete it before the checkout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote "
"repository, it can take a while. Please be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> created in the example above, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that "
"have changed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is "
"provided by the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the <filename>/usr/ports</"
"filename>, <filename>/usr/src</filename>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> "
"directories. Set <varname>SVN_UPDATE</varname> and use the <_:buildtarget-1/"
"> target. For example, to update <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update SVN_UPDATE=yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> Mirror Sites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<primary>Subversion Repository</primary> <secondary>Mirror Sites</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> repository is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an "
"appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD <application>Subversion</"
"application> repositories through a browser, use <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/\">https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"HTTPS is the preferred protocol, but the <filename role=\"package\">security/"
"ca_root_nss</filename> package will need to be installed in order to "
"automatically validate certificates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For other information about using <application>Subversion</application>, "
"please see the <quote>Subversion Book</quote>, titled <link xlink:href="
"\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Version Control with Subversion</link>, or "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion "
"Documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>rsync</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These sites make FreeBSD available through the rsync protocol. The "
"<application>rsync</application> utility transfers only the differences "
"between two sets of files. This is useful for mirror sites of the FreeBSD "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. The <application>rsync</application> suite is "
"available for many operating systems, on FreeBSD, see the <package>net/"
"rsync</package> port or use the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Czech Republic"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Available collections:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp: A partial mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-Archive: The mirror of FreeBSD Archive <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Sweden"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United Kingdom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"ftp.freebsd.org: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This server may only be used by FreeBSD primary mirror sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: The master archive of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "acl: The FreeBSD master ACL list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bibliography"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of "
"the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces "
"together to make the whole operating system run smoothly. For this, there is "
"no substitute for a good book or users' manual on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Books Specific to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "International books:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/"
"index.htm\">Using FreeBSD</link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.drmaster.com.tw/\">Drmaster</link>, 1997. ISBN "
"9-578-39435-7."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Unleashed (Simplified Chinese translation), published by <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.hzbook.com/\">China Machine Press</link>. ISBN 7-111-10201-"
"0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Simplified Chinese), published by "
"China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Handbook Second Edition (Simplified Chinese translation), published "
"by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ptpress.com.cn/\">Posts &amp; Telecom "
"Press</link>. ISBN 7-115-10541-3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD &amp; Windows (in Simplified Chinese), published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.tdpress.com/\">China Railway Publishing House</link>. ISBN 7-"
"113-03845-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Simplified Chinese), published by China "
"Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03423-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?bid="
"650\">Complete Introduction to FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/\">Shoeisha Co., Ltd</link>. "
"ISBN 4-88135-473-6 P3600E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785."
"html\">Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN 4-7561-1733-"
"3 P3000E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"cul.de\">Computer und Literatur Verlag</link>/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN 3-"
"932311-31-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/\"> FreeBSD "
"de Luxe</link> (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp."
"de\">Verlag Modere Industrie</link>, 2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual."
"html\">FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual</link> (in Japanese), "
"published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi "
"Communications Inc.</link>, 1998. ISBN 4-8399-0112-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo <emphasis><link "
"xlink:href=\"http://maxwell.itb.ac.id/\">Building Internet Server with "
"FreeBSD</link></emphasis> (in Indonesia Language), published by <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.elexmedia.co.id/\">Elex Media Komputindo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD (Traditional Chinese "
"translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.grandtech.com.tw/"
"\">GrandTech Press</link>, 2003. ISBN 986-7944-92-5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.twbsd.org/cht/book/\">The FreeBSD 6.0 Book</"
"link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by Drmaster, 2006. ISBN 9-575-"
"27878-X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "English language books:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.absoluteFreeBSD.com/\">Absolute FreeBSD, 2nd "
"Edition: The Complete Guide to FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.nostarch.com/\">No Starch Press</link>, 2007. ISBN: 978-1-59327-"
"151-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/cgi-bin/fm/bsdcomp\"> The "
"Complete FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oreilly."
"com/\">O'Reilly</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0596005164"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd-corp-net-guide.com/\">The FreeBSD "
"Corporate Networker's Guide</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.awl.com/aw/\">Addison-Wesley</link>, 2000. ISBN: 0201704811"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://andrsn.stanford.edu/FreeBSD/introbook/\"> FreeBSD: "
"An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal Computer</link>, published "
"by The Bit Tree Press, 2001. ISBN: 0971204500"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2002. ISBN: 0672324245"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD 6 Unleashed, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2006. ISBN: 0672328755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"books.mcgraw-hill.com\">McGrawHill</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0072224096"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Users' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Ohio State University has written a <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cs.duke."
"edu/csl/docs/unix_course/\">UNIX Introductory Course</link> which is "
"available online in HTML and PostScript format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An Italian <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-15/books/"
"unix-introduction/index.html\">translation</link> of this document is "
"available as part of the FreeBSD Italian Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ed.ac.uk/\">Edinburgh University</link> has "
"written an <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ed.ac.uk/information-services/help-"
"consultancy/is-skills/catalogue/program-op-sys-catalogue/unix1\">Online "
"Guide</link> for newcomers to the UNIX environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Administrators' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD "
"Users Group</link>. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/sam."
"html\">FreeBSD System Administrator's Manual</link> (Japanese translation). "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc."
"</link>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0109-0 P3300E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Dreyfus, Emmanuel. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.eyrolles.com/Informatique/"
"Livre/9782212114638/\">Cahiers de l'Admin: BSD</link> 2nd Ed. (in French), "
"Eyrolles, 2004. ISBN 2-212-11463-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Programmers' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's "
"Reference Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-"
"56592-078-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's "
"Supplementary Documents</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. "
"ISBN 1-56592-079-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. <emphasis>C: A Reference Manual</"
"emphasis>. 4th Ed. Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN 0-13-326224-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. <emphasis>The C Programming "
"Language</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988. ISBN 0-13-110362-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Lehey, Greg. <emphasis>Porting UNIX Software</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; "
"Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-126-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Plauger, P. J. <emphasis>The Standard C Library</emphasis>. Prentice Hall, "
"1992. ISBN 0-13-131509-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codereading/"
"\"><emphasis>Code Reading: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. "
"Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codequality/"
"\"><emphasis>Code Quality: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. "
"Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago. <emphasis>Advanced Programming in "
"the UNIX Environment</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, "
"2005. ISBN 0-201-43307-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>UNIX Network Programming</emphasis>. 2nd Ed, "
"PTR Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 0-13-490012-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System Internals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Andleigh, Prabhat K. <emphasis>UNIX System Architecture</emphasis>. Prentice-"
"Hall, Inc., 1990. ISBN 0-13-949843-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Jolitz, William. <quote>Porting UNIX to the 386</quote>. <emphasis>Dr. "
"Dobb's Journal</emphasis>. January 1991-July 1992."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John "
"Quarterman <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX "
"Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN 0-"
"201-06196-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, <emphasis>The Design and "
"Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer Book</emphasis>. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1991. ISBN 0-201-54629-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John Quarterman."
" <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System</"
"emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"(Chapter 2 of this book is available <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/design-44bsd/book.html\">online</link> as part of "
"the FreeBSD Documentation Project.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil <emphasis>The Design and "
"Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System</emphasis>. Boston, Mass. : "
"Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil, Robert N. M. Watson "
"<emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd "
"Ed.</emphasis>. Westford, Mass. : Pearson Education, Inc., 2014. ISBN 0-321-"
"96897-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols</"
"emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Schimmel, Curt. <emphasis>Unix Systems for Modern Architectures</emphasis>. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1994. ISBN 0-201-63338-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for "
"Transactions, HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63495-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Vahalia, Uresh. <emphasis>UNIX Internals -- The New Frontiers</emphasis>. "
"Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN 0-13-101908-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume "
"2: The Implementation</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. "
"ISBN 0-201-63354-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Reference"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. <emphasis>Firewalls and "
"Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : "
"Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63357-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Garfinkel, Simson. <emphasis>PGP Pretty Good Privacy</emphasis> O'Reilly "
"&amp; Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-098-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hardware Reference"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. <emphasis>Pentium Processor System "
"Architecture</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN "
"0-201-40992-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Ferraro, Richard F. <emphasis>Programmer's Guide to the EGA, VGA, and Super "
"VGA Cards</emphasis>. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-"
"201-62490-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs, chipsets and "
"standards on their <link xlink:href=\"http://developer.intel.com/"
"\">developer web site</link>, usually as PDF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>80486 System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40994-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>ISA System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40996-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>PCI System Architecture</emphasis>. 4th Ed. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1999. ISBN 0-201-30974-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Van Gilluwe, Frank. <emphasis>The Undocumented PC</emphasis>, 2nd Ed. "
"Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN 0-201-47950-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Messmer, Hans-Peter. <emphasis>The Indispensable PC Hardware Book</"
"emphasis>, 4th Ed. Reading, Mass : Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN 0-201-"
"59616-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> History"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Lion, John <emphasis>Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code</"
"emphasis>. ITP Media Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Raymond, Eric S. <emphasis>The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition</"
"emphasis>. MIT Press, 1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/html/index.html\">Jargon File</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Salus, Peter H. <emphasis>A quarter century of UNIX</emphasis>. Addison-"
"Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. <emphasis>The UNIX-HATERS "
"Handbook</emphasis>. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. "
"Out of print, but available <link xlink:href=\"http://www.simson.net/ref/ugh."
"pdf\">online</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Don Libes, Sandy Ressler <emphasis>Life with UNIX</emphasis> — special "
"edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>The BSD family tree</emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"https://svnweb."
"freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co\">https://svnweb."
"freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co</uri> or <link "
"xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree\"><filename>/"
"usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree</filename></link> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library</emphasis>. "
"<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.ncstrl.org/\">http://www.ncstrl.org/</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)</"
"emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/\">http://www."
"mckusick.com/csrg/</uri>: The 4CD set covers all BSD versions from 1BSD to 4."
"4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite2 (but not 2.11BSD, unfortunately). The last disk also "
"holds the final sources plus the SCCS files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.admin-magazin.de/\">Admin Magazin</link> (in "
"German), published by Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdmag.org/\">BSD Magazine</link>, published "
"by Software Press Sp. z o.o. SK. ISSN: 1898-9144"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdnow.tv/\">BSD Now — Video Podcast</link>, "
"published by Jupiter Broadcasting LLC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdtalk.blogspot.com/\">BSD Talk Podcast</link>, "
"by Will Backman"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://freebsdjournal.com/\">FreeBSD Journal</link>, "
"published by S&amp;W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: "
"978-0-615-88479-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Resources on the Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means "
"of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if "
"not often the only, way to stay informed of the latest advances. Since "
"FreeBSD is a volunteer effort, the user community itself also generally "
"serves as a <quote>technical support department</quote> of sorts, with "
"electronic mail, web forums, and USENET news being the most effective way of "
"reaching that community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are "
"outlined below. Please send other resources not mentioned here to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD "
"documentation project mailing list</link> so that they may also be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Websites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://forums.FreeBSD.org/\">The FreeBSD Forums</link> "
"provide a web based discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical "
"discussion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://planet.freebsd.org/\">Planet FreeBSD</link> "
"offers an aggregation feed of dozens of blogs written by FreeBSD developers. "
"Many developers use this to post quick notes about what they are working on, "
"new patches, and other works in progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.youtube.com/"
"bsdconferences\">BSDConferences YouTube Channel</link> provides a collection "
"of high quality videos from BSD conferences around the world. This is a "
"great way to watch key developers give presentations about new work in "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening "
"a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide "
"variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions "
"to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and "
"more accurate response."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this document. "
"<emphasis>Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any "
"list</emphasis>. Most list subscribers receive many hundreds of FreeBSD "
"related messages every day, and the charters and rules for use are meant to "
"keep the signal-to-noise ratio of the lists high. To do less would see the "
"mailing lists ultimately fail as an effective communications medium for the "
"Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test "
"message to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-test\">freebsd-test</link>.</emphasis> Please do not send test "
"messages to any other list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/freebsd-questions\">How to "
"get best results from the FreeBSD-questions mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing "
"lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading "
"the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"mailing-list-faq\">Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions</link> (FAQ) "
"document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">FreeBSD World Wide "
"Web server</link>. The keyword searchable archive offers an excellent way of "
"finding answers to frequently asked questions and should be consulted before "
"posting a question. Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD "
"mailing lists are archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a "
"concern, consider using a disposable secondary email address and posting "
"only public information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Summary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>General lists:</emphasis> The following are general lists which "
"anyone is free (and encouraged) to join:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"advocacy\">freebsd-advocacy</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"announce\">freebsd-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"arch\">freebsd-arch</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Architecture and design discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"bugbusters\">freebsd-bugbusters</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report "
"database and related tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"bugs\">freebsd-bugs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bug reports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"chat\">freebsd-chat</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"chromium\">freebsd-chromium</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"current\">freebsd-current</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"isp\">freebsd-isp</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"jobs\">freebsd-jobs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"questions\">freebsd-questions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User questions and technical support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"security-notifications\">freebsd-security-notifications</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security notifications (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"stable\">freebsd-stable</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"test\">freebsd-test</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"women\">freebsd-women</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD advocacy for women"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Technical lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for technical "
"discussion. Read the charter for each list carefully before joining or "
"sending mail to one as there are firm guidelines for their use and content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI and power management development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"afs\">freebsd-afs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting AFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"amd64\">freebsd-amd64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"apache\">freebsd-apache</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion about <application>Apache</application> related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"arm\">freebsd-arm</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> "
"processors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"atm\">freebsd-atm</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"bluetooth\">freebsd-bluetooth</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> technology in "
"FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"cloud\">freebsd-cloud</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"cluster\">freebsd-cluster</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"database\">freebsd-database</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"desktop\">freebsd-desktop</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/dev-ci\">dev-"
"ci</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Build and test reports from the Continuous Integration servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/dev-"
"reviews\">dev-reviews</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Notifications of the FreeBSD review system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"doc\">freebsd-doc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"drivers\">freebsd-drivers</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"dtrace\">freebsd-dtrace</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"eclipse\">freebsd-eclipse</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"elastic\">freebsd-elastic</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific ElasticSearch discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"eol\">freebsd-eol</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the "
"FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"emulation\">freebsd-emulation</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-"
"DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"enlightenment\">freebsd-enlightenment</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting <application>Enlightenment</application> and "
"<application>Enlightenment</application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"erlang\">freebsd-erlang</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Erlang discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"firewire\">freebsd-firewire</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD <trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE "
"1394) technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"fortran\">freebsd-fortran</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"fs\">freebsd-fs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"games\">freebsd-games</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"gecko\">freebsd-gecko</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Gecko Rendering Engine</application> issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"geom\">freebsd-geom</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"git\">freebsd-git</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"gnome\">freebsd-gnome</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting <application>GNOME</application> and <application>GNOME</"
"application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"hackers\">freebsd-hackers</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"haskell\">freebsd-haskell</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Haskell issues and discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"hardware\">freebsd-hardware</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"i18n\">freebsd-i18n</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ia32\">freebsd-ia32</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD on the IA-32 (<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> x86) "
"platform"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ia64\">freebsd-ia64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>'s "
"upcoming IA64 systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"infiniband\">freebsd-infiniband</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ipfw\">freebsd-ipfw</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"isdn\">freebsd-isdn</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISDN developers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"jail\">freebsd-jail</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion about the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"java\">freebsd-java</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<trademark>Java</trademark> developers and people porting <trademark>JDK</"
"trademark>s to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"lfs\">freebsd-lfs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting LFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"mips\">freebsd-mips</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"mobile\">freebsd-mobile</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions about mobile computing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"mono\">freebsd-mono</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multimedia applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-new-"
"bus\">freebsd-new-bus</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"net\">freebsd-net</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"numerics\">freebsd-numerics</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"office\">freebsd-office</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"performance\">freebsd-performance</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"perl\">freebsd-perl</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"pf\">freebsd-pf</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"pkg\">freebsd-pkg</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg-"
"fallout\">freebsd-pkg-fallout</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fallout logs from package building"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"pkgbase\">freebsd-pkgbase</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"platforms\">freebsd-platforms</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Concerning ports to non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"architecture platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ports\">freebsd-ports</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-"
"announce\">freebsd-ports-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-"
"bugs\">freebsd-ports-bugs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ppc\">freebsd-ppc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to the <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"proliant\">freebsd-proliant</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"python\">freebsd-python</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"rc\">freebsd-rc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion related to the <filename>rc.d</filename> system and its "
"development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"realtime\">freebsd-realtime</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ruby\">freebsd-ruby</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"scsi\">freebsd-scsi</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The SCSI subsystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"security\">freebsd-security</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"small\">freebsd-small</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Using FreeBSD in embedded applications (obsolete; use <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-"
"embedded</link> instead)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"snapshots\">freebsd-snapshots</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"sparc64\">freebsd-sparc64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark> based "
"systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"standards\">freebsd-standards</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">POSIX</trademark> standards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"sysinstall\">freebsd-sysinstall</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"tcltk\">freebsd-tcltk</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"testing\">freebsd-testing</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Testing on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"tex\">freebsd-tex</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"threads\">freebsd-threads</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Threading in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"tilera\">freebsd-tilera</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the Tilera family of CPUs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"tokenring\">freebsd-tokenring</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"toolchain\">freebsd-toolchain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"translators\">freebsd-translators</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"transport\">freebsd-transport</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"usb\">freebsd-usb</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"virtualization\">freebsd-virtualization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"vuxml\">freebsd-vuxml</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"x11\">freebsd-x11</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"xen\">freebsd-xen</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — "
"implementation and usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"xfce\">freebsd-xfce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>XFCE</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"zope\">freebsd-zope</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Zope</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Limited lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for more "
"specialized (and demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to "
"the general public. It is also a good idea to establish a presence in the "
"technical lists before joining one of these limited lists in order to "
"understand the communications etiquette involved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"hubs\">freebsd-hubs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-user-"
"groups\">freebsd-user-groups</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User group coordination"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wip-"
"status\">freebsd-wip-status</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"wireless\">freebsd-wireless</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Digest lists:</emphasis> All of the above lists are available in a "
"digest format. Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed "
"in the account options section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>SVN lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for people "
"interested in seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the "
"source tree. They are <emphasis>Read-Only</emphasis> lists and should not "
"have mail sent to them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Source area"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Area Description (source for)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-"
"all\">svn-doc-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</"
"filename>, <filename>projects</filename> and <filename>translations</"
"filename>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-"
"head\">svn-doc-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the doc Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-"
"projects\">svn-doc-projects</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc/projects</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the doc Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-"
"svnadmin\">svn-doc-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the doc Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-"
"all\">svn-ports-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-"
"head\">svn-ports-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the ports Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-"
"svnadmin\">svn-ports-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"all\">svn-src-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/src</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</"
"filename> and <filename>projects</filename>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"head\">svn-src-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the src Subversion "
"repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"projects\">svn-src-projects</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/projects</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the src Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"release\">svn-src-release</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>releases</filename> area of the src Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"releng\">svn-src-releng</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>releng</filename> branches of the src "
"Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable\">svn-src-stable</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"6\">svn-src-stable-6</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/6</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"7\">svn-src-stable-7</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/7</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"8\">svn-src-stable-8</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/8</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"9\">svn-src-stable-9</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/9</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"10\">svn-src-stable-10</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/10</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"11\">svn-src-stable-11</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/11</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"12\">svn-src-stable-12</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/12</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"other\">svn-src-stable-other</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the older <filename>stable</filename> branches of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"svnadmin\">svn-src-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"user\">svn-src-user</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the experimental <filename>user</filename> area of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"vendor\">svn-src-vendor</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to Subscribe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To subscribe to a list, click the list name at <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo</link>. The page that is displayed should contain all of the "
"necessary subscription instructions for that list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To actually post to a given list, send mail to <email><replaceable>listname</"
"replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. It will then be redistributed to mailing "
"list members world-wide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every "
"email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to "
"<email><replaceable>listname</replaceable>-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org</email> "
"to unsubscribe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a "
"technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"announce\">FreeBSD announcements mailing list</link>, which is intended for "
"infrequent traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Charters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>All</emphasis> FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules "
"which must be adhered to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these "
"guidelines will result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD "
"Postmaster <email>postmaster@FreeBSD.org</email>, after which, on a third "
"offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered "
"from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are "
"necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it "
"would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its "
"mechanisms are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Rules of the road:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it "
"is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should "
"contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only "
"detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not "
"be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"chat\">FreeBSD chat mailing list</link> is freely available and should be "
"used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a "
"clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there "
"is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most "
"esoteric mixes (say <quote>-stable &amp; -scsi</quote>), there really is no "
"reason to post to more than one list at a time. If a message is received "
"with multiple mailing lists on the <literal>Cc</literal> line, trim the "
"<literal>Cc</literal> line before replying. <emphasis>The person who replies "
"is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the originator might "
"have been.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not "
"allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of "
"netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do "
"so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not "
"specifically enforced. <emphasis>However</emphasis>, there are also very few "
"cases where such content would fit within the charter of a list and it would "
"therefore probably rate a warning (or ban) on that basis alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly "
"prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the "
"offender is advertising by spam."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Individual list charters:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ACPI and power management development</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Andrew File System</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list is for discussion on porting and using AFS from CMU/Transarc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Important events / milestones</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional "
"announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements "
"about snapshots and other releases. It contains announcements of new FreeBSD "
"capabilities. It may contain calls for volunteers etc. This is a low volume, "
"strictly moderated mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Architecture and design discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will "
"mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics are:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at "
"the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same "
"drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to write a network driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> in FreeBSD</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the forum where FreeBSD's <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</"
"trademark> users congregate. Design issues, implementation details, patches, "
"bug reports, status reports, feature requests, and all matters related to "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> are fair game."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum "
"for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine "
"interest in the PR database. This list is not for discussions about specific "
"bugs, patches or PRs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Bug reports</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, "
"bugs should be submitted using the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd."
"org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">web interface</link> to it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, "
"social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like a "
"toon ferret or not, whether or not to type in capitals, who is drinking too "
"much coffee, where the best beer is brewed, who is brewing beer in their "
"basement, and so on. Occasional announcements of important events (such as "
"upcoming parties, weddings, births, new jobs, etc) can be made to the "
"technical lists, but the follow ups should be directed to this -chat list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a "
"technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, "
"Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "freebsd-core"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD core team</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can "
"be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or "
"high-level scrutiny."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings "
"about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and "
"instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -CURRENT. Anyone running "
"<quote>CURRENT</quote> must subscribe to this list. This is a technical "
"mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a "
"place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's "
"desktop support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Continuous Integration reports of build and test results</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All Continuous Integration reports of build and test results"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Notifications of work in progress in FreeBSD's review tool</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Automated notifications of work in progress for review in FreeBSD's review "
"tools, including patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Documentation Project</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to "
"the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list "
"are collectively referred to as <quote>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</"
"quote>. It is an open list; feel free to join and contribute!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Writing device drivers for FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on "
"FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions "
"about how to write device drivers using the APIs in the FreeBSD kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for "
"understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The "
"mailing list is an archived discussion for developers of the code as well as "
"those using it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and "
"ports.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do "
"with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse "
"IDE, tools, rich client applications on the FreeBSD platform and assisting "
"with the porting of Eclipse IDE and plugins to the FreeBSD environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the "
"Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it "
"will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD "
"specific applications using the Eclipse framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using FreeBSD in embedded applications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. "
"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is "
"expected. For the purpose of this list, embedded systems are those computing "
"devices which are not desktops and which usually serve a single purpose as "
"opposed to being general computing environments. Examples include, but are "
"not limited to, all kinds of phone handsets, network equipment such as "
"routers, switches and PBXs, remote measuring equipment, PDAs, Point Of Sale "
"systems, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs "
"written for other operating systems on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Enlightenment</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning the <application>Enlightenment</application> Desktop "
"Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer "
"supported by the FreeBSD Project.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list is for those interested in providing or making use of peer support "
"of FreeBSD-related software for which the FreeBSD Project no longer provides "
"official support in the form of security advisories and patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE "
"1394)</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (aka IEEE 1394 aka "
"iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant topics specifically include the "
"standards, bus devices and their protocols, adapter boards/cards/chips sets, "
"and the architecture and implementation of code for their proper support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fortran on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: "
"compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops "
"to HPC clusters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>File systems</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing list "
"for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Games on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to "
"FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to FreeBSD, "
"to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals "
"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Gecko Rendering Engine</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum about <application>Gecko</application> applications using "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, "
"their development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GEOM</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Use of git in the FreeBSD project</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github "
"mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for "
"people using git against the FreeBSD github mirror. People wanting to get "
"started with the mirror or git in general on FreeBSD can ask here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GNOME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning The <application>GNOME</application> Desktop "
"Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Infiniband on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>IP Firewall</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the "
"IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Porting FreeBSD to IA64</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical mailing list for individuals actively working on porting "
"FreeBSD to the IA-64 platform from <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark>, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ISDN Communications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN "
"support for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis><trademark>Java</trademark> Development</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of "
"significant <trademark>Java</trademark> applications for FreeBSD and the "
"porting and maintenance of <trademark>JDK</trademark>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Jobs offered and sought</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to "
"FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> a mailing list for general employment issues since "
"adequate forums for that already exist elsewhere."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Note that this list, like other <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD."
"org</systemitem> mailing lists, is distributed worldwide. Be clear about the "
"geographic location and the extent to which telecommuting or assistance with "
"relocation is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Email should use open formats only — preferably plain text, but basic "
"Portable Document Format (<acronym>PDF</acronym>), HTML, and a few others "
"are acceptable to many readers. Closed formats such as <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word (<filename>.doc</filename>) will "
"be rejected by the mailing list server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://mail.kde.org/mailman/listinfo/kde-"
"freebsd\">freebsd-kde</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>KDE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning <application>KDE</application> on FreeBSD systems. "
"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Technical discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the "
"primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on "
"FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals "
"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>General discussion of FreeBSD hardware</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various "
"problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mirror sites</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Issues for Internet Service Providers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service "
"Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively "
"working on porting Mono or C# applications to FreeBSD, to bring up problems "
"or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the "
"technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Office applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their "
"development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ops-"
"announce\">freebsd-ops-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Project Infrastructure Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related "
"to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, "
"discussions, or opinions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/"
"or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to "
"FreeBSD. Acceptable topics includes talking about FreeBSD installations that "
"are either under high load, are experiencing performance problems, or are "
"pushing the limits of FreeBSD. Concerned parties that are willing to work "
"toward improving the performance of FreeBSD are highly encouraged to "
"subscribe to this list. This is a highly technical list ideally suited for "
"experienced FreeBSD users, hackers, or administrators interested in keeping "
"FreeBSD fast, robust, and scalable. This list is not a question-and-answer "
"list that replaces reading through documentation, but it is a place to make "
"contributions or inquire about unanswered performance related topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of "
"FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This list "
"is also a place to discuss the ALTQ QoS framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Binary package management and package tools discussion</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary "
"packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, "
"their development and support within FreeBSD, package repository management, "
"and third party packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly "
"should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for "
"this list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fallout logs from package building</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Packaging the FreeBSD base system.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the "
"FreeBSD base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Porting to Non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> FreeBSD ports. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning FreeBSD's <quote>ports collection</quote> (<filename>/"
"usr/ports</filename>), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination "
"efforts. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD <quote>Ports "
"Collection</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Important news for developers, porters, and users of the <quote>Ports "
"Collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), including architecture/"
"infrastructure changes, new capabilities, critical upgrade instructions, and "
"release engineering information. This is a low-volume mailing list, intended "
"for announcements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote> bugs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's <quote>ports "
"collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), proposed ports, or "
"modifications to ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly "
"technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of "
"FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-"
"specific drivers, management software, configuration tools, and BIOS updates."
" As such, this is the primary place to discuss the hpasmd, hpasmcli, and "
"hpacucli modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Python on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on "
"porting Python, its third party modules and <application>Zope</application> "
"stuff to FreeBSD. Individuals interested in following the technical "
"discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User questions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send <quote>how "
"to</quote> questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite "
"technical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This "
"is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, "
"third party libraries and frameworks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>SCSI subsystem</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security issues</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and "
"fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"discussion is expected. Note that this is not a question-and-answer list, "
"but that contributions (BOTH question AND answer) to the FAQ are welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security Notifications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a "
"discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses topics related to unusually small and embedded FreeBSD "
"installations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list has been obsoleted by <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD "
"development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. <quote>STABLE</quote> "
"is the branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug "
"fixes and new features. The ABI is kept stable for binary compatibility. It "
"includes warnings about new features coming out in -STABLE that will affect "
"the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -STABLE. "
"Anyone running <quote>STABLE</quote> should subscribe to this list. This is "
"a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>C99 &amp; POSIX Conformance</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to "
"the C99 and the POSIX standards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"teaching\">freebsd-teaching</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Teaching with FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Non technical mailing list discussing teaching with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Testing on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, "
"test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating "
"systems (NetBSD, ...), etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to "
"FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its "
"applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting "
"TeX to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the "
"toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and "
"GCC, but also pieces of software such as assemblers, linkers and debuggers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs "
"around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including "
"TCP, SCTP and UDP. Other networking topics, including driver specific and "
"network protocol issues should be discussed on the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">FreeBSD networking mailing "
"list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Translating FreeBSD documents and programs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into "
"other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members "
"are asked to introduce themselves and mention the languages they are "
"interested in translating."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussing FreeBSD support for USB</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support "
"for USB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User Group Coordination List</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area "
"Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual "
"from the Core Team. This mail list should be limited to meeting synopsis and "
"coordination of projects that span User Groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by "
"FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD."
" On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic "
"functionality as well as adding new features. On the other hand users will "
"have a forum to ask for help in case of problems or to discuss their use "
"cases."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and "
"progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is "
"suggested to send the message \"To:\" a more topical FreeBSD list and only "
"\"BCC:\" this list. This way the WIP can also be discussed on the topical "
"list, as no discussion is allowed on this list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Look inside the archives for examples of suitable messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<uri xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/news/status/\">https://www.freebsd."
"org/news/status/</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An editorial digest of the messages to this list might be posted to the "
"FreeBSD website every few months as part of the Status Reports <_:footnote-1/"
">. Past reports are archived."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device "
"driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and "
"maintenance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — "
"implementation and usage</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list that focuses on the FreeBSD <trademark>Xen</trademark> port. The "
"anticipated traffic level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for "
"both technical discussions of the implementation and design details as well "
"as administrative deployment issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>XFCE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>XFCE</"
"application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is "
"for individuals actively working on porting <application>XFCE</application> "
"to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Zope</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>Zope</"
"application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is "
"for individuals actively working on porting <application>Zope</application> "
"to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the "
"distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering "
"actions described in this section do not include all those used to protect "
"the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All "
"attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be "
"stripped before an email is distributed on the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/octet-stream"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pdf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pgp-signature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "message/rfc822"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/alternative"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/related"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/signed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/html"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/plain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-diff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-patch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content "
"types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version "
"will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be "
"converted to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Usenet Newsgroups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in "
"which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce\">comp.unix.bsd."
"freebsd.announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd."
"misc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd\">de.comp.os.unix.bsd</link> "
"(German)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:fr.comp.os.bsd\">fr.comp.os.bsd</link> (French)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Newsgroups of "
"Interest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix\">comp.unix</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.questions\">comp.unix.questions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.admin\">comp.unix.admin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.programmer\">comp.unix.programmer</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.shell\">comp.unix.shell</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.misc\">comp.unix.misc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd\">comp.unix.bsd</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "X Window System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x\">comp.windows.x</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Official Mirrors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"central-www\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-am-www\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-"
"www\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-www\">Austria</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-www\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-dk-www\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-www\">Finland</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-www\">France</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-de-www\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-www\">Hong "
"Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-www\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-jp-www\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-www\">Latvia</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-www\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-nl-www\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-"
"www\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-www\">Russia</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-si-www\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-"
"www\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-www\">Spain</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-se-www\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-"
"www\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-www\">Taiwan</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-www\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-us-www\">USA</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Armenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Australia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Austria"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Finland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hong Kong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ireland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www."
"jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Latvia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lithuania"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Norway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Slovenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "South Africa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Switzerland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>pgp keys</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys of the <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> officers are shown here. These "
"keys can be used to verify a signature or send encrypted email to one of the "
"officers. A full list of FreeBSD Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys is "
"available in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys</link> article. The complete "
"keyring can be downloaded at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/"
"pgpkeyring.txt\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Officers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Glossary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This glossary contains terms and acronyms used within the FreeBSD community "
"and documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AMD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APIC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APOP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ASL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Machine Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Pseudocode, interpreted by a virtual machine within an <acronym>ACPI</"
"acronym>-compliant operating system, providing a layer between the "
"underlying hardware and the documented interface presented to the "
"<acronym>OS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The programming language <acronym>AML</acronym> is written in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Access Control List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list of permissions attached to an object, usually either a file or a "
"network device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Configuration and Power Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A specification which provides an abstraction of the interface the hardware "
"presents to the operating system, so that the operating system should need "
"to know nothing about the underlying hardware to make the most of it. "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> evolves and supersedes the functionality provided "
"previously by <acronym>APM</acronym>, <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> and other "
"technologies, and provides facilities for controlling power consumption, "
"machine suspension, device enabling and disabling, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Application Programming Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of procedures, protocols and tools that specify the canonical "
"interaction of one or more program parts; how, when and why they do work "
"together, and what data they share or operate on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Power Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>API</acronym> enabling the operating system to work in "
"conjunction with the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> in order to achieve power "
"management. <acronym>APM</acronym> has been superseded by the much more "
"generic and powerful <acronym>ACPI</acronym> specification for most "
"applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Technology Attachment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Authenticated Post Office Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Automatic Mount Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A daemon that automatically mounts a filesystem when a file or directory "
"within that filesystem is accessed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "B"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BAR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIOS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Base Address Register"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The registers that determine which address range a <acronym>PCI</acronym> "
"device will respond to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Basic Input/Output System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The definition of <acronym>BIOS</acronym> depends a bit on the context. Some "
"people refer to it as the <acronym>ROM</acronym> chip with a basic set of "
"routines to provide an interface between software and hardware. Others refer "
"to it as the set of routines contained in the chip that help in "
"bootstrapping the system. Some might also refer to it as the screen used to "
"configure the bootstrapping process. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> is PC-"
"specific but other systems have something similar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Internet Name Domain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An implementation of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Software Distribution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the name that the Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) at <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.berkeley.edu\">The University of California at "
"Berkeley</link> gave to their improvements and modifications to AT&amp;T's "
"32V <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. FreeBSD is a "
"descendant of the CSRG work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bikeshed Building"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A phenomenon whereby many people will give an opinion on an uncomplicated "
"topic, whilst a complex topic receives little or no discussion. See the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/misc."
"html#BIKESHED-PAINTING\">FAQ</link> for the origin of the term."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CLIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "COFF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CPU"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Carrier Detect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal indicating that a carrier has been "
"detected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Processing Unit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Also known as the processor. This is the brain of the computer where all "
"calculations take place. There are a number of different architectures with "
"different instruction sets. Among the more well-known are the Intel-x86 and "
"derivatives, Sun SPARC, PowerPC, and Alpha."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of authenticating a user, based on a secret shared between client "
"and server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Classical <acronym>IP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Clear To Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal giving the remote system permission to "
"send data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Object File Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DAC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DDB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DNS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSDT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DVMRP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discretionary Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Encryption Standard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of encrypting information, traditionally used as the method of "
"encryption for <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords "
"and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the modem to the computer or "
"terminal indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the computer or terminal to "
"the modem indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An interactive in-kernel facility for examining the status of a system, "
"often used after a system has crashed to establish the events surrounding "
"the failure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Differentiated System Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ACPI</acronym> table, supplying basic configuration information "
"about the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Domain Name System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The system that converts humanly readable hostnames (i.e., mail.example.net) "
"to Internet addresses and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses to a computer (host) when "
"it requests one from the server. The address assignment is called a "
"<quote>lease</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "E"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ECOFF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ELF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ESP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Encapsulated Security Payload"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Executable and Linking Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Extended <acronym>COFF</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "F"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FADT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table (16-bit)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Transfer Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A member of the family of high-level protocols implemented on top of "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> which can be used to transfer files over a "
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fixed <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GUI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Giant"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The name of a mutual exclusion mechanism (a <literal>sleep mutex</literal>) "
"that protects a large set of kernel resources. Although a simple locking "
"mechanism was adequate in the days where a machine might have only a few "
"dozen processes, one networking card, and certainly only one processor, in "
"current times it is an unacceptable performance bottleneck. FreeBSD "
"developers are actively working to replace it with locks that protect "
"individual resources, which will allow a much greater degree of parallelism "
"for both single-processor and multi-processor machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Graphical User Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A system where the user and computer interact with graphics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HUP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HangUp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HyperText Markup Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The markup language used to create web pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I/O"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IASL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPFW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol version 4, which uses 32 bits for "
"addressing. This version is still the most widely used, but it is slowly "
"being replaced with <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The new <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Invented because the address space "
"in <acronym>IPv4</acronym> is running out. Uses 128 bits for addressing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Input/Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Intel’s <acronym>ASL</acronym> compiler"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Intel’s compiler for converting <acronym>ASL</acronym> into <acronym>AML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Message Access Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by "
"the messages usually being kept on the server as opposed to being downloaded "
"to the mail reader client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The packet transmitting protocol that is the basic protocol on the Internet. "
"Originally developed at the U.S. Department of Defense and an extremely "
"important part of the <acronym>TCP/IP </acronym> stack. Without the Internet "
"Protocol, the Internet would not have become what it is today. For more "
"information, see <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc791."
"txt\"> RFC 791</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Service Provider"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A company that provides access to the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "K"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Japanese for <quote>turtle</quote>, the term KAME is used in computing "
"circles to refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">KAME "
"Project</link>, who work on an implementation of <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KDC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KLD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KSE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KVA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kbps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Kernel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of dynamically loading functionality into a FreeBSD kernel without "
"rebooting the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Scheduler Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A kernel-supported threading system. See the <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"FreeBSD.org/kse\">project home page</link> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Virtual Address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Key Distribution Center"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kilo Bits Per Second"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Used to measure bandwidth (how much data can pass a given point at a "
"specified amount of time). Alternates to the Kilo prefix include Mega, Giga, "
"Tera, and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LAN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LOR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LPD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Line Printer Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Local Area Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A network used on a local area, e.g. office, home, or so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lock Order Reversal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD kernel uses a number of resource locks to arbitrate contention "
"for those resources. A run-time lock diagnostic system found in FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT kernels (but removed for releases), called "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, detects the potential for deadlocks due to "
"locking errors. (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is actually slightly "
"conservative, so it is possible to get false positives.) A true positive "
"report indicates that <quote>if you were unlucky, a deadlock would have "
"happened here</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"True positive LORs tend to get fixed quickly, so check http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current and the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"sources.zabbadoz.net/freebsd/lor.html\"> LORs Seen</link> page before "
"posting to the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MAC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MADT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MIT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MLS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MOTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MUA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An application used to transfer email. An <acronym>MTA</acronym> has "
"traditionally been part of the BSD base system. Today Sendmail is included "
"in the base system, but there are many other <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, such "
"as postfix, qmail and Exim."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail User Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An application used by users to display and write email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Massachusetts Institute of Technology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Current"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To merge functionality or a patch from the -CURRENT branch to another, most "
"often -STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Head"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To merge functionality or a patch from a repository HEAD to an earlier "
"branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Stable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In the normal course of FreeBSD development, a change will be committed to "
"the -CURRENT branch for testing before being merged to -STABLE. On rare "
"occasions, a change will go into -STABLE first and then be merged to -"
"CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This term is also used when a patch is merged from -STABLE to a security "
"branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Message Of The Day"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A message, usually shown on login, often used to distribute information to "
"users of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multi-Level Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multiple <acronym>APIC</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "N"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NDISulator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Address Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A technique where <acronym>IP</acronym> packets are rewritten on the way "
"through a gateway, enabling many machines behind the gateway to effectively "
"share a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "New Technology File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A filesystem developed by Microsoft and available in its <quote>New "
"Technology</quote> operating systems, such as <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows NT</trademark> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Time Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A means of synchronizing clocks over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "O"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OBE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ODMR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On-Demand Mail Relay"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of programs, libraries and tools that provide access to the hardware "
"resources of a computer. Operating systems range today from simplistic "
"designs that support only one program running at a time, accessing only one "
"device to fully multi-user, multi-tasking and multi-process systems that can "
"serve thousands of users simultaneously, each of them running dozens of "
"different applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Overtaken By Events"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Indicates a suggested change (such as a Problem Report or a feature request) "
"which is no longer relevant or applicable due to such things as later "
"changes to FreeBSD, changes in networking standards, the affected hardware "
"having since become obsolete, and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "P"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNSFD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PDF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POLA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>Ethernet</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PXE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Password Authentication Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer Network File System Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNFSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Physical Address Extensions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of enabling access to up to 64 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> on "
"systems which only physically have a 32-bit wide address space (and would "
"therefore be limited to 4 GB without PAE)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Point-to-Point Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pointy Hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A mythical piece of headgear, much like a <literal>dunce cap</literal>, "
"awarded to any FreeBSD committer who breaks the build, makes revision "
"numbers go backwards, or creates any other kind of havoc in the source base. "
"Any committer worth his or her salt will soon accumulate a large collection. "
"The usage is (almost always?) humorous."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Portable Document Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol Version 3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by "
"the messages usually being downloaded from the server to the client, as "
"opposed to remaining on the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PostScript Printer Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Preboot eXecution Environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Principle Of Least Astonishment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"As FreeBSD evolves, changes visible to the user should be kept as "
"unsurprising as possible. For example, arbitrarily rearranging system "
"startup variables in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> violates "
"<acronym>POLA</acronym>. Developers consider <acronym>POLA</acronym> when "
"contemplating user-visible system changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Problem Report"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A description of some kind of problem that has been found in either the "
"FreeBSD source or documentation. See <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/index.html\"> Writing FreeBSD "
"Problem Reports</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Process ID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A number, unique to a particular process on a system, which identifies it "
"and allows actions to be taken against it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Project Evil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The working title for the <acronym>NDISulator</acronym>, written by Bill "
"Paul, who named it referring to how awful it is (from a philosophical "
"standpoint) to need to have something like this in the first place. The "
"<acronym>NDISulator</acronym> is a special compatibility module to allow "
"Microsoft Windows™ NDIS miniport network drivers to be used with FreeBSD/"
"i386. This is usually the only way to use cards where the driver is closed-"
"source. See <filename>src/sys/compat/ndis/subr_ndis.c</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RFC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RISC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RS232C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Random Access Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Revision Control System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RCS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Revision Control System</emphasis> (<acronym>RCS</acronym>) is "
"one of the oldest software suites that implement <quote>revision control</"
"quote> for plain files. It allows the storage, retrieval, archival, logging, "
"identification and merging of multiple revisions for each file. RCS consists "
"of many small tools that work together. It lacks some of the features found "
"in more modern revision control systems, like Git, but it is very simple to "
"install, configure, and start using for a small set of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is received on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Recommended Standard 232C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A standard for communications between serial devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reduced Instruction Set Computer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An approach to processor design where the operations the hardware can "
"perform are simplified but made as general purpose as possible. This can "
"lead to lower power consumption, fewer transistors and in some cases, better "
"performance and increased code density. Examples of RISC processors include "
"the Alpha, <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Remote Procedure Call"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request For Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of documents defining Internet standards, protocols, and so forth. See "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rfc-editor.org/\">www.rfc-editor.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Also used as a general term when someone has a suggested change and wants "
"feedback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request To Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal requesting that the remote system "
"commences transmission of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Router Advertisement"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCSI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP AUTH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "STR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SVN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>SMTP</acronym> Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Server Message Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232</acronym> pin or wire that is the ground reference for the "
"signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Secure Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Small Computer System Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Subversion is a version control system currently used by the FreeBSD project."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Suspend To <acronym>RAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Symmetric MultiProcessor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "System Control Interrupt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "T"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TFTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TGT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ticket-Granting Ticket"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Time Stamp Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A profiling counter internal to modern <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> processors that counts core frequency "
"clock ticks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol that sits on top of (e.g.) the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol and "
"guarantees that packets are delivered in a reliable, ordered, fashion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The term for the combination of the <acronym>TCP</acronym> protocol running "
"over the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Much of the Internet runs over "
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is transmitted on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Trivial <acronym>FTP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of locating a resource, such as a document on the Internet and a "
"means to identify that resource."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file system, "
"sometimes called the Berkeley Fast File System."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An extension to <acronym>UFS1</acronym>, introduced in FreeBSD 5-CURRENT. "
"<acronym>UFS2</acronym> adds 64 bit block pointers (breaking the 1T "
"barrier), support for extended file storage and other features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Universal Serial Bus"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A hardware standard used to connect a wide variety of computer peripherals "
"to a universal interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User ID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A unique number assigned to each user of a computer, by which the resources "
"and permissions assigned to that user can be identified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User Datagram Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used for exchanging data on "
"a TCP/IP network. <acronym>UDP</acronym> does not provide error checking and "
"correction like <acronym>TCP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "V"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VPN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Virtual Private Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of using a public telecommunication such as the Internet, to "
"provide remote access to a localized network, such as a corporate "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: colophon/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This book is the combined work of hundreds of contributors to <quote>The "
"FreeBSD Documentation Project</quote>. The text is authored in XML according "
"to the DocBook DTD and is formatted from XML into many different "
"presentation formats using XSLT. The printed version of this document would "
"not be possible without Donald Knuth's <application>TeX</application> "
"typesetting language, Leslie Lamport's <application>LaTeX</application>, or "
"Sebastian Rahtz's <application>JadeTeX</application> macro package."
msgstr ""